NAVIGARE PARS Electrical Specification

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
M/T ATLANTIC WIND
VESSEL NAME: M/T NAVIGARE PARS
CUSTOMER:
ANGLO – EASTERN TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD.
PROJECT No: NDME-2145PS-ES

REVISION: 0
PROJECT MANAGER: A. KRITIKOS
PROVIDED BY: NAVAL-DME
Naval - DME
Myronos Street 5, 17456 Alimos
Athens, Greece
Phone: +30 210 96 14 491
e-mail: info@naval-dme.com
web: www.naval-dme.com
0
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
DISCLAIMER STATEMENT:
This Electrical Specification was developed by NAVAL-DME, to assist the involved parties install the BWMS and for that purpose
modify the existing and install new, cabling, breakers and other electrical equipment in accordance with the installation drawings, the
BWMS maker’s installation guidelines, the Classification Societies rules and good marine practices – and it is intended to be used in
conjunction with all the above-mentioned drawings, documents, rules and practices.
This Electrical Specification contains descriptions and references to technical data and drawings of the below origins:
A. The vessel’s Builder (as built drawings) used by the explicit permission of the vessel’s Owner, who is the end receiving party
of this document and shared only those drawings or parts of them, absolutely necessary and for this project and purpose
only.
B. The Ballast Water Management System (BWMS) maker, by whose permission those drawings are used for this project and
purpose only.
C. NAVAL-DME who designed and specified all those additional pieces of equipment and configurations, necessary for the
integration of the retrofitted BWMS with the vessel’s Electrical Power Distribution Systems, General Automation Systems
and Alarm and Monitoring System.
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPRIETARY TO NAVAL-DME AND TO THE ABOVE-MENTIONED
PARTIES AS PER CASE. THIS DOCUMENT IS PREPARED FOR ANGLO – EASTERN TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD. AND
INCORPORATES CALCULATIONS BASED ON DATA AVAILABLE FROM THE CLIENT AT THIS TIME. BY ACCEPTING AND
USING THIS DOCUMENT, THE RECIPIENT AGREES TO PROTECT ITS CONTENTS FROM FURTHER DISSEMINATION,
(OTHER THAN THAT WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION NECESSARY TO EVALUATE SUCH SPECIFICATION) WITHOUT THE
WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NAVAL-DME. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED OR COPIED
IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NAVAL-DME.
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
INDEX
1. REVISION HISTORY ............................................................................................................................................................. 2
2. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................................... 3
3. BWM SYSTEM SPECIFICATION .......................................................................................................................................... 4
4. BWMS POWER SUPPLY ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 General .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 440VAC Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................. 9
4.3 220VAC Power Supply ................................................................................................................................................ 12
4.4 Modifications on MSB’s Power Management System P.M.S. and output signal configuration. ................................... 13
4.41 Output Signals ............................................................................................................................................................. 13
4.42 Modification on PMS unit ............................................................................................................................................. 13
4.5 Vessel’s Power Analysis Table .................................................................................................................................... 14
5. PUMPS ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15
5.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 15
5.2 Starter Panels of the two new Ballast Pumps .............................................................................................................. 15
5.3 Cargo Control Room Repeater .................................................................................................................................... 16
5.4 Indicators on Engine Control Console. ........................................................................................................................ 16
5.5 FRAMO Existing Hydraulic Pumps .............................................................................................................................. 17
5.6 No.1 & No.2 Fire BILGE&G/S pumps. ......................................................................................................................... 17
6. VALVES ............................................................................................................................................................................... 18
6.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 18
6.2 Manually Operated Existing Valves ............................................................................................................................. 18
6.3 Vessel’s Existing Hydraulic Remote Operated Valve System ..................................................................................... 19
6.4 New Manually operated Valves ................................................................................................................................... 20
6.5 New Remote operated Valves ..................................................................................................................................... 20
6.6 Ballast Mimic Plate ...................................................................................................................................................... 21
7. ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM AMS ............................................................................................................................. 22
7.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 22
7.2 Input to AMS................................................................................................................................................................ 22
8. M.G.P.S. INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................................... 23
8.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 23
9. GPS Connection to BWMS .................................................................................................................................................. 25
10. REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES ON UPPER & A’ DECK.................................................................................... 26
10.1 Description................................................................................................................................................................... 26
11. BWMS INSTALLATION CABLE LIST .............................................................................................................................. 27
11.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 27
12. APPENDIX ....................................................................................................................................................................... 28
1
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
1. REVISION HISTORY
DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION PAGE

18/01/2022 0 CREATED REPORT ALL
2
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
2. INTRODUCTION
The present document is prepared to facilitate the electrical installation for SUNRUI BalClor BWMS BC-1500 Ballast Water
Management System (1SET x1500 m3/h) onboard the M/T NAVIGARE PARS. The purpose of the document is to summarize all the
technical details of the electrical connections for BWMS integration with vessel’s existing electrical and electronic systems, to all
involved parties.
Table 1: Vessel details & particulars
VESSELS DETAILS
VESSEL NAME M/T NAVIGARE PARS
SHIP TYPE PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER
IMO NUMBER 9583665
OWNER ANGLO – EASTERN TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD.
INTERANIONAL CALL SIGN OXNC2
CLASS LR
FLAG DENMARK [DK]
YEAR OF BUILD 2012
PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS
LOA: 183.00 m
LBP: 173.90 m
BREADTH: 32.20 m
DEPTH: 19.10 m
MAX DRAUGHT: 11.00 m
DRAUGHT (SCANT): -
BALLAST PUMP CAPACITY: 750 m3/h x 2.5 bar each pump (2 pcs)
STRIPPING EDUCTOR CAPACITY: 100 m3/h
FIRE/DECK WASH & G.S PUMP
285 m3/h x 10 bar (2 pcs)
CAPACITY:
FIRE PUMP CAPACITY -
3
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
3. BWM SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
The BWMS will be installed inside the Engine Room while being operated by the (2) two new Water Ballast pumps, both new WB
pumps have capacity of 750m3/h x 25m. The two 750m3/h pumps take sea water from the new sea chest and after passing it through
an automatic back-flushing filter unit (AFU) and then through the Electrolytic Disinfection Unit (EDU) and the Oxidant Dosing Unit
(ODU), the treated water goes through the new pipe connections to the Water Ballast Tanks No1 to No.6 (Port +Stbd) and to Fore
peak tank. The No.1 FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP or No.2 FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP takes sea water from the existing sea chest
and after passing it through a Pressure Reducing Valve and BWMS also, the treated water goes through the new pipe connections
to the Aft peak Tanks of the vessel.
The De-ballast operations of the WB and AP Tanks will be carried out by the existing 750m3/h x 25m Water Ballast pumps of the
vessel, the water is neutralized with the help of Auto Neutralization Unit (ANU) and will discharge it with through the existing
overboards.
The BWMS to be installed will have a capacity of 1500 m3/h, as per owner’s request and vessel’s operational requirements.
On the following table (Table 1: List of Electrical Equipment for BWMS ) is indicated the List of the Equipment that must be supplied
for the BWMS electrical retrofit, onboard the vessel M/T NAVIGARE PARS. For the complete SUNRUI Bellor BC-1500 scope of
supply list, see (BalClor 2.3 Approval Drawings & Documents).
For each item on the table, the quantity, installation location, the supplier and the reference drawing (on which you can find the
referred item) are stated.
The contractor (i.e. Shipyard) to quote for providing the necessary resources for labor, transportation on board the vessel, safe
storage, and installation as per Class approved drawings, classification society’s rules and guidelines and BWMS maker’s instructions
(more detailed info can be found on BalClor 2.3 Approval Drawings & Documents).
4
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Table 1: List of Electrical Equipment for BWMS retrofit.
BWMS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 1/2

No QTY ITEM TAG No. LOCATION SUPPLIER REFERENCE DWG REMARKS
1 1 System Control Cabinet EQ08 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
2 1 Rectifier Cabinet EQ07 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
3 1 Electrolyzer Unit EQ03 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
4 1 Motor Control Cabinet EQ25 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
5 1 EDU Junction box EQ22 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
6 1 H2 Sensor HS01 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
7 2 EDU Inlet valve PV201, PV401 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
8 1 Automatic Neutralization Unit control box EQ23 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
9 2 Filter Control Box EQ21-1, 2 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
10 2 Auto Back Flushing Filter AFU01, AFU02 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
11 2 Filter Outlet Valve PV001, PV002 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
12 2 Filter Sludge Valve PV101, PV102 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
13 1 Total Residual Oxidant Analyzer TRO1 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
14 2 Total Residual Oxidant Analyzer TRO2, TRO3 UPPER DECK SUNRUI SBK210020
15 1 Flowmeter FT01A – FT01B ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
16 1 Remote Control Box EQ24 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
17 2 Filter Sludge Pump EQ02-1,2 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
18 1 Seawater Booster Pump EQ04-1 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
19 1 Dosing pump EQ14 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
20 1 E/R Junction Box ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
21 2 Blower EQ05A, EQ05B ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
22 1 Pressure Transmitter PT21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
23 1 Air Pressure Switch AP21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
24 1 Temperature Transmitter TT21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
25 1 H2 Sensor HS21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
26 1 CL2 Sensor CS21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
27 1 Conductivity Sensor CM21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
28 1 Level Transmitter LT21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
29 1 EDU Flowmeter FT21 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
30 1 EDU auto valve SV201 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
31 2 Metering pump EQ09-A, B ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
32 1 Level Transmitter LS31 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
33 1 Filter Motor M011 ENGINE ROOM SUNRUI SBK210020
34 N/A CABLES REGARDING THE BWTS INSTALLATION CABLE LIST ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD NDME-2145PS-E-010
PHENOLIC LABELS FOR MSB AND ECC, CABLE LADDER,
35 N/A ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD SBK210020 / NDME-2145PS-E-010
CABLE MARKINGS, CABLE FIXINGS and e.t.c.
Existing FRAMO
DIN Rail Relays 24VDC DIODE PROTECTED COIL 1 x N.O.
36 2 CARGO CONTROL ROOM SHIPYARD 0222-7626-3 page 07 Ballast Pumps RUN
CONTACT (16A) & 4 x DIN Rail terminals 2.5mm.
Signal
5
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
BWMS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 2/2

No QTY ITEM TAG No. LOCATION SUPPLIER REFERENCE DWG REMARKS
METASOL ABH203c/200A with 220VAC Shunt Coil & AUX NDME-2145PS-E-005 INSTALLATION BY
37 3 P7001, P7004, P7005 ENGINE CONTROL ROOM OWNER
Contact and single plug-in kit. SHIPYARD
METASOL ABH103c/60A with 220VAC Shunt Coil & AUX NDME-2145PS-E-005 INSTALLATION BY
38 1 P7002 ENGINE CONTROL ROOM OWNER
Contact and single plug-in kit. SHIPYARD
NDME-2145PS-E-007, NDME-2145PS-E-
39 2 Starter Panel for 90kW Ballast Pump SPBP1 , SPBP2 ENGINE ROOM OWNER
008
40 1 Cargo Control Room Repeater for the two Ballast Pumps CCRR CARGO CONTROL ROOM OWNER NDME-2145PS-E-009
Rotary Position Indicator with Limit Switches for Gear Handwheel
41 2 BW10, BW11 ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD SBK210020
manually operated Butterfly DN300 Valve.
Rotary Position Indicator with Limit Switches for Gear Handwheel
42 1 BG81 ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD SBK210020
manually operated Butterfly DN200 Valve.
Rotary Position Indicator with Limit Switches for Hydraulic remote
43 1 BW12 ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD SBK210020
operated Butterfly DN450 Valve with manually override system.
44 2 Limit Switch for Globe Screw Down Valve DN200. BG17, BG20 ENGINE ROOM SHIPYARD SBK210020
K.C. M.G.P.S system control panel & Copper and Aluminum
45 1 MGPS ENGINE ROOM OWNER
Anodes & Junction box.
EX-PROOF F.L. CEILING LIGHT KIT Exd. IIC T6 20w x2 IP67 NDME2145PS-E-011, NDME2145PS-E-
46 2 2EX-2 UPPER and A’ DECK SHIPYARD
Flame Proof cylinder type 012
6
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
4. BWMS POWER SUPPLY

4.1 General
At the Engine Control Room inside the Main Switchboard, (4) four spare Molded Case Circuit Breakers will be used, to supply with
440VAC, BWMS equipment. Inside the AC220V FEEDER PANEL (1) one spare Molded Case Circuit Breaker will be used, to supply
with power the new M.G.P.S control panel. Finally (1) one spare Molded Case Circuit Breaker on Emergency Switchboard at the A’
Deck will be used to supply with 440VAC one BWMS equipment.
Below are the BWMS equipment, which will be supplied with power from vessel’s switchboards.
• BWMS Rectifier EQ07.

• BWMS Motor Control Cabinet EQ25.
• BWMS Starter Panel of the new Ballast Pump 1.
• BWMS Starter Panel of the new Ballast Pump 2.
• BWMS EDU Junction Box EQ22.
• BWMS M.G.P.S. control panel.
Reference is made to (Appendix A) – NDME-2145PS-E-005 MT NAVIGARE PARS NEW CONSUMERS ADDITION TO MAIN
& EM'CY SWITCHBOARDS FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Since BWMS considers a large consumer, “start” command and “power available” command must be configured at Main
switchboard’s logic unit, also a bypass rotary switch and a lamp indicator must be installed next to BWMS new breaker on the Main
switchboard.
M/T NAVIGARE PARS Main Switchboard consists of 9 Panels (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Main Switchboard at Engine Control Room
M/T NAVIGARE PARS 220VAC Feeder Panel (Figure 2).
7
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Figure 2 AC220V Feeder Panel at Engine Control Room
Figure 3 AC440V Feeder Panel of the EM'CY switchboard at A' Deck
8
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
4.2 440VAC Power Supply

Inside PANEL 6 (No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel) of the Main Switchboard there are (5) five spare breakers (figure 4), (3) three of them
will be used to power up BWMS equipment onboard. Find below the modifications that are needed for the PANEL 6 of the MSB.
• Spare Breaker 30A (Marked with red circle in figure 4) will be replaced with a new 200A breaker and the circuit will be
named P7001. P7001 will supply with 440VAC the BWMS Rectifier EQ07.
• Spare Breaker 30A (Marked with yellow circle in figure 4) will be replaced with a new 200A breaker and the circuit will be
named P7004. P7004 will supply with 440VAC the SPBP1 Starter Panel of Ballast Pump 1.
• Spare Breaker 15A (Marked with purple circle in figure 4) will be replaced with a new 60A breaker and the circuit will be
named P7002. P7002 will supply with 440VAC the BWMS Motor Control Cabinet EQ25.
on the following table 2, are the specifications of the new breakers inside No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel.
White background phenolic label with black engraved letters (red letters for amperage rating must be fabricated by the shipyard
for the three new breakers, to replace the “spare” labels. Label type “6C” please refer to sheet No. 11 of (Appendix B) – NDME-
2145PS-E-003 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-30-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Figure 4 MSB's panel 6 No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel.
Table 2. NEW BREAKERS SPECIFICATION

LABEL MAKER MODEL TRIP UNIT BREAKING CAPACITY ACCESSORIES
RATING In (A) Icu (kA) at 415VAC
P7001 METASOL ABH-203c 200 50 220VAC Shunt Coil, 1 x
P7002 METASOL ABH-203c 200 50 N.O. AUX Contact and
P7004 METASOL ABH-103c 60 50 Single base plugin kit
Reference is made to (Appendix B) – NDME-2145PS-E-003 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-30-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD UPDATED FOR
BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500. and (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-006 MT NAVIGARE PARS-E-22 CABLE DIAGRAM OF
CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Datasheet of the new Breakers could be found in (Appendix D).
9
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Inside PANEL 7 (No.2 AC440V Feeder Panel) of the Main Switchboard there are (5) five spare breakers (figure 5), (1) one of them
will be used to power up BWMS equipment onboard. Find below the modifications that are needed for the PANEL 7 of the MSB.
• Spare Breaker 15A (Marked with red circle in figure 5) will be replaced with a new 200A breaker and the circuit will be
named P7005. P7005 will supply with 440VAC the SPBP2 Starter Panel of Ballast Pump 2.
on the following table 3, are the specifications of the new breaker inside No.2 AC440V Feeder Panel.
for the three new breakers, to replace the “spare” label. Label type “6C” please refer to sheet No. 11 of (Appendix B) – NDME-
Figure 5 MSB's panel 7 No.2 AC440V Feeder Panel.
Table 3. NEW BREAKER SPECIFICATION

LABEL MAKER MODEL TRIP UNIT BREAKING CAPACITY ACCESSORIES
RATING In (A) Icu (kA) at 415VAC
220VAC Shunt Coil, 1 x
P7005 METASOL ABH-203c 200 50 N.O. AUX Contact and
Single base plugin kit
BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500. and (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER
SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Datasheet of the new Breakers could be found in (Appendix D).
10
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Inside PANEL 2 (EM’CY AC440V Feeder Panel) of the Emergency Switchboard there are (4) four spare breakers (figure 4), (1) one
of them will be used to power up BWMS equipment onboard. Find below the modifications that are needed for the PANEL 2 of the
ESB.
• Spare Breaker 15A (Marked with red circle in figure 6) will be utilized, to supply with power BWMS EDU Junction Box EQ22
the circuit will be named P7003.
for the three new breakers, to replace the “spare” label. Label type “6C” please refer to sheet No. 11 of (Appendix E) – NDME-
2145PS-E-004 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-31-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Figure 6 ESB’s panel 2 AC440V Feeder Panel at Emergency Room A’ Deck
Reference is made to (Appendix E) – NDME-2145PS-E-004 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-31-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500 and (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE
DIAGRAM OF POWER SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
11
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
4.3 220VAC Power Supply

Inside Individual Panel (AC220V Feeder Panel) at the Engine Control Room there are (3) three spare breakers (figure 7), (1) one of
them will be used to power up new M.G.P.S control panel onboard. Find below the modifications that are needed for the Individual
Panel (AC220V Feeder Panel)of the MSB.
• Spare Breaker 15A (Marked with red circle in figure 7) will be utilized, to supply with power M.G.P.S control panel the circuit
will be named P7005.
for the three new breakers, to replace the “spare” label. Label type “6C” please refer to sheet No. 11 of (Appendix B) – NDME-
Figure 7 Individual AC220V Feeder Panel at ECR
BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500. and (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER
SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
12
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
4.4 Modifications on MSB’s Power Management System P.M.S. and output signal
configuration.
General:
Several modifications must be applied to MSB for proper BWMS integration with vessel’s power system. Output signals for E/R Fans
and Fire Bilge&GS pumps must be configured. Since BWMS considers large consumer, modification on P.M.S logic unit is required,
in order to safely supply power to the BWMS.
All these modifications must be carried out from MSB’s maker. We recommend you, share this document with the MSB maker at
least one month earlier before the dry-docking, to arrange their attendance onboard. Kindly ask MSB maker to prepare a drawing or
summary of the modifications needed onboard the vessel, to ensure that design principles were followed by the maker.
Maker’s Contact Details:

KTE Co. LTD (95-12, Noksansaneop-daero, Gangseo-gu, Busan 46752, Korea TEL : +82-51-265-0255)
4.41 Output Signals
For E/R Fans No.1 and No.2 when they are running to supply with fresh air the Engine Room, one dry-contact must be configured
for each Fan. When dry-contact closes mean that the specific E/R Fan is running and supplying with fresh air the engine room.
(Total: two Dry-Contacts).
For Fire BILGE&GS pumps No.1 and No.2 when they are running, one dry-contact must be configured for each Pump. When dry-
contact closes mean that the specific Pump is running.
(Total: two Dry-Contacts).
Inside No.1 AC440V FEEDER Panel, one terminal strip must be installed, where the wires of the four dry-contacts will end-up, in
order to have one point of cable connection between BWMS and MSB. In the same terminal strip will also end up the signal wires
from the next step. (Marked in red circle in figure 8).
Reference is made to (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER SYSTEM
UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
4.42 Modification on PMS unit

A “Power Required” command from BWMS to P.M.S. must be configured. When BWMS is about to start operating, one dry-contact
in System Control Cabinet EQ08 will close, this contact will remain close until, BWMS get “Power Permission” command from MSB.
(Input command to PMS. When dry-contact in BWMS closes, mean that BWMS requires a max. power of 110kW).
A “Power Permission” command from PMS to BWMS must be configured. When PMS is capable to supply the appropriate power
to BWMS (max.110kW) one dry-contact in MSB will close and will remain close as long as PMS can supply sufficient power to
BWMS. One rotary switch must be installed near BWMS breaker P7001 (Marked in green circle in figure 8), this rotary switch will
have two positions “automatic” and “manual”. On “automatic” position PMS will generate “Power Permission” command following the
above principle, on “manual” position user will override PMS and generate “Power Permission” command manually, to BWMS, to
start in case of emergency.
(Output command from PMS. When dry-contact in PMS closes, means that PMS can supply power to BWMS).
“Running Indication” command from BWMS must be configured. When BWMS is running one dry-contact in System Control Cabinet
EQ08 will close, this contact will remain close as long as BWMS is running normal. One Green Lamp Indicator must be installed near
BWMS breaker P7001 (Marked in yellow circle in figure 8), this Green Lamp Indicator must turn-on when “running indication”
command’s dry-contact is closed.
Wires from those six commands, must end-up to the terminal strip of the previous 4.41 Output Signals chapter.
13
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Reference is made to (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER SYSTEM
Figure 8 BWMS Breaker on No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL.
4.5 Vessel’s Power Analysis Table

The BalCLOR BC-1500 system requires a max. power consumption of 104.80 kW at abnormal water conditions. The two new Ballast
Pumps requires a max. power consumption of 180 kW both of them finally the M.G.P.S. requires 1.8 kW.
The total load of the 11.BWMS group of consumers, was added to the vessel’s power analysis table document for the “CARGO
HANDLING” and “NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST EXCHANGE” service conditions.
For the “CARGO HANDLING” service condition, adding the 11.BWMS group of consumers rated power load, total consumption of
the group will be raised to 1728.3kW. (3) three Generators instead of (2) two, with 950kW capacity each of them, will be used, with
total load percentage of 69%.
Reference is made to (Appendix F) – NDME-2145PS-E-001 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-28 POWER ANALYSIS TABLE UPDATED
FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
14
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
5. PUMPS
5.1 General
The BWMS Engine Room Solution, requires the installation of two new Ballast Pumps at the engine room. each ballast pump requires
90kW electric power. Those new pumps will be used for the Ballasting procedure, and for the de-ballasting procedure the existing
FRAMO Hydraulic pumps will be used.
For the control of the two new Ballast Pumps, one Starter Panel for each pump must be manufactured and installed at the Engine
Room. A repeater panel which will control both pumps will be manufactured and installed at Cargo Control Room near BWMS Remote
Control Box EQ24, finally two indicators for “running” and “overload” signals of each pump, must be installed on the Engine Control
Console.
The BWM system must monitor the running state of the two exiting FRAMO BALLAST PUMPS, Both No.1 and No.2 Fire BILGE&G.S.
PUMPS and the two new Ballast Pumps, to detect any abnormalities to the ballasting procedure.
5.2 Starter Panels of the two new Ballast Pumps

The starter panels for the new Ballast Pumps, will be installed near the Ballast Pumps at the Engine Room (figure 9). Each Starter
Panel will control locally the Ballast pump, will be equipped with a selector allowing user to prevent remote control by the repeater
located at the Cargo Control Room, finally panel will have 2 x output signals “Running” of the pump, one of them will be connected
on the BWMS.
Use the provided final configuration drawings:

(Appendix G) - NDME-2145PS-E-007 MT NAVIGARE PARS STARTER PANEL FOR BALLAST PUMP 1 90KW
(Appendix H) - NDME-2145PS-E-008 MT NAVIGARE PARS STARTER PANEL FOR BALLAST PUMP 2 90KW
(Appendix I) - NDME-2145PS-E-009 MT NAVIGARE PARS CARGO CONTROL ROOM REPEATER & INDICATORS
to manufacture the two Starter panels and the Cargo Control Room Repeater with the procured Electrical Panel manufacturer, panel
maker must provide you with the final “AS BUILT” drawings of the starter panels including and the detailed Bill of Materials.
Commissioning, wiring, adjustments on the protective & control devices, correct rotation of the pumps drive, calibration of the installed
ammeters and the first power-up of the Starter Panels must be carried-out by qualified technician.
Figure 9 Position of the new Starter Panels at the Engine Room
15
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
5.3 Cargo Control Room Repeater

The operation of the two new ballast pumps, will be performed from the Cargo Control Room Repeater which will be installed near
BWMS Remote Control Box EQ24 (Figure 10). The Repeater except the control buttons (start & stop) and the indicators (run &
overload), will be equipped with analog ammeter, this ammeter will help user during pump’s operation to detect any abnormalities,
which will cause pump’s increased power consumption (i.e. closed valves at pump’s discharge point, defected valves which they are
not fully opened/closed, obstacle which blocks impeller’s freely movement).
During commissioning, we recommend you, the qualified technician to adjust and certifies that, this ammeter showing the real
measurement. Also a sticker label showing the minimum and the maximum limits of the pump near the ammeter must be installed,
to assist users of the Cargo Control Room Repeater.
Use the provided final configuration drawing (Appendix I) - NDME-2145PS-E-009 MT NAVIGARE PARS CARGO CONTROL ROOM
REPEATER & INDICATORS to manufacture the repeater with the procured Electrical Panel manufacturer.
Figure 10 Position of CCRR Repeater at the Cargo Control Room.
5.4 Indicators on Engine Control Console.

Two indicators one green indicator “Running” and one red indicator “Overload” for each pump must be installed in the E.C.C., we
recommend you use a metal plate with the indicators already mounted on this plate in order to be mounted easier during dry-docking.
Use the provided final configuration drawing (Appendix I) - NDME-2145PS-E-009 MT NAVIGARE PARS CARGO CONTROL ROOM
REPEATER & INDICATORS to manufacture the metal plate with the procured Electrical Panel manufacturer.
16
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
5.5 FRAMO Existing Hydraulic Pumps

The BWMS system must monitor the state of the two existing hydraulic ballast pumps, monitoring of those pumps is needed for the
BWMS to detect that De-Ballasting procedure started or to detect any abnormalities to ballasting procedure. At the Cargo Control
Room of the vessel FRAMO cargo console is located (Figure 11). Inside this console a kit must be installed, using this kit one dry-
contact output for each pump will be configured, this kit is provided by FRAMO. We recommend you that FRAMO authorized
technician must attend the vessel during dry-docking to carry-out this modification.
According to client’s advice, shipyard will make this modification following the drawing (Appendix J) – FRAMO 0222-7626-3 sheet
07. Shipyard must provide the two 24VDC relays diode protected and the 4 terminals, which are required for the modification
Reference is made to (Appendix K) NDME-2145PS-E-006 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-22 CABLE DIAGRAM OF CONTROL &
MONITORING SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500.
Figure 11 FRAMO Cargo Control Console at CCR
5.6 No.1 & No.2 Fire BILGE&G/S pumps.

MSB maker will configure the dry-contact output for those two pumps inside Main Switchboard, kindly refer to chapter 4.41 Output
Signals page.13
17
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
6. VALVES
6.1 General
The BWMS requires some valves onboard to be monitored at their “CLOSED” position, to ensure the proper operation of the system
and to detect any abnormalities to ballasting procedure, violation on the distribution of the treated water onboard. Manually operated
existing valves onboard the vessel must be retrofitted with limit switches, for the existing hydraulic remote operated valves, remote
valve system maker must configure dry-contact output for each valve, five new remote valves will be added to the existing system
for one of them dry-contact must be also configured by the maker, finally the new manually operated ballast valves must be equipped
with limit switches.
On the existing Ballast Mimic Plate at Cargo Control Room, control and indicators for the new five remote valves must be added,
also all the extra manually valves and the extra pipework must be depicted to the existing Ballast Mimic Plate.
6.2 Manually Operated Existing Valves

Valves BG17 and Valve BG20 (Figure 12), are DN200 hand-wheel screw-down globe valves. Both of them must be retrofitted with
limit switch on their closed position.
BG20
BG17
Figure 12 Manually operated globe valves.
Please clarify with shipyard that retrofitting of limit switches is possible and secure, instead of retrofitting limit switches you can also
change the manual actuator of the valve with a new actuator equipped with limit switches.
18
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
6.3 Vessel’s Existing Hydraulic Remote Operated Valve System

At the Foam Room of the vessel the Solenoid Valve Rack is located (Figure 13), Inside this cabinet maker must install a terminal
strip with dry-contacts for the seven existing valves and one for one new remote operated valve. For each valve one dry-contact will
close when valve is at her full “CLOSED” position.
Figure 13 Solenoid Valve Rack at the Foam Room
Table 3. Valves monitored by the BWMS

LABEL Existing / New Limit Switch Remarks
BA021 Existing Closed Position
Since this valve will be equipped with manual override system, limit
BW-12 New Closed Position switches must be installed on her actuator. Kindly, use these limit switches
and not signal from her control valve solenoid. (pls ref. to chapter 6.5)
19
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Inside the Solenoid Valve Rack (Figure 14), you will find spare positions on the main block for nine extra control solenoids, you can
use five of them to connect the new remote hydraulic operated valves.
Maker’s Contact Details: KSB Seil Co., LTD (Former Seil-Seres) (Sales Team Phone:+82 51 831 1857)
.
Spare
Positions
Figure 14 Solenoid Valve Rack interior
6.4 New Manually operated Valves

Regarding BWMS installation onboard, new manually operated valves will be installed. Three of the new ballast valves must be
equipped with limit switches, in order BWMS to, monitor their “CLOSED” position. On the following table 4. are the new manually
operated valves which must be supplied to the vessel with limit switches.
Table 4. New Manually Operated Valves monitored by the BWMS

LABEL ACTUATOR TYPE Elec Drawing
BW10 GEAR HANDWHEEL BUTTERFLY DN 300 SBK210020/21
BW11 GEAR HANDWHEEL BUTTERFLY DN 300 SBK210020/21

BG81 GEAR HANDWHEEL BUTTERFLY DN 200 SBK210020/21
6.5 New Remote operated Valves

Regarding BWMS installation onboard, six new remote operated valves will be installed. For the valve BW12 Butterfly DN450, her
hydraulic actuator must be equipped with limit switches, in order BWMS to monitor her “CLOSED” position. Since this valve will be
equipped with manual override system, it is critical for BWMS to have accurate indication for this valve’s actual position, the
installation of local limit switches on valve’s actuator eliminates the possibility of BWMS not receiving valve’s indication in case of
manual overriding.
20
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
6.6 Ballast Mimic Plate

Opposite the FRAMO cargo console at the Cargo Control Room, is the cargo control console, where Ballast Mimic Plate is located
(Figure 15). Kindly, arrange with the maker of the Remote Valve System to install control rotary switches and indicators for the five
new remote operated valves.
Cables regarding the connection to the Ballast Mimic Plate are not included in our cable list, since we are missing the quantity and
the type of those cables. Kindly ask Remote Valve System maker to provide you with specifications for the cables and a list of all the
parts which must be supplied to the vessel.
We recommend you, to update the mimic, with new valves, pumps and the extra pipework regarding BWMS installation.
MONITORING SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
Figure 15 Cargo Control Console at CCR
21
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
7. ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM AMS

7.1 General
BalClor BC-1500 BWMS has one category of alarm. The common alarm will be activated when the attention of BWMS operator is
required. Through vessel’s AMS system the common alarm will be heard at all over the vessel, and the user will check on BWMS
panels the exact description of the alarm. On AMS log the alarm will be logged with timestamp.
These alarms must be connected to vessel’s AMS. When BWMS triggers the AMS an audible Alarm will start and on AMS alarm
list BWMS common alarm will appear.
BalClor BC-1500 has “Running” output signal, which must be also connected to the AMS, this signal will not trigger audible alarm
on AMS, will just appears when BWMS is operating normal.
Since a new sea-chest will be fabricated on-board, installation of M.G.P.S. is needed. M.G.P.S. requires one alarm input to AMS,
when M.G.P.S. stops operating will trigger AMS, an audible Alarm will start and on AMS alarm list MGPS common alarm will
appear.
7.2 Input to AMS

At the Engine Room, Lyngsø Gamma Outstation 2 panel is located (Figure 16), inside this panel connection of the three new signals
will be made. Inside the panel there is digital input unit labeled 02C1M102 with spare input channels (Figure 16).
At 02C1M102 unit on spare CH17, “BWMS Running” signal will be connected, when dry-contact closes mean that BWMS
is operating normal. This signal will not trigger Alarm to the AMS.
At 02C1M102 unit on spare CH18, “BWMS Common Alarm” signal will be connected, when dry-contact opens mean that
BWMS is not operating normal. This signal will trigger the AMS and audible Alarm will start.
At 02C1M102 unit on spare CH19, “M.G.P.S. Control Panel Alarm” signal will be connected, when dry-contact opens
mean that M.G.P.S. is not operating normal. This signal will trigger the AMS and audible Alarm will start.
MONITORING SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
Since AMS is vessel’s critical device we recommend AMS Maker to attend the vessel to finalize the above modifications onboard.
According to client’s advice shipyard will configure those inputs to the AMS following the instructions on page 217 (Appendix L) -
Sam Electronics MOS/MCS 2200 Operating Instructions without AMS authorized person attending the vessel.
22
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
Figure 16 Exterior and Interior of Gamma No.2 Outstation
8. M.G.P.S. INSTALLATION
8.1 General
Since a new sea-chest will be fabricated onboard, installation of MGPS is needed. Procured MGPS is from K.C. company model
KCAF3020RE. M.G.P.S consists of:
• Control Panel
• Junction Box
• Anode Copper
• Anode Aluminum
In Figure (Figure 17) you will find the exact installation locations, of each MGPS component on-board, only junction box’s position
will be rectified during installation since the maximum wire length from the junction box to the anodes is 3 meters.
MGPS power supply, will be from 220VAC Feeder Panel at Engine Control Room, please refer to chapter 4.3 220VAC Power Supply
in page 13 of this document.
MGPS control panel alarm will be connected to the vessel’s AMS system, please refer to chapter 7.2 Input to AMS in page 22 of this
document.
23
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
MGPS Control
Panel
MGPS
Junction Box
Anode Copper
Anode
Aluminum
Figure 17 MGPS components location
Reference is made to:

Power Supply at (Appendix B) – NDME-2145PS-E-003 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-30-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD UPDATED FOR
BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500. and
Cable Diagram at (Appendix C) NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER SYSTEM
Connection with AMS at (Appendix K) NDME-2145PS-E-006 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-22 CABLE DIAGRAM OF CONTROL &
(Appendix M) MGPS Installation Drawing.
24
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
9. GPS Connection to BWMS
BWMS Remote Control Box EQ24, which will be installed at the Cargo Control Room requires connection with vessel’s DGPS system.
At the wheelhouse inside the chart table is DGPS No.2 Junction Box (Figure 18). Junction Box is SAM Electronics SAM-9512 which
has 5 spare outputs example photo (Figure 19).
(Appendix N) DGPS No.2 wiring diagram.
Figure 18 Device 57 is No.2 DGPS junction box.
Figure 19 Example photo of SAM 9512
25
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
10. REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES ON UPPER & A’ DECK

10.1 Description
Electrolytic Disinfection Unit (EDU) is equipped with ventilation system. This ventilation system consists of an SS304 pipe Ǿ380, this
pipe will end up outside the Engine Room at the upper deck, ventilation head with flame screen must be used at pipe’s end. This
pipe carries diluted H2, space around the end of this pipe in radius of 3 meters considers hazardous area. As a result of these two
existing light fixtures which are installed inside the new hazardous area must be replaced with special EX-PROOF light fixtures.
Reference is made to:
(Appendix Q) MT NAVIGARE PARS- NDME2145PS-E-011-ARRT OF ELEC EQUIPT UPPER DECK (UPDATED WITH BWTS),
and
(Appendix R) MT NAVIGARE PARS- NDME2145PS-E-012-ARRT OF ELEC EQUIPT A-DECK (UPDATED WITH BWTS).
Figure 20 Example photo of Fluorescent 2x20w or 2x18w IP67 cylinder type Exd IIC T6 flame proof light fixture
26
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
11. BWMS INSTALLATION CABLE LIST

11.1 General
The purpose of this list is to summarize all the cables, which will be used for the BWMS retrofit installation on-board. Cables are
categorized by their Designation, Core size etc. In this list all the cable route destinations are estimated. In our estimation we took
under consideration cable common installation practice and vessel’s existing cable routes.
During installation different cable routes may be implemented. For this reason, a safety margin of 20 % in length is added to all listed
cables.
This list provides all the necessary data for the cable markings which will be used for the BWMS Installation, shipyard shall supply
with the Markings and all the necessary accessories for the installation of them.
Cable trays, cable ladders, cable fasteners, wire lugs etc. and other equipment regarding the installation of the cables, will be
shipyard’s scope of supply.
Phenolic Labels for all the panels, and the marking for all the cables including the cables that are maker’s scope of supply, will be
shipyard’s scope of supply.
All cable types must have Lloyd's Register approval certifications.
Cables, which will be used for the control of the new five remote valves, will be calculated during installation, since we are missing
maker’s drawing regarding BWMS installation.
Reference is made to (Appendix O) - NDME-2145PS-E-010 MT NAVIGARE PARS CABLE LIST FOR BALCLOR-1500 BWMS
INSTALLATION.
27
M/T NAVIGARE PARS
12. APPENDIX
(Appendix A) – NDME-2145PS-E-005 MT NAVIGARE PARS NEW CONSUMERS ADDITION

TO MAIN & EM'CY SWITCHBOARDS FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix B) – NNDME-2145PS-E-003 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-30-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD
UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix C) – NDME-2145PS-E-002 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF
POWER SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix D) – Datasheet of METASOL Breakers.
(Appendix E) – NDME-2145PS-E-004 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-31-1 EMERGENCY
SWITCHBOARD UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix F) – NDME-2145PS-E-001 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-28 POWER ANALYSIS TABLE
UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix G) – NDME-2145PS-E-007 MT NAVIGARE PARS STARTER PANEL FOR BALLAST
PUMP 1 90KW
(Appendix H) – NDME-2145PS-E-008 MT NAVIGARE PARS STARTER PANEL FOR BALLAST
PUMP 2 90KW
(Appendix I) – NDME-2145PS-E-009 MT NAVIGARE PARS CARGO CONTROL ROOM
REPEATER & INDICATORS
(Appendix J) – FRAMO 0222-7626-3 Sheet No.7
(Appendix K) – NDME-2145PS-E-006 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-22 CABLE DIAGRAM OF
CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM UPDATED FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
(Appendix L) – Sam Electronics MOS/MCS 2200 Operating Instructions
(Appendix M) – MGPS Drawing
(Appendix N) – DGPS No.1 and No.2 cable diagram
(Appendix O) – NDME-2145PS-E-010 MT NAVIGARE PARS CABLE LIST FOR BALCLOR-
1500 BWMS INSTALLATION
(Appendix P) – BalCLOR BC-1500 SBK210020 Electrical Drawing
(Appendix Q) - MT NAVIGARE PARS- NDME2145PS-E-011-ARRT OF ELEC EQUIPT UPPER
DECK (UPDATED WITH BWTS)
(Appendix R) - MT NAVIGARE PARS- NDME2145PS-E-012-ARRT OF ELEC EQUIPT A-DECK
(UPDATED WITH BWTS)
(Appendix S) - MT NAVIGARE PARS- NDME2145PS-E-013-ARRT OF ELEC EQUIPT
EXPOSED WEATHER DECK & ON DECK (UPDATED WITH BWTS)
28
EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD
MAIN SWITCHBOARD INSIDE AC220 FEEDER PANEL INSIDE INSIDE EMERGENCY GEN ROOM
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM ENGINE CONTROL ROOM AT A' DECK
MSB PANEL B. No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL MSB PANEL B. No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL ESB EM'CY AC440V FEEDER PANEL
CIRCUIT: P7001 CIRCUIT: P7002 AC220V FEEDER PANEL CIRCUIT: P7006 CIRCUIT: P7003
-XD1 NO.1 AC 440V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1 -XD1 NO.1 AC 440V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1 -XD1 AC 220V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1 -XD1 AC 440V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1
R R R R R R R R
-XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2
S S S S S S S S
-XD3 -XD3 -XD3 -XD3 -XD3 -XD3 -XD3 -XD3
T T T T T T T T
NEW BREAKER 440VAC NEW BREAKER EXISTING BREAKER EXISTING BREAKER

440VAC
P7001 200A
P7002
440VAC
60 A P7006 15 A P7003 440VAC
15 A
MX MX
Metasol MCCB 220VAC PT2
Metasol MCCB
220VAC PT2
Metasol MCCB Metasol MCCB

ABH203c/200 ABH103c/60 ABS53c/15 ABS103c/15
In = 200A In = 60A In = 15A In = 15A
Ii = 2400A Ii = 720A Ii = 400A Ii = 400A

Icu = 50kA Icu = 50kA Icu = 18kA Icu = 37kA
1.5sq.mm
1.5sq.mm
1.5sq.mm
1.5sq.mm
1.5sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
16sq.mm
16sq.mm
16sq.mm
BWMS Rectifier EQ07 Engine Room BWMS Motor Control Cabinet BWMS MGPS Control BWMS EDU Junction Box
Rated Power: 86kW EQ25 Panel EQ22
Engine Room Engine Room Engine Room
Rated Power: 2.2kW
MSB PANEL B. No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL MSB PANEL H. No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
CIRCUIT: P7004 CIRCUIT: P7005
-XD1 NO.1 AC 440V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1 -XD1 NO.2 AC 440V 3PH 60Hz BUS BAR -XD1
R R R R
-XD2 -XD2 -XD2 -XD2
NEW BREAKER LIST
S S S S
T
-XD3 -XD3
T T
-XD3 -XD3
T BREAKING
TRIP UNIT RATING CONNECTED
MAKER MODEL CAPACITY ICU ACCESSORIES QUANTITY LOCATION
In (A) EQUIPMENT
(kA)
SHUNT COIL
220VAC, AUX. EQ07, SPBP1 &
METASOL ABH203c 200 50 3 MSB
CONTACT & SINGLE SPBP2
PLUG-IN KIT
SHUNT COIL
220VAC, AUX.
METASOL ABH103c 60 50 EQ25 1 MSB
CONTACT & SINGLE
NEW BREAKER NEW BREAKER PLUG-IN KIT
440VAC 440VAC
P7004 P7005
200 A
MX
200 A
MX
BREAKERS
Metasol MCCB
220VAC PT2
Metasol MCCB
220VAC PT2
TOTAL 4
ABH203c/200 ABH203c/200 QUANTITY
In = 200A In = 200A
Ii = 2400A Ii = 2400A
Icu = 50kA Icu = 50kA
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
95sq.mm
Starter Panel of the Starter Panel of the PROJECT: DRAWING No:

Ballast Pump 1 (SPBP-1) Engine Room Ballast Pump 2 (SPBP-2) Engine Room NDME-2145PS-E-005
Rated Power: 90kW Rated Power: 90kW MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece N/A LR
Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 NEW CONSUMERS ADDITION SIZE:
TO MAIN & EMERGENCY N/A
SWITCHBOARDS
DRAWN: A.V.
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPRIETARY TO
NAVAL-DME. THIS DOCUMENT IS PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND DATE: 11/29/2021
INCORPORATES CALCULATIONS BASED ON DATA AVAILABLE FROM THE FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
CLIENT. CHECKED: A.P.
BY ACCEPTING AND USING THIS DOCUMENT, THE RECIPIENT AGREES TO
PROTECT ITS CONTENTS FROM FURTHER DISSEMINATION, (OTHER THAN
THAT WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION NECESSARY TO EVALUATE SUCH DATE: 11/29/2021
SPECIFICATION) WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NAVAL-DME.THE
CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED OR COPIED SHEET No: APPROVED: T.C.
1 /1 DATE: 11/30/2021
BWMS RETROFIT NOTES:
1. ON SHEET 23, ADDITION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE NEW THREE POWER
CIRCUITS AND THE THREE BREAKERS WHICH WILL REPLACE THE SPARE ONES AT THE
No.1 AC 440VAC FEEDER PANEL.
2. ON SHEET 25, ADDITION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE NEW POWER CIRCUIT AND
THE BREAKER WHICH WILL REPLACE THE SPARE ONE AT THE No.2 AC 440VAC
FEEDER PANEL.
3. ON SHEET 55, No.1 AC 440VAC FEEDER PANEL OUTLINE DIAGRAM, ARE THE POSITIONS
OF THE NEW THREE BREAKERS WHICH WILL REPLACE THE SPARE ONES.
4. ON SHEET 56, No.2 AC 440VAC FEEDER PANEL OUTLINE DIAGRAM, IS THE POSITION OF
THE NEW BREAKER WHICH WILL REPLACE THE SPARE ONE.
5. ON SHEET 125, ADDITION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE NEW POWER CIRCUIT
USING ONE SPARE BREAKER AT THE AC 220VAC FEEDER PANEL.
6. ON SHEET 128, AC 220VAC FEEDER PANEL OUTLINE DIAGRAM, IS THE POSITION OF THE
SPARE BREAKER WHICH WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW MGPS.
- ALL MODIFICATIONS ARE IN BLUE COLOR
PROJECT: DRAWING No:
NDME-2145PS-E-003
MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 E-30-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD SIZE:
UPDATED
web: www.naval-dme.com N/A
DRAWN: A.V.
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPRIETARY TO FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
INCORPORATES CALCULATIONS BASED ON DATA AVAILABLE FROM THE
0 / 131 DATE: 11/30/2021
-- - --- --- ·-- -- ---- ----~ -
i
. COM
.. PLETION\
\ DRAWING ·
MESSRS STX Offshore & Shipbuilding co., LTD.
HULL No. S-1736/37
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
.... ,_. .
' '-. . . ·~ ' :·, ':>' ' ;/·. _.
·....: !: '. '.
I .
FINAL DRAWING
SHIP NAME NISIDA IMONO. 9583653
HULL NO. S1736 DWG. NO. V8100000
. TITLE MAIN SWITCH BOARD
..
DRAWING No. KT -14151 APPROVED
FILE NAME:
DATE November 26, 2010
1736MSBD
CHECKED BY
D- ~- PA~t-
KTE Com, Ltd a . CHECKED BY
1497-1, Song)eong-Dong, Gangseo·Gu, ·
Bus.an 518-817, Korea . . ,
t~{ ·+a2~s1-2ss-o2ss DESIG},jED BY
-· . :'::-· .
_j
1/
I
./
REV.,. DATE DESCRIPTION CONFIRMED
SHEET No.
BY
1 201 o. 11 . 26 DRAWN FOR APPROVAL D.S.PARK
CD
& 2011. 06. 30 REVISED BY SHIPYARD COMMENTS 1,5,6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,1 9,20,21 D.S.. PARK CD
(APPROVED) 22,23,24,25,26,30,31 ,32,33,34,39,42

45,46,48 1/2,55,56,57,61 ,62,63,64
76' 79 ,82,83,84,85,86,87 ,88,89, 90,92
:;, 93,94,95,96,99, 102,103,104,108,109
115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125
~~
- 126,128,131 '132 c-
[(:.o'
&. 2011. 08. 26 REVISED BY SHIPYARD COMMENTS 113,61,62,1.06,107,109,116,117,119 D.S.PARK
& 2011. 10. 06 REVISED BY DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 48-1/2,92,94,95,96,99,1 09,115,116 D.S.PARK

117,130
11) lO
& 2011. 11 . 24 REVISED BY SHIPYARD COMMENTS 13,92,101 ,109, 116,117
1-
"''
OT
;;:
-
'"0
5
<(
0
0
(5
2
. ·,..,
~"'
I'
L[)
'h.
m
0
I")
I
())
o-
>.i I
I")
0
0
N
0
1-
_J •.
-
0
u
w
1-
::.::
0
<(
0
& TITLE DRAW No.
0
(5
2
R &. PLAN HISTORY KT -1 41 51
E ~
v & file name SHEET
KTE HISTORY No. A
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
DRAWING NAME SHEET No. DRAWING NAME SHEET No.
A GENERATOR CONTROL S1NS3

PLAN HISTORY POWER CIRCUIT 82"'84
t
<D <D
GENERAL SPECIFICATION 1 BUS & DC24V CONTROL S5

POWER CIRCUIT 85
BREAKING CAPACITY LIST OF ACB, 2N4 AC440V FEEDER &
MAIN BUS-BAR ARR'T S6 86
MCCB & FUSE
PROTECTORS FOR GENERATOR 5
- r-
... PROTECTORS FOR FEEDER CIRCUIT 6
7 MEASURE & GENERATOR S9NS11

PROTECTORS FOR TRANSFORMER PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT 88"'90
8 MANUAL SYNCHRO & S13 91

SYMBOL LIST MEASURE CIRCUIT
I(J I(J
CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS & 9 GOVERNOR MOTOR S14 92

AN INDEX AND SUFFIX LETTERS CONTROL CIRCUIT
CONNECTION OF AUX. RELAYS 10 SPACE HEATER CIRCUIT S16 93
NAME PLATE MODEL 11

- -
PARTS LIST 12"'14 ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT S19NS21 94"'96
PARTS LIST FOR TRANSFORMER PROTECTION CIRCUIT S26 97
SHIPYARD SUPPLY ITEMS 15
NAME PLATE TABLE 16"'27 EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT S27A 98

v v
OUTLINE DRAWING 30"'36 EM'CY STOP & PREF. TRIP CIRCUIT S30 99
No.1 GEN. EQUIPMENTS DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT S31 100

37"'39 (No.1 & No.2 D/G)
No.2 GEN. EQUIPMENTS DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT S32
40"'42 (No.3 D/G)
- 101 r-
No.3 GEN. EQUIPMENTS 43"'45 DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT S32
SYNCHRO. PANEL EQUIPMENTS PROGRAMMABLE POWER S33,S34 102,103

46"'52 CONTROLLER INPUT CIRCUIT
BUS-TIE PANEL EQUIPMENTS 53,54 PROGRAMMABLE POWER S35 104
n
CONTROLLER OUTPUT CIRCUIT n
No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL 55 AUTO SYNCHRONIZING & AUTO S36 105
EQUIPMENTS LOAD SHARING CONTROL CIRCUIT
No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL 56 SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT S37NS40 106N109
EQUIPMENTS
EM'CY STOP PLATE SPECIFICATION 57 ALARM CIRCUIT S41NS46 110"'115
~ -
~ TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT 61"'64 OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT S51NS55 116"'120
0
<t: FLOW CHART CONTENTS 65
0
0
:2 FLOW CHART SYMBOLS 66
<'-·
"r<J N
N SYSTEM FLOW CHARTS F1NF10 67"'76 == AC220V FEEDER PANEL ==
0
0 SETTING LIST OF GEN.
~
POWER CONTROLLER F11 77 GENERAL SPECIFICATION 123

0
n GENERATOR AUTOMATIC LOAD
I F12 78 PARTS LIST 124
en DEMAND CONTROL SYSTEM
0 r-
I P.P.C IN-OUTPUT TABLE LIST 79 NAME PLATE TABLE 125"'127
n
0
0 AC220V FEEDER PANEL
~ LEGEND OF SKELETON DIAGRAM 80 128"'130
0 EQUIPMENTS
1-
_J
LEGEND OF SEQUENCE DIAGRAM 81 TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT 131
6 AC220V FEEDER &
~
u S7 132
w CONTROL POWER CIRCUIT
1- S27B 133
EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT(AC220V)
~
~
0
<t:
~
TITLE DRAW No.
0
0
:2
R CONTENTS KT -14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MCOO No. B
DD-01
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
SHIP OWNER L.G.R FLAG OF SHIP ITALIAN M
tO -- lD
KIND OF SHIP 51 K PRODUCT OIL CHEMICAL TANKER CLASSIFICATION RINA
TYPE DEAD FRONT SELF SUPPORTING PARTITION PLATE SEE TO LAYOUT DRAWING
FRONT : DOOR (HINGE) REAR : DOOR (HINGE)

ENCLOSURE
- SIDE : TIGHTEN UP SCREW BOTTOM :OPEN -
PAINT COLOR OUTSIDE : 2.5PB6/10
(MUNSELL No.) INSIDE MAKER STANDARD M AMBIENT TEMP. 45'C
..
DRAWING & MATERIAL OF
DOCUMENT ENGLISH PHENOLIC
NAME PLATE
l{) l{)
AUTO. SYSTEM KT-PMS ( ASD, PWC, PPC )
AC 450V 3 ¢ 60Hz DIESEL 3 SETS

1187.5 KVA 1524 A 0.8PF
GENERATOR
AC v H7
- DIESEL SETS r-
KVA A 0.8PF
SPACE HEATER AC 220 V 1 ¢ 60Hz 315 w

SOURCE GOVERNOR
CAPACITY MOTOR DC 24 V 25 w
.q- v
MAIN
TRANSFORMER AC 440 I 230 v 3 ¢ 60Hz 120 KVA 2 SETS
MEASURE
- CONT. CIRC. AC 220 V 60Hz & DC24V AC 11 OV 60Hz r-
CIRCUIT I
AC440V BUS 32.7 KA SYM. RMS 89.5 KA ASYM. PEAK
SHORT CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL
I'"') I'"')
MATERIAL COPPER (SURFACE : TIN COATING)
R :RED P :RED
IDENTIFICATION S :WHITE N :BLUE
OF POWER
T :BLUE *EARTH WIRE : GREEN & YELLOW
~ BUS BAR -
:;::
*VIEWING FROM PANEL FRONT
PHASE (R) (U) POLE (P)
PHASE ARR'G LEFT TOP FRONT
PHASE (S) (V)
OF BUS BAR
PHASE (T) (W) POLE (N) ~ t t
RIGHT BOTTOM REAR
N
MAIN CIRCUIT : 0.6/1KV SCP
INTERNAL WIRING
CONT. CIRCUIT : 0.6/1 KV SYP or UL STYLE 1015
.. 660V SYP
* ADJUNCTIVE MATERIAL FOR THE YARD WORKING PROVIDED AS FOLLOWING;
REMARK
I 1. TERMINAL LUGS ,
2. BOLT /NUT AND TERMINAL CAPS FOR YARD CABLE INSTALLATION
.,
-
I f•
n
0 ····-
0
N
0
~ HULL No. S-1736 S-1737
6
- ~
u ORDER No. KTB-10083 KTB-1 0084

w
1--
MACHINERY No. M0179-10 M0181-10
::.::
0
<( M TITLE DRAW No.
0
(.!)
:2:
R GENERAL SPECIFICATION KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MG01 No. 1
DD-01
(RINA)
MAKER : LS Industrial Systems Co.,Ltd.
AC BREAKERS
MAXIMUM
SERIES TYPE OF RATED RATED RATED
tO CURRENT . tO
NAME CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BREAKING MAKING USED

RATING CURRENT CURRENT
BREAKER (V)
(A) SYM. R.M.S ASYM. R.M.S
·t.l· (KA) (KA)
AS-06D 630 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29 FEEDER, *3 r-

. AIR
CIRCUIT
BREAKER AS-13D 1250 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29
AS-16D 1600 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29

ll) ll)
AS-20E 2000 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29 GEN., *1
AS-25E 2500 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29
AS-32E 3200 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29 BUS TIE, *4

1-
AS-40E 4000 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29
-- USED TYPE ==
..,j-
*1 MOTOR OPERATION, DRAW-OUT TYPE *4 MANUAL OPERATION, FIXED TYPE ..,j-
*2 : MOTOR OPERATION, FlEXED TYPE *5 : MOTOR OPERATION, PLUG-IN TYPE
*3 MANUAL OPERATION, DRAW-OUT TYPE *6 MANUAL OPERATION, PLUG-IN TYPE
C'J
)<
tO
~
I
N
.;=
'"' I
())
0
0
N
0
1-
_J
6
-
u
w
1-
:::.::
.....
(!]
u TITLE DRAW No.
~
(f) BREAKING CAPACITY LIST OF
_J
~
R AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER KT-14151
z
0::: E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736ACB1 No. 2
DD-01
MAKER : LS Industrial Systems Co.,Ltd. (RINA)
AC BREAKERS
MAXIMUM
CURRENT BREAKING MAKING"'
"' NAME CIRCUIT VOLTAGE USED !D
BREAKER (V)
(KA) (KA)
·"' AC220V 10 21
53b 50
- AC460V 5 10.5 -
AC220V 10 21
63b 60
ABE AC460V 5 10.5
AC220V 25 52.5
103b 100
AC460V 10 21
lO U')
AC220V 35 73.5 *1, USED
203b 225
AC460V 18 37.8
403b 400 AC460V 25 52.5
603b 600 AC460V 35 73.5
- 803b 800 AC460V 35 73.5 f-
AC220V 25 52.5
53b 50
AC460V 10 21
63b 60 AC460V 10 21
'<!- ....
103b 100 AC460V 25 52.5
ABS 203b 225 AC460V 25 52.5
403b 400 AC460V 35 73.5
603b 600 AC460V 50 105
- 803b 800 AC460V 50 105 *1, USED -
1003 1000 AC460V 65 136.5
1203 1200 AC460V 65 136.5
AC460V 18 36
53c 50
I')
AC220V 35 73.5 *1, USED I')
63c 60 AC460V 18 36
103c 125 AC460V 37 77.7
203c 250 AC460V 37 77.7
53b 50 AC460V 25 52.5
- 103b 100 AC460V 35 73.5 1-
ABH 203b 225 AC460V 35 73.5

403b 400 AC460V 50 105
53c 50 AC460V 35 73.5
N 103c 125 AC460V 50 105 *1' USED C'J
203c 250 AC460V 50 105 *1, USED
- .·. -
., ~
~
-;::: -- USED TYPE ==

*1 : PLUG-IN TYPE *2 : FIXED TYPE
~
CD
u
:2
TITLE DRAW No.
:r: BREAKING CAPACITY LIST OF
0:::
_J
R MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER KT-14151
E
v DISK No. SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MCB1 No. 3
DD-01
RATED RATED RATED BREAKING
MANUFACTURER TYPE CURRENT VOLTAGE CURRENT
(A) (AC,DC) (KA) (0
AC500V 100
1
DC250V 50
AC500V 100 -
2
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
3
DC250V 50
10 10
AC500V 100
4
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
5
DC250V 50 f-
AC500V 100
SB FUSE CO., LTD. SB-C1 6
DC250V 50
AC500V 100 . ....
8
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
10
DC250V 50
-
AC500V 100
15
DC250V -50
AC500V 100
. 20
DC250V 50 F')
AC500V 100
25
DC250V 50
AC500V 100 r-
30
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
40
DC250V 50
N N
AC500V 100
50
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
60
DC250V 50 -
TITLE DRAW No.

BREAKING CAPACITY
R LIST OF FUSE KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736FUSE No. 4
DD-01
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
ACB TYPE AS-20E, 3P U S E No.1/2/3 GENERATOR
AMPERE FRAME 2000 AF CIRC. No.

<D
"' "'
OCR TYPE OCR-N TYPE CAPACITY 11 87.5KVA 450V 60Hz 3¢ 1524A 0.8PF
-Note : * Mark is setting point.
BASE CURRENT LONG TIME SHORT TIME INSTANTANEOUS PREFERENCE

- (In) DELAY (lr) (LTD) DELAY (lsd) (STD) TRIP (li) (INST) ALARM (lp) (PAL) :-
In= Set. X let lr = Set. X lnLft. (lsd= Set: X In~ (li= Set. X ln)Lft. (lp= Set. X In)
CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE
(In) (lr) (lsd) (li) (li)
1!1 l!1
1000 0.5 1219 0.8 3048 2 3048 2 1067 0.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1524 *0.762 1676 * 1.1 5334 * 3.5Lft. 21336 *14 1524 * 1.0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
- r-
2000 1 1905 1.25 7620 5 24384 16 1676 1. 1
..;-
------
( 1524A ) ------ ------ ------
+
110%
( 1676A )
350%
5334A )
STEP:0.5
------ 1400%
( 21336A )
STEP:2
------
setting : In X 1 00%
( 1524A )
STEP:0.1
..;-
Lit. setting (pick-up) setting (pick-up) 1 0 sec at 1 20%
60 sec at 120% of
setting current OFF:400 msec at of setting
setting current current
- -
I')
REVERSE
POWER RELAY
TYPE : RMP-121D-1W3 TYPE :

OVER CURREr
RELAY FOR
PREFERENCE T IP
PROTECTIVE RELAY
OVERRELAY
POWER
TYPE :
i TYPE :
VOLTAGE
RELAY
I TYPE :
FREQUENCY
RELAY
I I')
LOW LOW
(%) (KW)
(KW) (A)
0> cf> (V) Tv:H
) (Hz) t2H
z)
-
¥
"0
5<(
0 0 / 80
I
N
N
c..?
2 2 2
I 2
I
2 95 * 10 * 100
I I
~ N
CXJ
0
..
2 2 2 2
I I I
O"l
CXJ
0
237.5 25 125
I l I
I 1 0%( 95 KW)set 100 %( A)set % KW)set L : % L : %
O"l
0 set set r-
.. H % H
I
0 5sec at 100% 1 sec at 100 % sec at % sec at % sec at %
0
~ of setting of setting of setting of setting of setting
power current power voltage frepuency
c5
- I/2nd : 1st + 5sec ~
u
w
r-
~
~ Lit. TITLE DRAW No.

N
c..? R PROTECTORS FOR
2
GENERATOR KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MG21 No.
DD-01
5
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
ACB 1YPE AS-06D, 3P U S E FOR FEEDER
<D
AMPERE FRAME , 630 AF CIRC. No. P2201 ~3
<D
OCR 1YPE OCR-N TYPE CAPACI1Y 440V 60Hz 3¢ SODA
-Noi;e : * Mark is setting point.

- (In) DELAY (lr) (LTD) DELAY (lsd) (STD) TRIP (li) (INST) ALARM (lp) (PAL/ I-
In= Set. X let lr = Set. X In£ (lsd= Set. X In~ (li= Set. X In)£ (lp= Set. X In/
CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A)

(In) (lr) (lsd) (li) (li) RAfGE
l!1
315 0.5 400 0.8 1000 2 1000 2 lo.7 l!1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 I 2
500 *0.793 550 * 1 .1 1500 * 3 5000 *10 1/ 0.8
-
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
I 2
-
630 1 575 1.25 2500 5 8000 16 I * 1.0
""'
-----
( 500 A ) ----- ----- -----
110%
( 550A )
300%
( 1500A )
STEP:0.5
----- 1000%
STEP:2
( 5000A )
---r
setti g : lc X 100%
( A )
STEP:0.1
v
~ setting (pick-up) setting (pick-up) ti e: 15sec
60 sec at 120% of
setting current OFF:300 msec at (50% of LTD
setting current setting time)
- -
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

ACB 1YPE AS-32, 3P U S E BUS-TIE
AMPERE FRAME 3200 AF CIRC. No.
r<:l t")
OCR 1YPE OCR-N TYPE CAPACI1Y AC440V 60Hz 3¢ 3200A
BASE CURRENT LONG TIME SHORT TIME ~ INSTANTANEOUS PREFERENCE

(In) DELAY (IL) (LTD) DELAY (lsd) (S ) TRIP (li) (INST) ALARM (lp) (PAL/ -
¥
~ In= Set. X let lr = Set. X let (lsd= s e 0 r ) (li= Set. X lr) (lp= Set. X lc/
0<(
N
N
CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT~ RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A)
RAfGE
t.? (In) (lr) (lsd) (li) (li)
2
~
c<· .
co
1600 0.5 0.8 / 2 6400 2 lo.7 N
0 2 2 2 2 /2 2 2 2 2 I 2
en
co
0
2900 0.96 * 1 v * 3 19200 *6 1/ 0.8
en
I 2 2 2 2 / 2 2 2 2 2
I 2
r-
0
I 3200 *1.0 12 5 51200 16
I * 1.0
----- ----- ----- --r

I")
~
0
0 sy{P:0.1 STEP:0.5 STEP:2 STEP:0.1
C"l
0
r- % 600% setti g : lc X 100%
( 3200A ) ( A )
_J
( A ) ( 19200A ) ( A )
pick p
6 ~
u : s ting X 120% setting (pick-up) setting (pick-up) ti e: 15sec

w sec at 150% of OFF: msec at (50% of LTD
I- tting current setting current setting time)
:,c
~
0
<( ~ TITLE DRAW No.
N
N PROTECTORS FOR
t.?
2
R FEEDER CIRCUIR & BUS-TIE KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MG22 No.
DD-01
6
TRANSFORMER
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
TRANSFORMER CAPACI1Y
INST. TRIP
<D
"' & 2
No.1
1YPE &
FRAME
CD
MAIN KVA v A A %
TRANSFORMER
• (No . P3301, 3 ¢ P I s P I s 1YPE :
P3801) 120 KVA 440 I230V 157I301A
ABH-203c * 2700 1719
2 SETS
60 Hz FRAME:
250AF
* Mark is setting
(Inrush current ; 2173A)
l("J I!)
THERMAL RELAY
CURRENT REMARKS
1YPE A %
TRANSFORMER
LR3-D086 Min 2.5 80 THERMAL RELAY FOR

5 VA
( 3P ) · OVER CURRENT
* 3.1 100 250 I5A PROTECTION
SET : 157 A
Max 4 127
"<!" '<I"
Rating current
* mark is set point
157 A
(Reset : AUTO.)
-
~
TRANSFORMER CAPACI1Y
1YPE & IN ST. TRIP
KVA v A FRAME A %
,...,
~
n TRANSFORMER
(No. P3305) P I s P I s 1YPE :
32 I 131 A
ABH-1 03C * 750 234
~
1 SET
z FRAME:
1OOAF r-
2'
;;:: * Mark is setting
~
THERMAL RELAY ~
(Inrush current ; 621A)
~TMER
REMARKS
.. 1YPE A % T
I LR3-D086
( 3P )
Min 2.5 87
5~ THERMAL RELAY FOR
OVER CURRENT -
* 3.2 ,, 100 50 I5A
I PROTECTION
SET : 32 A
Max 4 125.
Rating current
6
- * mark is set point
~
u 32 A
w (Reset : AUTO.)
r-
::,.:::
TITLE DRAW No.

PROTECTORS FOR
R TRANSFORMER KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736MG31 No.
DD-01
7
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
® AC GENERATOR j_ CROSSING ELECTRIC WIRE
I: A~s: I ~ACB AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER _l_

I CONNECTION OF ELECTRIC WIRE
<0
6 OS
~OS -<>= o- DISCONNECTING SWITCH ISOLATOR -©--- TERMINAL FOR OUTSIDE WIRING
?
}--f---{Ks KNIFE SWITCH ---o---- TERMINAL OF PARTS
r-t-i MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

I II
...L
-= EARTH
@ TACHOMETER GENERATOR @!0}-- COUPLING WIRE (COUPLING SIDE)
® AC MOTOR ---@ (R-

s-
T-
COUPLING WIRE (COUPLING SIDE)
@
8
GOVERNOR MOTOR
~ DRAW OUT TYPE
Ll)
61 -o-o- "a" CONTACT (NORMALLY OPEN)
---11-- BATIERY
?
8 VOLT METER
1 --Q....D- "b" CONTACT (NORMALLY CLOSE)
0 AMMETER y\ -o7
o-- "c" CONTACT (TRANSFER)
"a" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY f-
G) WATIMETER 6r
?
-A-
-o o--
jON DELA'O_
~
"b" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY
@ FREQUENCY METER ---<U.O-
(ON DELAY)
e POWER FACTOR METER ~

?
-o""V""o--
"a" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY
(OFF DELAY)
"b" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY """
@ SYNCHROSCOPE { ~
(OFF DELA't'l
@ INSULATION RESISTANCE METER ~
?
-o+o-- FLICKER CONTACT ~
I RHM I HOUR METER (TIME COUNTOR)

? c.o.s
-o"""-o- TRANSFER SWITCH
~PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER b~ __L

-<> o-- "a" CONTACT OF PUSH-BUTION
~ ? SWITCH
L-v'VVV'---! "b" CONTACT OF PUSH-BUTION
,--vvvv'-i
lilT TRANSFORMER
t -<l..l..O-
SWITCH
~T 6~ ....1.. "a" CONTACT F:OR REMAINING

CURRENT TRANSFORMER -<> o- r<)
? CONTACT
~F --=-- ~
F "b" CONTACT FOR REMAINING
FUSE -<tiD-
CONTACT
COIL OF AUXILIARY RELAY 6+ "a" CONTACT FOR RESETING
@ (n:NUMERICAL&ALPHABET m:NUMERICAL) ?
-o--o-
CONTACT
~
COIL OF TIME-LAG RELAY "b'' CONTACT FOR RESETING
® (n:NUMERICAL&ALPHABET m:NUMERICAL)
-<>.,._D-
CONTACT
~
"a" CONTACT OF LIMIT SWITCH
UNDER VOLTAGE TRIP COIL 6~ -<>= o--
? AND MACHINERY SWITCH
e ~51
SHUNT TRIP COIL
THERMAL RELAY
~ ~
-N-
"b'' CONTACT OF LIMIT SWITCH
AND MACHINERY SWITCH
CAM SWITCH
N
~R RESISTER
*1m TRANSFER SWITCH
51 r-----,
f-
----[>f- SILICON RECTIFIER . .'
I
L-----...J
I OUTSIDE SIGNAL
0
----[>f- DIODE C) TERMINAL NUMBER
v o::::! THYRISTOR R;~u;J SEQUENCE & SKELETON BLOCK

L_-=.-=.·::::::l
~ ~
_Lc
I. CAPACITOR -----l>k:- SCR
~
~SH SHUNT t zo ZENER DIODE
I
TITLE DRAW No.
R SYMBOL LIST KT -14151
.. E
0
r<) v file name SHEET
-
I
Ll)
0
I
KTE KT -M001 No. 8
0
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 5 6 7 I 8 I 9
CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS & AN INDEX AND SUFFIX LETTERS

SYMBOL NAME sYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
No. DESIGNATION No. DESIGNATION ALTERNATOR FAILURE NEGATIVE POLE SIT STARTER
2 TIME DELAY STARTING OR CLOSING RELAY 70 RHEOSTAT AMME1ER FORWARD N NEUTRAL sv SOLENOID VALVE
s
3 CONTROL SWITCH
72
DC CIRCUIT BREAKER OR MAGNETIC AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY sw SEA WATER
4 MAIN CONTACTOR OR RELAY CO NTACTOR F
A ANN ANNUNCIATOR FUSE OFF(OPEN)
5 STOP SWITCH OR RELAY 75 BREAKING DEVICE AMME1ER TRANSFER
AS SWITCH FS FLOAT SWITCH ON(CLOSE) TEMPERATURE
6 START CONTACTOR OR SWITCH 77 LOAD LIMIT DEVICE
8 CONTROL SOURCE SWITCH 8D DC UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY AUX AUXILIARY OPEN TIME
< 0 <
9 FIELD REVERSING DEVIED 81 GOVERNOR DRIVING DEVICE GENERATOR OPERATION TRANSFORMER
10 SEQUENCE SWITCH G OVER CURRENT
83 SELECTIVE CONTACTOR SWITCH OR RELAY GROUND FAULT OCR TRIPPING
RELAY
11 TESJ SWITCH OR RELAY 84 VOLTAGE RELAY BATTERY TERMINAL BLOCK,
HEATER TB TERMINAL BOARD
12 OVER SPEED SWITCH OR RELAY 86 BLOCKING RELAY T
BUS-BAR HIGH POSITIVE POLE TH THERMAL RELAY
14 LOW SPEED SWITCH OR RELAY MAGNETIC CONTACTOR OR SIWTCH FOR
88 B BEL BELL HOLDING POWER TG TOGGLE SWITCH
18 ACCELERATING OR DECELERATING DEVICE GENERAL MACHINE H
19 STARTING TO RUNNING TRANSITION RELAY 89 DISCONNECTING SWITCH ISOLATOR BZ ELECTRIC BUZZER HW HOT WATER PRESSURE
20 SOLENOID VALVE 90 AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR PRIMARY
23 THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE CONTROL RElAY 91 AUTOMATIC POWER REGUlATOR OR
POWER RELAY CLOSE p PF POWER FUSE UP
25 SYNCHRONISM CHECK DEVICE
INNER PART PS
u
COOUNG PREESSURE SWITCH
TEMPERATURE RELAY FOR STATIC 94 TRIP-FREE CONTACTOR RELAY
26 COMMON PT POTENTIAL VACUUM
APPARATUS AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY REGULATOR OR INSTANT TRANSFORMER
95
27 A.C UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY FREQUENCY RELAY CLOSING COIL I IL ILLUMINATING LAMP VOLTAGE
28 AlARM DEVICE CONTROL ITER INTERLOCK Q OIL
v VR VOLTAGE REGULATOR 1-
29 FIRE EXTINGUISHING DEVICE VOLTME1ER CHANGE-
CONDENSER RAISE vs OVER SWITCH
30 ANNUNCIATOR OR CONDITION OF APPARATUS
CH CHARGE LAMP RESISTOR
33 POSITION SWITCH OR DETECTOR c
34 MOTOR OPERATED SEQUENCE SWITCH cos CHANGE OVER UMIT RELAY WAIT
SWITCH
4D FIELD SWITCHING DEVICE CP CAUTION PLATE LOAD REVERSE w WATER
42 RUNNING CONTACTOR OR SWITCH CT CURRENT LOCKING R RESE1
TRANSFORMER
CHANGE OVER SWITCH, CONTACTOR OR L
43 RELAY FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW REMOTE AUXIUARY
47 OPEN OR REVERSE PHASE VOLTAGE RELAY DIRECT LOWER RT RECTIFIER X NORMAL INPUT
48 OVERDUE DETECT RELAY D DISCHARGE LS UMIT SWITCH RIGHT
49 TEMPERATURE RELAY FOR ROTARY MACHINE DECELERATION LVS LEVEL SWITCH AUXIUARY
RUN
51 AC OVER-CURRENT RELAY OR DIODE y INVERSE INPUT
OVER-CURRENT GROUND RELAY
DOWN MOTOR
52 AC CIRCUIT BREAKER OR CONTACTOR
59 AC OVER VOLTAGE RELAY EMERGENCY MANUAL SWITCH AUXIUARY
"' 62 TIME DELAY STOPPING OR OPERATING RELAY EXCITOR MAGNE11C SECONDARY z BUZZER "'
63 PRESSURE SWITCH OR RELAY EARTH LAMP MAIN
65 ·GOVERNOR
EL s SHORT
ZCT
ZERO PHASE SEQUENCE
EMERGENCY STOP CURRENT TRANSFORMER
M ME1ER START
66 FLASHER RELAY E ES
{
EARTH TEST TRANSFER MC MAGNE11C CONTACTOR STOP PHASE
AC DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY OF SWITCH ¢
67 DIRECTIONAL GROUND RElAY
! MCCB
MCS
MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
MOLDED CASE SWITCH
STR STARTING RELAY
SIGNAL LAMP,
DIAME1ER
69 FLOW RELAY SL
•~ PILOT LAMP
~ TITLE DRAW No.

• CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS
! R & AN INDEX AND SUFFIX KT-14151
~ LETTERS
E
;;
0
u
I
v
KTE
file name
KT-C001
ISHEET
No. 9
~
420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 5 6 I 7 I B I 9
CONNECTION OF AUX. RELAYS
lYPE CONNECTION CONT. lYPE CONNECTION CONT. lYPE CONNECTION CONT. lYPE CONNECTION CONT.
l:IJ1
n--..,tl'l
00<0 A1 ,.....Nnvo
~"'"' ~"'"'
cHI
t:::.t:::.t:::. ........ A1 t:::.t:::.t:::. .... "'
A1 NVc.o..--C\1 NVrD..--N
~!!!!!
c?-~H~---1
CAD-326( ) SC-05 LC1-096()~ 3A+
1c 3a2b 3A+2a
sc-s-1
--rr-rtr+-l!
LC1-386() 1a1b
DC24V/
RE11 !-l A2 ~ AC24~240V
ON DELAY
A2 od-NC\Ioc;t"<t
..-Nnvo A2 :i~~~~
-.,.--.._, I
A2 :i~~~N
..............................
J
I
RME MU ..--t')ll) I ..-rtlUl I
n..-.-n <
< (TIME RELAY) 00 "' tnlOI'OO i iI
[;I~~
VNVV I t')r-..-t')
nH~
I
Hf~J
ll)tOI'IX)
HI
I
T -- 1c LAD-N226 2a2b SZ-A22 2a2b LAD-N226

1
I~ It ____ 2a2b
Y1
DC24V/
I j
[:l AC24~240V
VNNV
,.., ..... ,...,...., VNN.q.
~
ll)tDt--IXJ lOW,....OO
A2 OFF DELAY lOrD,...._IIl
A1 E1
$-i-r-rr~
A1
~"'"'
f -f-f-
.......................... VNVN
~ ~9'f~"' ..
cf--v-~
NVtO....-C'\I"<f-1")
LAD-52
r---
!!!!1!~
67155 I A1 3A+
----+-1
SC-N1- LC2-096()-
-~
3A+
3a2b 2a2b - ---6'!'1_6Jt -- ,
I'Jly ~ i
LAD-6K10 SC-N16 LC2-386() 1a1b
~WI~~
<'l
J CAD-
LAD-52 326( ) A2 ~ ~ i
A2 E2
A2 J::i~~N~~ -;\ :
(TIMER)
6BI56 I IA2 1a+1b '~"'"'
''
~"'"'
.-t')ll)~
. . "'7
I f-
-
S~URCE
NVw..-N
I :
r-
14 10..--tON,..._l"'lDlV
~
t:::.t:::.l:::.oo«>
-ici
NVtOO'JO)
0>-~~y~
: 3A+
~
A2
.,!'1-~~-t __l
POWER SOURCE 1a1b
- AC440V : CAD-326(R7) TR-ON-
- AC220V : CAD-326(M7)
SETTING TIME
DRM 4c TR-NB 1a1b
HI ~
6-t-1
-i "'
- /'>. SET:50,1 D0,250,500(ms)
- Y SET:2~32(sec) 13 0 ~ "' ,,,
..... N..,...._lll
_J_J...JO)OJ
..--t")U)~
"'
~ ~ ~
~"'"'
6 6 !, son "'"'
DH
B<>-j IN- -<>7(9) NVWmOl
~~~
5o- PUT ~· ~2(10)
SBV-24A
(VOLTAGE TR-N10~
:~
6 7 1a1b LR7-D 1a1b
5 SENSOR) TR-N14
8 X
H3BA-N
(TIME
3
2
0
1
9 3~ ,.......,U'l,....IO
01 01
2c
RELAY)
~
III
III
(-) (+)
('-) ('-)
~
C.R lYPE
TIME CIRC.
*MODE "A" ON DELAY
"8" FLICKER
"C" ON-OFF DELAY
"D" OFF DELAY
"E" INTERVAL
TITLE DRAW No.

R CONNECTION OF AUX. RELAYS KT -14151
E
v
KTE file name
KT-C004
I
SHEET
No. 10
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DO 02
420x297(mm) 1
I p I I I s
' 3 4 I 6 I 7 I R I q
j 1
(1) SIZE
a
r c I a
I, c I lYPE : CL lYPE : CLA lYPE : 06A lYPE : 04A
:n
+ •+
+ *+ I\'ilii +H 0.
0.
8J ~
Mark (anly 0, 01, 02, 9 type~
1
c::==:::J
(2) MODEL
Type : A Type : 8
G) .S2
~G) 1
j
r CJ\
r~
<C
rl ~I
<C
NAME
NAME
1+: NAME I
Type : C lYPE : DMI lYPE : DM4 lYPE : TG1 lYPE : TG2

Type : D
lctrcu•f no. I lci«Uit no. I 0. 0.
+I I+I
~
NAME
~
lcable size I I frame 1/ !rating ~/§!§:] DlliBCJ
11
I 5
~ r ~('
1
3
·~ (' 7
1
r
Type : L Type : M 3 7
2 8 2 8
I·~-
lc•rcu•f no. I I 1 1
f-
+I NAME
I+ +: Z:f I
'+I (4) LETTER EXAMPLE (5) LETTER EXAMPLE
1. APPLICATION : CL,06A,DMI,DM4 1. APPLICATION : CLA,04A,TG1 ,TG2

2. MATERIAL : ALUMINUM 2. MATERIAL : PHENOLIC
lYPE : G
- ..
-
T~ee : JH
3. LETTER : BLACK 3.
4.
GROUND
LETTER
:WHITE
: BLACK
I I
+I NAME
NAME
type a
~ '+I
lroting I
I
~
NAME
~
I
CL 42 53
b c(ID)
30
d(ID)
-
REMARK
(3) LETTER EXAMPLE CLA 35 45 23 -

CIRCUIT No.: P0101, F123, G1, M19 1. MATERIAL : PHENOLIC
CABLE SIZE : TPYC-80 06A 60 42 31 -
2. GROUND : WHITE
FRAME : 60, 100, 225, 250, 400, 1600 3. LETTER : BLACK (RATING:RED) 04A 48 34 23 -
RATING : 15A.400A.INST1 OOOA 4. "AH", "GH", "JH" Type : adhesive Type
"' DMI 55 55 10 3 "'
..,~ type a b c d t type a b c d t
~
u 0 315 63 300 50 3 7 100 31 90 - 2 DMJ 45 45 25 -
... I
01 400 63 380 50 3 8 100 45 90 - 2 TG1 20 40 13 -

"
::: 02 250 63 235 50 3 9 200 50 190 40 3
TG2 30 50 13 -
M
If) 1 45 10 38 - 2 10 40 12 - - 2
"'
l'lI 2 50 12 43 - 2 11 33 16 - - 2
i!l
- TITLE DRAW No.
s 3 50 20 43 2 12 50 30 43 - 2
R
4 63 16 53 - 2 13 80 25 70 - 2 NAME PLATE MODEL KT -14151
E
lO
0
0
u
I
1--
5
6
63
90
25 53
25 80
-
-
2
2
14 90 30 80 - 2
v
KTE file name
KT-C005
I I SHEET
No. 11
"' 420x297(MM) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DD-02
No. SYMBOL NAME TYPE SPECIFICATION REMARK Q'TY MAKER
AIR CIRCUIT AS-20 AC450V, 3¢, 60Hz LS Industrial

1 ACB1,2,3 BREAKER GEN. 3 Systems Co., Ltd
(3P) 1187.5KVA, 1524A (Q
tD
AIR CIRCUIT AS-32 . AC440V, 3¢, 60Hz LS Industrial

2 ACB4 BREAKER 3200A BUS-TIE . 1 Systems Co., Ltd
(3P)

3 ACB5 BREAKER 500A FEEDER 1 Systems Co., Ltd_
- (3P)
RPR11, REVERSE RMP-121D

II) 5 21,31 POWER RELAY -1W3 Aux. : AC11 OV GEN. 3 DEIF A/S l()
PT11, POTENTIAL KQ-05-41-F1 100VA, 60Hz 3 LIGHTSTAR

- 7 GEN. f----- r-
21,31 TRANSFORMER KQ-05-41-F2 460/115V ELEC.
3
POTENTIAL KQ-05-41-F1 100VA, 60Hz 1 LIGHTSTAR

8 PT51 BUS r---
TRANSFORMER KQ-05-41-F2 460/115V ELEC.
1
.q- "<!"
9
CT11, CURRENT 40VA, CLASS: 1.0 KYONGBO

10 21,31 TRANSFORMER US-6 GEN. 6
2000/5A ELEC.
- CT12, CURRENT 40VA, CLASS: 1. 0 KYONGBO r-

11 22,32 TRANSFORMER US-6 GEN. 3
2000/5A ELEC.
CURRENT 5VA, CLASS: 3.0 TR. KYONGBO

12 CT53,54 TRANSFORMER UR-2 6
250 /5A PROTECT ELEC.
' t'1
"' 13
14
-
~
:;::
15
lt6\
T14,24 400VA,60Hz, 1¢ ACB CONT. KOC
16 TRANSFORMER 3
34 460/230V CIRCUIT ELEC.
N
800VA,60Hz, 1¢ EM'CY STOP KOC
17 T521,522 TRANSFORMER 2
460/230V CIRCUIT ELEC .
..
18
I
O"l
CT
I 400VA, 3¢ Y-Y FOR KOC
n 19 T81 TRANSFORMER
0
0
440/19,20,21 v DC SOURCE 1 ELEC.
N
~
__J 20
6
- ~
u
w
.f--
:::0::::
0
<( ~ TITLE DRAW No.
0
o._
R PARTS LIST KT-14151
~
E
v file name SHEET
KYE
~
1736MP01 No. 12
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
No. SYMBOL NAME TYPE SPECIFICATION REMARK Q'TY MAKER·
AUTO
21 . ASD SYNCHRONIZING KT-ASD AC11 OV. 60Hz 1 KTE
DEVICE - [!)
<0
GENERATOR
22 PWC POWER KT-PWC AC11 OV. 60Hz 1 KTE
. CONTROLLER
PROGRAMMABLE
23 PPC POWER KT-PPC DC24V 1 KTE
- CONTROLLER -
GROUP RELAY RELAY TYPE

24 GRU1,2,3 KT-GRU1,2,3 DC24V : NC4D 3 KTE
UNIT_

L{') 25 GRU4,6 UNIT KT-GRU4,6 DC24V : NC4D 2 KTE L{')

26 GRU5 UNIT KT-GRU5 DC24V : NC4D 1 KTE
UNIVERSAL CT:2000/5A
- 27 RW11,21 ,31 SIGNAL WAS6 TTA DC24V 3 WEIDMULLER -
CONVERTER PT: 460/115V
POWER 0"' 1200KW : 4"' 20m/> CT: 2000/5A

28 TW11,21,31 TRANSDUCER WEWT-11AA-R 3 M-SYSTEM
AUX: DC24V PT:460/115V
VOLTAGE OM RON
.... 29 84G SDV-FH2 AC10.,.,300V
1 ....
SENSOR AUX: DC24V ELEC.
165R,L DC24V, 60Hz

*~65R,L
CONTROL 6 SCHNEIDER
30 RELAY CAD-326BD ELEC.
365R,L 3a2b
- 188H CONTROL SCHNEIDER r-

31 288H CAD-326M7 AC220V, 60Hz SPACE 3
388H RELAY 3a2b HEATER ELEC.
5EX11 "'63 CONTROL AC220V, 60HZ EM'CY STOP 13 SCHNEIDER

32 51X11.,.,21 CAD-326M7 ELEC.
RELAY 3a2b
A
I"') I')
CONTROL AC440V, 60Hz SCHNEIDER
33 2781,2 RELAY CAD-326R7 3a2b 2 ELEC.
CONTROL CAD-326M7 AC220V, 60HZ SCHNEIDER

34 CAD RELAY 3a2b Va\7 ELEC.
r-
~ CONTROL . DC24V
DRM570024LD WITH SOCKET
~1
~ 35 DRM RELAY 4c WEIDMULLER
0
<(
0J
0 CONTROL DRM570730 AC220V, 60HZ WITH SOCKET 9
0... 36 DRM RELAY 4c WEIDMULLER
2
C'·
c<'l N
0 TIME AC24"'240V, 60HZ 1 SCHNEIDER

'<:)' 37 RE11 RMEMU RELAY RE11 RME MU
~
.. DC24V ELEC.
~
L[) AUX. LAD-N226 FOR SCHNEIDER

~
38 LAD CONTACT 2a2b CAD RELAY Va\2
I ELEC.
01
CT
I AUX. FOR
r<)
LAD LAD-N40 3 SCHNEIDER
0 ~39 CONTACT 4a CAD RELAY ELEC.
0
0J
ci
r- THERMAL TR. SCHNEIDER
_j
40 TH51,52 LR3-D086 2.5 "' 4A PROTECT 2
RELAY ELEC.
~
6
u
w
r-
:0.:::
~
0
<(
0J
& TITLE DRAW No.
0
0...
2
R M PARTS LIST KT -14151
E ,it.
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MP02 No. 13
DD-01
-- GROUNDING
41 GRS51 RESISTANCE ISA690A1 AC110V 60HZ AC440V BUS 1 LUX CO
r.o SENSOR £,!
"'
83X11 .....,31 CONTROL DC24V SCHNEIDER
42 RELAY CAD-326BD 6 ELEC.
~86X11.....,31 3a2b
Ll1,21,31 PUSH BUTTON MCM23D

43 L53, M20FN-DA P.B WITH LAMP 8 IDEC IZUMI
- SWITCH -
PUSH BUTTON MCM23D ALTERNATE
44 3-77L A20FN-DA P.B WITH LAMP 1 IDEC IZUMI
SWITCH TYPE
MCM23D
L{) 45 L51,52 INDICATING LAMP POOFN-DA ONLY INDICATING YELLOW 2 IDEC IZUMI l[")
46
- GSL10,20 GROUP SIGNAL 4

47 30,50 LAMP GSL-18 DC24V, 18 POINT KTE r-
ALT 36EA
48 ANN. 1"'6 GROUP KTGA-6P-4K 6
ANN. RELAY DC24V
COM 1EA
..;- ..;-
49 BZ BUZZER BZ-SPS-'-24 DC24V 1 KTE
LINE FAULT LUX CO

50 LFD DETECTER LFD-10P AC220V, 60Hz 10 POINT 1
- -
5J
~
52 ZD1 SURGE
KILLER 23G102 AC440V, 60Hz 1
I') I')
SURGE
53 ZD KILLER 15G561 AC220V, 60Hz M7
54
-
~
~ 55 D DIODE 100V, 1A lta\37
0
0 SILICON
56 Si81 RECTIFIER RM15TA-H 30A 1
C'-•
~ N
c.o SILICON
L() 57 Si82 KBPC25 25A 1
.. RECTIFIER
L() ILLUMINATING
I
58 IL LIGHT IL30W DC24V W/GUARD 1
Ol
o-
I TERMINAL FOR OUTSIDE MAKER
!""")
0 59 TB
0 BLOCK CONNECTION STANDARD
"!
60
-
6 ~
u
w
1-
::,::
0
<(
!""")
M TITLE DRAW No.
0
Q_
R PARTS _LIST KT-14151
:::2:
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MP03 No. 14
DD-01
VOLTAGE 5KO, 2W
1 VR1 ,2,3 3 HYUNDAI
R£GULATOR to
"'
2
~
- r-
l!") tn
- r-
.... '<I"
- -
I") t')
¥ t-
..
00
0
I
Ol
0
I
I"")
0
0
N
~
--'
c5
- ~
u
w
f-
::,.:::
0
:$ ~ TITLE DRAW No.
0
R PARTS LIST FOR
0...
:::;;;:
SHIPYARD SUPPLY ITEM
KT -14151
E
v . file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MP04 No. 15
DD-01
NAME z
LETTER ON NAME PLATE wO
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB __JF
TRIPPING w-
No. CIRCUIT NAME CABLE <((/)
SIZE TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY uO
0..
I No.1 MAIN GENERATOR PANEL I 0:2A 1

SNP1 (AC 450V, 3¢, 60Hz, 1187.5 KVA)
<D _9A 1 "" "'
TEY AS-20 MOTOR
P1501 ~07 No.1 MAIN GENERATOR -120x7 (3P) 1524A .6C 1 UVT AC220V OP. L
DEYS
P1508 TR. FOR VOLTAGE REGULA TOR -2.5 L
- -
VOLTAGE REGULATOR DEYS

P1509 -2.5 L
SPACE HEATER MEYS

P1510 L
/a\2.5
1[) I()
DAMPING RESISTER DEYS

/c{1511 -2.5 L
'<t '<t
- r-
I') r<)
~ -
0
<(
C'ol
..
CXJ
0
I
0' r-
I
f"')
0
0
N
~
__J (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil (500ms time delay type)
. U : mark --- Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
6 L : mark --- Lower ES : mark is emergency stop
~
u FT : mark is foam trip

w (2) Voltage for cable
C02 : mark is C02 trip
r- no mark --- 0.6/1KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
L : mark --- 250V cable
~ OCR : mark is over current trip
0
<( & TITLE DRAW No.
R NAME PLATE TABLE KT -14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN11 No. 16
DD-01
NAME z
LETTER ON NAME PLATE MCCB
wo
CIRCUIT USE PLATE -.JF
II)-
No. CIRCUIT NAME CABLE TRIPPING <((f)
(1_
SNP2 I (ACNo.2450V,
MAIN GENERATOR PANEL I
3¢,. 60Hz, 1187.5 KVA)
02A "1
9A 1"" tO
"'
TEY AS-20 1524A MOTOR
P2301~07 No.2 MAIN GENERATOR -120x7 (3P) 6C 1 UVT AC220V L
OP.
TR. FOR VOLTAGE REGULATOR DEYS

P2308 -2.5 L
- -

P2309 -2.5 L
SPACE HEATER MEYS

P2310 L
la\2.5
I{"J I[)
DAMPING RESISTER DEYS L

/c{2311 -2.5
....
"""
- -
I') 10
~ r-
<:'N N
0
C::i
00
0
I
(J)
cr -
I
0
0
C"]
(1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with ·under voltage trip coil (500ms time delay type)
U : mark --- Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
~
c5 L : mark --- Lower ES : mark is emergency stop

0 : mark is foam trip
(2) Voltage for cable FT
w C02 : mark is C02 trip
f- no mark --- 0.6/1KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
L : mark --- 250V cable OCR : mark is over current trip
0
<(
~
~ TITLE DRAW No.
N
z R NAME PLATE TABLE KT-14151
:::2"
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN21 No.
DD-01
17
NAME z
LETTER ON NAME PLATE wQ
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB .....Ji-
TRIPPING
m-
()._
SNP3 I No.3 MAIN GENERATOR PANEL I 02A 1

tD (AC 450V, 3¢, 60Hz, 1187.5 KVA) 9A 1 tO
TEY AS-20 .MOTOR

P2401 ~07 No.3 MAIN GENERATOR -120x7 1524A 6C 1 UVT AC220V L
(3P) OP.
TR. FOR VOLTAGE REGULATOR DEYS

P2408 -2.5 L
- 1-

P2409 -2.5 L
SPACE HEATER L-MEYS

P2410 L
lt$.2.5
U"J 111
DAMPING RESISTER DEYS

li2411 -2.5 L
.q- ...
- -
1"1 !'")
~ -
0<(
;:;::;
z
:::;;:
<>-·
tO<! N
I")
0
0
~
OCl
0
I
OJ
0" 1-
I
I")
0
0
"l
0
f--
_J (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil (500ms time delay type)
U : mark --- Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
c5 L : mark --- Lower ES : mark is emergency stop . ~
u FT : mark is foam trip

f-- no mark --- 0.6/1 KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
::.:: L : mark --- 250V cable OCR : mark is over current trip
~
0
<( &., TITLE DRAW No.
~
I")
z R NAME PLATE TABLE KT -14151
:::;;:
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN31 No. 18
DD-01
NAME z
wQ
_Jf-
CIRCUIT USE PLATE co-
No. CABLE TRIPPING <((/)
CIRCUIT NAME TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY oO
SIZE D..
02A 1
SNP4 SYNCHRONIZING PANEL
<D I I gfJ.. 1
"'
. _& No.1 HYD. POWER PACK STARTER L-MEYS
~3318 (HEAVY CONSUMER BLOCKING SYSTEM) -7 L
No.2 HYD. POWER PACK STARTER L-MEYS

~3817 (HEAVY CONSUMER BLOCKING SYSTEM) .-7
L
- -
ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM L-MEYS
C4301 -27 L
(ABNORMAL ALARM)
L-MEYS
C1901 No.1 G/E TERMINAL BOX L
-27
l{") I!)
L-MEYS
C2001 No.2 G/E TERMINAL BOX -27 L
L-MEYS
C21 01 No.3 G/E TERMINAL BOX -27 L
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD L-MEYS

P4502 (CONTROL & ALARM) -37
~
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD L-MEYS
~ ...
P4503 -4
(CONTROL & ALARM)
"<!"
E.C.C L-MEYS
P2001 (GEN. LOAD SIG., BLACK OUT SIG.ETC.) -19 L
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD TEY

~
P4504 -1.5
(MAIN. GEN INTERLOCK)
- EM'CY SWITCHBOARD TEY r-
~
P4505 -1.5
(SHORE INTERLOCK)
ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE TEY

C9911 -10 L
(DC24V SOURCE)
r<1 EM'CY STOP & RPB BOX F-MEYS t<)
~
P2101 -12
(ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4)
F-MEYS
P5510 PD-1 (ES2,ES1+CT, ES1+ES2+CT, PT1) -7 L
~ ~57A10 PD-2 (ES1+CT, ES2) F-MEYS

L -
-o -7
0
<( MAIN CONTROL PANEL FOR I.G.G L-MEYS
~1601 -7
~
~
~ (POWER REQUEST/AVAILABLE)
z
::2:
<:'-·
CN N
0
0
0
~
ro
0
I
CJ)
0 r-
I
I")
0
0
"'!
0
f-- (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil
__J
U : mark - - - Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
6
~
L : mark - - - Lower ES mark is emergency stop

u FT mark is foam trip
f-- r10 mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
L : mark - - - 250V cable
~
0
<(
~
& TITLE DRAW No.
~

::2:
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
210x297(mm)
- 1736MN41 No. 19
DD-01
NAME z
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB -If-
(])-
No. CABLE TRIPPING <CVl
CIRCUIT NAME TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY uO
SIZE a..
F---MEYS
~
P60A10 PD--5 (ES3) ---4
"' lD
F-MEYS
P6814 LGSP--1 (ES1+CT, PT1) --4 L
LGSP---5 F-MEYS
~
P75A21 (ES3,ES4,ES3+PT1) ~ --7
f-
LGSP--6 F-MEYS
~
P7612 ---12
(ES4, PT1)
CONNECTION BOX FOR F---MEYS

~
C9005 C02 RELEASE ALARM ---4
L[) 10
E.C.C (ES2) (FOR G/E EM'CY F---MEYS
P2111 ---2 L
M.D.O PUMP AIR-DRIVEN)
GEN. SPACE HEATER TEY
P4408 ---2.5 L
(AC220V FEEDER PANEL)
MSB AC220V LOW INSULATION L---MEY
P4409 ---4 L
(AC220V FEEDER PANEW
EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT (ES3+PT1) F---MEYS
P4410 L
(AC220V FEEDER PANEL) l!a\4
.q.
LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING CONTROL PANEL F---MEYS
~
F1606
(LT1, LT3, LT4)~ ---12
---
t')
f-
(1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil
U : mark --------- Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
~
L : mark -------- Lower ES : mark is emergency stop

(2) Voltage for cable FT mark is foam trip
no mark --------- 0.6/1kV cable PT : mark is preference trip
L : mark --------- 250V cable
OCR : mark is over current trip
~ TITLE DRAW No.

R NAME PLATE TABLE KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN42 No. 20
DD-01
NAME z
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB _jf=
co-
SIZE 0..
BUS- TIE PANEL & 02A 1

SNP5
<D I ESBD FEEDER PANEL I i3
9A 1
"'
AS-32 IN ST.
MAIN BUS- TIE ACB 3200A 6C 1 TRIP
(3P) ONLY
TEY AS-06
P2201~03 EM'CY SWITCHBOARD 500A
~
6C 1
- -95x3 (3P) -
L(') If)
'<I'
'"""
- f-
1"1 ,.,
/
~ r-
~
0
<(
~
z
::2
C'-•
C't<J N
0
0
C::i
~
CXJ
0
I
O'l
c:r -
I
I"')
0
0
"'!
0
r-
_J (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil
u : mark - - - Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
6 L : mark - - - Lower ES : mark is emergency stop
~

r- no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable PT mark is preference trip
::>:::: OCR : mark is over current trip
~
0
<(
~
£ TITLE DRAW No.
~

::2
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN51 No.
DD-01
21
NAME z
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB _JF
rn-
SIZE D._
02A 1
No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
lD
SNP£
I I 9A 1 tO
No.1 MAIN TRANSFORMER TEY ABH-203c INST OCR

P3301 2700A 6C 1 SHT L
(AC440/230V, 3¢, 60Hz, 120KVA) -95 (3P) 157A
(2251)
No.1 M/E AUX. BLOWER STARTER TEY f'.BH-203c; 6C ES1

P3304 150A 1 SHT L
-35 (3P) CT
- -· -
No.1 HYD. POWER PACK FOR TEY ~BS-803c ES2
P3306""'0S SODA 6C 1 SHT L
CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -95x4 ~(3P) PT2
HYD. OIL TRANS PUMP FOR TEY ~BH-103c ES2

P3401 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -2.5 15A 6C 1 SHT L
(3P) PT2
l() I!)
TEY ~BH-203c ES1

~
P3411 No.1 INERT GAS BLOWER 6C 1 SHT
-70 (3P) ·J...50A CT
TEY ~BH-103c
P3425 No.1 M.D.O PUMP FOR I.G.G 15A 6C 1 SHT ES2 L
-2.5 (3P)
~BH-103c
20A 6C 1 Vcr'ARE
~ (3P)
No.1 FEED PUMP FOR CARGO TEY !A-BH-103c ES2

P3501 30A 6C 1 SHT L
OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -4 (3P) PT2
...- v
No.3 FEED PUMP FOR CARGO TEY ~BH-103c ES2
P3506 30A 6C 1 SHT L
OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -4 (3P) PT2
A.BH-1 03c ES1

P3511 No.1 E.C.R PACK. AIR CONTROL UNIT TEY 30A 6C 1 SHT CT
-10 (3P) L
PT1
- No.1 AIR COND. COMPRESSOR TEY A.BH-203c r-
P3516 li_25A 6C 1 SHT PT1 L
SW. BOARD !M70 la\(3P)
No.1 PROV. REF. PLANT COMPRESSOR TEY ABH-1 03c

P3517 SW. BOARD -2.5 Va\OA 6C 1 L
(3P)
ABH-203c
~~1
10 TEY I')
~.D FAN FOR AUX. BOILER

~
P3601 175A 6C 1 SHT
1M 50 (3P)
TEY ABH-103c
P3701 No.1 POWER DIST. BOARD (PD-1) 100A 6C 1 L
-50 (3P)
TEY ABH-203c ES3

~ P3702 No.3 POWER DIST. BOARD (PD-3)
-70 M(3P) ~25A 6C 1 SHT
PT1
L 1-
~
0<( TEY ABH-103c
P3711 ELECTRIC TEST PANEL 20A 6C 1 L
~
~
-4 (3P)
z
~
C'-•
TEY ABH-1 03c
"'t<i P3717 WORKING AIR COMPRESSOR 75A 6C 1 L N
-16 (3P)
0
0
0 TEY ~BH-103c
~
i!a\3601 A AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL -10 (3P)
30A 6C 1 SHT ES2 u
OCl
0
I
(J)
0 -
I
I")
0
0
C"J
0
r-
__J (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil
U : mark - - - Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
6 L : mark - - - Lower ES mark is emergency stop
~

C02: mark is C02 trip
r- no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
L : mark - - - 250V cable over current trip
::,( OCR : mark is
~
0
<(
~
~ TITLE DRAW No.
~
z R NAME PLATE TABLE KT-14151

~
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297.(mm)
KTE
- 1736MN61 No. 22
DD-01
ABH-203c
P7001 BWMS RECTIFIER EQ07 200A 6C 1 SHT PT2
(3P)
BWMS MOTOR CONTROL CABINET ABH-103c

P7002 (3P) 60A 6C 1 SHT PT2
EQ25
SPBP1 STARTER PANEL ON BALLAST ABH-203c
P7004 200A 6C 1 SHT PT2
PUMP 1 (3P)
NAME z
wQ
__JI-
CIRCUIT USE PLATE
TRIPPING
m-
SIZE TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY oo0...
02A 1
SNP6
I No.2 A044DV FEEDER PANEL I 9A 1
tO
"'
No.2 MAIN TRANSFORMER TEY ABH-203c INST OCR
P3801 6C 1 SHT L
(AC440/230V, 3¢, 60Hz, 120KVA) -95 (3P) t70~f
2251 157A
TEY ABH-203c ES1

P3804 No.2 M/E AUX. BLOWER STARTER 6C 1 SHT
B\_35 (3P) ~50 A CT L
- -
No.2 HYD. POWER PACK FOR TEY ABS-803c 800A ES2
P3805...,08 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -95x4 6C 1 SHT L
Jci\(3P) PT2
No.2 FEED PUMP FOR TEY ABH-1 03c ES2

P3901 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -4 30A 6C 1 SHT L
(3P) PT2
L{) .,..,
No.3 FEED PUMP FOR TEY ABH-103c ES2
P3906 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM -4 30A 6C 1 SHT L
(3P) PT2
No.2 AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR TEY ABH-203c

P3907
SW. BOARD la\70 M(3P) ~25A 6C 1 SHT PT1 L
No.2 PROV. REF. PLANT TEY ABH-103c

P3908
COMPRESSOR SW. BOARD -2.5 (3P) ~OA 6C 1 L
TEY ABH-1 03c

P3909 No.2 ALPHA L.O SYSTEM PUMP 15A 6C 1 SHT ES2 L
-2.5 (3P)
-.1- '<!'
TEY ABH-103c
P3913 AUX BOILER POWER PANEL ~OA
~
(3P) 6C 1 SHT ES2
lla\10
TEY ABH-203c PT1

P3916 HOSE HANDLING CRANE 6C
~
-35 (3P) 150A 1 SHT
- TEY ABH-203c ES1 ;-

P4001 No.2 INERT GAS BLOWER ~50 A 6C 1 SHT
-70 (3P) CT
~
TEY ABH-103c
P4011 No.2 M.D.O PUMP FOR I.G.G 15A 6C 1 SHT ES2 L
-2.5 (3P)
I<')
TEY ABH-103c ES1 I')
P4021 No.2 E.C.R PACK. AIR CON. UNIT -10 30A 6C 1 SHT CT L
(3P)
PT1
TEY ABH-1 03c ES1
SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL
~
P41 01 -2.5 (3P) 15A 6C 1 SHT
CT
TEY ABH-203c
~ P4201 No.2 POWER DIST. BOARD (PD-2) -70 (3P) 150A 6C 1 L r-
0 INST
<( TEY ABH-103c 1200A
P4211 No.2 STEERING GEAR STARTER 6C
~
-35 (3P) 1
(1 001)
No.2 H.P.P FOR VALVE TEY ABH-1 03c
C't<s P4212 15A 6C. 1 SHT ES2 L N
0
0
REMOTE CONTROL
. -2.5 (3P)
0 TEY ABH-103c
~
P4214 GOVERNOR TRANSFORMER -2.5 15A 6C 1 L
(3P)
CXJ
0
I
CJ)
0 -
I
0
0
6
- U : mark - - - Upper
L : mark - - - Lower
SHT:
ES :
mark
mark
is
is
equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
emergency stop
~

1- no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable PT : mark is preference trip
~ & TITLE DRAW No.

R NAME PLATE TABLE KT -1 4151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MN63 No. 24
DD-01
SPBP2 STARTER PANEL ON BALLAST ABH-203c
P7005 200A SHT PT2
PUMP 2 (3P)
NAME PLATE TABLE PARTS LIST
Symbol
Name Rating Type Q'TY Type Color Q'TY Remark
FUSE
I I
to lO
F10,20, CONTROL CIRCUIT (GEN) 10A 3G 3 SB-C1 9

30
F11,21, GEN. PROTECTIVE & 3 SB-C1

3A 4G 9
31 MEASURE CIRCUIT
F11-1
21-1 WATT METER & TRANSDUCER CIRCUIT 2A 3G 3 SB-C1 9
31-1
F11-2 ..
21-2 REVERSE POWER RELAY 2A 3G 3 SB-C1 9
31-2
L() l{)
~
F14,24,
34
F15,25,
ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (GEN.)
SPACE HEATER CIRCUIT

~
10A
A
3G
3G
3
3
SB-Ci
SB-C1
::::
6
f-
35
F17,27, SB-C1
-.t
37 AUTO SYNCHRO UNIT 3A 3G 3 6
F19,29, SB-C1
39 AVR VOLTAGE SENSING 3A 3G 3 6
r-
F511 CONTROL CIRCUIT (No.1 BUS) 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F521 CONTROL CIRCUIT (No.2 BUS) 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 3 r'1
MEASURE & EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT

F51 3A 4G 1 SB-C1 3
(BUS)
· MEASURE & EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT

F51-1 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
(AC11 OV) f-
F52 EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT (AC440V) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F54 RECTIFIER CIRCUIT ~3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F551
EM'CY STOP & PREF. TRIP CIRCUIT
(No.1 SOURCE)
1% A
3G 1 SB-C1
X
rz:
f-
F552
EM'CY STOP & PREF. TRIP CIRCUIT
(No.2 SOURCE) A
3G 1 SB-C1
..
X
F57 AUTO SYNCHRO UNIT ~3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
~
z
I £. TITLE DRAW No.
R NAME PLATE TABLE KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN81 No. 26
DD-01
Symbol
f)
<D
10
-
F80 DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
F81 No.1 D/G CONTROL CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2

...
F85 PROGRAMMABLE CONT. CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
ILLUMINATING LIGHT
F86 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2 f'1
(EM'CY & WORKING)
F87 SIGNAL LAMP & ALARM CIRCUIT 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
1-
F89 NO VOLT RELAY (DC24V) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
N C'l
z
I TITLE DRAW No. DEL.28,29
0
<(
N
CXJ
z E
:2
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN82 No. 27,...,29
DD-01
2
I
3
. 4 5 6 7· B 9
9300
7550 1750
700 950 900 900
Ill
1050 700 950 700 1050
12-9l36
FRONT & REAR-_
SIDE(FOR LIFT.)
\
'--..
200
I l 0
I I
0
I 200
-I I? I
200
0
I zoo
0
-r-
/
12-9l15
FRONT & REAR SIDE
"
I® I® I® I® I® I® I® I® I® '® I® ~ ~ ~ I® ~ I® 0
IX>o
0
-NN
N
1.5 Jl.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 H G F E D c B A.5 A.4 A.3 A.2 A.1
150x90x9t
£::,. ~
0
~
* NOTE : 1. FOUNDATION : KTE SUPPLY (150x90x9t)
2. /:::,. MARKS ARE TRANSPORT DIVIDE SECTION

I
No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK 3. ENCLOSURE PROTECTION : IP 22 "'
SEE 4. MAINTENANCE : FRONT & REAR
1 A.l~A.S No.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL 6 F No.2 GENERATOR PANEL
"GSP" DWG. 5. WEIGHT : Co 6,200 Kg
2 B No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL 7 G No.3 GENERATOR PANEL 6. @ MARKS ARE PARTITION PLATE
3 c No.1 GENERATOR PANEL 8 H No.2 AC440Y FEEDER PANEL
SEE
4 D MAIN BUS TIE PANEL 9 1.1~1.5 No.2 GROUP STARTER PANEL "GSP" DWG.
& TITLE DRAW No.
5 E SYNCHRONIZING PANEL 10 OUTLINE DRAWING
R (FRONT VIEW) KT -14151
E
v -KTE file name I I SHEET
420x297( mm ) 1 I 2 3 4
0.018
0 0
- B
1736M001
T
No.
9
30
DD 02
? 4 7
_93QQ_
17~0 5800 17~0
10~0 700 I ~so zoo 900 900 950 700 1050

6-ll15
REAR SIDE F1 F~2ll01 Ill T el-.--- 12-1136
FRONT & REAR
SIDE(FOR LIFT.)
A.1 A.2 A.3 A.4 A.5 B c D E F G H 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
II
150x90x9t
* NOTE : 1. FOUNDATION : KTE SUPPLY (150x90x9t)
2. £;;. MARKS ARE TRANSPORT DIVIDE SECTION
No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK 3. ENCLOSURE PROTECTION : IP 22
SEE 4. MAINTENANCE : FRONT & REAR

A.1~A.5 No.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL 6 F No.2 GENERATOR PANEL
"GSP" DWG. 5. WEIGHT : Co 6,200 Kg
2 B No.1 AC440V FEEOER PANEL 7 G No.3 GENERATOR PANEL 6. ® MARKS ARE PARTITION PLATE
3 c No.1 GENERATOR PANEL 8 H No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
SEE
4 D MAIN BUS TIE PANEL 9 1.1~1.5 No.2 GROUP. STARTER PANEL
"GSP" DWG.
&. TITLE DRAW No.
5 E SYNCHRONIZING PANEL 10 OUTLINE DRAWING
R (REAR VIEW) KT -14151
E
v
KTE file name I I SHEET
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4
0.018
T
- 1736M006 No.
.9
31
DO 02
2 4
9300
150
100 200 500 750 700 700
II I
!Zl ~ ~ 1><1 ~ ~ 1><1 1><1 ~ 1><1 ~ ~ !Zl 0
0
00 "'
10
1.5 1.411.3 1:2jl.1 H G F E D c B
_c__
* .NOTE : 1. ~ MARKS ARE TRANSPORT DIVIDE SECTION

No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK 2. iZ! MARKS ARE CABLE INLET SPACE (BOTIOM SIDE)
A.1~A.5 No.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL SEE 6

1 F No.2 GENERATOR PANEL
"GSP" DWG.
2 B No.1 AC44DV FEEDER PANEL 7 G No.3 GENERATOR PANEL
3 c No.1 GENERATOR PANEL 8 H No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
1.1~1.5
SEE
4 D MAIN BUS TIE PANEL 9 No.2 GROUP STARTER PANEL
"GSP" DWG.
& TITLE OUTLINE DRAWING FOR DRAW No.
5 E SYNCHRONIZING PANEL 10
R CABLE INLET SPACE KT -14151
E (BOTTOM SIDE)
v -KTE file nam'e I I SHEET
420x297(mm) 1 3 4
0.018
5 6
- B
1736M002
T
No.
9
32
DD 02
1 2
'
3.
. 5 6 7 B . 9
9300
105 210 490 210 490 225

·r
710 240 460 240 460 240 660 240 660 240 460 240 710 225 490 210 490
~
II I 1 ·r I I I -I I I l I I I I ·1 vi ·r r 210
TI
. i i
~
=l-
140 ii 140
r;-~15
C)
"'co
C)
C)
en .
1.5
. . 1.4 1.3 !-211. ~ H G F
.. D c B ~-51 A.~ ~-31A~ .. A.1
!:::,_
= 1'-
&
"'
"'
* NOTE : 1. /:::, MARKS ARE TRANSPORT DIVIDE SECTION

' m
No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK No. SYMBOL PANEL NAME REMARK
A.1NA.5 No.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL SEE 6

1 F No.2 GENERATOR PANEL
"GSP" DWG.
2 B No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL 7 G No.3 GENERATOR PANEL
3 c No.1 GENERATOR PANEL 8 H No.2 AC44DV FEEDER PANEL
I,1N1.5
SEE
4 D MAIN BUS TIE PANEL 9 No.2 GROUP STARTER PANEL "GSP' DWG.
& TITLE OUTLINE DRAWING FOR DRAW No.
5 E SYNCHRONIZING PANEL 10
R FOUNDATION FITTING HOLE KT -14151
E (BOTIOM SIDE)
-KTE I I
v file name SHEET
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4
0.018
5 6
-
7 B
1736M003 No.
9
33
DD 02
100 900 100
~~ J
0
lf1
r.o·
=·
I
L 0
ro
r.o
~~
0
- N
I"')
G -
-
- ~c
l{) ~ l{)
NAME PLATE/
(FOR PANEL NAME)
- -
.... ....
- HAND RAIL 0
0 I-
(ACRYLONITRILE ~ N
N
BUTADIENE STYRENE) :
p 0
I'
ro
~
r') I")
--=1 FRONT SIDE REAR SIDE r=--

- I-
01
>=
..
I -
EARTH BOLT
I (EACH SECTIONS) \ 0
r')
'--
I[~
~
~
0
~ 150x90x9t lf1
0 ~
u
1
w
1--
::,c 0.09
30 900 . 1l. 30
~
0
&:. TITLE
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR
DRAW No.
0
:::2 R SIDE VIEW KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET Lfu.
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736M005A No. 34 1/3
DD-01
REAR VIEW
"' "'
L
(L-1 00)/2 (L-100)/2
(L-100)/3 (L-100)/3 (L-100)/3
- 50 (L-1 00)/4 (L-100)/4 (L-100)/4 (L-100)/4 50 r-
1_.
0
I')
- I J I I
0
"'
0-
--! c
! ~
A
! D
!
1-
n
1.{")
I')_
+j 30 30 l CD 30 30 i· "'
Cl
N "'
0
~
"'N
!116
==· I + + +, ___
- (L-24)/2 (L-24)/2 -
~ (L-24)/3 (L-24)/3 (L-24)/3
12 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 12 40 100
.q- v
STEEL PLATE 2.3 t
DIMENSION
PANEL
PANEL NAME SECTION Q'TY
L A B c D
- -
No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL B 950 200 100 375 375 1EA
MAIN BUS TIE PANEL D 900 200 100 150 550 1EA
I") I')
SYNCHRONIZING PANEL E 900 200 100 550 150 1EA
No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL H 950 200 100 375 375 1 EA
r-
¥
..
I
O'l
o- -
I
n
0
0
N
0 .-·
~
c5
- ~
u
w
f-
~
~ TITLE DRAW No.

CABLE COAMING
R KT -14151
(REAR UPPER)
E
v file name SHEET~
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736M005B No. 34 2/3
DD-01
TOP VIEW
REAR SIDE co
II -
' r-
( \
~r
/0@ ©7
I(@(@
lO
~ ~ ©9
~r-
I{)
/0©1 ©10 ® o I
0
0
(!)
1oo I 751 75 I I 75 l1 oo
0 I I r-
n 800
'-
\ ; --
' ....
FRONT SIDE
r-
POS CIRCUIT No. CABLE SIZE GLAND SIZE Q'lY PANEL NAME REMARK
1 P4302 TEY-2.5 15c 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL
2 P4306. TEY-25 30a 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL t"l
3 P4308 TEY-16 25b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL
4 P4310 F-TEY-2.5 20a 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL

-
7 - P4404 DEY-2.5 15b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL N
9 P4311 F-DEY-2.5 15b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL

r-
10 P4407 DEY-2.5 15b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL
12 SPARE 25b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL ~
13 SPARE 25b 1 AC220V FEEDER PANEL

'
~ TITLE DRAW No.

CABLE GLAND ARR'T
R (AC220V F/P:TOP SIDE) KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET~
KTE-
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736M005C No. 34 3/3
DD-01
2 4 5 7
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW

(EACH PANELS) (EACH PANELS) (EACH PANELS)
-··-
/
/
/
/
/
-··- .........
·-... /
/
/
+
3:
- ........
·, /
' ·,. / / N I
/ ·,. /
,/·
+ \
\ / 'N i /
\ / \ /
~
I
v i v,1
,1
~--------~wr---------~
Jl
PANEL WIDTH ( W) PANEL WIDTH ( W) I

PANEL WIDTH ( W)
b::
w
0
-'
w
z
rt
I
:1
1:
; I
i
I I : l
: 1
I /
i I
/
i
I
,-
.·,.
.·
.-"' 1-
/I :
z
~
;
:
II ,/
/
+
3:
+
3:
-··-·· L-··-·
/
/
/
/
/
-··-
*This drawing applies to the followings panels. *This drawing applies to the followings panels. *This drawing applies to the followings panels.
A.1, 1.5 A.2-A.3, A.4-A.5,
B, C, D, E, F, G, H 1.1-1.2, 1.3-1.4
(SHEET No.35 DEL)
TITLE DRAW No.

OUTLINE DRAWING FOR
DOOR OPENNING KT-13970
5
~
~ 35/36
~4~20~x~29~7~(m-m~)~1~-------.-------.2.-------,-------~----~L,--------,4--------,-------.5~~----.-~----~~-----.--------~7--------r-------~8~------~----~~--~D~D~-~0~2
-r-
-- --
-- --
-- --
<D -- -- 0 (!)
0 --
--
--
I s N p 1
I -- 0
--
--
N
I")
-- --
-- --
-
-
~r SL 11 SL 12SL 13
5J 6J6J @)
1-
~r
~ ~ ~
~r
l!')
1
L[J
RHM11RHM12
c::::::J=
r- [QJ~
0
- @) OCl
OCl 1-
0
r--
I")
170 120 120 120 170

I I I
"'<!"
SL14 ...
5J
~r SHS11 3R-128
em
gi ffiJ
1 lW 6J 1 @)
0
0
N
N
- (5"
r-
r- ....±
@
t"). f')
0
P1501~07
c::::::::J [~~2l
~===============~
r-- II II
lD II - II
~
II I
II DO
- II
II
1-
II
0'> II
>=
"0
II
II @) 0
II '<1-
II Ol
II
II - c
II
'--- ~===============~ l'J
350 I 350
..
r- -- -- 1-
en -- --
0 -- --
I -- --@
t')
0
-- --
0
N
~r
~
-1-
700
~
~
0
0
lLJ
1-
~
'<1-"
0
<( TITLE DRAW No.
R No.1 GENERATOR PANEL ARR'T KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736ME11 No. 37
DD.-01
SYMBOL SIZE
No. NAME TYPE SPECIFICATION REMARK Q'TY CLASS
0 ,..., 600/150V 120 X 100

1 V11 AC VOLTMETER LSK-12C R : 450V PT: 460/115V 1
i!J 1.5
<D
0 ,..., 2000/5A 120 X 100

2 A11 AC AMMETER LSK-12C R: 1524 A CT: 2000/5A 1 1.5
POWER FACTOR +0.5 ,..., 1 "' -0.5 120 X 100

3 PF11 LPK-12NC-33 1 5.0
METER R : LAG 0.8
AC11 OV,60HZ
4 RHM11 RUN HOUR METER H57 (TOTAL TYPE) 1
99999.99 HOUR
AC11 OV,60HZ
5 RHM12 RUN HOUR METER TH246S (RESET TYPE) 1
lO 9999.9 HOUR
'<I' 9
..,.
Maker : DAIICHI ELEC. &

NAIS, KUBLER
f-
LETTERING ON NAME PLATE

SYMBOL SWITCH
Q'TY
NAME 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301-
VS11 VOLTMETER OFF R-S S- T T-R OFF 5204 HB 1
""
KH301-
AS11 AMMETER OFF R s T OFF 5201 HB 1
'--
0'>
:;:
"0
~
0
<(
N
w
~
~ N
r--.
N
N
...;-
0
I
O'l
cr NOTE : Handle is pull out at
I
t")
0 NAME * mark position
0
N Auto. return to
0
f-
_J mark position
"
0
u
w N.P TYPE : DMI
f-
~
0
<(
N
1------t-----l . TITLE METER LIST & DRAW No.
w R TRANSFER SWITCH LIST KT -14151
~
E (No.1 GENERATOR PANEL)
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME12 No. 38
DD-01
Symbol
SIGNAL LAMP
I ., I
<D <0
·-
BA9s
SL11 GEN. RUN CLA 1 l!a(B7-EV63P AKREEN 1
24V,2W
BA9s
SL12 ACB OPEN CLA 1 XB7-EV64P RED 1
24V,2W
BA9s
SL13 ACB CLOSE CLA 1 XB7-EV63P GREEN 1
24V,2W
BA9s
SL14 SPACE HEATER CLA 1 ,lB7-EV65P YELLOW 1
24V,2W
lD ![')
f-
I PUSH BUTTON SWITCH WITH LAMP I
BA9s
3R-128 ABNORMAL RESET CLA 1 XB5-AW3465 RED 1 24V,2W
(2a2b)
.... v
- SELECT SWITCH f-
I I
SPACE HEATER
SHS11 CLA 1 XB7-ED25 BLACK 1 1a
OFF - ON
n 1'1
I PARTS NAME
I ,_
¥
"0
N REFER TO
0 VR1 VOLTAGE REGULATOR 1
<( PARTS LIST
n
w REFER TO
~ 1
~ ~PR11
REVERSE POWER RELAY PARTS LIST N
~·
0
n
N
..,.
0
I
O'l
0 f-
I
n
0
0
N
ci
f- REFER TO
_J
RHM11 TOTAL TYPE 2A 1 1
METER LIST
0 ~
0 REFER TO
w RHM12 RESET TYPE 2A 1 1
METER LIST
f-
~
~
0
<( ~ TITLE DRAW No.
n
~
w R NAME PlATE TABLE

~
(No.1 GENERATOR PANEL) KT-14151
E
.v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME13 No. 39
DD-01
-.--
-- --
-- --
-- -- <0
-- -- 0
0 --
-- I s N p 2 I -- 0
--
N
n
-- --
-- --
-- --
- r-
Rf SL21 SL22SL23
6188
~r
251
c:=::J @)
~ E;J t;]·
!r r--
RHM21 RHM22
==
~~
1 1
I()
1-
0
@) co
co
0
r--.
n
170 120 120 120 170
I I I I
SL24 "'"
,_ 6J
0
0 SHS21 3R-228
em
~
~1 l@J 8 0
~r
1 @> 0
N r-
N
C5
:-- ...±
@) I<)
r----,
P2301"'07
c::::::J l~~~J
0 ~===============~
r--. I II
L[) ,-- II
~
I r-
DO
0
@> """
Ol
'--
N
11
- ~===============a
Ol
0
- 350 I 350
1'0
"""
0
I -- -- -
Ol --
0 -- ==@)
I -- --
I")
0
-- --
0
N
r
~
~ ~
~
0 700
u
w .
1-
:,::
"""
0
<( TITLE D"RAW No.
N
w
:::;;: R No.2 GENERATOR PANEL ARR'T KT -14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME21 No. 40
DD-01
SIZE
No. SYMBOL NAME TYPE SPECIFICATION REMARK Q'TY
CLASS
0 "' 600/150V 120 X 100

1 V21 AC VOLTMETER LSK-12C R : 450V PT:460/115V 1 1.5
- JJ). - - -- <0
<D
Qrv2000/5A ,R: 1524A CT: 2000/5 A 120 X 100

2 A21 AC AMMETER LSK-12C 0"' 750/5A ,R: 500A CT: 750/5 A 1 1.5
POWER FACTOR +0.5 "' 1 "' -0.5 120 X 100

3 PF21 LPK-12NC-33 1 5.0
- METER R :· LAG 0.8 -
• AC110V,60HZ
4 RHM21 RUN HOUR METER H57 99999.99 HOUR (TOTAL TYPE) 1
AC110V,60HZ
5 RHM22 RUN HOUR METER TH246S (RESET TYPE) 1
1.()
9999.9 HOUR 111
- .7 r-
"" 9 -.!-
Maker : DAIICHI ELEC.

NAIS, KUBLER
- -
SWITCH
SYMBOL Q'TY
NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301-
t')
VS21 VOLTMETER OFF R-S S-T T-R SHORE 5403 HB 1 t")
KH301-
AS21 AMMETER OFF R s T SHORE 5302 HB 1
r-
~
-,::;
0<(
N
N
w
:::2:
~ N
~-
N
0
r0
-.;!-
0
I
(j)
0 -
I NOTE : Handle is pull out at.
n
0
N
ci . Auto. return to
I-
$.
_J mark position
6 3 7 ~
u
w 8
N.P TYPE : DMI
I-
::.:::
N
0
<(
N
TITLE METER LIST & DRAW No.
N
w R TRANSFER SWITCH LIST KT -1 4151
:::2:
v file name SHEET
KTE
210x297(mm)
- 1736ME22 No.
DD-01
41
Symbol
SIGNAL LAMP
I I tO
tO
BA9s
SL21 GEN. RUN CLA 1 .ta(B7-EV63P lREEN 1
.. 24V,2W
BA9s
24V,2W
BA9s
• 24V,2W
BA9s
SL24 SPACE HEATER CLA 1 IAB7-EV65P YELLOW 1
24V,2W
I!)
-
BA9s
(2a2b)
'<t
SELECT SWITCH r-
I I
SPACE HEATER
OFF - ON
f')
PARTS NAME
0'> I I ,.--
:;::
-o
REFER TO
0 VR2 VOLTAGE REGULATOR 1
PARTS LIST
,..,
<(
N
w REFER TO
:2. ~PR21 REVERSE POWER RELAY 1
~ PARTS LIST <'J
1:'-
c.o
r-0
"<~'
0
I
O'l
cr -
,..,I 0 "' 2000A : GEN.
4A 1
0 251
0
N
0 "' 750A : SHORE
0
f- REFER TO
.....1
METER LIST
6
- ~
u REFER TO
METER LIST
f-
::.:::
0
,..,
<( ~ TITLE DRAW No.
N NAME PLATE TABLE
w
:2
R KT -14151
(No.2 GENERATOR PANEL)
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME23 No. 42
DD-01
-,--
-- --
-- --
CD
-- -- <0
-- -- 0
0 --
-- I s N p 3
I
--
--
0 N
t')
-- --
-- --
-- --
- - 1-
SL31 SL32SL33
.. F2f 88 6J
~r @>
t;J E;] ~
~r
l{) I[)
1
RHM31RHM32
==
- ~~
- 0
1-
@> c:o
c:o
0
I'
t')
170 120 120 120 170
SL~4
I I I ..;-
"'""
6J
~r SHS31 3R-328
-
~I
~1 l@] 8 em 1 @> g
N
N
1-
(5"
r--
__±
I") @>
,.------,
"'
lvR3l
l_____j
P2401,...,07
0
I' c=::J
L{)
- g===============~
II
II -
II
II
1-
~
II II
Ol
:;:: II DO II
II II
II II
II II 0
II II v
II II
II II @> en
II II
II . II N
II II
- II - II
II II
b------=====---=a
N
.. 350 I 350
l{)
0
-
t
Ol --
0
I -- -
__- @)
n --
0 -- --
0
N
-- --
~ -
..-J- - - ~
0
(.)
w
;
I 700
.I 0
N
1-
::,c:
""'~" TITlE DRAW No.

n
w
;a;
R No.3 GENERATOR PANEL ARR'T KT ~ 14151
E-
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME31 No. 43
DD-01
~--+--------+------------r---------~-------------+--------~----~---------4 "'

NAIS, KUBLER
1-
SWITCH
SYMBOL Q'TY
NAME 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301-
VS31 VOLTMETER OFF R-S S- T T-R OFF 5204 HB 1 .,.,
KH301-
r-
~
~
0<(
N
1'0
w
:::2:
~
1"-
N
.¢
"<t
0
I
(J)
e
NOTE : Handle is pull out at
-
I
1'0
0
N
ci Auto. return to
1-
_J
mark position
d
u
w N.P TYPE : DMI
1-
~
0
<(
N
1'0
:::2:
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME32 No. 44
DD-01
Symbol
SIGNAL LAMP
I I J.3
to <0
BA9s
SL31 GEN. RUN CLA 1 Va(B7-EV63P ~REEN 1
24V,2W
BA9s
24V,2W
BA9s
24V,2W
BA9s
SL34 SPACE HEATER CLA 1 lB7-EV65P YELLOW 1
24V,2W
111 t!J
-
BA9s
(2a2b)
v '<t
- SELECT SWITCH 1-
I I
SPACE HEATER
OFF - ON
f'"l t'1
PARTS NAME
I I -
~
REFER TO
VR3 VOLTAGE REGULATOR 1
PARTS LIST
REFER TO
1
.~PR31 REVERSE POWER RELAY PARTS LIST N
..
L[)
0
I
O"l
0 r-
I
I"")
0
0
N
~ REFER TO
_J
6
- METER LIST
~
(,)
REFER TO
METER LIST
1-
::.:::
~ TITLE DRAW No.

NAME PLATE TABLE
R KT -1 4151
(No.3 GENERATOR PANEL)
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME33 No. 45
DD-01
I' 16o • I• 14o I 14o • I. 14o I' 160 •I• 160 'I
REAR INSIDE
(LIGHT. FOR
MAINTENANCE)
1'£----,
I {__~~--) ==
CD
o== I s N p 4 I ==o 0
N
"'
" - ~ -
EL51EL51EL51
6J 6J 6J ~~ Rj
I 0
~
-
1 3o1
c:;J~~~Mos11
1 1 201 1 1 1o1 1
0501 F
@) ~
~
U'"J l()
Ef'
L[")
00~ 0 ~ ~~
c.o
~
f--
.
L[")
L[")
-
@)
f-- L31@ @L21 @L11 @L53
0
0 tO
OJ 502 SYL ~
.ffi] fff] IT{] @ c:::::J
~r L51L52 0 -
/- 0
tO
[SiJ ~ [ji] -
REAR INSIDE 1-- ;/ D 0 0
ILS
(FOR IL) ·---., c:::::J SYN P
8~ f+l'
\3-77L
., ~
0
-
1t0; I I
L...--...J
~ ~ [TIJ ES51
tor- §]
@) ~
-
0
0
0
N
N
-
OJ OJ
0 0
"<!- "<!-
0
co 160 100 70 70
1 1 1
3- 11 L 3- 2az
- ~6J6J6J INSTALLED
~
INSIDE PANEL
3R-28
DRAWING POCKET 1--------------------------------l
(FOR PWC MANUAL)~~
I
I I -
o>
i PPC !
;;: I I I
""0
I I
L----------------------------------_j
!
0<( I
~ I ~--------------1 r----------------,
I I
l..dJ J
:2
C'- II I' II II
C'-
IXJ
0
I PWC I I ASD i
LiJ
lI _____________jI Il________________ jI
'<!-
0
r -
(j)
-- -- -- --
... 0
n
0
I -- --
-- --
-- -- = ~!:
.., -
Jli.llro:~~ . rJI
uu..
-- --
- - --@)
-- --
0
N -- -- -- --
0
1-
~
_.j.
~
900
0
u f - - - - - - - - - 1 ~I
liJ
1-
::.:::
N
0
<(
~
TITLE DRAW No.
'<!-
w
:2
R SYNCHRONIZING PANEL ARR'T KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736ME41 No. 46
DD-01
SIZE
CLASS
1 W11 21 31 WATT METER LWK-12NC_ 33 150 "'0"' 1200 KW PT: 460/115V 3 120 x 100
"' ' ' R : 950KW CT: 2000/5A 1.5 "'
~--4-------~-------------r----------r--------------+----------~--+-----------4
DOUBLE 55-65HZ 96 X 96
2 FF FREQUENCY 2FQ96-x R: 60HZ AC11 OV,60HZ 1 1.0
METER
DOUBLE 0-600/150V 96 X ~6
3 vv 2EVQ96-x R: 450V PT:460/115V 1 1.0
AC VOLTMETER -
96 X 96
4 SY SYNCHROSCOPE RSQ-3 AC11 OV,60HZ 1
INSULATION 120 X 100

LO 5 M051 RESISTANCE DCF-12N 0-5MO AC11 OV,60HZ 1
METER
- 7 -
.... 9
Maker : DAIICHI ELEC.,

DEIF A/S &
TOYO KEIKI
-r-------.-------------------------------------------------------------.-----.---4r
O_N_N_A_M,E__P_L_AT_E,_----,-----,-----,---~SWITCH
r------------,----,L_E_TT_E_R_IN,G__
SYMBOL Q'TY
NAME 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
* KH301-
n GS11,21,31 GOVERNOR MOTOR LOWER OFF RAISE 3234 FG 3 n
* YSC3205
CS11,21,31 ACB OPEN !:::,. CLOSE -64RER 3
* YSC3205
~ ECS11,21,31 ENGINE STOP !:::,. START -64REB 3 r
~r-------,_------------r----+----~----~------r-----~----+-----1-----~----,_--4
0 SYNCHROSCOPE & KH301-
~ SYS VOLT/FREQ. METER OFF No.3 No.2 No.1 OFF 5925 HB 1
~r-------,_------------r----+----~----~------r-----r-----+-----1-----~~--,_--4
~.
_.. CS EM'CY STOP No.2 No.1 CA10-
A721- N
55 1
(;'- CIRC. SOURCE TR. TR. 8~~T-
ror-------4-------------~---+----~----~------r-----~----+-~--1-----~~--4---4
1.[')
~r-------~------------L---~----~----~------L-----L-----~----~----L-----~--4
Ol
c::r NOTE : Handle is pull out at
-
NAME * mark position
Auto. return to
mark position
6
u
w N.P TYPE : DMI
1---
::,.:::
~~r--------r--------r----------------------------------,----------------------__,
se
N
~R l----------+--------1
:::2:
TRANSFER SWITCH LIST KT -14151
E (SYNCHRONIZING PANEL)
vr-------Jr-----~------------------------------~------~--~------~
file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME42 No. 47
DD-01
Symbol
PARTS NAME
I I
"' 101
No.1 DIESEL GENERA TOR
SA 1
<0
.j}
No.2 DIESEL GENERATOR
201 .)), SA 1
No.3 DIESEL GENERATOR
301 SA 1
- ~~ f-
• BUS : I
501 GEN. : II 4A 2
502 LOAD CONDITION 4A 1

MODE SELECT I!)
tnL 11,21,31 (ST'BY CONTROL) 4A 3
L53 LOAD SHARING SELECT 4A 1

HEAVY CONSUMER START BLOCKING
43S1 (No.1 HYD. POWER PACK) 4A 1
43S2 (No.2 HYD. POWER PACK) 4A 1
d3S3 (C.P FOR I.G.G MAIN CONTROL PANEL) 4A 1
REFER TO
.r PPC PROGRAMMABLE POWER CONTROLLER KT-PPC 1 PARTS LIST..-
REFER TO
PWC GENERATOR POWER CONTROLLER KT-PWC 1 PARTS LIST
REFER TO
ASD AUTO SYNCHRONIZING DEVICE KT-ASD 1 PARTS LIST
-
SIGNAL LAMP
I I
EARTH LAMP BA9s
EL51 CLA 1 XB5-AV87 CLEAR 1
R 6V,1.2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s
f<")
s 6V,1.2W ,...,
EARTH LAMP BA9s
T . 6V,1.2W
SL57 SHORE AVAILABLE RLA CR-402 WHITE 1 BA9s
1 -24W 24V,1W
SL58 SHORE BREAKER ON RLA CR-402 fcl\ GREEN 1 BA9s
§ 1 -
-24G a 24V,1W
s:
SL81 DC24V SOURCE RLA CR-402 WHITE 1 BA9s
1 -24W 24V,1W
SL82 EM'CY GEN. RM. SUPPLY FAN RUNNING RLA CR-402 GREEN 1 BA9s
1 -24G 24V,1W
N
SL83 EM'CY GENERATOR AUTO ST'BY RLA CR-402 WHITE 1 BA9s
1 -24W 24V,1W
.. CR-402 BA9s
SL84 EM'CY GENERATOR RUNNING RLA 1 GREEN 1
1.() -24G 24V,1W
0
I BA9s
SYL SYNCHRONIZING LAMP 4A ..1 XB5-AV37 h, CLEAR 3
.. (J)
cr
I
6V,1.2W 1-
I')
SELECT SWITCH
0
0 I I
N
WORKING LIGHT
~ ILS 1 XB5.,.-AD25 BLACK 1 2a
__j OFF - ON
- 43S1"'
0 43S3 NORMAL - BY PASS TG2 3 ST215N ~3 2c ~
0 /cr
w
1-
:,:::
~ TITLE DRAW No.

~ NAME PLATE TABLE
R KT-14151
(SYNCHRONIZING PANEL)
E
v file name SHEET~
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME43A No. 4S 1/2
DD-01
Symbol
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

I I
tO tO
ES51 EARTH LAMP TEST CLA 1 XB7-EA25 BLACK 1 1a1 b
3-11L LAMP & BUZZER TEST CLA 1 XB5-AA25 BLACK 1 2a2b
3R-28 FLICKER STOP & ABNORMAL RESET CLA 1 XB5-AA45 RED 1 2a2b
f-
3-28Z BUZZER STOP CLA 1 XB5-AA45 RED 1 2a2b
l()
...
r-
t<")
-
f-
Ol
;;::
~
Ci
<(
I")
..;-
w
~ "'
t'-•
O'l
. ~
..
LO
0
I
.. ~
I")
I
r-
0
0
"'
0
1-
_J
0
u
w
1-
~ ·.
0
<(
I")
TITLE DRAW No.
..;- NAME PLATE TABLE
w
~
R KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME43B No.· 48
DD-01
2/2
GSL 10,20,30
£>
tD CD
0 ·o
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP
- LED 01 YL 0 REMOTE CONTROL -
LED 02 YL 0 LOCAL CONTROL
LED 03 YL 0
l!) Ill
LED 04 YL 0 READY TO REMOTE START
LED 05 YL 0 1ST AUTO STAND BY

- f-
LED 06 YL 0 2ND AUTO STAND BY
LED 07 GL 0 GEN. RUNNING
.... LED 08 RL 0 ACB OPEN ....
LED 09 GL "
~ CB CLOSE
LED 10 YL 0 AUTO SYNCHRO

- f-
LED 11 YL 0 AUTO LOAD SHIFT
LED 12 RL 0 G/E STOP
"' LED 13 RL 0 G/E START FAIL

t'1
LED 14 RL 0 G/E SHUTDOWN
LED 15 RL 0 OVER CURRENT TRIP -

~
LED 16 RL 0 REVERSE POWER TRIP
LED 17 RL 0 ACB ABNORMAL TRIP

N
LED 18 RL 0 ACB NON CLOSE

..
I
KTE
m
0
!")
0
0
I
0 - 0 ;-
N SIZE 80 x 190
0
1-
_J
.
c5 * NOTE ; Yellow LED lamp is used for white illumination
~
(_)
w
1-
::.::::
TITLE DRAW No.

GROUP SIGNAL LAMP ARR'T
R KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME44 No. 49
DD-01
GSL50
<0
"' 0 0
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP
EM'CY SWBD EM'CY STOP

- LED 01 RL 0 CIRCUIT SOURCE FAIL 1-
EM'CY STOP & PREF. TRIP

LED 02 RL 0 CIRCUIT SOURCE FAIL
EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT
LED 03 RL 0 LINE FAULT
L!) tO
LED 04 RL 0 AUTO SYSTEM ABNORMAL

LED 05 RL 0 AUTO SYNCHRO FAIL
- 1-
LED 06 RL 0 LOAD SHARING ABNORMAL
MSBD CONTROL
LED 07 RL 0 SOURCE FAIL
LED 08 RL 0 BUS HIGH FREQUENCY '<!-
"""
LED 09 RL 0 BUS LOW FREQUENCY
LED 10 RL 0 BUS HIGH VOLTAGE

- -
LED 11 RL 0 BUS LOW VOLTAGE
LED 12 RL 0 1ST PREFERENCE TRIP

I'") I")
LED 13 RL 0 2ND PREFERENCE TRIP
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
LED 14 RL 0 AC440V LOW INSULATION
uAIN SWITCHBOARD
LED 15 RL
¥ AC220V LOW INSULATION '--
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
N
BATTERY CHARGER
.. LED 18 R!-. 0 DC24V LOW INSULATION
I
KTE
I
0
- 0 -
SIZE 80 x 190
6
- ~
u * NOTE ; Yellow LED lamp is used for white illumination

w
f-
::s::
N
~ TITLE DRAW No.
LO
-.;j-
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP ARR'T
w
:2
R KT ~ 14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736ME45 No. 50
DD-01
MODE SELECT (ST'BY CONTROL)
"' "'
YL YL
MANUAL AUTO L11,21,31
- r-
1M1 1A1
2M1 2A1
3M1 3A1
--
I!) LOAD SHARING SELECT l!"J
YL YL
- I MANUAL
3M-77
I
B 3A-77
L53
-
'<!- '<!-
LOAD CONDITION
YL YL YL
- ** ** * f-
HEAVY LIGHT LOAD
LIGHT LOAD
LOAD CANCEL
L51 L52 3-77L
I") t')
YL
MARK IS INDICA TOR AND PUSH BUTTON S~TCH

(MCM23D-M20FN-DA)
~- -
:;:
~
YL
D
0
<(
MARK IS INDICATOR AND ALTERN ATE TYPE
CD PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
"<1-
w (MCM23D-A20FN-DA)
::2:
~
C"·
N
Ol
N YL
ci::i
L[)
0
Ol
0
f")
0
0
"!
I
1.
D MARK IS ONLY INDICA TOR
(MCM23D-POOFN-DA)
r-
0
f--
_.J
0 * NOTE ; Yellow LED lamp is used for white illumination

~
0
w
f--
::.:::
~
0
<(
CD
TITLE PUSH BUTION SWITCH &
DRAW No.
'<I-
w R SIGNAL LAMP ARR'T KT-14151
::2:
E (SYNCHRONIZING PANEL)
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME46 No. 51
DD-01
SYNP
cE
"'
ATTENTION RED
OIN SYNCHRO WHEN BOTHO
- LOWER LIGHT ARE BRIGHT -
I
BLACK
* NOTE 1. MATERIAL------ PHENOLIC THICKNESS 2mm
2. LEDER - - - - - - - RED ROUND GOTHIC
3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c I-
4. Q'TY - - - - - - - - - 1 EA
5. LOCATION - - ON SYNCHRO PANEL
6. N.P TYPE - - 3A TYPE
-------------------------------------------------------------
- -
CP55
ATTENTION
IN CASE OF OCCURING
O "MAIN SWBD EM'CY STOP SOURCE FAIL." ALARM 0
TRANSFER SWITCH(CS55) INSTALLED INSIDE PANEL
BE SELECTED TO ANOTHER POSITION
¥
~
0
<(
1"--
"<1-
w
:2
~
c<·
1"--
I"') * NOTE 1. MATERIAL-----~ PHENOLIC THICKNESS 2mm
ro
L.[) 2. LEDER - - - - - - - RED ROUND GOTHIC
0
I
O'l 3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c -
0'
I
I"')
0 4. Q'TY - - - - - - - - - 1 EA
0
C'! 5. LOCATION - - ON SYNCHRO PANEL
0
1--
__J
c5
u
w
1--
~
~
0
<(
1"--
TITLE DRAW No.
"<1-
w
:2
R ATIENTION PLATE KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME47 No. 52
DD-01
-,----
-- -- -- --
-- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- <0
-- -- -- --
0 --
--
-- I
--
s N p 5 I --
--
-- 0
--
0
N
-- -- -- --
""
-- -- -- --
-- -- -- --
- r-
,._
0 SL92 SL93
r- 5J lQJ
@>
THIS ACB "INSTALLED IN PANEL INSIDE l[)
BUS-TIE
c=J
~===================~
0 II II
N II ,- II
~
"' II
II
II
DO
II
II
II
II
II
II
II 0
r-
II II CXJ
II lr @) CXJ
II II
II II
II II
II
II -
II
II
CHANGEOVER SWITCH FOR
II II BUS CONTROL SOURCE
,.--- tt==============~====~
[cP53[
(FIXED 1YPE) // (LOCATED IN PANEL INSIDE)
"""
0
0">
~~~~~
N
@) 0
450 I 450 0
N
N
1-
0
.::::._
@> I")
P22Q1rvQ3
c=J
,._
0 g===============~
II II
"' II r'-- II
r-
~
II II
II DO II
II II
II II
II II
II II -·
II II
II II 0
II II '<!-
II II @> 0">
.II II
II '--- II C'J
II II
- tt===============tt
450 I 450
1.[)
0
r -
Ol
0
-- -- -- --
I -- -- -- --
n -- -- -- --@>
0 -- -- -- --
0 -- -- --
"!
0
1-
....J.-
t:[
~
0
u I 900
w
f-
~
.r--.
0
<( TITLE DRAW No.
LO
w
::;:;: R BUS-TIE PANEL ARR'T KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736ME51 No. 53
DD-01
"CP53" 120x1 00
0 CAUTION 0
tO tO
1. THE BUS CONTROL SOURCE SWITCH IS

LOCATED IN THE PANEL INSIDE.
2. BUS TIE CONNECTED CONDITION
- THE SWITCH POSITION CAN MAKE USE OF
No.1 BUS OR No.2 BUS SIDE.
3. BUS TIE DISCONNECTED CONDITION
- TURN THE SWITCH POSITION TO LIVE BUS.
- PUSH THE GEN. MODE SELECT(ST'BY CONTROL)
& LOAD SHARING SELECT SWITCHS TO MANUAL.
(THIS CONDITION TO BE POSSIBLE MANUAL
OPERATION)
4. DANGER
DON'T BE CLOSED WHEN THE BUS-TIE ACB OPEN,
-
No.1 AND No.2 BUS BOTH SIDE LIVE CONDITION.
0 0
2. LEITER - - - - - - - RED ROUND GOTHIC
·3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c
4. Q'TY - - - - - - - - - 1 EA
5. LOCATION - - ON BUS-TIE PANEL

Symbol r---~----------------------_,----1---~--~------~-----+---+------~
Nome Rating Type Q'TY Type Color Q'TY Remark r--
SIGNAL LAMP
SL92 BUS- TIE ACB OPEN CLA 1 XB7-EV64P RED 1 BAgs

I") 24V,2W r<")
r---_,--------~-------------------+----+---+-_,--------~----~--~----~
BA9s
SL93 BUS- TIE ACB CLOSE CLA 1 XB7-EV63P GREEN
24V,2W
~ -
s:
-o
N LETTERING ON NAME PLATE
0 SYMBOL SWITCH
<(
Q'TY
N NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
L{)
w CA10-
::2' BUS CONT. N0.2 N0.1
Q:'<J 33EB 2402-EG 1 N
C'-• SOURCE BUS BUS -G221
CD
N
~
L{)
0
I
O'l
0
I NOTE : Handle is pull out at
I"')
0
C"'j Auto. return to
0
f-
......I mark position
6
0
w N.P TYPE : DMI
f-
~
Nr-r-------~------,-------------------------------~----------------------~
~
N
TITLE NAME PLATE LIST & DRAW No.
~R ~------+-------1
::2'
TRANSFER SWITCH LIST KT -1 41 51
E (BUS-TIE PANEL)
v~-----1r------;------------------------------~------T---~------~
file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME52 No.
DD-01
54
SPACE WHERE MAIN
SWITCHBOARD MAKER
SHOULD INSTALL THE
ROTARY SWITCH FOR
P7001 BYPASSING THE
"POWER AVAILABLE"
COMMAND FROM P.M.S.
AND THE GREEN LAMP
INDICATOR WHICH WILL
200A LIGHT UP WHEN BWMS
IS RUNNING
P7004
200A
P7002
60A
P7005
200A
ME69A03 K T E CO), LTD.2003-Q9-05 11:39 2?ME69A03.dwiQ 3 I 4 I 5 I 6
<1'1::::0
0
X
N
(.()
-....!
,......._ [9> RED
3
3
..___.,
"ESP" I 200x80
0 i
EM'CY STOP PLATE SPECIFICATION
0
EMERGENCY STOP
-1 I ES1 I (FAN IN E/R PART) I LT1 I FIRE TRIP
(No.1 E/R FAN)
"'
-I
I EMERGENCY STOP FIRE TRIP
I LT3JG\I
fTl
1'1
s::: I ES2 I (L.O/F.O/D.O/SLUDGE/BILGE/HYD. (No.3 E/R FAN)
0 PUMPS IN E/R PART)
-<
FIRE TRIP
__,
(f) EMERGENCY STOP I LT4JG\I (No.4 E/R FAN)
0
'lJ
I ES3 I (FANS IN ACCOMM. PART &
GALLEY EQUIP'T)
'lJ I PT1 I 1ST PREFERENCE TRIP
1=1 ~
fTl
I ES4 I
EMERGENCY STOP
(FANS IN ON DECK)
I PT2 I 2ND PREFERENCE TRIP
(f)
'lJ C02 TRIP
fTl
()
-
I CT I (FANS IN E/R PART)
'1
0 0 0
~
0
z
~:!!
-..J- 0
(.N (])
m ::::0 *NOTE 1.MATERIAL - - - PHENOLIC THICKNESS 2mm
s:: ::l )>
fTl 0 (f)
~ 2.PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF FRONT 0.5C
~ 3(]) I
I 3.Q'TY - - - 2 EA
7'\ z
-I 0 ~ 4.LOCATION - - ON No.1 ,2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
I z
--->. 0 5.LETIER(ES1 ,2,3,4) - - - RED GROUND WHITE
.p... CJ1 6.LETIER(CT) - - - YELLOW GROUND BLACK
Z(f) --->. OJ
0 I l
fTl Ul ())
7.LETIER(PT1 ,2) - - - BLUE GROUND WHITE
fTl --->.
0 ~__, 0 8.LETIER(LT1 ,LT3,LT4~- - - WHITE GROUND RED
0 ~ 0
I m fTl 9.LETIER(OTHER) - - - WHITE GROUND BLACK
0 0 I
---"
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6
v 8
"'I
0
""<0 0
0
t;:j
o.
w "'
U") I
UlZ
..--
No.1 GENERATOR PANEL
ci
""'I
z 1-
T.B CORE EXT. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL T.B ~ Q)
U S E No. SYMBOL No. T.B No. No. U S E E ~
T.B No. No.
5: 0 0::
51 A1 1 P1509 <( c: :::;;
TB ----"I I
r------ ~ <0
AVR
~ 11 A3 2 __J
DEYS-2.5 L- 0 =,.....
....Q) "'
r--- ~
"' S16 H1 1 ----"I P151D I "'

SPACE HEATER r-s,-s- H2 2 _J
MEYS-1 .5£. L-
r------
r---
51 151 1 P1508
AVR VOLT. r--- ----"I I . r------ I-
SENSING 51 1T1 2 _J
DEYS-2.5£. L z
r--- w
516 07 1 ----"I P1511 I ::2
~AMPER RESISTOR r - - -
516 08 2 _J
DEYS-2.5£. L-
r------ w
r--- 0
z
r--- r------ <(
I=L
~
r------ r--- ~
<(
r--- r------
r------ r------ .....1
<(
r--- r--- z
r--- r------ ::2
~
w
w I-
.....1
I-
F

T.B CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL T.B
u S E No. SYMBOL No. T.B No. T.B No. No. No. U S E
52 A1 1 P2309
AVR - TB h I
r------
52 21 A3 2 1---1 DEYS-2.5 L
H1 1 P2310
r------
SPACE HEATER ~ h l r---
516 H2 2 1---1 MEYS-1.5£. L.
r---
AVR VOLT. 52 251 1 h P2308 I
SENSING ---s2 2T1 2 f-1 DEYS-2.5 L- r------
516 07 1 P2311
r------
l_AMPER RESISTOR h l r---
~ DB 2 1---1 DEYS-2.5£. L.
r------
- r------
- r---
- r------
- r------
- r---
r------ r------

T.B T.B
U S E No. SYMBOL CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBO
No. U s E
No. T.B No. T.B No. No.
53 A1 1 h P2409
""53 TB
I
AVR r------
31 A3 2 f-1 DEYS-2.5 L-
r---
516 H1 1 h P2410 I
SPACE HEATER r-s,-s- H2 2 f-1 MEYS-1.5£. L-
r------
53 351 1 P2408
r------
AVR VOLT.
r--- h l r---
SENSING 53 3T1 2 f--1 DEYS-2.5 L
516 07 1 P2411
r------
liRAMPER RESISTOR
h l
~
r----'-
08 2 f--1 DEYS-2.5£. L
r------
r------ r---
r---
,---- f----
- r-------
- r-------
- r-'---
v
v
"'I 0
SYNCHRO PANEL "'"' "'"'

LJ
J: 0. "'
T.B T.B w
U S E SYMBOL CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL U S E
No. No. T.B No. T.B No. No. No. L[) VJZ
-
......
No.1 G/E CONTROL ~
101 1 r-
TB 102 -
r--- ~
......
PANEL - S51 51
103
2 ;--
r- - - c:i I
- ::~
3
- - z I-
~
104 4 f- QJ
- - E ~
S51
551 105
106
5 r-
'- - - ~ 0 ~
c:::;
-
S51 107
6
7 - - - 0::
0 QJ"'
....
:=l'
<0
"' - - ~
::~
108 8 ;-- 1-
109 9 f- - -
-
- -
::~
110 10 f- C1901 f-
-
- z
111 11 f- L-MEYS-27 w
-
S51 112 12 - - - 2
~ - w
t--
113 13 - - - 0
z<(
S51 114 14 - - -
~ - 0::
1EL
115 15 f-
t--- - 0::
S51 116 16 r- - -
<(
t--- -
~
'- _J
- - - <(
GOVERNOR MOTOR
t--
514
~
118 18
- z
(No.1 G/E) - -
:~:
119 19 2
120 20 - - - 0::
t-- r--
w
S14 121 21 r- - w f-
r--- _J
f-
f=
- -
::~
201 1
No.2 G/E CONTROL TB r---
PANEL t-- 52 202 2 - -
r---
S51 203 3 - -
~ 204 4 - - r--
~ 205 5 - - r---
t-- r---
S51 206 6 - -
~ 207 7 - - r---
~ 208 8 - - r---
t--
- - r---
S51 209 9
- - - r---
::~
210 10 C2001
r---
t--
211 11 - L-MEYS-27 - r---
t--
S51 212 12 - -
r------
~ 213 13 - -
- r---
~ 214 14 -:-
r---
551 215 15 - -
r------
S51
c-
216 16 - -
r---
~ - - r---
.... GOVERNOR MOTOR S14 218 18 - -
~ r------
(No.2 G/E) 514 219 19 - -
514 220 20 - - r---
r------
514 221 21 - -
1--:--
552
TB 301 1 - -
No.3 G/E CONTROL
S52 302 2 - - r--
PANEL 53 r---
303 - -
- S52 3
r------
- -
- ::~
304 4
305 5 - - r---
-
- -
~:~
306 6
307 7 - - -
-
552 308 8 - - -
552 309 9 - - -
t--- r---
552 310 10 - C2101 -
552 311 11. - L-MEYS-27 - r--
f----=- -
552 312 12 - -
r-ssz 313 13 - - -
r-ssz
t---
314 14 - - -
-
15 - -
~:~
315
316 16 - - -
t--- - - -
~ -
GOVERNOR MOTOR S14 318 18 - ....,...
~ -
(No.3 G/E) ~ 319 19 - '-
-
~ 320 20 - - -
~ - -
321 21
-
-
v
v
t')
"'I
0
CD 0
0
SYNCHRO PANEL r-
w
w
U S E
T.B
SYMBOL CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL T.B
U S E l[) I
(J')Z
0 "'
No. No. T.B No. T.B No. No. No.
S53 500 1 - "'=t
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD TB r-
S53 54 501 2 - 1- I
ci
553 502 3 - 1- z 1-
::.:::
- $53 504 4 -
Q)
S53 505 5 -
1-
-
5:
<(
E
0 "'
L()
f-
c ::;
~ 0::: CD
506 6 - - 0 Q) t')
['-.
~ 507 7 - - ~
"'
S53 508 8 - t--
S53 509 9 - t-- 1-
S53 510 10 - 1- z
w
S53 511 11 1- 1- ~
1---
S53 512 12 1- P4502 1-
w
- S53 513 13 1- L-MEYS-37 1-
(.)
z<(
I!L
S53 514 14 1- 1- 0:::
0:::
- S53
S53
515
516
15
16
1-
I-
1-
I-
<(
__j
S53 517 17 I- I- <(
S53 518 18 I- I-
z
~
S53 519 19 I- I- 0:::
S53 520 20 I- I-
w
w 1-
S53 525 21 1-- 1-- __j
1-
S53 526 22 1-- 1-- F
S53 533 23 1-- 1--
rs53
1---
534 24 1-- ~
S53 521 1 1-- r-

~ 522 2 I- P4503 I-
S53 523 3 I- L-MEYS-4 I-
!!:,
~-------------------
MAIN GEN.
S53
I S53
524
M1
4
1
I-
P4504
'---
h 1
INTERLOCK rs53 M2 2 ~ TEY-1.5 '-
SHORE CS53 M3 3 h P4505 o:::w>
1
INTERLOCK S53 M4 4 ~ TEY-1.5 L
"' S53 E1 1
"'
F/C/R
TB I- r-
(EM'CY STOP : S53 E2 2 I-
55 I-
ES1,ES2,ES3,ES4)
ts53 E3 3 f-
P2101
t--
ts53 E4 4
---------------------
~ E5 5 1-
F MEYS 12
I-
ES2 S53 E11 6 f- 1--
(EM'CY M.D.O P/P) S53 E12 7 f- ~
.... C02 RELEASE ALARM S53 E38 1 h C9005 r-

I. S53
(CT) E39 2 ~ F-MEYS-4 I_
~:~
LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING E31 1 f- r-
CONTROL PANEL E32 2 1- 1-
(LT1,LT3,LT4)£ S53 E33 3 - F1606 1-
S53 E34 4 - F-MEYS-12 1-
S53 E35 5 - 1-
S53 E36 6 - ~
PD-1 S54 E51 1 - r-

(ES2,ES1 +CT,ES1 + 554 E52 2 - r--
ES2+CT,PT1)£ P5510
S54 E53 3
F MEYS 7
S54 E54 4 - r--
S54 E54A 5 r-- ~
S54 E55 1
PD-2
h P57A10fi:, 1
(ES1+CT,ES2)
PD-5
!!:,
S54
S54
S54
E56
E57
E58
2
3
1
w
h
F-MEYS-7
P60A10
L
.r
(ES3) S54 E59 2
__]
F-MEYS-4 I_
LGSP-1 S54 E60 1

(ES1+CT,PT1)£ S54 E61 2
1 P6814 L"
S54 E61A 3
_] F MEYS 4 L
LGSP-5 S54 E62 1 - r-
(ES3,ES4, S54
f---'--'-'-
E63 2 - P75A21fi:, r--
ES3+PT1)£
S54 E64 3 r- F-MEYS-7 r-
S54 E65 1-
,___
4
E.C.C E66 P2111
~::
1 h 1
(ES2) E67 ~ F-MEYS-2 '-
2
LGSP-6 S54 E70 1
(ES4,PT1) f-
S54 E71 2 11 P7612 1
IS\ S54 E72 3 1-1 F MEYS 12
£.
L
v
. I 8
.... "'I
0
<0 0
0
t;J
..- w 0"'
"' 1.{) I o
VJZ
SYNCHRO PANEL ..- 1---
"'>!"
T.B CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL T.B ..-
U s E No. SYMBOL
No. T.B No. T.B No. No. No.
U S E
I
. ci 1- r--- '--
ALARM MONITOR. S54 551 1 - .-- z ::::.::: Q)
SYSTEM
TB E 1'1
-
~
S54 552 2 1-- $::
(ABNORMAL & 56 <(
a
c
ALARM)
S54 553 3 - 1-- 0::: <0
1'1
S54 554 4 - 1-- 0 ~ I'
;;: ~
"' - "'
. ~::
555 5 1--
_::__
556 6 - -
S54 557 7 - - r-
S54 558 8 - - z
w
S54 559 9 - - ~ -
S54 560 10 - - w
0
S54 561 11 - - z
<(
S54 562 12 f- r- 0:::
"
f.--
f.--
S54
S54
&. 563
564
13
14
f-
f-
C4301
L-MEYS-27
f-
f-
0:::
<(
_j
<(
1EL
S54 565 15 f- f- z
f.--
S54 566 16 f- f- ~
f.--
S54 567 17 f- f- 0:::
f.-- w 1-
S54 568 18 f- f- w r-
f.-- _j
f- f- r-
f..--
'--- f- f=
f..-- .:...._
f-
"' f..--
- f-
"'
- - '--
-
-
- -
- -
- - - <€]
I-
E.C.C S55 601 1 - -

(E/G RM FAN RUN,
GEN. LOAD SIGNAL)
S55 602 2 - - O:::W>
S55
- S55
603 3 - -
"' 604 4 - - "'
S55 605 5 - -
S55 606 6 - -
S55 607 7 - -
'555 608 8 - P2001 - -
S55 609 9 - L MEYS-19 -
S55 610 10 1-- f-
S55 611 11 f- f-
&.
S55
1---
612 12 1-- f- ...
S55 613 13 f- f-
1---
S55 614 14 f- f-
1---
S55 615 15 f- f-
1---
S55 616 16 f- '--
1-
AC220V FEED. PNL. S54 E68 1 ~ P4410 r]__
1--- _J
(ES3+PT1) S54 E69 2 F-MEYS-4
. AC220V FEED. PNL.

(LOW INSULATION)
S54
1---
701 1 ~
_J
P4409
L-MEYS-4
I
]__
S54 702 2
"' 554 R1 1 "'
AC220V FEED. PNL. 1 - - -
(SPACE HEATER) S54 51 2
1 P4408 1
"
1---
S54 T1 3
_j TEY 2.5
L
-
No.1 H.P.P FOR S55 581 1 - - -
CARGO OIL HANDLING - -
555 582 2 P3318 Al\
(START REQUEST/
POWER AVAILABLE) S55 583 3 - L-MEYS-7 -
S55 584 4 - -
No.2 H.P.P FOR S55 591 1 - -
CARGO OIL HANDLING
"' - P3817 Al\ - "'
~::
592 2
(START REQUEST/
POWER AVAILABLE) 593 3 - L MEYS 7 -
S55 594 4 - -
C.P FOR I.G.G MAIN S55 595 1 - .--
- CONTROL PANEL - 1-- I-
S55 596 2 P1601 1--
(START REQUEST/ 1---
POWER AVAILABLE) S55 597 3 1-- L MEYS 7 I-
~ S55 598 4 I- £ L-
p h
~
E.C.C C9911 r]__
(DC24V SOURCE) S5 N _J TEY-10
~ ~
f.--
e
f..-- ~
"'
N
0
X
...
N
.. I 5Mo·rn'tfc-crw;;. mn:c /7-rr-cnn7·nr, ''f"l""'l "J r \1 lf\'t/C"CIIN

FLOW CHAR APPLICATIONS ~
to
tD
No.
FO FLOW CHART SYMBOLS
'-
F1 MANUAL ENGINE START & MANUAL PARALLEL RUNNING
l!'l F2 MANUAL PARALLEL RUNNING CANCEL & MANUAL ENGINE STOP !(')
F3 AUTO ENGINE START & AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING BY ENG. CONT. SWITCH
f-
F4 AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING CANCEL &

AUTO ENGINE STOP BY ACB(or ENG.) CONT. SWITCH
"<!'
F5 AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING BY HEAVY LOAD ""'
F6 AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING CANCEL BY LIGHT LOAD

- -
F7 AUTO CHANGEOVER BY BUS NO VOLTAGE
!"') I')
FS AUTO CHANGEOVER BY BUS ABNORMAL
§= F9 AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING BY ACB TRIP r-

:s:
F10 HEAVY CONSUMER START BLOCKING

N
.. F11 SETIING LIST OF GEN. POWER CONTROLLER

LD
0
I
O'l
cr -
I F12 AUTOMATIC LOAD DEMAND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR GENERATOR
I")
0
0
N
~
_J
c5
- ~
u
w
1-
::.:::
TITLE DRAW No.
R FLOW CHART CONTENTS KT -141 51
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MFC1 No. 65
DD-01
--~ -~--------
--~- ---~--
SYMBOL NAME
;;;,
CD CD
PROCESS
I I
....
~
FLOW LINE
- r-
[ I MANUAL INPUT
li1
<> DECISION
li1
-
\ I MANUAL OPERATION
r-
PREDEFINED PROCESS
II II
'<T
( ) TERMINAL : INTERRUPT
"<!-
-
0 CONNECTOR
-
@AND AND CIRCUIT
,.,., ,..,
E9 OR OR· CIRCUIT
ON OFF
~ @ INDICATOR .r-
~
0
<(
N
--- -----
u *REMARK : COLOR OF INDICATOR LAMP
LL.
::2' 1. GEN./ENG. RUN : GREEN
~ ·2. GEN./ENG. STOP : RED
N
L{)
2. ACB CLOSE : GREEN
..
L{)
3. ACB OPEN : RED
L{) 4. READY TO REMOTE START : WHITE
0 5. AUTO STANDBY : WHITE
I
6. ABNORMAL RESET : RED -
I 7. ABNORMAL ALARM (ALL) : RED
0 ALARM
6
- ~
u r--------,
w IL _____ _:_lI OUTSIDE OF MSB
1-
::,.::
0
<(
N
TITLE DRAW No.
&: R FLOW CHART SYMBOLS KT -14151
::2'
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736MFC2 No. 66
DD-01
4 5
ACB NON CLOSE

RESET
.,AND
ACB INTERLOCK
READY TO NORMAL
REMOTE
START
AND MODE SELECT PB

"MANUAL"
ENGINE
START SIGNAL
READY TO
REMOTE WL }E--------l
START
NO ACB INlERLOCK
NORMAL
G/E
RUN ~---l SYNCHROSCOPE SW
ENGINE SYS "SELECT"
ACB START FAIL
OPEN
NO GOVERNOR CONT. ACB CONTROL SW
SYNCHRO DETECT "CLOSE"
YES
ACB INTERLOCK , .AND ACB CONT. SW

NORMAL '"CLOSE" ACB CLOSE
ACB
OPEN
ACB CLOSE
LOAD SHARING
ACB
PB "MANUAL"
CLOSE
ACB
OPEN
.,AND LOAD SHARING
ACB PB "MANUAL"
CLOSE
TITLE DRAW No.

MANUAL ENGINE START &
Rt-----t----1 MANUAL PARALLEL RUNNING KT -14151
vE~----+-----4-------------------------+-----~--~----~
file name SHEET
1736MF01 No. 67
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 DD-02
4 5 7
G/E
RUN
ACB
CLOSE
LOAD SHARING MODE SELECT

PB "MANUAL" PB "MANUAL"
LOAD SHIFT &

FREQ. CONTROL
ACB
CLOSE
ACB
OPEN
ENG. STOP
SIGNAL
ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
END
,----,
__"'_":!"''_
L _j
G/E
STOP
G/E
STOP
( END )
TITLE DRAW No.

MANUAL PARALLEL RUNNING
Rt------t-----1 CANCEL & MANUAL ENGINE STOP KT -14151
vE~----+-----~------------------------+-----~--~----~
file SHEET
No. 68
420x297{mm) 1 DD-02
4 7
ACB CLOSE
(In case auto synchro is operated

after engine is manually started)
ACB
OPEN AUTO
SYNCHRO
READY TO
REMOTE WL }--------~ STAND-BY ACB
CLOSE
~--------¥---------~
CONDillON NORMAL
START
ENG. CONTROL SW f-----~·1\ND

"START"
ENG. OF STAND-BY AUTO SYNCHRO

READY TO GEN. START SIGNAL STOP
REMOTE
START ACB
CLOSE
AUTO
ACB
ST-BY OPEN
MANUAL
G/E
RUN
ACB
OPEN
NOTE : VOLT BUILD-UP--MORE THAN 58Hz
MORE THAN 436.5V AND
J
LESS THAN472.5V 3 SEC
NO
ABNORMAL
WL
RESET
ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
,----,
L~:_r _ _j
,8G/E
G/E
STOP
STOP
TITLE AUTO ENGINE START & DRAW No.
( END ) AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING
R KT-14151
BY ENG. CONT. SWITCH
E
v -KE file name
1736MF03
SHEET
No. 69
420x297(mm) 1 4 5 DD-02
4
G/E
RUN
ACB
ACB CLOSE
CLOSE
$---lACS CONT. SW "OPEN" OR
AND ENG. CONT. SW "STOP ACB
AUTO LOAD SHIFT OPEN
STOP
AUTO *This flow chart applies to the system

LOAD SHIFT W L ) < - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - , flow by ACB control switch "OPEN".
'
--+---------------------------------:
MANUAL
I NO
ENG. IDLEING !I
l______ !
___________________________________________J
NO
NO
ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
AUTO LOAD SHIFT ,----~ G/E

L
--1--
STOP ENG. STOP _j STOP
·@ G/E
STOP
YES ( END )
END
YES
TITLE AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING DRAW No.
Rl-----+----1 CANCEL & AUTO ENGINE STOP KT -14151
E~---+---4----BY_A_c_s~(o_r_E_NG_.~)_c_o_N_T_._s_w_IT_c_H-4----r---r------~
v file name SHEET
1736MF04 No. 70
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 00-02
4 5 7
AUTO
SYNCHRO
~~--------~----------~
<
AUTO SYNCHRO
STOP .,
'i
ACB
CLOSE
ACB
OPEN 'I
"'
HEAVY
LOAD
!
MANUAL
___... .......
G/E < __...LOW SPEED......_
RUN ......_ -._[lETEC.J.. ___...
YES
ACB
OPEN
ACB
NON CLOSE
ABNORMAL
RESET
I
:·
ACB
OPEN
G/E
* NOTE
,----,
RUN
HEAVY LOAD DETECT : SEE TO "PWC" SETTING LIST (F11)
G/E
L stoP
--1--
ENG. STOP _j
TITLE
AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING
DRAW No.
KT -14151
BY HEAVY LOAD
( END )
71
420x297(mm) 1 2 DD-02
3 4 5 7 6
ABNORMAL
RESET
3
AUTO SYSTEM
ABNORMAL
YES OR
INTERRUPTION
NO YES
t - - - - - - - . . 1 WL ~g.rg SHIFT
ACB
CLOSE
AUTO LOAD SHIFT ACB

STOP OPEN
AUTO
LOAD SHIFT WLr------f---------~
LIGHT
LOAD
INTERRUPTION
INTERRUPTION
ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
,----, G/E
STOP
AUTO
LOAD SHIFT L __'"_::tro':_ _j
·@ G/E
STOP
( END )
f------~ WL ~g;:g SHIFT
* NOTE
LIGHT LOAD DETECT : SEE TO "PMS" SETTING LIST (F11)
TITLE DRAW No.

AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING
Rl----+----1 KT -14151
CANCEL BY LIGHT LOAD
E
vj----t----1-------------------~~---.--~--~
file name SHEET
KTE 1736MF06 No. 72
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 6 00-02
3 4 5 7
----l
[ DC24V POWER J'-----~...,_---------;
READY TO
REMOTE WL\<----------1
START
STAND-BY (F3)
CONDITION NORMA
ACB ,,I
OPEN
'
ACB
CLOSE
AUTO
STAND-BY MANUAL
J; ~~e air cir~uit break~; o~
1st stand-by generatr IS
I 1
circui~
I tri ped within one 1 second
I after this air
was closed
reeker
automatically,
no start si nal is occured for
I
1
starting 2n~ stand-.by gene.rotor

I engine because of 1udg1ng 1t as
1 short circuit on main bus bar. 1
G/E STOP
Also no signal to close air 1 ACB
I circuit breaker for 1st
~a~d=by gene~a~r again.__ _j OPEN
G/E
READY TO RUN
REMOTE
START G/E
AUTO STOP
STAND-BY
ENGINE NO
START FAIL ......- ::--... •® G/E STOP
< ......-L~ SPE~ ....._ ~~-L~=-----<
....._ ....QETECJ.. ......- R
:::: s~}~~~BY::: ~
-.... ...--
YES
G/E
RUN
ACB ACB
OPEN 'I
NON CLOSE 'I
,.
ABNORMAL
RESET
ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
TITLE DRAW No.

. AUTO CHANGEOVER BY BUS
Rl---+-----1 NO VOLTAGE KT -14151
EL___~--~-----------------t~~r-~7c~-J
V - file nome SHEET
1----+---1 KTE 1736MF07
No. 73
420x297(mm) 1 4 00-02
3 4 5 7
'I
<
t-----<>tAL
~---l ~~~roREMO~
e_cz4V~OWEIJ;-----~·I'ttJrD.--,ll_ _STAR!_ _
_jj
READY TO
REMOTE WL}<-------j
START
STAND-BY (F3)
• AND CONDITION NORMAL
5 l----------->1
INTERRUPTION
AUTO
STAND-BY
READY TO
REMOTE
START
AUTO
STAND-BY
ACB
G/E OPEN
RUN
G/E
ACB RUN
OPEN
ENG. OF STAND-BY
GEN. STOP SIGNAL
ACB
OPEN
STAND-BY GEN
NO LOAD RUN
,----, G/E
RUN
~ R
E
v
TITLE
AUTO CHANGEOVER BY
BUS ABNORMAL
DRAW No.
KT -14151
file nome SHEET

1736MFDB No. 74
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 00-0:1.
3 4 5
AUTO
SYNCHRO
~~--------~----------.
PREF. TRIP
ABNORMAL AUTO SYNCHRO

RESET STOP
ACB
CLOSE
READY TO
REMOTE WL 1 - - - - - - - - - l
ACB
START OPEN
(F3)
~IZo-BY WL ACB
OPEN
G/E
RUN
READY TO
REMOTE
START
AUTO ....... ....... ACB
NON CLOSE
STANO-BY < "Low SPEED....._ NO
....._ ....QETECJ- _..... ABNORMAL
YES RESET
G/E
RUN
ACB
OPEN ACB
OPEN
,----,
L _=N:_
sTO::._ _j
G/E
RUN
G/E
STOP
WL G/E TITLE DRAW No.

STOP
R AUTO PARALLEL RUNNING BY KT-14151
E N D ACB TRIP
E
v file name SHEET
1736MF09 No. 75
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 DD-02
3 4 7
* REMAIN POWER SETTING FOR HEAVY CONSUMER

START BLOCKING
REQUIRED
BLOCKING HEAVY CONSUMER
GROUP NAME CAPACITY REMAIN POWER
SETTING (*RR)
No.1 H.P .P FOR

A CARGO OIL HANDLING 425 745
-------------, SYSTEM
KW KW
I No.2 H.P.P FOR

~-M~A~N~U~-~---~INTERRUPTION I B CARGO OIL HANDLING
SYSTEM
425 KW 745 KW
I
I c C.P FOR I.G.G MAIN 86 KW 240 KW <
CONTROL PANEL
MANU
I
I
,.-----~·AND MODE SELECT & LOAD SHARING PB
IN ORDER TO G/E AUTO START AND
AUTO PARALLEL RUNING SYSTEM.
YES
<!K.:-:OR::-----1 4
POWER AVAILABLE OUT PUT SIGNAL

SIGNAL OUT-PUT TO STARTER
OR ~----~
L------~~-----:L STO~~ON" _j
(STARTER SIDE)
TITLE DRAW No.

KT -14151
SHEET
No. 76
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 DD-02
---------
~---~
SETTING LIST OF GENERATOR POWER CONTROLLER
- r-
1. Bus high voltage --------------------------- 105 % 5sec
2. Bus low voltage ---------------------------- 95% 5sec
Ltl Ltl
3. Bus high frequency ------------------------ 105 % 5sec
4. Bus low frequency ------------------------- 95% 5sec

- r-
5. Gen. heavy load ---------------------------- 95% 10sec
'<t
6. Gen. light load ------------------------------ 75% 5min '<t
7. Gen. voltage build-up --------------------- Voltage 97%"'1 05% 3sec

Frequency 58Hz
- 8. Syn ch ron izin g speed ----------------------- 8~"12 sec/Hz
-
* Load balance error ------------------------- Within ±5%
n ,.,
~
--c
0
<(
t::;::
:::::2
cr-.J
(;'-
,...._
.q-
..
,.
L.()
0
I
m
o- -
I
I"")
0
0
N
0
f-
_J
6
-
u
w
f-
~
0
<( TITLE DRAW No.
L:;::
SETTING LIST OF
:::::2
R GEN. POWER CONTROLLER KT -1 4151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MF11 No. 77
DD-01
4 7
PROPORTION LOAD SHARING
100
90
80
t 70
g
60
a:::
0
1- 50
u I
<{
I.J...
0
<{
40
30 0..
~·
o..l I-I
a::: I
~t
0
~· ~t ~t
_J
z
w
20
~~ "• "• "•
~I
C)
10 "!I ~
0 0
z z
50 100 150 190 200 250 300
TOTAL.LOAD (%)---
NOTE
"'1
0
1. HEAVY LOAD SET : 95% (85,90,95% ADJUSTABLE)
"',J,0 2. LIGHT LOAD SET : HEAVY LOAD SET - 20%
C)
C)
"l
s SHEET No. 77 DEL
~---1~----l TITLE DRAW No.

AUTOMATIC LOAD DEMAND
Rl----1-------l CONTROL SYSTEM FOR GEN. KT -14151
E~----~----+-----------------------~----~--~------4
· ~ V file name SHEET
L;: KTE 1736MF12 No.- 78
~~4Mzowxz~s7~(m=m~)-.t----r----,z----,----,,----,----.~---,----,.---,-~~---s~~---.~----~-------,-------.----~--r---~--~---moo~-Nozr
1 2 3 I 4 5 6 I 7 8 9
INPUT TABLE I OUTPUT TABLE
CH.No. SIGNAL NAME CH.No. SIGNAL NAME CH.No. SIGNAL NAME CH.No. SIGNAL NAME
I
01 No.1 GEN. POWER(+) i 01 No.1 GEN. (ACB OPEN SW.) 01 +24V POWER SUPPLY I 01 COMMON ( +24V)
4~20mA
02 No.1 GEN. POWER(-) i 02 No.2 GEN. (ACB OPEN SW.) 02 +24V POWER SUPPLY ! 02
COMMON LINE
I I
03 No.2 GEN. POWER(+) I 03 No.3 GEN. (ACB OPEN SW.) 03 +24V POWER SUPPLY I 03
4~20mA
04 No.2 GEN. POWER(-) i 04 AUTO LOAD SHARING 04 +24V POWER SUPPLY l 04
i 4~20mA
I I
05 No.3 GEN. POWER(+) 05 No.1 GEN. READY TO START 05 GND POWER SUPPLY I 05 No.1 GEN. VOLTAGE BUILD UP
06 No.3 GEN. POWER(-) 06 No.2 GEN. READY TO START 06 GND POWER SUPPLY 06 No.2 GEN. VOLTAGE BUILD UP
:COMMON LINE
07 07 No.3 GEN. READY TO START 07 GND POWER SUPPLY 07 No.3 GEN. VOLTAGE BUILD UP
I
I
08 08 No.1 GEN. RUN 08 GND POWER SUPPLY I 08 No.1 ENG. START COMMAND
<
09 09 No.2 GEN. RUN 09 09 No.2 ENG. START COMMAND
10 10 No.3 GEN. RUN 10 10 No.3 ENG. START COMMAND
I
11 GND POWER SUPPLY (PWC)iCOMMDN 11 No.1 GEN. STOP 11 11 No.1 GEN. AUTO LOAD SHIFT
LINE
12 GND POWER SUPPLY (PWC)i 12 No.2 GEN. STOP 12 12 No.2 GEN. AUTO LOAD SHIFT
I..
I
; 13 FRAME GROUND I 13 No.3 GEN. STOP 13 13 No.3 GEN. AUTO LOAD SHIFT
COMMON LINE
14 14 No.1 GEN. 1ST ST'BY
14 FRAME GROUND I 14 No.1 GEN. ACB CLOSE
15 15 No.2 GEN. ACB CLOSE 15 15 No.2 GEN. 1ST ST'BY
16 16 No.3 GEN. ACB CLOSE 16 16 No.3 GEN. 1ST ST'BY
17 17 GEN. VOLTAGE BUILD UP 17 17 No.1 ENG. STOP COMMAND
DO 01 03 04
CH 18 CH 18 llME DELAY 5min FOR UGHT LOAD STOP ( -24V) CH 18 CH
18 No.2 ENG. STOP COMMAND
19 19 IDLE RUNNING 5min FOR ENG. STOP SW. (-24V) 19 19 No.3 ENG. STOP COMMAND
20 20 PPC RUN 20 20 No.1 GEN. 2ND ST'BY
21
22
21
22
No.1 GEN. ACB TRIP {OCR, RPR)
No.2 GEN. ACB TRIP {OCR, RPR)
I
I
21
22
PPC NORMAL
PPC NORMAL
21
22
No.2 GEN. 2ND ST'BY
No.3 GEN. 2ND ST'BY
I 23 No.1 ACB CLOSE COMMAND {o) 23 No.1 ACB NON CLOSE
23 23 No.3 GEN. ACB TRIP (OCR, RPR)
24 No.1 ACB CLOSE COMMAND {c) 24 No.2 ACB NON CLOSE
24
25 No.1 GEN. AUTO MODE SELECT
24
25
HEAVY LOAD (PWC)
LIGHT LOAD {PWC)
I
I
25 No.2 ACB CLOSE COMMAND {o) 25 No.3 ACB NON CLOSE
26 No.2 GEN. AUTO MODE SELECT 26 HIGH POWER (PWC) I 26 No.2 ACB CLOSE COMMAND (c) 26 No.1 ABNORMAL TRIP
27 No.3 ACB CLOSE COMMAND {o) 27 No.2 ABNORMAL TRIP
27 No.3 GEN. AUTO MODE SELECT 27 ACB OPEN COMMAND (PWC) i.
28 No.1 GEN. ABNORMAL RESET 28 BUS ABNORMAL {PWC) I
I
28 No.3 ACB _CLOSE COMMAND (c) 28 No.3 ABNORMAL TRIP I,
29 No.2 GEN. ABNORMAL RESET 29 ACB NON CLOSE {ASD) 29 No.1 ACB OPEN COMMAND {o) 29 START COMMAND {HEAVY CONSUMER)-A
I
30 No.3 GEN. ABNORMAL RESET 30 AUTO SYNCHRO FAIL {ASD) 30 No.1 ACB OPEN COMMAND {c) 30 START COMMAND {HEAVY CONSUMER)-B
31
32
No.1 GEN. (ENG. START SW.)
No.2 GEN. {ENG. START SW.)
31
32
PREFERENCE TRIP
BUS NO VOLTAGE
I
I
31
32
!'Jo.2 ACB OPEN COMMAND {o)
No.2 ACB OPEN COMMAND (c)
31
32
START COMMAND {HEAVY CONSUMER)-CA
LOAD SHARING ABNORMAL [[l
I 33 No.3 ACB OPEN COMMAND {o) 33 A

33 No.3 GEN. {ENG. START SW.) 33 START REQUEST {HEAVY CONSUMER)-A
34 No.1 GEN. {ENG. STOP SW.) 34 START REQUEST {HEAVY CONSUMER)-B 34 No.3 ACB OPEN COMMAND {c) 34 A
35 No.2 GEN. {ENG. STOP SW.) 35 START REQUEST {HEAVY CONSUMER)-CA I

I
35 35
36 No.3 GEN. {ENG. STOP SW.) 36 A I 36 36 PPC SYSTEM ABNORMAL(ALARM OUT)
I
I
I
&. TITLE DRAW No.
I R
E
PPC IN-OUTPUT TABLE LIST KT -14151
I
I
I
v
Kl]5 file name'
1736ML11 L
11 I SHEET
No. 79
420x297 mm 1 2 J 4 5 D 8 9 -
DO 02
EXAMPLE
(~
\
1BDL T
LINK
~\11 Sl3 r-
!
l ~
~3A ~
RJ
~e
MEASURE ~
GEN. PROTECT
CIRCUIT 1/')
~]~
9
(ill)
~MP
r-:::>1
~
- ~
-
3A
8
r-R
J
7
15
16
,
I ~
I
52 X
S19
2
12V
3D A (Slll) (SL12) SL!3
_ 1
r-
_( 1,./L ( RL I (GL
No.1 GEN
Sl
-
T I....
l&=+=fmL 1"'"'"/
l't---+----1 '1111 ~~-1-~1:':" (')
· DRAW No.
Rf----+---J TITLE NO.1 GENERATOR CONTROL
E POWER CIRCUIT
v•~~--~----~------+.,-'"-ams~l,-,~lsH-EO~I
I INa.
~COUPLING
CD CIRCUIT NAME (TITLE) -
(J) WIRE(COUPLING SIDE)
® S18: SKELETON & SEQUENCE DIAGRAM No. 12V
LNo. VOLTAGE
@ - - (LINE) : MAIN CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT No.(2-518)
(\J
GEN No. (No.1) C\J
G) - - (LINE) : CONTROL CIRCUIT S18- SKELETON No. (FOR S18)
,-
@ (QD :
Fll
WITH NAME PLATE
(REFER TO THE NAME PLATE TABLE)
@ N;/G e COUPLING WIRE(COUPLING SIDE)
1F CIRCUIT No.(1-PT11)
GEN. No. (No.1)
No.lG - - GEN No. (No.1)
Sl --SKELETON No.(FROM S1)
. SYMBOL (FUSE)
® @ ~COUPLING WIRE( COUPLING SIDE)
@ PT11 : SYMBOL CREFER TD THE PARTS LIST)
nL___
llA
CURRENT
TlcL CIRCUIT No.(2-518)
GEN. No. (No.1)
L=== CIRCUIT No.(1-0T11)
GEN No. (No.1)
SYMBOL (PT) ~-SKELETON No. (FOR S9)
@ 152X --RELAY No.

----si""9-- SKELETON No.
~~------~----~-TI-T-LE----------------------~0-R_A_W__N_o-.--------~
I
~ RJ - - - - - - + - - - - 1 LEGEND OF SKELETON DIAGRAM KT -1 41 51

I"')E
gv~------~-------+--------------------------------~------~----r-------~
:::2: KTE file name SHEET
I - KT-M003 No. 80
~~----~~------~--------------------------~------~--~-------
21 Ox297(mm) DP-01
EXAMPLE
;;>
0
E11 0
E11
\3 5EX1
58
15
5EX2
~
I 5EY
68
14 16 2
0
E12
9 9
CAD CAD CAD CAD
-* n~~===l=--=-~-r;TITLE;;:;:;-;:---------,-;:;DR'<;-;;;W:-:-N;-o.
l A
31-58
*
7.. 1
531
-··~ V:~=+==+-~·~:~~SP~~IA:~:no~N-~~o=~
ICft
------J
~II~14
S30-78
41 41
5EX1 5EX2
S30-58 S30-68
42 42
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM NO.
RELAY NO. @31~ 5EX1 - - RELAY No.

58 - - ADDRESS No.(FROM ADDRESS 58) ru
C\J
RELAY COIL 32 TERMINAL SYMBOL
--
- - TERMINAL SYMBOL
CAD - - RELAY TYPE
,.. ® 13~
1
CONTACT
5EZ - RELAY No.
A - - ADDRESS NO.(FOR ADDRESS 6A)
9I
S30-78
1-58
• ~ ADDRESS NO .
1411 L__ ADDRESS No.(FROM ADDRESS 78)
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM No. (FOR S30
G) SEQUENCE DIAGRAM NO.(FOR S31)
~ '"
...=
0
0
::;;::
SYMBOL ®
1- MCCB No. (SHT CUTOFF SWITCH) -
~
c-- --OUTSIDE
c-- SHUNT TRIP COIL
CD
Ln
.;=.
0
M
I
Ln
0 TITLE DRAW No.
..!...
0
LEGEND OF SEQUENCE DIAGRAM KT -141 51
R1 - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - 1
-.t E
g v.----1-----+--------------------------------~-------,----~--------~
1 KTE file name SHEET
81
~~~~~--~------~---------------====--------------L~KT~-~M~0~0~4~----~N~o~·------~
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
AC440V MAIN BUS
CT11
40VA
2000/5A
CT12
40VA
2000/5A
(P1508)
s: GEN.
"0
N
0
<{
0 CITQ)
(/) 1001
::2: VR1
<'-·
CN 1002 N
ro 1003
10
..
~
~
,r
------,
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE DRAW No.

No.1 GENERA TO
POWER Cl~cCI~NTROL KT-14151
SHEET
No. 82
DD-01
AC440V MAIN BUS
<D
BOLT
LINK
. CT21
40VA
2000/5A ·
2109
lCl
CT22 ~1
40VA 2110
2000/5A
(P2308)
~ 1-----,,=o>;--,----~-j
2901~251] No.2 GEN.
:;;::
"'0
I J 2902 o 2T1
N T 1.5mm' l
0 SHIELD
<(
N
0 VR2 2001
U1
~ 1 - 1 - - - - I Z l -______JL-}---~2~0~02~----------
C'-·
.,_ 2003
~
00
10A
t""l
N
~
I
g (P2309)
I A1 A3.
----~ _so _To --------------------~
80 ---
C"J
~
,,,
0
!I
_j
60 G) l
I
;~~~~-r--~~,-~~------j! ________________-r[o~R~A~w~NN~o~.~~~--~
l
~
'" £ TITLE -1 41
No.2 GENERA TOR CONTROL KT 51
:~;: Rt======t=====~~--------~P~OW~~ER~C:IR~C~U~I~T-------t~~~~~~~Ef-=~
'-----r------1
E
SHEET file name
V. -----t------, KTE
~
1736MS02 82 No. 83
- DD-01
21 Ox297(mm)
AC440V MAIN BUS
tD
BOLT
LINK
CT31
40VA
2000/5A
CT32
40VA
2000/5A
I')_
(P2408)
~
---!ZJI---..P/'"r,--~~ 1 3901~351] No.3 GEN.
[ ) 3902 o 3T1
3A T 1.5mm' I
SHIELD
VR3 3001
- - - - - 01-_ _ _JL~-~3~0~02~------ N
3003
10A
I")
~ fP2401\
g(P2409) ~
8I -------A1oA3- o - - - - - - - - -Ro _So _To --------------------1I
~
6
8
~
II
o I
w I
r 1I
~
TITLE DRAW No.
No. 3GENERATOR CONTROL
~ R~======jt======~~--------~P~O~W~E~R~C:IR:C~U~I~T~-------t~~~~-:~~~~~l
N
02 KT-14151
L E file name SHEET

V '---~1-----, KTE - 1736MS03 53 No. 84 1
DD-0
21 Ox297(mm)
33B
@ill
~ [~ 1 J"'~--A-C-4-40~VTM-A-IN_B_u_s_P_o_w_ER--N-o:--~1
R =:__1""""7L~~~o~o5~6~1~1 MBu~s~s_..:ID~E!§L@ID_F;5~1
No.2 BUS SIDE 33B
tO
~
J"""7l 0057 13 I 12
-, "'
O~A~0""'05""'8'---!.>1~~-Jr,~6:------ll-lrr-----__;52-j,~~L4~02Q0§;53L_-~~~= ~
-J?f{i,
8 11
3
2 0051
0052 -
=1= RJ
511 v
No.1 BUS
S6
' 6 1M
S32,S36,S40T
@[)
~ jP 8001 -0-- ~ PT51 @ED
~ 5102--:s:~ S13,S2~
DC 24V
~ ~ ~1- - 5104 5107 R~
~
_r--"71 -
CONT. CIRCUIT
- ~~::::;:::===~ 3A ~
·. ->J 5108
S MEASURr&
~ EARTH TESTING
1-
~
""'--L 5106 5109 T
e
S31,S9 3A 1OOVA 3A CIRCUIT
...c::--r--
~p
8101 AC460 /115V ____________j
No.1 D/G -
CONT. CIRCUIT N ~~- ~ -~~---------
........ -~--5701 ~ ~
~~~====~ 3A
~ ~j 8
S31,S10
e (§D AUTO SYNCHRO

lD I{)
50 ~ 80
~p
8201 -171--- 0
No.2 D/G - I!") It) L!1 3A UNIT
CONT. CIRCUIT N ~~-
~~~====~
S32,S11 @D
3A
(ill)
...._- --{Z)r----------'51£120,11_1 R~ ~
e~p
8301 ~
f- ~ 5202 S ~ EARTH TESTING
~
No.3 D/G
CONT. CIRCUIT N ~~- 5203 T U CIRCUIT
.___ _ _ ___j
~~====~ 3A
~ @D
SELFT~~~RCE
8501 13
PROGRAMMABLE rt:::::»..IP -!ZI- (FOR AS-32)
[' -
Lo_ o---11.- J S39-7B
...- CONT. CIRCUIT ~ LN ~~-
~------~ AUX. SW 11
8605 ~
ILS
8601
@J
3A
L ,-,. 12 J S39-7B
~ I -iLt-
~8600
.---.....,.-f"V""~~- ---------
BUS- TIE-PNL____________ _
e
LOCATED IN 3A
1-
SYNCH. PANEL ...._ -,--,----r--"'j'----- Rl S30 I
INSIDE
~
e
A1 ZD1 A1 .---- EM'CY STOP &
r;::;-:;:=;--=-:-:-r---~
S37,...S45
8701
@I) 2TB 2~B PREF. TRIP CIRC
~-
SIGNAL LAMP & jP 702 -
t'") ALARM CIRCUIT LN A2 A2
10A
CAD(LAD) CAD
DRM ~ a b a b
S32a__7BI b ~ §~6=~~
S21-4A
S34-4B S34-8B
S32-7B
S55-4A~ 1-
Si82
~
~
0
f------------ ------, KBPC25
~
N p -
@D
1------IZ. 5401 u
TS1
6-~54!Q04L~-----;::;-J
Si81
I 5402 v
v --t>l- p v----~
u
n
(./)
<( :::;:,
(./)
:::;:, u
1.[) o:J o:J v
5405
0
I
(f)
::2:
~
N
c:i
z: z:
c:i
I AC1 AC2
3A
- 5403 w 5406
~L--w~----"-'~-<'>W Nc;>----1----
<:"•
I")
400VA 3¢ Y-Y RM15TA-M
0 1 -+---9'"- 2 v--6~ AC440/19,20,21 V
L!:i 4 o--=-6~ 83
I")
3 -+----#+-
5 -+----#'<-- 6 o----=-6~
'"I"
~
CJ)
0 7 -+---EE'I- 8 :>
I 9 -s--+-10 84
I")
85~
11 -tE---+- 12v---~
0 6
0
13,-w---+-Hv---6~
"'/ ~
0
f- I 3A DRM
_J
15 16o---'-
6
~
- I c (
6
u 338 I DC24V P N DRM
w
LOCATED ON BUS-TIE
I POWER (C9911) a I b
f- PANEL INSIDE I S32-7BI
S40 8AI
~ i
~
1.[)
TITLE DRAW No.
0
R BUS & DC24V CONTROL
(f)
::2: POWER CIRCUIT KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MS05 S5 No.
DD-01
85
3 4 5 6•
~ ~
\§) ~
1187.5KVA, 450V, 60Hz
3!il, 1524A. 3SETS
* NOTE :
BL
1. ~ MARK ARE BOLTED BUS LINK
SHHET No. 87 DEL.

TITLE DRAW No.
AC440V FEEDER &
R1 - - - - + - - - - - l MAIN BUS-BAR ARR'T KT -14151
vE~----~----~--------------------~~----.-~----_,
file name SHEET
1736MS06 No. 86/87
420x297(mm) 1 4 DD-02
3 4 5 B
1110
~~1111
S1 I
2°.3 z"4
~ S1
RPR11
6c
:==J S19-2B ~
~ 7<
...g 3,1171Jl j 3
g"' "'g
I
®B)
1121
1122
l I
_[
r7 1123
2A
I (F11-1)
2A
1131
1132
_rr _rr
1133 1---r-
8101
13ot~f~ ACBX13 I PJ~
8102 £.
1
- - S19-3B N 81V S5
14 ~ 44~ 04 1134
t-1 1135 -1 1 ON1200KW:
4N20mA 1
36 -1 6 8 5 7
1'4-I..Cl.+ 1149 26 2-4
32
1143 J
12
°F~
~~
P1 p 2 P3
TW11 1IJ 1150 k>15
1-0 11 RW11 33c
12W 533-1~
1~ 4.1~
P1 P2 P3 4N20mA
~s
[ 1107 1S w 11 3S PF11
9 1115 2
- JrJt' 4;,5 4;,6 =
~L 3L
1108
II
"[
-51\:.J I
TL_~I- ~]
l.o.1141 ...J
S36-2e.. <(
_L1142 11W • LOAD SETllNG
1137 1139 );
4N20mA
"'I
I() LOW : RAllNG x 25% L.o.. L.o..
A 11
I{)
llME DELAY : 5m in.
~~Ull--0
Ill lL
1138 1140
r---1
1147
1148
£
L 'ltr
T
A2
AS11
~~-
r--
'(--
'I
I
DRAW No.
TITLE GENERATOR PROTECTIVE & )
RE[====:t=====~~--~~~~~~~~--~~-t~~~-r~~S~H~EE-ET~=-l
MEASURE CIRCUIT (No.1 GEN. KT -14151
file name 88
VS11 V1-------t--- 1 KTE 1736MS09 No. DD-02
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 7 8
2 3 4 5 7 8
S2 I
~
2°3 2u4
S2
RPR21 6 c r ] S20-2B,.
~ 7<j-_
~117 ]lj_ 3
....
0
"'
0
!'< !'< !'<
<0
0
(f21-2)
2121
-
I -
2122 I
,._ 2123 l
2A
I ~ I (F21-1)
2A
2131
2132
_rr ~
2133 1____,...--
1 6t--~~j ACBX23
3 43 8201
S20-38 !!2Q2_ N J
P 82V S5¥
&-- 11::,
141 44 04
t-
2134
2135
21 6
-1
-1- ~ 8 5 l o~1200KW:
4-->20mA
J
E''
7141n+2149 26 24ln 2143
RW21 32 llJ21~~
12
[ 2107 1S w21 3S
P1 P2 P3
PF21
TW21
9 1115 2
~1
4 1U: 21so
l:l
15
l-oll
35364546
33
_.:2:_::l[o a _ =
I£ S33-2A
2 2 W 4-->20mA
~L 3~
S 2108_
I II
2109
TL_ ___.I_
~
2137
2138
"ff I
_2)39
2140
ln2141
~
.12142 ~] 21W
S36-38
4N20mA
<{
"'I
If)
If)
Ul
_J
• LOAD SETIING
LOW: RAllNG x 25%
llME DELAY : Smin.
...._
~O:::Vli-UJ
I
w
0::
0
A 21
r---1
!,
i;
R =~
-R=IBAl
2147 jj -
!:
A2 ~ I~ ii
'I
2148 1..!::1=1.
T ~
rr, r- il
L r--1-
I+:R <r-'1-
<_[ s l (,'j
8 SHORE,
S53
~K 1
AS2IT
ID
w
0::
l LL..Ull--0::::0
)
)
i ~JoJ,.i-Vi
)
J
R Vl
N~~ s DRAW No.
~t=~~==!:=-=-=-=-='~--~M:E~A~S~U:R~E~C~I~RC~U~I~T(~N~o-~2--GE_N_. ~~~~-r~~~IT~~
2A T 11::, Tl TLE GENERATOR PROTECTIVE & ) KT -1 4 151
i
~~s RI--------Jr---1
E
__
file name
SHEET
)
;
VS21 V1 - - - - r - - - I KTE 1736MS1D No. 89
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 7 B DD-02
3 4 5 7 B
3110
3111
53 I
~
.2"3 2'4
3
'R"S""7 RPR31 J
6 q-- 521-28 ..
7<t-.
.... ..., ~17]_lj_3

0 0 "'
0
;;:) tri ;;;
I
(F31 2)
3121
3122 I
l
r71. 3123 L
2A
I (F31-1)
~ 2A
' 3131
3132
_rr _rr
3133 I--,--
13o~3or j AC8X33 8301

PJ~
--- -- 521-38
14~ 44~ 04?
r---1
. 3134
J]35
j- g8
l
·,~
.ON1200KW:
~20mA
8302 N 83V 55 &:,.
3136 5 714
l.o._+3149 26 2-4
320
3143 J
12
1F~
~~
TW31 liJ 3150 -o15 RW31 32W 533-3-i,_
P1 p 2 P3
]'!q,_3__QEN_~
~~- >ro £~
~L
.,; "1 3
P1 P2 P3
PF31 L!g 11~5J
j
1l_4
-
J2= 1-<>11
35364546
.Jl..Ji. 0 0
33<
=
<\N20mA
3108
II
~ ,-3109
TL_ _ _I_
~
3137
3138
"W' 3139
3140
l.Q_3141
113142
l:'
~] 31W
536-38
4N20mA
<
I')
I
10
10
Ul
...J
• LOAD SETllNG
LOW : RAllNG x 25%
llME DELAY : 5min. "-
~O::Ull-0
"-
"-
A 31
~
R~•r
3147 __[ A2<~~---
- 3148 .... T ~
L or--
AS31
DRAW No.
TITLE GENERA TOR PROTECTIVE &
REt=====L=====~~--~~~~~~~~~--~-t~~~-r~~s~H~EEET~=-1
MEASURE CIRCUIT (No.3 GEN.) KT -14151
file name
VS31 ~-----i~---- I B
V KTE ""'""' No.
90
,_,
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 7
~[:
5107
5108
<D <0
- r-
- -
1 1 1 1
vv FF
lJ'"l 2 2 2 2 <0
r-- c--
- -
.q- '<1-
-
en 0
N
- 1'0 1'0
5
6 f-
I") N ~
l.J... l.J...
l.J... ci ci ci l.J... 1 SY
0 z z z 0
2
3131
~[:
t'")
1 3 I')
3132
2 4 SYL
1 3133
T 5 ·7 -
2131
EL
~[:
6 8 ~
IJi
2132 EL
~ 0
9 11 -
~
T
2133
1131
10 12 -
~[~
13 15 - - -----
1132
14 16 - --- 1-
1133
17 19 ~
N
5107 5122
~[~
"<t
18 20
.. 5108 5123
~
21 23
5109 5124
"<t 22 24
I 25 27
Ol
0' r-
I 26 28
0 5800
0 ----< 29 31
c::i
f-
_J
S21-3A
S20-3A
30 32 l
33 35
c5
~
u S19-3A 34 36
w
f-
~
SYS
~
0
<(
1'0
TITLE DRAW No.
~
MANUAL SYNCHRO &
(/)
2
R MEASURE CIRCUIT KT -1 41 51
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MS13 S13
No. 91
DD-01
GS11 (P1901) No.1 G/E CONTROL
PANEL
~4 1312 118
R(24Kfl) rl' o Lfh ---
1313 ·~9
--------------------~~~0·------
115RX
S40-68
~ LB 1311 -o----J
----. " 24 25
GS11 Lfh
115LX ~ -
S40-68
~ 61314 -
24 25 I
I
1201
lrJ l[)
R(24Kfl) rl'
o Lfh
1316 '421
0)-
(P 2 00l) No.2 G/E CONTROL -

GS21 PANEL
~4 2312 218 0 ---
R(24Kfl)
2313 219 &
0 --
215RX
S40-68
~8 2311 -o--- I
27 28 I
1 m4
3
5
2
. 6< & GS21 & 215LX ~ f-
7 8c S40-6B I
~N 6 2314 o-0;:;;---
27 29
GS21
~ 2 2315 22C 0
R(24KO)( £
~--~2~31~6----------------------------~2~1~0-------
~ GS31 (P21 01) No.3 G/E CONTROL r-

;::
-o PANEL
~ 4 3312 318
0<:{
<:t R(24Kfl) tJ o ~---
~--~3~31~3______ ---------------------·~~3~19~0~-------
(()
:::2:
t'<'<l
t'-
?mi
c.o 315RX
<:t
.. S40-7B
7 8 3311 -
-· <:t
N
~ 30 "31
I
I
m
I
5 6
£ &·315LX ~
0 GS31 f--
I 7 8 - S40-7B I
!")
0
GS31
~ 6 3314 -----a.:::-
0
N
" 30 32
0
f-
_J 320
6
u
w
- ~2 3315
R(24Kfl) n-
.Q21
o ~--
3316 0
f-
::,::
0
:$ & TITLE DRAW No.
(J)
R ~ GOVERNOR MOTOR
KT-14151
:::2: CONTROL CIRCUIT
E &
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MS14 S14
No. 92
DD-01
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
(P440@ l
r.D
~---I-------~6~0~01__________________________________________~~~---®~R1 ~
6002
~-l-------~~~------------------------------------------~151
I FROM AC220V
60 03
FEEDER PANEL
~------~~~----------------------------------------------©fT1
I
I
I
I
I
------ -- --f----------------------------------------------------------i----------------f-
1
I
)1( S39-2A I
I
13° I 14 (P1510) lI
~ --l---------liZif------;>----'1"'-'50'-'-1-~------------,-,43oto 44
,...,., r 1502
~-I-------~1Cl/A~~r+~--~o=-------------~03~ I o04
---+---
1503
1504 tH
tH2
1
l No.1 GEN.
~ l
~ 11 1505 ~A 1506
No Nc 31 32 A1
1 ~8
. 86X11 86X1
H
A2
J
(§ill i
I
S33-3B S39-4A J
15090 ~07
._______________________________. [Zf=i2 21 ~
08
I
I
I
I
I
LOCATED IN No.1 GEN. PANEL I
I
r------- -- -- --------------------------------------------------------------------~-----------------
1
I
I
)1( S39-6A I
1f I 14 (P231 o) !
~-I-------~IZir---~~2~5o~1_____________~oto
,--.,., 2502 r 43
---+--- 44
~------1~~0~A~-4-+~--~o~------------~03 I o04
2503
2504
~H1
~H
2
l No.2 GEN.
-
~ l
HS21
:::- 2505
S~~~29A2506 I
288 A2
(P2311) i I
No Nc 31 32 A1 H 86X21 86X2 l
S33-3B S39-8A J
02509~07
'--------------------------------' [2f 22 2~ 08
I
I
I
I t-
I
LOCATED IN No.2 GEN. PANEL l
------ -- ------------------------------'---------------------------------i----------------
1
I
I
)1( S39-2B .I
13° I 14 (P241 o) lI
l
N
3501 3503
~H1
-4--
.__ --1--------iiZir----r-----=..::..:..:.______________4~30 I 0 44
~ 3502 ---+--- 3504 ~H No.3 GEN.
~------1G~O~Ar-~~~--~o~------------0~3 I o04 2
~ l
HS31
::--- 3505
tz~~~A3506 388 A2
I (P2411) lI
I
-
No Nc 31 32 A1 H 86X31 86X3 I
--- --- I
S33-4B S39-4B I
~07
.____________________________, L~ 08
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOCATED IN No.3 GEN. PANEL I
I
N~~--------r-------~~------------------------------------r---------~--------------~
~
c.o
~ TITLE. DRAW No.
(f)
~
R ~-------1---------4 SPACE HEATER CIRCUIT - KT -14151
E
v~-----+------1---------------------------~-------.---.-------;
file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MS16
516
No. 93
DD-01
' '
? 3 4 7 8
RJH-SJITIT (ASAC81
TYPE)
V2
V3 j-· ---= 1:1
~~~
l
----~!21~22:---~~~~~~~--------------------------------------------r-~---r----r-----~U:1VT r r
SCX11 ~OLLER
553-88 14
78
~r:::='
Jl 5 14 9-'-ill1~11~D:..:.1-"~ TIME DELAY
za
: ?:1
~ ~R - --~!L------------------------------------' ~
AC81 UDC11 1412 02 UVT
7 16
I=
23 iii
T__ .--. a
r-----~-~~~406======~====~=~=~=t====~U1
- 405 24 ylIAC81
9A - "-
- ======3=11=31_4______
£.
U2
.
~MOTOR
SOURCE
CHARGING/CLOSING
~ SOURCE (AC220V)
z
a
~
z
L--h I
34
z I 3
a
11~ I 1416
RELAY
R1
~TRIP
u
~
z
L+ I
44
] 531-BA
12 S20-98 SOURCE a I
1422
22
t------JER ·~ (AC220V)
3211 n....Aldli_ 3
"-' 5YS 11 AC83 152CX
324 u 78 34 S13 12 S21-98 ---;rn-
1423 1414 A1 ~
r~-----~~---
21
22
~I
2781
ss- 03241 m:JI 1
____EE£_
S35-3A 014r S36-5A
ASD
9 5
r-----------_j~A~2~ CIRCUIT
CLOSING
L+ I
64
[ 1421 1425 l 11
41
42
..ill&
S31-5A
34
1143A1
351 S31-5A
L_~-<l...f:J>-_,1.=.2--o._J S20-4A
I
1424 .l:WX I
r426 38
CS11
4-18-
24 I
500X1
25yiS35-2A
r------1~---
9 5
l_-<>...11..<>-_.2:2--o._J S21-4A
I
1427 _l!!1lL
I "'
l~-<4:-D--"3~2--6-_] S16
28
48 --.Z1QlL
~-5
57 S35-58
43 J
----~ ~ s~~~~A
INTI
105X
S31-4A I "'
1
45 57 801X -------:;: 1m 1415 C1 ~
l~-<>-j:J>-_o4e<,2c-4_] 553-78
·,
49 S35-68
~ ~ OPEN CIRCUIT
c::
1428
!J ~ 26 I 500X1 59 151LY
~----------~~C~2~ "'
r~~ 1
57~S31-7A 52
~ 03: l.....f.E£_
38
033091 S35-4A 39
704X
I535-28
'"
--<LLI.D--"6"'2_J..__]
~
i'ZD
cJP
}tzo
w
(/)
I
a
f
-'
u
~m!6 533-38
5 ~~
7 8 533 7A AC8 OPEN ACB C~
CS11
? 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
V1
V2 't) 't 't ,.~~.,
SCX21
S53-88
2411
UVT TIME DELAY
CONTROLLER
514
V3
24111 01~
r r--L+ I
13
14 ] 38
UDC21 UVT SOURCE 23

21u
...AQ!R
3~14
78
A::o
r- 7 16 2412 02~ 'Z
0
F
iii
0
Q_
L+ I
I
24
33
] 6A
.. ~G T
2405
2406
£
U ~MOTOR
U
1
CHARGING/CLOSING
2 ~ SOURCE (AC220V)
z
0
F
<l
w
z
z
L+ I
I
34
n
] S34-2A
<
11 ..M;!ll__
12 S19-98
2416 R1~ TRIP RELAY
SOURCE
<l
:::;
z
0
L+< I
I
44
] 531-88
R2~ (AC220V) fi3

2422
]
0
321
324
~ AC82
78
35 5Y5
33 513
21 AC83
22 521-98
252CX
48
...!!:!
0::
w
Q_
L+ I
54
2423 - 2414 A1~ 0 63
&
31
32 55
2781 03zs!l
0326
PPC 01&I ASD
S35-3A 016r S36-6A
---<>
9 5
A2~
CLOSING
CIRCUIT
w
...
0::
::c
Lj_ 64 ]
<l
2421 2425 >-
:;:
41
~
1
341~
Ill
Ill
l
11
12
] S19-4A
42 531-58
2424
351 531-58
2illX
E.::c :
..
2426 21
3 38 <l
7
4
CS21
18
28 1500X2
29 S35-3A ~
>-
:;:
Ill l ~
22 J 521-4A
2427 267X x
28 ...
:::> .'11
50 --.ZillL
58 535-58
9-s l 32 ] S16
I~
: ----~r ,'/,':',;,
205X
.11 RPR21 13
58
INT2
B02X
531-48
- - < >- 2415 C1~
41
7 510 14 9A
"'n
~
...
"'
~
51 535-78
2428
79 80
OPEN CIRCUIT
l : 42
] 553-78
C2~
I 500X2 fi1
'" l~
59 251LY
17 CS21 30
57 531-78
TEST POSillON l 52 ]
311 I L 61
"' 0
;ii ~ ~
03:
0332 I
PPC 41 705X
I
S35-4A 42y S35-38
2A[ 314
tjON
l ...., 62
J "'
~ 312 513
I OFF
~ ~ ~
14
~
LID
-ji'--zD 321 -<l~~ I -
1 /J'zo
jf-r 1
~ 531-68
:tJ:;F JJJ
3 2 3 13
w 3A[ 324 -<l <>-7~ I -
zw (/)
PTA
0__, DRM CAD DRM DRM
Q_ 322 -<>-<>-7~ I-.
1
0 <l ~
J· m 2
5
4
6 533 38
~>-
4A
:____, S9
~:
8 A
&. TITLE DRAW No.

7 B S33-BA REVERSE PO\\ER AC8 OPEN AC8 CLOSE
CS21 TRIP R £ ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (No.2 D/G) KT -14151
E
E
...
0
f;j
::;
v -K!!§ file name
1736MS20
I I
520
SHEET
No. 95
420x297(mm) 1 2 J 4 5 6 B 9 nn n7
2 3 5 6 7 8 g
V1
V2
VJ
II 1
R1 S1 T1
)---3-- ------,
AC83
(AS TYPE)
1.'1
i·
II
SCX31
S53-98
3lli_
UVT TIME DELAY
CONTROLLER
5 14
34111 D1~
rrr L+ I
14 ] 38
UVT SOURCE I _23

UDC31
21u
'\c:3 ~7 16 3412 D2~
L+ 24 ] 6A
3~14 Jl"''
24 9A
~MOTOR
I
I _,3;i_
~ Lt
3405 1
U ] S34-2A
~ z0
. CHARGING/CLOSING 34
«
. T 3406 U2 ~ SOURCE (AC220V) F I
I«
&. Ui
0
43
21~~
22 S19-98
3416 R1~ TRIP RELAY
SOURCE
"-
z
0
F
u
w
L+ I
44
53
]s32-BA
R2~ (AC220V)
321
~ AC83
78
32 __§:§_ 21
3422
AC82 352CX
z
z
0
u L+ 54 ]
324 30 S13 22 S20-'98 48 >- I
Lj_
_j
3423 - 34 AI~ z I 63
&. 61
62
.21!l.L
S5
0327! I ____ffQ_ 017 I ASD
--<>
9 5
A2~
CLOSING
CIRCUIT
0
0
w
1-
64 ]
03281 S35-3A 018 S36-6A <(
3421 3425 1 "'"-w
0
i 11
41
42
.MM1.
S32-5A
34 1343A1
35I S32-5A
w
"'
<(
l 12 ] S19-4A
I
3424 3426 ~ g ?1
38
3
4
CS31
---,-s-
32 1500X2
33 S35-3A ~-r
§
(Jl
(Jl
l 22 ] S20-4A
3427 367X
28 ! 31
52~ BOOX
59 S35-68 s%-
I
u
1- l 32 ] 516
----~~
§ T
305X (Jl
6 13 43 INT3 _41_
11RPR31 IAC83 S31-48 x
343A1 - C1~
7 S11 14 9A 45
..,!;ol"'
441
.
..,!;ol
S32-5A
59 803X
53 S35-78 79 80
3415
OPEN CIRCUIT
"'
<(
l 42 ] S53-78
3428
,, '5
C2~ i 51
~
"0
1 CS31 34 I 500X2 59 351LY
57 S32-7A TEST POSITION l 52 ]
5
<(
311 I 61
"'
Ul
~
~-
0
S>; ~ ~
03; PPC 43
0334 I S35-5A
706X
Hy
I 535-38
2A[ 314 l i 62 ] '"
___lliL tjoN
;! 513
312
.;; I
~ ~ ~
14 OFF
:}-"
LID
hD~
"'"'I ~~ZD 321 f---<>-o--7~
1 S/1
:t~ON
r---"-o--7~
0>
0 3 2 3 13 3A[ 324
I w
Jst J
PTA
"'00 i'5
a_
Ill
0
_j
DRM CAD DRM DRM
322 L--.o~~
~r 1
u OFF
1
"l 0
.
~ 38 59 B
d
3
1m2
5
4 4A
6 533 48
~ ~:
tl
... 7 B S33-9A
RE\IERSE PO\\ER ACB OPEN ACB CLOSE
&. TITLE DRAW No.
1- CS31 lRIP R &. ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (No.3 D/G) KT-14151
"'5 E
<
Oi
Ill
:>!
420x297(mm) 1 2
v
KTE file nome
1736MS21
I I
521 SHEET
No. 96
J 4 5 6 I 7 B t9 nn n?
3 4 5 7
AC440V BUS AC440V BUS

s s
<
CT 53 CT 54
5VA 5VA
25D/5A 250/5A
R S T L_____:s
1 1 S30
YARD CABLE
No.1 MAIN TRANSFORMER No.2 MAIN TRANSFORMER
1. RATING CURRENT : 157A 1. RATING CURRENT : 157A

2. CT RATIO : 250/5A 2. CT RATIO : 250/5A
3. lHERMAL RELAY SET : 3.1A 3. lHERMAL RELAY SET : 3.1A
(1 DO% SET OF RATING CURRENT) (100% SET OF RATING CURRENT)
4. MCCB : ABH-203c/INST. 2700A 4. MCCB : ABH-203c/INST. 2700A
m m
TITLE DRAW No.

R TRANSFORMER PROTECT CIRCUIT KT -14151
E
0
~
u;
v -KTE file name
1736MS26
SHEET
No. 97
::0
~4~20~x~29~7~(m_m_)~1--------,-------~-------.--------,-------,--------.--------,-------.,~~--~--L-----~------~------~--------r-------~------~L----L~~~~~
2 3 4 5 7 9 DD-02
Gill)
EL EL EL
<D
5201
- -
~[~ S5 T
5202
5203
ES51 :-
5206 -I- 5204
.,1- I
1 I 5205
I 0
6 8 5207
..J::::\ [ 4 Of-----.:..::..:c.:..___ _ M0
~ ~--~5=10~9--------~~-~
___6_QJJ_ ()V 51 07 -f<J(
5 5208 51
GRS
b ~ ~ 51
SET: 50KO
L I I I
S45-3B
AC440V BUS (LOCATED ON SYNCHRO PANEL)

f--------------------------------------------------------
-
:-
~~r-------~-------T--------------------------------~----------------------_,
0
~
TITLE DRAW No.
~R r-------+-------~
2 EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT KT-14151
E
v~--~~---4------------------------------~------~--~------~
file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736MS27A
S27
No. 98
DD-01
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I I 7 I 8 I
( F551) CS55
'R ~
55011 T521 55013 55015" 5504
1 ~1
~
3 ,"'4
f
SA
I
I
1 1
56!1j__§J_Y.__53!1j151Px53!1j251Px 53!1j351PX 1a
1Jl 51T
I r7A
I if'534-3B 1'531-SA 531-68 ,532-SA
I 4 41
51 541 54 541.
I
I
55012 55014
r-?0
5A 7i-Ja 51 Ll 52 L2 53 L3 S4 l4 55 L5 56 L6 57 L7 SB LB 59 [9 510 LlO R

800\fA LFD
AC460/230V UNE FAULT DETECTOR
J:I~t,,T
(F552) (LFD-lOP) c:; ~
55021 T522 55023 55025 .._; L_ Ill "'"'
~2 Cl A1 C2 A2 C3 A3 C9 A9 ClO A10
i~
5A 1
< T T
I I "'
546-38
~
Al A
r,~ ~ A2
51T
A2
55022 55024
lOA CAO RE11 CAD
BOOVA
~ 1 ~if
~+-
S3+-
,£:,.
1ST 2ND
EM"CY STOP C02 TRIP FOAM TRIP PREF. TRIP
R (ES1+CT) (ES1+ES2+CT) (ES1+CT+PT1) (ES2) (ES1+CT+LT4)
I~ -
13!15EX11 1JI5EX51 43llsdfto3115EX5113!15EX63 fn.
14 3A 14 5A 441' 3A 04J 5A 14 5A
5563
TR 5552
PROTECT
CIRC
526
r- .~§.~
Circ. no.
I ~3~?f E53
~- o)-'-~~--{o}--~
E61
r--<•~E.';
Circ. no.
IP3511 GSP-2
l
GSP-1
Circ. no.
~3704
P31a~ E52 E57
I P3913 r - ·~--, r - ~-., GSP-2
I PD.,-2 I P3804 1 PD-1 II LGSP-1 1 I PD-1 I 4021 (ES2) (ES2) ' P4203 I PD-1 I I PD-2 I
~l~~~~
(ES1+CT
+~)
~l~81 I(ES1+CT)I I(ES1+CT)I :(ES1+ES2:
II(E~Sf1+~CT)II
(ES2) : : (ES2) :
P360j. I II I I +CT) I T ~~5?19I I I I
.~ ~-jEs1_, ~-jEso' ~-rEs,..~ P360iA!l\-jEs1-' ~~jEss'
L- o --..J
T
E55
I
"'"'
"0
.... l rc. no. r-~§.'; r-1E.§.~ Clrc. no.
'T' '-r
0
P3401 I I I I
~5~b~
<(
P3501 I PD-5 I I LGSP-5 I SHT
:
0
"'~
Ill
~~~ 8 r (ES3) 1 : (ES3) : P3916
"' IJl
"'0
0
m 5556
I,,. 5557 5558
"'m
I
0
I 03 15EX21 13 151 X21 43 15EX31
"'
0
0
041' 4A 14r 9A 44r 41\
"'~ (ES2+PT2) (ES3) (ES3+PT1) (ES4) (ES1+CT+LT1) (PT1)
GSP-2 In TITLE DRAW No.

(ES1+CT EM'CY STOP &
+LT3) R ~ PREF. TRIP CIRCUIT KT -14151
5567 E
530I5EX1113°15EX5113 15EX62fn. v
54ll 3A 14ll SA~4ll 6A
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6
.
r
I I .
2 3 4 5 7 I a I' 9
'
a101
~~ 1.0mm
""'
2
/
fSs1r-<·
I
I
105
I
--l ~· 563
II
II
I I I
109
II
II
111 107
--l ~w-"'-------{·r-'--------<·>'-------1
I I I
I
I
C1
NC1
..1M1_
MANU.
ACB1 (S19) 513
I
10
6
1I 167X NCP 3R-128
S19-28 ABNORMAL
NC RESET 44
4~ ACB1
IS19-9A
I II II I
I II II 1. 524
I 106 I I 564 I I 110 112 108 I c1!L 1A1
L-----<•>'-'--J L __ o __ J L---c;r-'-------{o}-'--------<•>'--:...---..J N01 I AUTO
14 a115
"'
®
0
"'
0
;;;
"'
0
"'
13
"' GRU1
1 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
r .. ,
<(
(81X) (110X) (114X) (105X) (186X) (151PX) (151LY) (167Y)
l
(143A1) (143A2) (ACBX11) (ACBX12)
r·
ORM
'"1 ~
b a b.. a b a b a b
b
a 519-4A b
a S40-2A
2B 53J-7AISJ3-7A 533-a8 S19-5A 540-2A 53 534-4A 541-2B 534-4A 541-28 539-3A 539-JA 535-7A~~-aA
53 537-4A 537-SA 519-38 519-38 533-3A 551-2A 519-48 536-48 S37-5A,_,7-5A
539-2A 519-58 S51-4A
555-2A S51-4A
(MANU-AUTO) (OCR) (RPR)
READY TO START RUN STOP SHUTDOWN MODE SELECT PREF. TRIP AC8 TRIP ACB CLOSE
REMOTE FAIL
START
N0.1 DIESEL GENERATOR
1--··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-
lp a201
~lN J iI
205 565 209 211 207 ACB2 (S20) 513 1-
1
is51f-<W..."--l ~41"'"'-l ~41""------~•>"'--------<~'-----l C1 267X NC 3R-228 4 ACB2
a2o2 .2ML
1.0mm
2
7 I
I
I
I
I
II
II
I I
II
II
I
II
II
II
II
I I I
I
I
I
I
NC1 MANU.
C1
6
ls20-28 ABNORMAL
NC RESET 44
S19-9A
I 206 I I 566 I I 21 0 212 208 I L 2A1

L----<W..."--J L---c,'--J L---ci;F------~·:r--------<~'----..J N01 I AUTO
14 a215
~ 13 GRU2
1 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
r· .,_. . _. .,_.
(82X) (210X) (214X) (205X) (286X) (251PX) (251LY) (267Y) (ACBX21) (ACBX22)
l
(243A1) (243A2)
r·
DRM
'"1 ~
a b a b a b a b a b a b
a 52D-4A
520-5A b a 540-JA
540-3A b 53 534-5A 542-2B 534-5A 542-28 539-7A~39-7A 535-7A 535-aA
53 537-48 537-68 520-38 520-38 533-4A 551-28 52D-48 536-58 537-58 537-58
539-SA 520-58 551-48
555-3A 551-48
READY TO START RUN STOP SHUTDOWN MODE SELECT PREF. TRIP ACB TRIP ACB CLOSE
REMOTE FAIL
START
N0.2 DIESEL GENERATOR
TITLE DRAW No.

R DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT
KT -14151
E
v -KTE
-
file name
1736MS31
I S3 l
SHEET
No. 100
420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 T 7 I a I 9 DD-02
. I 2 I 3 4 5 7 I 8 I '
~ 8301
~c= 4~
ACB3 (S21) 513
C1p ...JM.1_ NCP 3R-328 AC83
NC1 MANU. ABNORMAL ls21-9A
NC RESET 44
2
1.0mm /
ctl0
" L 3A1
N01 I AUTO
GRU3
1 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
-t "" ~· r·
(351LY) (367Y) (ACBX31) (ACBX32)
l
(83X) (310X) (314X) (305X) (386X) (343A1) (343A2) (351PX)
.,.~...;;... .,;~r;;_· a b a b
1 9 533-9A 533-9A 533-88 a 521-4A

521-5A b a 540-4A
540-4A b 53 539-38 539-38 S35-7A 35-9A
28
53 538-4A 538-6A 521-38 521-38 533-4A ~2-2A 521-48 536-48 538-5A ~~~=~~
539-28 521-58 552-4A
555-3A
READY TO START RUN STOP SHUIDOWN MODE SELECT PREF. TRIP ACB TRIP ACB CLOSE
REMOTE FAIL
N0.3 DIESEL GENERATOR START
-
p 8001
PPC ASD(S36) 8024
1.0mm
2
/
S34-3A
!01 !03 !05 !~7 rag !011 C1 I
17 3M-77
III
I I I I I I NC1 MANUAL
02 04 06 08 010 012
OC1 PWC(S36)
I !I !I !I !I !I
DO 01 02 03 04 05
..., :!: ~ "'
N
"' <0
0
0
"'
:5~ :5~
0
"'f-- :5~ "'~ :ilf---
GRU4
8002 (115RX) (115LX) (215RX) (215LX) (315RX) (315LX) (77AX) (BOY) (586X)
N
~
2
1.0mm /
5~
a I b
533-4il~
536-48 554-281
540-7A S40-6A
RAISE LOWER RAISE LOWER RAISE LOWER (MANU-AUTO)
VOLTAGE BUILD-UP DETECT N0.1 GEN. N0.2 GEN. N0.3 GEN. LOAD SHARING DC24V POWER
FAIL DETECT
GOVERNOR MOTOR
Ah TITLE DRAW No.

R DC24V CONTROL CIRCUIT
KT -14151
E
v file name
1736MS32
I S3 Z
SHEET
No. 101
f20x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I .7 I 8 .I
2 3 4 5 7 8
6501
..QQL_ POl
554 V 8 [ 1 6502
ND1
~ 1 NO!~ NO!~ NO!~ A~~,

19 1, 143A2
ls31-5A
19
243A2 19 343A2
1s31-58 ls32-5A
1, 3R-128 3R-228 3R-328
r-----:9.
'~ S31-3A ~ 531-28
--,----;g
191 314X
~2A
se e -e
48 48 48 NO NO NO ,... 25 26 0037 ,... 25 26 0038
TW12 TW22 TW32 25 26 0040
7 77ECS11 7 7 7 7
CS11
- - CS21 7 ECS21 CS31 ECS 31
w w w ~ START
8 ~B START ~8 ~
STA
~r~sE
AC8 AC8
8 8 CLOSE 8 CLOSE
*A *8 •c
- - -
+ + +
~ ~~m
a"' ~~m
;;r-- ~~m
;;r--
~ ~ ~ ~
N gJ
g g
~ 21: ~
::!=
N
~
;;;
::!=
.., § § \;!
0
0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0025 0026 0027 0028 0029 0030 0031 0032 0033
INPUT OOCH
0013 PPC
1 No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN.

MODE SELECT (AUTO)
No.3 GEN. No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN.
ABNORMAL RESET
ENG. START SW.
No.3 GEN.
8501 P02
PD1
8502 ND2
tI tI tI
N01
5
7 ECS11
6
STOP
5
7 ECS21
6
STOP
5
6
ECS31
STOP
5
1 1 1!
CS11
6-QPEN
5
7 cs21
6
OPEN
5
cs31
6 OPEN
33
35
77AX
19
S32-68 23
1. 11DX 191. 210X 191. 310X
IS31-2A 23 I531-28 23 IS32-2A
19
31
105X
19
531 -4A 31
205X
19
S31-48 31
305X
S32-4A
.;:
~ ~~ 1
CAD
1
CAD
_&.. X31
A1
CAD
-~1<(
a"'
*A
~~<(
c;r--
*8
~~<(
c;m
•c
~~ ~~ ~
"0c-l<( ...g w N ..,
!:
~
~
"'~
~
g 0
0
"'
0 0
0
8
0
0
0
g)
0 0
"'"' 0 0 0 0 0
(/)
~
.,..
ID
~ 0034 0035 0036 0101 0102 0103 0104 0105 0106 0107 0108 0109 0110 0111 0112 0113
N
I
I
INPUT OOCH 1 INPUT 01CH
"'"'I
Ol PPC I PPC
0
I
"'
0
0 No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. AUTO LOAD No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN.
"! AC8 OPEN SW. SHARING READY TO REMOTE START RUN ENG. STOP
ENG. STOP SW.
~
ci
() TITLE DRAW No.
w PROGRAMMABLE POWER
>- Rl-----1------.1 CONTROLLER INPUT CIRCUIT KT -1 4 151
"'
"'~ vE~---+----4-----------------------+-----~--~----~
KTE file name SHEET
lh 1736MS33 No. 102
0x~2~97~(~m-m~)~1--------.--------~-------.--------,J~------.--------.4--------.--------,5~~~---r~~----~-------r--------~===---~--------~8~------~~--~~~--~DD~-~0~2~
~k4=27
1 2 3 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9
P02 8501
P03
8502
N02 N03
33 11
I
ACB1
S19-9A
33 1,
I
ACB2 33
S20-9A
1,
I
ACB3
S21-9A
41
1 s:i~2s 19 1, GRU1
1531
19 1, GRU2
1531
19 1, GRU3
IS32 GRU4
C03
PWC(S36)
~
34 34 34 3 55 55 55 13
(77Y) (77X) I ll !I !I !I
15 16 010 011 012 01~ 015
·.,·--'
I. 0139 '. )
< NC1 3-77L <

LIGHT
~ ~
540-- 540 C1 LOAD
CANCEL
;": ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
<0
~
:£
0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 "'0 "'0
"'
0114 0115 0116 0117 0118 0119 0120 0121 0122 0123 0124 0125 0126 0127 0128
~
INPUT 01CH
PPC
No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. GEN. VOLTAGE LIGHT LOAD E/STOP PPC No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. HEAVY LIGHT HIGH ACB BUS
BUILD UP RUN LOAD LOAD POWER OPEN ABNORMAL
ACB CLOSE ENG. IDLE RUN(5min.) ACB TRIP (RPR, OCR, SCR) COMMAND
P03 8501 P04

8502
-
N03 N04
NC1
-~R-28
13t 1Jt 1
I;~~~~A 14 1:3 ox~~A~. L ),I
PWC(S36)
1
500X1
1
11 -900X
--
S35-98
ABN
ASD(S36)
r.AC
3~25~
23 58
13t 51X11 21
I
14 S30-8A 22
27B2
S5
9 11586A11
5 S40-1 8
911 586A21
5 S40-28
9 11 586A31
5 S40-2B
~'-~M~
ABNOR. 14 23
NC2 RESET
014 OA
I I ~
GRU5 ABN A1 A2
35
0652 S 0651
71 70
( ~, ASD
) i . 13
~ 14
1- 2782
S5
ABNORMAL
g
~
::l
~ ~
gJ
0 0 "'0 0 0
...
~I
(/)
<0 .....
.,., ~ rg ill
0
rg rg
GRU4
.. "'
17 18 19 20 21 22 0129 0130 0131 0132 0133 0134 0135
lD
I INPUT 01CH
0> (51PX1) (51PX2) (51Y) (86AX) (25FX)
0
PPC
r r r
...,I
0
r~
0 ACB NON AUTO SYNCHRO PREF. BUS "A"GROUP "B"GROUP "C"GROUP
N 2B B S30-7A 2B 2B CLOSE FAIL TRIP NO VOLT
~ POWER REQUEST
1ST 2ND
0
u PREFERENCE AUTO SYSTEM AUTO SYNCHRO ~ TITLE DRAW No.
w TRIP ABNORMAL FAIL PROGRAMMABLE POWER
,.... R CONTROLLER INPUT CIRCUIT KT -14151
E
""
"'
0
:¥
"'::;;
(/)
v
KTE
file name·
1736MS34 S34
I SHEET
No. 103
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 OD 02
2 I 3 I 4 5 I I 7 I 8 9
0401
P04------------------~~-I---~------~
1 OUTPUT 03CH OUTPUT 04CH
1~329 1~331 ~ t-~4_01~br-ll--,br-11---,b-11---,b-11---,b-11---,b-11-~!~--__,...b~~---COM

0301 (P)
*'lpo::st
ffDRM r33
13 555-48
586 I
&-; X3 0305 (N) 0322 0324 0326 0328 0330 0332 0334 I 0405 0406 0407 0408 0409 0410 0411 0412 0413 PPC
N04~i--i't8,_2~4-1-:,<t---~<t--~-l--~ _]
PPC m m m 0411
~ ~ ~
CONTROL
SOURCE m
I
0
I I "'mI "'0I "'I 0412
0413
N N N N
< Vi UJ UJ Vi UJ UJ 68 68 68 68 68 68
ACBX12 IACBX22 lt.CBX32 ACBX12 ~ACBX22 ACBX32
*D~E~
IS31-9A S31-9B ls32-9A S31-9A S31-9B S32-9A
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.1 No.2 No.3 69 69 69 70 70 70 <(
686 ACB CLOSE ACB OPEN

7B "< 8B X GRU5
14
~555~~j~
14 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19
(84X) (500X1) (500X2) (507X) (508X) (509X) (510X) (511X) (600X) (601X2) (602X2) (603X2) (601X1) (602X1) (603X1)
*G~
8B
532-~8~ b 532-28
532-~B~ b 551-JAI b 551-J81 b 552-~A~ b 536-~8~ 536-~8~ b.53B-6A
536-;81 b 536-~~ b
a b a b
1 519 4A 534-48
519-38
520-4A
520-38
521-4A
521-38
539
532 532-28
No.1 GEN No.2 GEN No.3 GEN

VOLTAGE BUILD-UP
No.1 GEN
S37-6A
b 537-68
No.2 GEN No.3 GEN
ENG. START
536-BA 5363 E f
5
No.1 GEN No.2 GEN No.3 GEN No.1 GEN

AUTO LOAD SHIFT
537-6A
534-58
No.2 GEN No.3 GEN

537
534
.___ _ _A_U_T_O_S_Y_N_C-HR_O_ _,
536-2A
536-7A
538-6A .
534-58
PROGRAMMABLE POWER
CONTROLLER NORMAL
OUTPUT 04CH
11-_,_
co~~--~_____,_ 11_ 1
,__1_,__
11 ----1
1r-1__,.1--1_____,_
11-,__
11_ _,_ 1 1-~1~1-~r~-~r-1-~r-1
1 1-_,_ _ __,1_1 - - - - - - - . , ! 1
0414 0415 0416 0417 0418 0419 0420 0421 0422 0423 0424 0425 0426 0427 0428 0429 0430 0431 0432 0433 0434 0435 0436 PPC
00
....0
GRU6
3 4 5 6 7 '8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(504X) (505X) (506X) (704X) (705X) (706X) (707X) (708X) (709X) (710X) (711X) (800X) (801X) (802X) (803X) (900X)
9b b Efb lb tb F48 748 ~48

537
551
99 9 9
No.1 GEN
537-38 b 538-3A
551-28 S52-2A
No.2 GEN No.3 GEN

1ST STIBY
5.51
519
1 1
551-58
520-48
No.1 GEN Na.2 GEN

ENG. STOP
552-SA
521-48
No.3 GEN I I No.1 GEN No.2 GEN

2ND ST-BY
537-4A
No.3 GEN I
537-48
lb
538-4A
No.1 GEN No.2 GEN No.3 GEN

ACB NON CLOSE
1 No.1 GEN No.2 GEN
l>•o "A" ·a· ·c·
No.3 GEN I .___:::.G'"'RO:::U"c:P,----' ~.,--.,-,-,--c:-:'
ACB ABNORMAL TRIP POWER LOAD SHARING PROGRAMMABLE
AVAILABLE ABNORMAL POWER CONTROLLER
SYSTEM ABNORMAL
0
0 TITLE DRAW No.
w PROGRAMMABLE POWER
>-- Rt - - - - t - - - - - - l CONTROLLER OUTPUT CIRCUIT KT -14151
"" E
v~--;----r-----------K--T __E___________rt-ile__n_a_m_e_~~--~~s-H_E_ET----~
1736MS35 S.3 5 No. 104
I 2 I I 4 I 5 I I 7 I a I 9
1 I I I 4 I 5 I I 7 I 8 I
el
BUS
No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN.
l.__,57_,03'---------,
~ R T
~R T R T
AUTO SYNCHRO START
671 GRU5
62 1 535 ,..,
R ....
C>
,..,
1I
66 601X1
S35-8A
1I
66 602X1
S35-8A
1I
66 603X1.
S35-9A
63 64 65
570~
1
RB 58 R1 51 R2 52 R3 53 11 12 13 IC E
SOURCE
No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN.
,----, ,----, ,----,
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 AC A1 A2 ABN ASD
L_L L_L L_L 'l l L_L AUTO

S19-4A S20-4A S21-4A S34-6B S34-5B SYNCHRONIZING
RAISE LOWER RAISE LOWER RAISE LOWER AUTO ACB ASD DEVICE
SYNCHRO NON ABNORMAL
ACB CLOSE FAIL CLOSE
GOVERNOR MOTOR (532)
DC24V
~
-
se
BUS TW31
-
~
R T
.----.
+ -
.----.
+ -
.----.
+ -
LOAD
SHARING
"AUTO"
No.1 GEN.
ACB CLOSE
No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN.
PARALLEL RUN CANCEL
No.1 GEN. No.2 GEN. No.3 GEN. 8001
N
,---,lp
R T AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 JC T1 T2 T3

flE

PWC "'
00 01 02 03 04 05 OC1 06 07 08 09 OC2 010 011 012 013 014 015 OA OC3
lO a::
:r w zw D..
GENERATOR
"'mI a:: a:: a::
(.!)
I. ~
D..
D..
0
~ :i.
~
POWER
0
w w w w w ...: :::;; CONTROLLER
:::;; ::;; :r w
Ul Ul :;:: Ulf3 m Ul
~ ~
I') 0 ::>a:: a:: :::> 0
0
0 ~ ~ g u mu.
0
()
(.!)
I ~ D.. m u
"'
~ GOVERNOR MOTOR (532) 544,545 534
8 TITLE
AUTO SYNCHRONIZING & DRAW No.
w
,.... Rl---1------l AUTO LOAD SHARING KT -1 4 151
~ E~----4-----~-------c_o_N_T_R_o_L_c_I_R_c_ui_T________-r------~--~--------,
~ V - file nome I ISHEET
~ 536 KTE 1736MS36 No. 105
~h~~.~~~(-m-m')•1 ---------.--------2o--------~~------~3--------~~------~4--------~~--------,5~~~---r-l~-----.6~------r-l------~7--------r-I------~B--------~Ir---~--~g;--,DND~0~2r
420 297 1
MS37A01 K T E CO., LTD.2003-09-26 3: 4llJ ??MS37 A01.dw A
...
~ (]} DC24V
"'
0
X
5 S5
"'co
~ z "'J z "'J
2-
!:3
~ IJ)IJ) ~
....,
0
lil
GSL20 ~ "'"'
coco~
GSL10
"'"
~)>
_.LAMP TEST l:5
z
...- r"'"' "
0
z
0
~
0 )>
I IW
a;:;: ~LAMP TEST l:5
~ <0 <0
r;j~r
Ul;s::.!.
-l"(l ~
r ..
8731 co 8704 REMOTE
REMOTE
T T
i
!
<0 8732 LOCAL 8705 LOCAL
~*I~
...w 1..,
~
~ ...ox
ID
I~
"'
...IJ)I"' ~
SPARE SPARE
!::1 ~ 8734 READY TO !::1 ~ 8707 READY TO

REMOTE REMOTE
~,~
IO
START ~,~
Ia
START
.oX .,x
w )>
....,
!::1 ~ 8735 1ST AUTO !::1 8708 1ST AUTO
ST'BY "' ST'BY
~,'"
tno
w
ltn
~x
8736 2ND AUTO

tno
~,'"
1 ...
~x
w
8709 2ND AUTO
!::1 ~ !::1 t;;
ST'BY ST'BY
... ~~~
"'a
leo "'a
I~
~~~ ...
~X ~X
!::1 !::l 8737 !::1 !::l 8710
GEN. RUN .GEN. RUN
~~
IJ)I"" IJ)I~
...
"'~
~
1 ... L,x
t:.JX
ID )>
8738 8711
ACB OPEN ACB OPEN
"' 8739 "'

ACB CLOSE ACB CLOSE
<rrl;:o
~ AUTO ~ AUTO
"'"' 8l 8740
SYNCHRO
"'"' 8713
SYNCHRO
Ullm
"'a
'"""
lx
~liD
U10
I~
co~
~~
~> fig
8741 AUTO LOAD r.:l "' 8714 AUTO LOAD
SHIFT "' SHIFT
Ullm
"'o Ullm
"'o
"'~
-I
=1
"'""
lx lx
r ~"" :;;!""
rrl t::> ~ 8742 !::1 i:j 8715
G/E STOP G/E STOP
~0
IJ)I"" ~~~
~o
ltn
en I'"
..,x _,.x
G) ID )>
z 8743 G/E 8716 G/E
)>
r ~ START FAIL ~ START FAIL
r
",=1
)>
s::
-u
8744 G/E 8717 G/E
()
;u .,
0 SHUTDOWN .,
0 SHUTDOWN
()
c
=i OVER OVER
8745 8718
0
CURRENT 0
CURRENT
"' TRIP "' TRIP
"' _...~
~- 0 8746
REVERSE
8719
REVERSE "'
"'Cl> POWER POWER
ID
;;::: ::l
IJ) c
;:o
)> ...
0
TRIP ...
0
TRIP
~
~3
Cl>
;;>;; z 8747
ACB
8720
ACB
--i ~ ABNOR 0
ABNOR
I 0
tn TRIP
"' TRIP
~
zen ACB ACB
I ()'I 8748 8721
"'.0 1'1 0 NON CLOSE 0 NON CLOSE
~ m )>
z m )>
z z
~
"'
0
0
I
0
m
0
"' A
MS38A01 K T E CO., LTD.2003-09-26 4: 3i ??MS3BA01.dw A
~ 5
z z 'U
*
~
en ;;.. ~
~ ~ [I) !:
"' ""'.!. GSL50 ~
"'"
.!. GSL30
2::. i:l >
~LAMP TEST ~LAMP TEST i:l
"' "'
0>
Ulz
z
6761
~
-0-- EM'CY SWBD

EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT
SOURCE FAIL
<0
T
1-
Ul 6751 REMOTE
;,
i
EM'CY STOP &
~>
z
z
6762
"' -0-- PREF. TRIP CICUIT
SOURCE FAIL
~ ~~~
"' 6752 LOCAL
:,. 1..~
EM'CY STOP ro
0>
"'z
z
6763
"' -0-- CIRCUIT LINE
FAULT
SPARE
..
;,
AUTO SYSTEM READY TO
0
6764
_,.
-0-- ABNORMAL
!::l ....
"' 6754
REMOTE
"'
"'
~I"'
START
"'~
10
"'X
>
0>
'-'z
z
:,.
6765
U1
-0-- AUTO
SYNCHRO FAIL
!::l
~~Ul
UlO
t;1 6755 1ST AUTO
STBY
I"'
"'X
ro
l
~>
6766
"' -0-- LOAD SHARING
ABNORMAL
!::l ~ 6756 2ND AUTO
ST'BY
~I"
z
z Ulo
;, I <a
UlX
ro
0_,.
6767
" -0-- MSBD CONTROL

SOURCE FAIL
!::l
~~
t:l 6757
GEN. RUN
BUS HIGH
"'I"'
lx
5::
0
U1
6766
"' -0-- FREQUENCY
6756
ACB OP.EN
"' "'
"' -0--
6769 BUS LOW
o> ACB CLOSE
cnz FREQUENCY
z
:,.
BUS HIGH
~
6790
0 -0-- VOLTAGE
1;!l
"'"'
010
fB 6760 AUTO
SYNCHRO
BUS LOW U'l> "'I

I'-'
<OX
-0-- AUTO LOAD

-(7)
6791 6761
0 ~
VOLTAGE "' 0
SHIFT
0>
~
"'
"' "'o
-l
=i
r 1ST PREFERENCE
"'I"'
"'"'
lx
);:'"'
fTl
0
6792
~
-0-- TRIP
!::l ~ 6762
G/E STOP
U1
G)
z
"' "'
2ND PREFERENCE
T
"'"'
"-'0
101
_,.x
>
r
J>
!>
_,.0
6793
~
"' -0-- TRIP

~
6763 G/E
START FAIL
....
"1a1 :;::::
-u MAIN SWBD
Q
::0
()
c
0
U1
6794
~ -0-- AC440V LOW
INSULATION 0
"'
6764 G/E
SHUTDOWN
=i
MAIN SWBD OVER
o>
cnz
z
6795
<;; -0-- AC22DV LOW
INSULATION 0
"'
6765
CURRENT
TRIP
~ "' EM'CY SWBD REVERSE "'

""'
"'
;::
[I)
ro
::J
0
0
;;o
?f
0
"'
6796
~
"' -0-- AC440V LOW

INSULATION _,.0
6766
POWER-
TRIP
"'"' 3
CD
;;o:;: z EM'CY SWBD ACB
-1
I
~ 0
"'
6797
::::i -0-- AC220V LOW
INSULATION 0
Ul
6767
ABNOR
TRIP
.;...
z U1 BCD
ACB
"'
0 :r:
fTI
~
tn
O>
-1>-Z
z
;,
6796
a; -0-- DC24V LOW
INSULATION 0
"' >
z
z
6766
NON CLOSE
" "
I
0
"'
0
"' A
------ --=--:::=====
2 3 4 5 7 9
p 8701 P11,
' NOJL 3-11L

N04 I LAMP
J,1BBH
S16
2
J, 114X
S31-3A
J, 86X1
4A
J,
1
ANN.1
S41-5B
13
II2ssH
S16
291,~ J , 86X2 J, ANN.2
14 28 14 10 14 28 S31-38 14 BA 1c S42-5B
TEST
DC24V
~
e LT11
<
N 8702 N11
SPACE GEN. ACB ACB ABNORMAL CAD SPACE GEN. ACB ACB ABNORMAL
~
HEATER RUN CLOSE OPEN RESET HEATER RUN CLOSE OPEN RESET
No.1 D/G No.2 D/G
P11 8701 P12
13 ~-~~_?__ 11
14 S5 12
;:
""!
0<(
"'"'UJ
...
~
1!1
"'~ N11 8702 N12
ID
SPACE GEN. ACB ACB ABNORMAL ACB ACB E/G E/G EM'CY GEN. RM
"'I CAD
~
Ol HEATER RUN CLOSE OPEN RESET CLOSE OPEN AUTO ST'BY RUNNING SUPP. FAN RUNNING
0
I
"'
0 No.3 D/G
1516 BUS TIE SYNCHRO. PANEL
0
"!
~
ci
u TITLE DRAW No.
w
1- Rt----t----; SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT KT -14151
:X: E
5 vr------+------+-------------------------------r--------r---,--------~
;J; KTE file name SHEET
!:l 1736MS39 No. 108
~~4~2~0x~2~97~(~m~m~)'t---------r--------"2--------,--------,3.-------,--------.4~------,--------,~~~---,~~----~-------,--------77--------,-------~.--------r~--~--a---n.oo~-J0~2~
'
4 7
I
143A2 29 243A2 29 I 39
.29
47
--- -
29
4
-; S31-5A
47
29
- - - - -; S31-58
4 47
r-·-·-,- L 3-77L
41
288X
1 S41
.... m
....
~
0
ill
ill"' ~
~ ~
~ ill ::l ~ ::l "'
::l ::l
:;;:
::l i i i ::l
8801
LT12-<
< <
MANUAL AUTO MANUAL AUTO MANUAL AUTO LIGHT HEAVY LIGHT LOAD MANUAL AUTO SHORE POWER SHORE MCCB DC24V BUZZER
LOAD LOAD CALCEL AVAILABLE "ON" SOURCE
MODE SELECT {ST'8Y CONTROL) LOAD CONDillON LOAD SHARING SELECT {L53)
(L11, L21, L31)
DC24V
~'
e
;;:
"0
.,;
0
<(
..,.0
......
Vl
::;;
..,.
0.0
0
.... DRM DRM
~~~
N DRM CAD CAD CAD CAD CAD CAD
tttttt
1
~ I SJ~ ~
en
0
I
t')
0
SJ I I
SJ SJ I 2AS37-2BISJ7-2B SJB-2A(3B-2A
0
N
~
~
.J
"A" GROUP "8" GROUP '"C" GROUP
HEAVY CONSUMER POWER REQUEST
c:i
u
w
1-
"'
"'~
D
• LOCAIED ON SYNCHRO PANEL
(/)
~~4~2UOx~2!99717{~mwm~)~I,--------,,-------~2~------~---------J~------~---------4.--------,---------.-L-L----,-~------~~-----,--------~~==~---r--------~--------,J----jL~;_--~~J-
..
1 I 2 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9
p 8701 P15
TO GSL 10 (S37)
I
~ s1
13
"~
ill ANN. 1
... 01 02 03 04 05 06 ...
p
[JE] DE] oc
>-----
1
2
IN2 I
IN3 I
~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
3
~
FS
4
FT
v 5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR
KTGA-6P-4K DE]
6
7 IN7 I
8 LT I
9 BS
2ND FAULT
ALARM BT f--
r-----, 10 w
Ill
: 9 w -
~ :I r:/~
I I
[JE] [lliJ 12 r-1L- "'z
I I I
'!\ m
11 I2 13 14 15 16 19 18 h 1a1b1c2a2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5a5b5c6a6b6c <
(b)
Ll\ j_ l 1 I j"'~
w
'-'a.
t~
oo
r 2~
~~ ~~
~ ~
,.... Cl
I N01
~
I
,., ,.,
~
I I
,.,
~ ~
I
,.,J, .... "'
'----' S39-4A
~~
S54-18
9 Ill 33 Ill 61 Ill 62 :;J 61 Ill 54 IX)f--
Nlll
1 21 21 21 21 21 C1 ~,), ~
N01
~
"(]
.,_;
0
< (c)
:0: 8702
Ill N
......
::;;;
ID
'-- N15
"'a;"'
ID
WIRE MARK TERMINAL

,.,
0 ITEM
No.
DESCRIPTION
(a) (b) No. (b) (c)
REMARK
I
"'
0
AL1 No.1 G/E START FAIL 8911
~
0
0
"l AL2 No.1 G/E SHUTDOWN 8912
~
--' AL3 AC81 OVER CURRENT TRIP 8913
ci
0
AL4 ACB1 REVERSE POWER TRIP 8914 TITLE DRAW No.
w
f- R ALARM CIRCUIT KT-14151
AL5 ACB1 ABNORMAL TRIP 8915
"'...0 E
;;:
1/)
::;;
AL6 ACB1 NON CLOSE 8916 v -KTE file name
1736MS41
I I s41 SHEET
No. 110
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD-02
1 I 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9
DC24V
P15 8701 P16
TO GSL 20 (S37)
I I
(a) ANN. 2
< 01 02 03 04 05 06 --
IN2
2
IN3
~~~ ~~ ~
3
FS
4
FT
5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR 6
KTGA-6P-4K ~ 7 IN7
8 LT
9 BS
BT
10
,___J:L_ 1-
Dill CID ~ 12
I1 I2 I3 I4 IS 16 1a1b1 c2a2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5a5b5c6a6b6c

(b)
l
tl
~"' - ~-"'- t ~ ~~"' -
~
v .....
9
I
JJ
I
(f) 61
-
"'
I
(f) 62j "'-

I
(f) 61
I{)
(f)
I
55
I{) S39-7A
1 21 21 21 21 21
~
"0
...;
0
<( (c)
v"' N15
rn 8702
......
::;;
N16
"'0
..... m
a;
0 ITEM WIRE MARK TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION REMARK
"'I
(J)
No. (a) (b) No. {b) (c)
0
I All No.2 G/E START FAIL 8921
"'
0
0
C'l AL2 No.2 G/E SHUTDOWN 8922
0
1-
....J
AL3 ACB2 OVER CURRENT TRIP 8923
0
u TITLE DRAW No.
w AL4 ACB2 REVERSE POWER TRIP 8924
1- R ALARM CIRCUIT KT -14151
""0< AL5 ACB2 ABNORMAL TRIP 8925 E
::;:
"' v file nome I s42 1SHEET
-
ALB ACB2 NON CLOSE 8926
Ill
KTE 1736MS42 No. 111
"' 420x297(mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
(
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9
DC24V
P16 8701 P17
TO G5L 30 (538)
I I
ANN. 3
..
(a)
01 02 03 04 05 06 .
p
[1g] [E) DC
11---
IN2
2
IN3
~~ ~ ~~ ~
3
FS
4
FT
5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR 6
KTGA-6P-4K Cili:J 7 IN7
LT
8
9 85
BT
10
~ [1g] OEJ 12 ,_....lJ_ -
u
I1 I2 13 14 15 16 1alblc2a2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5o5b5c6a6b6c
(b)
I
! ! ~· t ~~ f
,...
" I I I I
"' \()
"'I
\()
539-48
9
"'Ill
I')
33
"'Ill
I')
61
"'Ill
I')
6~
I')
Ill 63
I')
Ill 56
I')
Ill
1 21 21 21 21 21
~
(c)
N16 8702
N17 Ill
..
"' ITEM WIRE MARK TERMINAL
"'I
N
No.
DE5CRIP110N
(a) (b) No. (b) (c)
REMARK
I All No.3 G/E START FAIL 8931

I')
0
D
N AL2 No.3 G/E 5HUIDOWN 8934
~
AL3 AC83 OVER CURRENT TRIP 8933
0
u
' TITLE DRAW No.
w AL4 AC83 REVERSE POWER TRIP 8934
,_ R ALARM CIRCUIT KT -14151
E
I
AL5 AC83 ABNORMAL TRIP 8935
""~ v
;;: ALB AC83 NON CLOSE 8936 file name 1 SHEET
(/}
KTE 1736MS43
543
No. 112
"' 420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DO 02
(
1 2 I 3 I 4 5 _I 6 I 7 I 8 _I 9
DC24V
P17 8701 P18
TO GSL 50 (S38)
I I
(a) ANN. 4
< 01 02 03 04 05 06 <
p
oc
[!§I] ~ 1 I---
IN2
2
IN3
~~~ ~~ ~
3
FS
4
FT
5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR 6
KTGA-6P-4K ~ 7 IN7
8 LT
9 BS
BT
10
,___Ji__ -
~ [!§I] ~ 12
I1 I2 13 14 15 16 1a 1b 1c 2a 2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5a5b5c6a6b6c
-
(b)
~~,., ~~,.,.). ~m,.,... ~m'I

N <f) 08 09
I I
0 N
~: I Ul
58 Ul 59 Ul 45 I :2
43 43 43
~
"'l OC2
0 {c) \PWC(S36)
......
~
N17 8702
Ul
....,..
:::;;
N18
~ "'
~ llEM WIRE MARK lERMINAL
DESCRIPTION REMARK
Ill No. (a) (b) {b) {c)
N No.
I
m AL1 EM'CY STOP & PREF. TRIP SOURCE FAIL
0 8941
,.,I
0
0 AL2 AUTO SYSlEM ABNORMAL 8942 6~t'Av
"! :1sec
F' AL3 AUTO SYNCHRO FAIL 8943
...J
0
"'
0 AL4 MSBD CONTROL SOURCE FAIL 8944 TITLE DRAW No.
w
1- AL5 BUS HIGH FREQUENCY 8945 R ALARM CIRCUIT KT -14151
"'5 E
< AL6 BUS LOW FREQUENCY 8946
v
:;:
Ill
"' 420x297(mm) 1
KTE
- file nome
1736MS44
I s 44 1SHEET
No. 113
I 2 I 3 I 4- I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DD-02
I 3 I 4 5 I 7 a I
DC24V
P18 8701 P19
TO GSL 50 (S38)
ANN. 5
01 ·02 03 04 05 06
p
oc
1>--
IN2
2
IN3
3
FS
4
FT
5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR 6
KTGA-6P-4K 7 IN7
8 LT
9 BS
BT
-10
12 ,__J::!_
-
-
16 1a1b1c2a2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5a5b5c6a6b6c
~
~
0
<(
"'~ 8702 N19

::;:
g::
ID
I')
I')
~ ITEM WIRE MARK TERMINAL REMARK

DESCRIPTION
"'"'I No. (a) (b) No. (b) (c)
m AL1 BUS HIGH VOLTAGE 8951
0
I
I')
0 AL2 BUS LOW VOLTAGE 8952
0
"'~__,
AL3 1ST PREFERENCE TRIP 8953
AL4 2ND PREFERENCE TRIP 8954 TITLE DRAW No.

AL5 MAIN SWBD AC440V LOW INSULATION 8955 Rl----1----1 ALARM CIRCUIT KT-14151
E
yl-----+------r------------l(--1r--IE----------~rf-ile__n_a_m_e_r-,s--.-,SH_E_E_T----~
45
AL6 MIAN SWBD AC220V LOW INSULATION 8956 S54 701 702
1736MS45 No. 114

420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD-02
? 3 5 6 7 8 I 9
DC24V
P19 8701
TO GSL 50 (S38}
I I
Ia) ANN. 6
01 02 03 04 05 06
<(
f.:
p
DE] oc
~ 1 >----
IN2
2
IN3
~~ ~ ~ ~ ·~
3
FS
4
FT
5
BZ
GROUP ANNUNCIATOR 6
KTGA-6P-4K ~ 7 IN7
8 LT
9 BS
BT
10
)---li_ 1-
- ~ ~ [JE] 12
11 I2 13 14 15 16 1a 1b 1c 2a2b2c3a3b3c 4a4b4c5a5b5c6a6b6c
(b)
r
~ ~ ~0.!!_--; ~1.Q. ~~~- ~<'I

__ 525
1
I
I ~g
811 Ill
I I
9 I 1 C11
L ~_j
~o9---; ~---
511 ~34~- 526
,~ (c)
<ri
....
(/)
N19 8702
:::;;
"'
~ ID
"'<>·<>· ITEM WIRE MARK TERMINAL

DESCRIPTION REMARK
0
I'}
No. (a) (b) No. (b) (c)
Oi
AU LOAD SHARING ABNORMAL 8961
00
0
I
ALZ EM'CY SWBD AC440V LOW INSULATION 8962 S53 508 509
"'0I
00
0 AL3 EM'CY SWBD AC220V LOW INSULATION 8963 S53 510 511
0
"'
~ AL4 BCD DC24V LOW INSULATION 8964 S53 533. 534 In TITLE DRAW No.
"'<>·
AL5 EM'CY SWBD EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT SOURCE FAIL 8965 S53 525 52~ R ~ ALARM CIRCUIT KT-141.51
~:
E
.....,.
0
"':::;;
U1
ALB EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT LINE FAULT 8966
v -K!! file name
1736MS46
I s46 1SHEET
No. 115
420x297{mm) 1 T 2 T 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 -1 7 I R Q nn n..,
3 4 5 8
z
I-
0
F -'
"'f20
iii <(
No.1 G/E CONTROL PANEL "'<( z -'

0
n..
u :::;;
~gtii
0
,_5:
w>-~
<(0
0
I-
<(
I-
<( ~~ -'
0
-'
'-
w
I-
"'0z
w I- w w WI-
(1)00
Q<(:::;
_lWW
(I)
o::>
(/)
oz
(/)[L
00
(1)0::
O<C
"'I-z0 0
:::; "'"'
~';!
ua::a:: -'I _]::J
ua:: -'I- -'I- w oo
U(l) U(l) U(l) u {!)_]
START SIGNAL STOP SIGNAL

"'
TB51
(C1901)
S40-4B S14
ECS11
STOP
1
9104
ECS11
~~NCHRO PANEL
0z
~
0::
~ ~
F "'
~ ~~ -' i!i
.~
f2
No.2 G/E CONTROL PANEL 0
z
,_5: w n..
~n.. ~
0 :::;
~
<(0
g:5 <
~ ~"'
0
w :gz w>- a:::
(1)1-- _]::J 00 (1)0::: z 0
~ ';!
o::> ua::: d:Ji g;:: z ffiw
~
-'I
U(l)
,---, ,-, - u (/) 8 w 6 !!1
STOP SIGNAL 61
r
I
I
6
I I: ' '61 ,-,
I 6
I :, - ,'I
"' £ . (!) 80
-'
-f~~U..:.2~06_r1~r1 ,-~·210
.,
I ' I ,-, ,-, r-o
r 1,, I :
.211 .212 ,I
•I1213 'I 2_1±~1
:I I II 'i'I I :1I 'I'i'I
~} ~ -r~ti _ Q-r
22 1
R(24KO) _ _ _
9206
· · 1 ;
51 243A2 51 ACBX22 35 I 705X L____j
"52 S31-58 52 .s31 -HB
34 S35-38
S31 S40-4B S14
9205
ECS21
STOP
9204
&. DRAW No.

R £ OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT KT -14151
E 10.
v &. SHEET
No. 116
4 5 DD-02
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 5 6 I 7 8 9
z
f-
0
F --'
""0~ ""
~
0
iii <(
No.3 G/E CONTROL PANEL ""
<(
f- z
r-:S: --'
0
0..
0
0
::;; ::;
f-01/l
<(f- <(0
0
f-
<(
f-
<(
>-:0:
<(U.. --'
0
--'
'- ""0
z ""z
0
w>-1:':'
UJOO
Q<(::ii
~f-
Q::J
w
UJ
oz
w
UJO..
00
Wf-
UJC.:
0<(
...""z 1:':'
0
::;;
""w
~~ """"
~~
...JWW ...JI ...J::J ...Jf- ...Jf- 0 w 0<( oo
01>:1>: 01/l oc.: OUJ OUJ 0
, - ,"" &
"'"" '-'--'
I.
START SIGNAL STOP SIGNAL ,-, I I I I
I
b I I I I I
61
rss3 I I I 1 ?I I
I ?
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(c2101) I I I I 1
- - -
---4-'3~0_._1
0
-----RC24i<n)___ -----RC24i<n)___ 0
314 0
I
, ·~
7
v' v
i
I I
1!1! -r~r11<
I
9
I I
;r
< -
0..
f- At. ~JUO
...
0
UJ
...""<(
Ill IS35-6A
600X 51 343A2
- -- 51b AC8X32 37
---- !1 706X L_____j I
52 S32-4A 52 S32-9A 369 535-38
4A '? 540-48 S14
'If
532
2A 9305
8;;'; &
•3 4
S33-28 &* Ill
l'""
•5 6
S33-9A
•7 8
9 10 STOP
1
, 12
- 9304
ECS31
SYNCHRO PANEL
1--
-
0
;:
"""!
0
<(
N
0()
UJ
.,..
::;;
<>-·
II)
0()
.....
N
I
,..,"'I
0
0
0
"!
~
ci
0
w ~TITLE I DRAW No.
>- R OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT KT -14151
"' E
V&.l-·1 KTE SHEET
No. 117
420x297(mml 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 DD-02
2 3 4 I 6 7 B 9
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD I-
z 5(.)
>- z z a:: ·=> a:: z w 1-
m w ::Oa:: 0 C) z
i- >0 >0 a:: ><: :i a:: 0 w
oF oF w <( F <$'
1/l
z:_, .q.<( "'<( a:: :;:: w
(.)
-~
.Oa._~
>< ~It)
a::~
0::<(
z i2=> W<( --'
<( v-'
u=>
N-'
u=>
<(...J
:r::< ow
o...-'
a::
ID ~;:;! j'5u. ~g~ v-' o~
a~
=>
a:: <(
e>::;;
>-a:: oO
::;;;
a::
<(Ill
z
<(Ill
z
u::o
a::
,_:o
w<
a::-'
ID
w
a::,
<(::0
ma::
C)>-
>--'
llllllw
>->-(.) "'"'
ulll
0~
>'.
wo
a::<D
D
Wtl)
uo @~ @~ uo...
0 uua:: O::r--
~ ~ -::OlD
z mz
IJ)ID lllO lllO
1-Z
<(ID
O<(
:r::> Oz
:r::o
C>Z - D...
::;;;::> -::;;::;;o
- => o=:s:
uo ~('; 0 z
w w W<( w<( W...J W...J [D<( (/)<( IJ), ~ Will WWUl ID...J Ul~
Io
Ul~
r---r--l r---~ r---~ r---~ r---~ r---~ r---r--l r---~ I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
I
r---,
I
I
~ /1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
! ! y ! y ! y ! y ! y ! ! y
., ~·-·r·t·t·r-~~rti·rt~·tt'lrt"i''tH"' .:,
TB54 yl yl yl yl I I I 1' I TB54 I I I I
-
I I I I b. I b. ( P4503 ) I I I I
rr~rr~-·-·-·-·-rt1~r·-·-·-·-·-·-·-
1 1
519 520
T @Jm
•1.11
N
(/)
@Jm
*!,{)
{/)
t"1
TT t"1
~
..,.
(/)
I'"')
~
v
{/)
@Jm
•1.0
t"l
(/)
T 1"'--
6v
(/}
@IJ
*
m
'<1-
It)
Ill T T* T~ Ul
m
n
~
~_2
~
SCV
L____!_j
SCA
:I
"'
---------------------------------------------r-----------------r------------------r--------------------------------------r--------------------------------------------------------------- ~
- EM'CY STOP BOX (FIRE CONT. ROOM) E.C.C C02 RELEASE ALARM LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
CONTROL PANEL [5
ID
(.) g
<( a::
w
Z[5 ~---
~g ~6
zo:: o::~
...-- N f'l1 ..;t' N I N I I ....- I"') .q- I :;(~ Oo
f3 ~ ~ ~ [!] & 1 & f3 I tJ I ~ ~£ ~~ I :E~ Ui~
r--~---,--....,----, r---,
~
I 1 1 I r---,
6
I r---, r---, r---,
6
I I I 1
• I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
01 01 01 01 01 01
!----rrrti"ttg,_j ___ rr_zL___ trL--rrr~rl"'r--~--- '~-

I I I I I I I I I I I
I
I
I
I
y I
I
I
I
;:
~~I
T855 I
y r f f
I
I r~l
I I
I •(C9005)
I
I 1 •(F16os)1
I
r I
I r I
I r TB54 I
•(P4504) I
I
I (P4505)1
I
'·L·-·- '·"-~
(:;
n
I
Ol
0
I
1
<(I
~
1
T ~
<(I
~
41 42 42
a
CAO
No.1 GEN.
is1~-2A a
CAD
ls:D-2A
No.2 GEN.
a ls~-2A
No.3 GEN.
!ar
n
0
0 I PANEL I I PANEL I I PANEL I
"'
~ LOCATION TO BE IN EACH
GENERATOR CUBICLE
c:i
(.)
w
I /1. I I TITLE DRAW No.
KT -14151
~I ~
I- OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT
><:
91!:!;1420x297(mml 1
1 2 1 3
I 4 I
5
IV -,
' 6 I 1
KTE
-
I 8
'file name•
1736MS53
I
I S
53
,SHEET
No
9•
118
oo-o2T
MS54AD1 K T E CO., LTD.2003-09 29 10: e6 ??MS54A01.dwg I A
I
I~~
I~-- )>
(ES2)
z ~--____J!9;850!.L1-<~,,~"'·--- z
------w------
~
p p
r MSBD ABNORMAL II) 1"' (ES1+CT)
- ~I; 9502 :~ _ "'-
0
------w------
1"'
-~ I ~------ (ES1+ES2
+CT)
1-1'
MSBD CONTROL
SOURCE FAIL '--
-----t------ (PT1)
Iff
I:t~~ .
: O&>
----rQ------
"-[ ----t------ l~
PD-2
- EM'CY GEN.
ABNORMAL 1"'
I
(ES1+CT)
----rQ--~---
10>
S;~2A ----4>:::-::---
(ES2)
ESBD
ABNORMAL
[
1....,~
I 0>
"'
c.n
I ~
s:~! [=====::::·~---~
: 0
BATI. CHAR. ~------
J!
PD-5
"-[
ABNORMAL
- :~
0>
0 ---t,------ (ES3)
s;~5A ----®,~--- :~ 'U
l
E/G BATI. CH.
~~
[ _ ABNORMAL
. 'c.n
0>
N
111
~
[ /
I
g:----~
"'
No.1 G/E
I START FAIL ------t--1>-----. LGSP-1 ~ SiJ·
~ ~ o-...J
~------
~[·=-r ~~ ~-
(ES1+CT)
- lfTl f--
S51-BA I
I --f------.lfTl
(PT1)
111 [ / g: ---~ No.2 G/E I~
i ~~
"' I 01
I START FAIL
~- 01 ~_, I
_:_@____[. _j ( ,~ ~ :
~~ ~ I I -----t,------ LGSP-5
I I lm
I"'
-
111
Ji>....~
[ ~01 ----~ ._,
No.3 G/E
I START FAIL
i II)
-----t,------ (ES3)
V -~
1
"'-
0
lm
1'-'
o-...J I
-----t,------ II)
:~ ~- ! (ES4)
·<D [ lm
b'U
~
1-~'
!
I
i
I
L...
----t,------
lm
(ES3+PT1)
-
lc.n
i
- 0
!
~----------------l ~~
c
uJ I
I
I
6
rrJ
!~
)>
()
!@
----t-~-----
0 "'"';@
0 '@J
z -----4-------
z
rrJ
0
:::!
11)
gj - [ ~------
1fTl
lfTl
EM'CY STOP
(ES3+PT1) ,~;;o
0
I...,
lfTl
-----!'------
LGSP-6
(ES4)
0
z I~
'U
)> :CJ ~
- z _____J:______
~~
(PT1)
Q "'
r
;o lfTl
I...,
0
c
=i I"'
~[
~------ I
1 SPACE HEATER
"'~
-...J= ~------ SOURCE
0
"' "'
0> ;:o
S::::l
II)
~3
0
)>
~ ---r;------
I
-~ ;;:<;:z
-ZUl
II)
"'
-!'
-! !='
I ~~
I~
o
rrJ
'rrJ
I
-I
01
=4:~~~~~: ~~~~· I
IN
i
"":::lI "'
I
j
I
i
A
i
I 3 I 4 I 5 I I 7 I I
E.C.C
-'
<(
z
(!)
iii Cl Cl
Cl
w <( <(
en C§ll'i: Oll'i: Oll'i:
:::> -liO -'10 -'10
z
0
0 ~ "'.. ·"'
zw .. ·"'
zw ..
z
:::>
z
:::> :::>
<!>:;:: <!>:;:: <!>:;:: "'
0.. "'::;:
0..
"'
0..
- - - ·---------------------------
r--. ~g
ow .
"'0
ow -'
1')0
. -'
ow
::;:
:::> :::>
::;:
:::>
I zm zm zm 0.. 0.. 0..
I AI
? I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
(P2001) : I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
·"~rr~
601 603 604
r-------- ' '
602
' - ...' 605 ' 606 - '
...
607
'
608
- '609 '610
'
611 0
612
'
613
<
"'u; ~
< iii0> iii"' u;
0>
"'u; 0>
u;
"'
0>
&i0>
35 I RW11 35 I RW21 "' "'
35 I RW31 71 2781
&.
- -
nl>
~~ "-" ~ "o-" '~]
S5
,,_" I I
I a..o
en::.
(!) 0
>-a..
--:5-J::.
o::;:::>
75 I 114X 75 314X
L31S31-3A L31S31-38 L31S32-3A
75 I 214X I
- -'
~
en
a..~D..
enw::;:
. --'
a..5a..
enw::;:
~
en O..W
>-::;:~
z
U::::.l:t:: ,I
II
zwa.. ~a...O
(!)Cl=> (!)Cl=> w . 'I
0.. 0.. ou li
cid~
zzen
"'"'
cos:
zzen
W •W
.......Cl...J
C!>:i~
-----------------------~----~~H~;P FO~----------T-----MAIN -~NTRO~------------------------------------ -
No.1 H.P.P FOR

CARGO OIL HANOUNG i
I CARGO OIL HANDUNG
i
1 PANEL FOR I.G.G
r r en
t-
m 1 m 1
i-W I t-W I rW
~8
"':::>
VlO:::
~
CD
I ~8
"':::>
(1)0::: m
w
--'
I n:::>
-<0
rw
enl:t::
o::<( I "'<( I
w-'
r--. ~~ 1
r--. :;:::;;: 1
r--.
~~
o>
;?' TB56&. I
I AI
? I I
I
I &.
: 61
? I
Q..<(
I
I I 61
? I I
1I :
~ __1 _1_ (P1601
1
(P331B ) : 1 I I (P3B17 ) : 1 I I ) 1 1 I I
~----.,------tl"'i ;~~ ~ -----~~~5::::9.!...1~t~'::::9::.2~F~:lj)l·s::::;~~-~x-,~-----
1
,t®'5" 9" 5-<t!l'5"'9: . 6- -«~!>"5: . 97:. .~!i';.,"'-----------------------------.
:4
593 594
~ "'
0 _____
0>
: != ~ ~Xss ;ORMAL jgj.~

'j'
?
21
;:, 10
1
5B6A11
6 rS40-18
4351 2
;:,
!
10 15B6A21
sr1S40-2B
~Ass NORMAL
~ 4~52
jgj.~
2
;:,
jg ~Ass
10 1586A31
6 1'540-28
NORMAL
94353
"'
0
0
"'g
--' SHEET No. 121~122 DEL.
0
u
' ~ TITLE DRAW No.
w
r R OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT KT -14151
"'E E
..,.
<
v file name 555 1 SHEET
I()
Ill 1736MS55 No. 120~122
:::;;
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I I 7 I DO 02
AC220V FEEDER PANEL
SHIP OWNER L.G.R FLAG OF SHIP ITALIAN£
<D tO
KIND OF SHIP 51 K PRODUCT OIL CHEMICAL TANKER CLASSIFICATION RINA
ENCLOSURE FRONT : DOOR (HINGE) REAR : TIGHTEN UP SCREW

- SIDE : TIGHTEN UP SCREW BOTTOM : OPEN 1-
PAINT COLOR OUTSIDE : 2.5 PB 6/10 £ AMBIENT TEMP. 45"C

(MUNSELL No.) INSIDE MAKER STANDARD
DRAWING & MATERIAL OF
DOCUMENT ENGLISH PHENOLIC
NAME PLATE
L{') l!'l
AUTO. SYSTEM
-
--------
GENERATOR
--
AC 450V
1125
A~Hz
KVA
KVA
3 ¢ 60Hz
1443 A 0.8PF
A 0.8PF
DIESEL
DIESEL
3 SETS
SETS -
SPACE HEATER AC 220 V 1 ¢ 60H~

SOURCE GOVERNOR
CAPACITY MOTOR DC 24 V w
"<!'
MAIN
TRANSFORMER AC 440 I 230 v 3 ¢ 60Hz 120 KVA ---------------
2 SETS ""'
MEASURE
- CONT. CIRC. AC 220 V 60Hz & DC24V AC 11 OV 60Hz -
CIRCUIT I
AC440V BUS
SHORT CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL
I") I')
MATERIAL COPPER (SURFACE : TIN COATING)
R :RED P :RED
IDENTIFICATION S :WHITE N :BLUE
OF POWER T :BLUE
BUS BAR *EARTH WIRE : GREEN & .YELLOW r-
~
?:
-o *VIEWING FROM PANEL FRONT
5 PHASE ARR'G LEFT TOP FRONT
<( PHASE (S) (V)
5 OF BUS BAR
PHASE (T) (W) POLE (N) ~ ~ ~
0 RIGHT BOTTOM REAR
~
~ MAIN CIRCUIT 0.6/1 KV SCP
C'J
0 INTERNAL WIRING
CONT. CIRCUIT : 0.6/1KV SYP or UL STYLE 1015
N
N
.. 660V SYP
L[)
0 * ADJUNCTIVE MATERIAL FOR THE YARD WORKING PROVIDED AS FOLLOWING;
REMARK
I 1. TERMINAL LUGS
O'l
0 2. BOLT/NUT AND TERMINAL CAPS FOR YARD CABLE INSTALLATION 1-
I
I"')
0
0
N
~
_j HULL No. S-1736 S-1737
0
- ~
u ORDER No. KTB-1 0083 KTB-1 0084

w
1-
MACHINERY No. M0179-10 M0181-10
:::.:::
0
<( £ TITLE DRAW No.
0
.(!)
~
R GENERAL SPECIFICATION KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MG02 No. 123
DD-01
CURRENT 5VA, CLASS: 1.0 KYONGBO

1iO CT61 US-3 2
TRANSFORMER 400/5A ELEC.
"' "'
MECHANICAL
2 INTERLOCK KM3 1 KTE
.DEVICE
GROUNDING
3 GRS61 RESISTANCE ISA690A2 AC220V, 60Hz 1 LUX CO
- SENSOR r-
L() 5 L()
- 7 -
"'" 9 "'"
10
- ;-
11
12
n n
13
14
r-
~
~ 15
0
<(
N
0
CL 16
~
C'-·
~ N
0
..:- 17
~
..
~
t[)
~
18
I
Ol
0
I
t")
0 19
0
N
ci
f-
__J
20
c5 ~
()
w
f-
::.:::
~
0
<(
N
TITLE DRAW No.
0 PARTS LIST
CL
~
R (AC220V FEEDER PANEL) KT-14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MP71 No. 124
DD-01
DEY
P7006 M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL
-1.5
NAME z
wQ
_Jf-
CIRCUIT USE PLATE
TRIPPING
m-
No. CIRCUIT NAME CABLE <((f)
SIZE TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY oo
0..
ABS-~~ 15A 6C "1 SPARE

tO (3P) a <D
ABS-53c
15A 6C 1 SPARE
(3P)
..
![)
r-
t'1
r-
u : mark - - - Upper SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
~

(2) Voltage for cable FT mark is foam trip
no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable PT mark is preference trip
L : mark - - - 250V cable OCR : mark is over current trip
~ TITLE DRAW No.

E
v file name SHEET
210x297(mm)
KTE
- .
1736MN72 No. 126
DD-01
Symbol
F60 CONTROL CIRCUIT (AC220V) 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 3

<0
F61 VOLTMETER 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F62 EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT (AC220V) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
l[) lO
r-
'<t
r-
,,
I")
N N
r-
z
I TITLE DRAW No.
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MN83 No. 127
DD-01
P7005
15A
SIZE
CLASS
0 "' 300V 120 X 100

1 V61 AC VOLTMETER LSK-12C 1
R : 230V 1.5
<0 <0
0 "' 400/5A 120 X 100

2 A61 AC AMMETER LSK-12C CT: 400/5A 1
R : 301 A 1.5
INSULATION 120 X 100

3 M061 RESISTANCE DCF-12N 0-5MO AC220V,60HZ 1
- f-
METER
L()
5 L()
- 7 f-
..;- ..;-
9

TOYO KEIKI
- f-

SYMBOL SWITCH
Q'TY
NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301-
,.,., VS61 VOLTMETER OFF R-S S-T T-R OFF 5204 HB 1 ,.,.,
KH301-
~
-
;;::
-.::::
0<(
N
1"-
w
:::2:
~ N
O"l
N
~
..
L[)
0
I
O"l
0 f-
I NOTE : Handle is pull out at
I")
0
"! Auto. return to
Cl
f-
$
__J mark position
6
()
3 -~- 7 ~
2 I 8
w N.P TYPE : DMI
f-
::<:::
~
0
<(
N
1"-
:::2:
E (AC220V FEEDER PANEL)
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ME72 No. 129
DD-01
Symbol
SIGNAL LAMP
I I CD
CD
EARTH LAMP BA9s

EL61 CLA 1 ;:5-AV47 CLEAR 1
R 6V,1.2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s

EL61 CLA 1 gs-AV47 CLEAR 1
s 6V,1.2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s

EL61 CLA 1 gs-AV47 CLEAR 1
T 6V,1.2W
l!') l!')
r-
I PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
I
ES61 EARTH LAMP TEST CLA 1 XB7-EA25 BLACK 1 1a1 b
"<!'
""'
- r-
1"1 1"1
~
-
;;:
..
lD
0
I
r-
I
..:: ~
0
u -
w
r-
:::<::
0
<(
I"')
~ TITLE DRAW No.
1"'- NAME PLATE TABLE
w
:2
R KT -14151
'(AC220V FEEDER PANEL)
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736ME73 No. 130
DD-01
N
0
I
Cl
1-
"' Cl
W .•
w • Ol
l() I o
AC220V 'FEEDER PANEL VJZ
u s E
T.B
SYMBOL CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOl T.B
U s E ""'"
No. No. T.B No. T.B No. No. No.
ci I
1-
z ::.:::
AC220V FEED. PNL.
(LOW INSULATION)
S27B
TB 701 1 h P4409 rL_ r--
(!)
E ~
S27B 702 2 1---1 L-MEYS-4
71 r---
3:
<( 0 ~
AC220V FEEO. PNL. 57 E6%\, 1 h P4410 _r r-- 0:::
C CD
(ES3+PT1) t---s7 E69Lfrl 2 1---1 F-MEYS-4 L_ 0 -(!)1 '"-'

tt=..-
r---
f-- r--
1--- r--
1--
f-- r-- z
1--- r---- w
::2
f-- r--- w
<.:l
1--- r-- z<(
I!',
f-- r--- 0:::
1--- r-- 0:::
<(
1--- r---
_j
f-- r-- <(
1--- r- z
1--- r--- ::2
0:::
1--- r- w
w 1--
1--- r- _j
1--
f-- r------ i=
1--- r-
1--- r------
1--- r----
1--- r----
f-- r------
1--- r-
f-- r-
f-- r-
1--- r-
f-- r---
1--- r-
1--- r-
f-- r------
1--- r-
f-- r------
1--- r-
- -
- -
- -
- -
-
-
-
-
- -
- -
- -
.... - -
-____:____ r-
c r-----
- r----
- r----
- r-----
- r----
- t--
- r----
- t--
1--- r-----
1--- t--
1--- r-----
- -
f-- r--
1--- r---
1--- r--
f--
1---
v ~0\f~LlV'l
(P3802,3) (P3302,3)
R S T R S T
<D
I II--~--
MECHANieAL III
• ~-
v 61 -
"'
A 61
LL.. LL..
"'
- (~1)r
LL.. LL..
OO:::(!)f-0
RiHV1
r R.:~~
, ~ V2o-l----i
L{") W 6111
6112
:..f71-
,----'-~
6102
~----='-'-"-"---<>
~ 6103
s
T
. 6104
6105
CT61 k k jr--"-'-'-'=-r-¢ TL >---
~
3A
5VA :e:: VS61
400/5A rn-
_I IJI--t---'6"-'-11=3____________________,
* AS61
~ . :;::::::
6 00 2
6001
<}----·1----------:--(-i:::::::ZI--+/--------'="""------1-----4-1~
~R]
(ill)
S e . ~
EARTH TESTING
I
\§/
..--?> i 6003 ..--?>
3A /
' 6203 T 'VJ CIRCUIT
L..___ _ _ _ _ _____J
([S! ~
\-/~
30x6t
(P4302) ~>--+----<~ (P4306) r-

I
I
(P430B) ~>--+----<~ (P4310) I
( P4311) ~ ~ (P4313)
dE6~
LP_~318
0
(P4314) ~ ~ (P4316) I
f I I
I I
(P4407) ~ ~ (P4408~ I I
P4410
F-MEYS-4
i :
(P4401) ~ ~ (P4402) _J i
. (P4404) ~ ~ (P4405) 02 I FROM MSBD
N
t E6%_ (ES3+PT1)
N
I LQ:s-
(P4421~~ ~ (SPARE) 1
15A I
I
(SPARE) ~ ~ (SPARE)
15A 15A
r-----------------------,
-
~>---+-lf-----<~
1
(P4317) (P4318) ~
I I
I I
L-----------------------~
D
~
TITLE DRAW No.
~ R AC220V FEEDER ARR'G &
KT -14151
~ ~------~------~
CONTROL POWER CIRCUIT
E
v~-----+------~--------------------------~~-----r---r------~
file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MS07 S7
No. 132
DD-01
CillD
6201
EL
r---
EL
-EL co
~ 7 [~ I
6202
6203
ES61 -
6206 ---+--- 6204
I
J,. I
1 6205
I
l{") 6 8 6207 l{")
4
~om
MO
6208 61
5
GRS
1 2 3 61 r-
0
c:;;
C'l SET: 50KO
c:;;
<D <D
(P440@ .q-
701 0 702
------ 0 ------
TO MSBD SYNCHRO. PANEL
(AC220V LOW INSULATION)
f-
t')
f-
TITLE DRAW No.

R EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT KT -14151
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736MS27A
S27A
No. 133
DD-01
KTE
KTE Co., Ltd.
1497-1, Songjeong-Dong, Gangseo-Gu,
Busan 618-817, Korea
Tel 82-51-265-Q255
Fax 82-51-265-Q250
www.kte.co.kr
1. ON COVER PAGE TOTAL SHEET NUMBER RAISED TO 90 DUE TO THE ADDITION OF

MGPS AND STARTER PANELS OF BALLAST PUMPS CABLE DIAGRAMS AT THE END OF
THE DOCUMENT.
2. ON PAGE 08/86 SYMBOLS ADDITION FOR ALL THE BWMS EQUIPMENT WHICH WILL BE
INSTALLED ONBOARD.
3. ON PAGE 12/86 BWMS EQUIPMENT ADDED TO PREFERENTIAL TRIP 2 CIRCUIT.
4. ON PAGE 16/86 START,PERMISSION & RUNNING COMMANDS FROM BWMS TO VESSEL's

POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ADDED (PMS).
5. ON PAGE 26/86 RUNNING SIGNAL FROM No.1 FIRE BILGE & G.S. PUMP TO BWMS.
6. ON PAGE 28/86 SIGNALS FROM ENGINE ROOM'S VENTILATION CONTROL ADDED TO

BWMS.
7. ON PAGE 30/86 RUNNING SIGNAL FROM No.2 FIRE BILGE & G.S. PUMP TO BWMS.
8. ON PAGE 37/86 THREE NEW BREAKERS ADDITION ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD FOR
BWMS EQUIPMENT LABELED P7001, P7002 AND P7004.
9. ON PAGE 42/86 NEW BREAKER ADDITION ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD FOR BWMS
EQUIPMENT LABELED P7005.
10. ON PAGE 44/86 SPARE BREAKER ON THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD USED TO SUPPLY
220VAC TO MGPS CONTROL PANEL LABELED P7006.
11. ON PAGE 49/86 SPARE BREAKER ON THE EM'CY SWITCHBOARD USED TO SUPPLY
440VAC TO BWMS EQUIPMENT LABELED P7003.
12. PAGE 86/86 RENAMED TO 86A/86.
13. ON PAGE 86B/86NEW MGPS CABLE DIAGRAM ADDITION.
14. ON PAGE 86C/86 TWO BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANELS CABLE DIAGRAM ADDITION.
NDME-2145PS-E-002
MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 E-19 CABLE DIAGRAM OF SIZE:
POWER SYSTEM UPDATED N/A
DRAWN: A.V.
0 / 90 DATE: 11/30/2021
90
DATE REV. PAGE
PLAN HISTORY
DESCRIPTION DWN. CHKD.
~ 1
MGR.
6
*DESIGNED BY POWER SYSTEM DESIGN 1 PART. ~

2010.09.27
& - ~
-----
*SUBMITTED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR APPROVAL.
*REVISED AS FOLLOWS WITH CLOUD MARK ACCORDING

2011.03.28
& - TO DESIGN DEVELOPMENT & MAKER'S DRAWING
* SUBMITTED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR RE-APPROVAL.
C.I.PARK
K.H.KIM S.J.YANG D.S.HWANG
201 0. 04. 25 .
IS. P44,49,50 01. CHANGED CABLE TYPE AS PER MAKER'S DRAWING
(P4405,P4908,P5010)
02. CHANGED SOURCES FROM PD-7 TO C.C.C

P63
(P6308,1 0,11)
03. ADDED COOLING FAN MOTOR IN COLD CHAMBER C. I. PARK
P83
LOBBY AS PER MAKER'S DWG. (P8311A) K.H.KIM S.J.YANG D.S.HWANG
2011.04.26
&. -
P16
* ISSUED FOR WORKING
a. ADDED START FAIL SIGNALS FROM AMS ACCORDING

TO DESIGN DEVELOPMENT ----- ---- ----
2011.07.04 & P47
P12,P14,
b. CABLE TYPE WAS REVISED ACCORDING TO INCREASED
CAPACITY OF FOAM PUMP
C. I. PARK
Y.H.HAN S.J.YANG D.S.HWANG
P17,P18, a. MODIFIED THE DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN DEVELOPMENT

P19,P62,
P68,P69,
P70,P74
1~/f
~Au¥:.1~11
b. ACCORDING TO THE REQUEST OF PRODUCTION q
DESIGN 1 PART, JUNCTION BOX(P5507A) FOR EIR
2011. 11. 15 & P55
CRANE IS ADDED
Y. 11. HAN .s: r YfM'I,.
v
.
-
' '
ct)
0
ct)
(.)
I
w
(/)
~
(/)
w
:2
<(
z
:2
0::
0
5txoffshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd. LL
STXSE-C303(200201)
DATE REV. PAGE
PLAN HISTORY
DESCRIPTION DWN. CHKD.
~ 1
MGR.
6
2010.09.27
& -
* DESIGNED BY POWER SYSTEM DESIGN 1 PART.
*SUBMITTED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR APPROVAL.
---- ---- ~
2011.03.28
& - *REVISED AS FOLLOWS WITH CLOUD MARK ACCORDING
TO DESIGN DEVELOPMENT & MAKER'S DRAWING
*SUBMITTED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR RE-APPROVAL.
C. I. PARK
K.H.KIM S.J.YANG D.S.HWANG
2010.04.25.
'& P44,49,50 01. CHANGED CABLE TYPE AS PER MAKER'S DRAWING
(P4405,P4908,P5010)
02. CHANGED SOURCES FROM PD-7 TO C.C.C

P63
(P6308,1 0,11)
03. ADDED COOUNG FAN MOTOR IN COLD CHAMBER C.I.PARK
P83
LOBBY AS PER MAKER'S DWG. (P8311A) K.H.KIM S.J.YANG D.S.HWANG
- ~
&
---- ~
2011.04.26 * ISSUED FOR WORKING
,. a. ADDED START FAIL SIGNALS FROM AMS ACCORDING To
~
P16 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT
b. CABLE TYPE WAS REVISED ACCORDING TO INCREASED C. I.p~lk.

.::::
) v
2011.07.04 & P47 CAPACITY OF FOAM PUMP
Y. K.t\AN ~ It'*'
.
-
' '
('t)
0
('t)
()
I
w
(f)
g
w
~
<(
z
~
0:
stx Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 0
u..
STXSE-C303(20020j)
HULL NOS.: S1736137
PAGE 02 I 86
INDEX [ 1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
DESCRIPTION PAGE DESCRIPTION PAGE
PLAN HISTORY 01 MSBD(N0.1 AC 440V FEEDER PANEL)

INDEX(1) 02 N0.1 MAIN TRANSFORMER 33
N0.1 MIEAUX. BLOWER STARTER
INDEX (2) 03
N0.1 HYD. POWER PACK
NOTE 04 FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
CABLE LEGEND (1) 05 HYD. OIL TRANS PUMP 34
FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
CABLE LEGEND (~) 06
N0.1 INERT GAS BLOWER
SYMBOL LIST (1) 07
N0.1 F.O PUMP FOR I.G.G
SYMBOL LIST (2) 08 WATER MIST LOCAL PUMP ST. FOR LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING
ABBREVIATION 09 N0.1 & 3 FEED PUMP 35
LOCATION CODE 10
N0.1 E.C.R PACK. AIR CON. UNIT
ARR'T OF MULTl JUNCTION BOX 11 N0.1 AIR COND. COMP. SW. BOARD
SEQ. START GROUP & PREF. TRIP 12 N0.1 PROV. REF. PLANTCOMP. SW. BOARD
EM'CY STOP GROUP & C02 TRIP GROUP (1) 13 AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL 36
.,.. EM'CY STOP GROUP & C02 TRIP GROUP (2) 14 PD-1 37
PD-3
MSBD(N0.1 GEN. PANEL) 15
LGSP-1
MSBD(SYN.PANEL) 16 LGSP-2
MSBD(BUS TIE PANEL) 22 LGSP-3
MSBD(N0.2 GEN. PANEL) 23 LGSP-4
MSBD(N0.3 GEN. PANEL) 24 LGSP-5
MSBD(N0.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL) ELECTRIC TEST PANEL
N0.1 MIE L.O PUMP 25 WORKING AIR COMPRESSOR
N0.1 MIE & C.S.W PUMP MSBD(N0.2 AC 440V FEEDER PANEL)
N0.1 MIE JACKET WATER PUMP N0.2 MAIN TRANSFORMER 38
MIE JACKET WATER PREHEATER CIRC. PUMP N0.2 MIE AUX. BLOWER STARTER
N0.1 L.T COOL. F.W. PUMP N0.2 HYD. POWER PACK 39
N0.1 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP 26 FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
N0.1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR N0.2 FEED PUMP
N0.1 F.O SUPPLY PUMP 27 N0.3 FEED PUMP
N0.1 F.O CIRC. PUMP FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
GIE EM'CY M.D.O PUMP (ELEC. DRIVEN TYPE) N0.2 AIR COND. COMP. SW. BOARD
N0.1 FEED WATER PUMP FOR AUX. BOILER N0.2 PROV. REF. PLANT COMP. SW. BOARD
N0.1 CIRC. WATER PUMP FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER N0.2 ALPHA L.O SYSTEM PUMP
AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL
N0.1 EIR SUPPLY FAN 28
HOSE HANDLING CRANE
N0.1 DECK SEAL S.W. PUMP
N0.2 INERT GAS BLOWER 40
N0.2 F.O PUMP FOR I.G.G
MSBD(N0.2 GROUP STARTER PANEL)
N0.2 E.C.R PACK AIR CON. UNIT
N0.2 MIE L.O PUMP 29 SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL 41
N0.2 MIE C.S.W PUMP
N0.2 MIE JACKET WATER PUMP PD-2 42
N0.2 L.T COOL. F.W. PUMP LGSP-1
N0.2 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP 30 LGSP-2
N0.2 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR LGSP-4
N0.2 F.O. SUPPLY PUMP 31 LGSP-6
N0.2 F.O. CIRC. PUMP '<t
0
(")
N0.2 FEED WATER PUMP FOR AUX. BOILER N0.2 SIG STARTER ~
(/)
N0.2 CIRC. WATER PUMP FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER N0.2 H.P.P FOR VALVE REMOTE CONTROL ~
(/)
N0.3 EIR SUPPLY FAN 32 GOVERNOR TRANSFORMER
w
N0.4 EIR SUPPLYIEXH FAN 2
MSBD (AC 220V FEEDER PANEL) 43,44 <(
N0.2 DECK SEAL S.W. PUMP z
MIE AIR COOLER CLEANING WATER CIRC. PUMP 2
0::
0
u.
STXSE-C304(200201) FORM3
Offshore & Ship~uilding Co., Ltd.
HULL NOS.: S1736/37
PAGE 03 I 86
INDEX [ 2/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
DESCRIPTION PAGE DESCRIPTION PAGE
ESB (EM'CY SHORE & GEN. PANEL} 45,46 LGSP-1 68

ESB (AC 440V FEEDER PANEL} 47 FRESH WATER SUPPLY UNIT
PURIFIER ROOM EXH. FAN
N0.2 E/R SUPPLY/EXH. FAN
HOT WATER ELEC. HEATER
EM'CY GEN. ROOM SUPPLY FAN
S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN
C02 ROOM EXH. FAN
ST. FOR G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP LGSP-2 69.70
N0.1 STEERING GEAR N0.1 & 2 H.F.O PURIFIER
M/E & G/E L.O PURIFIER
FOAM PUMP
N0.1 & 2 H.F.O PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP
M/E & G/E L.O PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP
N0.1 & 2 EM'CY TRANSFORMER 48
N0.1 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP LGSP-3 71
N0.2 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP SCRUBBER C.S.W PUMP
N0.3 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP LGSP-4

N0.1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR STARTER L.O TRANSFER PUMP 73,74
EM'CY FIRE PUMP 49 H.F.O TRANSFER PUMP
M.D.O TRANSFER PUMP
BATTERY CH. & DISCHARGE BOARD
BILGE TRANSFER PUMP
ELEC. WHISTLE RELAY BOX
SLUDGE PUMP
N0.1 H.P.P FOR VALVE REMOTE CONTROL M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP
WATER MIST LOCAL PUMP ST. FOR LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING
LGSP-5 75,75A
N0.1 ALPHA L.O SYSTEM PUMP SANITARY SPACE EXH. FAN
GALLEY SUPPLY FAN
ESB (AC 220V FEEDER PANEL} 50,51
GALLEY EXH. FAN
BATTER CHARGER & DISCHARGER BOARD 52,53 CHEMICAL CLEAN'G EQUIP'T STORE EXH. FAN
DECK STORE EXH. FAN
PD-1 (E/R AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD} PAINT STORE EXH. FAN
LATHE PROVISION CRANE STARTER
54
DRILL MACHINE LIFE BOAT & LIFE/RESCUE BOAT DAVIT (ST'BD & PORT)
GRINDING MACHINE PROV. REF. FAN SWITCHBOARD
ELECTRIC ARC WELDER AIR COND. FAN SWITCHBOARD
ODME SAMPLING PUMP
INCINERATOR CONTROL PANEL 55 LGSP-6 76
E/R WORKSHOP WELDING EXH. FAN BOSUt'tSTORE EXH. FAN
E/RCRANE ELEC. ARC. WELDER
N0.1 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP INDIVIDUAL STARTER
PD-2 (EIR AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD} N0.1 & 2 M/E AUX. BLOWER 77
" BILGE SEPERATOR 56 N0.1 & 2 STEERING GEAR 78
ACC. AIR COND. PLANT 79A
M/E & G/E F.OAUTO FILTER
..r, REF. RROVISION PLANT 82
M/E TURNING GEAR WASTE OIL INCINERATOR 84
CONTROL PANEL FOR S.T.P & VACCUMARATOR 57 PROVISION CRANE 85
FRESH WATER GENERATOR I.C.C.P & M.G.P.S CONTROL PANEL 86
I.C.C.P & M.G.P.S CONTROL PANEL 57A

N0.2 & 3 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP
G/E J.W PREHEATER UNIT
M/E L.O AUTO FILTER
PD-3 (GALLEY & LAUN. AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD} 58
PD-4 (EIR AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD) 59
CONTROL AIR DRYER
U.V STERILIZER
PD-5 (ACCOM. AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD) 60,60A
PD-6 (GALLEY & LAUN. AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD) 61,62
PD-7 (C.C.R EM'CY AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD) 63
Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
HULL NOS. : S 1736/37
PAGE 04 I 86
NOTE MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO DBOOOOOO
1. RULE & REGULATION: RINA
2. *MARK ITEMS ARE SUPPLIED BY MAKER.
3. THE NUMBER ABOVE SYMBOL OF CIRCUIT BREAKER SHOWS THE GRAME SIZE AND SETTING CURRENT
OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER.
EX.) 100/60-100: FRAME SIZE (100A)

60 : SETTING CURRENT (60A)
INST: INSTANTANEOUS TRIP ONLY IF INDICATED
4. THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF ALTERNATORS ARE SO INTERLOCKED AS NOT TO OPERATE IN PARALLEL; WITH
SHORE SUPPLY AND SPACE HEATERS OF ALTERNATORS TOO.
5. CIRCUIT DESIGNATION
EX.) P 01 01
CABLE CIRCUIT NO.
PAGE NO.
SYSTEM TITLE - - . - - P : POWER DIAGRAM
L: LIGHTING DIAGRAM
C : CONTROL & MONITORING DIAGRAM
N : NAV. /INTERCOM./ RADIO I
ENTER. DIAGRAM
F : FIRE DETECTION & G/A DIAGRAM
6. CIRCUIT SYMBOL
r
T2
01
T2
02
l
2.9
,. "0
1 : MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
2 : CABLE TYPE & SIZE
3 : CIRCUIT NUMBER
4: STARTER WITH DISCONNECTING SWITCH AND CONTROL UNIT
5: STARTING FUNCTION
LS : DIRECT ON LINE START ASS: AUTO START/STOP
SD: STAR TO DELTA START REV : REVERSIBLE
'<t
ATR : AUTO TRANSFORMER START ACV :AUTO CHANGE BY LOW VOLTAGE 0
<'>
(.)
UVR : UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE ACP : AUTO CHANGE BY LOW PRESSURE uJ
UVP: UNDER VOLTAGE PROTECTION ACVP :AUTO CHANGE BY LOW VOLTAGE &
LOW PRESSURE ~en
6 : MOTOR OUTPUT (KW)
llJ
7: RATING CURRENT (A)
~
z
8: SEQUENTIAL STARTING GROUP OR RUNNING OUR METER
2
0::
0
lL
5txotfshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
HULL NOS..· 51736/37
..
··PAGE 05 I 86
CABLE LEGEND [ 1 /2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
*ALL ELECTRIC CABLES ARE MARINE USE TYPE
1. IEC-60092-35X (FINE ROUTE CABLE)

NUMBER OF CORE
1
~ m~oo~~~~-~~
INDIVIDUAL SHIELD
H- F T E Y C Y S - 2.5
1_ ® @ @
@[@1 (01 CROSS SECTIONNAL AREA (mm 2 )
COMMON SHIELD
PVC PROTECTIVE COVERING
STEEL WIRE BRAID
PR-PVC SHEATH
HF-HEPR INSULATION
j- . \ . NUMBER OF CORE ..
FIRE RESISTANT TYPE
VOLTAGE GRADE
(H: 0.6/1KV, NO MARK:250V)
FINE ROUTE CABLE
-. Cables on all areas including machinery space, exposed deck and weather deck are of -EY(HEPR
Insulator and PVC Sheath) type, without steel wire braid or PVC protective covering.
-. Cables required dynamic strength in order to pull by a winch may be used -EYCY type of cable.
2. CABLE APPLICATION; JlS C-3410(1999)
NUMBER OF CORE
l
~@]~~~~~-~~·
INDIVIDUAL SHIELD
H- T P Y C Y S - 2.5
.
® @ @ 1
®[ ®1 co1 CROSS SECTIONNAL AREA (mm 2
COMMON SHIELD
1"

,. STEEL WIRE BRAID
PVC SHEATH
EPR INSULATION
. NUMBER OF CORE
FIRE RESISTANT TYPE
VOLTAGE GRADE
(H: 0.6/1KV, NO MARK:250V)
CORE@ INSULATION @ SHEATH@ ARMOUR@

PROTECT. @ OTHER WISE CD
COVER
s :SINGLE P: EP RUBBER Y: PR-PVC C: STEEL WIRE Y:PVC S:COMMON '<!"
0
D : DOUBL E: HF-HEP SHEATH BRAID PROTECTIVE SHIELD 8
T :THREE RUBBER COVERING E : EARTH WIRE w
F :FOUR
5 :FIVE ~en
6 :SIX w
M :MULTI 2
<(
TT:TELEPHONE z
2
0::
0
LL
S'txotfshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
..
HULL NOS • S 1736/37
m PAGE '06·. I 86
:. CABLE LEGEND [ 2/ 2] MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
NO SYMBOL CABLE TYPE

RATING CURRENT(A)
100% 85%
0.0 GLANb INO I SYMBOL CABLE TYPE
RATING CURRENT(A)
100% 85%
O.D I GLAND
IEC-60092-35X (FINE ROUTE CABLES)
1 A88Y82 H-SEYC8Y8-2.5 28 23.8 10.8 15C 30 AM819 L-MEY8-19 6 5.1 15.5 25A
2 A88Y35 H-8EYC8Y-35 145 123.2 16.3 258 31 AM827 L-MEY8-27 5 4.2 18.5 25C
20.7 30A
3 A88Y70 H-8EYC8Y-70 225 191.2 20.0 25C 32 AM(Y)837 L-MEY(CY)8-37 4 .3.4 (24.8) (30Gl_
4 A88Y95 H-8EYC8Y-95 275 233.7 22.3 308 33 ATT1 L-TTEY-1 - - 7.1 10A
5 AD1 H-DEY-1.5 17 14.4 9.1 15A 34 ATT2 L-TTEY-2 - - 10.4 15C
6 AD2 H-DEY-2.5 24 20.4 9.9 158 35 ATT4 L-TTEY-4 - - 11.9 20A
AD4 H-DEY-4 32 27.2 11.1 15C 36 ATT1T L-TTEY-1T - - 7.4 108

7
10.1 158 ATT81 L-TTEY8-1 - - 7.3 108
8 AD(Y)82 H-DEY(CY)8-2.5 24 20.4 37
(13.8) C20C)
. 11.3 20A
9 AD(Y)84 H-DEY(CY)8-4 32 27.2 (15.0\ (20C)
38 ATT82 L-TTEY8-2 - - 10.6 15C
9.6
.
10 AT(Y)1 H-TEY(CY)-1.5 14 11.9 (13.3)
158
(20C)
39 ATT84 L-TTEY8-4 - - 12.1 20A
10.4 15C
40 ATT87 L-TTEY8-7 - - 14.5 20C
11 AT(Y)2 H-TEY(CY)-2.5 20 17.0 (14.1) (20C)
11.9 20A
12 AT(Y)4 H-TEY(CY)-4 27 22.9 (15.6) (25A) 41 ATT824 L-TTEY8-24 - - 24.6 30C
13.0 208
13 AT(Y)6 H-TEY(CY)-6 34 28.9 (258) 41 FIRE RESISTANT TYPE
116.71
15.4 25A 10.9 15C
AT(Y)10 42 AFT(Y)1 H-F-TEY(CY)-1.5 14 11.9
14 H-TEY(CY)-10 47 39.9 (19.1) (25C) (14.6) (20C)
17.7 258 43 11.9 20A
15 AT(Y)16 H-TEY(CY)-16 63 53.5 (21.6) C30A) AFT(Y)2 H-F-TEY(CY)-2.5 20 17.0 (15.6) (25A)
13.2 20C
AT25 H-TEY-25 84 21.8 30A 44 AFT(Y)4 H-F-TEY(CY)-4 27 22.9
16 71.4 (16.9) (258)
23.1 308
30C 45 AFT(Y)25 H-F-TEY(CY)-25 84 71.4
17 AT35 H-TEY-35 102 - 24.6 (27.2) (35A)
8.7 15A
358 46 AFM(Y)8 L-F-MEY(CY)S-2 14 11.9
18 AT50 H-TEY-50 126 - 28.2 (12.4) (208)
10.1 158
458 47 AFM(Y)S~ L-F-MEY(CY)S-4 11 9.3
19 AT70 H-TEY-70 158 - 32.7 (13.8) (20C)
12.0 20A
48
20 AT95 H-TEY-95 193 - 37.2 458 AFM(Y)S7 L-F-MEY(CY)S-7 9 7.6 (15.70 (25A)
15.5 25A
50A 49 AFM(Y)S1 L-F-MEY(CY)S-12 7 5.9
21 AT120 H-TEY-120 224 - 41.5 (19.2) (25C)
55A 50 AFM819 L-F-MEYS-19 6 5.1 18.2 25C

22 AT150 H-TEY-150 256 - 46.0
8.3 15A
23 AT81 H-TEY8-1.5 14 11.9 9.8 158 51 AFTT(Y)S1 L-F-TTEY(CY)S-1 - - (12.0) (20A)
52 12.5 208
24 AT82 H-TEY8-2.5 20 17.0 10.6 15C AFTI(Y)S; L-F-TTEY(CY)S-2 - - (16.2) (258)
• 14.1 20C
25 AT84 H-TEYS-4 27 22.9 12.1 20A 53 AFTT(Y)S• L-F-TTEY(CY)S-4 - - (17.8) (258)
7.7 108
26 AM(Y)82 L-MEY{CY)8-2 14 11.9 54 AFTT4S L-F-TTEY-48 - - 15.3 25A
{11.4) {20A)
,.., 8.7 15A
27 AM(Y)S4 L-MEY(CY)S-4 11 9.3 (12.4) (208)
10.3 15C
28 AM(Y)87 L-MEY(CY)S-7 9 7.6 (14.0) (20C)
29 AMS12 L-MEY8-12 7 5.9 13.3 20C
...
SPECIAL TYPE JIS C-341 0(1999)
1 RG12UY RG-12/UY - - 14.1 20C 1 MY4S L-MPYCY-4S 11 9.3 13.9 20C

;g
C'>
2 RG22 RG-22/U - - 10.3 15C 2 MY78 L-MPYCY-7S 9 7.6 15.9 25A 0
uJ
3 RG6U RG-6/U - - - - 3 MY37S L-MPYCY-37S 4 3.4 rn
~
rn
4 5C-2V 5C-2V - - 7.5 108 4 TTY2S L-TTYCY-2S - -
w
5 STP STP(CAT-5) - - - - 5 TTY4S L-TTYCY-4S - - 21.1 30A 2
<(
z
6 TTY10S L-TTYCY-10S - - 31.5 40A 2
0::
0
7 FMY19S L-FMYCY-198 6 5.1 lL
5txotfshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
HULL NOS..· S1736/37
PAGE 07 I 86 ..
SYMBOL LIST [ 1 I 2 ] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO DBOOOOOO
FONT FONT
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
NO. NO.
710- 710-
1
~ DIESEL GENERATOR 35
2 c:) SHAFT GENERATOR 36
3 (:9 EMERGENCY GENERATOR 37

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
~ ACMOTOR 6),
4 38 (FIXED TYPE)
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
5 (2) GOVERNOR MOTOR (AC) 39 .(""'!. (DRAW OUT TYPE)
6 ® GOVERNOR MOTOR (DC) 40 .(""'!. AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

(PLUG-IN TYPE)
7 @) SYNCROSCOPE 41 n MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

(3P)
8 ® ACAMMETER 42 n MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

(2P)
~~:- :-.
9 ® DC AMMETER 43 o--o
D.S
DISCONNECTION SWITCH
.
; .. -
10 @ AC VOLTMETER 44
LINK
r-t BUS LINK
11 ® DC VOLTMETER 45 IZI FUSE
12 @ FREQUENCY METER 46 o--o SELECT SWITCH
13 8 OHMMETER 47 0
_L._
0 "a" CONTACT (PUSH BUTION)
14 ® KILOWATT METER 48 <L.I....O "b" CONTACT (PUSH BUTION)
15 s KILOWATT -HOUR METER 49

-
0 0 "a" CONTACT
16 8 RUNNING HOUR METER 50 .......... "b"CONTACT
17 ® AC DOUBLE VOLTMETER 51 ® SHUNT TRIP COIL
18 ® DOUBLE FREQUENCY METER 52 ® UNDER VOLTAGE COIL
19 eJ TEMP. INDICATOR 53 IRPRI REVERSE POWER RELAY
20 lETs I EARTH TEST SWITCH 54 lOCRl OVER CURRENT RELAY
21 [MJ AMMETER SELECTION SWITCH 55 [IT] PRE-EXCITER
22 WJ VOLTMETER SELECTION SWITCH 56 lAVRl AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
23 WJ FREQUENCY SELECTION SWITCH 57 [Y[] VOLTAGE REGULATOR
24 IGcsl GOVERNOR CONTROL SWITCH 58 @ PILOT LAMP (WHITE)

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
25 Iscsi CONTROL SWITCH 59 @ PILOT LAMP (GREEN)
26 IFvsl
FREQUENCY & VOLTMETER
SELECTION SWITCH 60 ® PILOT LAMP (RED)
27 lcosl CHANGE OVER SWITCH 61 @ PILOT LAMP (ORANGE)
28 lSHSl SPACE HEATER SWITCH 62 @ PILOT LAMP (YELLOW)

SYNCROSCOPE & LAMP
29 ISYL.sl TRANSFER SWITCH 63 ® PILOT LAMP (CLEAR)-FOR EARTH
30 lA-HI SYNCHRO. AUTO-MAN SWITCH 64 § PILOT LAMP (CLEAR)-FOR SYNCH. "<t

0
C')
31 lACSl ACB CONTROL SWITCH 65 @ PILOT LAMP FOR SPACE HEATER ~en
~
32
~ SPACE HEATER 66 § PILOT LAMP FOR SHORE POWER en
33 eg ELECTRIC HEATER 67 @ PILOT LAMP FOR BATT. CH.DISCH.

w
2
<(
z
34 [E[] MAGENETIC BREAKER 68 @ PRESSURE SWITCH 2
0:::
0
u.
5txotfshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.·
17 EQ07 BWMS Rectifier Panel EQ07
18 EQ08 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08
19 EQ22 BWMS EDU Junction Box EQ22
20 EQ25 BWMS Motor Control Cabinet EQ25
21 MGPS M.G.P.S Control Panel for the BWMS new sea-chest
22 J M.G.P.S Junction box for connecting the anodes
23 SPBP1 SPBP1 Starter panel of BWMS Ballast Pump 1
24 SPBP2 SPBP2 Starter panel of BWMS Ballast Pump 2

CCCR Cargo Control Room Repeater panel
25 CCRR for operating BWMS Ballast Pumps 1 & 2
M Electric Motor of BWMS ballast Pumps 440VAC
26 3ph~
90kW 60Hz 3phase 90kW
..
HULL NOS · S1736/37
PAGE 09 I 86
ABBREVIATION MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
NO. LETTER DESCRIPTION NO. LETTER DESCRIPTION
1 AUX AUXILIARY 35 INL. INLET
2 B.C.C BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE 36 L-L LOW-LOW
3 BCD BATT. CH. & DISCH BOARD 37 L.O. LUBRICATION OIL
4 BA.C.C BALLAST CONTROL CONSOLE 38 M/E MAIN ENGINE
5 BVI BEARING VIBRATION INDICATOR 39 MID MIDDLE
6 c.c.c CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE 40 M.I.P MEAN INDICATING PRESSURE
7 C.C.R. CARGO CONTROL ROOM 41 MSBD MAIN SWITCH BOARD
8 C.F.W COOLING FRESH WATER 42 NID NAV. INST. DIST. PANEL
9 CIRC. CIRCULATING 43 NLP NAV. LIGHT CONTROL PANEL

-.-"'' ·'.
10 COMP. COMPRESSOR 44 OLP OUTDOOR LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
11 C.P CONTROL PANEL 45 OMD OIL MIST DETECTOR
12 c.s.w COOLING SEA WATER 46 OUTL. OUTLET
13 CYL. CYLINDER 47 PRESS. PRESSURE
14 D.B DOUBLE BOTTOM 48 PURl. PURIFIER
15 OK. DECK 49 P.B PUSH BUTTON
16 D.O. DIESEL OIL 50 P/P PUMP
17 E.C.C ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE 51 RID RADIO INST. DIST. PANEL
18 E/C/R ENGINE CONTROL ROOM 52 RPM REVOLUTION PER MINUTE
19 E.G.B EXHAUST GAS BOILER 53 RVI ROTOR VIBRATION INDICATOR
20 EM'CY EMERGENCY 54 SEP. SEPARATOR
21 END EM'CY NAVIGATION DIST. BOARD 55 S/G STEERING GEAR
22 EXH.GAS EXHAUST GAS 56 SH/G SHAFT GENERATOR
23 E/R ENGINE ROOM 57 SLP SIGNAL LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
24 ESBD EMERGENCY SWITCH BOARD 58 S.T STARTER
25 F.C.P FIRE CENTRAL PANEL 59 STBD STARBOARD
26 F.O. FUEL OIL 60 S.V SOLENOID VALVE
27 FWD FORWARD 61 TRANSM TRANSMITTER
28 F.W.E FINISHED WITH ENGINE 62 TEMP. TEMPERATURE
29 G.C.P W/H GROUP CONTROL PANEL 63 VN VALVE
30 G/E GENERATOR ENGINE 64 w.c.c WHEEL HOUSE CONTROL CONSOLE "<!"

0
C')
31 GEN. GENERATOR 65 W.G.P WHEELHOUSE GROUP PANEL

Ci
w
en
32 H.F.O. HEAVY FUEL OIL 66 W/H WHEELHOUSE ~
en
w
33 H-H HIGH-HIGH 67 W.M.C WHEELHOUSE MANEUVERING CONSOLE :2
<(
z
34 HYD. HYDRAULIC 68 W.N.C WHEELHOUSE NAVIGATION CONSOLE :2
0::
0
35 IND. INDICATION 70 LETTER DESCRIPTION u..
5txotfsh.ore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
..
HULL NOS · S1736/37
I
stx
PAGE 10 86
LOCATION CODE MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
~~
AREA
NO. DESCRIPTION NO. CODE DESCRIPTION
1 SGS- S/G RM ST'BD-FR NO. 48 OH2- ON DK N0.2 CRANE HOUSE

2 SGP- S/G RM PORT-FR NO. 49 OH4- ON DK N0.4 CRANE HOUSE
3 SGC- S/G RM CENTER-FR NO. 50 805- BOSUN STORE-FR NO.
4 EFS- EIR FLOOR ST'BD-FR NO. 51 FCL- PCLEDK
5 EFP- E/R FLOOR PORT-FR NO. 52 FM- FOREMAST
6 EFC- E/R FLOOR CENTER-FR NO. 53 US- UPP-DK ST'BD-FR NO.
7 E2S- E/R 2ND DK ST'BD-FR NO. 54 UP- UPP-DK PORT-FR NO.
8 E2P- E/R 2ND DK PORT-FR NO. 55 UC- UPP-DK CENTER-FR NO.
9 E2C- E/R 2ND DK CENTER-FR NO. 56 UEC- UPP-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
10 PUR- PURIFIER RM-FR NO. 57 FCS FIRE CONTROL STATION
11 E1S- EIR 1ST DK ST'BD-FR NO.
12 E1P- E/R 1ST DK PORT-FR NO.
13 E1C- EIR 1ST DK CENTER-FR NO.
-- ·'
14 ECR- ENGINE CONTROL RM-FR NO.
15 EWS- EIR WORK SHOP-FR NO.
16 AS- A-DK ST'BD- FR NO.
17 AP- A-DK PORT- FR NO.
18 AC- A-DK CENTER- FR NO.
19 AEC- A-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
20 AEG- A-DK EM'CY GEN RM-FR NO.
21 AC2- A-DK C02 RM-FR NO.
22 BS- 8-DK ST'BD-FR NO.
23 BP- 8-DK PORT-FR NO.
24 BC- 8-0K CENTER-FR NO.
25 BEG- 8-0K ENG. CASING-FR NO.
26 CS- C-OK ST'BD-FR NO.
27 CP- C-OK PORT-FR NO.
28 CC- C-OK CENTER-FR NO.
29 CEC- C-OK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
30 NS- NAVI. BRI. OK ST'BD-FR NO.
31 NP- NAVI. BRI. OK PORT-FR NO.
32 NC- NAVI. BRI. OKCENTER-FR NO.
33 NWH- NAVI. BRI. W/H-FR NO.
34 NEC- NAVI. BRI. ENG. CASING-FR NO.
35 TS- COMPASS OK ST'BD-FR NO.
36 TP- COMPASS OK PORT-FR NO.
37 TC- COMPASS OK CENTER-FR NO.
38 RM- RAOARMAST
39 PO- PIPE DUCT KEEL-FR NO.
40 LS- N0.1 LOWER STOOL
41 LS4- N0.4 LOWER STOOL
42 OS- ON OK ST'BD-FR NO.
43 OP- ON OK PORT-FR NO.
44 OC1- ON DK N0.1 CRANE
45 OC2- ON OK N0.2 CRANE
46 OC3- ON DK N0.3 CRANE
47 OC4- ON OK N0.4 CRANE
S'tX Offshore & Shi pbuildin g Co. Ltd.
-:~ .
····)
.__ ...
(/)
~
(/)
OUTLINE ARRANGEMENT JUNCTION BOX DETAIL
l'()f1
w
~ NO. JB NO. LOCATION CONNECTION CABLE
"R)
0
0
N
POWER JUNCTION BOX
0
......
.-------- / 1
2
A
UPP
A DECK
UPPER DECK
EIR-ACCOM .
EIR & ACCOM. --- FORESHIP -u
3 EC1 EIRCASING EIR - - EIR CASING
0
=z:
NAVI.DK 4 EC2 EIRCASING EIR- EIR CASING
m
:::0
S20
- *NOTE* s:
CDK 1. POWER JB NO. : P-JB- EX) P-JB-UPP c
2. MULTl JB NO. : M-JB- EX) M-JB-L 1A r
-
0
it
::r
...,
0
E/CAS.
CASING
-e>o-
BDK
,....,
FOREMAST
-I
c...
c
z
,_v
(I)•
120
EM'CY
GEN.
" 0
-I
'Ul ROOM I A
0
bb
:r
-c·· ADK
z
C"
c: OJ
0
I EC2 I I UPP I BOSUY
STORE ><
)>
UPP. OK \'\ :::0
ENGINE :::0
S/G/R
CONTROL ROOM -i
E/R 1ST
0
:;::
0
~
0 m ~
0
z zr m
E/R 2ND 0
~
0
:c
...... c
II ...... r
A E/R FLOOR 0 ~
r
z
((
())
0
0 \[ E/RBOTTOM \\
0
0
0
0
"
'"C
()
0
(0
-. 0
~
0 (/)
'Tl ())
Q')
......
0 -..j
::a w
:;::
v
wl___~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------J~~~
Q')
(;)
-..j
FORM NAME : STXSE-C304

4. BWMS EQ07, EQ25, NEW BALLAST PUMPS 1 & 2 P37, P42
HULL NOS..· 81736/37
.. EM'CY STOP GROUP &
PAGE 13 I 86
MODEL NO 51KPC09
FOAM TRIP GROUP [ 1/2] DWG.NO D8000000
GROUP CONSUMER LIST PAGE
***STOP FOR EJR PART FAN *"*
1. No.1,2,3 &4 EJR VENT. FAN P28,P32,P47
2. No.1 & 2 MIE AUX.BLOWER P33,P38
3. N0.1 & 2 INERT GAS BLOWER P34,P40
4. F.D FAN FOR AUX. BOILER P36
5. SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL P41
ES1
6. WASTE OIL INCINERATOR UNIT (PD-1) P55
7. WELDING AREA EXH. FAN (PD-1) P55
8. N0.1 & 2 ECR PACK. AIR COND. UNIT P35,P40
9. PURIFIER ROOM EXH. FAN (LGSP-1) P68
10. C.P FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT & VACUUMARATOR P57
***STOP FOR EIR PART L.O/F.O/D.O/SLUDGE/BILGEIHYD. PUMP***

1. N0.1 & 2 F.O SUPPLY PUMP FOR M/E & G/E P27,P31
2. N0.1 & 2 F.O CIRC. PUMP FOR M/E &G/E P27,P31
3. N0.1 & 2 M.D.O PUMP FOR I.G.G P34,P40
4. G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP (ELECTRIC TYPE) (ESBD) P47
5. G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP (AIR TYPE) (E.C.C) P21
6. WASTE OIL INCINERATOR UNIT (PD-1) P55
7. LGSP-2 P37,P42
- N0.1 & 2 H.F.O PURIFIER
- M/E & G/E L.O PURIFIER
- N0.1 & 2 H.F.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
- N0.1 & 2 L.O PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP
8. LGSP-4 P37,P42
- M.D.O TRANSFER PUMP
- H.F.O.TRANSFER PUMP
- L.O TRANSFER PUMP
ES2
- BILGE TRANSFER PUMP
'
- SLUDGEPUMP
- M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP
9. N0.1 & 2 ALPHA L.O SYSTEM PUMP P39,P49
10. N0.1 & 2 MAIN L.O PUMP P25,P29
11. N0.1 ,2 & 3 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP P48,P55,P57A
12. AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL P36,P39
13. BILGE SEPERATOR (PD-2) P56
14. HYD. POWER PACK FOR REMOTE VALVE CONTROL P42,P49
15. AUTO FILTER CONT. P/L FOR M/E & G/E F.O SUPPLY UNIT (PD-2) P56
16. N0.1 ,2 HYD. POWER PACK FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM P33,P38
17. N0.1,2&3 FEED PUMP FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM P35,P39
v
18. HYD. OIL TRANS. PUMP FOR CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM P34 0
19. M/EL.OAUTOFILTER P57A G

w
~
C/)
w
NOTE ::2
<(
z
1) IN CASE OF FIRE, VENTILATION FANS AND FUEL OIL PUMPS SHALL BE MANUALLY STOPPED BY ::2
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH. THEY SHALL BE ARRANGED AS ABOVE MENTIONED GROUP. 0::
0
u..
5tx:otfshore &Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
HULL NOS..· S1736/37
.. .. PAGE 14 I 86
EM'CY STOP GROUP &
MODEL NO 51KPC09
FOAM TRIP GROUP [ 2 I 2 ] DWG.NO D8000000
GROUP CONSUMER LIST PAGE REMARK
*** STOP FOR ACCOMM. PART FAN & GALLEY EQUIP'T***
1. PD-3 (GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T AC 440V DIST. PANEL) P37

2. AIR COND. FAN SWITCHBOARD (LGSP-5) P75A
3. PD-6 (GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T AC 220V DIST. PANEL) P43
4. FOAM ROOM & FIRE CONTROL STATION EXH. FAN (ESBD) P51
5. SANITARY SPACE EXH. FAN (LGSP-5) P75

6. GALLEY SUPPLY FAN (LGSP-5) P75
7. GALLEY EXH. FAN (LGSP-5) P75
ES3 8. PAINT STORE EXH. FAN (UPPER DECK) (LGSP-5) P75
9. HOSPITAL EXH. FAN (PD-5) P60
10. DRY PROV. STORE EXH. FAN (PD-5) P60
11. C02 ROOM EXH. FAN· P47
12. EM'CY GEN. ROOM SUPPLY FAN (ESBD) P47
13. PROV. REF. FAN SWBD (LGSP-5) P75A
14. CREWS RECREATION ROOM EXH. FAN (PD-5) P60
15. OFFICER'S RECREATION ROOM EXH. FAN (PD-5) P60
16. PORTABLE AIR CON. (UPP-DK, HOSPITAL) P60A
17. QUARANTINE & SUEZ CREW RM EXH. FAN (PD-5) P60
*- STOP FOR ON-DECK FAN .....

1. DECK STORE EXH. FAN (LGSP-5) P75
2. CHEMICAL CLEANING EQUIP'T STORE & SAMPLING STORE EXH. FAN (LGSP-~)P75
ES4 3. S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN (ESBD) P47
4. BOSUN STOR~S~P)FAN (LGSP-6) P76
!ia
~
NOTE .
1) IN CASE OF FIRE, VENTILATION FANS AND FUEL OIL PUMPS SHALL BE MANUALLY STOPPED BY
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH. THEY SHALL BE ARRANGED AS ABOVE MENTIONED GROUP.
GROUP CONSUMER LIST PAGE REMARK
1. No.1,2,3 & 4 EIR VENT. FAN P28,P32,P47

2. No.1 & 2 MIE AUX. BLOWER P33,P38
3. N0.1 & 2 INERT GAS BLOWER P34,P40
4. F.D FAN FOR AUX. BOILER P36

5. SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL P41
CT 6. WASTE OIL INCINERATOR UNIT (PD-1) P55
7. WELDING AREA EXH. FAN (PD-1) P55
8. N0.1 .& 2 ECR PACK. AIR COND. UNIT P35,P40
9. PURIFIER ROOM EXH. FAN (LGSP-1) P68
10. C.P FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT & VACUUMARATOR P57
"""
0
C')
()
w
~
U)
NOTE w
THE ABOVE CONSUMERS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED FOR VENTILATION STOP BEFORE ~
z
THE FIRE FIGHTING MEDIUM (C02) SYSTEM IS RELEASED.
2
0::
0
LL
STXSE-C304(200201)
5tx Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. FORM3
HULL NOS.: S-1736/37
PAGE 15 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
[N0.1 GENERATOR PANEL]
DWG. NO D8000000
® 8 @
lvs II lAS
@ ACB CLOSE IND.
® ACB OPEN IND.
@ SPACE HEATER ON IND.
@ GEN . RUN IND.
® ABNORMAL RESET
- IRHMI
RUN HOUR METER
(TOTAL TYPE)
/
RUN HOUR METER
IRHMI (RESET TYPE)
~ IRPRI REVERSE POWER RELAY

<(
m
en _: E~5_:.1 g_ _____
::J ACB.1 I
m 2000/1676A
N
.--?..,.... I
I
I
0
<0 JL
"
£
~
~ _\\
"
AT120X7
01-07
I
G1
~
N0.1 MAIN GENERATOR
AC 450V 3PH 60Hz 0.8PF
I
0.. _f uvc)
:I 950 1187.5KVA (950KW) 1523.6A
(t)
T.B
6"<t
"<t
(.)
<(
l -a.
SCB
"
..,..,
RPR
"
r-1
I
_l
I
I
.L
I
I
ADS2
08
I
I r-
_l
I
--~ TRFORAVR
I I
.....
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
---@] EXCITER
z * I I I
VOLT. REGULATOR ADS2
VR r-- -IAvRI AUTO. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
I I 09 I X
I 0
I ID
3A ACB.1 I
AMS2 SPACE HEATER
-a _o. SHS _l
I I 10
_l
I
-'
<(
z -- --!:IBJ (AC 220V 1PH 315W)
~-
I ~
0::
ADS2 I w
--~
FROM SYNCHRO PANEL
11
: ~
zw
I (!)
DAMPING RESISTER
I .....
ci
I z
I r--RBRBR STATOR TMEP. TRANSMITTER
I (SPARE)
~----, I
I
I
CBOX
'---,--l
,--,
I I
I
- RB RB R STATOR TEMP. TRANSMITTER
(EACH PHASE PT1 00 Ohm)
I I
I I
I~
I L--------
I
I "<t
I 0
I 1-
~------------·A
ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM 80..
(BY LAN) I_ -RIS/T STATOR TEMP. IND uJ
(SEE C19) en
~
en
w
2
~
2
~
0
u..
C-30-4-(2_o_o_zo_1_)____~--~------~~~"----------------------------------.~1~.S~1=7~36~G=EN~P~A~N=EL~(P~1=5~-24)
Ls=Tx_s_E__
- :::::lll~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08
PPMS001
TTYCS-4 EQ08 - START REQUEST
- POWER AVAILABLE
- RUNNING INDICATION
PAGE 17 I 86
stx MAIN SWITCHBOARD

[SYNCHRO PANEL]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP

~01-1 kJQ, 1._~E~
MSB CONTROL
0 -
p!.
------~5_?TI
C1901
____· j 1 CBOX :
I
-REMOTE START £
~RT 2
T
LOCALCONTROL 0 -: I ~------
-COMMON SHUTDOWN
-ENGINE STOP SIGNAL
I -ENGINE RUN
I -START FAIL
READY FOR
REMOTE START 0- Jl
I
1ST AUTO ST-BY
®_ I
I
I-
2ND AUTO ST-BY
® I
I
I
G/E RUNNING J
I
I
ACBOPEN I
I
I
ACBCLOSE I
I
I
N
AUTO SYNCHRO I
I
0 I
®
(0
I
I AUTO LOAD SHIFT I
a.
('") . I
I
G/ESTOP
®-- J
I
G/E SHUTDOWN ®- - J
I
I
I
G/E START FAIL J
I
I
OVERCURR. I
TRIP I
I
REVERSE PWR. I
TRIP I
I
ACB ABNOR. TRIP I
I
I
ACB NON CLOSE I
I
I
I
I
G/E CONT. SW. ~ 1
. (STOP~START) ~-~
ACB CONT. SW.
(OPEN-CLOSE)
SYNCHRO MANUALS
SYNCHRO AUTO s ..
w
2
~
2
0::
0
L_--------------------------~~=-~"~----------------------~-------11.s~1~7;3~6~G~ENN~P~ANNBEL~P~1S5~24)
· STXSE-C304(200201) :~»!LA. Offshore & Shipbuil-ding Co., Ltd.
u.
HULL NOS..· S-1736/37
PAGE 18 I 86

[SYNCHRO PANEL]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP

T.B
(AMS27)
*ON N0.2G/E
~------~
-REMOTE START £
MSBCONTROL
0 - 7
I
I
----C2 00'f-----~ CBOX
._ ______ 1
1
~1m2 0 ART
LOCAL CONTROL
0 - ....
I
I
-COMMON SHUTDOWN
-ENGINE STOP SIGNAL
-ENGINE RUN
I -START FAIL
I
READY FOR START 0 - I

....
I
I
1ST AUTO ST-BY
® I
I
I
. .
2ND AUTO ST-BY
® I
I
I
G/ERUNNING
@- ....
a::
<(
Ill
ACBOPEN
®
Cl)
::J
Ill
ACBCLOSE
®
N
:r:
0
co
AUTO SYNCHRO
®
:r:
a.
(')
AUTO LOAD SHIFT
® I
I
~
~
G/ESTOP @ - --1
I
I
~ G/E SHUTDOWN @ - --1
I
I
G/E START FAIL @ - --1 .
.
OVERCURR.
TRIP ®
REVERSEP.
TRIP ®
ACB ABNOR. TRIP
-
® ' '
ACB NON CLOSE
®
I
I
G/E CONT. SW.
(STOP-START) IECSI-- J '---
ACB CONT. SW,
(OPEN-CLOSE) @]
;3
(')
SYNCHRO MANUALS
ua.
I
w
~
SYNCHRO AUTO
8 Cl)
w
:2
<(
z
:2
a::
0
u.
STX&E-C304(200201) 1.81736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
S'tX:otfshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
..
HULL NOS · S-1736/37
..
PAGE 19 f· 86

[SYNCHRO PANEL]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP
MSBCONTROL @
~
- .,.. - r-- --~~S~_7l
C2101
_____ _l
1
*ON N0.3G/E
~------~
CBOX :
I
-REMOTE START
-~;r~~
£2
'------- ~~O- L T
LOCAL CONTROL @ - 1
.I
I
-COMMON SHUTDOWN
-ENGINE STOP SIGNAL
I -ENGINE RUN
I -5TARTFAIL
I
I
READY FOR
REMOTE START @ - 1
I
1ST AUTO ST-BY @ I
I
.
I .
2ND AUTO ST-BY @ I
I
I
G/ERUNNING @ - i
I
0::
[§ ACBOPEN @
U)
:::>
co
N
ACBCLOSE @
::c
0
(()
::c
AUTO SYNCHRO
®
D..
C')
6
AUTO LOAD SHIFT ®
~ G/ESTOP @ - i
~ I
N
ci
z
G/E SHUTDOWN @ - iI
G/E START FAIL @ - iI
OVERCURR.
TRIP @ I
I
I
REVERSEPWR
TRIP
@ I
I
I
ACB ABNOR. TRIP @ '
I
I
I
ACB NON CLOSE @ I
I
I
I
I
I
G/E CONT. SW.
(STOP-START) IECS ~...:d__
ACB CONT. SW.
(OPEN~CLOSE) @]
g
C')
(.)
SYNCHRO MANUALS D..
uJ
SYNCHRO AUTO
s ~
U)
w
2
~
2
0::
0
u...
STX15E-C304(200201) 1.81736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
5t.xottshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 20 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
[SYNCHRO PANEL]
DWG. NO 08000000
ll
!~~~YS~~~·DBY @-- ·r ------~~;gp------:!~B~: EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
(EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL)
EM'CY GEN. RUN ®-- ~ -SHORE POWER AVAILABLE
-SHORE POWER BREAKER ON
-EM'CY GEN. AUTO ST'BY
GROUP SIGNAL LAMP 1
MSB EM'CY STOP Q : -EM'CY GEN. RUN
-EM'CY GEN. ABNORMAL
SOURCE FAIL V I -EM'CY GEN. BATT CH. ABNORMAL
ESB EM'CY STOP Q -ESB ABNORMAL
SOURCE FAIL V 1 -ESB AC440V LOW INSULATION
AUTO SYSTEM Q : -ESB AC220V LOW INSULATION

-EM'CY GEN. ROOM FAN RUN SIGNAL
ABNORMAL V I
® :
-ESB EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT SOURCE FAIL
-BCD DC 24V LOW INSULATION
AUTO SYN. FAIL -BCD ABNORMAL
MSB CONTROL Q :I
SOURCE FAIL V
BUSHIGH Q 1
FREQUENCY V 1
I (AMS4) ~---1
BUS LOW
FREQUENCY ®i -- -- P-4553--- - - - - j _E~B_I EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
-SHORE VOLTAGE
-SHORE CURRENT
BUS HIGH
VOLTAGE
®l
BUS LOW
VOLTAGE ®:
1ST PREF. TRIP Q
~---~
®
:1
V
2N° PREF. TRIP
i '- -- --P4469-------~~~B_I
(AMS4) MSB AC220V FEEDER PANEL
-MSB AC220V LOW INSULATION
N
I I
0
(0
MSB440V
LOW INSULATION ®: AMS19 1---1
~f-----__::...::.:;0::;.1..:..:::..________---11 _!~C_I ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE(SEE C23)
MSB220V
LOW INSULATION ®l -BLACK OUT SIGNAL
-N0.1 G/E LOW LOAD CONDITION(25%)
ESB440V
LOW INSULATION @: I
-D.O USE SIGNAL(FOR N0.1 GSP EM'CY
ESB220V
LOW INSULATION ®: MOO PUMP)
-N0.1 DECK SEAL S.W PUMP RUN
BCD DC 24V
LOW INSULATION
EM'CY STOP
®l
~ I
-G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP(ELEC. DRIVEN)
RUN
CIRCUIT LINE FAULT .~
o:
I (SEE C95)
SPARE
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
EM'CY GEN. RM. I
SUPP. FAN RUN ®-- i
(N0.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL)
SHORE POWER
AVAILABLE ®-- ~
-G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP(ELEC. DRIVEN
SHORE BREAKER
ON
SHORE CURRENT
®--
-4----
~
~
RUN
(SEE C95)
SHORE VOLTAGE -4---- I

(AT1X2) 1-- - I EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
SHORE INTERLOCK +-----,------ p4504;-os----- - 1 _E~_I
(EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL)
MAIN GEN. ) -SHORE INTERLOCK
ACB INTERLCOK -4 - - - -
-MAIN GEN. ACB INTERLOCK
®---
DC24V "<!'
(AT10) . ~---1 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
AVAILABLE i '---- c9911 (De 24\7)--- -~ !~c_l (ALARM & CONT. CIRCUIT SOURCE)
0
C"l
0
0..
MSBCONTROL
SOURCE (DC 24V)
-4---- I w
(/)
SPACE HEATER SOURCE+-_____ (AT2) 1-MSB I MSB AC220V FEEDER PANEL ~

(/)
FOR N0.1,2 & 3 GEN. - - - - P4468- - - - - - - I - - _I -N0.1,2 & 3 GEN. SPACE HEATER
SOURCE UJ
~
<(
z
~
0::
0
L-------------------------------~------~--------------------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ....-......._. . . 1.S1736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
::::t'-A.Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd .
HULL NOS.: S-1736137
PAGE 21 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09 .
[SYNCHRO PANEL]
DWG. NO D8000000
FIRE CONT STAION

GROUP PANEL
(FIRE CONTROL STATION)
_iAP!:~S_
~-... 2606
19l_ -<E N0.1 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP
-STISPIRUN
1
lo•l- N0.2 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP
-STISPIRUN
(AFMS12)
~- -- p49o5- -<E EM'CY FIRE PUMP
"ES1"
ES1 (EIR. PART FAN STOP)
ES2 (EIR PART F.OIL.OID.O/H.P.P/

BILGE/SLUDGE PUMP STOP)
"ES2"
ES3 (ACCOM. PART FAN STOP)
..~··:. ES4 (ON DE<?K FAN STOP)
"ES3" - ESB (GENERATOR PANEL)

:!~~~ (ES1,ES2,ES3,ES4 EM'CY STOP)
(SEE P45)
ll.
0 EM'CY STOP BOX
I-
(/)
(E.R. ENTRANCE)
"ES4"
b
2
LLJ ES1 (EIR. PART FAN STOP)
oil
ll.
N ES2 (E/R PART F.O/L.0/0.0/H.P.PI
:c
0
0: AFMS7 BILGE/SLUDGE PUMP STOP)
<D 1-1--
L.U- 04
:c (1):::> ES3 (ACCOM. PART FAN STOP)
a. <(0 AFMS4
("} wrx: 05
u:lo ES4 (ON DECK FAN STOP)
0:::>-
N::)
Ow
Orx:
a.: BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
0:
1
1--
L.U '-----+-- S~l ES3 (ACCOM. PART STOP)
0 l_rl
"CT" z
LLJ
rx: : __ JA£~S~)- __ --<E FIRE ALARM CENTRAL PANEL
LLJ F1016 (WIH)
LL
LLJ
rx:
It-1----- _0~M.§~----- _~-MSB
~
1
ll. (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES3/PT1)
P441 0 I - - _I
"LT1"
I
~ t----- _0~M.§~---- ---1-Po-1 1 (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES2, ES11CT,
(::~~~)
ES1/ES2/CT,PT1)
I :-=-_=--=-:
jt----- F>S?A"fo- --- --~!~2_1 (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES11CT, ES2)
I (AFMS4) 1- - - 1
~t----- F>60A"1o- ---- -~!~ 5_1 (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES3)
L 1- - - - -
'AFMS4'
l!.. - - !L - - - - -
r---,
LGSP-1 1
P6814 I ___ _ (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES1/CT, PT1)
"LT3" IIt---- - J5i5A21- -- - -~r---,

(AFMS7)
~~~5_) (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES3, ES4, ES3/PT1)
I (AFMS1~ r---, ""'
0
r 1---- - -P7612 - - - - - I ~G~~6_1 (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES4, PT1) ("}
0
r-----
I (AFMS12) 1---1
Ff"606------ -I_S_!_I
WATER MIST LOCAL PIP STARTER FOR ~
LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING (LT1 ,LT3,LT4) (/)
~
ILt- --- _(~F~~4l_---- _~- CP-1
"LT4" CONNECTION BOX FOR (/)
C9005 I - - _I C02 RELEASE ALARM
w
AFMS2 1-ECC 1 EM'CY STOP CIRC. : ES2 2
~ 11 l ___ l <{
(G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP- AIR TYPE) z
2
0::
0
L-----------------~------------~--------------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~-
::3~0ffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 1.S1736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
PAGE 22 i 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
[BUS TIE PANEL]
DWG. NO 08000000
BUS TIE ACB OPEN @

0::
BUS TIE ACB CLOSE @
<(
w
U)
:::l
w
N
:c
0
(!)
:c
a.
I')
... 6
'¢
630/500A
1----~~/f~}-----1f-----...:...A.::T.;.;95::;,X~3-----...ll-
'¢
~ ESB 1 EM'CY SWITCHBOARD

01-03 I_- _I (EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL)
..-
ci (SEE P45)
z
3200/INST
~~1}----.....
N
:c
0
(!)
N
ci
z
'¢
0
I')
0
a.
w
U)
~
U)
w
2
~
2
0::
0
. L--------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) .............._. . . 1.81736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
:::It IL..A.. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co,. Ltd .
PAGE 23 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
® ACB CLOSE IND.
@ ACB OPEN IND.
@ GEN. RUN IND.
® ABNORMAL RESET
~·.
IRHM I RUN HOUR METER
(TOTAL TYPE)
IRHM I RUN HOUR METER
(RESET TYPE)
0::: IRPR I REVERSE POWER RELAY

~
en
:J
ID
N
I N0.2 MAIN GENERATOR
g f----{f----~~.0~ AC 450V 3PH 60Hz 0.8PF
1187.5KVA (950KW) 1523.6A
( uvc)
SCB RPR
..., ,.. ..., __!)--
TRFORAVR
..... ----@] EXCITER

d
z
AUTO. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
SPACE HEATER
(AC 220V 1PH 315W)
DAMPING RESISTER
FROM SYNCHRO PANEL
-
~--(@:@@) STATOR TMEP. TRANSMITTER
(SPARE)
r----,
I
I
CBOX !.._ - - --.
I I
--@X@x§ STATOR TEMP. TRANSMITTER
'---,--1 I
I
I I
I 1'----
1 ~-----~--
1
I
I
(!!;
(")
I ~---1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM 0
a.
.__----(BY-LAN)---- i ~~s_l -RIS/T STATOR TEMP. IND w
I
(SEE C20) en
~
en
w
2
<(
z
2
g5·
L-----------------------------~~----~--------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ,.,......._ . . 1.S1736 GEN PANEL (P15-24)
;::Tn,,A.Qffshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 24 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
®I 8 @
lvs lAS I
@ ACB CLOSE IND.
® ACB OPEN IND.
@ GEN . RUN IND.
... ~.
® ABNORMAL RESET
:":"· ·.;
RUN HOUR METER
IRHMI (TOTAL TYPE)
... /
;
RUN HOUR METER

jRHMj
(RESET TYPE)
0:: IRPRI REVERSE POWER RELAY

~
en * E2S-19
::J
Ill
ACB.3 --------- - I
I
2000/1676A I I
N ....-?n<. I
:r: I
0 II ~\\ AT120X7 I
G3 I N0.3 MAIN GENERATOR
~
(0
\\ ~ {/
01-07 I I AC 450V 3PH 60Hz 0.8PF
:r: I 950 I 1187.5KVA (950KW) 1523.6A
a.. ( uvc)
C')
- T.B
r-1
I
I
I
I
6 SCB RPR I I I..-- I
~ I ADS2 I I
--~
I
.J"o
-" -<l _n.-
I I 08 I I TR FORAVR
0
<( I I I I
I I
~
I
I I
I
----@] I EXCITER
d I
z I I
~
* I ADS2
VOLT. REGULATOR VR -
-IAVR I I
09 I-- AUTO. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
I I I X I
3A ACB.3
.... " SHS
I
I
I
I
I
I
AMS2
10
:z 0
co
....1
<( ----[IBJ
I
I
I
SPACE HEATER
(AC 220V 1PH 315W)
~
~-
ADS2 c::
11
w
I- ----[@ DAMPING RESISTER
FROM SYNCHRO PANEL :Z
w
(!)
M
0
z
1--- RB RB R STATOR TMEP. TRANSMITTER
(SPARE)
~----,
I I
I
CBOX ,---1 - RB RB R STATOR TEMP. TRANSMITTER
~--,--J I
I
I
IL__
I
I
I
I
'---------
I "<t
I 0
C')
~- -
0
MS 1
- - - - - - - - - - J-A- ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM a..
(BY LAN) I_ __ I -RIS/T STATOR TEMP. IND uJ
(SEE C20)
en
~
en
w
2
~
2
0::
0
C_3-04-(-20_0_2_01-)--~------------~~~"---------.--------------------------1-.S-1-7-36__G_E_N_P~A_N_E_L~(P_1_5~-24)
LL.
LS_TX--SE
__
- ::n...A.Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 25 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
[N0.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL]
DWG.NO D8000000
EFS-22
r----~
I M I
.-----I---..!:.A;:.T:;.50~----~ """'v I N0.1 MIE L.O PUMP
01 65 : 106.2A
[§[) I WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
CJ 1 (22V, 550VA)
L----.1
EFP-19
r---,
AMS7
L--1--~02~------711 _! I (AMS7) °
1 11>~}- ~J\Ms7) 152""9o2 --<E N0.2 M/E L.O PUMP
~IJ>-!£"~p74Q:f- -- --<E SLUDGE PUMP
*ON M/E
AMS4
~--J-_:_~....:...._--"'-1
~
w
----® ST'BY START
FOR MAIN L.O PUMP
04 ~ ----® ST'BYSTART
FOR MIE JACKET W. PUMP
"A"
WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER

(22V, 577VA)
AIR EJECTOR
0:: AC 220V 1PH
<(
((I
(f)
:::> AMS12
((I
07
N N0.2 M/E C.S.W PUMP
I
0
co "A" ST'BY START
I
0..
C")
100/60
>
0 AT10
-;r. N0.1 MIE JACKET WATER PUMP
-0
-;t
<(
11
"
..--
c:i
z N0.2 M/E J.W PUMP
E2S-3B
RUNING SIGNAL
(SEE P29) L__ _
AMS7
l-__t.~;u_------;1-1 °_•,
I - - - -I
I (AMS7)
11>~.J- -t P2912-<E
12
I N0.2 M/E JACKET W. PUMP
L----l
AT2
14 M/E J.W PREHEATER CIRC. PUMP
E2S-33
L _ _j..__.£:;A~M~S~7_ _ _ _ _---1 oe
15
EFS-38
r----~
250/250
I M I
1----I--.!:!AT~9~5:....__ _ _ _____,f-1 """'v I N0.1 L T.C.F.W PUMP
16 95 : 156.8A
: [§[) 1 WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
I CJ
L----.1
I (30V,1032VA)
ST'BY START
STXSE-C304(200201)
PPUMP05 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08
MPYC-2 EQ08 - No.1 Fire Bilge & G.S. Pump Running signal.
PAGE 27 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08000000
*F.O SUPPLY UNIT

(PURIFIER ROOM)
AT2 __ @ M N0.1 F.O SUPPLY PUMP

01 . '-../ FOR M/E & G/E
2.5 4.6A
o::....J
ww
~~
1---1 (AT2) iL a. F.OAUTO FILTER
o.-;
I ~~~-_rf5561f 1-Z
::::10
~u
AT2
02
__ ~M N0.1 F.O CIRC. PUMP
4 .6 FOR M/E & G/E
7.4A
AMS4 ----@ ST'BY START FOR

F.O SUPPLY PUMP FOR M/E & G/E
03
----@ ST'BY START FOR
F.O CIRC. PUMP FOR M/E & G/E
AMS12
04
,._(~~S.!.2l.. N0.2 F.O SUPP. PUMP FOR M/E & G/E

P3104
N0.2 F.O CIRC. PUMP FOR M/E & G/E
N
I AMS7
0 EM'CY G/E M.D.O PUMP
(0 05
I
0... OS 100
('(')
~
AT2
06
_m
~
G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP
(ELEC. DRIVEN TYPE)
~-·
I
I 2.5A
I
I I
u I I
<( I I
I I
I
0 I
D.O USE SIGNAL
z I (FROM SYNCHRO
I[ ____________ _
PANEL)
~1?)_- ---- CESS
- - --- - P4709 1 EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
l ___ l (EM'CY AC 440V FEED PANEL)
E2S-20
100/60
AT10 N0.1 FEED WATER PUMP
11 FOR AUX. BOILER
30.8A
AMS19
12
N0.2 FEED WATE PUMP
FOR AUX. BOILER
N0.2 CIRC. WATE PUMP
FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER
..,.
ST'BY START FOR CIRC. WATE PUMP g
FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER ~
AMS2 ST'BY START FOR FEED WATE PUMP w
13
E2S-18
FOR AUX. BOILER ~
(/)
100/20
w
AT2 N0.1 CIRC. WATER PUMP 2
16 FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER ~
2
0::
0
L_--------------~----------------------------------------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) 2.81736 GSP (P25-32)
S'bcotfshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
PFAN001
MPYC-4 EQ08 - No.1 E/R SUPPLY FAN Running signal.
- No.2 E/R SUPPLY FAN Running signal.
PAGE 29 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO D8000000
EFP-19
AMS7 r----.
'------t----,--_.:...:::.0~2:.;___ _ ____;._j0 e I
1 lo-.,_l_-- _(~~SI)_,
-= I (AMS7) P2502
~
~ ~~_:-=:!-P7403--- -~
N0.1 M/E L.O PUMP
SLUDGE PUMP
EFS-38
225/225 r----1
I I
AT70 I N0.2 M/E C.S.W PUMP
06 I
0::: 1 137.5A
<( I
m 1~1 WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
IL _ _ _ _ JI (22V, 577VA)
(/)
::J
m
N EFP-41
:r: AMS7 ~-----
oe 1
0
<0 07 - , I(AMS19)
:r:
Q.
[ ____
I I]>~r T p2§Q7 -~ N0.1 M/E C.S.W PUMP
_,
(V)
>
0 E2S-39
..;t 100/60
..;t
AT10
() 11 N0.2 M/E JACKET WATER PUMP
<(
N
0
z
E2S-33
AMS7
,----1
oe I
12
I I]>~}- -:-P2512 -E N0.1 M/E. J.W PUMP
INTERLOCK SIGNAL
-: I-----
-RUNNING
(SEE P25)
EFS-38
~-----1
250/250
AT95 I M I
1---t----....:....:.;~::::.......---~W ~
16 95
I N0.2 L.T.C.F.W PUMP
: 156.8A
(]8] 1 WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
c:J I (30V, 1032VA) ~
C")
'------1 0
a..
uJ
EFS-41
en
AMS7 ~----- ~
'-----t--~-~1~7;.:.....-----:-l 0 e I en
I 1(~~5.!_22._
ro-e:... N0.1 L.T.C.F.W PUMP w
l _-
_-_.J_ I_, P2517 <E 2
~
2
0::::
~~C3o~~~----------~~==~--------------------------------------_j~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~-· ·
;:::!!~~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 2.S1736 GSP (P25-32)
PPUMP06 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08
MPYC-2 EQ08 - No.2 Fire Bilge & G.S. Pump Running signal.
PAGE 31 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
AT2
01
~
ID
z
0
i=
0
z
::::>
....,
0::
~
D..
@ .
100/15
.. AT2 N0.2 F.O CJRC. PUMP
·• 02
' - - FOR M/E & G/E
7.4A
AMS12
0::
<( 04
Ill
(AMS12)
Cl) ,..__ P2764- - N0.1 F.O SUPP. PUMP FOR M/E & G/E
:J
Ill N0.1 F.O CIRC. PUMP FOR M/E & G/E
(AMS7)
I
N ,..__ "P2765- - --~
0
(()
I
0...
C")
>
0
"<t
"<t
0 E2S-20
<( 100/60
AT10 N0.2 FEED WATER PUMP
"! 11 FOR AUX. BOILER
0
z 30.8A
E2S-22
AMS12 r----,I
L-----1-----.:....:::~=-----------;-----;t o e
12 I [(- ,_ -~-~~S.!_9l----oEE N0.1 FEED WATE PUMP
I S> ~-'' 1 P2712 FOR AUX. BOILER
I 0 e :I N0.1 CIRC. WATE PUMP
:_ ~~}
_! FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER
E2S-17
AT2 N0.2 CIRC. WATER PUMP

15 FOR EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER
'¢
g
0
D..
I
w
~
C/)
w
2
~
2
0::
l_~================~=-----~~~~------------~~--~~~------------~2~.S~1~7~366GG~SPP0(PP:2~5~-32)
0
lJ..
STXSE-C304(200201)
S'tX:otfshore Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
&
PAGE 32 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000

100/60 (35V,245VA)
AT10 -----,
P-JB-EC2
01A I _____
N0.3 EIR SUPPLY FAN
27.4A
UP-33
f--.=,-, (AMSZ)
roe- ----e
fc0=~ . ,.). . P2803 (AMS7)
1 -- N0.1 E/R SUPP. FAN
I
1 0 e J - - - - - -'<E N0.2 EIR SUPP./EXH. FAN
AMS12 --- 1 P4703
I 0-.,.J
__ I
03
I_ _?_?_!_!
'~ .
0::: 100/60 (35V,245VA)
<(
CD
Il-p:j8-E(;2
AT10
_____ I N0.4 E/R SUPPLYIEXH. FAN
(J) 04A
::J 27.4A
CD
N
I
0
<.o
I
a..
(") 100/15
AT2 M/E AIR COOLER CLEANING
>
0 05 WATER CIRC. PUMP
'<;f"
'<;f"
()
<( EFS-26
AMS7
06 o• START/STOP/RUN
N
c:i
z
100/20
AT2
N0.2 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP
07
10A
LGSP-3
AMS7 ~-----
o• I
____ +
,: f1>~}- _, ~~~-i)_-e
08
N0.1 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP
"<t
0
G
a..
w'
en
~
en
w
2
~
2
0:::
~~~~~~--------------~~----------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) stx Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 2.S 1736 GSP (P25-32)
PAGE 33 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO "51KPC09
[N0.1 AC 440V FEEDER PANEL]
DWG.NO D8000000
N0.1 MAIN TRANSFORMER

225/INST AC 440V/230V 120KVA 3PH)
6--Nr--I-..:..A:;T;.:95~(1.:.:5:.:..7:.::.5A:....:.)Ll (]) (301.2A)AT70X2 TO : MSB (AC220V FEED PANEL)
~ ~~ (SEE P43)
(ELEC. WORKSHOP)
(INRUSH CURRENT: 2, 173A)
225/150
E2S-29
AT35 ---1 N0.1 M/E AUX. BLOWER STARTER
o--.~--~o~4~------------------------~:_s_!_ 1
(SEE P77)
,.
..
800/800
(INST) E2C-37
*E2P-36 I----I
AT95X4 AT95X4 I I N0.1 HYD.POWER PACK FOR
06-09 10-13 I I CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
I 1660A
I I
AD1 I SPACE HEATER
14 I
0::: I
<(
ro
(/)
AMS2
15
[!8]:
L _ _ _ _.
THERMOSTER
:::J
ro
AMS12 1-cp-1 HYDRO.SYS.CONTROL PANEL
N
I 16 I _ _ .... (START/STOP,POWER AVAILABLE,
0
C.D RUNNING & AMMETER)
ADS2
I
(SEE C64)
17 (AMMETER)
0...
C')
MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL)
>
0
AMS7
18
1-M"ssl
I ___ ... (HEAVY COMSUMER BLOCKING CIR.)
(SEE P16)
""'""'""
(.)
<( STARTER FOR N0.2 HYD. POWER
AMS2
PACK CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
22
0 (SEE P38)
z *E2P-37
AMS2 STARTER FOR N0.1 FEED PUMP
AMS2 EMERGENCY 23 PACK CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
21 OVERRIDE (SEE P35)
PANEL AMS2 STARTER FOR N0.2 FEED PUMP
24 PACK CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
I (SEE P39)
I
AMS2 STARTER FOR N0.3 FEED PUMP
I
I 25 PACK CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
I (SEE P35)
I
I _ - - ~~S~)- _1-
C5205
AMS
1
I ___ I
ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM '<!"
0
(")
-EM'CY OVERRIDE ALARM 0
c..
w
en
~
en
w
:.:2:
~
2
0::
0
~----------------------------------------------------------------------~----------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) .
S'tXoffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 3.81736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
PAGE 34 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
DWG. NO 08000000
100/15
AT2
01 -----~ HYD OIL TRANS PUMP FOR
CARGO OIL HANDLING SYS.
2.6A
250/250
---I
AT70
11 I SPACE HEATER
I
I AT70
I 14
N0.11.G.G I
BLOWER I
I
STARTER I
...·.: I
I AMS7 ,---,
*UEC-22
'-Y-'
.. j
I I.G.G MAIN CONTROL PANEL
16 (SEE C74)
I
I
AMS2
I
I 17 (LOAD SIGNAL)
I
_ _ _ _ _ _ JI
a:
<(
Ill
en 100/15
:::l *PUR-30
Ill AT2 AT2
N 25 26 N0.1 M.D.O PUMP FOR I.G.G
I
0
(0
I *UEC-22
a..
C') AMS7 ,---, I.G.G MAIN CONTROL PANEL
27 ~-~~-~ (SEE C74)
6'<:!"
'<:!"
()
<(
..... 100/20
0
z
SPARE
3
C')
()
a..
w
en
~
en
w
:::2:
<(
z
:::2:
a:
0
u..
LS-TX_S_E__ C-30-4-(2_0_0_20_1_)----------------~----"------------------~.------------3-.S-1-73_6_M_S_B--44_0_V_F_E_E_D_E_R_(P_3_3~-42)
- ::ans.~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
PAGE 35 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
DWG. NO D8000000
AD1
01A SPACE HEATER
100/30 *
E2S-41
AT4 AT4 N0.1 FEED PUMP FOR
01 02
I
I CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
I CONTROL PANEL
I (START/STOP/RUN) (SEE C64)
I (AMS2) 1- - - 1
L------------
P3323
EOP
1 - - -1
EMERGENCY OVERRIDE PANEL
SPACE HEATER
..... '·
100/30
AT4 N0.3 FEED PUMP FOR
06 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
I
0:: I
<{ I
Ill I
U) I EMERGENCY OVERRIDE PANEL
::::> I
Ill
I
N
I 1- - - - -~1,1)_---- 1-MSB I N0.2 AC 440V FEED PANEL
0 P3906 ( ___ l (BACK-UP SOURCE)
(0
I
a. * N0.1 E.C.R. PACK. AIR CON. UNIT
C')
>
0
100/30 ,---------------,
AT10
~ 11 COMPRESSOR
LS -------®8.0A:
()
<{
0
z -------®..OA FLOW FAN
-------@ DUAL PRESSURE SWITCH
-------® TEMP .CONTROLLER
-------~ CRANK CASE HEATER
I
l - - JA~~2l_- -- _,-AMS 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
C4008 ( ___ l -ABNORMAL
225/225
* E1S-29
AT70 ,---1 N01. AIR CONDITIONER
0-~4---~1~6~------------------------~,!_T_l
COMPRESSOR SWITCH BOARD v
0
(SEE P79A) (")
0
a.
uJ
en
100/20 ~
* E1P-40
en
AT2 ---1 N0.1 PROV. REF. PLANT w
0---4---~1~7~------------------------~,_S_!_I 2
COMPRESSOR SWITCH BOARD ~
(SEE P82) z
2
0::
0
L-----------------------------~~------------------------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) .,.._s..,....., 3.81736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
.:J ~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd .
PAGE 36 I 86

MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
*AEC-22
AMS2
ELEMENT TYPE SPACE HEATER
225/175 07A
AT50 AT50 F.DFAN

01 07
E2P-16
60/30
AT10 AT2 N0.1 M.D.O & M.G.O PUMP
02A FOR AUX. BOILER
*E2P-16
~~AM~S~2~--~PS PRESS SWITCH AUTO CHANGED
04A M.D.O & M.G.O PUMP
E2P-16
...J
w AT2
z 08A
N0.2 M.D.O & M.G.O PUMP
FOR AUX. BOILER
~
...J PUR-33
0 AT2 N0.1 H.F.O PUMP
0:: 02 FOR AUX. BOILER
1-
z 4.BA
0 *PUR-31
0 ~..:.A..::;M~S::::2:...__ _~ PS PRESS SWITCH AUTO CHANGED
04 H.F.OPUMP
0::
w
...J
AT2 N0.2 H.F.O PUMP
0 08 FOR AUX. BOILER
m
><
:l AT2
c( 03 IGNITION PUMP
AMS7
FOR IGNITION PUMP
03A
AMS12 N0.1 M.D.O & M.G.O PUMP

05A FOR AUX. BOILER
N0.2 M.D.O & M.G.O PUMP
FOR AUX. BOILER
AMS12 N0.1 H.F.O PUMP

05 FOR AUX. BOILER
N0.2 H.F.O PUMP
FOR AUX. BOILER
.
•E2S-22~
I---'-'A'-':'T2:...__----; o ~ CHEMICAL DOSING PUMP
0 0
10 0.024 (AC 220V 1PH)
0.1A ('!;
(")
0
a.
100/30
w
(/)
SPARE ~
(/)
w
:2
~
:2
0:::
0
L-----~------------------~~------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(20020 1) ~--
:::::»vr..A.. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
3.81736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
P7001 250/200
PEQ07A1
TPYC-95 EQ07 BWMS Rectifier EQ07 Rated Power 86kW
PT2 SHC
P7002 125/60
PEQ2501
TPYC-16 EQ25 BWMS Motor Control Cabinet EQ25
PT2 SHC
P7004 250/200
SPBP1-BWMS-01 SPBP1 Starter Panel of the BWMS Ballast Pump

TPYC-95 SPBP1
PT2 SHC SPBP1-BWMS-04 CARGO CONTROL ROOM REPEATER
MPYC-12
CCRR - Start, Stop, Overload and Running Indications
- Analog 4-20mA Ammeter
SPBP1-BWMS-05 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
MPYC-5 E.C.C. - Overload and Running Indicators
SPBP1-BWMS-06 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08

MPYC-2
EQ08 - Running signal
PAGE 38 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
N0.2 MAIN TRANSFORMER

225/INST AC 440V/230V (120KVA 3PH)
6--Nr-+-:....:AT::-;9;.::5_(~1.::..:57~.5::..A:!....!) ({\'\ p;(3:..:0:...:..1=.2A:....:;)r..........cA~T7~0;:;X2=--+ TO: MSB (AC220V FEED PANEL)
----- ......
01
(ELEC. WORKSHOP)
\..j/__) 02-03 (SEE P43)
(INRUSH CURRENT : 2,173A)
225/150
E2S-29
AT35 ~---1 N0.2 M1E AUX. BLOWER STARTER
6-.-+-~~04~------------~~-s!_l
(SEE P77)
800/800
(INST)
*E2P-36
AT95X4 AT95X4 N0.2 HYD.POWER PACK FOR
05-08 09-12 CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM .
AD1
SPACE HEATER
13
AMS2
THERMOSTER
14
L.......__........!...A:!.!.M!-"'SC-'-'12:..__
15
_,1-
I __
cpI .J
HYDRO.SYS.CONTROL PANEL
(START/STOP ,POWER AVAILABLE
ADS2 ,RUNNING & AMMETER)
16 (AMMETER) (SEE C64)
MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL)

(HEAVY COMSUMER BLOCKING CIR.)
(SEE P16)
- --- --- ~~s_g>_-

P3322
- rI ___
E"o"P 1 .J
EMERGENCY OVERRIDE
PANEL
C!;
('")
()
a..
w
en
~
en
w
2
~
2
0::
0
L __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~--------------------~------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- .
::::::.LA. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 3.51736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
PAGE 39 . 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
AD1
SPACE HEATER
100/30 01A
AT4 AT4 N0.2 FEED PUMP FOR
01 02
I
I CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
I CONTROL PANEL
I (START/STOP/RUN) (SEE C64)
I (AMS2) ,- - - 1
'------ - - - - - - I ___
P3324 EOP I EMERGENCY OVERRIDE PANEL
100/30
E2S-41
AT4 ,---1 N0.3 FEED PUMP FOR .
~.-+-----~0~6~----------------------~,_s!_l
CARGO OIL HANDLING SYSTEM
(BACK-UP SOURCE) (SEE P35)
60/30
AT10 AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL
13 (SEE P36)
-----
225/150
*FOAMRM.
:~
I
(25V,720VA)
AT35 ATY35 I
16 17 HOSE HANDLING CRANE ~
C')
(.)
a...
uJ
~
(/)
AMYS7
START/STOP/RUN w
18
:2
(EEx ed IIC T6) ~
:2
~
0
~------~----------------------~------------------------------------~------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) .......e-.._. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
:::aLA. ·3.S 1736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
PAGE 40 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
250/250 *AEC-22
- - -I
AT70 AMS2
01 03 SPACE HEATER
AT70
I 04
: N0.21.G.G
1 BLOWER
1 STARTER
I
I
I
I UEC-22
I AMS7 r -c-p:- ~ I.G.G MAIN CONTROL PANEL
I 05 (SEE C74)
I 1-J--
I AMS2
I 06 (LOAD SIGNAL)
I ______
CI::
<( 100/15 PUR-29
ro *PUR-30
(/) 1 - - - 6 AT2 AT2
::::> N0.2 M.D.O PUMP FOR I.G.G.
11 12
ro
N
I
0
co AMS7 ,---,
UEC-22
CP 1
I.G.G MAIN CONTROL PANEL
I 13 1---- (SEE C74)
a..
C")
>
0
~
0
<( * N0.2 E.C.R. PACK. AIR CON. UNIT
C'\J
0z 1-----0
100/30
AT10
21
,---------------~
~;P -------~8.0A:
(¥\: COMPRESSOR
I
I
-------®2.0A I FLOW FAN
I
I
I
I
-------@ I
I
DUAL PRESSURE SWITCH
-------® I
I
I
TEMP.CONTROLLER
I
-------~ I
I
CRANK CASE HEATER
I
I
I
I
I - - JA.!J1~2l_ - - - _l-AMS ] ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
C4010 I __ _ -ABNORMAL
~
0
C"l
0
a..
w
(J)
~
(J)
w
2
~
2
0::
0
~----------------------------~~--------------~--------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ...,.....,.......,. . . 3.81736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
;::;J ~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd •
PAGE 41 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08000000
100/15
AT2 ~------ AT2 r---,
6---.--1----__:_;0;.;.1:__:.._-"1 __P::J~~~ _,1-l_ __:0,:.;1:.;=A------,!l- ~~_I SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL
(SEE C26A)
0::
<{
Ill
(/)
::J
Ill
N
I
0
co
I
0...
C')
6
~
()
<{
N
d
z
100/15
SPARE
;3
C')
()
SPARE 0...
w
en
~
en
w
2
<(
z
2
~
0
L-----------------------------~--------------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) . S"bcotfshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 3.81736 MSB 440V FEEDER (P33-42)
P7005 250/200
SPBP2-BWMS-01 SPBP2 Starter Panel of the BWMS Ballast Pump

TPYC-95 SPBP2
PT2 SHC SPBP2-BWMS-04 CARGO CONTROL ROOM REPEATER
MPYC-12
CCRR - Start, Stop, Overload and Running Indications
- Analog 4-20mA Ammeter
SPBP2-BWMS-05 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
MPYC-5 E.C.C. - Overload and Running Indicators
SPBP2-BWMS-06 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08

MPYC-2
PAGE 43 I 86
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
[AC 220V FEEDER PANEL]
DWG.NO DBOOOOOO
®®8
IASI IVSI
®®®
[gJ]]
DISCON.SW
400A
....... r-G---t---
1-----o..... Pn52:03-------------- ~o.1 -rn ~ f N0.1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
(AC 230V 3PH 60Hz)
MECHNICAL
INTERLOCK
--·-,
1-------<::r--o-----+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ·r N0.2 TR N0.2 MAIN TRANSFORMER
- .
P3802,03 - • I_
1
(AC 230V 3PH 60Hz)
60/15 ACT BCC

~--, r-----,
"----+-------;A:;;:;T2;-------'I 1,_____---'A:_;T;.;,2::....____L1 ___,I- - - 1 NAV. LIGHT IND. PANEL
- 02 1 I 03 j I ~::_1 (SEE L18)
100/60
I I I
AT25 I I AT25 I ~---, NAVI.INSTR. DIST. PANEL
o---+-------'-=;0~6:-=-------il I 07 I I_N~_I (SEE NOB)
60/40 I I I
0:::
<( AT16 I I AT16 I 1--- 1 BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
ro o----+-------:0::-::8:--------t ~ : 09 I I ~~C_I (SEE C100)
(/)
::::>
ro
60/15 :Z I
1
------
~o---+---~A~~7o2~--~I
1 I
N
I
~~----~A~1~~~~--~:~A~~~ FIRE ALARM CENTRAL UNIT
(SEE F1 0) (W/H)
0 I
co 60/15 1 I W/H
~ iP~A~~fA~
I
a... o----t------=-A..:=:F;-..:;D:=2'-----tl : AFD2 FOR PUBLIC ADDRESSOR
(')
11 1__ ~ 11 A ~ ~Y~T_:~ ~ (SEE F18)
>
0 60/30
N E1P-28
N AT10 ~---, N0.4 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
() o---+-----:....:..;.,13;-=-------------------------.!l _:~4__1
(EIR 1ST DECK PORT} (SEE L18)
<(
60/30
E2P-36
AT10 ---, N0.5 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
6---+-----~14;..=:---------------------~: _:~5_1 (EIR 2ND DECK PORT) (SEE L18)
60/30
E1P-30
AT10 ~---, E/R AC 220V DIST. PANEL
o---+-----~16~------------------------.!1~~~1
(SEE P59)
225/150
ACT
AT70 1---, ACCOM. AC 220V DIST. PANEL
6---+-----~1=-7=----------------------.....!, ~~:_,
(A-DECK CABLE TRUNK) (SEE P60)
~--~~6-.-1 +-----~A~J~~o=----------------------.....!:~~~~ GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T

AC 220V DIST. PANEL
SHC )-J (AIR COND. ROOM) (SEE P61)
ES3
"<t
PT1 0
('")
0
0...
uJ
(/)
~
(/)
w
2
<(
z
2
0::
0
L-----------------------------~~------------~------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201)
S'tX"atfshore & S!lipbuilding Co., Ltd-· 4.81736 ESBD (P43-51l
P7006
MGPS-CP-P01
DPYC-1.5 MGPS
MGPS-AMS-D01 ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM

DPYC-1.5 AMS - MGPS CONTROL PANEL ALARM
PAGE 45 86
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
[SHORE & EM'CY GEN. PANEL] DWG.NO D8000000
@
®@
SHOREAVAILABLE
® SHORE BREAKER "ON''
® PHASE SEQUE. NORMAL
® PHASE SEQUE. ABNORMAL

630/500
SHORE SOURCE
(AC 440V 3PH 60Hz 500A)
:•- ·, ------------
® BUS TIE ACB OPEN
® BUS TIE ACB CLOSE
ACB.5
630/500A
1
- - - -P2201 ------ - 1
- - -,02,03 ( ___ I -MSB MSB (N0.1 AC 440V FEED PANEL)
ACB.4
~TB
I-H------....:.A_::.;M~S::!:2'--------------!'- - - 1 N0.1 S/G STARTER
01 ,_s_!_, -E/G ACB CLOSE SIGNAL
®®®8 - - - - 0MS.ZL-- ____ ,-BCD 1
P5201 I ___ I
BATT. CH. & DISCH. BOARD
0::
I ETS I -BCD ABNORMAL
<(
CD @ E/G AUTO ST-BY MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P20)
-SHORE POWER AVALIABLE
Cl)
::J @ MSBSOURCE
-SHORE POWER BREAKER ON
-EM'CY GEN. AUTO ST'BY
CD
N
® EM'CY GEN. RUN
-EM'CY GEN. RUN
-EM'CY GEN. ABNORMAL
I -EM'CY GEN.BATT. CH. ABN.
0 -ESB ABNORMAL
(()
-ESB 440V LOW INSULATION
I -ESB 220V LOW INSULATION
a.
(")
-EM'CY GEN. RM FAN RUN SIG.
-ESB EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT SOURCE FAIL
-BCD ABNORMAL
()
AMS4
03
,-Mss
, ___ 1
1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P20)
-SHORE VOLTAGE
<( -SHORE CURRENT
AT1X2
04,05
,-Mss
( ___ I
1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P20)
-SHORE INTERLOCK
-MAIN GEN. ACB INTERLOCK """
0
C")
0
0...
L
1 ----
(AFMS4)
-&606----- -,_c! _,
1-- - 1 CONNECTION BOX FOR
co2 RELEASE ALARM
w
en
~
I en
"LT2" - - - - J.~~S_D_ - - - - - ,-FCS 1 EM'CY STOP BOX
w
I P2103 l ___ l (FIRE CONTROL STATION) 2
~
- - - - 0!:_M_!§_72_ - - - - _I-ST- 1 WATER MIST LOCAL P/P STARTER FOR 2
'-------------------===-----=iL__.J (F1607) I __ ~' LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING (LT2) gj
~~~~~==~----------------~~--------------------------------~----------------~~
· STXSE-C304(200201) •~~""'+''' 4.S1736 ESBD (P43-51)
~~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.·
PAGE 46 I 86
i=M'CY SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
[EM'CY GEN. PANEL]
DWG. NO 08000000
@ ACBOPEN
@ ACBCLOSE
ACB.4
250/193A
_,...,...
EG
II ~ \\
II
AT120
~
EM'CY GENERATOR
AC 450V 3PH 60Hz 0.8PF
01
120 150KVA (120KW) 192.7A
\ uvc)
SCB
,...--
TB m-~ EXCITER
* ~I ~
f\iOl___]
VOLT. REGULATOR ~ I ADS2 ~
r~----~oz~-----4--~ -~ AUTO. YOLTAGE REG.
~ n. SHS
I =
f-I-----=A...::M:;::S~2=------I----III! r- -fS:HI SPACE HEATER
~ 3A ACB.4 I I 03 1- ~ (AC 220V 1PH BOW)
LJ '---
1--
AC 220V FEED PANEL OIL PRESS.

~------® TRANSMITIER
r-------@ F.O LEAKAGE AL. SW.
TB u:1 r-------@ LOW OIL PRESS.

r.t:
I
z
~ r-------@ MAGNETIC PICK UP
_I
II AMS19 0
!.......il----~0.:;.4=------1 0:::
1--
r------ ~
~ FUEL SOL. VALVE
ACB CONT. SW.
z
(OPEN - CLOSE)
II 0
()
~------{§) AUX. MAGNETIC SWITC
SPACE HEATER ON I ~ ------~ STARTING MOTOR

>-
() I
LAMPTEST I
0:::
[]
:::2:
<(
(!] ABNORMAL RESET ! w
BATIERY SW. BOX
CJ)
::J
(!]
II
I
0
N DC SOURCE
GD!
GDI
(!)
SPARE STARTING BATIERY
:r: I
a.. EM'CY STOP fRL\ '-r-
II
('<)
SOURCE FAIL \EV
>
0
~
E/G ACB ABNORMAL GD I .I
BATTERYCH.
BATIERY CHARGE
I I
(.) AC440V LOW INSUL. FOR E/G
<(
II II
AC220V LOW INSUL. ® I
II ~~+---~A~D~4--------~
I
EM'CY STOP (Ri:\ I (AD2) I - - , (!;
CIRCUIT LINE FAULT ~ I 05 - - p5QQ9 -~ ESB I G
~
II II ESB (AC220V FEED PANEL)
(AC 220V 1PH 60HZ) U)
~
II II U)
w
~
L_l <(
z
~
0:::
0
~~----------------~----------~--------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) stx"offshore &_Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 4.81736 ESBD (P43-51)
PAGE 47 I 86
stx EM'CY SWITCHBOARD

[GROUP STARTER PANEL & AC 440V FEEDER PANEL]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
ESBD [GROUP STARTER PANEL]

(35V, 245VA)
AT4X2
N0.2 EIR SUPPLYIEXH. FAN
01,01A
UP-33
AMS7 r. '""" - - -1
L---+----'~03:;:..:-.------nl 0 0 e I AMS7)
I @~}-I ~2Bo"3 - -E N0.1 E/R SUPPLY FAN
1 lo •}11
I fi ==""'LtJ~M§g)_
I_:P~_!.! .J P3203
- N0.3 EIR SUPPLY FAN
N0.4 E/R SUPPLY/EXH. FAN
0:::
<( AMS12 r-- -- -=-.-=- - MSB (N0.1 GROUP STARTER PANEL)
m L---~----=..;::..::0:::::4-=----~l;--i_-...=-_-_-_
0 0 0 1 .J1 (N0.1 EIR FAN STARTER) (SEE P28)
en
::::>
m
N WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
:c (35V, 49VA)
0
CD
AT2
EM'CY GEN RM SUPPLY FAN
:c 05
0..
("I)
>
0
"<:t
"<:t WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
(..)
(35V, 49VA)
<( 100/15
AT2 S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN
06
START/STOP/RUN
(S/G ROOM ENTRANCE)

(35V, 21VA)
AT2
12 C02 ROOM EXH. FAN
AMS7 A.f-£2_ ST/SP/RUN

L---4--~1~3~-----~L~~~~ (ENTRANCEOFC02ROOM)
ESBD [AC 440V FEEDER PANEL]

100/15
.STARTER FOR
0::: G/E EM'CY M.D.O PUMP (ELEC. TYPE)
<( (N0.1 GSP) (SEE P27)
m
en
::J
m 100/INST
·N AT35 N0~1 STEERING GEAR STARTER
:c l---0
10 (SEE P78)
0
CD
:c
a.
("I) & -----
FOAM PUMP
(IN FOAM ROOM & FIRE CONTROL
~
C')
(.)
D..
w
100/15
LS
STATION)
~
U)
UVP
w
SPARE 2
~
CONTINUE TO ~
NEXT PAGE -7 ~
L_~======~======~----~-~--------------------------------~-A4.~S~17~3~6~E~S~BD~(P~4;3-~51)
&.TXSE-C304(200Z01) . st'X:onshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.,
PAGE 48 I 86
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
N0.1 EM'CY TRANSFORMER

100/INST AC 440VI230V 45KVA 3PH)
~~:~~~A~6~;~5____~(5~9~A~) ~ ~(~11~3~.0~AL)~A~~~~o_____.
2
TO ESB (AC220V FEED PANEL)
(SEE P50)
(EM'CY GEN ROOM)
(INRUSH CURRENT : 889A)
AC 440V/230V 45KVA 3PH)
~--~--~&-~+-~A6~;~5~--~(5~9~A~) ~ ~(~11~3~.0~AL)~A~~~o~----·
4
TO ESB (AC220V FEED PANEL)
(SEE P50)
(EM'CY GEN ROOM)
(INRUSH CURRENT : 889A)
E2P-18
*G/E L.O PRIMING
PUMP STARTER
,-------,
I I
100/15 I I
AT2 I I AT2
~--+-------~0~6~-,--~ 07 N0.1 GIE L.O PRIMING PUMP
I
I
I I AMS2
~---, (t.T2L I I G/E RUN (SEE C19)
08
0:::
<( 1~~1_1-P5508 T~
CD I
I ON N0.2 G/E
~-----,
(/) 100/15 I
:J I I M I
CD AT2 1---.;........:..;,:.,;:~--'-1 rv I
09 N0.2 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP
I 3.6 I
N I I I 6.9~
L----t-..:....A.::..;M.:;S:::2~~:r -No.2jl
I I I
~-Po-2 ~- (t."I?L 1~ 1
0
<0
11 I G/E C.B 1 I G/E RUN (SEE C20)
I - - - P57A01 1 L :_-_-_-_-_1
I I
a..
(t) I
I
100/15
I
AT2 I
12 N0.3 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP
I I
I I
I I
1- - - 1 (t.T2L I I G/E RUN (SEE C21)
I ~~:_1 P5iA02 T ~
1___ , ---~
I
I - J.A~§_7l_ --.J-AMS 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
C5701 l ___ l -N0.1 G/E. L.O. PRIM. PUMP ABNORMAL
-N0.2 G/E. L.O. PRIM. PUMP ABNORMAL
-N0.3 G/E. L.O. PRIM. PUMP ABNORMAL
100/INST
&--M-+---..:..A.:..;.T;;.25~--------------------------lf---, N0.1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR
16 I_~~ _I STARTER
(N0.1 GSP) (SEE P26)
"<t
0
C')
0
Q..
uJ
(/)
100/15
~
(/)
SPARE w
2
<(
z
2
0::
0
L---------------------------------------------------------------~--------------------~
STXSE-C304(200201)
stx"
Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 4.S 1736 ESBD (P43-51)
P7003
PEQ22A3
TPYC-1.5 EQ22 BWMS EDU Junction box EQ22
PAGE 50 86
stx EM' CY SWITCHBOARD

MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
®®8 lAS I rYm
"®®®
lETS I
DISCON.SW
. . . . r- --~~~---------------lN~
P4802 I_..:..
E.TRI
(AC 230V 3PH 60Hz)
MECf NICAL
INTE LOCK
t.-
--<~12°1 __ ---------- ___ j NO-2 E.TR I N0.2 EM'CY TRANSFORMER
P4804 I_..:.. (AC 230V 3PH 60Hz)
---,
~
0:: BCC
<( ~--
(]) AT2 I 1-N--1 I NAV. LIGHT IND. PANEL
(/) 01 I I_ !:_F'_I I (SEE L18)
~
::J I I
(])
AT25 I 1- --1 I NAV. INST. DIST. PANEL
N
I 02 I I_NID I 1 (SEE NOS)
0 l __ - - I
<0
I
0..
C'") 60/50
>
0
N
N.
~ AT16
03
I
I
N0.1 EM'CY LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
(ACCOMM. EM'CY LIGHTING)
0
<( 60/30
E1S-33
AT10 I- - - 1 N0.2 EM'CY LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
04 I ~L~-~1 (E/R EM'CY LIGHTING)
60/40
AT16 I BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
05 I (SEE C100)
60/40
AT16 I ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
06 I (SEE C97)
60/40
~ AT16
07
I
I
C.C.R AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD
(SEE P63)
60/15
~
W/H
AFD2 I ---,
FACU 1
FIRE ALARM CENTRAL UNIT
08 I (SEE F10)
60/15
ElGROOM
AD2 I ---, EM'CY GEN. BATTERY CHARGER
09 I
B.CH 1 ~
(SEE P46) C')
C)
!l..
60/40 uJ
~
(/)
AT16 I CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE ~
(1PH) 10 I (SEE C102) (/)
w
2
~
2
0::
f2
LS_TX_S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-00_2_0_1)--------~~---stx--~----------------.----------------------4-.S-1-73_6_E_S_B_D~(~P-43~--51)
- Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
PAGE 51 I 86
EM'CY SWITCHBOARD MODEL NO 51KPC09
[AC 220V FEEDER PANEL] DWG.NO 08000000
60/15 • * r--------fz-v-oc(
fO'l_ J L~ LIFE/RESCUE
'e._91-l B.CH. I~ I BOAT BATTERY
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ JI
*
r -----------~
(JB-051-A)
*
~
*
-1 B.CH. t4
BATT. II
12VDC 1
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ JI
LIFEBOAT
BATTERY
EM'CY GEN. COOLANT HEATER

60/15 ------,
AD2
06
---@ : THERMOSTAT
RADIATOR
0:::
<(
---W:
_ _ _ _ _ _ JI
HEATER
m
Cl)
::::> 60/15
m
N AFD2 1- - - 1 RELAY BOX FOR
I 6----l-----------~1,.:;;0=-------------------:, _c_!'_I SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN
0
co (ECC) (SEE F15)
I
a..
C') AFD2 r PiA&-GtAI FOR PUBLic ADDREssoR
~--+-----------~~--------------~
20 I_SYSTEM
_ _ _ _ JI (SEE F18)
>
0
N
N
() (AD1) . ,
<( - - - [5261-- ~ LIGHTING IN EM CY GEN. ROOM
(AD1) ,
- - - [5266 ~ - ~ RECEPTACLE IN EM CY GEN. ROOM
60/40
(1PH) 741
o---+:-:-~--.:..AT.;-c16:..._____________________~r "GM"oss,
I ____ I
FOR GMDss
(SEE N27)
100/15 UP-40
AT2 AT2 FOAM ROOM & FIRE CONTROL
20A 21 2.8 STATION EXH. FAN
1.2A
SPARE
;:!;
(")
(.)
SPARE a..
uJ
(/)
~
(/)
UJ
- - - ~ EM'CY GEN. PANEL ~
z
INTERNAL (EM'CY GEN. SPACE HEATER)
2
a:
0
~~--------------------------~------------------------------~------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) stx"otfshore & Shipbuilding co., Ltd- 4.81736 ESBD (P43-51)
PAGE 52 I 86
BATIERY CH. & DISCHARGE BOARD MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
@@8lAS I ~
TB
~-~
®® I
I
I AMS7
r-t---~~---------------:1
01 !~8_1
1-- - 1 EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
(EM'CY GEN. PANEL)
lETS I '--I -BCD ABNORMAL ..
-DC 24V LOW INSULATION
@SOURCE
@ FLOATING CH.
@ CHARGING FAIL
@ DISCHARGING
.. @ LOW INSULATION
'.·.·
@ OVERVOLTAGE
__ -~~L ____ ----------- __ l-Ess] ESB [AC440VFEED PANEL]

P4907 I- - - (AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
.(60A)
DISCON.
sw.
G---t--___;.A..o:S::::::Bi-Y3~5:-:X=-2- - - - - - - - - - I l l - -II SEALDED LEAD ACID BATTERY

02-03 (DC 24V 200AH)
B.C.C
~------1
10A
I
0::: AT4 1-NLP 1 I NAV.LIGHT IND. PANEL
l ___ l I
~ 04
I
(FOR ALARM CIRCUin
(f)
::::> I
m 40A I
AT35 1-END 1 EM'CY NAV.INST. DIST. BOARD
l ___ l I
~
C\1
06
I (SEE N10)
(.)
0
------ I
~-~
60A I
I<{ I
AT70 ool AT70 1-E(£1 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
l ___ l (SEE C98)
07 I~ I 08
I I "<!"
L~ 0
C'"l
(.)
~-~ c..
I
I w
30A I<{ I (f)
AT35 ml AT35 1-ccc 1
l ___ l
CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE ~
(SEE C103) (f)
11A I~ I 11
I I w
2
L~ <(
z
2
0:::
0
lL
STXSE-C304(200201)
s1:xotfsho.re ~Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 5.S1736 BCD (P52-53)
PAGE 53 I 86
BATIERY CH. & DISCHARGE BOARD MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08000000
W/H
40A
AFT35 ,-p;.~ "GiP. I
r---,_--~~0~1~------------------~1 SYSTEM I
PUBLIC ADDRESSOR
(SEE F18)
'------'
30A
AT16 1- - - 1 BRIDGE CONTROL SOURCE
r----+-----=-=:0::-:::2c=---------------", ~~C_I (SEE C1 01)
10A
SPARE
..... ..
_
15A
SPARE
.· _..· ....
10A
SPARE
20A
SPARE
0::
<(
(()
en
::J 20A
(()
SPARE
>
-.r
N
(.)
0
3
<')
0
a.. I
w
en
~
en
w
2
~
2
0::
0
u.
LST_X_S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-00_2_0_1)--------~------~----"--------------------------------------5-.S-1-73_6_B_C_D~(P-5~2-53)
- ~~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., ltd.
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
stx
PAGE 54 I 86
PD-1 [EIR AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
t--------- - -~!_SQ) __________________ _IMSB: MSB (N0.1 AC440VFEEDPANEL)

P3701 I- - - (AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
*EWS-23
100/20
LATHE
AT4
01 (12.8A)
5.5KW
*EWS-25
100/15
DRJWNG MACHINE
AT2
02 (2.1A) 0.75KW
*EWS-25
100/15
GRINDING MACHINE
AT2
·,.......! 03 (2.1A)
0.75KW
100/60
~
0::
<(
co
0--r-+--_:_:A~~:~s---------*~ ~ RP. FOR ELECTRIC ARC WELDER
(j)
:::l
co PT1
N
:r:
0
<D
100/15
:r:
0...
<') £\____ SPARE
6
~
()
<(
100/15
1-----0£\__ SPARE
100/15
1-----0£\__ SPARE
v
0
<')
()
q.
w
~
(j)
w
2
~
2
0::
0
LS~TX-S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-00_2_0-1)--------~-~"-------------~~----~6~.S~1~73~6~P~D~(P~5~4~68)LL
- ;:nJ"-Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
stx
PAGE 55 I 86
PD-1 [E/R AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD] MODEL NO 51 KPC09
DWG. NO D8000000
100/50
E15-18
o---.-+-----'-A..:,:T;-.:1..::.6_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-...!1--- I INCINERATOR CONTROL PANEL
01 I_S_!_I (SEE P84)
E15-20
E1S-21
AT2 AT2
02 WELDING AREA EXH. FAN
03
1.1A
*EIRCRANE
~----1
-----~-t::M!) I MECHANICAL BRAKE

····;
rv 1
------+1@1)1
I 0.75 I
TRAVELUNG MOTOR
I __ 2_:8~1
0::
-------@ FORWARD LIMIT SWITCH (LSF)
<(
m -------@ AFTER LIMIT SWITCH (LSA)
rn r----
::J
m --,~1 MECHANICAL BRAKE
I
1~1
N
J:
0
CD
---1--
I
rv0.4
1
I
TRAVERSING MOTOR
_J
J: UJ 1___1~!
D..
M
z
<{
> c.. --ffM~B~~ MECHANICAL BRAKE
0
3 0:::
UJ
I-
1~1
---1--rv I HOSITING MOTOR
0 0::: m I 2.2 I
<(
~
en
-;
N
~--~AJ
0
z ---(0 ~ROJECT LAMP (200W)
---@ PORT LIMIT SWITCH (LSP)
----@ ST'BD LIMIT SWITCH (LSS)
----1 ENC1l ENCODER
----9 OVER LOAD LIMITTER
100/15
AT2 N0.1 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP
08 (SEE P48)
r-----~A~FmM~S~7--------------------~~-MSB1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P21) w

10 , ___ 1 (EM'CY STOP CIRC. : ES2, ES1/CT, 2
ES1/ES2/CT,PT1) ~
2
0:::
!(
~~~--------~------------=-~----------------------------------------~--~
STXSE;-C304(200201) · stx:
Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 6.81736 PD (P54-68)
PAGE 56 I 86
PD-2 [E/R AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08000000
---- -<~12°1_-
P4201 ------------ CMss 1
l ___ l
MSB (N0.2 AC440V FEED PANEL)
(AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
AT2
02 BILGE SEPERATOR PUMP
I
L - - - - - - - - - ~-r
------- lz~wl ELECTRIC HEATER
100/15
AT2
--------D OIL HEATER
01
..J
--------@ OIL REL. TANK 1
w
zq:.
D..
--------@
.
OIL REL. TANK 2
..J
0
0::
--------@ OIL REL. TANK 3
1-
z
0
0
--------@) OBV< 15PPM
0::
0
1- --------@) BACK TO BILGE> 15PPM
0:::
-::{ ~
q:
Ill AMS7
D.. LEVEL SWITCH FOR AUTO START/STOP
(/) w 03 HIGH LEVEL ALARM BILGE HOLDING TANK
::::> en
Ill w AMS2
CJ FLOW SWITCH
N ..J 04
:c
0
iii AMS2
<.0 05 PRIME WATER DRY PROTECTION
:c AMS2 1
a..
C")
I 06
E"cc
___ J
ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE (SEE C95)
-OILY WATER SEPARATOR PUMP RUN
> I
0
"<t
"<t L
I
JA~§.1~)-
C5610
-1___
AMsI J ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
(.) I -COMMON ABNORMAL ALARM
<{
I -OIL CONTENT HIGH ALARM
-BILGE HOLDING TK. LEVEL HIGH ALARM
I -LONG RUN ALARM
I * EFP-19
AMS7
07
oe START/STOP/RUN
AMS2 ---:1
EM'CYSTOP
08 ~-~B.=_U~~ (SEE P74)
100/15
AT2 ,--1 CONTROL JUNCTION BOX FOR
11 L~~J FOR M/E & G/E F.O AUTO FILTER
(F.O SUPPLY UNIT) (SEE P27)
AD1 SPACE HEATER

17 (AC 220V, 1 PH, 24W)
AMS2
MAGNETIC BREAKE
100/15 18
AT2 AT2
16
A
19 M/E TURNING GEAR """
0
C')
(.)
REV c..
LS
UVP
AMS7 w
Cl)
20
PORT
I
E/RFLOOR I
:
----
6: I
I *20(MElER)
~
Cl)
w
::2
<(
z
~ REMOTE PUSH BUTTON ::2
0:::
0
Ll..
STXSE-C304(200201) · 6.S 1736 PD (P54-68)
5txoffshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 57· I 86
DWG.NO D8000000
* E2P-23
-------l
------~ I VACUUM PUMP 1
~
I ~~--+---~A~T~10~--~
~_l_ul 01
4.75A 1
SHC
ES1
}--J
-------@ !I 4.75A
VACUUM PUMP 2
CT
---------@ PRESSURE SWITCH 1
---------® PRESSURE SWIT-CH 2
-----~-® 3.9A
AERATION BLOWER
-------@ 3.9A
DISCHARGE PUMP
0::
<(
aJ
-------® 0.22A
I
CHEMICAL PUMP
(AC 220V, 1PH)
(/)
:::l
[JJ --------@ II LEVEL SENSOR
N
I
0 --------@
II LEVEL SENSOR
c.o
I
0.
1--------__j
(")
6 AMS2 r p:.jB~ppI EM'CY STOP

~ 02 L ____ ...J
(SEE P74)
0
<( 1-- _(~M_§:Q---
C5203
_rAMS I
L __ .J
ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
-STP ABNORMAL
-SEWAGE TREATMENT SYSTEM
TANK HIGH LEVEL
* E2S-33
----------1
100/40
AT16
06 r----------® I FRESHWATERPUMP
2.6AI
I
0::
1----------- ~ I SALINITY INDICATOR
,-------
0
1-
~...J I
ww
zZ
w<t 1 EFS-34
C)O.
o::...J
wO j AT4 ~ EJECTOR PUMP
t-IX: I 07 11
<(I- 17.4A
;:~ I
:co
(/) I
w j AMS 7 • EFS-33 START/STOP/RUN ;g
0:: ,---=...::0:,:,:8;:..:....----~ 0 •
1----t- ('")
11. FOR EJECTOR PUMP ()
I c..
r--~
I
I AMS4
, - - . , . - - - - - - - - - AMS ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
w
U)
~
C5306 L _- J -ABNORMAL U)
'-------1..- J -SALINITY HIGH

w
2
~
2
0::
0
u.
.LS_TX_S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-0-02-0-1)----------------stx~--------------------------~.-------------6-.S-1-73_6_P_D~(P~5~4-~68)
- Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,L,td.
PAGE 57A I 86
PD-2 [EIR AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD] MODEL NO" 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
100/15
AT2 N0.2 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP
01 (SEE P48)
100/15
AT2 N0.3 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP
02 (SEE P48)
100/30
E2P-22
AT10 r--, COMBINED I.C.C.P & M.G.P.S
6---t---------,0,_,3,..::.--------------iL ~ ': J
CONTROL PANEL
(SEE P86)
100/50 *GIEJ.WPREHEATER UNIT *E2P-13.
,:.:--····.
AT16 r----------rSH-,---, N0.1 ELECTRIC HEATER
o---t-----;:;0~4---HI - - - - - - 15KW 19.7A
I ------ ~ 19 _ 7A N0.2 ELECTRIC HEATER
______ _/,@\
0::: CIRC. PUMP
\iii)0.84A
~ ____ __: __ @)
(/) PT 100 ohm
::::>
CD
-------§ EGO SENSOR
N
I
0
r-----------
AMS2 1---1
CD N0.1 G/E CONN. BOX (A2)
I
04A l_c!_l -RUN SIGNAL (SEE C19)
0.. AMS2 ~---1 N0.2 G/E CONN. BOX (A2)
t'")
o5 ,_c!_l -RUN SIGNAL (SEE C20)
6 AMS2 ---1 N0.3 G/E CONN. BOX (A2)
~ 1 o6 ,_c!_l -RUN SIGNAL (SEE C21)
0
<( ~ - _(~M.§~ - - -l-AMS 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
C5702 l
J ___
-ABNORMAL
L----1
*MIE L.O AUTO FILTER

100/15 *E2S-33 *E2S-31
-----
AT2
11 AMS19 ---e DIFF. PRESSURE
_J
w
z
12
~ ----8 DIFF. PRESS. INDICATOR
FLUSH OIL TREAMENT
r!t
_J
CD
z ---€) FLUSHING VALVE
0 0
0::
1-
i=
(.)
z
---€) SOLENOID VALVE
z
0
(.)
....,
::J
---€) LIMIT SWITCH
--~
AT2
MOTOR (0.018KW)
13
-----
L- _(~~s~_- SA"Ms I ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
100/15 C5304 L-- J -DIFFERENTIAL PRESS. ALARM
SPARE
3
<')
100/15 (.)
a.
I
w
SPARE en
~
en
t-------A_F•Mn-S_7_ _ _ _ _ _~ MSB I MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P21) w
10 L-- J (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES2, ES1/CT) 2
~
2
0::
0
u..
LS_TX_S_E_C-30-4-(2_0_0_20_1_)--------~~~"--~--.----------------~6~.S~1~73~6~P~D~(P~5~4~-68)
- :I'Hl..~'-.Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.
PAGE 58 I 86
PD-3 [GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T
MODEL NO 51KPC09 ·
AC 440V POWER DIST. BOARD] DWG.NO D8000000
--------- -- J~TTI>L-- - --- --------- -- -

P3702
sI -MSB
- -
~ MSB (N0.1 AC440V FEED PANEL)
(AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
100/40
COOKING RANGE
AT16
01 (26A)
ELEC. CONSUMPTION: 16.7I<NI/
100/30 *
BAKING OVEN
AT10
02 (20A)
ELEC. CONSUMPTION : 9.4KW
100/15
r·
~ SPARE
~
0::
w ..... M WASTEDI SPOSER
100/15 Ow
Cl)z
a.<
ATY2
05 rv
1.1
MOTOR
(IN GALLE Y)
ATY2 (/)a.
o. 2.6A
04
wl- *
J-z AMYS2 SOLENOI DVALVE
(/)0 sv
~ !'(0
s:
06 (IN GALLEY)
(/) - GALLEY
:::l
co
N *
:r: 100/15
EL. DEEP FAT FRYER
t----<>cr:~=-------t-------l
0
CD AT2
:r: 07 (10A)
a.
C')
SHC ).J TOTAL: 7.2I<NI/
TO FIRE EXTINGUISHER
6 I
I I1~.-..______:c..::...;:,:,=.:::..._-----7
AFMS 2 TERMINAL BOARD
~ (CONTROL SOURCE)1
(AC 440V 1PH)
I (OVER HEATING SIGNAL)
12
~ I (SEE P62)
I
~-------------~~~------------~ FROM FIRE EXTINGUISHER

(MCCB SHUNT SIGNAL)
100/30 (SEE P62)
AT10 I FAN COIL UNIT HEATER 18KW (23.62A

(18KW) FAN 0.55I<NI/ (2.5A)
AIR COND. COMP. SWITCHBOARD

-N0.1 &2COMP. RUN

-ABNORMAL
50/15
DISHWASHER
AT2 OFFICER'S
09 (6.7A) PANTRY
ELEC. CONSUMPTION : 5.1I<NI/
*
50/15
DISHWASHER
AT2 CREW'S
10 PANTRY
(6.7A) ELEC. CONSUMPTION : 5.1I<NI/ """
0
C')
100/15 0
a.
~ SPARE
uJ
(/)
100/15 ~
(f)
~ SPARE
w
2
<(
z
2
oc
0
LL.
__S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-00_2_0_1)----~---------~--=-"---------------------------------------.-6-.S-1-73-6~P-D--(P-5-4-~68)
LSTX
- · :t'-A.Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 59 I 86
DWG.NO 08000000
E1P-33
(AT10) · ~---, MSB (AC 220V FEED PANEL)

-------------------------M~I
P4316 I __ _ (AC 220V 3PH 60HZ)
50/15 * E1S-39
AD2
01 CONTROL AIR DRYER
I (AMS2) 1- - - 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM

t--- -C58Crf -~ ~~s_l -ABNORMAL
50/15
r· SPARE
0::
<(
ro
(/)
::::>
ro·
N
:c
0
co
:c
0..
('0')
6N
N
()
<(
50/15
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
~
C')
u0..
uJ
~
en
w
::2
<(
z
::2
0:::
0
. L-----------------------------~------------------------~------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) · "11""''"+'_. . . 6.81736 PO (P54-68)
;::::. "-ooi'\.. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co,. Ltd.
PAGE 60 I 86
PD-5 [ACCOM. AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD] I-M_o_D_EL_N_o-l-_ _51_K_Pc_o9_ __,
DWG. NO D8000000
- .0!7.Q.>_----------------
P4317 - 1
l-Mss
1
___ l
MSB (AC 220V FEED PANEL)
(AC 220V 3PH 60HZ)
60/30
N0.1 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
I ___~
AT10
01
-Lo-1
1
(IN B.C.C) (SEE L18)
60/50
CCT
AT16 1 -Lo-2~ N0.2 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
02 1--- (B,C-DECK LIGHTING) (SEE L18)
60/50
ACT
60/30
AT16
03
1
(___~
-Lo-3 N0.3 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
(A, UPPER-DECK LIGHTING) (SEE L 18)
BOS
ATY10 ~---1 N0.6 LIGHT. DIST. PANEL
04 ~~~6_1 (8/STORE & F' CLE DECK) (SEE L18)
'"'
SPARE
~ .
60/20 *WHEEL
HOUSE
AD4 AD2 N0.1 EL-HEATER 1500W
21 1- 22 H
(1PH) (STBD)
(.)..J
::Jw AD2 N0.2 EL-HEATER 1500W
Clz
Cl)<(
wo...
23 DO (PORT)
U..J
-o
Git- AT1
oz
(!)0
24 D DAMPER 1-1 (N.C) 2W
zU AT1
-o::
&Jw 25 D DAMPER 1-2 (N.O) 2W
~~ AT1
DAMPER 2-1 (N.C) 2W
tbJ: 26
Cl
AT1 DAMPER 2-2 (N.O) 2W
27
I (AMS4) r - - --, AIR CON. FAN SWITCHBOARD
- - - -P8115
- - - - - -L AHU
__ J -AHU FAN RUN
60/15
AT2 AT2
31 32
AT2 AT2
33 34
AP-35
AT2 I---__.:A~T~2:.._--l
36
~
~ v
~ CREW'S RECREATION ROOM
35
0.19 O.BA EXH. FAN
AS-35
AT2
37
I---__.:A..;.:T~2:.._--l
38
rt
0 19
OFFICER'S RECREATION ROOM
EXH. FAN ;:!;
. O.BA 80...
uJ
U)
US-20 ~
AT2
41
I---__.:A....:,.T~2:.._--l
42
rt
o 19
QUARANTINE & SUEZ CREW ROOM
EXH. FAN
U)
w
· O.BA ::2:
<(
z
::2:
0::
0
L-----------------------------~~----~--------------------------------------------__J~
STXSE-C304(200201) S'tX:ottshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 6.S1736 PO (P54-68)
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
stx
PAGE 60A/ 86
PD-5 [ACCOM. AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD] I-M_o_oE_L_N_o-t-_ _51_K_Pc_o9_~
DWG. NO 08000000
~SHC;:=J
AT2
01 0
0
0
~
PORTABLE AIR CON.
(UPP-DECK, HOSPITAL)
ES3
60/15
~ SPARE
r, 60/15
~ SPARE
...
'
AFMS4 1-Mss 1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) (SEE P21)
10 l ___ l
(EM'CY STOP CIRC. : ES3)
"<!"
0
C")
0
0..
w
U)
~
U)
UJ
2
<{
z
2
0:::
0
L---------------~------------~------------------------------------------~----~~
STXSE-C304(200201) .......,._ . 6.81736 PD (P54-68)
;::::»~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd .
PAGE 61 I 86
PD-6 [GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD]
DWG. NO D8000000
---1 MSB (AC220V FEED PANEL)

(AT70)
-p~ffi----- ------------- 1
)__
MSB_ I
(AC 220V 3PH 60HZ)
50/15
AT2
01 0
0
0 ~ (1.4A)
REFRIGERATOR
50/15
AT2
02 0
0
0 ~ (1A)MEATSLICER
50115
,, AT2
03 0
0
0 ~ ICE CUBE MACHINE
(1.6A)
50/15
~·
AT2 s GALLEY
0
04 0 0 BAND SAW
50/15 (7A)
........ ,
' ,-~
AT2
05 HOT WATER BOILER
(9A)
50/15
n:::
~
<( AT2 0 MIXER
(D
06 0 0
en (10A)
::J 50/15
(D
N
AT2 POTATO PEELER
I 06A
0 (1.6A)
<D
I
a..
(") 50/15
>
0
N
N
AT2
07 0
0
0 ~ COFFEE MACHINE
50/15 (10A)
0
~TOASTER
<(
AT2 0
0 0
08
50/15 (7A)
..
AT2
09 0
0
0 ~ COOKING PLATE
(8.2A)
50/15
AT2
10 HOT WATER BOILER OFFICER'S
50/15 (9A) PANTRY
~
AT2 REFRIGERATOR
11 0 0 (DOMESTIC TYPE)
50/15
AT2
12 0
0
0 ~ MICROWAVEOVEN
(5A)
50/15
AT2
13 HOT WATER BOILER CREW'S
(9A) PANTRY
'<t
0
<'>
()
a..
UJ
U)
~
U)
w
2
<(
z
2
oc
0
IL
STXSE-C304(200201)
S't)(Offshore & Shipbuildi~g Co.,Ltd. 6.81736 PD (P54-68)
PAGE 62 I 86
stx PD-6 [GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIP'T

MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
GROUP ALARM PANEL

AS-28 r;---1
50/15 AT1 GALLEY ALARM FOR
AT2
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
TERMINAL BOARD
02 I ® : EXTINGUISHING DISCHARGING
01
FOR DEEP FAT FRYER
03
I*
AT1 I ® I
1
GALLEY ALARM FOR
DEEP FAT FRYER HIGH TEMP.
l----
I
I L----=A...:::M:::;S=2--l. EM'CYSTOP
I 04
I
I
I
AFT1 MCCB SHUNT SIGNAL
1 -a 05 (SEE P58)
: Ltw~
'---- --- ---155'8"1¥-~ FROM DEEP FAT FRYER
(OVER HEATING SIGNAL)
50/15
AT2
~--+---~1~1~-------------4~
lol ~* ~ ELEC. WASHING
~ V ~ MACHINE
CREW'S
(8.7A)
50/15 LAUNDRY
~
(U-DK)
AT2 lol
~--+---~12~-------------4~ ELEC.IRON
50/15
AT2 o ~* ~ ELEC. WASHING
~--+---~13~------------~loo ~ V ~ MACHINE
OFFICER'S
(8.7A)
LAUNDRY
50/15 (B-OECK)
~-+---'A'-71T7:=---------I~ ~ ELEC. IRON
50/15
0::
l
<( OFFICER'S
CD AT2
(/) 15 ELECTJC HEATER DRY ROOM
:::J (B-DK)
CD
N 50/15
l
I
g ..__--6 AT2
16 ELECTIC HEATER
CREW'S
DRY ROOM
I (U-DK)
0.
C')
50/15
~
N
SPARE
(.)
<(
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
..
w
2
~
2
0:::
0
L-----------------------~----=---------------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201)
S'tX:offshore & Shipbuilding co., Ltd. 6.81736 PD (P54-68)
PAGE 63 I 86
PD-7 [FOAM ROOM & F.C.S ROOM
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
(AT16)
----------------------~81
1---1 ESB (AC 220V FEED PANEL)
P5007 I __ _ (AC 220V 3PH 60Hz)
50/15
AT2 OIL CONTENT METER
02 (FOAM ROOM) (SEE C70)
50/15
~ FOR LOADING MASTER
AT2 0 0 AT2 0 0
03 0 0 0 0
04 0 0 0 0 (CARGO CONTROL ROOM)
(SEEC76)
- 50/15
CONTROL BOX
AT2
FOR CARGO MONITORING SYSTEM
07
(CARGO CONTROL ROOM) (SEE C76)
0::
<{ 50/15
ro
(f)
::> SPARE
ro
N
I
0
co
I SPARE
0...
(")
>
0
N
N
0 SPARE
<{
50/15
AT2 CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
16 CONTROL PANEL
(CARGO CONTROL ROOM) (SEE C64)
50/15
SPARE
SPARE
;;
(")
0
SPARE a...I
w
(/)
~
(/)
w
2
~
2
0::
0
LS-TX_S_E_C_3_0_4-(2_0_02-0-1)--~------------~~--"---------------------------------------6-.S~f~73~6~P~D~(P~5~4-68)
LL
· ;::=n..A. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
PAGE 64-67 I 86
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
.··; .... ,_
THESE PAGES(65-67) LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
'¢
0
8
a.
w
en
~
en
w
2
<(
z
2
a:
0
~--------------------~~----------------~--------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- . . 6.S1736 PO (P54-68)
=~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 68 I 86
stx N0.1 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL MODELNO

DWG. NO
51KPC09
08000000
(AT16) ---1 MSB (N0.1 AC440V FEED PANEL)
r-----------------------------------JMSB
1 P3703 I ___ I (AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
1 LGSP-1 E1 P-41
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I D.S 100 * FRESH_!¥~~!! ~U~~L!_ ~IT (E1 P-40)
L - - - - -1+-----d' AT16 I
01 {,F\1
--!c.-~ I N0.1 F.WHYD. PUMP
2.9A 1
f,F\1
--!c.-~ I N0.2 F.W HYD. PUMP
2.9A 1
_ _ !;..._~
{,F\1I
CIRCULATION PUMP
O.B3A
--~- le~l N0.1 HEATER

FOR CALORIFIER
. • ._i'
--~- 16~1 N0.2 HEATER

FOR CALORIFIER
----1 16~1 N0.3 HEATER

FOR CALORIFIER
* __ @
!_ _ _
LOW LEVEL SWITCH
__ !.. __ ® PRESSURE SW.

FOR F.W HYD. PUMP
- - - !.. - -I UV I U.V STERILIZER

- COMMON ABNORMAL
- U. V STERILIZER ABNORMAL
60/15
AT2
r - - -1-----<l PURIFIER ROOM EXH. FAN
06
I
I
I AMS7 START/STOP/RUN
ii)l~ 07 (NEAR AFT ENTRANCE)
~IN
<(I"<~" AMS7 START/STOP/RUN
~,a. (NEAR FWD ENTRANCE)
08
I AMS7 ,---, ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
I L----+--~o~g~--------------~~~~c_,
STA~T/STOP/RUN
' I
I (SEE C95)
I
lm-1
I Cl) I
1_::::;:~
::J" 60/50 *E1S-39

w
·Z AT16
HOT WATERELEC. HEATER
if 22
0
w
w ELEC. CONSUMPTION : 26.5KW "<!"
0
u..~
>N
oi
8a.
"¢0 I
"¢1.0 w
Cl)
OI
<Ca.
N<"l
~
Cl)
06 w
~~ ::::;:
mo
Cl)<( MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) ~
:::!:~ (EM'CY STOP CIRC. : ES1/CT,PT1) ::::;:
0:::
0
~----------------------------~------------------------------------------~~------~u..
STXSE-C304(200201) stx:"otfshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 7.81736 LGSP (P68-76)
stx
PAGE 69 I 86
N0.2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL [ 1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
-------~I~L---------------------~Mss
I P3704
1
l ___ l
(AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
I LGSP-2 [ 1 I 2] . PUR-29
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 100/30
I
L-- AT2 N0.1 H.F.O PURIFIER
01
L---1------'A:...:;M::;:S~2=--------ff~-, ~a LIMIT SWITCH FOR STARTER

r 01A ~ INTERLOCK
PUR-37
~-;-~A~D~S~2~~~~~~~~~-ACP1 AUTO CONTROL PANEL
Q2(CONTROLSOURCE,AC220V) I_ _I (SEEC27)
AMS27
03
AT2
04 N0.1 H.F.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
AT2
06 M/E L.O PURIFIER
AMS2
L--t----:...;0;:;;6:=;:A=-------~M
..---.;
I~
/;t LIMIT SWITCH FOR STARTER
INTERLOCK
PUR-33
L--;-~A~D~S2~~~~~~~~~~-ACP1 AUTO CONTROL PANEL
07 (CONTROL SOURCE, AC 220V) I_ _I (SEE C29)
AMS27
08
AT2
11 N0.1 L.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
AMS12
12
L.O TRANSFER PUMP
FROM N0.2 L.O

PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
g
"'c...
()
I
w
en
~
en
w
CONTINUE TO :2
~
NEXT PAGE-7 z
2
IY
L---------------------------=-------------------------~--------------------~ ~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- ·
;:n..,"-.Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 7.S1736 LGSP (P68-76)
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
PAGE 70 I 86
stx N0.2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL [ 2/2] MODEL NO

DWG. NO
51 KPC09
D8000000
(AT16) 1---1 MSB (N0.2 AC440V FEED PANEL)

I- - - - - - - -P4203
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I __
MSB_ I
(AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
I LGSP-2 [ 2 /2 ] PUR-29
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 100/30
I
L-- AT2 N0.2 H.F.O PURIFIER
01
AMS2 LIMIT SWITCH FOR STARTER

01A INTERLOCK
"'
I.
PUR-35
~-r-~AD~S~2~==~~~~~~~-ACP1 AUTO CONTROL PANEL
02 (CONTii?L SOU~CE, AC 220V) I_ _I (SEE C28)
AMS27
03
AT2
N0.2 H.F.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
04
AT2 G/E L.O PURIFIER

06
AMS2
06A
· .h\-a LIMIT SWITCH FOR STARTER
INTERLOCK
PUR-31
.__-t_ __:.AD~S:-=2:-::-:-:=-::-~-:-:--:-=--::----::-_____!1-ACP 1 AUTO CONTROL pANEL
07 (CONTROL SOURCE. AC 220V) I_ _I (SEE C30)
AMS27
08
AT2
N0.2 L.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
11
TO N0.1 L.O PURl.

SUPPLY PUMP
t----'-'A"-':M:':S;..:,;12=------------!I-ECC 1 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE

31 I ___ I -N0.1 H.F.O PURIFIER RUN
-N0.2 H.F.O PURIFIER RUN
-M/E L.O PURIFIER RUN ~
<')
-G/E L.O PURIFIER RUN ()
D..
(SEE C95) w
--- 0~~~--------
C5207
_1-A"Ms 1
l ___ l
-N0.1 H.F.O PURIFIER ABNORMAL
~
U)
-N0.2 H.F.O PURIFIER ABNORMAL w
-MIE L.O PURIFIER ABNORMAL 2
-G/E L.O PURIFIER ABNORMAL <X:
z
2
0::
0
.__-----~--------~~--------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) stxoffshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 7.S1736 LGSP (P68-76)
HULL NQS.: S-1736137
PAGE 71 I 86
N0.3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000

I- - - - - - - - - - - ---- - ----- -------- --- - J _
P3705 MSB
_ _
I
(AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
I LGSP-3 EFP-33
I
I
I
I
I
(22V, 577VA)
I D.S225 RHM
1_ _ t-t--..:..A.:;::T?-:-0=---------rl SCRUBBER C.S.W PUMP
02
EFP-41
AMS7 ~~----
'------ir------:0~3--------'-tl 0 e I
lo-e
I --.J ,_- L---- ~
1 P2603
N0.1 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP
AUTO STOP
I lo-.,_ - r - - - - ~
,
I; AT SCRUBBER . _ ==~ _ P3003 N0.2 FIRE, BILGE & GIS PUMP
HIGH LEVEL ALARM
------- ---~~8%~2_ ________·--@ AUTOST'BY

1 FOR DECK WATER SEAL PUMP
I (AMS7) fl - - 1
~----- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - MSB I MSB (N0.1 AC440V FEED PANEL)
P2805 J_-- (AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
~-----
___ 0~~l _________ rMss~ MSB (N0.2 AC440V FEED PANEL)
P3208 J __ -
(AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
R.P.B FOR N0.1 & 2
DECK WATER SEAL PUMP
* UEC-22
r----A_M~S~1_9_ _ _ _ _ _~1MCRP1 MAIN CONTROL PANEL FOR I.G.G (SEE C74)
16 J ___ l
-SCRUBBER C.S.W PUMP ST/SP/RUN
-SCRUBBER HIGH LEVEL ALARM
-FOR SCRUBBER C.S.W PUMP STOP
v
0
<')
0
0...
w
(/)
~
(/)
LlJ
2
~
2
0::
0
~~~-----------------~~--------------------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~;,. 7.S1736 LGSP (P68-76)
· ~LA. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,ltd.
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
PAGE 72 I 86
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08000000
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
..
w
2
<(
z
2
0:::
0
LL.
~ST-X-SE_C_3-04-(2-0-02-01-)-.-----------~~~"------------------------------7-:S-1-73-6-LG_S_P~(P-68~-76)
- ~~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
PAGE 73 I 86
DWG.NO D8000000

1- - - - - - - - - - MSB l
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - l ___
P3706 (AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
I
I LGSP-4 [ 1 I 2 ] EF -41
I
I
I
I D.S 100
L---~ AT2
M.D.O TRANSFER PUMP
01
AMS2
AUTO START
02 ] D.O SETT. TANK
AMS2
( AUTO STOP
03
-·
.. ,.·.; AT2
r- H.F.O TRANSFER PUMP
06
AMS2
AUTO START
07
] H.F.O SETT. TANK
AMS2
AUTO STOP
08
AMS2
AUTO START
09 ] LOW SULPHUR
AMS2 H.F.O SETT. TANK
10 AUTO STOP
AT2
L.O TRANSFER PUMP
11
5.0A
EFP-29
AMS7 r----I
L..._-+_ _...:...::.,1;-:;;2;:-:-------_,Ic; 0 e
rc-, L N0.1 L.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
I .9~F 1 P6§12"' N0.2 L.O PURl. SUPPLY PUMP
1loe,_1
--=--=-J-1
AT2
BILGE TRANSFER PUMP
16
L..._+-----~A~M~S~4~----1LS AUTO START/STOP

17 (EIR AFT. BILGE WELL)
AMS 7
l..----f------=-=:.;:18:;::-:---------1 °•
EFS-21
START/STOP/RUN
"<!"
0
(")
()
(L
w
en
CONTINUE TO ~
NEXTPAGE-7 en
w
::2
(AT16)
---------------p~~-------------~~~~1
1--- 1 MSB (N0.2 AC440V FEED PANEL) ~
(AC 440V 3PH 60HZ) ::2
0::
0
~~~------------~~---------~--------------~~~
STXSE~C304(200201) _.,._...,. . . 7.S1736 LGSP (P68-76)
:=ui..A.Offshore & Shipbui~ding Co.,Ltd.
PAGE 74 I 86
stx N0.4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL [ 2/2] MODEL NO

DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
LGSP-4 [ 2/2] EFP-41
100/15 EFP-20
~I'Vt-t--A:..:T~2
01
_ _ _ _ _ _---{ ~ _
- v SLUDGE PUMP
LS 1.S 3.2A
I UV~P~+-------~A~M~S~2~----------4*S
01A
AMS7
~-t-~0;;;2;:.:.-----------iL ~ ~ J
r--, WASTE OIL INCINERATOR MAIN
CONTROL PANEL
EFP-19
(START/STOP/RUN)
r:--~
~.
.__--I___,:A..::M::,:S;:.:7________________.....n oe I
\'
o3 : roe"Ll ____ lA~~L~
I- = ~ I (AMS7) P2502
lo •j-1--- - - - - - ~
N0.1 M/E L.O PUMP
N0.2 MJE L.O PUMP
1_-_:-_ .J P2902
EM'CY STOP BOX FOR

1--1 AMS12
UP-31 SLUDGE PUMP, BILGE TRANS PUMP
I I
I I
05 :1•1•1•1•1•] SEWAGE TREATMENT, SIGLE SEPERATOR,
L.O TRANS PUMP
I a. I (UPPER DECK OUTSIDE PORT)
AMS12 I a. 1
t----t-_,;_.::.:,::~--, ::::l AMS12
US-31
~ ~ EM'CY STOP BOX
04
1
t:OI
171
06 11•1•1•1•1•_1! (UPPER DECK OUTSIDE STBD)
I a. L ___ J.AM~2l_ ___ .,..
I I P5702 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
"EM'CY STOP FOR I I (AMS2) ·

!__ ~ - - - P56o8--- _.,.. BILGE SEPERATOR
BILGE TRANSFER PUrv'!,~
~L.b'TR'A'Ns~rf'PiYM"P"
~~
f--1-------------
60/15 EFP-40
~~----~A~T2~--~~
'A$s 07
M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP
LS 2.2 4.2A
'UVP
.__+-------~A~M~S~4~--------~LS AUTO STOP
08 (M.G.O SERV. TK FOR CARGO
HANDLING & E.U PORT)
1-1------------
AMS19 ~---, ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE

f-----___,:...::.:;.171 =-------------.!1 ~~c_l -H.F.O TRANSFER PUMP RUN
-M.D.O TRANSFER PUMP RUN
-L.O TRANSFER PUMP RUN
-BILGE TRANSFER PUMP RUN
-SLUDGE PUMP START/STOP/RUN
-M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP RUN
(SEEC95)
g
(AMS19) . 1---, ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM ('")
(.)
~---------------AMS
C5506 I __ _ 1 -H.F.O TRANSFER PUMP ABNORMAL a.
-M.D.O TRANSFER PUMP ABNORMAL w
en
-L.O TRANSFER PUMP ABNORMAL
~
-BILGE TRANSFER PUMP ABNORMAL en
-BILGE TRANSFER PUMP LONG RUN w
-SLUDGE PUMP ABNORMAL 2
-M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP ABNORMAL ~
2
~
~~~~==============~--~----------------------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) stx:offshore Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd. 7.S1736 LGSP (P68-7l))
&
PAGE 75 I 86
DWG.NO D8000000
I-------~~E~~--------------------~Mss
1 N0.1 AC 440V FEED PANEL
P3707 I ___ I (AC 440V 3PH 60HZ)
I
I
I LGSP-5 [ 1 /2] AIR COND. RM.
I
I
NS-27
I WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
I (35V, 49VA)
60/15
I
I AT2
SANITARY SPACE EXH. FAN
01
BS-24
I•
(35V, 21VA)
.• .. ···, .. AT2
02
AMS12 START/STOP/RUN
03 (INSIDE GALLEY)
NS-24
(35V, 39VA)
AT2
04
OP-69
SH WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER
(35V, 39VA)
Hf------.:...:A~TY::-:2=---------------4~ DECK STORE & SAMPLING

06 STORE EXH. FAN (EX d liB T4)
3.3A
(EX.d liB T4)
AMS12 CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE
07 (START/STOP/RUN)
OS-69
(35V, 39VA)
ATY2
08
AS-11
ATY2
11
3
(<)
0
AMYS7 c..
12 START/STOP/RUN w
(/)
~
(/)
w
2
~
CONTINUE TO 2
NEXTPAGE-7 0:::
0
u..
LS-TX_S_E---C-30-4-(2_0_0~20_1_)----------------~~~--0-ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_S__
h.-lp_b_u-il-d-in_g
__ •• -L-td-.----------~.-7-~S-1-7~36--LG_S_P~(P-6-8~-76)
C_o_
PAGE 75A/ 86
DWG.NO D8000000
LGSP-5 [ 2/2] AIR COND. RM.
100/60
* BCT
o----I--------'A'-;:;T:'i6;....__ ___,.._----! - - 1 STARTER FOR PROVISION CRANE
01 l_S_!_I (SEE P85)
* LIFE & LIFE/RESCUE WINDING TYPE SPACE HEATER

BOAT WINCH STARTER (25V, 115VA)
100/75 ACT
AT25 AT16 LIFE BOAT & RESCUE BOAT
02 03 DAVIT WINCH [PORT]
40.0A
*DAVIT(POR1} (AP-32)
~-----------1
f_, 1 AMS2 LS I
I 05 I LIMIT SWITCH
.·.::_
I PROTECTION BOX I
I ~--------- I
....-: \ ~-A-:M:-:-S_7_--+---r'1 TB O e I I
04 1 1 ________ j I REMOTE PUSH BUTTON
L ___________ l

(30V,80VA)
AT2 LIFE BOAT DAVIT WINCH [ST'BD]
06
8A
*DAVIT(ST'BD) (AS-32)
,.-----------,
I AMS2 1
I 08 LS I LIMIT SWITCH
: PROTECTION BOX I
.______
07 I_ _
1- T~----
A:.;;;M-:;-S7'---i"l---14
I ________
;-;I : _,I I REMOTE PUSH BUTTON
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J
100/20 UP-27
AT4 1--- 1 PROV. REF. FAN SWITCHBOARD
0-,----t---------'-:i-171;...._---~~ _s_!_I (COLD CHAMBER LOBBY) (SEE P82)
100/75 US-33
AT35 1---1
o-.,----t--------=-..:.;1~2..:........_ _ _----;t _s! _I AIR COND. FAN SWITCHBOARD
(SEE P81) (AIR COND. ROOM)
AT2
13
LS
-------©
1--------A-.~.4 -2
4.25A
ODME SAMPLING PUMP
* UP-FOAM-RM
AMS4 - - - 1 OIL CONTENT METER
.___ _ _ _..:..::.;1"=5:..;...._ _---:: _c_!_I (SEE C70)
SPARE
SPARE
UJ
I------..:..A.::..F~M;.=S..:..7_ _ _ _ _1-MSB 1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL) 2
21 I - - _I (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES3, ES4, ES3/PT1) ~
(SEE P21) 2
0:::
0
u.
~~-"-~--~.---~.-.-------------------7-.S-1-7-36--LG~S~P-(~P~68~-.76)
LS_TX_S_E_C_3_0_4-(2-00_2_0_1)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
- ::::1 !LA. Offshore & Shipb_uilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 76 I 86
N0.6 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL MODEL NO 51KPC09

DWG.NO D8000000
(ATY35) 1------ (AT35) r;-- 1

1- - - - -P4206A P-JB-UPP _,1-----------------
- - - - - -I _____ P4206 MSB_ 1
I __
(AC 440V 3PH 60Hz)
I
I
I FCL-95
LGSP-6 BOSUN STORE
~
I
I
I 60/15 (35V, 39VA)
I AT2
01
AMS7 START/STOP/RUN
02
oe (COMPANION WAY)
r
... :
~·
-----------
60/60
AT25 *
0
0
0 RP. FOR ELECTRIC ARC WELDER
06 0
60/15
SPARE
60/15
SPARE
J----....:.A...::.F...::.M:-:,Y,.:.S...::.12::.....___--:fP:Js~uppl AFMS12 1-MSB 1 MSB (SYNCHRO PANEL)

11 I ____ .1 12 I - - _I (EM'CY STOP CIRC.: ES4, PT1)
(SEE P21)
..
w
2
<(
z
2
0::
0
~--------------------------~~--------------------------------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- . 7.81736 LGSP (P68-76)
:::::» IS..A. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
PAGE 77 I 86
stx INDIVIDUAL STARTER

[M/E. AUX. BLOWER]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
(AT35) 1- - - , MAIN SWITCHBOARD

~------~3M-------------------~~~~~ (N0.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL)
I
I * M/E AUX. BLOWER STARTER
I E2S-28
I ~~~1 __
I AMS2 [SFfJ :
: 01 I~ I
1 I I
L-- -+----1 AT35
ASS f--+------=..!: :_;~--------:.I -f I\..;
M II
~
02 1
I 51.8 I
N0.1 MIE. AUX. BLOWER
....!::!Y~ ----- 81A
.....:...~------,
Nr----@:
AMS4
f---r--~~03~----4~
w I
I
M/E. JUNCTION BOX (JME-2)
(AUTO. START/STOP)
'f-----@1
I
'---- ------~
AMS12 ECR IND. PANEL (ECC)

06 -N0.1 & 2 BLOWER AUTO/MANU.,
START/STOP/RUN
(SEE C14)
AMS4
/ ALPHA LUBRICATING CONTROL PANEL
07
(N0.1 & 2 PUMP RUN) (SEE C18)
AMS12
PCSCABINET
08
-FWD & SHUT DOWN
-RUN
(SEE C14)
(AMS4) 1- - - 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM
- - -C5301
- - - - - - - - - - - - -I ___
AMS I
-N0.1 & 2 M/E AUX. BLOWER ABNORMAL
'--------
E2S-27
~----,
AMS2 1 JsR] I
04 I~ I
I I
• AT35 1 M
ASS 1----+----'..:.::..;::-=-----------"1~ ~
I
r--
LS
0 5 I 51.
I
I
N0.2 MIE. AUX. BLOWER
1
I ~ ----~81A
c..=..:..:.._
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(AT35)_______ - - - - - - - - - ___ !-MSB
P3804 --, MAIN SWITCHBOARD
t ___ - - - -
I __ _ I (N0.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL) ~
C')
()
a.
I
w
rJ)
~
rJ)
w
~
~
~
0::
0
~~~~~~~--------~--------------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- 8.81736 IND. ST (P77-85)
::::::»'-A. Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.,
HULL NOS : S-1736/37
PAGE 78 I 86

[N0.1 S/G STARTER]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
(SGS-6) SG.Q.-(:?L _
RHM SQO AMSZ *I 'SFf' I
-~~----------------~~--------------~~~~~"~I
i-- i
SPACEHEATER
1
I
J..-.,..:..,..::=:-+-----------------__;Ac...:.T;-::i:-:5 -----------------,:-IM
~16M
N0.1 STEERING GEAR
I
I ~----------------~A~T~2_________________, M
LOla N0.1 OIL COOLER PUMP
~I;:: 18 ~
~~ *1 - - - 1
AT16X2 AUTO TRANSFORMER
I
I 20,21 1~-~R_I (AC 440V 3PH)
I (AMS2) 1- - - 1 EM'CY SWITCHBOARD
I --------p~~----------------,!~~1 (EIG ACB CLOSED)
I
I AMS7
I
25 N0.1 FEED PUMP UNIT
I
I BACK UNIT N0.1 CONN. BOX
lro-1 1·' ··-I I I I I I I I I
I (/) I
I I I I I I I I I I
~~~
::::J
w
z<(
:@
I t::c:;-
@:
1-
_c:;-
I ®® § §@@ ~ ~
1 ~6 ~6 I
rn (/)
oa.. I ...1...1 ...1...1 I
o::O a: I 1-~ o~ I 1- ~ ..J~ a:
<(W
ow w
1 ~~ ED~ I < < ~ ""' _(/) :2
w
mu... lr: I a_(!) ~(!) I
1-> o>
O::..J [!)_j t;:§ 0
[!)~
- 0...1
>W II-
I6 ~ I I 00 i-O 00:: i- 0:: e; Gi (!) ..J
g~ rn I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I
.J
Q..CJ) (/)(/) a.. a.. (/) a.. ...1 ...1 I: 6
$0 a:
(/)<(
~
>->- C)
o5J C) AMS7
- :2 z
:2w
w~
a:w 27
w AMS4
1-
m 28
....
d AMS4
z 29 STEERING GEAR
AMS7 N0.1 CONN. BOX
30-
*S/GROOM
AMS12
1----------~~2~2~--------~
+ *E.C.C
I~
AMS 12 ECR CONTROL PANEL
AMS7 0 34 t:f\1"""' I
23 0
z
AMS7 0-1
)>::0
"
24 !!!l2
zcn *B.C.C
~~ AMS12
3 ~~MCP 1 MAIN CONTROL PANEL
crri 9
~5:
z
I AMS7 9
I .....
44
~IN
(/)1m
~lb:
~I
AMYS2 1- N0.1 RUDDER - I
40 REPEATBACKUNIT:
1 - - -N'I.....- -- --
I ~--
1~1 ~~~ (!;

I (';!jl~ 21..-
I :21~
I ~Ia.. AD2 I
---~::.
N0.1
__ _
1 (AC 440V 1PH 60Hz)
(")
()
a..
uJ
I I 41 ~~~~S~~R~~R~ (SEEN12)
(/)
I I ~
(/)
N0.2 S/G
w
STARTER :2
<(
(SEE P79) z
:2
0::
0
L-------------------------------~----------------~--------------------------------~--~u...
STXSE-C304(200201) ~- . 8.81736 IND. ST (P77-85)
~~~~..A. Offshore&. Shipbuilding Co., ltd.•
HULL NOS. : S-1736/37
.. PAGE 79 I 86
stx· INDIVIDUAL STARTER

[N0.2 S/G STARTER]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
S~±~-
SGP-6 SQO AMS2 *I rsFfl I
~---~~_t_s~----------------~A~~:~s~------------~~~:1
SPACE HEATER
N0.2 STEERING GEAR

I UVR 02
I
I
~----168A
I ~ M N0.2 OIL COOLER PUMP
I 03 "-
I
I
I AMS7
~I..- 08 N0.2 FEED PUMP UNIT
~IN BACK UNIT N0.2 CONN. BOX
!;(IQ!:
~I I I T I I I I I 1
I I I I I I I I I 1
8 ®®88 @®:
I I
'·" I
I
!:: §'
I
I
I I
~L
. I m I· ~0 I ~
(/)
~
(/)
I
..J_J :? . I
I Cl) I o~ I 1- 1- ..J c::: a. I
I!~ m~
fn (/)
I
I
§ §
~.J ~.J 1-x ox
~ ~
0~ ~I
o::o mo s~:r:1-1
I oo
a. (/) r-o
(/) (/) 0 0:: r- 0:: OUJ C>..J
I a. a. (/) a. ..J..J:f(51
::J
w
AMS7----- - - - - - .J -----------------I
14
~ a:
w
oa. AMS4
0::0
<(W
~ 15
ow
mu.. ~
(/) AMS4
I> a: 16
(.)0 STEERING GEAR
!::~ ~ AMS7 N0.2 CONN. BOX
$U
Cl)<(
C)
C) 17
z"!
-o z
<(z
:2~
a:
w
w * E.C.C *B.C.C
t; AMS4 r - - - - - - - - - -~ ADS2 ADS2 r-----------~
09 31A
""
0
z
: N0.1,2ALARM PANEL: A.;;S
4 ATTS4
: N0.1 ,2 ALARM PANEL :
I I 32 32A I I
-I::,:~ ,=ECC:
--------~---
1 <E B.C.C
INTERNAL (DC 24V 1OOW)
1-----'A...:.TT.:..,.-:.,.:::_J_, ALARM MONITORING SYS.
11 C4101 I __ _ (C101L)
-S/G ABNORNAL
(SEE C41) ATTS4 1-VDR 1 VOYAGE DATA
!fj~ 42 I ___ I RECORDER
.
,_r
* S/G ROOM ~ C') (SEE N19)
AMS12
05 IU2 35
p.Js.A
fu111--....:A...::,M:::,:S:..::2--ir I
L ___ J
L_
AMS7 AMS2
06 50
()
AMS7 0 * E.C.C
ATTS4 07 z ~--~A~M~S~12~--~I EAP ECR CONTROL PANEL
12 ()-l 33
~::0
mo
-•
zen r.- * B.C.C
A~
m-<
-len
~--~
AMS12
36
_j ~
7
: AMS12
36A
I MC~ I MAIN CONTROL PANEL
10 em 1 a._j
AMS7 .=s: - I -+ B.C.C
44
z INTERNAL (DC 24V 1OOW)
9
...... (C101K)
AMYS21- N0.2 RUDDER- I ~
40 I REPEAT BACK UNIT:
ALARM MONI. SYSTEM 8
- - -@<(-- - - - -N0.1 S/G ST-BY STARTER D;
N0.1 S/G
~~~
-N0.2 S/G ST-BY STARTER lli
STARTER (SEE C40) ~
21~ (/)
(SEE P78)
AD2 I
---~~---
N0.2 I (AC 440V 1PH 60Hz) w
:2
41 1~~~S~~R!':'J':_R~ (SEE N12) <(
z
:2
0::
0
L_--------------------------~-=--"----------------~----------------~8.~S~17~3~6~1N~D~.~STT~(P~777~85)
STXSE-C304(200201) ::::n..i,Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.•
u..
PAGE 79A I 86

[ACC. AIR COND. PLANT]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
*E1S-29
RHM *E1S-30
r- -~l]Ql
I"¥ AT70 M
P3516 01 rv
86
N0.1 AIR CON. COMPRESSOR
136.6A
,.-
-~
AMS19
03 CRANKCASE HEATING
-~ CRANKCASE HEATING
4 --
1m I
I en I
12 1
. .
X
0
m
z
0
i=
(.)
--®
---®
---®
SN FOR COMP. STEP4 100% CAPACITY)

-- z
::J
:::::J
--®
"")
w a: KP2 (LOW COOLING WATER PRESSURE)
z c 2
~ a:: 0
ow
a::
a::o
<
0
m
(.)
--® LPT (SUCTION PRESSURE)
<(W
ow
mu..
0
1-
::I:
--® OPT (OIL PRESSURE)
I> ~
(.)0
J-V
~()
en
a:: --® HPT (DISCHARGE PRESSURE)
0 AMS2
.(/) <(
zr:
-o
en
en
w
02 ---@ PT100 (SUCTION TEMP.)
<Cz a::
2~ D..
:3:
0
0
*N0.1 AHU
:Z
0
0 AMS19
a::
~
04 ------@ SUPPLY AIR TEMP. SENSOR
-------®
--
F~ESH AIR TEMP. SENSOR
.. ·. ~
/ -- ~---@ TS1 (COOLER1, SUCTION TEMP.)
"")
,,, g -- § r---@ TS2 (COOLER2, SUCTION TEMP.)

z z
0
~
-- ~
::J
---® PS1 (COOLER1, SUCTION PRESSURE)
~ -- ~ r----@ PS2 (COOLER2, SUCTION PRESSURE)

::J '--
~ ------® ELEC. EXPANSION VN (COOLER2)
AMS7
05 ------® ELEC. EXPANSION VN (COOLER1)
-------® SOLENOID VN (COOLER1)
------® SOLENOID VN (COOLER2)
;g
(")
(.)
D..
uJ
~
(/)
w
2
~
2
a::
0
LS-TX_S_E--C3-0~4-(2_0_02-0-1)----------------~~--"--------------------------------~--8-.S-1-73_6_1_N_D_.S_T~(~P~77~-85)
lL
- ::::::t~Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.,

PAGE 80 I 86
INDIVIDUA.L STARTER
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO DBOOOOOO
*E1S-29
RHM *E1S-30
(AT70) I"¥ AT70 M

r--P3907 -- ~ N0.2 A IR CON. COMPRESSOR
LS 01
1 86
UVP
,____ 136.6A
f--
AMS19
03 -
~ GRAN KCASE HEATING
-
~ GRAN KCASE HEATING
~ --® SNFOR COMP. STEP4100% CAPACITY)
. .
m
z --® SNFOR COMP. STEP4 75% CAPACITY)
0
i=
0
z
....,
:J
--® SNF OR COMP. STEP4 50% CAPACITY)
::J"
UJ
a.: --@ KP2 (LOW COOLING WATER PRESSURE)
~
0 2
a:
OUJ
cr::
cr::o
<(
0
m
0
0
---® LPT(S UCTION PRESSURE)
<{UJ
OUJ
mLL
:C>
::I:
0
1-
§
---® OPT( OIL PRESSURE)
oo
I-"~"
U)
a:
--@ HPT( DISCHARGE PRESSURE)
~25 0 AMS2
en<{
z"!
U)
U)
w
02 --@ PT100 (SUCTION TEMP.)
-o
<{z a:
2~ D..
::!!!i
0
0
*N0.2AHU
:Z
0
0 AMS19
a: 04 ------@ SUPPLY AIR TEMP. SENSOR
< .
-------®
.--
FRESH AIR TEMP. SENSOR
-- fe
....,
----@ TS1 (COOLER1, SUCTION TEMP.)
~
m -- 0
cr::
--@ TS2 (COOLER2, SUCTION TEMP.)
en
z z
0
i=
0
-- UJ
en
:J
---® PS1 (COOLER1, SUCTION PRESSURE)
z :c
• ....,
:J -- <{ ---@ PS2 (COOLER2, SUCTION PRESSURE)
c___
:J
:c
<( ------® ELEC. EXPANSION VN (COOLER2)
AMS7
05 ------® ELEC. EXPANSION VN (COOLER1)
------® SOLENOID VN (COOLER 1)
------® SOLENOID VN (COOLER2)
L+- (!;
C')
0
a_
uJ
en
~
en
UJ
2
~
2
cr::
L-------------------------~~------------~----------------------------~--~
~
STXSE C304(200201) ................,. . 8.S1736 IND. ST (P77-85)
- ::::t'C..A..Offshore & Sf:lipbuilding Co.,Ltd.•
PAGE 81 I 86
INDIVIDUAL STARTER .
MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8000000
ENGINE CONTROL CONSOL (SEE C95)

-N0.1 & 2 COMP. RUN SIGNAL
~---A~M~S~4_ _ _~rFCul FAN COIL UNIT (SEE P58)

02 L __ J -N0.1 & 2 COMP. RUN SIGNAL
(AMS4) r- -, ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM

- - - - - - - - - - - - - AMS
C5810 L __ J -N0.1 & 2 COMP. ABNORMAL
.....
~ ~ AHU FAN RUN
<(
* US-32
r _(8"Q!ll
I
I
P75A12
-- -~l-l\____ ,A. . :.,~;-: ~. :.-------1 1~3
1
0
28.25A
N0.1 AIR HANDLING UNIT FAN
..J I UVP M
~ I AT10 .....,_, N0.2 AIR HANDLING UNIT FAN
Cf I 22 1~3
28.25A
0:: I
w I
r----~A~M7S~2_ _ _-4.HS HUMIDISTAT (H615A)
~ I 14 (CHIEF/ENG. DAY ROOM)
~ I
en I
a. I
B
0::
I
I 0
(.9~
* N0.1 AHU
..J6: I 0::
<( <">
0 I
·~~
~· AMS7
0 6 I '91 m 11
;; ~ I~ I ;: [Q
· o I C>l en ::::;
:::> --- ~
~~ SPACE HEATER
~ $ L..J_! z
it ~
:Z
0 ~ -----@ SN HUMIDIFYING (VE133AN)
0
0::
<(
* N0.2AHU
~) AMS7
21
[Q
::::; _[§BJ
• ~ --- ~ SPACE HEATER
<(
~ -- - --@ SN HUMIDIFYING (VE133AN)
AMS4 f -- I CONTROL PANEL FOR W/H WINDOW

15 ~~ J DEFROSTING SYSTEM (SEE P60)
"<t
0
(")
0
a.
uJ
en
~
en
w
~
~
~
0::
0
~------------~-~~---------------------------~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) st:x:'otfshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.. 8.81736 IND. ST (P77-85)
HULL NOS.: S-1736137
PAGE 82 I 86
INDIVIDUAL STARTER "MODEL NO 51KPC09
[REF. PROV. PLANT] DWG.NO D8000000
* E1P-40
PROVISION REFRIGERATING P~NT
RHM
-------------~ N0.1 COMPRESSOR
B.34A
--------------1:0~1 MOTOR HEATER (40W)
--------------1~~1 CRANKCASE HEATING (70W)
---------------~
OIL PRESSURE LOW
0 (MP55)
a:
< LOW PRESSURE I HIGH PRESSURE
0
m ---------------~ (KP15)
X
---------------~
0 LOW COOLING WATER PRSSURE
t-
(KP2)
~
-------------~
a:
0 N0.2 COMPRESSOR
(/)
13a: B.34A
D.
--------------1~~1
::2: MOTOR HEATER (40W)
0
0
t-
z
::s
--------------1~~1 CRANKCASE HEATING (70W)
---------------~
D. OIL PRESSURE LOW
11. (MP55)
w
a:
---------------~
LOW PRESSURE I HIGH PRESSURE
g (KP15)
---------------~
D.
LOW COOLING WATER PRESSURE
(KP2)
AMS12 I---------'A:...:.M:;;;:..S4:.:...__ _ _~1-ECC 1 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE (SEE C95)

06 05 J_- _I -NO. 1,2 COMP. RUN
(AMS12) --- 1 ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM

---- --- - - - - - - - - Jt ___
C5809 AMS l
-N0.1 COMPRESSOR ABN.
-ST-BY SIGNAL -N0.2 COMPRESSOR ABN.
-FISH ROOM REPOSE SIGNAL
-N0.1,2 RUN
-MEAT ROOM REPOSE SIGNAL
-FISH ROOM REPOSE SIGNAL
-MEAT ROOM REPOSE SIGNAL
UP-27
ATS2
• 07
--~
ATS2
08 DEFROSTING HEATER
0
~
z
AMS4
09 ----@ N0.2 PT 100 SENSOR
ON THE EVAPORATION
~ COIL, S-50258
MEAT ROOM
u.: AMS4
--~
JWI:WJ DRAIN PIPE HEATER
w 11
a:
:>
~
-___ ® SOL. VALVE(EVR6) t!;
C')
0
D. 0..
I
AMS4 N0.1 PT 100 SENSOR w

en
r---~1~2~------~RB INCOLDCHAMBER
~
S-5029 en
_t---1~2;~~------i_!H:!_!EA~T!E~Rj DOOR HEATER w
2
(CONT'D) ~
2
0:::
oc f2
· STXSE-C304(200201) B.S 1736 IND. ST (P77-85)
S'tX:offshore & Shipbuilding Co.,ltd.•
PAGE 83 I 86
INDIVIDUAL STARTER MODEL NO 51KPC09
[REF. PROV. PLANT] DWG.NO D8000000
ATS2
N0.2 COOLING FAN
01
0.69A
--~
ATS2
02 DEFROSTING HEATER
N0.2 PT 100 SENSOR

AMS4
03 ---® ON THE EVAPORATION
COIL, S-5025B
',. ~
AMS4 FISH ROOM
04A
-- DRAIN PIPE HEATER
'
..
---® SOL. VALVE(EVR6)
..
AMS4 N0.1 PT 100 SENSOR

RB
05 IN COLD CHAMBER
S-5029
AT2
HEATER DOOR HEATER
05A
ATS2
c 06 N0.3 COOLING FAN
ID
:1:
(/)
z *
<( AMS2 OZONE GENERATOR
IL
07 (10W)
u: VEG.ROOM
w *
0:: AMS4 PT 100 SENSOR
RB
::>
0
08 IN COLD CHAMBER
S-5029
0::
D..
AMS2
09
JB3 --® SOL. VALVE(EVR6)
I----.:..A~M:;;S=-2-----lJB4 __ fSV\ SOL. VALVE(EVR6)

10 D
LOBBY
* PT 100 SENSOR
I------~A~M7S~4----~RB JN COLD CHAMBER
11
S-5029
ATS2
11A
(AT1)
- - - - - - [36"2'5-- - - - - ~ LIGHTING IN FISH ROOM
(AT1)
- - - - - - [36if ___ - - - ~ LIGHTING IN MEAT ROOM
(AT1)
- - - - - -[3629-- - - - - ~ LIGHTING INVEG. ROOM
~
C')
(AT1) (.)
- - - - - - [36f5 - - - - - - ~ LIGHTING IN COLD CHAMBER LOBBY a.
uJ
(f)
~
(f)
w
:2
<(
z
:2
0::
0
~--------------~~------~------------------~~
STXSE-C304(200201) 5txotfshore &_Shipbuilding co.,Ltd.• 8.81736 IND. ST (P77-85)
PAGE 84 I 86

[W.O INCINERATOR]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
D8000000
--~T_!~--w
P5501
WASTE OIL INCINERATOR UNIT
~f-
1 UVP
________ -:- ____ _
·
ffi 18.02A
PRIMARY BLOWER
f---- _-_-------- -@ 1.82A

W.O DOSING PUMP
--------------~ D.O TRANS PUMP
1.4A
..J
1-----------, TERMINAL BOX X6
I-.-- I w 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 *TERMINALBOARDX2 I D.O BURNER FOR COMBUTION CHAMBER
I0 I z L-- - - - - _____ I (ST1 &ST2)
I a_ I 0:..J
I 0 !---------------~ VALVE BLOCKING ASH DOOR INCINERATOR
g:
z~
0.-- -------~-------~ ATOM ISING AIR FOR W.O BURNER
ux
0:: ..
o-~ ---------------~ DESEL OIL SUPPLY TO W.O. BURNER
~-~
~~ ------------------fsV. X2 PNEU. SOL. VALVE FOR W.O
wo:: ~
zw
- f- __Q FEEDING /INSIDE DOOR BLOCKING
~~ ----------------® X2
FOR SLUICE
..J
0 ----------------@ X3
MICRO SWITCH
FEEDING I ASH /INSIDE DOOR
w
f-
C/)
----------------@ X2
TEMP. TRANSMITTER FOR
~ PRIMARY I SECONDARY COMB. CHAMBER
LOW NAGATIVE PRESS.
~--------------~ COMBUSTION CHAMBER
LOW PRESS. SWITCH
r----------------~ X2
COMBUTION I ATOMISING AIR
FLAME DETECTION FOR
!----------------@ X2 PRIMARY I SECONDARY COMB. CHAMBER
1-----------,
f---- -- --- -1
L_-
START BOX SLUICE
--------_I
I START BOX SLUICE
f---------------<1[) 4.2A
MILL PUMP
!----------------~ LOW TEMP.
,, !----------------~ HIGH TEMP.
!----------------~ LOW LEVEL
!----------------~ HIGH LEVEL
~------+-------------------~TC
TEMP. TRANSMITTER FLUE GAS
04 (ON DUCT)
AMS4 ~---, ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE (SEE C95)

~------+-~~01~----------~~~~c_l
-INCINERATOR RUN
~------+-~A-=M~S~2=---------------I
. e EM'CY STOP PUSH BUTTON
C!;
02 (DOWN TO S/G ROOM) (")
(.)
a_
,__ - - - - - - _(~M~~
P7402
- - - - - - - ll:"GsP-41
I ___ _.
LGSP-4
UJ
-SLUDGE PUMP START/STOP/RUN C/)
~- ______ JA_111.§11L ______ -'"A'Ms, ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM ~

C/)
C44B11 I ___ I -W.O TANK HIGH LEVEL w
-ABNORMAL 2
<{
-W.O TANK LOW TEMP. z
-W.O TANK HIGH TEMP. 2
0::
0
L-----------------------~----~----------------------------------------------------_-1~
STXSE-C304(200201)
stx' Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.•
8.81736 IND.-ST (P77-85)
PAGE 85 I 86

[PROVISION CRANE]
MODEL NO
DWG.NO
51KPC09
08000000
* PROVISION CRANE NP-25
• BCT r-- - ® H SPACE HEATER
1
- P~~JT -IV1-....:A...,;.T~6--+--1
01
r- _•_ ~ HYD. PUMP MOTOR
14.3 25.1A
I LS
lu:l UVP
:~
10::: ~ r----
:~
I~
AMS12
~--~0~2~--~~5
co *TPNP-2
03 r------8 ROTARY CAM SMITCH
(HOISTING UPPER LIMIT)
5z
lcn
lg,
I~
::::>
....,
....
r------0 ROTARY CAM SMITCH
(HOISTING LOWER LIMIT)
I C!l I
I ....J a..
L<CC"l
0
z
~
r------8 SOL. VALVE
(HOISTING UPPER LIMIT)
rll'llg>o
l r:l..I....J
I cn lll'l ::}
~
0
r-------8 SOL. VALVE
(HOISTING LOWER LIMIT)
1g 1 o~
L-Z~ 5
z
I
I ~r------8 ROTARY CAM SMITCH
(SLEWING PORT LIMIT)
I
I
I g r------8 ROTARY CAM SMITCH
(SLEWING ST'BD LIMIT)
I
I
I
I
r------8 SOL. VALVE
(SLEWING PORT LIMIT)
I
I ~
r------8 SOL. VALVE
(SLEWING ST'BD LIMIT}
I
I
I *PROTECT. BOX
~--~---1~1 PORTABLE REMOTE PB. BOX
•..
"<!'
0
C')
()
a..
w
(/)
~
en
w
:2
<(
z
:2
0:::
0
u..
LS_T-XS-E~--C-30-4-(2_0_0-20_1_)______~--------~--~--0-ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_S
__ __C_o_.,_L_td-.-.----------8-.S-1-7-36--IN_D_._S_T~(P-7=7-J-85)
h_ip_b_u_il-d-in_g
A
HULL No. 1736
INDIVIDUAL STARTER PAGE 86B / 86

MODEL NO 51KPC09
[M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL FOR BWMS INSTALLATION]
DWG. NO D8000000
MGPS-AMS-D01
M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL
DPYC-1.5 AMS ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM

- MGPS CONTROL PANEL ALARM
GAMMA No.2 OUTSTATION

ENGINE ROOM
MGPS-JB-P02
TPYC-4
MGPS-JB-P03
GN/YE-6
MGPS-CP-P01
MGPS-AL1-P01
MGPS-CU1-P01
DPYC-1.5
SPY-2.5
SPY-2.5
220VAC FEEDER
MSBD
PANEL
P7006
Cu1 Al1
NEW SEA CHEST
HULL No. 1736
TWO INDIVIDUAL STARTER PANELS PAGE 86C / 86

MODEL NO 51KPC09
[SPBP1 & SPBP2 Starter Panel for the Ballast Pumps 1&2]
DWG. NO D8000000
SPBP1 Starter Panel of

SPBP1-BWMS-02 TPYC-35
M NO 1 BALLAST PUMP
3~
the Ballast Pump 1

SPBP1-BWMS-03 TPYC-35 90KW
90
SPBP1-BWMS-04 MPYC-12
CCRR GARGO CONTROL ROOM REPEATER
-START/STOP/RUN
-OVERLOAD TRIP
--CURRENT
-HOUR METER
SPBP1-BWMS-05 MPYC-5 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE

ECC -RUN
-OVERLOAD TRIP
PPUMP01 MPYC-2
Y/Δ EQ08
- Running signal
SPBP1-BWMS-01
TPYC-95
SPBP2-BWMS-02 TPYC-35
SPBP2 Starter Panel of
M
440VAC No.1 FEEDER
NO 2 BALLAST PUMP
SPBP2-BWMS-03 TPYC-35 3~ 90KW
the Ballast Pump 2
90
MSBD
PANEL
P7004
SPBP2-BWMS-04 MPYC-12
CCRR GARGO CONTROL ROOM REPEATER
-START/STOP/RUN
-OVERLOAD TRIP
--CURRENT
-HOUR METER
SPBP2-BWMS-05 MPYC-5 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE

ECC -RUN
-OVERLOAD TRIP
SPBP2-BWMS-06 MPYC-2 BWMS System Control Cabinet EQ08

Y/Δ
SPBP2-BWMS-01
TPYC-95
440VAC No.2 FEEDER

MSBD
PANEL
P7005
125AF MCCB
ABS125c, ABH125c
Ratings
Frame size 125AF

Type and Pole S-Type H-Type
2-pole ABS102c ABH102c
Rated current, In 15-20-30-40-50-60-75-100-125A
Rated operational voltage, Ue AC: 690V
DC: 500V
Rated insulation voltage, Ui AC: 750V
ABS102c Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp 8kV
Rated short-circuit breaking S-Type H-Type

capacity, Icu AC 690V 8kA 10kA
480/500V 26kA 35kA
IEC 60947-2 (lcu) 460V 37kA 50kA
lcs=100%Icu 415V 37kA 50kA
380V 42kA 50kA
220/250V 85kA 100kA
DC 500V(3P) 20kA 30kA
250V(2P) 20kA 30kA
Protective function Overload, Short-circuit

ABS103c
Type of trip unit Thermal-Magnetic
Magnetic trip range 12×In (30A and under: 400A)
Endurance Mechanical 25000 operations
Electrical 10000 operations
Connection Standard Front connection
Optional Rear connection
Plug-in
Mounting Standard Screw fixing
Dimensions (mm) Pole 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p

d a 60 90 120 60 90 120
c2
ABS104c a c1
b 155 155
c1 Note) 60 60
b
c2 Note) 64 64
For more information d 82 82
�Drawings ▶ 94 page Weight, kg Standard 0.7 1 1.2 0.7 1 1.2
�Trip curves ▶ 88 page
Certification Pole 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p
�Accessories ▶ 72 page
�Connection and mounting ▶ 110 page CE marking ○ ○
Note) Depth by door cut size : c1 for large cut, c2 for small cut
44
Ordering types
Breaker types Accessories

ABS type (37kA/460V)
Rated current, In 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
15 A ABS102c/15 ABS103c/15 ABS104c/15
20 A ABS102c/20 ABS103c/20 ABS104c/20
30 A ABS102c/30 ABS103c/30 ABS104c/30
40 A ABS102c/40 ABS103c/40 ABS104c/40
50 A ABS102c/50 ABS103c/50 ABS104c/50
Electrical auxiliaries
60 A ABS102c/60 ABS103c/60 ABS104c/60
75 A ABS102c/75 ABS103c/75 ABS104c/75 AX Auxiliary Switch
100 A ABS102c/100 ABS103c/100 ABS104c/100 AL Alarm Switch
125 A ABS102c/125 ABS103c/125 ABS104c/125 AX+AL Combination switch R T
SHT Shunt Trip
ABH type (50kA/460V) UVT Undervoltage trip
15 A ABH102c/15 ABH103c/15 ABH104c/15 Maximum possibilities
20 A ABH102c/20 ABH103c/20 ABH104c/20 T-position One of above auxiliaries
30 A ABH102c/30 ABH103c/30 ABH104c/30 R-position Option of AX or AL or AX+AL
40 A ABH102c/40 ABH103c/40 ABH104c/40 Note) For more detail see 72 page
50 A ABH102c/50 ABH103c/50 ABH104c/50

60 A ABH102c/60 ABH103c/60 ABH104c/60
75 A ABH102c/75 ABH103c/75 ABH104c/75
100 A ABH102c/100 ABH103c/100 ABH104c/100
125 A ABH102c/125 ABH103c/125 ABH104c/125
External accessories
ABS125c
Name
ABH125c
IB23 Insulation barrier
TCL23 Terminal cover (Long)
TCS23 Terminal cover (Short)
DH125 Rotary handle (Direct)
DHK125 Rotary handle (Direct, Key lock)
EH125 Rotary handle (Extended)
RTB2 Rear terminal (Bar)
RTR2 Rear terminal (Round)
PB-C3 Plug-in kit
PHL125 Pad handle lock
Note) For more detail see 80 page
45
250AF MCCB
ABN250c, ABS250c, ABH250c
Ratings
Frame size 250AF

Type and Pole N-Type S-Type H-Type
2-pole ABN202c ABS202c ABH202c
Rated current, In 100-125-150-175-200-225-250A
Rated operational voltage, Ue AC: 690V
DC: 500V
Rated insulation voltage, Ui AC: 750V
ABS202c
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp 8kV
Rated short-circuit breaking N-Type S-Type H-Type

capacity, Icu AC 690V 8kA 8kA 10kA
480/500V 18kA 26kA 35kA
IEC 60947-2 (lcu) 460V 26kA 37kA 50kA
lcs=100%Icu 415V 26kA 37kA 50kA
380V 30kA 42kA 50kA
220/250V 65kA 85kA 100kA
DC 500V(3P) 10kA 20kA 30kA
250V(2P) 10kA 20kA 30kA
ABS203c
Protective function Overload, Short-circuit
Type of trip unit Thermal-Magnetic
Magnetic trip range 12×In
Endurance Mechanical 25000 operations
Electrical 10000 operations
Connection Standard Front connection
Optional Rear connection
Plug-in
Mounting Standard Screw fixing
Dimensions (mm) Pole 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p

d a 105 105 140 105 105 140 105 105 140
ABS204c c2
a c1
b 165 165 165
c1 Note) 60 60 60
b
c2 Note) 64 64 64
For more information d 87 87 87
�Drawings ▶ 95 page Weight, kg Standard 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.1 1.2 1.6
�Trip curves ▶ 89 page
Certification Pole 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p 2p 3p 4p
�Accessories ▶ 72 page
�Connection and mounting ▶ 110 page CE marking ○ ○ ○
Note) Depth by door cut size : c1 for large cut, c2 for small cut
46
Ordering types
Breaker types Accessories

ABN type (25kA/460V)
100 A ABN202c/100 ABN203c/100 ABN204c/100
125 A ABN202c/125 ABN203c/125 ABN204c/125
150 A ABN202c/150 ABN203c/150 ABN204c/150
175 A ABN202c/175 ABN203c/175 ABN204c/175
200 A ABN202c/200 ABN203c/200 ABN204c/200
225 A ABN202c/225 ABN203c/225 ABN204c/225
Electrical auxiliaries
250 A ABN202c/250 ABN203c/250 ABN204c/250 AX Auxiliary Switch
AL Alarm Switch
ABS type (37kA/460V)
AX+AL Combination switch R T
Rated current, In 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole SHT Shunt Trip
100 A ABS202c/100 ABS203c/100 ABS204c/100 UVT Undervoltage trip
125 A ABS202c/125 ABS203c/125 ABS204c/125
150 A ABS202c/150 ABS203c/150 ABS204c/150 Maximum possibilities
175 A ABS202c/175 ABS203c/175 ABS204c/175 T-position One of above auxiliaries
200 A ABS202c/200 ABS203c/200 ABS204c/200 R-position Option of AX or AL or AX+AL
225 A ABS202c/225 ABS203c/225 ABS204c/225 Note) For more detail see 72 page
250 A ABS202c/250 ABS203c/250 ABS204c/250
ABH type (50kA/460V)

100 A ABH202c/100 ABH203c/100 ABH204c/100
125 A ABH202c/125 ABH203c/125 ABH204c/125
150 A ABH202c/150 ABH203c/150 ABH204c/150
175 A ABH202c/175 ABH203c/175 ABH204c/175
200 A ABH202c/200 ABH203c/200 ABH204c/200
225 A ABH202c/225 ABH203c/225 ABH204c/225
250 A ABH202c/250 ABH203c/250 ABH204c/250
External accessories
ABH250c Name
B33 Insulation barrier

TCL33 Terminal cover (Long)
TCS33 Terminal cover (Short)
DH250 Rotary handle (Direct)
DHK250 Rotary handle (Direct, Key lock)
EH250 Rotary handle (Extended)
RTB3 Rear terminal (Bar)
RTR3 Rear terminal (Round)
PBA250C Plug-in kit
PHL250 Pad handle lock
Note) For more detail see 80 page
47
1. ON SHEET 16, ADDITION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE NEW POWER CIRCUIT P7003
AT THE EM'CY AC 440VAC FEEDER PANEL.
2. ON SHEET 30 EM'CY AC 440VAC FEEDER PANEL OUTLINE DIAGRAM, MARKED IS THE

POSITION OF THE SPARE BREAKER WHICH WILL BE USED FOR THE BWMS EQUIPMENT.
NDME-2145PS-E-004
MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 E-31-1 EMERGENCY SIZE:
SWITCHBOARD UPDATED N/A
DRAWN: A.V.
0 / 77 DATE: 11/30/2021
;.:OMPLETION
I DHA:WING ·-~ ..
i
MESSRS STX Offshore & Shipbuilding CO., LTD.
HULL No. S~1736/37
(W / SHORE CONNECTION BOX)
I
'··
I
SHIP NAME NISIDA IMONO. 9583653
-·:·-,. , E31
.'
- .
i
HULL NO. S1736 ,•· DWG.NO. . V8101000
,:; -.
~. ..:.~-
TiTLE EM'CY SWITCH BOARD W/SHORE CONN. BOX

,.
-1
--
DRAWING No. KT-14153 APPROVED
FILE NAME:
DATE November 05, 2010 CHECKED BY
1736ESBD
KTEco., Ltd. CHECKED BY

KTE ----
1497·1, SongJeong-Dong~ Gangseo-Gu,
Tel : +82-51-265-0255 Fax : +82-51·265-0250 DESIGNED BY
REV. DATE DESCRITION SHEET No. CONFIRMED
BY
2010. 11. 05 DRAWING FOR APPROVAL
lO & 2011. 06. 14 REVISED BY SHIPYARD APPROVAL COMMENTS 1,3,6,12,13,15,16,17 1/2,17 2/2, D.S. PARK
tO
19,20,22 1/2,22 2/2,25,26,30,31'

32,34;35,44,45,48,50,51 ,53,54,55,
56,57,63,64,67,71
.& 2011. 08. 26 REVISED BY SHIPYARD COMMENTS 35,64,65,67,68
1.()
..
N N
.
..·
TITLE DRAW No.

Rl-----1-----1 PLAN HISTORY KT-14153
vE~-----+------~---------------------------+------~--~------_,
file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- HISTORY No. A
DD-01
SHIP OWNER L.G.R FLAG OF SHIP /d-.ITALIAN
"' tO
KIND OF SHIP 51K PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER CLASS IFl CA Tl ON RINA
- FRONT : DOOR (HINGE) REAR :DOOR (HINGE) -
ENCLOSURE
SIDE : TIGHTEN UP SCREW BOTTOM : OPEN
PAINT COLOR OUTSIDE: 7.5 BG 7/2 45'C
AMBIENT TEMP.
(MUNSELL No.) INSIDE MAKER STANDARD
I!)
DRAWING & ENGLISH MATERIAL OF PHENOLIC I!')
DOCUMENT NAME PLATE
AC 450V 3 ¢ 60Hz
GENERATOR DIESEL 1. SET
150 KVA 193 A
SPACE HEATER AC 220 V 1¢ 60Hz 80 w

- -
TRANSFORMER AC 440,/ 230 v 3 ¢ 60Hz 45 KVA 2 SETS
SOURCE
'<:!-
CAPACITY ....
CONT. CIRC. AC 220 V 60Hz DC24V MEASURE AC 110 V
CIRCUIT I
MAIN AC 440 V 3¢ 60Hz 500A
- SHORE AC 440 V 3¢ 60Hz 500A -
AC440V BUS 26 KA SYM. RMS 56.2 KA ASYM. PEAK

SHORT CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL
fo') I')
MATERIAL COPPER (SURF ACE : TIN COATING)
R (U) (X) : RED P:RED

IDENTIFICATION N : BLUE
S (V) (Y) : WHITE
- OF POWER -
T (W) (Z) : BLUE *EARTH WIRE : GREEN & YELLOW
BUS BAR
~ PHASE ARR'G
LEFT TOP FRONT
PHASE (s) (v)
OF BUS BAR
RIGHT BOTTOM REAR N
MAIN CIRCUIT 0.6/1 KV SCP

INTERNAL WIRING
CONT. CIRCUIT 0.6/1 KV SYP or UL STYLE 1015
660V SYP
N
..
REMARK -
0
I
I
t0 HULL No.
0 S-1736 S-1737
0
N
u ORDER No. KTB-10083 KTB-1 0084
~
w
_j
w
f- MACHINERY No. M0180-10 M0182-10
::.::
& TITLE DRAW No.

R GENERAL SPECIFICATION
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EG01 No. 1
DD-01
(RINA)
MAKER LS Industrial Systems Co.,Ltd.
AC BREAKERS
MAXIMUM
CURRENT BREAKING MAKING
to
NAME CIRCUIT VOLTAGE USED
BREAKER (V)
(KA) (KA)
AS-06D 630 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29 *1, BUS TIE -

AIR
CIRCUIT
BREAKER AS-13D 1250 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29
AS-16D 1600 AC500V 70 154 2013.05.29

LO Lf)
AS-20E 2000 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29
AS-25E 2500 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29
AS-32E 3200 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29

-
AS-40E 4000 AC500V 85 187 2013.05.29
....
(RINA)
MAKER : TERASAKI
AC BREAKERS I-
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
NAME CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BREAKING MAKING USED
BREAKER (V)
(KA) (KA) r<)
3B 250 AC460V 16 34.8 2012.04.26 *5, E/G

AME
4B 400 AC460V 16 34.8 2012.04.26
-
N <'>I
r.o
I
~ I-
I
O"l
0
0
-- USED TYPE ==
.
N
~
__J
*1 MOTOR OPERATION, DRAW-OUT TYPE *4 MANUAL OPERATION, FIXED TYPE
*2 MOTOR OPERATION, FlEXED TYPE *5 MOTOR OPERATION, PLUG-IN TYPE
6 *3 MANUAL OPERATION, DRAW-OUT TYPE *6 MANUAL OPERATION, PLUG-IN TYPE ~
u
w
f-
:>::::
TITLE DRAW No.

BREAKING CAPACITY LIST OF
R AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- RIANLSACB1 No. 2
DD-01
MAKER : LS Industrial Systems Co.,Ltd. (RINA)
AC BREAKERS
MAXIMUM
CURRENT BREAKING MAKING
1.0 NAME CIRCUIT VOLTAGE USED (!)
BREAKER (V)
(KA) (KA)
ABN AC460V 18 36 2014.07.02

103c 100
AC220V 35 73.5 2014.07.02 fi'1, AC220V F/P & r-
AC220V 35 73.5 2014.07.02 Pi' 1 ' AC220V F/P &

53c 50
AC460V 18 36 2014.07.02
·, ABS 63c 60 AC460V 18 36 2014.07.02
t[')
103c 100 AC460V 37 77.7 2014.07.02 Pi' 1 ' AC440V F/P
203c 250 AC460V 37 77.7 2014.07.02
-
53c 50 AC460V 37 77.7 2014.07.02
ABH 103c 100 AC460V 50 105 2014.07.02
203c 250 AC460V 50 105 2014.07.02
'<!-
l'"l
N N
tO
I
~
~
r-
I
en
0
0
N
~
_J
0
u
w
1- == USED TYPE ==
::.:: *1 : PLUG-IN TYPE *2 : FIXED TYPE
(I]
u
u
& TITLE DRAW No.
::2' BREAKING CAPACITY LIST OF
~ R MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER KT-14153
<(
z E
0:::
v DISK No. SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- RINALSMCCB No. 3
DD-01
RATED RATED RATED BREAKING
MANUFACTURER TYPE CURRENT VOLTAGE CURRENT
(A) (AC,DC) (KA) tD
AC500V 100
1
DC250V 50
AC500V 100 f-
2
DC250V 50
·- AC500V 100
3
DC2~0V 50
1[)
AC500V 100
4
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
5
DC250V 50 f-
AC500V 100
SB FUSE CO., LTD. SB-C1 6
DC250V 50
8
AC500V 100 ...
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
10
DC250V 50
f--
AC500V 1oo.
15
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
20
DC250V 50 I'")
AC500V 100
25
DC250V 50
AC500V 100 -
30
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
40
DC250V 50
N
AC500V 100
50
DC250V 50
AC500V 100
60
DC250V 50 f--
TITLE DRAW No.

BREAKING CAPACITY
R LIST OF FUSE KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736FUSE No. 4
00-01
TYPE : AME3B ,3P
USE
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAME : 250 AF
CT RATIO : 250 /0.05A
<D
INVERSE TIME TRIP INST. TRIP
1\ PREFERENCE TRIP C!J
\
LONG TIME SHORT TIME OVER CURRENT
DELAY DELAY
(LTD) (STD)
- A (%) A (%) A (%) A\ (%) (%) -
154 80 386 200 \ 75
GENERATOR l l l l
\ ?.
l!1
222 * 115 579 300 2316 * 1200 \ * 100
I{)
150 KVA
l l l ?.
\ ?.
-
450V
241 125 772 * 400 \\ 11 0
of gen -
60Hz 115 % 400 % 1200 % rating
\ current
3¢ ( 222 A) ( 772 A) ( 2316 A)
oett;og ' % of g e e \
193A setting (pick up) setting (pick up) setting (pick up) rating current (pick up)
.... time : sec at 120 % o
'<t
O.BPF setting current
40 sec at 350 msec at
120% of setting setting current
current \
I i I I
- 1-
PROTECTIVE RELAY
OVER CURREt FREQUENCY
REVERSE RELAY FOR OVERRELAY VOLTAGE
POWER RELAY POWER RELAY RELAY
PREFERENCE T IP
"" TYPE : RMP-121D TYPE : KT -OCR TYPE : TYPE : TYPE
I"')
(KW) 0) (A) 0) (KW) ( o)

LOW
(V) ?v:H
V)
LOW
(Hz) ~ZH)
- 45 I 5 154 1 80 I I I -
~
?..
I ?. ?.
II ?.
I
90
I
* 10 192
I
* 100 I I
?. ?. ?.
I ?.
I I / C'\1
13i 15 36cj . 125

I I /
N 10% 90 KW)set 10 %( 192 A)set % KW)set L : % %
0 L :
.. set set
0 H % H
1-
5sec at 100% 1 sec at 100 % sec at % sec at· % sec at %
I ·of setting of setting of setting of setting of setting
power current power voltage frepuency
I
n
0
0
N
u ~
w
___)
w
1-
::.:::
~
0
<(
~
N
TITLE DRAW No.
(.!) PROTECTORS FOR
w R EM'CY GEN. KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EG21 No. 5
DD-01
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
ACB TYPE ~ AS-060, 3P U S E BUS-TIE
<0
AMPERE FRAME 630 AF CIRC. No. P2201.-v3 <0
OCR TYPE OCR-N TYPE CAPACITY 440V 60Hz 3¢ 500A

(In) DELAY (lr) (LTD) DELAY (lsd) (STD) TRIP (li) (INST) ALARM (lp) (PAL/ f-
In= Set. X let lr = Set. X In (lsd= Set. X In) (li= Set. X In) (lp= Set. X lc/
CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RANGE CURRENT(A) RAy'GE
(In) (lr) (Is d) (li) (li) .
315 0.5 400 0.8 1000 2 1000 2 jo.7 t!)
l l l l l l l l l
I
I l
500 *0.793 550 * 1 .1 1500 * 3 5000 * 10 0.8
l l l l l l l l l
I l
-
630 1 625 1.25 2500 5 8000 16 I * 1.0
~
( 500 A )
STEP:0.5
~
110%
------ ------
( 550A )
40 sec at 120% of
300%
( 1500A )
setting (pick-up)
STEP:0.5
------ STEP:2
1000%
( 5000A )
setting (pick-up)
'lc( •
__-]'
(
15sec
STEP:0.1
lcA X) 100%
v
setting current OFF:300 msec at 50% of LTD

setting current setting time)
:-
TYPE : XH225NE, 3P
USE
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAME : 250 AF
CT RATIO : 250 /5A
INVERSE TIME TRIP

\ INST. TRIP
1\ PREFERENCE TRIP
t'l
LONG TIME
A
DELAY ·
(LTD)
\SHORT TIME
(%)
DELAY
(STD)
\A (%) (%)
\ A\
OVER CURRENT
(%)
f-
FEEDER FOR
\
25~ 200 375\ 300 \
(CIRCUIT No.
P4801 ,P4803 ~ l\ l l
\
~5
P4901)
* 100 500 \
\
* 400 1250\ *1000
\ N
\ l l
1\ 2
\
\ 1250 \ 1000 2500 \2000
\
~:T
I")
AC440 V \
I 100 % 400 ng -
0
I
60Hz rent f\
I")
( 125 A) ( 500
0 3 ¢ 1000 % .otting • % of g t \
0 setting (pic up) setting (pick up) rating current (pick up)
N
!:'-•
!:'-• 300A ( 1250 A) time : sec at · % o
!:'-• setting current ~
!:'-•
!:'-•
5 sec at 300 msec at setting (pick u )
600% of settin setting current
current
\
& TITLE DRAW No.
PROTECTORS FOR
R BUS-TIE KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EG22 No. 6
DD-01
TRANSFORMER CAPACITY
TYPE & IN ST. TRIP
·KVA v A FRAME A %
No.1 ,2 EM'CY
to
TRANSFORMER
"'
(No. P4801 ,3) 3 ¢ p I s P I s TYPE :
45 KVA ABS-1 03c * 750 1271
440 I230V 59I113A
2 SETS
- 60 Hz FRAME: 1-
100AF
* Mark is setting
l!) L{)
THERMAL RELAY
CURRENT REMARKS
TYPE A % TRANSFORMER
Min 2.5 85
- LR3-D086 5 VA THERMAL RELAY FOR f-
(3P) OVER CURRENT
* 2.95 100 100 I5A PROTECTION
SET : 59 .A
Max 4 136
.q- .q-
Rating current
* mark is set point
59 A
(Reset : AUTO.)
...,.. 1-
.~
TRANSFORMER CAPACITY
TYPE & INST. TRIP
KVA v A FRAME A %
~
f") r<)
P Is PI s TYPE :
I HiBS-1 03 * 750
K
A
SETS
FRAME:
- 1OOAF f-
* Mark is setting
~
~
THERMAL RELAY ~
Rating current ; A)
TYPE A %
T ~TMER REMARKS
00
LR3-D086
(3P)
Min 2.5 86
5~ THERMAL RELAY FOR
OVER CURRENT f-
* 100 I5A PROTECTION
I SET : A
Max 4 138
0
I
I'}
0
0 Rating current
N
u * mark is set point
A
~
w
__j
w (Reset : AUTO.)
I-
~
TITLE DRAW No.

PROTECTORS FOR
R TRANSFORMER KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
·KTE
21 Ox297 ( mm )
- 1736EG31 No. 7
DD-01
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
® AC GENERATOR I CROSSING ELECTRIC WIRE
I: A~s: I ~ACB AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER 1

I CONNECTION OF ELECTRIC WIRE
"' 6~DS --<l
DS
= o- DISCONNECTING SWITCH ISOLATOR -@--- TERMINAL FOR OUTSIDE ·WIRING
"'
?
}--t--4Ks KNIFE SWITCH -()----
TERMINAL OF PARTS
t--t-i MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

_j_
-- EARTH
@ TACHOMETER GENERATOR
~
~
® AC MOTOR --e[~=
T-
@
8
GOVERNOR MOTOR
~ DRAW OUT TYPE
l!)
61
-p- BATIERY
?
--o-o- "a" CONTACT (NORMALLY OPEN)
8 VOLT METER
1 --a.__o-
-or
"b" CONTACT (NORMALLY CLOSE)
, ,
0 AMMETER
?\6~ o-
_._
c CONTACT (TRANSFER)
"a" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY r-
G) WATIMETER
?
--o o-
(ON DELAY)
~
"b'' CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY
@ FREQUENCY METER ---<U..D-
(ON DELAY)
e POWER FACTOR METER ~? --o-v-o-

"a" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY
(OFF DELAY)
"b" CONTACT OF TIME-LAG RELAY
....
@ SYNCHROSCOPE { -c.r>- (OFF DELAY)
@ INSULATION RESISTANCE METER ~
?
--o+o- FLICKER CONTACT
I RHM I HOUR' METER (TIME COUNTOR)

? c.o.s
-<>.........,__ TRANSFER SWITCH
~ 61- __L
-<> o- "a" CONTACT OF PUSH-BUTION
,--vV'VV'--o PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
? SWITCH
~
~
"b" CONTACT OF PUSH-BUTION
~
lilT TRANSFORMER ~
SWITCH
~T 61- _L "a" CONTACT FOR REMAINING

CURRENT TRANSFORMER -<> o-
"' ? CONTACT "'
~F ---=--- ~
"b" CONTACT FOR REMAINING
F
FUSE -Q..U)-
CONTACT
COIL OF AUXILIARY RELAY 6+ "a" CONTACT FOR RESETING
@ (n:NUMERICAL&ALPHABET m:NUMERICAL) ?
-o--o-
CONTACT
-
~
COIL OF TIME-LAG RELAY "b" CONTACT FOR RESETING
@ (n:NUMERICAL&ALPHABET m:NUMERICAL) ~
CONTACT
$ UNDER VOLTAGE TRIP COIL 6~

?
=
--o o-
"a" CONTACT OF LIMIT SWITCH
~ ~
"b" CONTACT OF LIMIT SWITCH
N SHUNT TRIP COIL ~ N
~51 THERMAL RELAY ---1'-.f-- CAM SWITCH
~R
Sl
RESISTER *~ r-----,
TRANSFER SWITCH
1-
----{>!- SILICON RECTIFIER IL ____ ...JI OUTSIDE SIGNAL
D
----{>!- DIODE C) TERMINAL NUMBER
v .<::1 THYRISTOR ~;~u;J SEQUENCE & SKELETON BLOCK

L_-;::::.-=.-:::l
~ ~
_Lc
I
CAPACITOR -----t:>k- SCR
~
"N0 ~SH SHUNT t ZD ZENER DIODE
0
::;;
TITLE DRAW No.
~
"" R
<'-·
<'-• SYMBOL LIST KT-14153
....
I()
E
gV file name SHEET
I
KTE
-
I()
0
I KT -M001 No. 8
5
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9
CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS & AN INDEX AND SUFFIX LETTERS

SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMJ;IOL NAME
No. DESIGNATION No. DESIGNATION ALTERNATOR FAILURE NEGAllVE POLE STT STARTER
2 TIME DELAY STARTING OR CLOSING RELAY 70 RHEOSTAT AMMETER FORWARD N NEUTRAL

s sv SOLENOID VALVE
3 CONTROL SWITCH DC CIRCUIT BREAKER OR MAGNETIC AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY sw SEA WATER
72 CONTACTOR F
4 MAIN CONTACTOR OR RELAY ANN ANNUNCIATOR FUSE OFF(OPEN)
A
5 STOP SWITCH OR RELAY 75 BREAKING DEVICE AMMETER TRANSFER
AS SWITCH FS FLOAT SWITCH ON(CLOSE) TEMPERATURE
6 START CONTACTOR OR SWITCH 77 LOAD LIMIT DEVICE
AUX AUXILIARY OPEN TIME
8 CONTROL SOURCE SWITCH 80 DC UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY
< 0 <
9 FIELD REVERSING DEVIED 81 GOVERNOR DRIVING DEVICE GENERATOR OPERATION TRANSFORMER
G
10 SEQUENCE SWITCH 83 SELECTIVE CONTACTOR SWITCH OR RELAY GROUND FAULT OCR OVER CURRENT
TRIPPING
RELAY
11 TEST SWITCH OR RELAY 84 VOLTAGE RELAY BAmRY HEATER TB
TERMINAL BLOCK,
TERMINAL BOARD
12 OVER SPEED SWITCH OR RELAY 86 BLOCKING RELAY T
BUS-BAR HIGH POSITNE POLE TH THERMAL RELAY
14 lOW SPEED SWITCH OR RELAY MAGNETIC CONTACTOR OR SIWTCH FOR
88 GENERAL MACHINE B BEL BELL H HOLDING POWER TG TOGGLE SWITCH
18 ACCELERATING OR DECELERATING DEVICE
19 STARTING TO RUNNING TRANSITION RELAY 89 DISCONNECTING SWITCH ISOLATOR BZ ELECTRIC BUZZER HW HOT WATER PRESSURE
20 SOLENOID VALVE 90 AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR PRIMARY
23 THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE CONTROL RELAY 91 AUTOMATIC POWER REGULATOR OR
CLOSE PF POWER FUSE UP
POWER RELAY p u
25 SYNCHRONISM CHECK DEVICE
COOLING INNER PART PS PREESSURE SWITCH
TEMPERATURE RELAY FOR STATIC 94 TRIP-FREE CONTACTOR RELAY
26 APPARATUS COMMON INSTANT PT POTENTIAL VACUUM
95 AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY REGULATOR OR TRANSFORMER
27 A.C UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY FREQUENCY RELAY CLOSING COIL I IL ILLUMINATING LAMP VOLTAGE
28 ALARM DEVICE CONTROL
v VR VOLTAGE REGULATOR
ITER INTERLOCK Q OIL -
29 FIRE EXTINGUISHING DEVICE CONDENSER RAISE vs VOLTMETER CHANGE
OVER SWITCH
30 ANNUNCIATOR OR CONDITION OF APPARATUS
CH CHARGE LAMP RESISTOR
33 POSITION SWITCH OR DETECTOR c
CHANGE-OVER RELAY WATT
34 MOTOR OPERATED SEQUENCE SWITCH cos SWITCH LIMIT
40 FIELD SWITCHING DEVICE CP CAUTION PLATE LOAD REVERSE w WATER
42 RUNNING CONTACTOR OR SWITCH CT CURRENT LOCKING R RESET
TRANSFORMER
CHANGE OVER SWITCH, CONTACTOR OR L
43 RELAY FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW REMOTE AUXILIARY
RT RECTIFIER X NORMAL INPUT

47 OPEN OR REVERSE PHASE VOLTAGE RELAY DIRECT LOWER
48 OVERDUE DETECT RELAY D DISCHARGE LS LIMIT SWITCH RIGHT

49 TEMPERATURE RELAY FOR ROTARY MACHINE DECELERATION LVS LEVEL SWITCH RUN AUXILIARY
51 AC OVER-CURRENT RELAY OR
OVER-CURRENT GROUND RELAY
DIODE y INVERSE INPUT
DOWN MOTOR
52 AC CIRCUIT BREAKER OR CONTACTOR
EMERGENCY MANUAL SWITCH AUXILIARY
59 AC OVER VOLTAGE RELAY
ID 62 TIME DELAY STOPPING OR OPERATING RELAY EXCITOR MAGNETIC SECONDARY z BUZZER ID
63 PRESSURE SWITCH OR RELAY EL EARTH LAMP MAIN s SHORT ZERO PHASE SEQUENCE
65 GOVERNOR ZCT CURRENT TRANSFORMER
EMERGENCY STOP METER START
66 FLASHER RELAY M
E ES EARTH TEST TRANSFER MC MAGNETIC CONTACTOR STOP PHASE
t SWITCH
67 AC DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY OF ¢
! DIRECTIONAL GROUND RELAY MCCB
MCS
MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
MOLDED CASE SWITCH
STR STARTING RELAY
SIGNAL LAMP,
DIAMETER
69 FLOW RELAY
•! SL PILOT LAMP
•
1 TITLE
CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS
DRAW No.
.! R & AN INDEX AND SUFFIX KT-14153
~ LETTERS
E
0
0
()
I
v -KTE file name
KT-C001
ISHEET
No. 9
~ 7
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I I B I 9 DD 02
3 4 5 7
CONNECTION OF AUX. RELAYS
1YPE CONNECTION CONT. 1YPE CONNECTION CONT. 1YPE CONNECTION CONT. 1YPE CONNECTION CONT.
Q)CO
1
!+l]A
T ----
Ij- 1c
CAD-326( ) 3a2b SC-05
SC-5-1
3A+2a
LC1-096()~
LC1-386()
3A+
1a1b
DC24V/
!=l AC24~240V
RE11 A2 ~ ON DELAY
RME MU
< (TIME RELAY) IDCO
!+l~A If-
1
T -- 1c LAD-N226 2a2b SZ-A22 2a2b LAO-N226 2a2b

Y1
DC24V/
!=l AC24~240V
A2 ~ OFF DELAY
A1 E1
cr~-v-~
LAD-52 r----'
67 Iss I A1 SC-N1~ 3A+ LC2-096()~ 3A+
3a2b 2a2b
bl ~ i CAD-
LAD-6K10 SC-N16 LC2-386() 1a1b
LAD-52 •( Yl 326()
A2 E2
(TIMER)
68 I 56 I A2 -
S~URCE 3A+
POWER SOURCE 1a1b
- AC440V : CAD-326(R7) TR-ON~
- AC220V : CAD-326(M7) DRM-570 4c TR-NB 1a1b
SETTING TIME
- /',. SET:50,1 00,250,500(ms)
- Y SET:2~32(sec) 13
6 6 6
ijffi~
SBV-24A
(VOLTAGE TR-N10~
6 1a1b LR7-D 1a1b
5 7 SENSOR) TR-N14
H3BA-N .
(TIME
3 0 ~
2 1
~------}------------------+----4---~--4-------------------t----+-------+-------------------r--------~,m
~
RELAY) 2c
(-) (+)
L-,--~>..-.:.~-'-f)~
C.R 1YPE
TIME CIRC.
-=--
*MODE "A" ON DELAY
"B" FLICKER
"C" ON-OFF DELAY
"D" OFF DELAY
"E" INTERVAL
1----+---1 TITLE DRAW No.

R CONNECTION OF AUX. RELAYS KT-14153
E~--+--~---------------------4------.--.-------;
V KTE . file name SHEET
KT-C004
I
No. 10
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I I 7 I 8 I 9 DO 02
_l_ _l 2 I ~ I I _5_ _l 6 I 7 I _a_ _l 9
(1) SIZE
a
c I a
• + I, c I lYPE : CL lYPE : CLA lYPE : 06A lYPE : 04A
:n
+
+ *+ I\ +~ a.
a. a
(S) 1 ~ =CS) ~
Marl< (only 0, 01, 02, 9 type~
\iii
1
c=:::::J
(2) MODEL I
~ \
-"
Type : A Type : B
r
r~ ~I
"'
~I
<[
NAME
NAME
1+: NAME I
lYPE : DMI lYPE : DMJ lYPE : TG1 lYPE : TG2

Type : C Type : D
[c1rcU1f no. I ' a a
+I I+ o
~
NAME
I I frame 1/lroting I DI8BD
IJ 11
!cable size
~
~ l1 1
5 5
Type : L Type : M 3 -<;\(\ 7 3 4~ (\ 7 -"
lr·
2 B 2 8 c:::::J
!ctrcutf no. I I 1 1 J
+I NAME I+ z::: :+1 (4) LETTER EXAMPLE (5) LETTER EXAMPLE
1-
1. APPLICATION : CL,06A,DMI,OM4 1. APPLICATION : CLA,04A,TG1,TG2

2. MATERIAL : ALUMINUM 2.. MATERIAL : PHENOLIC
lYPE : G T:t~e : JH 3. GROUND : WHITE
3. LIETTER : BLACK
4. LETTER : BLACK
I~
I NAME I
+I~ NAME
~
I
~
NAME I
I rating I
type a b c(¢) d(¢) REMARK
CL 42 53 30 -
(3) LETTER EXAMPLE CLA 35 45 23 -
CIRCUIT No.: POl 01, F123, Gl, M19 1..MATERIAL : PHENOLIC
CABLE SIZE : TPYC-80
06A 60 42 31 -
2. GROUND :WHITE
FRAME : 60, 1 00, 225, 250, 400, 1600 3. LETTER -
..
: BLACK (RATING:RED) 04A 48 34 23
RATING : 15A.400A.INST1 OOOA 4. "AH", "GH", "JH" Type : adhesive Type
"'
DMI 55 55 10 3
.,i type a b c d t type a b c d t
~
u 0 315 63 300 50 3 7 100 31 90 - 2 DMJ 45 45 25 -
...' 01 400 63 380 50 3 8 100 45 90 - 2 TG1 20 40 13 -
"'
02 250 63 235 50 3 9 200 50 190 40 3
,.,::: 1 45 10 38 - 2 10 40 12 - - 2
TG2 30 50 13 -
2
0
'i' 2 50 12 43 - 2 11 33 16 - - 2
TITLE DRAW No.
~ 3 50 20 43 - 2 12 50 30 43 - 2
R NAME PLATE MODEL KT-14153
·4 63 16 53 - 2 13 80 25 70 - 2
"'00
0
1-
~
I
5
6
63 25 53
90 25 80
-
-
2
2
14 90 30 80 - 2
E
v
KTE file name
KT-C005
I I
SHEET
No. 11
420x297(1'll'l) I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DD-02
AIR CIRCUIT AME3B AC450V, 3¢, 60Hz TERASAKI

1 ACB1 BREAKER (3P) 150KVA, 193A EM'CY GEN. 1 ELEC.
tD <0

2 ACB2 BUS-TIE 1
BREAKER (3P) 500A Systems Co., Ltd
3
-
POTENTIAL KQ-05-41-F1 1 LIGHT STAR

L.(')
5 PT11
TRANSFORMER KQ-05-41-F2
50VA AC460/115V
60Hz
GEN. - 1 ELEC. U")
POTENTIAL 50VA AC460/115V 1 LIGHT STAR

6 PT51 KQ-05-41-F2 BUS r--- ELEC.
TRANSFORMER 60Hz
KQ-05-41-F1 1
POTENTIAL 50VA AC460/115V LIGHT STAR
7 PT53 SHORE r--- ELEC.
- TRANSFORMER KQ-05-41-F2 60Hz 1 -
CURRENT 15VA CLASS:1.0 KYONGBO

8 CT11 US-1 GEN. 2
CURRENT 5VA CLASS: 3.0 KYONGBO

9 CT53,54 UR-1 TR. 6 ELEC.
'<!" TRANSFORMER 100/5A "<!"
CURRENT 5VA CLASS: 3.0 · KYONGBO

10 CT55,56 UR-1 FEED 4 ELEC.
TRANSFORMER /d-1 00/5A
lid- lid-
- 11 CT57
TRANSFORMER
US-5
750/5A
SHORE 2 ELEC. -

12 CT58 US-5 SHORE 1 ELEC.
TRANSFORMER 750/5A
I")
13 CT61 CURRENT US-1
5VA CLASS: 1.0
AC220V F/P 2
KYONGBO ,.,
&
- 350VA,1 ¢,60Hz
1
KOC r-
15 T14 TRANSFORMER AC460/230V ACB1 ELEC.
15VA,1~60Hz KOC
16 T91 TRANSFORMER AC440 24V SHORE 2 ELEC.
~
"'0
0 400VA,1¢,60Hz KOC N
<( 17 T51 TRANSFORMER AC460/230V ACB2 1 ELEC.
0
r:L
w KOC
C'- 200VA,1¢,60Hz
C'-
18 T52 TRANSFORMER EM'CY STOP 1 ELEC.
AC460/230V
c.o
"<t
n
.. -
200VA, 1 ¢,60Hz KOC
19 T90 TRANSFORMER SHORE 1 ELEC.
0 AC460/230V
I
500VA,1¢,60Hz KOC
I 20 T65 TRANSFORMER AC220V F/P 1 ELEC.
n AC220/42V
0
0 ~
N
(.) 500VA,1 ¢,60Hz KOC
w 21 T66 TRANSFORMER AC220V F /P 1 ELEC.
__J AC220/42V
w
1--
::.:::
se & TITLE DRAW No.

0
R PARTS LIST
r:L
w KT-14153·
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736EP01 No. 12
DD-01
GROUNDING
21 GRS51 RESISTANCE ISA690A1 SET : 50KO AC110V 60Hz 1 LUX CO
SENSOR
CD CD
GROUNDING
22 GRS61 RESISTANCE ISA690A2 SET : 50KO AC220V 60Hz 1 LUX CO
SENSOR
AC220V 60Hz
23 188H CONTROL RELAY CAD-326M7 1 TEL EM ECAN IQUE
3a2b
- . -
5EX11,..,61,£ AC220V 60Hz
24 ACBX11,270 CONTROL RELAY CAD-326M7 3a2b 1410 TELEMECANIQUE
SCX1,2
AC440V 60Hz
25 278 CONTROL RELAY CAD-326R7 3a2b 1 TELEMECANIQUE
L() I[)
26 DRM CONTROL RELAY DRM570024LD bC24V W/ SOCKET 5 WEIDMULLER

14
27 DRM CONTROL RELAY DRM570730 AC220V 60Hz W/ SOCKET 10 WEIDMULLER

- -·
AUX. LAD-N226 FOR
28 LAD CONTACT 2a2b CAD RELAY 1 TELEMECANIQUE
29 TH51.52 THERMAL RELAY LR3-D086 2.5"'4A TR. 2 TELEMECANIQUE '<~-

""'
AC10-300V OM RON
30 84G VOLTAGE SENSOR SDV-FH7 W/SOCKET 1 ELEC.
AUX.: AC220V
- 31 TH53 THERMAL RELAY LR3-D086 l4 2.5"'4A FEED. 1 TELEMECANIQUE -

14
32 TH54 THERMAL RELAY LR3-D086 2.5"'4A FEED: 1 TELEMECANIQUE
rrJ
84GT,84MT, DC24V/
33 27BT TIME RELAY RE11 RME MU 3 TELEMECANIQUE .,.,
AC24,...,240V, 60Hz
34 GROUP ALARM KTMS-20-6

GAU10 DC24V, 6POINTS 1 K T E
UNIT ifct- .
- TERMINAL BLOCK LAD-78106 TELEMECANIQUE
-
35 4
~
36 c CONDENSER
4.7/1-F, 50V 1
0
<(
N N
0
0... 37 D DIODE 100V 1A 13
w
1:'- ~
C'-
1!1 LINE FAULT LFD-6PB AC220V 60Hz 6 POINT 1 LUX CO

0
.. 38 LFD
DETECTOR
14 14
f-
I 39
5
I
I"")
0
0
N
u ~
w
_J
w
I-
~
~
N & TITLE DRAW No.
0
0...
w R PARTS LIST
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736EP02 No. 13
DD-01
VOLTAGE
1 VR REGULATOR FOR GEN. 1
(LJ
I[)
f-
'<t
r<)
1-
0<(
r<)
0 N
0...
w
C'-·
t'-•
"I
0
0
I
r<)
0
0
N
c..)
w
_J
~
w
f-
:::.:::
TITLE DRAW No.

PARTS LIST FOR
R SHIPYARD SUPPLY ITEMS KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736EP03 No. 14
DD-01
'
NAME z
LETTER ON NAME PLATE wo
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB -'F
No.
CIRCUIT NAME CABLE
TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY
TRIPPING ~~
SIZE UCL
SNP1
l EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL
(AC 450V, 3¢, 60Hz, 150 KVA)
'I 9A 2
co
"'
FROM MAIN SWITCHBOARD TEY AS-06D
P2201 ~03 500A 6C 1 UVT AC220V MOTOR L
(BUS TIE PANEL) -95x3 iRt.
(3P) OP.
TEY AME3B 193A MOTOR

P4601 EM'CY GENERATOR 6C 1 UVT AC220V L
-120 (3P) OP.
- r-
DEYS
P4602 AUTO VOLTAGE REGULATOR L
-2.5
L-MEYS
P4603 SPACE HEATER L
-2
LO lt)
EM'CY D/G CONTROL PANEL L-MEYS

P4604 L
. (CONTROL/ALARM) -19
BATTERY CHARGER FOR EM'CY D/G DEY

P4605 -4 L
(DC24V SOURCE) .
No.1 S/G STARTER £ L-MEYS

P4501
(E/G ACB CLOSE) -2 ~u
TO MSBD SYNCHRO PANEL L-MEYS
P4502 L
(CONTROL/ALARM) -37
'<!- ....
TO MSBD SYNCHRO PANEL L-MEYS
P4503 -4 L
(SHORE VOLTAGE & CURRENT)
TO MSBD SYNCHRO PANEL TEY

P4504 L
(SHORE INTERLOCK) -1.5
- TO MSBD SYNCHRO PANEL TEY .r-
P4505 L
(MAIN GEN. ACB INTERLOCK) -1.5
EM'CY STOP BOX F-MEYS

P2103 -7 L
(FIRE CONT. STATION :ES1,ES2,ES3,ES4)
t'1 CONNECTION BOX FOR F-MEYS I")

C9006 L
C02 RELEASE ALARM -4
BATT. CH. & DISCH. BOARD L-MEYS

P5201 L
(DC24V LOW INSULATION/ABNORMAL) -7
- . LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM F-MEYCYS

F1607 u f-
MAIN CONTROL PANEL(LT2) IA- 7 ~
~
~
5
<( SHORE CONNEC~ON BOX
~ SNP5 9A 2 C'ol
~ . (AC440V, 3¢, 60Hz, 500A) 1
z
w
C'-·
C'-· SHORE POWER BREAKER jABN-803c Aux
500A 6C 1 UVT AC220V L
O'l
0
(AC440V, 3¢, 60Hz, 500A) iRt. (3P) (1 c)
~
..
f-
"I
0
I
I"')
0
0 (1) Cable position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil (500ms time delay type)
N SHT : mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact
(.)
U : mark - - - Upper ~
w L : mark - - - Lower ES : mark is emergency stop

_J
w (2) Voltage for cable FT : mark is foam trip
no. mark - - - 0.6/1 KV cable C02 : mark is C02 trip
r-
~ L : mark - - - 250V cable PT : mark is preference trip
OCR : mark· is over current trip
& TITLE DRAW No.

zw NAME
R PLATE TABLE
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736EN11 No. 15
DD-01
TEY
P7003 BWMS EDU JUNCTION BOX EQ22
-1.5
NAME z
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB -.JF
No. CIRCUIT NAME CABLE TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY
TRIPPING ~~
SIZE Uo...
SNP3 EM'CY AC220V FEEDER PANEL 9A 2

co
I I 10
No.1 EM'CY TRANSFORMER TEY ABS-203c DSN INTER

P4802
(AC440/230V, 3¢, 60Hz, 45KVA) -70 ~ (3P) 225A
6C 1 LOCK u
~
No.2 EM'CY TRANSFORMER TEY ABS-203c DSN INTER
P4804 6C 1 u
(AC440/230V, 3¢, 60Hz, 45KVA) -70 ~ (3P) 225A LOCK
- ~ f-
TEY ABS-53c
P5001 NAV. LIGHT IND. PANEL 15A 13C 1 L
-2.5 (3P)
TEY ABN-103c
P5002 NAV. INST. DIST. PANEL 60A 13C 1 L
-25 ~ (3P)
L[') lO
TEY ABS-53c
P5003 No.1 EM'CY LIGHT. DIST. PANEL 50A 13C 1 L
~· -16 (3P)
TEY ABS-53c
P5004 No.2 EM'CY LIGHT. DIST. PANEL 30A 13C 1 L
-10 (3P)
~
TEY ABS-53c
P5005 BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE 40A 13C 1 L
-16 (3P)
TEY ABS-53c
P5006 ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE . (3P) 40A 13C 1 L
-16
v v
~.C.R AC 220V POWER DIST. BOARD TEY ABS-53c
P5007 40A 13C 1 L
PD7) -16 (3P)
F-DEY ABS-53c
P5008 FIRE ALARM CENTRAL UNIT 15A 13C 1 L
-2.5 (3P)
- DEY ABS-53c 1-
P5009 EM'CY GEN. BATTERY CHARGER
-2.5 (3P)
15A 13C 1 u
~
TEY ABS-53c
P5010 CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE 40A 13C 1 L
~-16 (3P)
~
r") ABS-53c W/TR I"J
DEY
P5102 LIFE/RESCUE BOAT BATTERY
-2.5 (3P)
15A 13C 1 220/42V
~500VA ~L
ABS-53c W/TR
P5104 LIFE BOAT BATTERY DEY 15A 13C 1 220/42V L
-2.5 (3P) ~50 0VA
- DEY ABS-53c -
P5106 RADIATOR 15A 13C 1 L
-2.5 (3P)
~
F-DEY ABS-53c
P5110 ;ELAY BOX FOR SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN 15A 13C 1 L
-2.5 (3P)
~
DEY ABS-53c
. L5261 LIGHTING IN EM'CY GEN. ROOM 15A 13C 1 L N
·~ ~-1.5 (3P)
~ 1---
CD
.. L5266
I"')
RECEPTACLE IN EM'CY GEN. ROOM DEY L
Ol ~-1.5
~ ~
n F-DEY ABS-53c
I P5120 FOR PUBLIC ADDRESSOR 15A 13C 1 L
0 -2.5 (3P) 1-
I
~
I"')
0 FOAM ROOM & FIRE CONTROL TEY ABS-53c
0 P5120A 15A 13C 1 SHT ES3 L
STATION EXH. FAN -2.5 (3P)
N
<:'- .~ ~
<:'-
(1) Cable. position (3) UVT : mark is equipped with under voltage trip coil
U : mark - - - Upper SHT: mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact ~

- (2) Voltage for cable FT mark is foam trip
no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable C02: mark is C02 trip
L : mark - - - 250V cable PT : mark is preference trip
~ ~ TITLE DRAW No.
CD
z NAME PLATE TABLE
w R KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EN61 No. 17
DD-01
1/2
NAME z
CIRCUIT USE PLATE MCCB -...JF
No. CIRCUIT NAME CABLE
TYPE RATING TYPE Q'TY
TRIPPING ~~
Uo...
SIZE
TEY ABS-53c
P5141 FOR GMDSS 40A 13C 1 L
co/d. -16 (3P) C<l
ABS-53c
15A 13C 1 SPARE L
(3P)
ABS-53c
15A 13C 1 SPARE L
- (3P) -
L() It)
.... ....
- -
...., I')
- -
~
tO
..
I"')
en
I
0 I-
I
U : mark - - - Upper SHT: mark is equipped with shunt trip coil & aux. contact ~

- (2) Voltage for cable FT mark is foam trip
no mark - - - 0.6/1KV cable C02 : mark is C02 trip
L : mark - - - 250V cable PT mark is preference trip
~ .& TITLE DRAW No.
tO
zw
R NAME PLATE TABLE KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EN62 No. 17 2/2
DD-01
Symbol
FUSE
I I <D
F10 . CONTROL CIRCUIT (E/G) 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F11 E/G MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT11 PRIMARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F11-1 E/G MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT11 SECONDARY) 1A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
F13 EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
U1
F14 ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (E/G)

% SP.
3G 1 SB-C1 iy, U1
F15 SPACE HEATER CIRCUIT 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
f-
"<i"
F50 CONTROL CIRCUIT (BUS) 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 2 r-
F51 BUS MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT51 PRIMARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
F51-1 BUS MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT51 SECONDARY) 1A 3G 1 SB-C1 1 I')
F52 EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 · SB-C1 2
F52-1 EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 1 -
F53 BUS NO-VOLT RELAY 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
F54 ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (BUS- TIE)

% )p.
3G 1 SB-C1 y, N
f-
"I
0
0
I
n
0
0
N
u ~
w
__)
w
1-
::,:::
TITLE DRAW No.

R NAME PLATE TABLE
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EN81 No. 18
DD-01
Symbol
F60 CONTROL CIRCUIT 10A 3G 1 SB-C1 3

<0
"'
F61 VOLTMETER 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
F62 EARTH LAMP CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
l()
F65
TRANSFORMER FOR
LIFE/RESCUE BOAT BATTERY CHARGER
z 3G 1 SB-C1 v, lC)
z v,
A
TRANSFORMER FOR
F66 3G 1 SB-C1
LIFE BOAT BATTERY CHARGER
A
- LIGHTING IN EM'CY GEN. ROOM r-
/d..F67 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
RECEPTACLE IN EM'CY GEN. ROOM
FB1 SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
..... ....
F82 ALARM CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2
- r--
I") F500 CONTROL CIRCUIT (T90 PRIMARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2 I")
F501-1 CONTROL CIRCUIT (T90 SECONDARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 1
F501 SHORE MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT53 PRIMARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1

. 3
- r--
F501-1 SHORE MEASURE CIRCUIT (PT53 SECONDARY) 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 2

~
0
<( F502 PHASE SEQUENCE INDICATE CIRCUIT 3A 3G 1 SB-C1 3
N N
IX)
zw
(;'-
(;'-
..
-
I
5
I .
I")
0
0
N
u ~
w
......J
w
1-
~
~ & TITLE DRAW No.

N
IX)
zw NAME PLATE TABLE
R KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736ENB2 No. 19
DD-01
1 2 3 4 I 5 I 6 7 8 9
3250
II 200 2-ji115
/(REAR SIDE)
4-jil36
/(FOR LIFT)
~
100 BOD 100
6 -:::JI---'------m
il
0 0 0
,- ~
tr
0
....
<(
"' - ~ <(
&.
NAME PLATE /
(FOR PANEL NAME)
f'l•
p;
0
,._
"'"'
0
0
~
lft 1ft lft ~ 0
0 HAND RAIL
0
0
"'"'
"'"' (ACRYLNITRILE "'
BUTADIENE SlYRENE)'a: ~
150 250 400

F~--c=;=._--::::r====----======
L....:f= ~
FRONT REAR
- -
0
SIDE SIDE
"'
F-- 1-
100x75x7t
0
500 900 I 700 I 350 I BOO
SHORE CONN. EM'CY GENERATOR EM'CY AC440V EM'CY GROUP EM'CY AC220V
BOX PANEL FEEDER STARTER FEEDER
PANEL PANEL PANEL
m !D
I II II II I
./!
0
IL * NOTE 1. BOTTOM ANGLE : 100x75x7t(KTE SUPPLY)
< 2. ENCLOSURE PROTECTION : IP22
00
[;! 3. MAINTENANCE : FRONT & REAR
4. WEIGTH : Co 1,900Kg
! 5. 0MARKS ARE PARTITION PLATE
I>I
0
I
8
~
u &. TITLE DRAW No.
OUTLINE DRAWING FOR
R EM'CY SWITCHBOARD KT-14153
0.035
E
v
KTE
file name
1736E001
I I SHEIT
No. 20
420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD-02
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 _[_ 8 I 9
3250
"'
1201 660
I 240 I 460
I 225 I140I 225 I 560
f20
500 I 600 1001
500 10~ 700 I 2oo I 200 1150 I 200 I
I lllJ
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o- -
~f--
0
'!2
- 1::::::><:I 1><1 [gJ 1:::><1
0
0 ..,....0
"' 0
10
10
16-f<\15
'--
0 0 . \ . . . ·- -
SHORE EM'CY GENERATOR EM'CY AC440V EM'CY GROUP EM'CY AC220V "'"'
CONNECTION PANEL FEEDER STARTER FEEDER
PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL
I II II II II I
~
"U
0<(
~
FRONT VIEW
* NOTE 1. [8:] MARKS ARE CABLE ENTRY SPACE
"'
0
m
......w
0
~
n
....0
I
0
I
"'
0
0
"'c.i
w
...I
w TITLE DRAW No.
f-
CABLE ENTRY &
R FITTING HOLE ARR'T DRAWING KT-14153
"" E
v
K'I'E
file name
1736E002
I I SHEET
No. 21
I 2 I J I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
420x297(mm) 1
1 L 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 I B 9
TOP VIEW !
I
TOP VIEW I TOP VIEW
(EACH PANELS)
I (EACH PANELS)
_ (EACH PANELS)
I
I
I /
/ - - .. - · · - - , -
I /
I
/
I
I
/
I
,--- - .. - /
.......... --. -
I
- ~
+ ,..- -··-. -··--t_ -

' / I
:s: ' /
/
~ ' /
~
C\1 ' /
~
C\1
' fr
~
<(
I
+
'N \
. I
/ +
'N I
+
'N ' \ I +
N'
'-.... '-.... '-.... '-....
\ . .'
~ ~ I ~
\
~
l.. :
I :1
-'--
[1
~
r - ,.....----
It r;- c-- fl w
f -
I
1-
'-
PANEL WIDTH ( W) -
I
'--
PANEL WIDTH ( W) - I
r- PANEL WIDTH ( W) -
u.. 1-
u.. 1-
u..
w
0
....J
w
D [ w
0
....J
tJ [ w
0
....J
p [
z w w
<( z z
u.. <(
u..
<(
u..
r - r - r - :-
-
-,--- bl
I
L, '---
bi L, -W ~
I
I
I
I
I I I
I
I I I
~t ~t ~t
I I I
:
I I I
~ ~ ~
:s:+ I +
:s: I +
:s: I
I
I /
/ / /
/ / /
"'
;:
"C I
/ / /
I ./ ./ ./
0<(
"'
0
0
[t! '-- L-··-··
I
I
I
I
I - .. -- /
- -··-· --
.-'
/
- -·· -··- - .-'

/
"
"'"'..
Ol *This drawing applies to the followings panels. *This drawing applies to the followings panels. *This drawing applies to the followings panels.
~ - EM'CY GEN. PANEL - SHORE CONNECTION BOX
I
- EM'CY AC440V FEEDER PANEL - EM'CY GROUP STARTER PANEL
I - EM'CY AC220V FEEDER PANEL
"'
0
0
N
I
0 &. TITLE DRAW No.
~ OUTLINE DRAWING FOR
w
1-
R DOOR OPENNING KT-14153
I I
"' E
~ v file name SHEET&.
0 KD; 1736[003 No. 22 1/2
~ I 4 6 7 I a I 9
42Dx297(mm)1 I 2 I 3 I I 5 I I DO 02
REAR VIEW
<0 tO
L
(L-100)/2 (L-100)/2
(L-100)/3 (L-100)/3 (L-100)/3
- 50 (L-1 00)/4 (L-1 00)/4 (L-100)/4 (L-100)/4 50 -
~I I I I I
-
0
t(')
0-
-r---! c
l !A ! D
! 0
OCl
1-
n
l[)
n_
·I 30 30 I CD I 30 30 I· t(')
Cl
t(')
N
t(')
0
~ N
~6
r--- +
t-
I + + +
- (L-24)/2 (L-24)/2 r-
~ (L-24)/3 (L-24)/3 (L-24)/3
12 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 (L-24)/4 12 40 100
.... v
STEEL PLATE 2.3 t
DIMENSION
PANEL NAME Q'TY
L A B c D
- r-
EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL 900 100 100 400 400 1EA
EM'CY 440V FEEDER PANEL 700 100 100 300 300 1 EA
I""J t'")
EM'CY 220V FEEDER PANEL BOO 100 100 350 350 1EA
EM'CY GROUP STARTER PANEL 350 50 100 150 150 1EA
-
¥
-c:
0<(
tD
0
0
:a
~
<"·
N
l[)
0
.¢
CXJ
0
I
O'l
0' r-
I
n
0
0
N
ci
r-
_J
;-
6
u
w
r-
~
,...-
0
<(
tD
~ TITLE DRAW No.
0 CABLE COAMING
:a R KT-14153
0
(REAR UPPER)
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736E004 No. 22 2/2
DD-01
"' "'
0 S N P 6 0 0 S N P 1 0 ~
N
0 0
0 SL57 SL5B 0 EL51 EL51 EL51
8 8 @)
0
888 102
@)
B GGG
0
0
v
N
I() I()
0
a
c.o
~
SL81SL21
c::®J SL11 SL16
KWH
0
88 8 8
0 SL22SL23 SL12 SL13
0 @)
88 GAU10
8 8
~
N 0
N N
Ol
SL91 SL92
CP1
8 8 0
c.o
3-11L SL14 lc-=~1
I r"l I
0
c.o
f'.
N
8 8 I \~1 I
L--....J
... 43-11A
0
CP2 0
88 8 ~
0
v @) 0 3R-28 3R-29 ES51 SHS11
I
SHORE
,------,
~ I g 210 240
BTI
1
210
@)
I I
I
I
I
IL
DI
I
I
I
265 4351
_ _ _ _ __j P4601
250 250 P2201~03 ,----.....,

c=::J
c=::J I I
0
v ~===================~
II II
0 I I
l.() f'.
II
II
II
II
l.() I I
II II I AME3B I
II II
II II I I
;;: II II
"""0 EARTH BAR
II
II
II
II
I
L
I
_ _ _ _ __j
1..() II II
0 LOCATED ON II II
<( PANEL INSIDE) II II
II II
II II
II II N
I I ~===================~
I I
I I
I
0 I
I I
I I
1..() \ I
1..()
\ I PARTITION WALL
', I
~ ', I
I ' I
I") ..................... ~
0 ........... I I
---.1...-l
I
1..() 100 300 100
0
0
c--1
1l
.:,:.
-~
.:,:.
C'-·
C'-·
(;'-·~~------~--------~----------------------------------~----------------------~
1.0
~ TITLE DRAW No.
wR EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL
w E 1-------+-------1 & SHORE CONN. BOX ARR'T KT-14153
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE11 No. 23
DD-01
SIZE
CLASS
0 - 600/150V 120 X 100

V11 AC VOLTMETER LSK-12C PT:460/115V 1
R : 450V 1.5
<0
0- 300 /5A, R:1 93 A CT: 300/5A 120 X 100

2 A11 AC AMMETER LSK-12C
1.5
0- 750 /5A, R:500 A CT: 750/5A
0- 200 KW PT: 460/l15V 120 X 100

3 W11 WATT METER LWK-12NC-33
R : 120 KW CT: 300/5A 1.5 -
55-65Hz 120 X 100
4 FM11 FREQUENCY METER LAK-12C 1.0
R : 60Hz
INSULATION
5 Mll51 RESISTANCE DCF-12NA 0-5Mll 120 X 100
lf"l
METER
WATT HOUR
- 7 KWH WL-32STe AC11 OV, 60Hz CT: 750/SA 1
METER
""'" 9
Maker : DAIICHI ELEC.

TOYO KEIKI ELEC.
LS ELEC.
-

SYMBOL 1 - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - , - - - - . , . - - - - , - - - - , - - - - - , - - - - , - - - - - - - r - - - - i SWITCH Q'TY
NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301- n
VFS11 VOLT. & OFF R-S S-T T-R BUS SHORE 6504 1
FREQUENCY METER HB
KH301-
AS11 AMMETER OFF R s T SHORE 5302 1
HB
* YSC325
1-
CS11 ACB (E/G) OPEN CLOSE -64RER
:u
0
~l-----~------r---+---+---1--~1-----1----+---~--r---~~N
w
w
C'-
C'-~---4-------~--+----+---1--~I----I----+---+----~--4-~
r0
0
00
DO
0 NOTE : Handle is pull out at
NAME * mark position
r0 Auto. return to
0
0
N mark position
(.)
w
.....J
w
1- TYPE : DMI
::,.:::
0
<(
N TITLE METER LIST &
DRAW No.
TRANSFER SWITCH LIST
[jRI-----+-------1
(EM'CY GEN. & SHORE PANEL)
KT -l4153
E
v~~--~l-------4------------------------------+-----~~--r-------~
file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE12 No. 24
DD-01
Symbol
SIGNAL LAMP
I I tO
BA9s
SL11 EM'CY GEN. RUN CLA 1 XB7-EV63P GREEN 1
24V,2W
BA9s
24V,2W
BA9s
24V,2W
BA9s
SL14 SPACE HEATER CLA 1 XB7-EV65P YELLOW 1
24V,2W
l[)
BA9s
CLA 1 XB5-AV61 WHITE 1
SL81 DC24V SOURCE 24V,2W
~
BA9s
SL16 E/G AUTO STAND-BY CLA 1 XB7-EV66P BLUE 1
24V,2W
BA9s -
CLA 1 XB5-AV61 WHITE 1
SL21 MAIN SOURCE 24V,2W
~
BA9s
CLA 1 XB7-EV64P RED 1
SL22 BUS TIE ACB OPEN 24V,2W
BA9s ....
CLA 1 XB7-EV63P GREEN 1
SL23 BUS TIE ACB ClOSE 24V,2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s

R 6V,1.2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s

EL51 CLA 1 XB5-AV87 CLEAR 1 1-
s 6V,1.2W
EARTH LAMP BA9s

T 6V,1.2W
SL57 SHORE AVAILABLE BA9s

CLA 1 k;\XB5-AV31 WHITE 1 I')
6V,1.2W
SL58 SHORE BREAKER "ON" BA9s

CLA 1 ~XB5-AV33 GREEN 1
6V,1.2W
PHASE SEQUENCE BA9s
SL91 CLA 1 ~XB5-AV63 GREEN 1 1-
NORMAL (SL91) 24V,2W
PHASE SEQUENCE BA9s
SL92 CLA 1 XB5-AV64 RED 1
ABNORMAL (SL92) 24V,2W
16\
N
-
ro
0
I
0
I
r<J
0
0
N ~
c..:i
w
_J
w
f-
::,.::
~ & TITLE DRAW No.

w
w R NAME PLATE TABLE
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE13 No. 25
DD-01
Symbol
SELECTOR SWITCH
I I
"' XB5-
"'
SPACE HEATER CLA 1 1 2a
SHS11 OFF ON BLACK
AD25
TEST MODE XB5-

43-11A CLA 1 BLACK 1 2a
NORMAL - TEST AD25
..
1[) L()

I
- XB7- I-
EARTH LAMP BLACK 1 1a
ES51 CLA 1 EA25
XB5- 1
3-11L LAMP TEST CLA 1 BLACK 2a2b
AA25
"<t XB5- 1 v
3R-28 ABNORMAL RESET CLA 1 RED 2a2b
AA45
k
XB5- 1
3R-29 FLICKER STOP CLA 1 RED 2a2b
AA45
~
- 1-
SHORE : 0 - 750A
102 4A 1
GEN : 0 - 300A
SHORE AMMETER
,., TG1
NOR. - BY PASS
TG 1 ,.,
- 1-
01
;;:
0'1
IXJ
-
0
I
f")
0
I
' -
0
N
u ~
w
__J
w
1-
::,.::
& TITLE DRAW No.

R NAME PLATE TABLE
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE14 No. 26
DD-01
<.0 <D
GAU10
-
0
r-
I GROUP ALARM UNIT I
~
l!")
EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT I{)
LINE FAULT
~
EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT
SOURCE FAILURE
-
~ E/G ACB ABNORMAL

E
~
E
BUS- TIE ACB ABNORMAL TRIP tO
N ...
""" ~
EJ AC440V LOW INSULATION
~
r-
AC220V LOW INSULATION
.,., KTE
I - I I')
0 -
100mm
I I -
~
-o
0<( * NOTE : Yellow LED lamp is used for white illumination. N
LD
w
w
C'-
C'-
..
-
I
t'")
0
0
N ~
u
w
_J
w
f-
::.:::
TITLE DRAW No.

~
w NAME PLATE TABLE

w R KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE15 No. 27
DD-01
tO <D
- -
CP1
ll) I{)
CAUTION
0 THE SWITCH MUST ALWAYS BE 0
IN THE "NORMAL", WHILE
THE SHIP IS AT SEA.
- f-
.... ..;-
- 1--
2. LEDER - - - - - - - RED ROUND GOTHIC
3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c

n I")
4. Q'TY -----,---- 1EA

5. LOCATION - - EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL

- -
~
Ei
w "'
I"')
I"')
00
N
1--
llO
0
I
I
I"')
0
0
N ~
()
w
_J
w
f-
:::.:::
~
0
w
~
TITLE DRAW No.
~
<(
() R CAUTION PLATE KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE16 No. 28
DD-01
lO lO
CP2
l[)
CAUTION
BE SURE TO MAKE THE CORRECT PHASE BEFORE CLOSING
THE MCCB OF THE SHORE POWER.
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE TO BE CARRIED OUT.
O 1) IF CONNECTION IS CORRECT THE NORMAL LAMP O
(SL91) TO BE BRIGHT, THEN CLOSE THE MCCB OF
SHORE POWER.
2) IF ABNORMAL LAMP (SL92) IS BRIGHT, PLEASE CHANGE
THE PHASE OF SHORE POWER.
2. LffiER - - - - - - - RED ·ROUND GOTHIC
3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c
4. Q'1Y - - - - - - - - - 1EA
-
5. LOCATION - - ON SHORE CONNECTION PANEL
6. N.P TYPE - - SA TYPE

0>
3:
~
0
w
c:::i
<C
u
C'•
C'·
LD
I")
N
ro
0
I
0
I
I")
0
0
N
u
w
_J
w
1-
:::.::::
0
TITLE DRAW No.
w
N R CAUTION PLATE KT-14153
<C
u E
v file name SHEET
· 21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE17 No. 29-1/2
DD-01
lO
CP3
100X35
L{)
CAUTION
EM'CY AND SHORE POWER ARE NOT USED AT THE
0 SAME TIME. . 0
AND VOLT. & FREQUENCY METER FOR EM'CY GEN.
-
& SHORE SOURCE SHALL BE COMMONLY USED WITH
A SELECT SWITCH.
- r-
2. LETIER - - - - - - - RED ROUND GOTHIC
I")
3. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF 0.5c r<')
4. Q'TY - - - - - - - - - 1EA
5. LOCATION - - EM'CY GENERATOR PANEL
- r-
~
"'0
0w N
:;:
u
C'-
_c-
f"')
..
f"')
N
-
CXJ
0
I
0
I
f"')
0
0
N ~
u
w
_!
w
r-
::.:::
~
0
w
~
TITLE DRAW No.
<X:
u R CAUTION PLATE KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE18 No. 29-2/2
DD-01
P7003
15A
<0 <0
RED
"ESP" 150x150
I
- 0 I 0 -
EM'CY STOP PLATE SPECIFICATION
EMERGENCY STOP
L()
I ES1 I L()
(FANS IN E/R PART)
EMERGENCY STOP
I ES2 I (L.O/F.0/0.0/SLUDGE/BILGE/HYD ..
PUMPS IN E/R PATR) &
- -
EMERGENCY STOP
I ES3 I (FANS IN ACCOM. PART &
GALLERY EQUIP'T) &
"<!- "<!-
EMERGENCY STOP
I ES4 I (FANS IN ON DECK)
LOCAL FIGHTING SYSTEM

I LT2 I (No.2 E/R VENT. FAN)
- -
&
C02 TRIP
I CT I (FANS IN E/R PART)
0 0
n I n
I OTHER LETTER
WHITE ROUND BLACK
- -
*NOTE 1. MATERIAL - - - PHENOLIC THICKNESS 2mm

2. PLANE OFF THE CORNERS OF FRONT 0.5C
c.o 3. Q'1Y - - - 1 EA
t0
"
t0 4. LOCATION - - ON EM'CY AC440V FEEDER PANEL
-
OC)
0
5. LETIER(ES1,2,3,4) - - - RED GROUND WHITE
I 6. LETTER(CT) - - - YELLOW GROUND BLACK
t0
I 7. LETTER(LT2) - - - WHITE GROUND RED &
0
0 8. LETTER(OTHER) - - - WHITE GROUND BLACK
N ~
u
w
_)
w
1-
::.:::
& TITLE DRAW No.

R EM'CY STOP PLATE SPECIFICATION
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736EE42 No. 31
DD-01
"'
0 == Is N p 3 I ==o "'
r-----------------------------~--
EL61EL61EL61 -
0
888
0
QE;J~
~
0
ro
~
25o I 15o l 15o I 25o
ES61
-
rnJ. 8
0
N
(Jl MECHANICAL -
INTERLOCK
~ DEVICE
.-
r,~--
L _ _jL _ _j
340 J 120 I 340 0

0
N
N -
r---------rr========~--------~()
- ~--------~========~--------~.~
0
0
&
N
1~5_Q_O~I~~~~~~
- I
I
DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DII
L_JL_JL_JL_JL_JL_JL_J
160 T85 I 85 l 85 T85 I 85 1 85 I 130
lt500~~~~~F®/~
-
- I
I
DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DII 0
ro
LIJL_IJLIJLIJL_JL,JL_Tj@) (Jl
1 60 1 85 85 85 85 j 85 I 85 130 N
1p511~1p5l2~: ~~~~
120
- I
I
DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DIIII DII
n L- JL TJL- JLT JL 1..2.AJL15Aj
N
en
1 5o I 85 85 I 85 85 1 85 I 215
l!)
0
r-- ===@)
0
I
0
0
N
- ~============================~!-- 0
u
w
_J
800
w
1-
:>::::
n
~ TITLE DRAW No.
9R 1-----------11----------1
EM'CY AC220V FEEDER PANEL ARR'T
KT-14153
E
v~-----4-------+----------------------------~~----~----~------~
file name SHEET
. 21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE71 No. 32
DD-01
SIZE
CLASS
0 - 300V 120 X 100

V61 AC VOLTMETER LSK-12C
R : 230V 1.5
~ ~
~--4-------_,------------~--------~--------------~--------~----+---------~
0 "' 150/5A 120 X 100
2 A61 AC AMMETER LSK-12C CT: 150/5 A 1.5
R: 113 A
INSULATION
3 M061 RESISTANCE DCF-12NA 0-5MO 120 X 100
METER -
4
11") 5 I()
'<t 9
Maker : DAJICHI ELEC.

TOYO KEIKI ELEC.

SYMBOL ~-----------r-'-----.--------.------,----------,--------.-------.---------,------l SWITCH Q' TY
NAME 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TYPE
KH301- n
VS61 VOLTMETER OFF R-S S- T T-R OFF 5204 1
HB
KH301-
AS61 AMMETER OFF R s T OFF 5201 1
HB
-
~~-----~----------~---+----+----~----~---~~----+-----+----~---+-~
~
-o
5
~~------,_-----------+----+----~----_,-----r----~----+-----~----+-----,_~N
1'--
w
w
1:'-
t'-~-----,_----------+----+----~----_,------r----+-----+-----~----+-----,_~
N
0
tO
ro~------~------------~--~---~----~----~~---~----~----~----~----~--~
0
I
NOTE : Handle is pull out at
5 NAME
I")
I * mark position
0
0 Auto. return to
N
u mark position
w
_J
w
f-
~ TYPE : DMI
~ TITLE DRAW No.

N
r--- METER LIST &
TRANSFER SWITCH LIST
~RI-----------+---------1 (EM'CY AC220V FEEDER PANEL) KT-14153
E
v~-----+------;---------------------------~-------~--~------~
file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE72 No. 33
DD-01
Symb_ol
I SIGNAL LAMP
I .
"' EARTH LAMP XB5- BA9s
"'
EL61 CLA 1 CLEAR 1
R AV47 6V, 1.2W
~
EARTH LAMP XB5- BA9s
EL61 CLA 1 CLEAR 1
s ~ AV47 6V, 1.2W
EARTH LAMP XB5- BA9s

EL61 CLA 1 CLEAR 1
T ~ AV47 6V, 1.2W
l[) t()

I
- XB7- -
ES61 EARTH LAMP TEST CLA 1 BLACK 1 1a1b
EA25
,o
..r ..r
- -
...,
"'
- -
~
'.
('oJ
...,
"<1-
0
..
LCl
co
-
0
I
I
n
0
0
N
u ~
w
_]
w
1-
::.::
& TITLE DRAW No.

R NAME PLATE TABLE
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE73 No. 34
DD-01
"I
0
"'"' 0
0
EM'CY GENERATOR t;J

f'l") w
T.B T;B I ci
U S E SHEET No. SYMBOL CORE EXTER. EXTER. CORE SYMBOL
No. U S E L.() (!JZ
No. T.B No. T.B No. No.
-.::!"
rL_
~~
A1 1 ~ P4602
VR CIRCUIT TB1 _J
A2 2 DEYS-2.5 I
ci I-
SPACE HEATER
S16 1H1 1 P4603 rL_ z ~ (lJ
S16 1HZ 2 f--1 L-MEYS-2 E 0t:;
EM'CY D/G
S51 A11 1 - - ~
0::
0
c <D
CONTROL PANEL --s51 A12 2 - - 0 (lJ "'

f'.
<,:::
"' --s51 A13 3 - - "'
--s51 A14 4 - -
--s51 A15 5 - P4604 -
f-
--s51 A16 6 - L-MEYS-19 - z
w
-
~~;
A17 7 1- ::2
A18 8 - 1- w
0
A19 9 1- 1- z
<(
~ AZO 10 1- 1- 0::
~
S51
S52
A21
A22
E11
11
12
1
1-
-
-
1-
'----
-
0::
<(
_j
<(
151'
EM'CY STOP BOX TB2 z
S52 E12 2 - -
(ES1 ,ES2,ES3,ES4) - S52 E13 3
P2103 ::2
0::
- S52 E14 4 -
F MEYS 7
- w
w f-
S52 E15 5 - - _j
f-
CONNECTION BOX S52 E16 1 ~ C9006 &, f=
~ffi~02 RELEASE _J L_
S52 E17 2 F-MEYS-4
W~TER MIST LOCAL S52 E21 1 ~ F1607 &r "'
~~LT2~~CTA~tE~1cfmJNG r----
S52 E22 2 _J F-MEYCYS-7 L-
TO MSBD SYN.PANEL M1 1 - &. -
~AIN GEN. ACB
TERLOCK) MZ 2 1- P4504,05 &, -
TO MSBD SYN.PANEL
(SHORE INTERLOCK) Ei
S51
M3
M4
B1
1
2
1
-
-
-
TEY-1.5x2 -
-
-
BCD
ABNORMAL ~ BZ 2 - P5201 - O::W>
"' BCD DC 24V ~ B3 3 - L-MEYS-7 -

;,t-OW INSULATION ~ B4 4 - &,. -
MAIN
S51 121 1 - -
SWITCHBOARD ~ 122 2 - -
r----
S51 123 3 1- -
r----
S51 124 4 1- -
-
~:~
125 5 1-
126 6 1- -
r-ss,- 127 7 - -
~ . 128 8 - -
~ 129 9 - P4502 -
fss, 130 10 1- L-MEYS-37 -
--s51 131 11 1- -
551 132 12 1- -
--s51 133 13 1- -
--s51 134 14 1- -
S5f 135 15 1- -
551 136 16 1- -
551 137 17 1- -
551 138 18 1- -
551 139 14 1- -
551 140 15 1- -
551 141 16 1- -
551 142 17 1- -
551 143 18 1- -
551 144 19 1- -
TO MSBD SYN.PANEL S51 150 1 1- -
(SHORE CURRENT) S51 151 2 1- P4503 &. -
L-MEYS-4 -
~:~
TO MSBD SYN.PANEL 152 3 1-
(SHORE VOLTAGE) 153 4 1- -
E/G ACB CLOSED S52 161 1 h P4501 1
SIGNAL S52 162 2 I-I L-MEYS-2 L_
BATI. CH. & DISCH. ~

p 1 h P4605 &r
L_
BOARD S51 N 2 f--1 DEYS-4
E/G GEN. RUN S52 K1 1 h EGSP r-
L_
SIGNAL S52 KZ 2 f--1 INN. CONN.
8 OZOS-1>1
SYMBOL NAME
tD
PROCESS
I I
-
' FLOW LINE
1-
I l MANUAL INPUT
·<> DECISION
<[)
\ I MANUAL OPERATION
1-
PREDE~NED PROCESS
II II
( ) TERMINAL : INTERRUPT
...
0 CONNECTOR
-
@ AND AND CIRCUIT
I'")
EEl OR OR CIRCUIT
ON OFF
~ 8 INDICATOR ~
-
*REMARK : COLOR OF INDICATOR LAMP
1. GEN./ENG. RUN : GREEN N
2. GEN./ENG. STOP : RED
2. ACB CLOSE : GREEN
3. ACB OPEN : RED
4. READY TO REMOTE START : WHITE
OCJ 5. AUTO STANDBY : BLUE
0
6. ABNORMAL RESET : RED
r-0 7. ABNORMAL ALARM (ALL) : RED
I-
c.o
0
I
0
N
0 ALARM
I
r<)
0
0 ~
N
c.)
,-------,
w
_J
IL _____ __JI OUTSIDE OF ESB
w
1--
:::.:::
LL
w TITLE DRAW No.
I-
(/)
() R FLOW CHART SYMBOLS
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE 1736ECST No. 36
DD-01
CD tO
- FLOW CHART -
APPLICATIONS
No.
FO FLOW CHART SYMBOLS

L!1 t{)
-
F1 FLOW CHART FOR EM'CY MANUAL OPERATION
- -
F2 FLOW CHART FOR EM'CY AUTOMATIC OPERATION
F3 FLOW CHART FOR EM'CY GEN. TEST OPERATION

-.;!- ....
- 1-
,.,., l'"l
- -
~
-o ~
LL..
w
1-
0
0
C'-
C'-
,.......
0
..
L[) i-
co
0
I
I
n
0
0 ~
N
0
w
_J
w
1-
::,.:::
LL..
w TITLE DRAW No.
t;
0 R FLOW CHART CONTENTS
KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736ECCT No. 37
DD-01
START -------------------l
~-ENG. OPERATION J
I SWITCH "MANUAL" l
"-----------(E-NG~-sloE:)
DC24V
WL 1«---------, rr----------11
SOURCE
II ENG. START II
r----------------------, AND o)E-----;11lL _
INTERLOCK NORMAL II
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..IJ
I I
1
J DC24V POWER 1-____.._ _?>\
1 (ENG. SIDE)
I I
L----------------------J r----------------------~
(ONLY INDICATION)
~N_D_ _ _---:1 ENG. CONTROL SW l
lL----------------------~
"START" l
r---------- ----------,I
I (ENG. SIDE)
lI ENGINE START lI
L-----------~----------J
S~EEo------.
I[)
C_
INTERRUP_TION)E ------co;-
NO
_}E----------- DETECT -------
.._ ___ ----
YES
GEN.
RUN
ACB
OPEN
(E/G)
E/G ACB CONTROL

SW "CLOSE"
(CS11)
ACB
CLOSE GL IE------<r-----~
(E/G)
ACB
OPEN
(E/G)
E/G ACB CONTROL

SW "OPEN"
en (CS11).
:;::
-o
u.:
w
5 GEN.
u RUN GL IE-------+--------1
<'-· r----------·------------~
<'-·
(j) )<;A,_N_D_ _ _-11 ENG. CONTROL SW l
0 ACB I "STOP" l
r.i-i OPEN L----------------------~
co (E/G) r---------- ----------,

I I
(ENG. SIDE)
0 I I
I lI ENGINE STOP II
0 L---------- ----------J
I
t0 GEN.
0 RUN GL I E - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - ;
0
N
u
w
_J
w
1-
::.:::
u..
w TITLE DRAW No.
..-
0
u R EM'CY MANUAL OPERATION KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736C011
F1
No. 38
DD-01
3 4 5 7 8
AUTOMATIC OPERATION AUTOMATIC OPERATION

IN CASE OF ESBD BUS NO-VOLTAGE IN CASE OF MSBD VOLTAGE RECOVERY
DC24V
WL } E - - - - - - - - ,
SOURCE
~-----------------1 (ENG. SIDE)
·! DC24V POWER 1-- - - + - - - - - - - - - o f
1
~---~~~~-;~-;;----~
L-----------------~
(ONLy INDICATION)
IL-----------------~
INTERLOCK NORMAL I
AUTO BL }<!-----------+ -----------------1

ST-BY ~=-----!r ENG. OPERATION I
I SWITCH • AUTO" I
L-----------------~
(ENG. SIDE)
GEN.
RUN
ACB
CLOSE
(E/G)
OR ACB
MAIN OPEN
SOURCE (E/G)
r-------- --------,I
I
! E/G ENGINE START !
L--------Jl--------~
WITHIN
~iNTERRUPTION
\.!
)loo•-------'N"-o=-<,----[oW" S;EED~~~~>
. ~~~~~~Q.~TE::J------
45SEC
NO
INTERRUPTION
GEN.
RUN
"' ACB NO
u:"' OPEN
"0
w (E/G)
N POWER SUPPLY BY r-------- --------,I
......
0
()
MAIN SOURCE I
I E/G ENGINE STOP I
I I
"'oH
n L--------r--------~
"'I
0 ( END )
0
I
n
0
0
<'j
() TITLE DRAW No.
~
w EM'CY AUTOMATIC OPERATION KT-14153
,_
"'
3 4 5 7
1EST OPERATION
START
r-----------------, MAIN
1 - - - - - - " 1 WI. SOURCE
I ENG. START I
< I IN1ERLOCK I'JORMAL I
~-----------------~
(ENG. SIDE)
1EST SWITCH
(NORMAL)
(43-11A)
E/G ACB
OPEN
~-------- --------1
I
Jl________JI
E/G ENGINE START
L________
BUS TIE
ACB CLOSE
----cow sPEEo----,..:..:N.::.o_ _-"{,cIN1ERRUPTio0
<----- ---
DE1ECT------
........
, ,
E/G
RUN
NO
IN1ERRUPTION
POWER SUPPLY BY
YES MAIN SOURCE
"0
"'
3:
E/G GL 1 . . - - - - - - - - - i
tL RUN
w
;;; r-------- --------,
0
.,...,..0 BUS TIE END
I
I !
E/G ENGINE STOP
I
0
"<I"
.0
ACB OPEN
L-----~-T-------~
10
~
0
I
0
I
I')
0
0
<'l
0
w
...J
w
.... TITLE DRAW No.
""'
lL
w EM'CY GEN. TEST OPERATION KT -14153
;;;
0
0
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 8
EXAMPLE
~
\
"'
BOLT
fl- LINK
~\ll S13 -
l l s (/) l
Ln
CT11~ J
-,
k
w~
~ F:;
I
r
~8 s~3A
"]~e1 K1J
MEASURE
GEN. PROTECT
CIRCUIT
&
lf")
~]~
9
(ill)
~ ~AMP
r-71
~
~
r-71
3A 1-
-R
" 7
I ~
.;- CTIQ)
11 1511
fW
~
r-71_
~
52 X
r-71_
~
2 16 ,I S19
r-71_
SLI31
~
3D A (SU1) (SL12)
@iD r-
--- (\VL ( RL I ( GL
I
ill
~
No.1 GEN ~
Sl T
'-
M
I!~-
'1--+:-::-:-i
--
"IIIII
1'"""'1
~~-'L·"L~ (Y)
-
G) CIRCUIT NAME (TITLE)
(f) ~COUPLING WIRE(COUPLING SIDE)
@ S18: SKELETON & SEQUENCE DIAGRAM No. 12V
LNo. VOLTAGE
@ -- (LINE) : MAIN CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT No.(2-518)
(\J
GEN No. (No.1) (\J
@ -- (LINE) : CONTROL CIRCUIT S18- SKELETON No. (FOR S18)
@ @) : WITH NAME PLATE @ N;llG @ COUPLING WIRE(COUPLING SIDE)

H (REFER TO THE NAME PLATE TABLE)
No.lG - - GEN No. (No.1)
~CIRCUIT No.(1-PT11) -S-1---SKELETON No.(FROM S1)
-
GEN. No. (No.1)
~
SYMBOL (FUSE)
® @ ~COUPLING WIRE( COUPLING SIDE)
-z:;
(Y) @ PTll : SYMBOL CREFER TO THE PARTS LIST> llA
0
CURRENT
TlcL
0
::;:
~ CIRCUIT No.(2-518) CIRCUIT No.(1-0T11)
:.:: GEN No. (No.1)
GEN .. No. (No.1)
('- SYMBOL (PT) ~- SKELETON No. (FOR S9)
('-
-"'
..0
lf")
- @ 152X --RELAY No.
0
----si'9-- SKELETON No.
I
lf")
TITLE DRAW No.
-R
0
0
I
LEGEND OF SKELETON DIAGRAM KT-14153

I")
E
0
0
::::?;
v KTE file name SHEET
~ - KT-M003 No. 41
~~L---~--~------_.----------------------------~--~--------L---~--------~
21 Ox297(mm) DD-0 1
EXAMPLE
13
0
E12
l
CAD
A
1-SB l
CAD
A
31-68
CAD
'f
7 S31- , CAD
v
~ TifLE
GENERAL SPECIFlCAllON
Kn
DRAW No.
~II~
44 S30-7B
31 31
5EX1 5EX2
S30-5B S30-6B
32 32
f------+------l TirLE
~;~~~+-~-~+--~~---b-~~~
Kn ~~~o
CD SEQUENCE DIAGRAM NO.
@ RELAY NO. 031~ 5EX1 - - RELAY No.

58 - - ADDRESS No.(FROM ADDRESS 58) ru
C\J
RELAY COIL 32 TERMINAL SYMBOL
--
TERMINAL SYMBOL
CAD - - RELAY TYPE

® 13~ .
1
CONTACT
5EZ - RELAY No.
A - - ADDRESS NO.(FOR ADDRESS 6A)
1-58 I
<j> S30-7B
~ ADDRESS NO.
1411 L _ ADDRESS No.(FROM ADDRESS 78)
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM No. (FOR S30
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM NO.(FOR S31)
0
E11 --OUTSIDE TERMINAL SYMBOL ® lI P29 MCCB No. (SHT CWTOFF SWITCH) ...,
.@
1-1
--OUTSIDE
k --- SHUNT TRIP COIL
7rT----.-----~--------------~~----~------------~
CD
m
.::.
~ TITLE DRAW No .
.!..
o R1------+------1 LEGEND OF SEQUENCE DIAGRAM KT-14153
"<~"
E
8 v!----1-----t--------------------------------~------~~---r--------~
r KTE file name SHEET
~ - KT -M004 No. 42
~2~10~x~2~9~77(m~m~)------~------------~==~--------~~~~~--~~--D-D=-~0~1
AC440V MAIN BUS
tO
CT11
15VA
300/5A
1001
1002
VR
1003
10A
-..,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
EM 'CY GENERA-T~O:-:::-fioJRf\V,I"";J::-_____
~;R;UI~ONTRDL
TITLE
POWER RAW KT:_14153
No.
SHEET
-
KTE No. 43
DD-01
BOLT
30x6t LINK
TO. E.G.S.P
"' +-'
(!)
30x6t . "'
X
0
t'l
30x6t
+-' +-'
(!) tD
X X
0 0
t'l t'l
I!)
30x6t
LINK
r-
(P4806) (P4809) ( P4812) (SPARE)
100/15A
30x6t
(P4816) (P4907) (P4908) (SPARE)

100/15A
ACB2 ACB1 30x6t
30x6t (P4909) (P4912) (P4709) (SPARE)

100/15A
30x6t
fszsr -----~
I I
I I
I I
I I
II ~
'
II
I I
IL______ _ ____ .JI
01
;;= (P4710) <£fliT) (SPARE)
"0
100/15A
N
0
<(
tD N
0
(SHORE) (P2201 "'03) (P4601)
(I)
w
C'-•
C'-·
---{0}----- ------r---- ---('cl1)----
1'0 I I I
'<I- I I I
m I I I
-
SH~RE MS~D ~
m
0
I
5
0
N
I
1'0
0
c:_j
w
POWER
AC440V, 3¢,
POWER
AC440V, 3¢,
v
AC450V, 3¢,
_J
w 60Hz, 500 A £0Hz, 500A 60Hz, 150 KVA
I- 193A
:::.::
N
0
<(
tD A TITLE DRAW No.
0
(I)
w R EM'CY AC440V FEEDER &
BUS-BAR ARR'T KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ES06
S6
No. 44
DD-01
&, ( P4804 ) ( P4802 )
R S T R S T
"'
I JJ~~~~~~6%~~HJ
- I
LL..
A 61 LL..(/)f-O:::LL.. v 61
LL.. "' "'
- LL.. LL.. LL.. I I I LL..
RiiV1
OO:::(!Jf-0 OO:::(!Jf-0
r- ~
6111 r R~~A1 A2
r---
6114
(~)~
~
6102
V2
6104
6112
T >-
...--?>
~ s
~~ L
K
LO CT61 .......,., 6103 6105 I{)
~ T
5VA 3A
150/5A I"]_ 6113
-:1- VS61
AS61
@Q) (ill)
-
~
r---:71
~
.---:71
~
.---:71
1a"A
6001
6002
6003
~RJ
~6203
S
T .---:71
3A
e .
_mj
EARTH LAMP
CIRCUIT
+---1--------S
+-------- T
RJe21§J
8 SPACE HEATER
CIRCUIT
20x5t
r--------------------------------------1
I I
I I
I ~---~------------------,
I I AC220V BUS I
20x5t I R s T I
I I
I I
I T65 @D I I I')
I f-----o~501~503 6505 R1 I
I 6502 6504 6506 (PS 1oz) I
I f-----1-< . 51 I
. I 3A 500VA 10A I
1 AC220/42V I 1
I
I T66 (@
I
I r-- _ --o~601 6603 ~ 6605 R .

1 I
I I-
:
: 6602 6604:: 66061 ~P51 04) 1
-o
~ I r--1-< 3A 500 VA iQA T 52
I
I AC220/42V I I
Ci
<!
I'-
L~ ---------------~----~
0
(/)
w
C)- ,----------------------,
C)-
20x5t 1 AC220V BUS 1
c.o I R S T I
N
00
I I
1
I £ @D 1 I
m I 1\ , I -
0 I f-----o 6701 ~R3 I
Ci
I I
I
r--1 ....J... ·~6702
r~~~
I
f~
(L5261 )I
I
I I I I
r'")
0 I i-R3 I
0
N
·U
'-----»!
I
ITS3(L5266) II ~
w
_j
w L----------------------~
f-
:::.::
0
<!
I'- TITLE DRAW No.
0
(/) AC220V FEEDER ARR'G &
w R CONTROL POWER CIRCUIT KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ES07
S7
No. 45
DD-01
w
u_(/)f-0::(.1)0
n:: v 11
N
FM 11
LL I I I :::J I
00::(/)f-ffi(/)
r---
r R V1
-+-1----+--+R----+--1-- V2
~+1---------~ s -+~t=~~--+--1-- 1M1
~--------~ T -+-+~==~~+- ~
--Wo-8 ~ ---Q~ ~ -+-+-1---+--m-+- >--
SHORE scv IR 3 >----

S25 l_? 7 -+-1----+-~--t-.m-
v-;s-----
P2p~
P1
___!.11~0.!..._7---/o1 S
VFS11
~
3S
~ ST 1108 \1~ W11 ~ -
~ 1109 .__....-
O'l
;;
[::
00::(/)f--(/)
~ ~A11~
_j R c±-, I . I -1-"-
'- rn~1---l...iirr- r--- A1 >-
-o
0<( L __ _ _
1
r
_ _ _ _ _ _ ____!..11~36~----4--6
'--1---f-'
f-'
A
2
1M4
m L----------'-11~3.!..._7~-r-6 T ·-1---1-. >--
L '- r--rn_l-
-h
0 ~ f-'
(/)
w
C'- -==p
C'-
m
n r s
. SHORE SCA IKI L--!~~_E~~_f_tf~-_ ___j(T
u--------~A~S~1~1
~
m S25 __·~I f-
0
I
0
I
n
0
0
('.J
u
w
_J
w
f-
~
0
<(
m TITLE DRAW No.
0
w
(/)
R GENERATOR MEASURE
CIRCUIT (EM'CY GEN.) KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ES09
S9
No. 46
DD-01
<D co
- 5001 I ,_
~]
1-- I
5002 FROM AC220V FEEDER PANEL I
64V
6003 S7 I
I
I
I
L!) I <!)
I
QT"""r S37-3B TB1 I
CBD 03 I 04 @@&:
I
1501 1503
>--- 0 1 1
I
b
130T014 $ H ]EM'CY GEN.
-I-
-
~ 1502 0
1504
$1H2 ,_
ra"A 43 I 44
I
84EX1 I
HS11 s 19- 2 B
1505 1507 188 A2
ON 9 1 A1 H
'<!- v
- f-
n ,...,
- I f-
I
~ I
I
0
<(
I
c.o I
Vi I
w I
C'-
C'- I "'
I
"
I
I
I
I
0 -
I
~
CD & TITLE DRAW No.
(/)
w R HEATER CIRCUIT KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736ES16
S16
No. 47
DD-01
2 3 4 7 8
T
ACBl
(AME "B" TYPE)
zw w
UJ
II..
0
g
tJ
1m2
3
5
7 B
4
6
Tl ]
T2
TRIP CIRCUIT
CS11 ACB OPEN CIRCUIT
<
Ul ] UVT/OCR SOURCE
9 I ACBX12 (AC220V)
58 U2
1431 AXbl
I
l :[ ~
1 AXel
9 B4MX1 CS11
S20-2A OPEN AXol
2 P1 CONTROL SOURCE
(AC220V) .
P2
84CTX
ACBl B4EX 152CX
48
SCX1 9A 28 1414 58 14151 OFF] OPEN/RESET
.r
1412 1413 1 CIRCUIT
1405 S25 1415
R AXb1 03 04
21 22 AXel 3
AXa1
~ Albl
F
10 B4MX1 12 ACBX12 4 CLOSE 1423
~ 1421
;[
S20-2A 1418 ALcl
1
----~ 43AX
r 27BT 15 r 84CT ALal
1~
1407 9 9 18
WUl 1422
10 18 28 18 48
ACBX12 1417
84G 27B
56
S20-2B
8 ~ 1416
"'
;!: ~
1420
ACB2.
S20-9A
~
"'
;o
1:J
~e
Sl 151X
,; S37-78
0 1426
<( ON ] CLOSE CIRCUIT
0> T
Vi DRM CAD DRM DRM
-r-
RE11 DRM DRM RE11
...
w
1>-
T 1
a
8 8 551-28 A E
"',>;
0 28
537-4A
0>
38
0
I ENG. OPERAllON EM'CY GEN. VOLTAGE ACB CLOSE ACB CLOSE CIRCUIT
0 SWITCH "AUTO" RUN BUILD-UP T
I
"'
0
0
N
u
w TITLE DRAW No.
..J
w
I- R ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (E/G)
KT -14153
"'"' E
0
<(
Cl
v -KTE
-
file name SHEET
1ii
w
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 8
1736ES19 No.
9
48
DD-02
5 6 I 7 9
I 2 _l_
' 4 _l B
't 't 1 (A;'~,)

MSB SOURCE !
I
UVT TIME DELAY
CONTROLLER
R S T __j 5 14
5421 D1 ~
r1-r1----l
UDC21 UVT SOURCE
,---------< 7 16 5422 D2~
r----~]G
SHORE SOURCE
13
S25 23
24
IACB2
9A
L+ I
I
14
23
] S37-1B
mi)5401 T51 5403 5404 U1 ~ MOTOR

z0
;::
Lt, 24
~
I
3A CHARGING/CLOSING iii 33
5402 5405 U2
L+
SOURCE (AC220V) 0
n_
< ~
3A 40DVA NOR oTEST 31 ACBX11 34
z
AC460/230V 43-11A 0
32 S19-4B 5412 ;:: I 43
TEST 0
MODE
22
21 ACB2
9A
9 84MX2
1 ~
R1 ~ TRIP RELAY
SOURCE
R2~ (AC220V)
w
z
z
0
0
L+ I
44
53
5413
11 151X1 84MCX
~
z
0 L+ 54
';'
Ji;> 537-68 ~ 0 I 11
54131 5416
r--g 5
5418 AI~
CLOSING
I'!
...: L_j_ 12
s
"'wn_
~~~ ~ $~:~
CIRCUIT
A2~
0 21
5411
5415
14
5417
14
w
a::
...:
:c
l 22
31
84 84 0
f-
' '1
C M .
1 1
§:
Ill
Ill
l I
32
41
] S19-6B f-
DRM DRM RE11 DRM DRM

~
l ] S37-2B
a l
519 5:1!519-28
537-5A
b
a~b
3
4A
A 1551-2A
4A
s±j +aj 9
5~
I 84MTX
4A
:c
0
f-
§:
42
51
AC440V BUS
SET:1sec 5419 C1~
Ill
x
::>
<(
l 52
ACB OPEN OPEN CIRCUIT

C2~
~
0
<(
0
~
......"'w
Ill
ffi[)
10A
1-
r1
(TID 5301 @l
--11:21---'='---------'
3A
5302
r a
CAD
519-68 ~olo-
312 I~
ON
OFF
~ PT51 5103 (F5 l-l)5104

=r=l
ro-
321
;;:;
0
I 1-1----'-!ZI-----i ~5JOL
RJ ~ lA
S 51V
BUS
S9 324
I
ON
I
80
...~
...g::
3A AC460/115V
50 VA
- f - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
:J 8 BUS
S30
TITLE
o-3=2=2~-Q..J~~~ OFF
I LLt DRAW N.o.
...
......... ACB CONTROL CIRCUIT (BUS- TIE)
KT-14153
~[;l KTE file name

1736ES20
I s20 'SHEET
No. 49
Wl~~~--~--~--~--~--~~~~---s~~~--~~---7=-~--~---T--~~~
42Dx297 mm) 1 1 2 1 3 I 4 I s 1 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
IR
~
s Tl
ACBX11
[S51]----,
I I
S19-4B M1
2554 2555
<0 tO
21 22
I
I I
1 1 1- - - - I
I Axb
ACB3
S21
I
I
I
I
I I
2553
,--- M~ _ _ j
I
Axb
Axb
ACB2
S20
ACB1
I
I
I
ItO
I
I
S19
A1 I
LOCATED IN EACH GEN.

PANEL OF MSBD
~-
~
~ GL
R S T
2515
2518
3A 50 VA 1A
3:
AC460/115V
"0
o 2562
:]~
CT 58
;1j40VA
~ 750/5A k 2563 P1 P2 P3
w
<:'-• 1L ( SL57) N
<:'-•
-.;t 2564
~ CT 57 3L
~ 15VA KWH
k 2565
;;:; 750/SA 1S
I
0
2566
I 3S
n
0
0 I k
N I I
<:'-•
<:'-• R s T
~
<:'-•
<:'-•
<:'-•
<:'-·
( SHORE )
<:'-•
<:'-•
<:'-•
0
<(
1.0 TITLE DRAW No.
N
(/) SHORE CONNECTION &
w R CONTROL CIRCUIT KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE
21 Ox297(mm)
- 1736ES25
S25
No. 50
DD-01
3 4 5 7
AC440V BUS AC440V BUS AC440V BUS AC440V BUS

1R 1R
s 1R S T I S TI ·s T1
CT 53 CT 54 CT 55 CT 56
SVA 5VA 5VA 5VA
100/SA 100/SA 100/SA
e.,.
100/SA
--r
R S
s R S s s
IAC4~0V
rl
~ ~
1
YARD CABLE I IAc4 40V YARD CABLE I YARD CABLE YARD CABLE
S3D . S30 S30 530
( P4801) ( P4803) ( P4901) ( P4816)
No.1 EM'CY TRANSFORMER No.2 EM'CY TRANSFORMER EM'CY FIRE PUMP No.1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR
1. RAliNG CURRENT : SBA 1. RATING CURRENT : 5BA 1. SETTING : 75Ali,. 1.. SETTING : 75A £
2. CT RATIO : 100/5A 2. CT RATIO : 100/SA (MOTOR RATED CURRENT : 57.1A) (MOTOR RATED CURRENT : 55.4A)
3. THERMAL RELAY SET : 2.9A 3. THERMAL RELAY SET : 2.9A 2. CT RATIO : 100 /5A £a 2. CT RATIO: 100/SA
(100% SET OF RATING CURRENT) (100% SET OF RATING CURRENT) 3. OVER CURRENT TRIP 3. OVER CURRENT TRIP
4. MCCB : ABS-103c/INST 750A 4. MCCB : ABS-103cjiNST 750A £ -SETTING : 3.75A (131% SET OF RATING CURRENT) -SETTING : 3.75A (135% SET OF RATING CURRENT) "'
4. MCCB : ABS-103c/INST 750A 4. MCCB : ABS-103c/INST 750A
0
I
0
I
t')
0
0
"l
u
~
w
& TITLE DRAW No.
TRANSFORMER & FEEDER
1- R PROTECT CIRCUIT KT-14153
"' E
5<{
10 v file nome SHEET
N
l!l KTE 1736ES26 No. 51
42Dx297(mm) I 2 3 4 5 7 9 DD-02
tO
EL EL EL to
1301
~ [ ~----~1=30=2--------------+---~
~ T----~1=30=3--------------+-----+-~--~
ES51 1-
1306 ---+--- 1304
J,.r-'-"-~~~~~N:O:f..LII
- ..o-~:-::-102=------,
1305
m
NC1 '""NC2 I
r--o;!;-----;\o.--------,
~~
6 8 1307 I()
4 o!----'=.:..__---fo( M0
~ ~ --...!..!.:110""------6--10~0
[ 1104
5 1308 51
GRS
3 51 -
0
SET: 50KO
I
S37-8B
EM'CY AC440V BUS (LOCATED ON EM'CY GEN. PANEL)

------------------------------.-------------------------'-
EL EL EL
r---- -
6201
~ ~ -----i---'6=20=2'------------------+---------+
~ [ T~r+J--'6=20=3~-------------+-----+-+---~
- ES61
6206 ---+--- 6204
0"1
J_r---=~~'----~~N.,-;:-O,-o1P-LI
_ I
..o-))=102~""1
6205
:;::
'0 NC1 '""NC2 I
0<( r------*------;0.----------,
6 8
190m
N
r-- 6207
N 4 MO
(/)
w 6208 (
5 01-----=-=:=--------'\-0 61
"'"'
l.()
r0
0
.. GRS
61
0
I SET: 50KO
0 I
I
r0
0
0
N
u S37-9B
w
_J
w
I-
::,::
EM'CY AC220V. BUS (LOCATED ON EM'CY AC220V FEED. PANEL)
0
<(
r-- TITLE DRAW No.
N
(/)
w R EARTH TESTING CIRCUIT KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
KTE 1736ES27
S27
No. 52
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
2 3 4 5 6 '7 B
~ (F52-1)
R -iZI--'5""2""01'---,T52 5203
3A
"'
... ..,
"' ...,., ...,
"' ...
0
"'
:g :ri
"'
til "'
"' "'
"'
:g "'
"'
51 L1 52 L2 53 L3 54 L4 55 L5 56 l6 R
LFD
LINE FAULT DETECTOR
(LFD-10PB)
540
s CAD
200VA
AC460/230V ~-7B
&
1sf -if-
ES1 ES2
~ ES3
sf tsf
ES4 LT2
aT
CT
EM'CY STOP LOCAL FIRE C02 TRIP

FIGHTING TRIP
&
13 13 15EX31 13 15EX41
14 14 SA 14 5A
TR & FEEDER
"'
;.
"0
PROTECT CIRCUIT
,.; 526 'EL':_:..J
"GsPJ
0
<(
0
~
IP4706 I
.,..
w
.,..
I
I
I') SHT
___ _j
I
0 s
I
0 ES1+CT+LT2 ES4
,), &
0
0
"l
u
~ TITLE DRAW No.
w
.... EM'CY STOP & FOAM TRIP CIRCUIT KT-14153
"'...,
0
~ KTE file name SHEET

~ - 1736ES30 No. 53
~4~2~Dx~2~97~('m-m')~1~----.----~2~----.-----3.-----.-----4.-----,,----~5~~----~~~----~L-------r-------~7~-------,--------~B~-------;L----L--~9~D~D~-~0~2~
2 5 7
8101 p
p
c,l~ 3-11l s11110X nll B4EX 11b ~--f.~_!3_XJ,?__ ~1

10!1 B4MX1
s S20-2A
NOT LAMP
TEST
5 58 7 S19-2B 7 S19-5B 3
"'
iii
8103 LT1
31 SCX1
~o ~ :2 .... ----s25
< S51 V 1ii 1ii iii ~ 32
....
iii "'
1ii
-"
N
8102
~· L
~" L
~" L
~' L
cf' cf' N
AUTO E/G CLOSE OPEN MSB DC 24V
STAND-BY RUN SOURCE SOURCE
E/G ACB
p 8101
A17 .A
13
~---~g!:J,?___ ~,
S20-9A 42
03
1188H
S16
r--
I
I
3R-2B
ABNOR.
Alc1
I ACB1
S19-9B
513 ACB2
S20-9B
GRS51
52'7
GRS61
52'7
14 04 I Alai 514
I
I RESET
I
LT1 8103 I [!l
I
Jl ---as ~.A Jl
I
L-- :.::; ,.,
"'
1:j
"'"' ~ 1ii
~
1ii 151X1 30MX1 30MX2
1ii 1ii
~ 5 5 BB
"'
[;j
SL23 SL22 SL14 14 14 14 14 14
N 8102
CLOSE OPEN SPACE DRM
HEATER
1
BUS TIE ACB
A
55
0
I AUTO ST-BY ACB ABNOR. TRIP AC440V AC220V
0 EM'CY D/G EM'CY D/G LOW INSULATION
I
"'
0
0
"l
(J
~ TITLE DRAW No.

w
SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT
1-
Rf - - - - + - - - 1 KT-14153
"',.,
~ vE~--+--~-----------~---.-,-----;
file name SHEET --
"'~ KTE 1736ES37 No. 54
420x297(mm) 1 2 4 5 7 8 9 DD-02
3 4 5 7 8
LFD GAU10
S30-7A
ALARM TERMINAL BOARD
(HGAU-208) 27CX GROUP ALARM UNIT 1
S30-3A
GROUP ALARM UNIT
~
S37-7B
REO EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT
1 UNE FAULT
...ill&
S37-.7B
30MX1 EM'CY STOP CIRCUIT
2 REO
S37-BB SOURCE FAILURE
30MX2
S37-9B 3 REO E/G ACB ABNORMAL
4 REO BUS-~E ACB ABNORMAL
5 REO AC440V LOW INSULA~ON
6 RED AC220V LOW INSULA ~ON
LED
NO. NAME
COLOR
LAMP TEST 3-11L * ~ME-DELAY 0-60 SEC. ADJ.
FLICK STOP 3R-29
&.
ALARM
24V 1A
2ND ALARM
P JQ OC24V
N~
CNN4
,....,...
TITLE DRAW No.
GROUP ALARM UNIT
Rl---t-------1 (KTMS-20-10) KT-14153
vE~-~~---4-------------------------+------~--~------;
file nome SHEET
420x297(mm) 1 2 3 4 5
KTE
-
1736ES40
7
No. 55
8 9 DD-02
1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I I B I
1 1 1I
1 MAIN SWBD
EM'CY D/G CONT. PANEL FOR E/GEN. BA TIERY CHARGER I * TG1 : TOGGLE SW ..J
WILL BE PROVIDED <{
TERMINAL SIDE mZ
u"
..:iii
"'us-
wga
"""""'
owN
Il-u
VJ~~
..
I-
---
MAIN SWBD
..J
;;: z
<{
n."- "-
>- Ow
m ..J z 1-u :::;;
1-I
Ill
& <{
:::;; ::= ::=
0
F ci zp Ill""
>-=> ""wz
z..J
""zm oz
..JO
oz
..JO ..J
<{
.... ..1 ·""
Z<I:..J
WI <I: w
..J
uo :i~
~~
0 0 <{
1- W<{ "'::>
::>
z
::> e>:::;; >F
o<
>F
o<
:::;; ulll
0~
e>u:::;;
>- -~
Dl
w< w"'
w "" ""
>-Ui
<{
"" >-""
•uo z
<{
0
o..,...J
ffi~~
oN..J
m"'=> ""
0
oz o:;= Pl=z
~>:=!
0<{
!>:<{
ow
OS
mu Pz
"
.......
w "w
....... :::;;m
w<
m
(/)
w
w<~
UlUUl
w<~
UDl
co<
uo
CO..J
:;;..:co
wen
(/)<{
Ill:
Ill CO
(/)~
wu
:::;;::::>
WI>:
I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
);2.§. __ ~ 1?7___ 12~-- • !~-- 1_~:!___ ___ r3~ 1.~-r~~- ~5-~1~6-~1-~Z.... • 13B:r3~ ~_o___ 14;?___ 14; 3!_i~----------------------- -------la>
1 1 1 1
_____ • 1=?)r12_=? ___ r123____ r124;_ .111,1. 11-1
...
~
10
~
r!.
~
en
~
;;
w 1110X
6
537-58
~
m
5
9
I519-28
B4EX
-~
L______j
I
1 ~
m
~
m
~
m
11 30MX1
3 537-BB
N
m
~
m
1 30MX2
3 537-98
L______j
~
I
L______j
~
I
~
~
m
[___.J
I
~
m
:t
m
~
en
13
14
ISCX2
525
~
c;;
43
44
ISCX1
525
~
m
ct~~
m
31 27CX
32 S30-3A
m
~
m
I EGSP
&
(E2)
'j' 4A 6A 7A 4A
0 .
0
N
cJ
w
..J &. TITLE DRAW No.
w
1- R OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT
KT-14153
"'
0
<
Iii
Ill
w
E
v -KTE file name
1736ES51
I I
551 SHEET
Na. 56
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DO 02
2 4 I 5 7 I 8
EM'CY STOP BOX

I WATER MIST LOCAL p /P
STARTER FOR LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING
I CONNECTION BOX FOR
C02 RELEASE ALARM
I E/G ACB CLOSE SIGNAL !-
I
INN. CONN. -
EM'CY GEN. RM SUPP. FAN
(FIRE CONTROL STATION) &,
(LT2)
I
I
I
aJ (fj
~ I
I
:i
"'w ~ ~
...I
1-
0
0 Cl
<w
(!)l3
...... ...I
I
I w
(.!)
r--,--,--,--, ,-, ,-, WO I

1
---rr rr± r----- Tr-r---

I
I
/,1 /,1 /,1 /,1 I
I
/,1 &
I
I
/,1
I
I
I
I I
I I
I
-r'-r'-
I???? ~I? ~I? II II
~ ~ ~
I
2103 1
...: (P ) I I I I I I I . I I I I I I
_L_- j_-- ~"''[,~,- _L_- -~..,~::-------

I
01
n
~
I
0
n
~
T0 n
~
LJ41 ls19-4B Lr'S19-2B
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
&. TITLE DRAW No.

R OUTSIDE CONNECTION CIRCUIT KT-14153
;;
...:
"'l!l
E
v
KTE file name .,
1308ES52
552
l
SHEET
No. 57
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
1 I 2 3" 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 9
TIME - CURRENT CHARACTERISTIC 1) NETWORK

WHEN IS EM'CY GEN. RUNNING
4
(2' 0' D/G
3
2 (i)
ACB
HOUR- 1
®0 ®0
50
40
30
20
SHT SHT c~))MCCB
(
CT CT <(
10 150/5,6; OCR 100/M OCR
@ ®
5
4
3
2
MIN-1
50
40
30
20
10
-
5
4
3 2) PROTECTIVE DEVICE
2 w
CIRCUIT
BREAKER SETIING VALUE
> CIRCUIT
0::.
::>a No.
SEC-1
uz TYPE RAT( A) LONG 11ME SHORT 11ME ~ST
KA)
1120%
1 P4601 AME38 193A 222 40SEC 772A 1350ms 2.3KA
0.5
0.4
0.3 INST.
2 £4901 ABS-103c 750A 0.75KA
w 0.2
*RAllNG
::!: *SEPARA 1E OCR
(LRJD-086) CURRENT : 57.1A
i= 0.1 *OVER CURRENT
*C.T : 100/5A TRIP- Setting :
3.75A(57.1A)
0.05
l [Q
0.0· IN ST.
3 P4B01,03 ABS-103 0.75KA
n.uu 750A
n 02 *SEPARA1E OCR *RAllNG
(LR3D-086) CURRENT : 59A
*OVER CURRENT
0.01· *C.T : 100/5A TRIP- Setting :
2.95A(59A)
4 P4701 ABS-103 60A 0.6KA

l{)
<'! lfl 0 lfl 0'0 0 lfl
"' x10 v v v
<D l'!Xlm l{) <D ,..._ IXl m N l{) <D I'OOC»O
"' "' "' ~
"'
~ ~ ~ l{) ~ ~ ~
II x10 2 II x10 3
CURRENT(A) I SHEET NO.

1736ED11 58
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02.
EM'CY GROUP STARTER
SHIP OWNER L.G.R FLAG OF SHIP ITALIAN
tO rJ)
KIND OF SHIP 51 K PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER CLASSIFICATION RINA
TYPE DEAD FRONT SELF SUPPORTING

1-
FRONT : DOOR (HINGE) REAR : TIGHTEN UP SCREW
ENCLOSURE
SIDE : TIGHTEN UP SCREW BOTTOM :OPEN
PAINT COLOR
(MUNSELL No.)
OUTSIDE : 7.5 BG 7/2
INSIDE : MAKER STANDARD
AMBIENT TEMP. 45"C .
DRAWING & MATERIAL OF PHENOLIC I[)
DOCUMENT ENGLISH
NAME PLATE
CABLE LEAD-IN LOWER

-
SIGNAL LAMP BA9s 24V 2W, 220V 2W
OVERLOAD THERMAL TYPE ; 2 PHASE WITH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION

PROTECTOR (MANUAL RESETTING SYSTEM)
...
MAIN POWER AC 440 V 3 ¢ 60Hz
SOURCE
CAPACITY
CONTROL
CIRCUIT AC 220 V 20V
. 1-
MATERIAL COPPER (SURFACE : TIN COATING) I')
R (U) (Z) : RED P :RED

IDENTIFICATION S (V) (X) : WHITE N :BLUE
OF POWER T (W) (Y) : BLUE *EARTH WIRE : GREEN & YELLOW
BUS BAR
1-
PHASE ARR'G LEFT TOP FRONT
PHASE (S) (V)
OF BUS BAR
RIGHT BOTTOM REAR
<'I
MAIN CIRCUIT : 0.6/1 KV SCP
INTERNAL WIRING
CONT. CIRCUIT : 0.6/1 KV SYP or UL STYLE 1015
660V SYP
I")
l!)
REMARK
a, -
r--
0
I
5
I")
0
0
N
u
w
_J
I HULL No.
ORDER No.
S-1736 S-1737
KTB-10083 KTB-10084
------ -------
1---
1--
~
w
MACHINERY No. M0180-10 M0182-1 0
1-
::,.::: -------- ~
0
<(
TITLE DRAW No.
C)
w
w R GENERAL SPECIFICATION KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EEG1 No. 59
DD-01
BASIC SYMBOLS SWITCH GEAR ACCESSORIES
ONE CONDUCTOR OR A GROUP OF
*
SEVERAL CONDUCTORS DISCONNECTING SWITCH OR
TWO CONDUCTORS 2 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER \D
(MULTILINE REPRESENTATION)
~
TWO CONDUCTORS
(SINGLE-LINE REPRESENTATION)
n
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
n CONDUCTORS
(SINGLE-LINE REPRESENTATION) (WITH SHUNT TRIP COIL)
I CROSSING WITHOUT ELECTRICAL 2
I CONNECTION
I
1
I
BRANCH ·oF CONDUCTORS
JUNCTION OF CONDUCTORS
-e- UNDER VOLTAGE TRIPPING COIL
OF CIRCUIT BREAKER
-Z::::::r- RESISTANCE OR RESISTOR --o~ SWITCH (GENERAL) SINGLE THROW

RESISTOR WITH MOVING CONTACTOR
lf)
---B.c:5= GENERAL SYMBOL
--o~ SWITCH (GENERAL) DOUBLE THROW
lf)
~ INDUCTANCE OR INDUCTOR
--l f-- CAPACITANCE, CAPACITOR TERMINALS
-o-- RELAY COIL, GENERAL SYMBOL

C1 C2 C3 ~--
f.- TERMINAL MARK
..L
HULL CONNECTION (EARTH)
P-2801
TPYC 2.0
- - CABLE NO
CABLE SIZE
-
--@--- BELL 0
TERMINAL
-@--- BUZZER 0 0
'----.J
0 JOINT TERMINALS
----- MECHANICAL COUPLING '<t

.GENERAL SYMBOL
--0~ SWITCH, GENERAL SYMBOL ~ EQUIPMENT OF OUTSIDE
--o~ THREE POLE SWITCH, SINGLE

REPRESENTATION -Ern- -B- EQUIPMENT OF OTHER UNIT
----«---o-
---o
CHANGE OVER CONTACT
BREAK BEFORE MAKE POWER & RELAY CONTACT
-
~
M(cKE BEFORE BREAK)CONTACT a b
OVER LAP CONTACT
CONTACTOR NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT(GENERAL) OF
----11-- (MAIN) -o~ ---Q-o-
MANUAL CONTACT
CONTACTO~ NORMALLY CLOSE
-+t- MAIN) --L_ MANUALY OPERATED AUTO C")
--o -----o-- MAKE CONTACTOR (a CONTACTOR) -o o-- ---Q__..L.9-

RESET CONTACT
GENERAL SYMBOL
-L- MANUALY OPERATED AUTO RESET
BREAK CONTACTOR (b CONTACTOR) --o o-- -Q..__j,_Q-
--<L-.J>---
GENERAL SYMBOL CONTACT(WITH LOCKING DEVICE)
--o= o-- ~
MECHANICAL CONTACT
----!:2:}-- FUSE HAND-RESET CONTACT
-o---*-o-- ---o__p- (THERMAL RELAY)
0 GENERATOR
-o- -o--
RELAY CONTACTOR OR AUX.
® MOTOR ---Q____p-
SWITCH CONTACTOR
cv ·~ SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER WITH

-o
____6__
o-- -Q_.L'-..9---
CONTACTOR WITH TIME LIMIT OPERATION cv
~ SEPARATOR WINDINGS (ON DELAY TYPE)
CONTACTOR WITH TIME LIMIT OPERATION

-o--v-o--
~
AUTO-TRANSFORMER ~o- (OFF DELAY TYPE)
THREE PHASE
-o---*-o- -o~o- LATCHING RELAY CONTACT -

~ CURRENT TRANSFORMER
~I SEMICONDUCTOR DIODE OR
RECTIFIER GENERAL SYMBOL GANG SWITCH MANUALLY OPERATED
-oro-oro- RESIDUAL CONTACT
0 VOLTMETER
0
@
AMMETER
INSULATION RESISTANCE METER

~
--o
C CONTACTOR -
@ RUNNING HOUR METER CONTROL SWITCH(CAM TYPE) OR
-----f'-.-j- CONTROLLER CONTACT
® INDICATING LAMP
TITLE DRAW No.

R BASIC SYMBOL KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
-
KTE STARTER003 No. 60
DD-01
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS
CHANGEOVER SWITCH TIME RELAY (ON DELAY TYPE)

~ No
MANU : (1-2) ON,(1-3) OFF
INPUT
(1-2)
a
ON~
OFF
ON
AUTO AUTO : (1-2) OFF,( 1-3) ON
(3-4) OFF
a ON
CHANGEOVER SWITCH (5-6) OFF _ _ L[)
No.1 : (1-2)0N, (1-3) (1-4) OFF 7

SET TIME
No.2 : (1-3)0N, (1-2) (1-4) OFF
No.3 : (1-4)0N, (1-2) (1-3) OFF TIME RELAY (OFF DELAY TYPE)
TEST SWITCH FOR SEQUENCE INPUT

(1-2) ON~
OFF
.
TEST NORMAL · a ON 1-
NORMAL : (3-5) (4-6) ON (3-4) OFF
( 1-5) (2-6) OFF a ON
TEST : ( 1-5) (2-6) ON (5-6) OFF _ _
7
(3-5) (4-6) OFF SET TIME
CONTROL SWITCH
(CAM SWITCH)
STOP ALARM SIGNAL _1_ 2 3
*~ ~
WHEN MANUAL STOP
(1-2) SLOW ACTION
(3-4) QUICK ACTION : ---+++--+ + - - - - - - + - - 1 :
-
I 88
If~
I
L__ J
· 3-Loi-----..o 1--W---2 1 NOTCH
(1-3) ON, (2-4) OFF
2 NOTCH
3~4
(1-3)(2-4) OFF
3 NOTCH
lAP (1-3) OFF, (2-4) ON
~ OVERCURRENT RELAY
--!II--] MAIN
----111--CONTACT
MAIN MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
----Ill-- MANUAL RESET TYPE
coNTACT a __J_
--=-o
CONTA~ CONTACT
1 o--] AUX. ·
51
HEATER
~
~~T AUTO RESET TYPE

~ ~_j__o-a]
N
~~o->a'----"-'CO:.:.:N..::..TA=-CT'- AUXILIARY RELAY

b CONTACT
~
KEEP (LATCHING) RELAY -
WHEN @ IS ENERGIZED
'a. CONTACT IS KEPT ON
'b. CONTACT IS KEPT OFF
WHEN @IS ENERGIZED
'a. CONTACT IS KEPT OFF
'b. CONTACT IS KEPT ON
~
0
....0
~~------~----~-T-IT_L_E----------------------~0-R_A_W __N_o_.--------~
~
~ R1---1-----1 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR KT -14153

~ E ELECTRICAL APPARATUS
~vj-----t----t------------:;;;;~-------------t~~::JI--~~~~--~
KTE file name SHEET
g STARTER004 No. 61 -
N~~~~--~------_.--------------------------------~------~--~~--~~~~
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
1 2 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 I 8 9
DESCRIPTION OF STARTER LIST
CURRENT UNDER VOLT.

MCCB & MCS NP CABLE TYPE MOTOR SPEC. TRANSFORMER FEATURE
START. AMETER SEQ. AUTO AUTO
No. u s E CIRC. No. TYPE RHM TIME CHANGE ST/SP REMARK
TYPE I7Jr 1 AUX 1 SHT 1 M.T TPYC-1 TPYCY-1 CAPA. CURRENl HEATER
(KW) (A)
METH.
TYPE I Q'TY
MANU., AUTO
OPER. OPER.
(sec) BY BY
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (1 0) (11) (12) (13) ( 14) (15) (16) ( 17) (18) (1 9) (20) (21) (22)
< <(
(1) ITEM NUMBER (12) MOTOR SPECIFICATION (RATING CURRENT)
(2) SERVICE NAME PLATE (13) MOTOR SPECIFICATION (SPACE HEATER CAPACITY)
(3) CIRCUIT NUMBER (14) STARTING MElHOD
(4) MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR MOLDED CASE SWITCH L : DIRECT ON LINE LR : DIRECT ON LINE(REVERSIBLE)
(s) RATING CURRENT SD : OPEN STAR-DELTA CSD : COLOSED STAR-DELTA
(6). AUXILIARY CONTACT AT: AUTO TRANSFORMER 2S : TWO SPEED
(7)
f-
SHUNT COIL (15) AMMETER
EMERGENCY STOP, PREFERENCE TRIP, FOAM TRIP, (16) CURRENT TRANSFORMER
C02 TRIP, OVERCURRENT TRIP (17) RUNNING HOUR METER
(B) MOUNTING BASE TYPE (18) UNDER VOLTAGE FEATURE (MANU-AUTO or LOCAL-REMOTE)
PF: SOURCE SIDE - - - PLUG-IN TYPE UVP : UNDER VOLTAGE PROTECTION
LOAD SIDE - - - FIXED TYPE UVR : UNDER VOLTAGE RELIEASE
P: PLUG-IN TYPE (19) SEQUENTIAL START TIME
F : FIXED TYPE ONn : WITH TIMER
(9) NAME PLATE TYPE (20) AUTO CHANGE BY

m m
(10) MOTOR CABLE PS: DISCHARGE PRESSURE DOWN
NO MARK: AC 0.6/1KV CABLE NV: NO VOLTAGE
"L'' MARK : AC250V CABLE (21) AUTO START/STOP BY
(11) MOTOR SPECIFICATION (CAPACITY) (22) REMARK
TITLE DRAW No.

R DESGRIPTION OF STARTER LIST KT-:-14153
E
v
KTE
-
file nome
STARTER016
I I SHEET
No. 62
420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 DD 02
2 3 _l 4 I 5 6 7 8 9
MCCB & MCS CABLE lYPE CURRENT UNDER VOLT.

ITEM MOTOR SPEC. START. AMETER TRANSFORMER FEATURE SEQ. AUTO AUTO
u s E CIRC. No. NP RHM
No. TIME CHANGE ST/SP REMARK
RAT. lYPE F- METH. (BE-48) {H57)
BY BY
lYPE (A) AUX SHT M.T TEY TEYCY- TPYCY- CAPA. CURR\'NT
(KW) (A)
SPACE
lYPE Q'lY MANU AUTO (sec)
HEATER OPER. OPER.
SNP6 EM'CY GROUP

STARTER PANEL 9A r---
ESl 245VA
E1 No.2 E/R SUPP./EXH. FAN f4701,011 ABS-103c 60 en PF 6C 4x2 15 ltd. 27.4 •w !&!, 35V so 0-40 1 UVR
l/d.LT2 lt.\ 25
49VA E/G RUN

E2 EM'CY GEN RM SUPPLY FAN P4705 ABS-103c 15 ES3 PF 6C 2.5 2.2 4.5 •w L 0-7.5 UVP
SIGNAL
lid. lid. l/d.35V
49VA
E3 S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN P4706 ABS-103c 15 ES4 PF 6C 2.5 1.5 3.3 •w r--- L 0-5 UVP
< l/d.35V <
21VA
E4 C02 ROOM EXH. FAN P4712 ABS-103c 15 ES3 PF 6C lt.\ 2.5 lid. •w 0-3
~
lt.\0.75 1.9 L ~UVP
fct,
"'
"'
;:
"0
,..:
0
0::
w * NOTE
f-
0::
1) SPACE HEATER
;! .&,. TITLE DRAW No.
Ill - *E : ELEMENT lYPE : EH AC220V ( )W
- *W : WINDING lYPE : WH AC440V/( )V, ( )A or AC440V/( )V, ( )VA
ID
N
2) AMMETER (BE-48)
R SPECIFICATION OF STARTER KT-14153
I
n
0
I
"'
0
0
N
- WITHOUT C.T : In < 30A {0-40~BOA)
- WITH C.T : In ~ 30A (0-50~100/SA)
- RANGE : 0 - ( ) ~ ( ) x 2 [/SA]
E
v
KTE
-
file name
1736ESA1
I I SHEET
No. 63
420x297(mm) 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
1 2 3 4 L 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 9
TRANSFORMER
~
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR & OVER CURRENT RELAY FUSE CONTROL UNIT
ci~ a:
CTR WTR a:> "' ZN
~
UJo w
N
LC1-0( )M7 LR3-0( ) . SC-( )
NO:AC220V,60Hz *4:AC440V, 60Hz
MT-( )
~~ e:; ~
~
0
IXl ••
SB-C1
'N 5~ [L i'fi1
<L-¢ r-'<~"
N
:::l.q-
m,.
No. u s E IN ~ui zz a: ?5
~
:r:~ ::::JN
AC220V, 60Hz 2P ELEMENT SD:*S~r(88,88-1J !) 2P ELEMENT "' ~ ~~ ( )A ~
Ull f--- ol
ATR:*A 6,88-1,8 -2
0"'
~~~ 6-'1'~ :::::::
0
1 ,_.a ~"' Ul
UJ
0 ¥ Cl -
z:I: ffi~ a:~ Q:f (2~
<0 <0 <0 <0 <0
ssoffi. c c c c c 0c 0c c c c c OCR ~11' ~11' '<I" l'!l .... [L <( I
o'f ;::I I>: I bUJ
"' "'
0 ~
IXl
~
It)"'
"' "'
TYPE RANGE
A
0
It)
It)
<0
It)
"'
It)
OJ
0
~
It)
~
IXl
~
It) 0
0
"'"' "'
0 0
0
"'
'<I" <0
TYPE RANGE
srrr- 5i6.. 5i6-. '<I"
0
<( ~
O<L F1
~~ ~"' x2
**
F2
x1
F3
x1
F4
x2
F5
x1
F6
x1
F7
x1
I
~
I
~
0
::0
UJ
~m
;;<UJ "-> 00
wl
0~ :::>r- ...JN
wm
SNP6 EM'CY GROUP

STARTER PANEL
s·
~ ;/
E1 No.2 E/R SUPP./EXH. FAN 326 23~32 27.4 120 35 ~00 10 05WR
IA3
;,.. lA
E2 EM'CY GEN RM SUPPLY FAN 2 4.5
... ~06 4~6 80 35 IA80 1 1 1
IA2
02W
...
kh
E3 S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN 2 086 2.5~4 3.3 80 35 IA80 1 1 , IA2 01W
E4 C02 ROOM EXH. FAN 2

1~76 1.6~2.5
~-9 80 35 60 1 1
A1 lA, kl, 01W
A
., .,
"
"0
oxi
5
"'~ .&,. TITLE DRAW No .
"'>' &
Ill R SPECIFICATION OF STARTER KT-14153
"'"'I
"'I
0
"'
0
0
E
v -KTE file name
1736ESB1
I I SHEET
No. 64
"' 420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 T 7 I 8 I 9 DD 02
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 5 6 7 8 9
SWITCHES RELAY
PILOT LAMP P.8 & HANDLE GV2 ACC'Y
LAMP PUSH 8UTION c.o.s CAM. T.G CONTROL ACC'Y TIMER
NO:XB7-EV6( )P,24V -" -" :J w !:: !:: z~
*A:X85-AV6( ),24V
;;; "'<D
~
r--o
N N
1'-0 ON
-" "'--lO
(.)
"'
:::; __J
0
z "' "' Oco
o,.., I{)
"'
"' 0 I{)
u s "'"' "' If) If) :::;,.., O::l'"l mo (.)<0 w co co (.)
15I "'~I ""i:5I ""~I ""~I

If)
No. E If)
">[ (!) (!) REMARK
*8:XB7-EV( )MP,220V N N
"'"' g~ ON :::; <((/)
ZN a.N' 9;:::
"'I "'I
I{) <D 10 0:::::> m~ z~
If)
0 0 N --lN II
*C:XB5-AV4( ),220V w <(
0:: N ~::> ~~ "10 mz
"' 0:: N fgf( ~~
1'")0 (/)
<(
:J
<( IDz
N
~~ /51 /51 "'
(/)
.... .... I
.... I I"'
0(.) I~ lv "'> lv !l!i I I ·I ~
I .<C
ll:s ll:s ""'

~
If) I{) If)
z ON ov ON 0::0 (.)0 xo f-N XI
w G R y 8 c m
X
m
X
ID
X
ID
X
If)
m
X
ID
X
ID
X
:;::'5
om Iii (}~
<((.) <({.)
{.)<( (.)0 ~:'5 :5:'5 ~:'5
w :'05
0::
>-~
XI
ww
w~
~G
I(/)(!)
>
~~ ~G
EM'CY GROUP
SNP6
STARTER PANEL
E1 No.2 E/R SUPP./EXH. FAN 2 1 LAD-78106

11&.2 /1,1
E2 EM'CY GEN RM SUPPLY FAN 1 1 1 1

<( <(
E3 S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN 1 1 1
E4 C02 ROOM EXH. FAN 1 .1 1
ID ID
,~
oi
5
"'~ .& TITLE DRAW No.
"'~ R
(/)
SPECIFICATION OF STARTER KT-14153
"'"'I E
"'I v
I
0
file nome SHEET
"'
0
KTE 1736ESC1 No. 65
0
"' 420x297 mm 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 "I 9 DD 02

350
tD <D
Ol S N P 6 IO 0
'<!-
N
1-
c:ID @)
- r-
8] ~
A~ 0
0
'<!-
I[) I()
C02 ROOM
EXH. FAN @>
1-
c::::a:::J @>
- -
8] tiD)]
A~ 0
0
'<!-
<t <t
S/G ROOM SUPPLY
FAN @)
1-
0
CIT] @> 0
N
-
[8] ~ N -
A~ 0
0
'<!-
,.., t')
EM'CY GEN RM
SUPPLY FAN @)
1-
ITO @>
- 8] ~ r-
A~~R
No.2 E/R SUP./EXH.
~ FAN
-o N
N 0
0 '<!-
<{ ['.
w
w
(.?
1:'-•
1:'-•
l{)
N
r-
N
0
I
@)
I
~
0
0
"l
0 0
w
_J N
w
r-
~
N
0
<{ TITLE DRAW No.
~
w EM'CY GROUP
w
(.?
R STARTER PANEL ARR'T KT-14153
E
v file name SHEET
21 Ox297(mm)
KTE
- 1736EE91 No. 66
DD-01
v 8
"'I
0
Cl
Cl
EM'CY GROUP STARTER PANEL
l:;:j~
ITEM T/B INPUT/OUTPUT CIRC. CABLE CORE CORE SYMBOL CIRC. w
"' U S E No. No. SIGNAL No. CABLE SIZE POSIT. ~cl'NUJ SYMBOL No. No. CABLE SIZE No. I")
L{)
I ci
VlZ
C)
MOTOR
u R
.,--
-.;t -
SOURCE
P4701
P4701A
TEY-4x2 u v w .,--
w B ci I -I-
z t-
No.2 %R
SUPP. EXH. El z R ~ Q) ~
w E ~
X
~
FAN 0 f-
C CD
y "l
~ B 0::: Q) ';::
C1 1 0
<;::::
"' REMOTEl, C2 2 "'
START/ TOP
C3 3
P4703 MEYS-7 L C4 4
REMOTE L1 5
1--
RUN LAMP L2 6 z 1--
(RPB) w
L3 7 2
w
C1 1 (:>
z
C2 2 <1:
r-
MSBD
REMOTE/
START/STOP
C3
C4
3
4
0:::
0:::
<1:
_J
1E1,
<1:
L1 5 z
P4704 MEYS-12 L
L2 6 ~
0:::
L3 7 w 1--
1--
L4 8 w
_J
ABNORMAL SA 9 1-
sc 10 r=
u R
" EM'CY GEN MOTOR P4705 TEY-2.5 u "'
RM SUPPLY E2 SOURCE v w
FAN
I& w B
E/G RUN K1
"'"'"'~ E/G INN. CONN. K2
L 1--
RUN PANEL TB2 RD1 ~ ~
RD2
MOTOR u R O:::W>
S0G ROOM P4706 TEY-2.5 u•
S PPLY E3 SOURCE v w .,
"' FAN
l!.l, w B 0{)
REMOT~ C1 1 ..- od
START/ OP ~~ I
C2 2 y;J.,_o~ x
REMOTE 'u' '""-'" u
C3 3 uu-1 a..a..
RUN LAMP ~~6b@ 0 1--
L1 4 00)-)-0..-
(RPB) UJUJa..a..tnUl
I..&...LL...~::e 1..&...(3'
~
L2 5
u R ~~~~~~
C02 ROOM MOTOR
SOURCE P4712 TEY-2.5 L v w ~~~~~~
EXH. FAN E4 cici~~d ..
... w B ..,.
··········-
- _..._..UJ
REMOTE/ C1 1
START/STOP o'"(o'(yO
C2 2 1>-1>-wu
P4713 MEYS-7 L C3 3
E~~a:e~
REMOTE
RUN LAMP L1 4 1--
(RPB) L2 5 ~~
..-... .......... ........, I
OIOI -~t
I>- I>-~~>->-
~~~~~l:!.i!=g:
~
8i!=i!=g;g;~~[2[2 ,.,
"E~~~~~~~~
R'.'.'.'.>1";'.'.
.Q..<OlOCOlCI~l{)C.OCO
"£5cidcidNNc::)Q
.....................
~ ..- - _ ..-..-o
._..._.._ _ _ I 1-
~9:!.1:!.1:!.,.!.~
1-1-t-OO::aE::::ELL..U...
c 'N0
I
§
" E
::
'-'- ~
"'
0
"'
~~ E c r-
::::~.5~:8 ~ 1--
I I g' ~ ffi
~lf:O§ ~
·-
3/ ..
Cll...x...x
0 '-'-:;::;
a.ac
0
c:
o-+-~
0
0 ~
..
1--
EE
Q) ~I Q) \...
- =§·· .. §~
1:':! u u a::
::0....1
!t1 c.=..._ -
o~ N
'E
z ~ ~ £.
* ""'
"'0
X
v - ... P'6~0~3l~'o'lS 9Z-£0-£00Z

~
REFER TO SPEC. LIST
\ ~ BBF 88
t- "- u
~~-'
R
s 52 L(A~ v
<.D
T w to
1 2
F! F1 z
X
3 4
---~· I y
6.L l. l.
l.l.J
1
·lrw
2
{'NV hTR
F4
F4
gs;jF
71 ijR
n
8[---ZL-o-
73 FS 75 2 76
9 10
-
FZ
H3
-
H4
28
BBF
0--
29 B8R..,_30 2
4F 88R
&
51,22 2 23 PI-
SMC-405WR 21 24 25-e-
SOURCE
®
G 4R
P2
88F
~
26
SUPPLY
® ~
P3
EXHAUST
® 8BF
__,- 11
19T
13 88-~
n- 4 0--- 6
HEATING
® 88R
55 56
__£__
__,-
@--
S1 31
_§§_
l 12 @----
(N) ~ 52 32
n 68
19T
~~-e>-8
6 88 r--®--- 88
-1
SL2
88-1 ·~
r:----- RPB
J '----- .:_1
~
Y3- ~
ON
4F 4R I
~ I
I
(P) L 33 l I
I
l'~
I
f-01 1 34
51 88-1 X
-><--o -- --<>- 341
88F
- I
~BR
TL2 GL I
I
l TL3 GL
I
I
I
~ l:cz
2 35 I
I
l
I
I
~ 3 36 ST~(F I
'"""-<>
TC3 -oL:I I
3-0 l I
kD- 1 f--o 5 38 S!E_P I
tsr~
"-L I
I
~ 6 39 I
---<i I
Lc~----- .J
re} 4R
3T
4 40
K4C!J. ~---- RPB
w4Fn-~3T,_ ~I N
I 7 41
l"~
I
4~ TL2 GL
I
I
2 I
lTL3
c--: SA 42 I
SA I.
GL
sc 43 I
sc l I
I
~;21
lTC2ST~(F I
~
I
I
I
R
3
lTC3)N
STOP I I
I
H1 r\r~2 I
I
]8
I
TC4
L------ .J
H2
TITLE DRAW No.

0
N R No.2 E/R SUPP./EXH. FAN KT-14153
o;
0
I
E
N
I"')
0
v file name SHEET
KTE
f,l§
L[)
....0
210x297(mrh)
- 1736ESE01
E1
No. 68
DD-01
REFER TO SPEC. LIST
88 51
R u
s A v
<0
T w
F4
. 1 2
F4 ~~~'~78 ..L
F1 F1 a[~
lO
SMC-402W
SOURCE ®
RUN @
HEATING @
S1 31
S2 32
51 88
~+----~~-~~~;-~
42X
39
c-
6 m
I BB
40 I o----1QL...o RD1
7
102 o RD2
N
c:=;:
2 SA
4
[-~
?2 0
H1 74
H2 ]8
OFF~
TITLE DRAW No.

CXl
~ Rr-----T------i EM'CY GEN RM SUPPLY FAN KT-141153

~ E
~ v~-----r-----r------------------------------------------+--------~~--~~----------~
~ KTE file name E
2
SHEET
N - 1736ESE02 No. 69
~~~--------~~--------~------------------------------------------._--------~----~----------~
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
REFER TO SPEC LIST
R ~
I 88 51
--o u
s ~ 52 f;\ --o v
<0
T ~.
\J -.--a w
1 2
g 71 WTR 73 FS
-c;z}>---j
75 2 76
1• +74
~
......-=. 72 77
~
F4 2
F1 ~ t./V0.,AAA
~.
·Y'
8[~-cr-r-
-~~ {'/VVl CTR
SMC-401W 9 10 (1.
F2~j
lf) It)
SOURCE
®
RUN
® H3
-
H4
24 88
250-
HEATING
® ~ 31 4
"-1 ~
51 2
~ >pf-P2 22 23 51
4 88 )----
- 95NC A1
(N) 52 32 rsMf 96NC fBBMS
(P) 33
r---~
L
51 88 'L1~
---01 1 34 ---*-- -
1L2 GL
35 t
---0 2
~i
1-
5
u
0:: f--o
_£_ 3 36 l
TC2
S~T
(3
-'
I TC3
I
0 7 l 4 37
g:
z -0 I
I
~
0
u 3-0
_...!._
5 38 )_
f--o
--01 SL1
I lC.2_ _ _ _ _
~ ~
ON
~
4
(). J
2
-
C<
SA 0
sco
N
4
- -
0
P1 0
[ P2 0
H1
l H2 ]8
2T
r :::--"-0
TITLE DRAW No.

~
"<!-
R1 - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - t S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN KT-14153
f3 E
NO! v~---4-----+---------------------------------+------~----~------~~
8 fiJe name
3
SHEET KTE
5 - 1308ESE3 E No. 70
'<1-~._------~------~--------------------------------_.------~~--~--------~
21 Ox297(mm) DD-01
REFER TO SPEC LIST
R
I 88 51
--o u
s f:\ --o v
~
~ 52
<D T ~ -+--0 w ID
1 2
F4 F5 75 2 76
-{2}
72
1
71 WTR 73
74
-!Z}- >-----! ~
r-71
""i.<:::...r
F4
- +
~ 2
77
F1 [ F1 ~ 8[~-o-r-
' 1\ A 1\ 1\ 'V\!I/VVIJ
·II(V\1) rf'l'l'/'i CTR
SMC-401W 9 10 1-
F20
SOURCE
®
RUN
® H3
-
H4
24
88
25~
HEATING
® 51 31
~ >pf-pz 22
4 2
23 51 &,
~
88 )-
f- 95NC"",.,_T A1
(N) 52 32 [SMf 96NC IBBMS
~ ~
c~~
(P) L 33
51 88 I I
HVl 1 34
""""*""" - 1
TL2
I
GL
I
I
I
2' 35 1 1
f-
5
kV £ 36
~I
lTC2 S~T :
I
u >--0
3
0::
TC3 I
(3
-'
l I I
7 l 37
kV
Q.
4 I I
~
~:
v ~
:z
0
u 3-0
_L_ 38 ).
: I
>--0
5
TC1
L.: _ _ _ _ _ _ ...JI
~I SL1
I
.r. -"'
ON
L-@ 4
('\- J
2
·- SA 0
c6: sco
N 4
- - P1
0 0
[ P2 0 .
H1
l H2 ]8
2T
r :::
-"-
0
TITLE DRAW No.

~ R~------~------, C02 ROOM EXH. FAN KT-14153
v
2~ v~---4-----+----------------------------~---+-------,----~----------i
E
§ KTE file name SHEET
~ 4 1736ESE04 E No. 71
~~._------~------~--------------------------------~------------._--------~
21 Ox297(mm) DD,....:-01
KTE
KTECo.,Ltd.
1497-1, Songjeong-Dong, Gangseo-Gu,
Tel 82-51-265-Q255
Fax 82-51-265-Q250
www.kte.co.kr
1. ON PAGE 02/19 NEW CATEGORY OF CONSUMERS REGARDING BWMS INSTALLATION

ADDED TO THE INDEX LIST.
2. ON PAGE 03/17 POWER CONSUMPTION ON NEW CATEGORY "11. BALLAST WATER

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM" ADDED TO THE TOTAL POWER LOADS.



6. ON PAGE 7/19 POWER CONSUMPTION OF BWMS EQ22 EDU JUNCTION BOX DEVICE
ADDED TO EMERGENCY GENERATOR REPORT.
7. ON PAGE 20 THE NEW CATEGORY OF CONSUMERS "11. BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM" ADDED, INCLUDING THE POWER CONSUMPTION OF EACH EQUIPMENT OF THE
BWMS INSTALLATION ONBOARD FOR EVERY VESSEL'S SERVICE CONDITION.
NDME-2145PS-E-001
MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 E-28 POWER ANALYSIS TABLE SIZE:
UPDATED
web: www.naval-dme.com N/A
DRAWN: A.V.
0 / 20 DATE: 11/30/2021
~~~~~
fMO NUMBER
958365
()
·.\ y/V
t\.
I
( ;;?._!) ) SHEETS WITH A COVER

SECURITY LEVE.l THIS\Q~WLJ§G OR DOC.UMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF STX·OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING AND MUST'NOT BE
PARllbktY OR WHOLLY COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF
A STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING.
r-M_o_D_E_L_N_o_.+---------------------------~--------~-------;
stx: TYPE
51KPC09 CLASS
50,800 DWT PRODUCT OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER

RINA
MANAGER 7}1§1$>-.f fiLE
~ :f-?1 POWER ANALYSIS TABLE

CHECKED
S. H. Lee
DRAWN KYUNG-HWA KIM
TEL. NO. 055) 548-7933
DEPT
ELECTRIC SCALE DATE DWG. NO. REV. NO. 1\. ·
DESIGN 1 TEAM NONE 2010.10.25 T8060000 ~
sbcOffshore & Shipbuilding Co. ltd. 1
0.1 0.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/201 0-10-26 09:41 :40(+9)

PAGE
PLAN·· HISTORY
DATE REV. PAGE DESCRIPTION DWN. CHKD. MGR.
2010.10.26 ffi *DESIGN BY POWER SYSTEM DESIGN 1 PART

* SUBMmED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR APPROVAL
2011.0~.18 .£ - *ISSUED FOR WORI<IN~
..
... .
~ -10.1 0.50.1 ?/KR550S7D5244D4/201 0-10-26

· 09:41
stx Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.• ltd.
:49(+9)
11 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 20
11 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.8 0.0 239.2 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 239.2 0.0 1.8 0.0
552.9 1191.1 1148.9 1113.7 1728.3 462.9

384.3 273.9
110.3 90.4
701.2 1301.4 1252.5 1182.9 1967.5 561.9
2 3
68.5 69
11 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.8 0.0
584.4
584.4
737.8
77.7
11 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0
467.8 467.8 664.3 629.1 566.7 377.9
467.8 467.8 664.3 629.1 566.7 377.9
589.0 551.1 740.3 670.8 629.6 449.7
62.0 58.0 78.0 70.6 66.3 47.4

11 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.8 0.0
540.6
540.6
666.5
70.2
16 BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT EQ22 EDU 1 2.2 100 2.2 1 100.0 2.2 0 0.0 0.0
70.27
58.6
-----......___
01. MAIN ENGINE AUXILIARIES

MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 8/19
AT SEA
MOTOR NORMAL SEA GOING AT
CAPACITY MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR
NO NAME OF CONSUMER NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST TANK CLEAN'G CARGO HANDLING PT
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF' INPUT KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL
1 M/E TURNING GEAR 2.2 81.0 2.7 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
"2 M/E AUX. BLOWER 2 51.8 91.8 56.4 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
3 M/E L.O PUMP 2 65.0 92.3 70.4 1 68 47.9 0.0 1 68 47.9 0.0 68 47. 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
4 M/E JACKET WATER PUMP 2 18.5 89.0 20.8 67 13.9 0.0 1 67 13.9 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
5 M/E &G/E H.F.O SUPPLY PUMP 2 2.5 84.0 3.0 70 2. 1 0.0 70 2. 1 0.0 70 2. 1 0.0 70 2. 1 0.0
6 M/E &G/E H.F.O CIRC. PUMP 2 4.6 88.0 5.2 1 70 3.7 0.0 1 0.0 1 70 3.7 0.0 1 70 3.7 0.0
7 F.O FILTER FOR F.O SUPPLY UNI 0.2 68.0 0.3 1 70 0.2 70 0.2 0.0 70 0.2 0.0 70 0.2 0.0
8 M/E AIR COOL. CLEAN. PUMP 2.2 82.5 2.7 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 37 0.0 1.0
9 ALPHA LO SYSTEM PUMP 2 2.2 82.0 2.7 1.3 0.0 1 50 1.3 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
10 M/E J.W. PREHEATER CIRC. PUMP 2.2 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 39 1. 0 0.0 39 1.3 0.0
NORMAL SEA GOING W/BALLAST EXCHANGE TANK CLEANING MANEUVERING AT CARGO HANDLING AT HARBOUR
TOTAL 69.1 0.0 69.1 0.0 69.1 0.0 170.6 0.0 7.0 0.0 7.2 1.0
TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 69.1 0.0 69.1 0.0 69.1 0.0 170.6 0.0 7.0 0.0 7.2 1.0
10.1 0.50.17/KR550S7D524404/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9) 5tXOffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,ltd.

02. ENGINE ROOM AUXILIARIES (1)
MODEL N0.51KPC09 PAGE. 9/19
AT SEA
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF I
IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL
MAIN C.S.W PUMP 2 85.0 92.7 91.7 1 81 74.3 0.0 1 81 74.3 0.0 81 74.3
2 FIRE, BILGE &GIS PUMP 2 132.0 93.0 141.9 81 0.0 115.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 81 0.0 1 81 0.0 115. 81 0.0 115.
3 INAIR COMPRESSOR 2 30.0 90.5 33.1 1 80 0.0 26.5 1 80 0.0 26.5 1 80 0. 53.0 0 0 0.0 0. 0 0 0.0 0.
4 lNG AIR COMPRESSOR 22.0 89.0 0.0 19.8 80 0.0 80 0.0 19.
5 .F.O PURIFIER 2 8.6 86.0 54 5.4 0.0 54 5.4 54 5.4 0.
6 .0 PURIFIER 2 3.7 85.0 64 2.8 2.8 0. 64 2.8 0. 64 2.8 0.0
,--~ ,ytf'
7 H.F.O PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP 2 2.2 82.0 32 0.9 ~,,5,9 0. 0.9 0. 32 0.9 0. 32 0.9 0.0
·~
8 L.O PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP 2 0.8 72.5· 0.5 53 0.5 0.0 53 0.5 0. 53 0.5 0.0
9 H.F.O TRANS PUMP 5.5 86.0 0.0 3.1 49 0.0 3.1 49 0.0 3.1 49 0.0 3.1
10I L.O TRANS PUMP 2.2 82.0 41 0.0 1.1 41 0.0 1.1 41 0.0 1.1 41 0.0 1.1
11 . D.0 TRANS PUMP 7.5 0.0 45 0.0 3.9 45 0.0 3.9 45 0.0 3.9 45 0.0 3.
12 /T C.F.W PUMP 2 95.0 88 89.6 88 89.6 0.0 88 89.6 0.0
13 G/E L.O PRIMING PUMP 3 3.6 80.0 70 6.3 0.0 70 3.2 0. 70 3.2 0. 0 0 0.0 0. 2 70 6.3 0.0
SUB TOTAL 179.8 169. 179.8 54.4 176.6 169. 176.6 80.9 173.5 142.9 179.8 142.9
SUB TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 179.8 169. 179.8 54.4 176.6 169. 176.6 80.9 173.5 142.9 179.8 142.9
10.1 0.50.17/KR550S70524404/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)

sbcOffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,ltd.
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 10/19
AT SEA
EXCHANGE .
15 INERT GAS GEN. M.D.O PUMP 2 1.8 71.0 2.5 70 0.0 1.8 1 70 0.0 1.8 1 70 0.0 70 1. 8 0. 0 0 0 0. 0 0. 0
16 INERT GAS BLOWER FAN 2 86.0 91.0 94.5 1 70 0.0 66.2 1 70 0.0 66.2 1 70 0.0 70 66.2 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
17 SCRUBBER C.S.W PUMP 85.0 92.7 91.7 75 0.0 68.8 1 75 0.0 68.8 1 75 68. 0.0 75 68.8 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
1B DECK WATER SEAL PUMP 2 5.5 86.5 6.4 49 3.1 0.0 1 0.0 1 49 3.1 0.0 1 49 3.1 0.0
19 F.W GENE. PUMP 1.3 87.0 1.5 1 75 0.0 1.1 1 1. 1 1 75 0. 0 1. 1 1 75 0. 0 1. 1
20 F.W GENE. EJECTOR PUMP 11.0 87.0 12.6 1 75 0.0 9.5 1 9.5 75 0.0 9.5 75 0.0 9.5
21 SLUDGE PUMP 1.5 79.5 1.9 1 42 0.0 0.8 1 1 42 0.0 0.8 42 0.0 0.8 42 0.0 0.8
22 OILY WATER SEPERATOR PUMP 1.3 74.0 80 0.0 1.4 80 0.0 1.4 80 0.0 1.4
23 OILY WATER SEPERATOR HEATER 2.0 100.0 0.0 1.6 80 0.0 1.6 80 0.0 1.6 80 0.0 . 1.6
24 INCINERATOR BLOWER 11.0 87.0 0.0 10.1 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 80 0.0 10.1
25 INCINERATOR D.O PUMP 0.5 70,,D, 0.0 0.6 80 0.0 0.6 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 80 0.0 0.6
<,,:;~·!'~
26 INCINERATOR W.O DOSING PUMP 0.5 70.0·<. 0.0 0.5 1 80 0.0 0.5 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 80 0.0 0.5
27 MILL PUMP FOR W.O TANK 2.2 80.0 2.8 2.2 80 0.0 2.2 80 0.0 2.2 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 80 0.0 2.2
28 ODME SAMPLING PUMP 2.2 65.0 3.4 0.0 1 20 0.7 0.0 20 0.7 0.0 20 0.7 0.0 20 0.7 0.0 20 0.7 0.0
29 BILGE TRANS. PUMP 2.2 83.5 2.6 45 1.2 0.0 1 45 1.2 0.0 1 45 1.2 0.0 45 1.2 0.0 45 1.2 0.0 45 1.2 0.0
SUB TOTAL 5.0 164.5 5.0 164.5 141.7 27.8 5.0 14.4 141.7 14.4 5.0 27.8
SUB TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 5.0 164.5 5.0 164.5 141.7 27.8 5.0 14.4 141.7 14.4 5.0 27.8
10.10.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9) sbcOffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,ttd.

MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 11/19
AT SEA
I
MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR
NO NAME OF CONSUMER CAPACITY
.
NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST
EXCHANGE
TANK CLEAN'G CARGO HANDLING PT
NO OUTPUT EFF' INPUT KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN Lf CL IL KN LF CL · IL

..
3} SEWAGE TREAT. VACUUM PUMP 2 2.6 82.0 3. 1 1 70 0.0 2.2 1 70 0.0 2.2 1 70 0.0 0.0 1 70 0.0 2.2 1 70 0.0 2.2
32 SEWAGE TREAT. DISCH. PUMP 1.5 82.0 1.8 1 70 0.0 1.3 1 70 0.0 1.3 1 70 1.3 70 0.0 1.3 1 70 0.0 1.3
33 SEWAGE TREAT. CHEMICAL PUMP 1.5 88.0 1.7 1 70 0.0 1.2 1 70 0.0 1.2 70 0. 1.2 1 70 0.0 1.2 1 70 0.0 1.2
34 I .C.C.P &M.G.P.S
6~~~4
9.0 100.0 9.0 1 60 5.4 0.0 1 1 0.0 1 60 5.4 0.0 1 60 5.4 0.0
35 F.W. HYD. PUMP FOR F.W.S. I 2 1.5 87.0 1. 7 1 70 0.0 1. 2 1 t:,g; 0.0 1.2 1 70 0.0 1.2 1 70 0.0 1.2
36 HEATER FOR CAROLIFIER 3 15.0 100.0 15.0 1 60 0.0 9.0 1 60 0.0 9.0 1 60 0.0 9.0 1 60 0.0 9.0
37 CALCULATION PUMP FOR F.W.S.U 0.4 87.0 0.5 1 70 0.0 0.3 1 70 0.0 0.3 1 70 0.0 0.3 1 70 0.0 0.3
38 HOT WATER ELEC. HEATER UNIT 27.0 100.0 27.0 1 60 60 0.0 16.2 1 60 0.0 16.2 1 60 0.0 16.2 PT1
39 M.G.O SHIFTING PUMP 2.2 83.5 2.6 1 0.0 1. 1 1 40 0.0 1. 1 1 40 0.0 1. 1 1 40 0.0 1. 1
SUB TOTAL 5.4 32.4 5.4 32.4 5.4 32.4 5.4 30.3 5.4 32.4 5.4 32.4
SUB TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 5.4 16.2 5.4 16.2 5.4 16.2 5.4 14. 1 5.4 16.2 5.4 16.2
TOTAL 190.1 366.3 190.1 251.4 323.7 229.6 187.0 125.6 320.5 189.7 190.1 203.1
10.10.50.17/KR550S70524404/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9) 5txorfshore & Shipbuilding Co.1 ltd.

03. BOILER PLANT
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 12/19
AT SEA
CAPACITY MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR:
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF' LF CL IL KN LF CL . IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL .
1 F.W. PUMP FOR AUX. BOILER 2 18.5 89.5 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 72 14.9 72 14.9 0. 72 14.9 0.0
2 . BOILER F.D FAN 62.0 92.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 70 70 47.2 0. 70 47.2 o:o
3 . BOILER M.D.O &M.G.O 2 3.6 84.0 4.3 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 70 1 70 3.0 0. 70 3.0 0.0
4 . BOILER F.H.O PUMP 2 2.2 84.0 2.6 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 1 70 1.8 0. 70 1.8 0.
5 . BOILER IGNITION PUMP 0.3 84.0 0.4 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 70 0.3 0. 1 70 0.3 0.
6 IRC.W.PUMP FOR EXH.GAS ECONO. 5.5 86.5 6. 66 4.2 0. 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.
TOTAL 4.2 0.0 4.2 0.0 67.1 0.0 67.1 0.0 67.1 0.0 67.1 0.0
TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 4.2 0.0 4.2 0.0 67.1 0.0 67.1 0.0 67.1 0.0 67:1 0.0
10.1 0.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)

05. STEERING GEAR &DAVITS
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 14/19
AT SEA
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF ' INPUT KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL
1 STEERING GEAR MOTOR 2 43.0 91.0 47.3 1 42 19.8 0.0 1 42 19.8 0.0 42 19.8 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
2 HOSE HANDLING CRANE 45.0 90.0 50.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 1 80 40.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 :0.0 PT1
~ PROV. CRANE MOTORS 14.3 89.0 16.1 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 80 0.0 12.9
4 LIFE BOAT DAVIT 3.7 85.0 4.4 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
5 LIFE/RESCUE BOAT DAVIT 18.0 87.0 20.7 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 40.0 0.0 ·0.0 12.9
TOTAL
19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 19.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.9
TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP
·10.10.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)
5txOffshore &Shipbuilding Co.,ltd.
•
06. AIR CONDITION &PROVISION REFRIGERATING PLANT
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 15/19
AT SEA
CAPAwdsddswsdssadCITY MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR
EXCHANGE
1 ACC. AIR COND. HAND. FAN 17.3 90.0 19.2 1 90 17.3 0.0 1 90 17.3 0.0 1 90 0.0 1 90 17.3 0.0 1 90 17.3 0.0 PT1
2 ACC. AIR COND. COMPRESSOR 2 86.00 92.0 93.5 1 73 67.8 0.0 1 73 67.8 0.0 1 73 0.0 1 73 67.8 0.0 1 73 67.8 0.0 PT1
3 PROV. REF. PLANT FAN 4 0.2 68.0 0.3 3 60 0.5 0.0 3 60 0.5 0.0 3 60 0. 0.0 3 60 0.5 0.0 3 60 0.5 0.0
4 PROV. REF. PLANT COMPRESSOR 2 4.6 85.0 5.4 1 68 3.7 0.0 1 68 3.7 0.0 1 0.0 1 68 3.7 0.0 1 68 3.7 0.0
5 E.C.R PACKAGE AIR COND. 2 8.3 86.0 9.7 2 60 0.0 11.6 2 60 0.0 11.6 2 6.0 0.0 11.6 2 60 0.0 11.6 PT1
6 E.C.R AIR COND. FAN 2 0.4 70.0 0.5 2 80 0.0 0.8 2 0.0 0.8 2 80 0.0 0.8 2 80 0.0 . '0.8 PT1
7 FAN COIL UNIT HEATER 18.0 100.0 18.0 1 80 0.0 0.0 14.4 1 80 0.0 14.4 1 80 0.0 14.4
TOTAL 89.3 26.8 89.3 26.8 89.3 26.8 89.3 26.8 89.3 26.8 89.3 26.8
10.1 0.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9) 5tX Offshore &Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd.

07. VENTILATION FANS
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 16/19
AT SEA
MOTOR NORMAL SEA GOING AT AT HARBOUR
MANEUVERING CARGO HANDLING
NO NAME OF CONSUMER CAPACITY NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST TANK CLEAN'G PT
EXCHANGE
1 E/R VENT. FAN 4 15.0 89.0 16.9 4 74 49.9 0.0 4 74 49.9 0.0 4 74 0.0 3 74 37.4 0.0 2 74 24.9 0.0
2 PURIFIER ROOM FAN 3.7 85.0 4.4 1 70 3.0 0.0 1 70 3.0 0.0 70 0.0 70 3.0 0.0 1 70 3.0 0.0
3 FOAM RM &F.C.S EXH. FAN 2.8 85.0 3.3 70 2.3 0.0 1 70 2.3 0.0 1 70 0.0 70 2.3 0.0 70 2.3 0.0
4 S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN 1.5 74.0 2.0 70 1.4 0.0 0.0 70 1.4 0.0 70 (4 0.0
5 WELDING AREA EXH.FAN 0.4 74.0 0.5 1 70 0.0 0.4 1 0.4 1 70 0.0 0.4 1 70 0.0 0.4
6 SANIYARY SPACE EXH. FAN 2.2 81.0 2.7 70 1.9 0.0 0.0 70 1.9 0.0 70 1.9 0.0
7 GAlLEY SUPPLY FAN 0.8 71.0· 1.1 70 0.0 0.8 70 0.0 0.8 70 0.0 0.8 70 0.0 0.8
8 GALLEY EXH. FAN 1.5 70 0.0 1.5 1 70 0.0 1.5 1 70 0.0 1.5
9I PAINT STORE EXH. FAN 0.8 0.0 70 0.'7 0. 0 1 70 0. 7 0. 0 1 70 0. 7 0. 0

;
10 EM·' CY GEN . ROOM FAN 2.2 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 .0.0
11 BOSUN STORE EXH. FAN 1.5 1.3 0.0 70 1.3 0.0 70 1.3 0.0 70 1.3 0.0 70 1.3 0.0
DECK STORE & 1.5 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 1 70 1.5 0.0
12 SAMP' SPACE EXH. FAN
CHEMICAL CLEN'G EQUIP'T 1.5 70.5 2.1 0.0 1 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0 70 1.5 0.0
13 STORE EXH. FAN
14 C02 ROOM EXH. FAN 0.8 70.5 1.1 1 70
.
0.8 0.0 70 0.8 0.0 70 0.8 0.0 70 0.8 0.0 70 0.8 0.0 70 0.8 0.0
NORMAL SEA GO ING W/BALLAST EXCHANGE TANK CLEANING MANEUVERING AT CARGO HANDLING AT HARBOUR
64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 51.9 2.6 39.4 2.6
TOTAL
64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 64.4 2.6 51.9 2.6 39.4 2.6
TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP
5txoffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ltd •

. 10.10.50.17/KR550S705244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)
08. GALLEY EQUIPMENT
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 17/19
AT SEA
CAPACITY MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR:
EXCHANGE
1 GALLEY &LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT 87.4 98.0 89.2 1 60 0.0 53.~ 1 60 0.0 53.5 1 60 60 0.0 53.5 1 60 0.0 53.5 PT1
TOTAL 0.0 53.5 0.0 53.5 0.0 53.5 0.0 53.5 0.0 53.5 0.0 53.5
. 10.1 0.50.17/KR550S7D5244D4/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9) 5txOffshore & Shipbuilding Co.,Ud.

09. LIGHTING, NAVIGATION &COMMUNICATION SYSTEM I GALLEY &LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 18/19
AT SEA
MANEUVERING AT HARBOUR
NO NAME OF CONSUMER CAPACITY NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST TANK CLEAN'G CARGO HANDLING PT
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF ' INPUT KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL
1 MAIN TRANSFORMER (AC 220V) 2 120.0 97.5 123.1 1 70 86.2 0.0 1 70 86.2 0.0 1 70 0.0 1 70 86.2 0.0 1 40 49.2 0.0
2 EM'CY TRANSFORMER (AC 220V) 2 45.0 96.5 46.6 1 60 28.0 0.0 1 60 28.0 0.0 1 60 0.0 1 60 28.0 0.0 1 40 18.7 . 0.0
114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0 67.9 0.0

TOTAL 114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0
114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0 67.9 0.0
TOTAL OF AFTER PREF. TRIP 114.1 0.0 114.1 0.0
5txorfshore &Shipbuilding Co.,'Ltd.

· 10.1 0.50.17/KR550S70524404/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)
..
10. MISCELLANEOUS
MODEL N0.51KPC09 (S-1736/37) PAGE. 19/19
AT SEA
CAPACITY MANEUVERING CARGO HANDL ING AT HARBOUR
NO NAk.,mMEOF CONSUMER NORMAL SEA GOING WITH BALLAST TANK CLEAN'G PT
EXCHANGE
NO OUTPUT EFF' INPUT KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL IL KN LF CL' IL
1 LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 3.0 85.0 3.5 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
2 FOAM PUMP 7.5 86.0 8.7 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0
TOTAL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
10.1 0.50.17/KR550S70524404/2011-05-18 19:07:11 (+9)

5txOffshore & Shipbuilding Co~fltd.
11. BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
20
1 BALCLOR BC-1500 BWMS 1 104,80 100 104,80 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 65 68.1 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 1 65 68.1 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 PT2
2 BALLAST PUMP 300-20A(750m3/h 25m) 2 180,00 85 211,70 0 0 0.0 0.0 2 80 169.3 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 2 80 169.3 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 PT2
3 M.G.P.S K.C. (KCAF302RE) 1 3,00 100 3,00 1 60 1.8 0.0 1 60 1.8 0.0 1 60 1.8 0.0 1 60 1.8 0.0 1 60 1.8 0.0 1 60 1.8 0.0
1.8 0.0 239.2 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 239.2 0.0 1.8 0.0
1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.8 0.0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NAVAL DME
Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
E-mail: info@naval-dme.com
Web: www.naval-dme.com
Customer ANGLO EASTERN SHIPPING MANAGEMENT

Project description BWMS Installation BALCLOR BC-1500 (1500m3/h)
Vessel Name MT Navigare Pars
Drawing Title Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 1 90kW
Drawing Number NDME-2145PS-E-007

IMO No.: 9583665
Hull No.: S-1737
Place of Installation Engine Room
Class LR
Issued For Approval
Created on 11/29/2021
Created 11/29/2021 Drawing Title: NAVAL DME Page Description: Drawing Number: =
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Title page / Cover sheet NDME-2145PS-E-007 + SPBP1
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
Checked G.K. Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 1 90kW E-mail: info@naval-dme.com Page 1
Description Date Rev. No Approved T.C. Replacement of Replaced by Web: www.naval-dme.com Pages 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A
760
705
TRUNK 40X80
B
AMT1
TM1
LOCAL
K4
K5
K6
CT1 F1-F12 CT1
C
125
100
A
TRUNK 80X80
0
h
760
735
D
ON
I
KM1 KM2 KM3
Trip
X1.3
X1.4
X1.2
X1.1
Q1
0
OFF
TH1
Mounting plate Enclosure
Notes:
- Enclosure's Depth: 300mm

G - Rate: IP44
- Enclosure must be equipped with door stop kit for the open position of its front door.
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece NDME-2145PS-E-007 + SPBP1
Phone: +30 210 9614 491 General view / Layout of Starter panel
enclosure
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SPBP1 (Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 1)

Engine Room
440VAC / 60 hz / 3 phases 2 4
A
A 1 2
F1 - 3A 230AC To p.4 / 1.A
1 3
B
1 2
F2 - 3A
TR1 5 6
440/230V ~ 350VA 24AC
440/24V ~ 50VA
C
To p.4 / 1.B
D
1 1 1
CT1 AM1
B 200/5A Panel Ammeter A
F4 - 1A
F3 - 1A
F5 - 1A
0-200A/5
2 2 2
AMT1
~
H1
Transducer
230VAC
0-5A/4-20mA
+ - WHITE
PUMP1
C POWER
READY
METER
8 9
To p.4 / 4.E
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
KM1 KM2 KM3
D 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
1 3 5
Q1
1 3 5 97 95
TH1
I> I> I> Iset.88A
2 4 6 2 4 6 98 96
E
page 5 / 2.B
page 5 / 6.B
R1 S1 T1 U1 V1 W1 W2 U2 V2
F
MPRXCX MPRXCX MPRXCX
SPBP1-BWMS-01 SPBP1-BWMS-02 SPBP1-BWMS-03
3x95mm2 3x35mm2 3x35mm2
R S T U1 V1 W1 W2 U2 V2
200A MCCB 3x440V

G 60Hz
M 90kW
MSB Ballast Pump 1 151A
Engine Control Room Engine Room
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Power Circuit for Ballast Pump 1 NDME-2145PS-E-007 + SPBP1
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Engine Room
230VAC 230VAC
A A
A
From p.3 / 10.A To p.5 / 1.A
B B
24VAC 24VAC
C
From p.3 / 10.B
D
1 1 1 1 1
B
F10 - 3A
F6 - 1A
F7 - 1A
F8 - 1A
F9 - 1A
2 2 2 2 2
23 13 23 33
S2 1
LOCAL/REMOTE K6
S2 KM2 K6 KM2
PUMP 24 14 24 34
CONTROL
C 2 3
H3 HC1 H4
3 3 230VAC 230VAC
RED 230VAC GREEN
S3 S4 4523
PUMP1
START 4 STOP 4 PUMP1 HOUR PUMP1
LOCAL LOCAL TRIP COUNTER RUN
D OVERLOAD
33 43
A1 A1 KM2 KM2
From p.3 / 3.C
8 9
7-TRIP/OVERLOAD-24VAC
K4 K5 34 44
A2 A2
E 24VAC 24VAC
START STOP
9-RUN-CURRENT
8-RUN-CURRENT
1-RUN/BWMS
2-RUN/BWMS
5-RUN24VAC
4-RUN24VAC
4-RUN24VAC
5-RUN24VAC
2-RUN24VAC
1-RUN24VAC
2-COMMON
2-COMMON
page 5. / 2.D page 5. / 2.C

N.O. N.C.
1-START
1-START
3-STOP
3-STOP
4-RUN
3-RUN
X1.1 X1.2 X1.3 X1.4
CCRR ECC R.P.B. RUN
MPYC MPYC MPYC

SPBP1-BWMS-04 12x1.0mm2 SPBP1-BWMS-05 5x1.0mm2 PPUMP01 2x1.0mm2
G To CCR repeater To ECC To BWMS Control System Panel EQ08
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Control Circuit 1/2 for Ballast Pump 1 NDME-2145PS-E-007 + SPBP1
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
230VAC 230VAC
A A
From p.4 10.A
B
1 1
F11 - 3A
F12 - 1A
2 2
B
95
TH1 97
96 TH1
98
C
11
K5
STOP
12
13 13
D K4 KM1
START
14 14
TM1 TM1
E
21 21
KM3 KM2
22 22
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
KM1 TM1 KM2 KM3 K6
230VAC 230VAC 230VAC 230VAC 230VAC
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
MAIN TIMER(5sec) DELTA STAR TRIP
F
page 3. / 3.D page 5. / 3.E page 3. / 4.D page 3. / 5.D page 4. / 6.C
N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O.
N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. N.O.
page 3. / 3.D page 3. / 5.D page 3. / 6.D

N.O. N.O. N.O.
page 5. / 3.D N.O. page 4. / 3.C page 5. / 4.E

N.O. N.C.
page 4. / 9.C
N.O.
N.O. page 4. / 8.E
G page 4. / 9.E
N.O.
page 5. / 4.E
N.C.
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MATERIAL LIST OF THE STARTER PANEL ENCLOSURE

A LABEL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
CT1 1 CURRENT TRANSORMER 200/5A
AM1 1 PANEL MOUNT 72x72 AMMEMETER INDICATOR 0-200A/0-5A
AMT1 1 CURRENT TO ANALOG TRANSDUCER 0-5a TO 4-20mA 24VAC SUPPLY
Q1 1 CIRQUIT BREAKER
1 EXTENDED ROTARY HANDLE FOR MOUNTIG ON ENCLOSURE'S FRONT DOOR
KM1 1 POWER MAGNETIC 3POLE (N.O) CONTACTOR FOR 90kW MOTOR SIZED DUE TO STAR DELTA STARTING METHOD
1 AUX N.O. CONTACT
B KM2 1 POWER MAGNETIC 3POLE (N.O) CONTACTOR FOR 90kW MOTOR SIZED DUE TO STAR DELTA STARTING METHOD
4 AUX N.O. CONTACT
1 AUX N.C. CONTACT
1 AUX N.C. CONTACT
TH1 1 THERMAL RELAY FOR 90kW MOTOR SIZED DUE TO STAR DELTA STARTING METHOD
H1 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR WHITE
H3 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR RED
C H4 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR GREEN
F1-F12 12 DIN RAIL TERMINAL FUSEHOLDER FOR FUSE SIZE 5x20
8 1Α FUSE 5x20 SLOW BLOW GLASS
S2 1 2 POSITION ROTARY SELECTOR Ø22.5
S3 1 Ø22.5 GREEN BUTTON SPRING RETURN WITH N.O. CONTACT
S4 1 Ø22.5 RED BUTTON SPRING RETURN WITH N.O. CONTACT
K4,K5 2 24VAC RELAY WITH 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. CONTACTS
D HC1 1 230VAC 40x40 PANEL MOUNT HOUR COUNTER
K6 1 230VAC RELAY WITH 2 N.O. CONTACTS
TM1 1 230VAC TIMING RELAY
X1.1,X1.2,X1.3
X1.4,X21,X21.1 24 2,5mm² DIN rail terminal
X21.2,X21,3,X21,4
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Material List and Description NDME-2145PS-E-007 + SPBP1
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NAVAL DME
Phone: +30 210 9614 491

Drawing Title Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 2 90kW

IMO No.: 9583665
Hull No.: S-1737
Place of Installation Engine Room
Class LR
Issued For Approval
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Title page / Cover sheet NDME-2145PS-E-008 + SPBP2
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A
760
705
TRUNK 40X80
B
AMT1
TM1
LOCAL
K4
K5
K6
CT1 F1-F12 CT1
C
125
100
A
TRUNK 80X80
0
h
760
735
D
ON
I
KM1 KM2 KM3
Trip
X1.3
X1.4
X1.2
X1.1
Q1
0
OFF
TH1
Mounting plate Enclosure
Notes:
- Enclosure's Depth: 300mm

G - Rate: IP44
- Enclosure must be equipped with door stop kit for the open position of its front door.
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece NDME-2145PS-E-008 + SPBP2
Phone: +30 210 9614 491 General view / Layout of Starter panel
enclosure
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Engine Room
440VAC / 60 hz / 3 phases 2 4
A
A 1 2
F1 - 3A 230AC To p.4 / 1.A
1 3
B
1 2
F2 - 3A
TR1 5 6
440/230V ~ 350VA 24AC
440/24V ~ 50VA
C
To p.4 / 1.B
D
1 1 1
CT1 AM1
B 200/5A Panel Ammeter A
F4 - 1A
F3 - 1A
F5 - 1A
0-200A/5
2 2 2
AMT1
~
H1
Transducer
230VAC
0-5A/4-20mA
+ - WHITE
PUMP1
C POWER
READY
METER
8 9
To p.4 / 4.E
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
KM1 KM2 KM3
D 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
1 3 5
Q1
1 3 5 97 95
TH1
I> I> I> Iset.88A
2 4 6 2 4 6 98 96
E
page 5 / 2.B
page 5 / 6.B
R1 S1 T1 U1 V1 W1 W2 U2 V2
F
MPRXCX MPRXCX MPRXCX
SPBP2-BWMS-01 SPBP2-BWMS-02 SPBP2-BWMS-03
3x95mm2 3x35mm2 3x35mm2
R S T U1 V1 W1 W2 U2 V2
200A MCCB 3x440V

G 60Hz
M 90kW
MSB Ballast Pump 2 151A
Engine Control Room Engine Room
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Power Circuit for Ballast Pump 2 NDME-2145PS-E-008 + SPBP2
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Engine Room
230VAC 230VAC
A A
A
From p.3 / 10.A To p.5 / 1.A
B B
24VAC 24VAC
C
From p.3 / 10.B
D
1 1 1 1 1
B
F10 - 3A
F6 - 1A
F7 - 1A
F8 - 1A
F9 - 1A
2 2 2 2 2
23 13 23 33
S2 1
LOCAL/REMOTE K6
S2 KM2 K6 KM2
PUMP 24 14 24 34
CONTROL
C 2 3
H3 HC1 H4
3 3 230VAC 230VAC
RED 230VAC GREEN
S3 S4 4523
PUMP1
START 4 STOP 4 PUMP1 HOUR PUMP1
LOCAL LOCAL TRIP COUNTER RUN
D OVERLOAD
33 43
A1 A1 KM2 KM2
From p.3 / 3.C
8 9
K4 K5 34 44
A2 A2
E 24VAC 24VAC
START STOP
9-RUN-CURRENT
8-RUN-CURRENT
1-RUN/BWMS
2-RUN/BWMS
5-RUN24VAC
4-RUN24VAC
4-RUN24VAC
5-RUN24VAC
2-RUN24VAC
1-RUN24VAC
2-COMMON
2-COMMON
page 5. / 2.D page 5. / 2.C

N.O. N.C.
1-START
1-START
3-STOP
3-STOP
4-RUN
3-RUN
X1.1 X1.2 X1.3 X1.4
CCRR ECC R.P.B. RUN
MPYC MPYC MPYC

SPBP2-BWMS-04 12x1.0mm2 SPBP2-BWMS-05 5x1.0mm2 PPUMP02 2x1.0mm2
G To CCR repeater To ECC To BWMS Control System Panel EQ08
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
230VAC 230VAC
A A
From p.4 10.A
B
1 1
F11 - 3A
F12 - 1A
2 2
B
95
TH1 97
96 TH1
98
C
11
K5
STOP
12
13 13
D K4 KM1
START
14 14
TM1 TM1
E
21 21
KM3 KM2
22 22
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
KM1 TM1 KM2 KM3 K6
230VAC 230VAC 230VAC 230VAC 230VAC
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
MAIN TIMER(5sec) DELTA STAR TRIP
F
N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O.
N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. N.O.
page 3. / 3.D page 3. / 5.D page 3. / 6.D

N.O. N.O. N.O.
page 5. / 3.D N.O. page 4. / 3.C page 5. / 4.E

N.O. N.C.
page 4. / 9.C
N.O.
N.O. page 4. / 8.E
G page 4. / 9.E
N.O.
page 5. / 4.E
N.C.
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MATERIAL LIST OF THE STARTER PANEL ENCLOSURE

A LABEL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
CT1 1 CURRENT TRANSORMER 200/5A
AM1 1 PANEL MOUNT 72x72 AMMEMETER INDICATOR 0-200A/0-5A
AMT1 1 CURRENT TO ANALOG TRANSDUCER 0-5a TO 4-20mA 24VAC SUPPLY
Q1 1 CIRQUIT BREAKER
1 EXTENDED ROTARY HANDLE FOR MOUNTIG ON ENCLOSURE'S FRONT DOOR
1 AUX N.O. CONTACT
B KM2 1 POWER MAGNETIC 3POLE (N.O) CONTACTOR FOR 90kW MOTOR SIZED DUE TO STAR DELTA STARTING METHOD
4 AUX N.O. CONTACT
1 AUX N.C. CONTACT
1 AUX N.C. CONTACT
TH1 1 THERMAL RELAY FOR 90kW MOTOR SIZED DUE TO STAR DELTA STARTING METHOD
H1 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR WHITE
H3 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR RED
C H4 1 230VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR GREEN
F1-F12 12 DIN RAIL TERMINAL FUSEHOLDER FOR FUSE SIZE 5x20
S2 1 2 POSITION ROTARY SELECTOR Ø22.5
S3 1 Ø22.5 GREEN BUTTON SPRING RETURN WITH N.O. CONTACT
S4 1 Ø22.5 RED BUTTON SPRING RETURN WITH N.O. CONTACT
K4,K5 2 24VAC RELAY WITH 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. CONTACTS
D HC1 1 230VAC 40x40 PANEL MOUNT HOUR COUNTER
K6 1 230VAC RELAY WITH 2 N.O. CONTACTS
TM1 1 230VAC TIMING RELAY
X1.1,X1.2,X1.3
X1.4,X21,X21.1 24 2,5mm² DIN rail terminal
X21.2,X21,3,X21,4
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Material List and Description NDME-2145PS-E-008 + SPBP2
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NAVAL DME
Phone: +30 210 9614 491

Drawing Title Cargo Control Room Repeater & Indicators

IMO No.: 9583665
Hull No.: S-1737
Place of Installation Cargo Control Room
Class LR
Issued For Approval
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece Title page / Cover sheet NDME-2145PS-E-009 + CCRR
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
Checked G.K. Cargo Control Room Repeater & Indicators E-mail: info@naval-dme.com Page 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
350 350
125
125
100
100
B
A A
0
0
300 300
h h
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece General view / Layout of Cargo Control NDME-2145PS-E-009 + CCRR
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
Checked G.K. Cargo Control Room Repeater & Indicators E-mail: info@naval-dme.com Room Repeater and Engine Control Page 2
Description Date Rev. No Approved T.C. Replacement of Replaced by Web: www.naval-dme.com Console plate Pages 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SPBP1 (Starter Panel for SPBP2 (Starter Panel for

Ballast Pump 1) Ballast Pump 2)
A Engine Room Engine Room SPBP1 (Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 1) SPBP2 (Starter Panel for Ballast Pump 2)
Engine Room Engine Room
9-RUN-CURRENT
8-RUN-CURRENT
9-RUN-CURRENT
8-RUN-CURRENT
4-RUN24VAC
5-RUN24VAC
4-RUN24VAC
5-RUN24VAC
2-RUN24VAC
1-RUN24VAC
1-RUN24VAC
2-RUN24VAC
2-COMMON
2-COMMON
1-START
1-START
3-STOP
3-STOP
B X1.2 X21.2 X1.1 X21.1
ECC ECC CCRR CCRR
MPYC MPYC
MPYC MPYC SPBP1-BWMS-04 12x1.0mm2 SPBP2-BWMS-04 12x1.0mm2
SPBP1-BWMS-05 5x1.0mm2 SPBP2-BWMS-05 5x1.0mm2
ECC ECC CCRR CCRR

3 3
S5 S25
D START 4 A 4523 START 4 A 4523
3 3
HC2 HC22
H7 GREEN H8 RED H27 GREEN H28 RED S6 H5 GREEN H6 RED AM2 panel 24VAC S26 H25 GREEN H26 RED AM22 panel 24VAC
24VAC 24VAC 24VAC 24VAC 24VAC 24VAC Ammeter PUMP1 24VAC 24VAC Ammeter PUMP2
PUMP1 RUN PUMP1 TRIP PUMP2 RUN PUMP2 TRIP STOP 4 PUMP1 RUN PUMP1 TRIP 0-150A STOP 4 PUMP2 RUN PUMP2 TRIP 0-200A
HOUR HOUR
OVERLOAD OVERLOAD OVERLOAD 4-20mA COUNTER OVERLOAD 4-20mA COUNTER
ECC CCRR
E Indicators on Engine Cargo Control Room
Control Console Repeater
MATERIAL LIST OF THE CCRR and ECC

LABEL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION REMARKS
MATERIAL LIST OF THE CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE ROOM REPEATER
F
S5, S25 2 START BUTTON Ø22.5 N.O. CONTACT
S6, S26 2 STOP BUTTON Ø22.5 N.O. CONTACT
H6, H26 2 24VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR RED
H5, H25 2 24VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR GREEN
AM2, AM22 2 PANEL MOUNT AMMEMETER 72x72 0-200A/4-20mA
HC2, HC22 2 24VAC PANEL MOUNT 40x40 HOUR COUNTER
X1.1, X21.1 18 2,5mm² DIN rail terminal
MATERIAL LIST OF THE ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE PLATE
G H8, H28 2 24VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR RED
H7, H27 2 24VAC Ø22.5 INDICATOR GREEN
X1.2, X21.2 8 2,5mm² DIN rail terminal
Drawn A.P. Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece
Interconnection Diagram / Material List NDME-2145PS-E-009 + CCRR
Phone: +30 210 9614 491
Checked G.K. Cargo Control Room Repeater & Indicators E-mail: info@naval-dme.com Page 3
A1 A1
-K175 A2 -K176 A2
-X05 -X05
21-38 21-38
1. ON PAGE C54 TWO SIGNALS FROM THE BWMS AND ONE FROM M.G.P.S. ADDED TO THE
ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM.
2. ON PAGE C69 TWO SIGNALS FROM FRAMO CARGO CONSOLE REGARDING THE TWO
EXISTING BALLAST PUMPS ADDED TO BWMS.
3. ON PAGE C88 SIGNALS FROM THE EXISTING VALVES OF THE VESSEL ADDED TO BWMS.
NDME-2145PS-E-006
MT NAVIGARE PARS
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 E-22 CABLE DIAGRAM OF SIZE:
CONTROL & MONITORING N/A
SYSTEM UPDATED
DRAWN: A.V.
INCORPORATES CALCULATIONS BASED ON DATA AVAILABLE FROM THE FOR BALCLOR BWMS BC-1500
0 / 102 DATE: 11/30/2021
','l
[tjtsioft.\]
IMO NUMBER..
9583653
S-1736/37 ( /0/) SHEETS WITH A COVER

SECURITY LEVEL THIS DRAWING OR DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD. AND MUST
NOT BE PARTIALLY OR WHOLLY COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
B PERMISSION OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING.
I I RINA
stx 51KPC09
MODEL NO. CLASS
TYPE 50,800 DWT PRODUCT OIL I CHEMICAL TANKER
MANAGER:
TITLE
t1Jl. ~.So~ CABLE DIAGRAM OF

N
0
CHECKED:
J:::, o-0 f;;·:?fli' CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM (')
0
0..
S.S. KIM w
DRAWN
TEL. NO.
( ~ g 6:1)
055) 548- 3551
g
DEP'T ELECTRIC
DESIGN 1 TEAM
SCALE
NONE
I
~------+-~==~=-----~~~----~~~-------.~~~------------~~~~~w
DATE
2010.09.27
DWG. NO.
D8002000
IREV. NO. f);
/3
~z
~
STX Offshore & ShipbUJi~ding Co., ltd. E)..~

'<"s""'-TX""'~::;<"FIE.,-P~c:30~1"'(:2'"'""00"""6"""04.,..,.!)------------------------~S1-7-36--0~1-:-G::-:E-:-:-N=ERAL.vsd
2
r
ADDEDC01A
PLAN HISTORY
~ 1
DATE REV. PAGE DESCRIPTION OWN. CHKD. MGR.
*DESIGNED BY ELECTRIC AUTOMATION 1 PART

~
2010.09.27
8 *SUBMITTED TO BUYER & CLASS FOR APPROVAL
5. 5. K.im
~
~
C12, C15, -a. DESIGN IMPROVED ACCORDING TO APPLICATION OF
2011.04.04 C16, C17, TIER II TYPE FOR MAIN ENGINE
C44
C24, C25, -b. DESIGN IMPROVED ACCORDING TO APPLICATION OF

C26, C26A, M.G.O SYSTEM FOR BOILER SYSTEM
C97
C27, C28, -c. DESIGN IMPROVED BY REVIEWING DRAWINGS BELOW

C29, C30, - E/R PIPING DIAGRAM
C39, C40, -HULL PIPING DIAGRAM
C44A, C46, - CABLE DIAGRAM OF POWER SYSTEM
C48, C55, -PURIFIER
C56, C58, -FRESH WATER UNIT
C64, C67, -STERN TUBE SEAL TANK ·
C71, C73, -SHAFT EARTHING DEVICE
C83, C84, -CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
C86, C88, -INERT GAS GENERATOR SYSTEM
C92, C93, -GAS DETECTION SYSTEM
C94, C94A, -VALVE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
C97, C100, -SPECIAL VALVE (TEMP. CONTROL VALVE)
~
C102 -LAN SYSTEM (INCL. WIRELESS SYSTEM)
5. 5. K.im ~- 5. Hwang
C31, C41 -d. ADDED DEAD MAN ALARM SYSTEM BY EXTRA t::. 5. K.im
2011.04.28
6 C26A
-a. DELETED CABLES ACCORDING TO REVISED MAKER
DRAWING (EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER)
- C26A09, C26A10
-b. DESIGN IMPROVED BY REVIEWING THE MAKER

C76
DRAWING (CARGO MONITORING SYSTEM)
-REVISED INTER-CONNECTION
C76, C83 -c. ADDED ELECTRIC HORN WITH LAMP FOR HIGH &
OVERFILL ALARM OF BUNKER TANKER BY THE
REQUEST OF HULL OUTFITTING DESIGN 2 TEAM
-ADDED CABLE: C7607, C8301, C8302
C81,C102 -d. REVISED POWER SOURCE

-FROM PD-7 TO C.C.C: C102F, C102G
C79, C84 -e. REVISED CABLE TYPE BY REVIEWING THE MAKER

DRAWING
- C7907 : AMYS2 -7 AMS2
- C8401 : AMS27 -7 AMS37
M. 5. 5ong
C94
-f. REVISED LAN SYSTEM BY THE REQUEST OF BUYER.
-WIRELESS TYPE -7 WIRE TYPE WITH CATEGORY 6 5. 5. K.im ~
t::. 5. K.im
D. 5. Hwang
-THE TYPE OF ALL CABLES TO BE STP-CAT-6 TYPE
~
2011.04.29
~ * ISSUED FOR WORKING 5. 5. K.im
~
2011.11.03
8 C15, C40 -a. ADDED ALARM, CONTROL BOX FOR EL. SHAFT SYSTEM
POWER FAIL, ACCORDING TO MAKER DRAWING
"'"'00...
0
C19-C21, -b. REVISED BY TIER II TYPE OF GENERATOR ENGINE
C45 -ADDED AMS OUTPUT SIGNALS, EACH G/E START FAIL,
w
TO MAIN SWITCHBOARD
g
w
THIS DRAWING OR DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD. AND MUST NOT BE PARTIALLY OR
WHOLLY COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING. ~
z
2
r:r:
•• . STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 0
LL
STX::iE-Pc..;301 (200604) S1736-01-GENERAL rev.2:vsd
DATE REV. PAGE
PLAN HISTORY
DESCRIPTION OWN. CHKD.
7 1
MGR.
C56 -c. DELETED ALARM, M/E STUFFING BOX DRAIN TK. L.H,
BY DESIGN MISTAKE (DELETED CABLE: C5611)
M 5. 5ong
C85
~
-d. INDICATED JUST MISSING ITEMS FOR CARGO
CONTROL CONSOLE 5. 5. Kim !v. 5. Hwang
K. 5. Kim
2011.12.07
6 C18A, C44 -a. ADDED ALARM ABOUT BEARING WEAR MONITORING
SYSTEM BY CHANGING MAKER DRAWING
C35 -b. REVISED SOFTEWARE ALARM DESCRIPTIONS

COMMUNICATED WITH BRIDGE MANEUVERING SYSTEM
/£1,(. t;>5
c;;,-:;1
7~
C44A -c. CHANGED THE CONNECTING POINT OF ONE ALARM
(JUST CHANGED THE AMS INPUT CHANNEL)
/<rJYJ
:~··.
-~:
'
C'")
0
C'")
0
0..
uJ
(f)
~
(f)
THIS DRAWING OR DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD. AND MUST NOT BE PARTIALLY OR w
WHOLLY COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF STX OFFSHORE & SHIPBUILDING. ~
z
' STXSE-PC3U 1(200604) ~
r
ST:X Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
81736-01-GENERAJ.... re .2.vsd
~
0:::
0
lL
PAGE C02 I
.....
INDEX [1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE REMARK
1. GENERAL
PLAN HISTORY C01
INDEX C02-C03
NOTE C04
CABLE LEGEND C05-C06
SYMBOL LIST C07-C08
ABBREVIATION C09
LOCATION CODE C10
MULTl -JUNCTION BOX ARR'T C11
2. M.E BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM STX ENGINE/LYNGSO
M.E CONTROL & SAFETY SYSTEM C12-C14

M.E TELEGRAPH SYSTEM C15
M.E RPM INDICATION SYSTEM C16
M.E DIGITAL GOVERNOR SYSTEM C17
M.E CYL. LUB. CONTROL SYSTEM C18
M.E BEARING TEMP MONITORING SYSTEM C18A
·,:,: C23 .....:~:.:: . ~

G.E H.F.O/D.O AUTO CH-OVER SYSTEM KTE
BOILER CONTROL SYSTEM C24-C26A KANGRIM
PURIFIER CONTROL SYSTEM C27-C30 ALFA-LAVAL
E.R DEADMAN ALARM SYSTEM C31 KTE
E.R STOR. TANK LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM C32 PANAS lA
4. ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM STX ENGINE/LYNGSO
EXTENSION ALARM SYSTEM C33

SYSTEM LAYOUT FORAMS C34
N0.1 GAMMAOUTSTATION C35-C45
N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION C46-C58
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E COMMUNICATION SIGNAL C59-C60
C61 ,62 : BLANK
SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN C63 HYOMYUNG
..
w
~
<l:
z
~
0::
0
~~~--------------------------------------------------------------------~~~--7~
STXSE·C304(200201) STX Offshore & .S_hipbuilding po. Ltd S1736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd
IIIII PAGE C03 I
:. INDEX [2/2] MODEL NO

DWG.NO
51KPC09
08002000
NO. D E s c R I p T I 0 N PAGE REMARK
5. CARGO PART CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM C64-C67 FRAMO

C68: BLANK
OVERPRESSUREPROTECTIONSYSTEMFORCARGOPUMP C69 PANAS lA
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING SYSTEM C70 SElL-SERES
INERT GAS GENERATOR SYSTEM C71-C74 KANGRIM
GAS SAMPLING DETECTION SYSTEM C75 RIKIN KEIKI
6. CARGO PART MONITORING SYSTEM
CARGO MONITORING SYSTEM C76-C77 PANAS lA

W.B.T LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM C78-C79 PANASIA
DRAFT READING SYSTEM C80 PANASIA
HIGH LEVEL & OVERFILL ALARM SYSTEM C81-C83 PANAS lA
7. CARGO & BALLAST CONTROL SYSTEM
HYD. VN REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM C87, C89: BLANK C84-C88 SElL-SERES.
8. SHIP SEIRYICE & MISCELL. SYSTEM

~·.:"-~'2•\•;o:-o_·'-'1'''1·;,
..•;tc::::.•
., ·. '! -··~- ':'-'-11>< ••.. _;, ••., •• ,>>( ••
qf ~ELEf\81f~;.f\LA~f~:'h,§Y,~J.§tv1 !it l~~;:{:~;- ~ t1 C90
!~!
~J g~1NK n E'l
I,:~:~--.,? "! t:t~L ,:::_;:':::-~:~~;, ~:! ~1 '!~"'1t (};~~ l't'P) ttl) ~'"" H~;~>; c~j;·';,BLA~I$ "'~ r.;;:,! !:r'"'i~
<. l r~ 'tn'' 7~"-
tf L~
!:"~
l.:fi
~ Nt'l '····;J r:1,_,
H
1
f~\
;,:~ ,,;rtH r; !rt c1
~l_ .•>C
"'~-<.:-;.::>-··· r; ta k:i tY:.C92~i:'-~ <:~:.l<,~~ .,, ·.:101't:F!'·' ,, ,, ' .,.:):.;
'"'-~'~TEMPEAATtJRE CONTROL:'VALVE ·•;;;::;v· "' ''' ·•:::co" R< "K>•' '-,:';;.:::.-,~~~
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEM C93

-SHAFT GROUNDING SYSTEM
- REMOTE CONTROL VN IND. SYSTEM
SHIP'S NETWORK SYSTEM C94 "BUYER SUPPLY"
E.R MACHINERY INDICATION SYSTEM C95 KTE
C96: BLANK
9. ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE KTE
A.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C97

D.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C98-C99
10. BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE KTE
A.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C100

D.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C101
11. CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE SElL-SERES

"<<'
A.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C102 0
C')
0
D.C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C103 uJ
2
CJ)
w
2
<(
z
2
0:::
0
lL
STXSE-C304(200201) S1736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd

... STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C04 I
NOTE MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
1. RULE AND REGULATION : RINA + AUT-UMS
2. CABLE MARKING
AMS7
:YARD'S SUPPLY/CONNECTION CABLE
A1001
@ :-(A1aQ1) :REFERENCE CABLE COME FROM OTHER SYS. OR DIAGRAM
@ * : MAKER'S SUPPLY/CONNECTION CABLE

(INTER CONNECTION OR FITTING ON EQUIP BODY)
@) :~ :FLEXIBLE CABLE
@ : ,- ,- ,- :PNEUMATIC PIPE LINE
3. CIRCUIT DESIGNATION
EX) C 01
P : POWER DIAGRAM
CABLE CIRCUIT NO.
N : NAVI./INTER-COM./ RADIO
ENTERT. DIAGRAM
F : FIRE DET. & G/A DIAGRAM
4. LEGEND MARKING AND ETC. INFORMATION
® - - ECR
--- :AREA (LOCATION) MARKING
E/R
® TO ECC WHERE
<
FM MSB
(AL. BLOCK SIG) (FUNCTION) (MSB ABN. AL.)
@ <SEE C02> : RELATIVE PAGE OF SAME (SELF) CABLE DIAGRAM
@ <SEE P03> :RELATIVE PAGE OF OTHER CABLE DIAGRAM
@ <YARD, E/R FLOOR> :SUPPLIER AND LOCATION OF EACH EQUIPMENT.

;3
(")
y
w
Cf)
~
Cf)
w
~
<t:
z
•• ~
oc
0
LL
. _.;
_S_h_i_p_b_u_j_ld_i_n_g_C_o_.-.. -l-td-.--=-s1=7~36,....,-0-1---=G=EN...,.,E=RA--:-:---Lr-evc-:.2=-.v~sd.
'=s=Tx-=s=E---=c::-30:-4-:-(2-::-oo_2_01-)--'-~-----,-----,S.,.,.T_X_Q_ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_·
PAGE cos I
stx CABLE LEGEND [1/2] MODEL NO

DWG.NO
51KPC09
08002000
*ALL ELECTRIC CABLES ARE MARINE USE TYPE
1. CABLE APPLICATION; IEC 60092-35X (FINE ROUTE)
® ® ® © ® ® CD
G r:J~W~W~W- ~@]~
2
CROSS SECTIONAL AREA (mm )
H- INDIVIDUAL SHIELD
ITT Till
NUMBER OF CORE
COMMON SHIELD
STEEL WIRE BRAID
PR-PVC SHEATH
HF-HEPR INSULATION
NUMBER OF CORE
FIRE RESISTANT TYPE I COLD RESISTANT TYPE
VOLTAGE GRADE( H: 0.611KV, NO MARK: 250V)
FINE ROUTE CABLE
- Cables on all areas including machinery space, exposed deck and weather deck are of -EY(HEPR Insulator and PVC Sheath)
type, without steel wire braid or PVC protective covering.
- Cables required dynamic strength in order to pull by a winch may be used -EYCY type of cable.
INDIVIDUAL SHIELD
NUMBER OF CORE
COMMON SHIELD
STEEL WIRE BRAID
PR-PVC SHEATH
EPR INSULATION
NUMBER OF CORE
FIRE RESISTANT TYPE I COLD RESISTANT TYPE
VOLTAGE GRADE( H: 0.611KV, NO MARK: 250V)
PROTECT.®
TYPE @ CORE @ INSULATION@ SHEATH@ ARMOUR@
COVER e
OTHERWISE CD
FR: FIRE S: SINGLE P: EP RUBBER Y: PR-PVC C : STEEL WIRE Y:PVC S:COMMON
RESISTANT D: DOUBLE BRAID PROTECTIVE SHIELD
T:THREE E: HF-HEPR COVERING ..,.
C: COLD F:FOUR RUBBER - S: INDIVI. 0
C')
RESISTANT 5: FIVE SHIELD
(-30°C) 6: SIX ~
M: MULTI
E: EARTH WIRE
~
(f)
(1.0 mm 2) RG: RADIO w
TT : TELEPHONE GUIDANCE ~
<{
(0.75 mm 2 ) z
~
0::
f2
S_T_X_O_ff_s_h_o_r_e_._&_S_h_i_p_b_u_i-ld_i_n_g_C_o-.-.-.L-t-d-.·--=-s1=7""36::-:-0,...,.1--=G=E:-::NE=RA:-:-:-L-re-v.2:::-.v-s7d
· .'=-s=Tx-=s=E--=c::-3o=-4-=(2-oo_2_01-)_ _ _ _ _ _
, II .
Rl!l PAGE C06 I
:tl CABLE LEGEND [2/2] MODEL NO

DWG.NO
51KPC09
08002000
RATING CURRENT(A) RATING CURRENT(A)
NO SYMBOL CABLE TYPE O.D GLAND NO SYMBOL CABLE TYPE O.D GLAND
100% 85% 100% 85%
IEC-60092-35X (FINE ROUTE CABLE)
7.7 10B
1 ASBYS2 H-SEYCBYS-2.5 28 23.8 9.6 15C 38 AM(Y)S2 MEY(CY)S-2 14 11.9 (11.41 120AI
8.7 15A
2 ASBY35 H-SEYCBY-35 145 123.2 16.3 25B 39 AM(Y)S4 MEY(CY)S-4 11 9.3 (12.41 (20BI
10.3 15C
3 ASBY70 H-SEYCBY-70 225 191.2 20.0 25C 40 AM(Y)S7 MEY(CY)S-7 9 7.6 (14.01 (20Cj
13.3 20C
4 ASBY95 H-SEPYCBY-95 275 233.7 22.3 30B 41 AM(Y)S12 MEY(CY)S-12 7 5.9 (17.0) (25B)
9.1 15B 15.5 25A
5 AD(Y)1 H-DEY(CY)-1.5 17 14.4 _112.81 _(20B) 42 AM(Y)S19 MEY(CY)S-19 6 5.1 (19.2) !25CI
9.9 15B 18.5 25C
6 AD(Y)2 H-DEY(CY)-2.5 24 20.4 (13.!;1 _j_20c:}_
43 AM(Y)S27 MEY(CY)S-27 5 4.2 (2241 (JOB)
20.7 JOA
7 AD4 H-DEY-4 32 27.2 11.1 20A 44 AM(Y)S37 MEY(CY)S-37 4 3.4 (24.81 (JOC)
10.1 15C
8 AD(Y)S2 H-DEY(CY)S-2 24 20.4 (13.8) (20C) 45 ATT1 TTEY-1 - - 7.1 10B
11.3 20A
9 AD(Y)S4 H-DEY(CY)S-4 32 27.2 (15.0) (20C) 46 ATT2 TTEY-2 - - 10.4 15C
9.6
10 AT(Y)1 H-TEY(CY)-1.5 14 11.9 (13.3)
15B
(20C) 47 - - - - - -
10.4 15C 7.3 10B
11 AT(Y)2 H-TEY(CY)-2.5 20 17.0 _(14.1) (20C) 48 ATT(Y)S1 TTEY(CY)S-1 - - (11.0) (15C)
11.9 20A 10.6 15C
12 AT(Y)4 H-TEY(CY)-4 27 22.9 (15.!;1 _125~
49 ATT(Y)S2 TTEY(CY)S-2 - - (14.3) (20C)
13.0 20B
13 AT(Y)6 H-TEY(CY)-6 34 28.9 (16.7) (25B) 50 ATTS4 TTEYS-4 - - 12.1 20B
15.4 25A 14.5 20C
14 AT(Y)10 H-TEY(CY)-1 0 47 39.9 (19.1) (25C) 51 ATT(Y)S7 TTEY(CY)S-7 - - (18.2) (25C)
17.7 25B
15 AT(Y)16 H-TEY(CY)-16 63 53.5 (21.6) (30A) 52 ATTS19 TTEYS-19 - - 20.2 30A
21.8 JOA
16 AT(Y)25 H-TEY(CY)-25 84 71.4 _1_25.~ _130c:}_ 53 ATTS24 TTEYS-24 - - 24.6 30C
24.6 JOC
17 AT(Y)35 H-TEY(CY)-35 102 86.7 (28.9) (35B) 54 ATT7S TTEY-7S - - 15.1 25A
28.2 35B
18 AT(Y)50 H-TEY(CY)-50 126 107.1 (32.5) (40B) FIRE RESISTANT TYPE
32.7 40B 10.3 15C
19 AT(Y)70 H-TEY(CY)-70 158 - (43.7) (45B) 55 AFD(Y)1 H-F-DEY(CY)-1.5 17 14.4 (14.0) (20C)
15C
J:i~J;~~(EX~::~R
37.2 45B 10.9
20 AT(Y),,~.5~~'"" ...193 - _137.~ _(SOB) 56 AFT(Y)1 H-F-TEY(CY)-1.5 14 11.9 . (14.6) 120Cl
20A
21 fl:'rE¥{C'Y):1'2o·~
AT(~)YfQo•"' ii' 1~'>~'·), I 22j;i2t'>
41.5 50A
57 ~_FT('()f.~· ;,~-F-1,EY(CY)if.5 ~D[:s ~1'k0
11.9
L~f. ',
\-.-~~,~c~.\-'t.1''
.t'Ji ·~" fl47.1l _!55~ (15.6) (25A)
22 - "<\\~·;&t:L~
l~.t~ ~~L., . . . l::.;;\ r\. ~.;::
~i~~ tl 'lr~;i z~~ t~"1l1~ r.l ~:f'""':: !"sa .' ;Af;~T('()'lt~

~/"'-
'&
f"t·
~"-"'"'" ~~,J """"
~~~fttE~CGt>?fJ~) .I l t'l'' t'l i' _tktl~~;. ~1~,
27t•:i
'·~ •.. ; t·
·4:1"3:2
Rl16:9>
20C
(25B)
23 A TS~'*\'-""~:Rz; 'H-TEYs:r~s· ' ·, 14·~:··~·· :211'f.9n;.~ 1:~9~8 '\~ I''' 11SB ., '·"59. 'AFT(Y}1'6'' '14-F'-f'Ev(cv>~Wi"
\:<.•
. •'"' ·' 6'3 '"·'-' •, )'lZ'53'.5
11 '. '-19.0
·(22i9)
25C
(30B)
23.1 306
24 ATS2 H-TEYS-2.5 20 17.0 10.6 15C 60 AFT(Y)25 H-F-TEY(CY)-25 84 71.4 (27.2) (35A)
25.9 30C
25 ATS4 H-TEYS-4 27 22.9 12.1 20B 61 AFT(Y)35 H-F-TEY(CY)-35 102 86.7 (30.2) (40A)
34.0 406
26 - - - - - - 62 AFT(Y)70 H-F-TEY(CY)-70 158 - (39.2) (45C)
27 A51 H-5EY-1.5 12 10.2 11.3 20A 63 AFT(Y)95 H-F-TEY(CY)-95 193 -
-
(43.7) (50 B)
28 - - - - - - 64 - - - - - -
8.7 15A
29 A6Y2 H-6EYCY-2.5 15 12 17.3 25B 65 AFM(Y)S2 FR-MEY(CY)S-2 - - (12.4) (20B)
10.1 15C
30 A10Y2 H-1 OEYCY-2.5 12 10 21.4 30A 66 AFM(Y)S4 FR-MEY(CY)S-4 . - - (13.81 120CI
12.0 20A
31 - - - - - - 67 AFM(Y)S7 FR-MEY(CY)S-7 - - (15.7) (25A)
15.5 25A
32 - - - - - - 68 AFM(Y)S12 FR-MEY(CY)S-12 - - (19.2) (25C)
33 - - - - - - 69 AFMS19 FR-MEYS-19 - - 18.2 25C
8.3 15A
34 - - - - - - 70 AFTT(Y)S1 FR-TTEY(CY)S-1 - - (12.0) (20A)
12.5 20B
35 - - - - - - 71 AFTT(Y)S2 FR-TTEY(CY)S-2 - - (16.2) (25B)
14.1 20C
36 - - - - - - 72 AFTT(Y)S4 FR-TTEY(CY)S-4 - - (17.8) (25B)
37 - - - - - - 73 AFTT4S FR-TTEY-4S - - 15.3 25A
JIS C-3410 (1999) SPECIAL TYPE
1 MY4S MPYCY-4S 11 9:3 14.9 20C 1 RG6U RG-6U 750HM - 8.4 15A
2 MY7S MPYCY-7S 9 7.6 17.4 25B 2 RG12UY RG-12UY 750HM - 12.1 20A
3 MY37S MPYCY-37S 7 3.4 33.5 408 3 5C-2V 5C-2V 750HM - 7.4 10B
g
4 - - - - - - 4 3C-2V 3C-2V 750HM - 7.3 10B C'l
0
5 TTY2S TTYCY-2S - - 16.4 25B 5 RG22U RG-22U 95 OHM - 10.3 15C u'J
UJ
6 TTY4S TTYCY-4S - - 21.1 30A 6 RG59U RG-59U 73 OHM - 6.2 10A ~
UJ
7 TTY10S TTYCY-10S - - 31.5 40A 7 - - - - - - w
~
8 - - - - - - 8 - - - - - - <(
z
9 FMY19S FR-MPYCY-19S 6 5.1 25.4 30C 9 STP-5 STP(CAT-5) - - 6.4 10A ~
oc
10 - - - - - - 10 FTP-5 FTP(CAT-5) - - 5.9 10A 0
LL
S1736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd
STXSE-C304(200201) .
STX Offshore &·Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE CO? I
SYMBOL LIST [1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8002000
® TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
(RESISTANCE BULB: PT-100 Ohm) ® M.E. RPM INDICATOR
(W.T, SURFACE TYPE)
® TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
(THERMO-COUPLE) @ M.E. RPM INDICATOR
(FLUSH MOUNTING TYPE)
® TEMPERATURE SWITCH (i) M.E. RPM INDICATOR

(N.W.T, SURFACE TYPE)
® TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER I REV I REVOLUTION COUNTER
® PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
@ TIC RPM INDICATOR
(W.T, SURFACE TYPE)
~)
TIC RPM INDICATOR
@ PRESSURE SWITCH
8 DIFFERENTIAL PRESS. SWITCH

@
c
TIC RPM INDICATOR
(N.W.T, SURFACE TYPE)
® LEVEL TRANSMITTER @ F.O PUMP MARK INDICATOR

@ LEVEL SWITCH Q~) MIE LOAD INDICATOR

® FLOW TRANSMITTER
~ SPLICING KIT
SWITCH
0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
)(~J' tf~f.!.~ t1 u) i'!r~~ ~ !S ihf~lt~:tl~~·~~

~ .
.· ·. • · rn~ ttl ~~·
8 OIL MIST DETECTOR

0 LEVEL INDICATOR
@ ~
SALINITY SENSOR
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC CONVERTER
(SALINITY ELECTRODE)
8 PICK UP SENSOR lAMPI AMPLIFER BOX
8 PUMP MARK TRANSMITTER

® TACHOMETER
@ LEAKAGE DETECTOR
0 AMMETER
® HUMIDITY TRANSMITTER
B TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
@ LIMIT SWITCH @ liP CONVERTER
@ AUX. SWITCH
~ ELECTRIC PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
® SOLENOID VALVE
I~
® BURNER ELEMENT
~
~
(!)
I~
S1736-01-GENERALrev.2.vsd · .
. STXSE-C304(200201)
. STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.
PAGE cos I
SYMBOL LIST [2/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO D8002000
,.
'I SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
~ PUSH BUTTON W/LAMP I ECC I ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
§ CHANGE OVER SWITCH I wee I W/H CONTROL CONSOLE
~ SWITCH I CCC I CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE
~ GREEN RUNNING LAMP I BCC I BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
~ GREEN INDICATION LAMP

~ NE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
~ WHITE INDICATION LAMP IMSBDI MAIN SWITCH BOARD
eJ RED INDICATION LAMP I ESBD I EMERGENCY SWITCH BOARD
® LOW PRESSURE ALARM I BCD I BATTERY CH. & DISCH. BOARD
0 HIGH PRESSURE ALARM @] SHORE CONNECTION BOX
® LOW TEMPERATURE ALARM I LGSP I LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL
IGH TEMPERATURE ALARM

0 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD
\~1~ ~~~ 1:1 ~~~ h~rl'~""~n

' . 'i'lll\:~~-
N INSTRUMENT ·~t'fi'
~ HIGH LEVEL ALARM
~ DISTRIBUTION BOARD
~ AUXILIARY ALARM
~ NAVIGATION LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
EM'CY NAVIGATION EQUIP. DIST.

8 DIMMER SWITCH
~ BOARD
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
® BUZZER
~ DISTRIBUTION BOARD
0 GONG
0 JUNCTION BOX
[EO ELECTRIC HORN

0 TERMINAL BOARD
[1§ ELECTRIC SIREN

8 EM'CY STOP PUSH BUTTON
®<8 AIR HORN W/ SOLENOID VN

0 BELL
<8 AIR HORN !sAcci BALLAST CONTROL CONSOLE
~
~
BELL W/PILOT LAMP(WATER TIGHT) I AMS I ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM ~
Li
~ !~
BELL W/PILOT LAMP
(NON WATER TIGHT) It)
~ I~
'R:RED
Y:YELLDW
ROTATING LAMP G: GREEN
B: BLUE
... STXSE-C304(200201)
STX Offshore ~ Shipbuildin g Co~·Ltd 81736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd
PAGE C09 I
ABBREVIATION MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
...
I
NO. LETTER DESCRIPTION NO. LETTER DESCRIPTION
1 AUX AUXILIARY 35 INL. INLET
2 B.C.C BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE 36 L-L LOW-LOW
3 BCD BATT. CH. & DISCH BOARD 37 L.O. LUBRICATION OIL
4 BA.C.C BALLAST CONTROL CONSOLE 38 M.E. MAIN ENGINE
5 BVI BEARING VIBRATION INDICATOR 39 MID MIDDLE
6 c.c.c CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE 40 M.I.P MEAN INDICATING PRESSURE
7 C.C.R. CARGO CONTROL ROOM 41 MSBD MAIN SWITCH BOARD
8 C.F.W COOLING FRESH WATER 42 NID NAV. INST. DIST. PANEL
9 CIRC. CIRCULATING 43 NLP NAV. LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
10 COMP. COMPRESSOR 44 OLP OUTDOOR LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
11 C.P CONTROL PANEL 45 OMD OIL MIST DETECTOR
12 c.s.w COOLING SEA WATER 46 OUTL. OUTLET
13 CYL. CYLINDER 47 PRESS. PRESSURE
14 D.B DOUBLE BOTTOM 48 PURl. PURIFIER
15 OK.
_.:::>:.«;::-:::>;.;:;:::--;·~::~~::
lt~J i;:;:;:;.··:;:•,i:):::,
DECK ..-:7;;:::;:·;· . 49 P.B PUSH BUTTON
~':·-:.<·>>·l'
1~,,';: i'''[)l ~%·~~;O I Lh!i;"\i~! ,/k;i;f,; .,~, ~, . [il~,~' ' " .:;: : : ,.
:
16 -~;~J:· :::::<:>· ·:'!c\::..50 :::l 11:~ p tP)ii'i:)
~:t._.
fit\,:::: ,,,, "'~'~ ~:~, ,,,, ~:;~ ~ )ii .,~,,,!!~ ~; .c;·,::::;:;, .,,,:;,,::;\
-:-·-·-·-·,
17 iiti~0'icW/ ':\;j~;~:&:~~~~iicd~c~k0Jh0'~§dl~,,"!;::: i:;r· I:M~

t~:s1 l:r; RIEt::i);: ~" ... ! ~,l !iiiBlo1k> 'i'N~H~ §1§:f]} ~ANM}::'J·tl
!11
18 E/C/R ENGINE CONTROL ROOM 52 RPM REVOLUTION PER MINUTE
19 E.G.B EXHAUST GAS BOILER 53 RVI ROTOR VIBRATION INDICATOR
20 EM'CY EMERGENCY 54 SEP. SEPARATOR
21 END EM'CY NAVIGATION DIST. BOARD 55 S/G STEERING GEAR
22 EXH.GAS EXHAUST GAS 56 SH/G SHAFT GENERATOR
23 E.R. ENGINE ROOM 57 SLP SIGNAL LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
24 ESBD EMERGENCY SWITCH BOARD 58 S.T STARTER
25 F.C.P FIRE CENTRAL PANEL 59 STBD STARBOARD
26 F.O. FUEL OIL 60 s.v SOLENOID VALVE
27 FWD FORWARD 61 TRANSM TRANSMITTER
28 F.W.E FINISHED WITH ENGINE 62 TEMP. TEMPERATURE
29 G.C.P W/H GROUP CONTROL PANEL 63 VN VALVE
30 G.E. GENERATOR ENGINE 64 w.c.c WHEEL HOUSE CONTROL CONSOLE

""'0 "
C"l
31 GEN. GENERATOR 65 W.G.P WHEELHOUSE GROUP PANEL 0
uJ
32 H.F.O. HEAVY FUEL OIL 66 W/H WHEEL HOUSE ~
(/)
33 H-H HIGH-HIGH 67 W.M.C WHEELHOUSE MANEUVERING CONSOLE LU

~
<(
34 HYD. HYDRAULIC 68 W.N.C WHEELHOUSE NAVIGATION CONSOLE z
~
~
35 IND. INDICATION 70 ~
STXSE-C304(200201) 81736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd
.STX Off~hore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C10 I
LOCATION CODE MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO D8002000
AREA AREA
NO. DESCRIPTION NO. DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE
1 SGS- S/G RM ST'BD-FR NO. 48 OC1- ON DK N0.1 CRANE
2 SGP- S/G RM PORT-FR NO. 49 OC2- ON DK N0.2 CRANE
3 SGC- S/G RM CENTER-FR NO. 50 OC3- ON DK N0.3 CRANE
4 EFS- E/R FLOOR ST'BD-FR NO. 51 OC4- ON DK N0.4 CRANE
5 EFP- E/R FLOOR PORT-FR NO. 52 OH2- ON DK N0.2 CRANE HOUSE
6 EFC- E/R FLOOR CENTER-FR NO. 53 OH4- ON DK N0.4 CRANE HOUSE
7 E2S- E/R 2ND DK ST'BD-FR NO. 54 BOS- BOSUN STORE-FR NO.
8 E2P- E/R 2ND DK PORT-FR NO. 55 FCL- F'CLE DK
9 E2C- E/R 2ND DK CENTER-FR NO. 56 FM- FORE MAST
10 PUR- PURIFIER RM-FR NO. 57 US- UPP-DK ST'BD-FR NO.
11 E1S- E/R 1ST DK ST'BD-FR NO. 58 UP- UPP-DK PORT-FR NO.
12 E1P- E/R 1ST .OK PORT-FR NO. 59 UC- UPP-DK CENTER-FR NO.
13 E1C- E/R 1ST DK CENTER-FR NO. 60 UEC- UPP-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
14 ECR- ENGINE CONTROL RM-FR NO.
15 EWS- E/R WORK SHOP-FR NO.
16 AS- A-DK ST'BD- FR NO.
17 AP- A-DK PORT- FR NO.
18 AC- A-DK CENTER- FR NO.
19 AEC- A-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
20 AEG- A-DK EM'CY GEN RM-FR NO.
21 AC2-
__.,-?:.-;"':"· ""'T"-
MbK C02 RM-FR NO.
-e-·/>~··. ·.·.·:;-""·<·~-<¥!"·. 91'";v;-:;, ~-L-"0........,..
22 8~~1!'! :~::":l~''{tK®.~"sfi~JP,t~R NQ;~, '''"' .(~'' ., .;.:;?; ~·:~ :;::;: :§ ~;l~ !81-:-::: "'ill
23 BP~li''@
"'~~~~st~t<- PQ,~:E;1Br3 N:~. ];:) 'ti" 1i~i"' ~r;;~: ~l"i'1. i1f''r:::, i@'' ', 6l:;b .\!~~~',,, 0~~: ),. Ut''~:: n :;r::.:r ;:}"''ji; m: ·1~i~· rl··· e!,.,. if:ti:!: li:~ l:ir"1~ f1'~~
24 BC~~·:;", ;:,;~>f:t' B~[::fl(i~'6I~·NTE·RtFFFN'6Y' 1 ~::: ,::;:;::{::" !i'i ]:~;~ ·~:::);:;::;~' l:!;: :;~ ::I~:;• ·::;~,~~~~:-~"" .~;~;:'. :-:/ ~:::: r; a i'f·;;;' ::'ie~::;c ,,,,,,,;:::,:; ti:! '''''·' .,,,,!;:''?.i E:'' i:~ i::: ~;';f!l
25 BEG- B-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.

26 CS- C-DK ST'BD-FR NO.
27 CP- C-DK PORT-FR NO.
28 CC- C-DK CENTER-FR NO.
29 CEC- C-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
30 OS- D-DK ST'BD-FR NO.
31 DP- D-DK PORT-FR NO.
32 DC- D-DK CENTER-FR NO.
33 DEC- D-DK ENG. CASING-FR NO.
34 NS- NAVI. BRI. DK ST'BD-FR NO.
35 NP- NAVI. BRI. DK PORT-FR NO.
36 NC- NAVI. BRI. DK CENTER-FR NO.
37 NWH- NAVI. BRI. W/H-FR NO.
38 NEG- NAVI. BRI. ENG. CASING-FR NO.
39 TS- COMPASS DK ST'BD-FR NO.
40 TP- COMPASS DK PORT-FR NO.
41 TC- COMPASS DK CENTER-FR NO.
42 RM- RADAR MAST "<t
0
43 PO- PIPE DUCT KEEL-FR NO. (")
0
44 LS- N0.1 LOWER STOOL w
45 LS4- N0.4 LOWER STOOL ~
(f)
46 OS- ON DK ST'BD-FR NO. UJ

::2:
47 OP- ON DK PORT-FR NO. <(
z
::2:
0::
0
lL
STXSE-C304(200201) S1736-01-GENERAL rev.2.vsd
·"'. STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
_.., J .
•.i. •
·en
'-i
X
en OUTLINE ARRANGEMENT JUNCTION BOX DETAIL
m
0
w
·-1>-
0
'1\3
§[~~-9; JBNO. LOCATION CONNECTION CABLE
0
0
~j:i! fli~ L1 ACC.UPP ACC. -- B/STORE,E/R
N
/
,§);'
0 FO B/STORE B/STORE-FOREMAST CABLE
~
------ NAVI.D"
'
.
L4
SGR
c
S/G/R
C DK CONN. LINE
S/G/R--E/R CONN. LINE
s::
c
EJCASING ~I L4
~ _.,c;'ifi;< ;:,,, 7
~
%:~:;;" ,~l 8
c....
CDK
'~~~~§ c%J 9 c
z
g~
:;;:,
*NOTE* ,..., FOREMAST (')

::::;i 1.JB NO. : M-JB- EX) M-JB-FO -1
BDK 0
......,
1-- v z
EM'CY OJ
GEN. 0
ROOM
ADK
><
)>
;o
L1
I I FO I BOS~v ;o
-i
DK~~-n
I I STORE
UPP. \\
S/G/R ;.~;;;;J,f"'
m
lsGR I ~~~i:::;:~::;~]
E/R 1ST
0 s:
0
~
~
0
p m
z r m
EJR2ND 0 z 0
en ;}:;~;z~~:i ¥3
~
-'.>.
~~~~];:::
·. -...j
·w
Ol
~ 0
~
6m E/RFLOOR '·C•>C<<·>C·CC >;;<

If 0 01
A
-
00 ~
z I 0 ~
m 0 ""0
~
r
rri[ E/RBOTTOM ~};~~:':f; \\
N
0
0
0
0
0
CD
Cil
<
N
~
·. ~o.L_~~-==-=~--------------------------____l___L____l_._...J
FORM NAME : STXSE-C304
PAGE C12
M.E CONTROL & IND. SYSTEM [1/3] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER : STX ENGINE/LYNGSO
MODEL : 6S50MC-C (MK7)
PORT WING
BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
CONSOLE
FOR START AIR
@
"/)
r CfOfC- DC 24V
I BRIDGE
FOR START AIR
I
I
TELEGRAPH
ORDER
OPERATION PANEL
(EMP 2200) @
"/)
I
PRINTER
I I
I I
I I
I
-C1611 T/B (CONSOLE MAKER SUPPLY)
I CD
IV N
N
..-
..-
0
I~ ~..--
~0
~LO~
;a:o
10 <(
I t
:M-JB-L1 ~ .___,.___, M-JB-L 1
ACCOM
--------r---------- ~ CD----~--------
I
I
I E~C I DC 24V(DMS) ~
~N
N
~v
N
en to
~ Ito
I~
I Ia ~ o ~ o 2
<(
° 1..--
10
I I~ ~ ~
I 10 • • I
I
I
E/C/R
f>- E/R
>- CANCLE FOR TACHO

~ ALARM (PCS675)
t( AMS2 l
STARTING AIR INLET
FOR BRIDGE CONTROL
I 08
't.). . . .A ..),_./'-· (PT8502)
PNEUMATIC CONT. CABINET
REMOTE
AMS START (E684)
REMOTE
ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM STOP (E682)
- OMS POWER FAIL
-COMMUNICATION TO N0.2 REMOTE
GAMMA OUTSTATION AHEAD (E683)
REMOTE
START AIR DIST.
ASTERN (E685)
POSITION (ZS667)
AMS27
09 REMOTE CONTROL
MAIN STARTING POSITION (PSC674)
AMS12 (C14)
VN SERVICE POSITION 07
(ZS663) CH-OVER AT EM'CY v
0
(ZS653) C'l
0
MAIN STARTVN D..
BLOCK POSITION
SNFORVIT CONTROL AIR PRESS uJ
~
(E656) F.W.E (PS8506)
(ZS664) ~
~
SAFTY AIR PRESS
F.W.E (PS8507) ~
NOTE : ** MARKED M(MASTER), R(RESERVE) CABLES SHALL BE ROUTED TO STOP POSITION FOR ~
GIVE AS MUCH AS PHYSICAL SEPARATION. SHUTDOWN ~
RESET(PSC652) 0
~Y&ico~~~~rr---------------~--------------~----~--~--~~~--~~~--~~--~~~
#_.
. STXSE-PC301(200604) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd . S1736-02-BMS rev.2.vsd
-~
L~ l< •
Ulz
~0
(/).,
m m
-b ..
(") :
g s::.
~
.~ )>
I 0"U(J)
~;u
o m-um)>
~A
om N0.1 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS651-1 I Ul"U
ATTS2 :g )>z ;u)> "Tlm
1\)
0
'(J) AHEAD 1\l 1\lm.,.,
c; g 0-
(J) I
N0.2 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS651-2
m
~
AHEAD
0
I
I m
;u N0.2 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS650-2 "U I (")
m
rn ;a ASTERN
m~
I
0
~
m
(/)·
m
N0.3 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS651-3 s::.,m
;:350
I
I z
:;g
AHEAD
~z;u I -I
0
~
.!!] N0.3 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS650-3 o"U I
;r:r '- ~)>
(")
ASTERN
s:: z I
)> m (ENG. MAKER CONN.) m
r I r-
r
Ill N0.4 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS651-4 ~ 0 I m
z ~
m
0.... (J)
AHEAD s:
en I G)
(J)
N0.4 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS650-4 I z z
C'O I
)>
ASTERN r
0 ~"U <J S::
I
I
m
() 0
0()
.QO r
.r N0.5 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS651-5 () Q(/) r 0 )>
mz 2 1 0
)> z
en __ rii;dc
~
OJ AHEAD
r 0() I
m AMS27 -I
-·
:r
"C c
0" rri
;u
0
N0.5 CYL. FUEL CAM
ASTERN
N0.6 CYL. FUEL CAM

ZS650-5
ZS651-6
m
r
OJ
0
05
(C16)
0)>
zoo
~z
:::Om
.,
W
~
8
;uo~
r
I
I
I
I
:::0
0
r
()
en
-I
m
r: 0 0~ 0
-·
...... b
c.
AHEAD
N0.6 CYL. FUEL CAM ZS650-6
>< r
c
ti
0
I
I
z
(/) s:
-·
::'l"
tC m
<
G) ASTERN z
3
his:: --- ______ ]
)>
A
0
r
m
'i\3
(;:;
..._.
)> m
C') (J) ;u
0 c s:: (J)
c
·I:g-< - - -Q.g~
(")
I s::
~ 6;
"U
I
~ <m
mo
o,:c o
::§;
Gl
ol-u
0 )>
m Gl
I T/G POSITION ;:u;:u . r m
-< MS~----------------1 z z
(J)
()
LIMIT S/W (ZS-659) (ENG. MAKER CONN.)
I~ (J)
z 0 0
)>· I~ -u52
r
CJ)
~
,-..!
(J)
m
"U
I~I A~~27 I ---1
)>(")
m.,
Z)> ()
0) )> IO 'oz 0 (]11~
6 .,~ I~
CXl .....
~
Ill-
s:: 0z
EM'CY CONTROL
MSr---------------~
(ENG. MAKER CONN.)
10 0
0""
0
1\.)
"lJ
()
POSITION (PSC654) 0 0
(J)
g to
ro
"<:
1\)
~ I ""I
a.
LF_O_R~M~N_A_M~E~:S~T~X~S~E~-P~C~3~04~------------------------------------------J_-L_L------------------------------------~--------------J__L~~
PAGE C14
M.E CONTROL & IND. SYSTEM [3/3] MODEL NO 51KPC09
08002000
.
1
DWG. NO
..... - .....
--r---
1'--..... 1
'? * I I
!::
z
Cf2o9 - -- - -- L.,_~ _:----7~------t-S~-
_ i EM'CY STOP (E658)
::J
_J
0
0:: OVER SPEED (/)
1-- w
z (/)
~
0 MAIN L.O & P.C.O
0 LOW PRESS. SHD.
0
0 (PS8109)
z
"<"'"
N ~
Cl
(f) f-
0.. THRUST PAD ::J
0 1--------i TS HIGH TEMP. SHD I
(/)-
(TS8107)
AMS2
1-
w
z AMS2
..
J.C.F.W INLET LOW PRESS.

J.C.F.W OULET HIGH TEMP.
6
0 SCAV. AIR FIRE DETECTION
"<"'"
I;_-----~
N MAIN L.O & P.C.O INLET LOW PRESS.
(f)
2 K_ COMMUNICATION P.C.O OUTLET HIGH TEMP.
0
Ir BY STL-NET CABLE ~ P.C.O NON-FLOW
THRUST PAD HIGH TEMP.
EXH. GAS CYL. OUTLET HIGH TEMP.
I EXH. GAS CYL. OUTLET HIGH DEVIATION
CYL. LUBRICATOR NON-FLOW
--f---- -P7ioa- - - - - - TO NO. 112 BLOWER STARTER

*N0.1 BLOWER RUN
*N0.2 BLOWER RUN
*F.W.E I SHUT DOWN
ECR TO NO. 112 BLOWER STARTER

INDICATION *AUTO I MAN COS
PANEL *START I STOP I RUN
. ~·
PAGE C15
M.E TELEGRAPH SYSTEM MODEL NO 51 KPC09
08002000
. DWG. NO
PORT WING CONSOLE BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE (CENTER)
EM'CY
STOP EM'CYSTOP
BRIDGE BRIDGE r::'\ CONTROL BOX
~
TELEGRAPH TELEGRAPH ~ EL. SHAFT SYS.
I I I I I I IJ:
I I I L - - - - -1'- - - - - - I 1..--
I 1- -'I'- - - - - - - -1- - - - - - - - __! I~
,o
I I I I DC 24V
I
T/B (CONSOLE MKER SUPPPLY)
AMS7
11 "<!" C\J 1'-
0)
AMS19 (f) ..... cn"' (/)C'"l Ci)r-.

~--------,1~2~------~ ~ 0 ;a:o :a:..-
<(
;a:o
<( <(
M- JB- L1
C\J 1'- 0)
(i)-.r (/)-.r Ci)ro
;a:o :a:..-
<(
;a:o
<( <(
I _ E_M~ ~2~0_ ~ I _ ~~ ~ ~~ ~
(~~~f~i~~~f~~'tRE~~i~.u ~~~~l.
I I
I
I
6
BELL
I I I
0)
"<!"
(f)LO u;(D
~0 ;a:o
<( <(
-TELEG. SYS. POWER FAIL ~-- -c"4fo 1- - - - - -
E/R
~
('")
0
0..
AMS19
w
09 E
(/)
UJ
~
z
2
o::.
0
'«s;=;Txns'"EE'r-P""'c""'3o""1-,-.(2~oo""6"'o4")- - - --.T...,--X-O_ff_s_·_h_o_r_e_&_·- -h-i-p.,....b-u-.-i-d-in_g........_,..C_o-.~L-.-td---:-.----::cs1-=7:::-36=--o=-=2-=-B=-=-M=-=s-re-v-=.2-.vs--::-'d .u..
·. "';.
8 5 1
PAGE C16
M.E RPM INDICATION SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
PORT STBD
W/H DOOR WHEELHOUSE GAUGE BOARD W/H DOOR
OUTSIDE WALL OUTSIDE WALL
PORT WING CONSOLE '<t

AMS4 (f)N
~0
01 <( 03
_ B.C.C_j
C/ENG. DAY RM
AMS12 AMS2
11
T/B (CONSOLE MKER SUPPPLY) S- 04
'
I
110
0
IC\1 AMS2
10 15
I ± 10V M/E RPM
SIGNAL
(SEE N51)
M-JB-L 1
ACCOM
-_I_-------------------
I
I
I
I _ E.C.C_j
·rL
I'"'~
.t)ti
I~
I.,..
I
I<J
I
I I I
I
ECC DC24V I
I I I
IN I I
115 I ____ I
11.3 I
I I
l..-
1l2
PCS CABINET (OMS 2000i CONTROL UNIT) IG
'<t
I
(f) co I
~0
<( I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I E/C/R
-----~--
'<t
I E/R
(f)(J) I~ 1
t:o
<(
I~
10
I
I
I I
I
JUNCTION BOX FOR LOCAL EL. BOX

I AMs I
TACHO PICK-UPS -M/E T/C RPM
'<t
0
(")
0
0...
PUT PUT PUT uJ
(/)
~
..-r-:
o...Z
Nt--=
o...Z
... E
o._W
NW
~
o... 1- T/C RPM

(/)
W
<(2
::::>0 ::::>0 :Jl.L..
,<( :Jl.L..
'0 '0 ~ cJj PICK-UP z
i. ~oc ~oc ~(f)
~0 ~0 ~oc ~oc 2
0...~ 0...~ o...o 0...0 oc
~ ~ 0
~~~~n.n~~~------~~~--~~~~~~~~~~~----~--~~~----~~~~~~~~·l.L..
sTxsE-PC301(200604) . STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co~ Ltd . S1736-02-BMS:rev.2.vsd
PAGE C17
M.E DIGITAL GOVERNOR SYSTEM MODEL NO 51 KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
E/C/R
------------u~.C,
------- MANU.
HANDLE
I
ATTS4 I
--------~) I
ENGINE
GOVERNOR PANEL
(EGP2200) I
AMS4
--~--=--~-------- J
13
- - - - - - - - -C9ii13--------- ~ E.C.C DC24V
ELEC. WORKSHOP
TRANSFORMER AC440V
~-~
ATTS4 I-I
IB~I
AMS12 I a.~ 1
r---------~~--------~ ~J
wen
>(!)
Ow
C!>- ADS2
w
z
(!)
~-l
z
w
I g r---eD E2'
0
z
I---------'A..:..TT~S..:..4_ _ _ _ _----ll B I
0::
UJ
>
~~~ a.O
:::>(.9
~0::
~~~ ()0
~-J
-u_
a.~
AMS4
SCV. AIR (PT8602)
REGULATING FUNCTION
E/P CONVERTER FOR VIT -.r
0
(")
ADS2 (E668) ()
09 a.
w
- - - - - - - - -C4006- - - - - - - - - ~L_ __ A_M_S_ _,.,
-POWER FAIL
E
en
-ABNORMAL UJ
--------cThfu________ _ ALPHA. ~
z
- CYL. OIL .DOSING
CONT. PNL. 2
0::
0
LL
.. -----'-5-T~X-O_ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_S_h_i_p_b_u_i_ld_i_n_g_·-C-o-.·-L-td-·~_--__,_81_7,....36--6~2--=-s.....,M-=-s~re~v.2-=-.v_s_,.,d
'<"sT""X"'~,...,.E--;=;P""c3""0""1(,-,:,o""o""'60,...,.4),-
•. PAGE C18
M.E CYL. LUB. CONTROL SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
E2P-25
-------------------------r-~C24:----------- I_E.C.C j
C9903 1
I I
I
- - - - - - - - - --C9904- - - - - - - - - --~ DC24V
ATTS2 I I
01 -.... HMI PANEL
I (DISPLAY - TDC PICK-UP
AMS7 ,.. UNIT)
l-----------=-=o2,:...:.-----------v.__ ___________________ JI
~--------------- -~_EtctR ~
I - LOAD DEPENED
t-----------------...:...A.::;M~Sc..:.4______________---1f----l
03
EGD220
CABINET
° CYL. LUBRICANT
(LCD INPUT)
1
I
I
AMS12
- BCU STOP
04
I PCS -AHEAD/ASTERN I
...J
_________________________ l_ CABINET - MCU STOP
-SLOWDOWN
w C1405 I
z L ___________________ ~
~
05 I - N0.1- 6 LUBRICATOR
-------------=:--::A.,::M.;;:S;;-:7:,.:X~6;:--:-;---------------+-1 - FUEL INDEX TRANS. I
06,07,08,09, 10,11
I
h....,...'*lP!JJ.)~j ~~~.~~~~~UP 1
\i.,;, ~ }}! f>~~ t~
I
~-ii'i-~PJ~Jnl "[UD£: f!I<PJ~~UP
z <..;;;:....;~;;;;=-=.......-- -'k~ili£:> I
2 I
3
0:::
ATTS4
16
t:C
::J PUMP STATION (ON M.E)
...J
-AC440V ESBD ~--- -P4912---- +:--------~-----I
<(
:c AMS 7 1 ALPHA L.O
SYSTEM P/P
·I
0... 17
STARTER 1
...J
<( t---------------~A~M~Sc..:.4________________.....v,..'-----~
18 I
-AC 440V I MSBD ~-
- - -P3909- - - - ""t--..... ALPHA L.O
I SYSTEM P/P 1-------{ M I
t------------------'-A~M~S--'4------------------v / STARTER 2 ........... I
19 L _______________l
-----------~w3-----------iAMsl
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM MCU ABN.
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM MCU PWR. FAIL
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM BCU ABN. ;g
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM BCU PWR. FAIL ("")
(.)
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM COMMON ABN. c..
-M.E CYL. OIL SYSTEM BCU IN CONTROL w
en
~
M.EAUX. BLOWER STARTER en
-----------~ror-----------~ -N0.1 ,2 PUMP RUN LlJ
~
z
~
rr.
0
~~~~~~~rr-------~~~------~----------~--~~~~----~--~--~~~~~--~~~
•, STXSE-PC301(200604) '' STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-02-BMS rev.2.i.tsd
•. PAGE 18A
BEARING CONDITION MONITORING
MODEL NO 51 KPC09
SYSTEM DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER : Dr. E. HORN
E.C.C
r - - - - - , - BEARING WEAR SYS.
- - -CM06- - PCS SLOWDOWN
CABINET -ASTERN RUNNING
E.C.C - - - - - - - - -- -cT515- -'--------'
DC24V cgsK INDICATION UNIT
FORBWM
AMS
-BEARING WEAR
- W.I.O 0.5AW PRE-ALARM
ALARM~
- W.I.O 0.9AW ALARM
I -BEARING WEAR MONI. SYS. FAIL ~.
I~ -~~~/~~~/~~~~v~~
I~
IU
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
------------------l
~~/EB~~
--~----------
1
I
I. I _______ _
LINE CONVERTER BOX
I
I 0
:::!:.
I •
TERMINAL BOX
.0
~
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0
:::!:. :::!:. ~ ~ ~
0
:::!:.
• .0
:::!:.
0
:::!:.
•
0
:::!:.
•
0
:::!:.
• .0 .0
:::!:. :::!:.
WIO DS DS OS DS OS DS OS OS DS DS OS OS
I WIO FORE AFTER FORE AFTER FORE AFTER FORE AFTER FORE AFTER FORE AFTER
I WATERIN ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ;g
I OIL SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR (")
u
I N0.1 CYL N0.2 CYL N0.3 CYL N0.4 CYL N0.5 CYL N0.6 CYL I a.
uJ
en
~-----------------------------------~ ~
en
w
::2:
NOTE : 1. *, **MARKED CABLE AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED BY MAKER. ~
2. **MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES. 2
a:::
0
lL.
... '<"s""Txns'E"E_""Fip""'c3'37'0..,1(""2o;;-;;o""6o"'4,-)---S~T-X-·..,...O_,.ff~s~h~o~r'-e-&~S-:-::-h-=-i-p..,...b_u_i-ld_i_n_g--'-C--.
0 _L_t_d---.-=-s1:-::7::-:36=-=-o=-=-2--=B-=-=M-::-s-re-v.::;-2..v~s d ·
7
PAGE C19
G.E CONTROL SYSTEM [1/3] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: STX ENGINE
TYPE : 5L21/31
DC 24V (FOR CONTROL)

~--cc- 1
~ __ I C9B03- --
---:._ ---@ PICK UP FOR SAFETY
1 SE90-2 .
1-- - - .:_ - - _fpS\ L.O. INLET HIGH PRESS SHD

~---, VpsL22
DC 24V (FOR SAFETY) I ~~C_I C§8Q6-
1- - - _:_ - - _1-ffi\ H.T.W OUTLET HIGH TEMP. SHD
~TSH12 -
I.
I 1- - - .:_ - - ~ EM'CY STOP
MSBD(SYN. PANEL) I L..-.---1--.1-J """Vsss6-1
I I • I •
RAISE LOWER
I
>- )x __ :.._ __ ~ START
\..,'-V'--""-''--''--"'-'.1 0
OJ """Vsss3
-LOCAL
AMS27
z
- COMMON SHUTDOWN 0 __ _:_ __ _Q TURNING DEVICE
~
:._m:._
-REMOTE 01
- REMOTE STOP "'\:J ZS?S START BLOCKING
-REMOTE START w
-START FAIL z
-ENGINE RUN z
-STOP SIGNAL 0 _Q L.O SUMP TK LOW LEVEL
- READY TO START 0 ~co ~LAH28
..- ,
TO N0.1 G.E. PRELUB. OIL PUMP

c)
z -* X
:2 -*-@
LS L.O SUMP TK HIGH LEVEL
LAL28
STARTER(- RUN) - P4SOS
TO J.F.W PREHEATER
STARTER(- RUf\J).
:._ u
rr .:_ -G \:JLAH42
DRAIN BOX HIGH LEVEL
~--. r:;~~~t~;i
ALA~m,:~~~~¥~~;~!~, (!.~
SYSTEM'(SEE GQ9, C60.}
::;::: ,_,.·-:.':":;,;~~-·::::::::?· :.;-;_:;·· ,;:::>::.:::>
'> ··:-:':~.;: ,.~:: :>-:-::-:-· ··:::.:::~:~::y::
~--:.._-
·m·~
ACTUATOR
-;2 - -6 EXH. GAS OUTLET TEMP.
N TE61
-·m·~
~ - -6
e:.~~r
EXH. GAS INLET TEMP.
JET SYSTEM S.V
. N TE62
SS32 ~
H.T.W PRESS INLET &* ~ * - :2 - -- :.._-- __t;;\ ALTERNATOR WINDING TEMP.
PT10 ~TE98-1-3
e~-mr
L.T.W PRESS INLET .:_ ~ H.T.W TEMP. OUTLET
PT01 OJ ~TE12
L.O PRESS INLET FILTER &* ~ * PT21
- :2 -
0
z - *-@
RB
TE01
L.T.W TEMP. INLET
L.O PRESS INLET & __ _:_ __ .

-*-@
RB
TE21
L.O TEMP. INLET
PT22
L.O PRESS INLET T/C ®:--_:_ __ PT23 TE40

F.O TEMP. INLET
-- :.._-- __t;;\ v
&~ill~
CHARGE AIR TEMP. OUTLET
F.O PRESS. INLET ~TE31 0
(")
PT40 ~ 0
0..
~
CHARGE AIR PRESS OUTLET &* ~ * - :2 -
-- .:_-- __t;;\
~TE10
H.T.W. TEMP. INLET
~
STARTING AIR PRESS

PT31
& __ _:_ __ :._ N

Jil- _:_ __fr2\ EXH. GAS CYL N0.1-N0.6 TEMP. :
"""VTE60-1-5 ~
z
PT70
- - .:_ - - ~ PICK UP FOR ENG. RPM 2
"' "'"VsE90-1 - ~
0
L1..
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding qo. Ltd S1736-03-ER rev. 1.vsd

PAGE C20
DWG. NO 08002000
~---, . ___ :_ __ ~ PICKUP FOR SAFETY

1
~~C_I c9B64- -- -vSE90-2
1- - - :_ - - _(pS\ L.O. INLET HIGH PRESS SHD

~---, VpsL22
DC 24V (FOR SAFETY) I ~~C_I C9867 1
I
I
1--- :_-- ~ H.T.W OUTLET HIGH TEMP. SHD
I --vTSH12
I*
I 1- - - :_ - - _fs;;\ EM'CY STOP
MSBD(SYN. PANEL) I L.~
1-...,1-J - - vSS86-1
RAISE LOWER
I I • I •
I
-<X '--
0 r - - :_-- __t;;\ START
co --vSS83
-LOCAL
AMS27
z *
• COMMON SHUTDOWN 0 -- ~ __fzS\ TURNING DEVICE
m:_
f- _ :_ __
-REMOTE
- REMOTE STOP
01 i=
(.) · --v ZS?5 START BLOCKING
-REMOTE START w
-START FAIL z
-ENGINE RUN z
- STOP SIGNAL 0 r :_ _Q L.O SUMP TK LOW LEVEL
- READY TO START (.) ~ ~LAH28
N co
TO N0.2 G. E. PRELUB. OIL PUMP

d
z r - * ::;;
X *-@
- LS L.O SUMP TK HIGH LEVEL
LAL28
STARTER(- RUN) - P4811
TO J.F.W PREHEATER
STARTER(- RUN)
r :_ u :_ __tLS\
li \JLAH42
DRAIN BOX HIGH LEVEL
rr~~r(t
~Jii~~~:Eird!:ili~t~!!f;~~~~~~~·
ALA~!YhMG,~IT<DRING
SYSTEIIA'ff~~-~ ¢;~§. C6,0
!:Jf~!:~:E?~);:r:~ \::.:::~;~til{~~~~;.
ACTUATOR
*{!}-*_h;::\
1-- ;2 - "'6 EXH. GAS OUTLET TEMP.
N TE61
*@*_h;::\
"'6 ~
e:~m~-
f-- - EXH. GAS INLET TEMP.
JET SYSTEM S.V !::: TE62
~
SS32 z N
H.T.W PRESS INLET ®: PT10

-* ~
::;; -*
::J
_J
0
0:::
1- - - :_ - --® ALTERNATOR WINDING TEMP.
TE98-1-3-
1-
z
L.T.W PRESS INLET
L.O PRESS INLET FILTER

a·1lr
PT01
-
®--::;; -
*
PT21
~
cn
""'
X
-
*
0
(.)
N
d
z
r--
f--
:_-®
-* - @
RB
TE12
TE01
H.T.W TEMP. OUTLET
L.T.W TEMP. INLET
L.O PRESS INLET ®:--:_ ___

PT22
I-- -* - @
RB
TE21
L.O TEMP. INLET
L.O PRESS INLET T/C ®:--:._ ___

PT23
1-- =--€)
TE40
F.O TEMP. INLET
~
et~1lr-
1--- :_-- CHARGE AIR TEMP. OUTLET ;3
F.O PRESS. INLET ~TE31 C')
PT40 ~ 0
0..
~ ~ uJ
CHARGE AIR PRESS OUTLET & *-
PT31
::;; -*
1--- :_--
~TE10
H.T.W. TEMP. INLET
8
-:_ _ql :_-@ EXH. GAS CYL N0.1-N0.6 TEMP. :
STARTING AIR PRESS ®:--:_--- N TE60-1-5 ~
z
PT70
f- - - :_ - - ~ PICK UP FOR ENG. RPM 2
'-JsE90-1 0::
0
u..
STXSE-PC301 (200604) S1736-03-ER rev.1.vsd
. STX Offsho.re & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C21
DWG. NO 08002000
~---, - - - .:._ - - -G PICK UP FOR SAFETY

1
_9~C_I C
1030 r -- \,_JSE90-2
--- .:._-- _fPS\ L.O. INLET HIGH PRESS SHD

VpsL22
DC 24V (FOR SAFETY)
~---,
1 _9~C_I c-10308- 1
I
I
- -- .:_ - - __r;:s\ H.T.W OUTLET HIGH TEMP. SHD
I --vTSH12
MSBD(SYN.
:*
I L-,..--1---.1--1
:- --.:_ --~ ---vSS86-1
EM'CY STOP
I I • I •
I
__ .:_ __ ~ START
""'Vssa3
-LOCAL
-COMMON SHUTDOWN
-REMOTE 01 __ .:_ __ __fzS\ TURNING DEVICE
- REMOTE STOP
-REMOTE START
""'V ZS? 5 START BLOCKING
-START FAIL
-ENGINE RUN
-STOP SIGNAL
- READY TO START
.:._ill.:_
~
___Q
~LAH28
L.O SUMP TK LOW LEVEL
("I)
* *-@
<0
ci - X
::2: - LS L.O SUMP TK HIGH LEVEL
TO N0.3 G.E. PRELUB. OIL PUMP z LAL28
STARTER(- RUN) - P48f4
.:._ Q.:._ _.![?\ DRAIN BOX HIGH LEVEL

ff \::_J LAH42
-*@*~
~ --(S EXH. GAS OUTLET TEMP.
N TE61
-*{!}-*~
~ - -(S
e:~~r
EXH. GAS INLET TEMP.
JET SYSTEM S.V
N TE62
SS32 ~
H.T.W PRESS INLET @:.* ~ *
PT10
- ::;;: - ·o
__J
0:::
__ .:_ __ -® ALTERNATORWINDINGTEMP.
TE98-1-3
I-
z
&~lir*
0
L.T.W PRESS INLET 0 .:_ -G H.T.W TEMP. OUTLET
PT01 ~ C"') \:.:)TE12
L.O PRESS INLET FILTER &* PT21

- ::;;:
X -
ci
z *-@
- RB
TE01
L.T.W TEMP. INLET
L.O PRESS INLET ®:--.:. __

PT22
*-@
- RB
TE21
L.O TEMP. INLET
L.O PRESS INLET T/C &--.:. __ PT23 TE40

F.O TEMP. INLET
-- .:_-- __tRB\
&~~llr
CHARGE AIR TEMP. OUTLET '<!"
~TE31
0
F.O PRESS. INLET C"l
PT40 ~ 0
a.
~
CHARGE AIR PRESS OUTLET &* ~ * - ::;;: -
- - .:_--
~TE10
H.T.W. TEMP. INLET w
E
STARTING AIR PRESS
PT31
®:--.:_-- .: _ N
Jil- .:_-@ EXH. GAS CYL N0.1-N0.6 TEMP. :
TE60-1-5 ~
z
PT70
- - .:._ - - ~ PICK UP FOR ENG. RPM 2
I(JSE90-1 0::
0
u..
. .: .
STXSE-PC301 (200604)
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co ..L~d . S1736-03-ER rev.1.vsd
C22
stx
PAGE
M.E & G.E H.F.O SUPPLY SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09

DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: STX METAL
(SEJIN)
E.C.C
--*---~ AUTO FILTER DIFF. PRESS

HIGH FOR M.E & G.E
~-------1
1 IIH.F.ol o.o I 1 AMS12 H.F.O JD.O CH-OVER
II VALVE POSITION IND. II 01 3-WAYVALVE
L_ _ _ _ _ _ ___.
LOW PRESS FOR D.O
CHANGER OVER
DC24V
TEMPERATURE
VISCOSITY (4-20mA)
MY4S
CONTROLLER t- - - - - l----=o3=-'-----1
(VC22) VISCOSITY
(4-20mA)
AMS7 ___ :._ ___ _Q STEAM CONTROL VN

02 -v (SERVO MOTOR)
r--:7 AD2 ___ :._ ___ ~V rf-rp\ G.E EM'CY

I 04 \.:._J M.D.OPUMP
I
I <AIR DRIVEN MOTOR>
I {
I
I
"'
CONTROL
AUTO START (SEE C23) AIR
-BLACKOUT L----'-----------------
- - - - P2-if1- - - - - 1- EM'CY STOP M.D.O PUMP

AMS (GAMMA OUTSTATION 1)
- M.E&G.E D.O USE
-AUTO FILTER DIFF. PRESS. HIGH FOR M.E & G.E
-VISCO. HIGH&LOW - - - - C415r---- -VISCOSITY HIGH/LOW
-VISCOSITY PWR FAIL -VISCOSITY POWER FAIL
'<t
0
(")
0
0..I
LlJ
Cll
~
Cll
LlJ
2
~
2
0:::
0
u.
. STXSE~PC3 1(200604) S1736-03-ER rev.1.vsd
•. STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd·
PAGE C23
G.E H.F.0/0.0 CH-OVER SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
E.C.C
MSBD (SYNCH. PANEL) (SEE P20)

- NO. 1 G.E CONDITION (25%)
AUTO MANUAL - NO. 2 G.E CONDITION (25%)
'$ X3
- PiOO""f- - - NO. 3 G.E CONDITION (25%)
- BLACK OUT SIGNAL
- D.O USE SIGNAL
DC 24V - C9BD_I
H.F.O D.O
DC24V ____ I
'$ X3
E2C-12
AMS7 N0.1 G.E

03 SUCTION VALVE
C98D
AMS7 N0.1 G.E

04 DISCHARGE VALVE
~SI~~~~~t~
I I
I I z
I SUCTION DISCHARGE I w
(!)
I IJH.F.oJ D.o II IJH.F.oJ D.o ill AMS37
.02
I
Ill
I -N0.2 G/E VN POSITION IND. I 7 AMS7 NO.2 G.E
() 06 DISCHARGE VALVE
I I
I I
I SUCTION DISCHARGE I
I IJH.F.oJ D.o II IJH.F.oJ D.o 11
I -N0.3 G/E VN POSITION IND.

1
I AMS7 NO.3 G.E
07 SUCTION VALVE
L _______ _
AMS7 NO. 3G.E C!;

08 DISCHARGE VALVE (3
()_
uJ
(/)
~
(/)
(40P)
UJ
~
2
0::
0
u..
STX Offshore & Stlipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C24
BOILER CONTROL SYSTEM [1/3] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
ry-.,---"'{)~~,.-"(y,_,(\~,.-.....('Yv-v-'V'Y'f'Y"rt~l--·""'tY~"(~r,r,-"v"'""',~~-(---v---rv-v-,~r,rvrAKER'~fM")"J
1
~ UEC-22 ~ ~
( m PUR- ~
~. 0: I ~
~ UJ AMS2 I LIMIT SWITCH ON H.F.O (F.0-01A) j
~ ~ 01 1 -CLOSED IN H.F.O POSITION ~
(
(
2
~~ AM02S2
II ~ II -CLOSED
LIMIT SWITCH ON H.F.O (F.0-01B)
~
-<
( Q IN H.G.O POSITION J
/" (/) I I ~
~
>
~O~a.
>
AMS2
03
L~_Ms
Q
! -CLOSED
LIMIT SWITCH ON H.F.O (F.0-01B)
IN D.O POSITION
~~
t ~ GAUGEBOARD j
~ ~ (BOILER B_QQY)_ _ _ _ ~
t ~ - ._- ® ! F.O PRESSURE TRANS. (8.1) ~

'
~
~
>
<3
~
ffi
- ~- ®T
I
I COMB. AIR FLOW TRANS. (8.7)
I
,
~
~~
t ~
~ - -® i
~ STEAM PRESSURE TRANS. (8.11)
~
j,
-~- e i
r ~
~
~
uj
<Cz
g_
~ • @ I 1
COMB. AIR PRESSURE LOW (8.6)
1
~
,. CD --- TS WINDBOX TEMP. HIGH (8.15) '
>
\.
D.. ~
o~
~
-<
(
C
~ CXl
~ 2 j F.O PRESSURE LOW (8.3)
-<
~
~~ """"~'\
9:& 26
~~1 , 0)
~~
~ I if -._- e '! STEAM PRESSURE HIGH (8.13) ~

o
ra --:.._- eI I CONT. AIR PRESSURE LOW (8.14)
)'
t >< j
\
,~
::J
<C
--:.._- PS
8 1
I STEAM PRESSURE LOW (8.16) -<
~
~
t
-____
:. _-e _I I
1 M.D.O & M.G.O PRESSURE LOW (8.17)
~
~
~
~ BOILER BODY -\
~
~ ~~2 LOW LOW WATER LEVEL (AA3) ~.

t
:~
I
~
1---------~~---------rlDPT
AM06S2 WATER LEVEL TRANSMITTER (AA1) ~~
-<
'( AD 2 LG WATER LEVEL GAUGE (AA2) .,
~
~ 09 L __ l ~
t
( AMS2 LIMIT SWITCH ON F. D. FAN VANE
~-< ~uJ
t
t
A::2
08
~~:::~;:~O:~FOR F. D. FAN INLET
VALVE CONTROL (F.0-09)
j~
~ UJ
~ ) ~
( I ) Z
~ I_ _ _J ~ ~
\..A.f... A..A .. A..A..AJ...A..A..Aj ...A.I...A.A..A.J....A.~\...A ..A ...A.A..A..J... A ..A ..A.f...A..A..A.A..A..f... A.f... A.:.J....A.A..A.-i ... A..i-....A.J... A ...<...AJ... A ..A ... A...J-....A·..i •.. A. ..A.J ~
STXSE-PC301 (200604) S1736-03-ER.rev.1 ,vsd
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.
PAGE C25
DWG. NO 08002000
STXSE-P 301 (200604) 81736-03-ER rev.1.vsd

.~·· STX Offshore ~- Shipbuildi~g Co.· Lt.d
ADDED C26A
I
stx
PAGE C26
DWG. NO D8002000
AMS2 I.P POSITIONER FOR WATER LEVEL

03 CONTROL VALVE (AL3)
....1
w
z
~ E.C.C
....1
0 EM'CY STOP P.B
0:: AMS4
1-
z 01
BOILER RUN
0
0
0::
w
....1 STEAM PRESS. (AL2)
.. m
0 AMS12
02
WATER LEVEL (AL 1)
-STEAM PRESSURE INDICATING

-WATER LEVEL INDICATING
- - - - - - - - - - -C44AOS--- --------1 AMS I

- COMMON ABNORMAL
- COMMON SHUTDOWN
- SALINITY HIGH
-OIL CONTENT HIGH
- F.O SUPPLY PIP ST'BY STARTED
- M.D.O & M.G.O SUPPLY P/P ST'BY STARTED
PIP SIDE
1
w
...J -------------------------JEcc
C9705 l ___ l AC 220V
·Z
~<~
wD..ID
AMS2 I.P POSITIONER FOR F.O PRESS.
a::...J9 07 CONTROL VALVE
a.. CO
O::LL
O. I --
LLZ
0
0 r-----------------~A~M~S~2~----------------~PT HFO SUPPLY P/P OUT. PRESS.
08 FOR AUX. BOILER

STX Off~hore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C26A I
SOOT BLOWER CONTROL SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER : KANGRIM
BEC-
- - - - - - P4101/01A- - - - - - - - - - j MSBD (AC440V FEED PANEL)
ECO. BODY (SEC-)
N0.1 SOOT BLOWER
ECO. BODY (BEC-)
N0.2 SOOT BLOWER
N0.2 LIMIT SW. ON SOOT BLOWER
SEC-
AMS2
PILOT SN ON STEAM SUPPLY VN
05
AMS2
LIMIT SW. ON STEAM SUPPLY VN
06
E.C.C
1--- -I SOOT BLOWER
AMS12 12
(9 lt.-__..:.A...::.M:..;:;S;:;-:..::'------i REMOTE PUSH - SOOT BLOWER ST/SP/RUN
07 I Z I OS BUTTON
I Ci5 I
I O<( I
I I I
I a:J I
I --, I AMS (GAMMA OUTSTATION 1)
- -C44A03A-- - 1 0 r-- C44A03 - - - - SOOT BLOWER ABNORMAL
1_ _ _ _ 1
NOTE: #MARKED CABLE TO BE SEPARATED MIN 30MMPOWER CABLE(440/2

STXSE-PC301 (200604) S 1736-Q3.ER rev .1.. vsd ·
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding_ Co.. Ltd
PAGE C27
PURIFIER CONTROL SYSTEM [1/4] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: ALFA-LAVAL
TYPE: SA836
PUR-
------------~002 __________ _
NI
0...
en
(.9
_J
------------~003 __________ _
AMS4
* EM'CY STOP PUSH BUTTOM
02 (PURl. ENTRANCE)
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
WATER TRANSDUCER
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
£B
~~~1
OIL FEED
OIL OUTLET
CORES)
...J
0
0:::
1- WATER OUTLET
z
0
(..)
WATER SEAL
OPENING WATER
(2 CORES)
CLOSING WATER
;;!;
(")
PURIFIER INLET TEMP. u
0..
uJ
(/)
~
- - - - - - - - - - - C4805----------- -I AMS I -PURIFIER INLET TEMP. H/L
(/)
w
2
~
2
NOTE : THE CABLING MARKED ** SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0:::
**MARKED CABLES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0
LL.

·. !" STX Offshore & Shipbuild.ing Co. l,:.td
PAGE C28
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: ALFA-LAVAL
TYPE: SA836
PUR-
------------~002 __________ _
CiJ
0...
C/)
(.9
_J
------------~003 __________ _
AMS4
(PURl. ENTRANCE)
-----------------l
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
0::
w PRESS. TRANSMITTER
WATER TRANSDUCER
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
-I
II OIL FEED
I I
II
I I OIL OUTLET
(2
....1
0 II
0:: I I
1- WATER OUTLET
z (2 II
I SV5 I
0 '-----
I
0 I
---II
WATER SEAL
I I
o II
I I OPENING WATER
s II
I I
CLOSING WATER
II
I
"<t
I 0
('")
PURIFIER INLET TEMP. 0
0..
uJ
CfJ
~
CfJ
- - - - - - - - - - - C4806----------- -I AMS I PURI.INLETTEMP. H/L UJ
2
<(
z
2
NOTE: THE CABLING MARKED** SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0::
**MARKED CABLES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0
u..
STX Offshore &·Shipbuilding Co. Ltd .
PAGE C29
stx PURIFIER CONTROL SYSTEM [3/4] MODEL NO

DWG. NO
51KPC09
08002000
MAKER: ALFA-LAVAL
TYPE: PA615
PUR-
------------~007 __________ _
------------~008 __________ _
AMS4
~--------------~~02~----------------~PB
(PURl. ENTRANCE)
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
0::: PRESS. TRANSMITTER

w (2 CORES COMMON SHIELD)
u.
0:::
::::>
a.
0
.J
OIL FEED
(2 CORES)
WATER SEAL
(2 CORES)
OPENING WATER
(2 CORES)
** CLOSING WATER
(2 CORES)
;3
('<")
PURIFIER INLET TEMP. 0
0...
uJ
(/)
~
-l AMS I
(/)
- - - - - - - - - - - C4807----------- PURl. INLET TEMP. H/L llJ
~
z
~
NOTE : THE CABLING MARKED** SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0::
** MARKED CABLES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER. 0
lL
STXSE-PC301 (200604) . S1736-03-ER rev.1.vsd

STX Offshore & Shipbuilding. C.o. Ltd
PAGE C30
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: ALFA-LAVAL
TYPE: PA615
· PUR-
------------~007 __________ _
------------~008 __________ _
AMS4
(PURl. ENTRANCE)
PRESS. TRANSMITTER
a:: PRESS. TRANSMITTER

w
u.
a::
:J
a..
0
OIL FEED
...J
0
a::
1-
z
0
0
WATER SEAL
OPENING WATER
CLOSING WATER
PURIFIER INLET TEMP.
---------- -e:4808 - - - - - - - - - - - - j A M s I PURL INLET TEMP. HtL
NOTE : THE CABLING MARKED ** SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER.
**MARKED CABLES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY PURIFIER PACKAGE MAKER.
·. . . . STX E-PC301 (200604)

STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co" Ltd S1736-03-ER rev.1.vsd
PAGE C31
E/R DEADMAN ALARM SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
~
(")
0
a.
uJ
(/)
~
(/)
w
2
~
2
0:::
0
u..
STXSE-PC301 (200604) 81736-03-ER rev.1.vsd
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C32
E.R STOR. TK LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: PANASIA
E.C.C
_,I LOAD MASTER
w~
Z<D : - - ,_-C-/C-/R-_---.~
- .....
<(t--
Q..()
__,1W
>! ;&~!
ow
<
0::(f)
AMS19 ~--~
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +---=-::'i:7;_::__--+
01 zo::
o-
()Q
(f)()
.z o ! . iI
::2!-
u L _ _ _ _ _ _l
L __
1----- -0------ - - - - - - - - -C3io - - - - - - - - - - L.S H.F.O SERV. TK LEVEL

4
i ~---0------ - - - - - - - - -C3'ios- - - - - - - - - - H.F.O S~RV. TK LEVEL
1 I FOR LEVEL INDICATION

I I - - - -C3810 - - - - - M.D.O SETI. TK LEVEL
I I
I I
I ----------- - - - - c 38f1- - - - - M.D.O SERV. TK LEVEL
~-------------
----C4910 - - - - - H.F.O SETI. TK LEVEL
- -- - C4§'og- - -- - L.S H.F.O SETT. TK LEVEL

- - - - C49'11'- - - - - M.G.O SERV. TK LEVEL
ALARM MONITORING
I
I
I
I
I
I r ~gi_G_AC 220V
I I
I I
I r- - - --
1_,1~-- --
-DISTRIBUTOR --
;
I I I 1
I I I 1
~
I _,'It_-:=_-:=_-:=_-:=_ ~DISTRIBUTOR~
: - - ~
I I 1 I
I I I 1 I
I I I 1 I
AMS2 I
~X.-=--=--=--=- ~DISTRIBUTOR~--~
I I :
10 I
I I 1 I
I I I AMS19 0
3u.. I
I I I 1 06 I
ct
LJ:.-=--=--=--=- ~DISTRI~UTOR~-- ~
I I
_,I
u..
cD
AMS2 I
11 I
L __ l
I I I I 7
(,)
I I I I E2S-36
~---- ~DISTRI~UTOR~-- JI
I _,1~----
._
N0.2 H.F.O
INBOARD TK (S)
I I (!;
("')
I I I I (,)
I I I I a..
I I I I
EFS-40
N0.2 H.F.O w
. _ - - - - ~DISTRIBUTOR~--
~
_j
*--'I~---- I OUTBOARD TK (S)
I I I 1 (f)
I I I 1
w
I I I 1 EFP-40 2
N0.2 H.F.O
~_~-_-_-:_-_-~DISTRIBUTOR~-- _j
<(
OUTBOARD TK (P)
z
2
0::
0
u..
STXSE-PC301.(200604): S1 736:03-ER rev.1.vsd
~ .... · STX Offshore & S.hipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C33 I
EXTENSION ALARM SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
MAKER : STX-LYNGSO
B.C.C
~- DC2~V-------------I
I
I .
I L cfofE EXT. ALARM PANEL
I
AT4
--~
28 C1 01 F jI
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _N---~----
en.,.... en.,.... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1-W/H
L__ _ _
1-o 1-.,....
CCT
!< !<
AD2
EXT. ALARM PANEL 3RD ENGINEER RM
21
AD2
EXT. ALARM PANEL C/ENG. DAY RM
22
N
en<')
1-o
!<
AD2
EXT. ALARM PANEL 1ST/ENG. DAY RM
23
AD2
EXT. ALARM PANEL 2ND ENGINEER RM
24
r::~ ~
~l ~rl~J~:?~
~--~--------~--~
AD2
ENGINE OFFICE
25
N
en(O
~0
AD2
EXT. ALARM PANEL OFFICER'S RECREATION RM
26
AD2
27
EXT. ALARM PANEL
_ _ _ _ _ _ _IL..:A-DK
OFFICER'S MESS ROOM
__
N
( 30 p) enco
~0
<( -DELETED C3338
w
~
<(
z
~
0:::
0
lL
'=s=Tx-:-::s-=E---=c-=-3o-4-:-:-(2~oo_2_01~}----S~T=x-=-.-0-ff-=-=-~-='"h-p_r_e_·&-=--s-=-.~h-=-i_p_b_u--=i-=-ld-=-i=-n-g-----=c=--.c-L-td~------=s=-=1=73=-=6--=-o-:-4_--:-cAM:7.s=-=o-:-1-re-v.:::-2.v-s-:-'d
0
·PAGE C34 I
SYSTEM LAYOUT FORA.M.S MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
B.C.C (SEE C12)

1- - - - - - - - - - ,
I I
I TELEGRAPH I ATTS4
I ORDER PRINTER 1--'-1--.;...;._,174'--------,
II __________ ..JI
M-JB-L 1
E.C.C
~------ --------- c97c-------------- -~
--a---rn
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I __ _ GAMMA
I C9809,10
-------------------1
C4101 (C45)
OUTSTATION
I
L--- .rl------- N0.1
(SMALL SIZE) 13
E2S-
L------
C9811,12
~- --P~S-- - ---'~'-----l
'-1
GAMMA
OUTSTATION
i CABINET ---'~'-----l
,_1
N0.2
(LARGE SIZE)
NOTE 1: RG22 CABLES SHOULD BE RUN ON THE SEPARATE ROUTE WITH MIN. 50mm w
~
DISTANCE LENGTH FROM NONSHIELD CABLE. ~
2: **MARKED M(MASTER), R(RESERVE) CABLES SHALL BE ROUTED TO GIVE AS MUCH AS PHYSICAL SEPARATION. ~
0::
3: IMPEDANCE OF RG22 : 93 ohm .
tr
s_h_o_r_e_&
~ST-.x-s-E--C-30-4-(2-00-20_1_)------~S-.-T-X~Q-ff
__ __S
__h_i_p_b_u_i~ld_i_n_g~C-o-. -.-l-td------s~1-73-6--0-4--AM~s~o-1-re-v.2~.v-s~d
PAGE C35 I
B.M.S COMMUNICATION SIGNAL MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
_:<.
-<
M.E AUTO SHUTDOWN (MC01)
M.E AUTO SLOWDOWN (MC02)
M.E RPM (MC04)
M.E START FAIL (MC05A)
AL. FUNC. M.E REPEATED START (MC05B)

NO. CARD -<
INTERSIW M.E START AIR TIME EXCEEDED (MC05C) -<
INTER SIW M.E START BLOCKED (MC06A)
M.E START BLOCK CANCELLED (MC06B)

INTERSIW
OMS COMMON ABNORMAL (MC09)

INTER SIW
M.E GOV. LOAD LIM. CANCELLED (MC10)
INTERSIW
M.E LOAD PROGRAM CANCEL (MC11)
,11 _ _!!:!TERFAC.§_ _r--

M.E PICK-UP 1 FAIL (MC12)
tz
/
"
~~;:)
M.E PICK-UP 2 FAIL (MC13)
£$'~~-£!1 8 ~ tJ.Fj ~:;;:
'{on-", f''''".;f f'i f,:'$<>y, ~;Yk,J;. (~ 1:1 i<l \U py:;;j k'. 1:;7;:;,, _M ~
~
.
Jvl:~ RE~0Ll}l11.$)J;.J ~(~).,UJ)ITE~ (rv1Qi1i71)~~ t~
~~>~? tJ t) f~ ~{J~~{; fsfr/!J ~2:"'.:4 t~ ~~2 '-.~21ft§ fS1 ~ t&
}Jj t:.r.:;:;:~'
INTERSIW DPS POWER FAIL (MC16)
? DPS COMMON ABNORAML (MC17)

INTERSIW >-
M.E MANUAL EM'CY STOP (MC18)
INTER SIW -<
>- M.E SHUTDOWN CANCELLED (MC19) -<
?
INTER SIW >- M.E SLOWDOWN CANCELLED (MC20)
INTERSIW
M.E CRITICAL RPM (MC21)
~
( -<
INTER SIW M.E WRONG WAY (MC23) -<
-<
INTER SIW M.E CONT. POS. FAIL (MC30)
M.E RUNNING (MC30)
M.E TELEGRAPH ORDER (MC34A)
M.E TELEGRAPH RESPONSE (MC34B)
.~.AJ..A
;:!;
C'"J
0
uJ
~
(f)
w
~
<(
z
~
0:::
0
~--------------------------------------------------------~------~=-----~~~~7~
STXSE-G304(200201) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd .. S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C36 I
N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION [ 1 /12] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
E.C.C(SEE C31)
N01. H.F.O TK(S) LEVEL (F006A)
--
N
0
N01. H.F.O TK(P) LEVEL (F006B)
... w -.:::1"
~
N02. H.F.O INBOARD TK(S) LEVEL
z <( (F007A)
- .....
0
0
=
... u..........
...
fn
0
<( AMS19 N02. H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(S) LEVEL
(F007B)
::::) .._ N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(P) LEVEL

(F007C)
0 I-
cc ~
a_
2 z M.D.O TK(S) LEVEL (F026A)
2 C>
cc 0
" M.D.O TK(P) LEVEL
l!!l
(F026B)
t!.;
C"l
0
w
~
(/)
w
~
<(
z
~
0:::
0
~----------~------------------------~--~------------------~-----=~~--~~
STXSE-C304(20020 1) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd .. · S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C37 I
N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION [2/12] MODEL NO 51KPC09
,-,
DWG. NO 08002000
E.C.C
®I F.O INLET PRESS. (MF01)
I
I ® I TIC L.O INLET PRESS. (ML03)
® MAIN. L.O & P.C.O INLET

PRESS. (MLOB)
® AMS19
02
~
w
~
""")
J.C.F.W INLET PRESS. (MW01)
® AIR COOLER C.W INLET

PRESS. (MW21)
® START. AIR INLET PRESS.

(MA01)
AMS27
01 ® SCAVENING AIR INLET
PRESS (MA11)
----:- p;-~ ~CONTR®lli":AIRlNttET

~~,,~ '" ''i~ l"\il 1 ~!!::I ,~~ 1
PRESS.
(IVT~b3)
ttl R1T8"Sb'3 t~ ~ t~ ~ .~ ~ ~ ~~ I ~~ ~' <~l
""' *'-}Tl1, ">:<' .iti ~~~~ ~ :.t-~._ "•\'f.~*~ ~!1 ~~.t\Jt'.'
ER C.P Kl5EE~G26~W" '" ~~' ~<h• ., ~~;
~--------------------~
I I AUX. BOILER STEAM PRESS. (SF03)
~-c2602-:
: AUX. BOILER WATER LEVEL (SF04) 1
I_----- ---------------1
..--
..--
I
u
N PUR-38
..-
I t---~..-'--1 LT H.F.O SERV. TK LEVEL (F003)
u
l ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
(SEE
IINTERiiACI M.E TIC RPM (MC36) C16)
8C'"l
0
uJ
2
(f)
w
~
<(
z
~
0:::
0
LL
s'==Tx:-::s=-=E--=-c:::-30::-:4-::(2-=-oo::-:2-:-01::-)-:---~5-=T=X-=--=Q=-ff=.::-S-::-h-O_r_e~&-:-.-=s--=-h-=i-p-=-b-U--:i:-::-ld-::-::-i
n-g--:.c=-o~..-=-l-t--:d:----S~1=73::-::6:-:::-0:-:-4-~AM~S~0:-:-1-re-v.:::-2.v-::s-:'d
.•...
PAGE C38 I
DWG.NO 08002000
AMS4
02
RB MEAT ROOM TEMP. (MS11)
T"""
_J
I
AMS19 co AMS4
RB FISH ROOM TEMP. (MS12)
01 -:I 03
I
~
("')
0 AMS4
I 04
RB VEGETABLE ROOM TEMP. (MS13)
(.)
-=::t
0
I
(.)
1.() •uEC
0 AMS4 AUX. BOILER EXH. GAS
......-... I 06
RB OUTLET TEMP. (SF11)
C'\1 (.)
0
~ c.o CEC
~ 0 AMS4
RB ECONOMIZER EXH. GAS
><
~
I
(.)
07 OUTLET TEMP. (SF61)
es i2i M
[.] i0[:j
fj u t~
E1P-30
E1P-28
....... AMS2 *(10M)
C) I LT M.D.O SETT. TK LEVEL (F021)
10 10A
(.)
0_J
<( ....... E1P-30
....... AMS2 *(10M)
z I 11 11A
LT M.D.O SERV. TK LEVEL (F023)
<( (.)
C\1
.......
I
(.)
("')
.......
I
(.)
-=::t
.......
I
(.)
1.()
;g
C')
0
w
(f)
~
(f)
w
~
<(
.. z
~
0::
0
~------------------------------------------------------~------~=-----~--~~~
STXSE-0304(200201) STX Offshor.e &. Shipbui~ding ·Co~ Ltd . S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C39 I
DWG.NO 08002000
/ - ..........
BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
...-- x 1 I- I
0
I P.A SYSTEM POWER FAIL (MS02) ltfJ oo
1(1).,...
() ~ 1 ~~~
I
N
0 x 2 I
I N0.1 AUTO PILOT PWR. FAIL (SG07)
N
IN'
() X 2 1..-
lz
('/')
x 3 llli
0 I~
I N0.2 AUTO PILOT PWR. FAIL (SG08) I
() ~ 3 I
L_
I
"<j"
0 x 4 lw~
I LOCKED IN ALARM (MS01) I iJ5 :::J:
I~Z
() ~ 4
I__
1.()
0 x 5
AMS27
B.C. C. DC POWER FAIL (GE16)
--. I() N
5 02 (C40)
0 X
0
N
N
c.o
0 x 6
B.C.C MAIN AC POWER FAIL (GE14)
~ I
-(Q () N
X 6
B.C.C EM'CY AC POWER FAIL (GE15)
.---
1
I
1a
lli:
ll±J
I~
FIRE SYSTEM ABNORMAL (FR02) I
I
1\-c
/8\ ryyyyyyy--.ryyy--._ry--.{-yr·-.r-,1
AMS2 LS BOSUN STORE BILGE ')
0 ( 06 L.H (S) (BG24A) ~
LL '-\._..A.._)._ __;-.._,A~A...-/.._.A_.A_..A,_A.J-.j\J,_.A_A._)... __;-.._;..)
AMYS12
05
cb
7
2 BOSUN STORE BILGE
AMS2 LS
07 L.H (P) (BG24B)
*EM'CY SHUT OFF VN C.P (F.C.S)

N ~ 4
..- I--___:A~M;,;.,S;:.:2=------1 Q EM'CY SHUT OFF VN AIR BOTTLE
I
() ~ 4
08 '-.J P .L (MS07)
('/') C')
5 F.C.S-
...-- X
AMS2 PS FIRE DAMP CONT. AIR PRESS. LOW
I 09 (MSO~
() ~ 5
"<j" C') FAN COIL UNIT (SEE P58)

6
...-- X
I
AMS2
10
ABNORMAL (MS06) I
() ~ 6
1.() C')
7
...-- X
I
() ~ 7
c.o 8
C')
...-- X
w
I r-- ,--- 1-------'A..::.~:-:;:~=2'------{ LS EM'CY G/E M.G.O TK LEVEL L.L (F044)
() X'<!"
8 f-- ~
z
.......... 2
-
~~~~~--------------~--~--------~----------------------------------~------~~
STXSE-C304(200201)
. . . STX Qffshore .~·Shipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
0::
0
PAGE C40 I
DWG.NO 08002000
..........
/ SGS-4 S/G CONTROL CABINET (SEE P79)
1'--- LO
1 - -
....... X
I N0.1 S/G AUTO ST'BY STARTED (SG02)
(.) co 1
X AMS4
01
co LO
X 2
.......
I N0.2 S/G AUTO ST'BY STARTED (SG05)
(.) co 2
X
0) LO SGS-8
X 3
....... AMS2 LS EM'CY FIRE P/P RM BILGE L.H
I co 02 (BG14)
~ f~~~.~rYYYY'r'r'<Y'YY'>"J
(.) X 3
0 LO
X 4
N
I
(.) co
X 4
t . . ~ -7 DELETED C:BLE : C4004 . , .
\......A...../,_.~\..../,_..-\..../-......A ...A ...A....A...A....J,_.J\..-- ......A._,.A..... A.J'..._J,/~../'-A...J......./'·-......J .....-\.../-
AMS12
05
....... LO
X 5
N
I
.--... (.) co
0 X 5
0 LOCAL F/F SYS. MAIN C.P (SEE F16)
N N LO
6
N N X
ABNORMAL (FR04)
~ I
-C1l (.) co
X 6
AMS7
WATER MIST DISCH. ALARM (FR03)
07
co 2
X
ENGINE GOVERNOR DEVICE(SEE C17)
1'--- r--- 3 -
N X
I GOV. POWER UNIT POWER FAIL (MC26)
(.) co 3
X AMS4
06
co r---
X 4
N
I GOV. POWER UNIT ABN. (MC27)
(.) co 4 f--
X
0) r--- PCS CABINET (SEE C12)

X 5
N AMS4
I OMS POWER FAIL (MC08)1
co 09
(.) X 5
0 r--- N0.1 EIC/R PACK. AIR COND. (SEE P35)

X 6
('") AMS2
I ABNORMAL (MS16)
co 08
(.) X 6
r--- 7
N0.2 E/C/R PACK. AIR COND. (SEE P40) g
X C')
AMS2
ABNORMAL (MS17) ~
co 10
X 7 (f)
p
(f)
N r---
X 8 ..
('") w
I ~
co <(
(.) X 8 z
~
_/ .............. 0::
0
u..
'=sT=x-=s=E--=c~30::-:4-=(2-=-=oo=-=-_2-=-o1-=-)--=-----:-s=T=x-=-=o=-ff:==-s-=-h-o_r_e_&-=--s-=-=-h--=-i-p-=-b-u--=i-=-ld-=-i=-n-g-_--=c=-
_ 0-_-. .-=-L-td--=--_------=s::-:1-=73=-=-6---=-o-=-4"-=-=AM:-::s=-=o-:-1.-re-v.27 .v-sd7
.... ·
PAGE C41 I
DWG.NO 08002000
ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE

.o. - x 1t--
I 1---1~ E.C.C MAIN AC POWER FAIL (GE11)
u ~ 1
N
0 x 2
I E.C.C EM'CY AC POWER FAIL (GE12)
u N
>< 2
('t)
0 x 3
I E.C.C DC POWER FAIL (GE13)
u ~ 3
~
0 x 4
M.E P.C.O NON-FLOW POWER FAIL
I (ML52)
u ~ 4
1.{)
0 x 5
E.R ALARM BUZZER STOP (GE09)
-.. I
0 u N
>< 5
0 1----t-t----i
N
N
M.E/G.E D.O USE (IH03) .
... ~
M.E F.O AUTO FILTER DIFF. P.H

(MF10)
VISCOSITY POWER FAIL (MF07)
AMS UPS POWER FAIL (GE17) l w~

w(")
1~0
I
r-
....... (")
3
....... >< 4
('t) (")
>< 5
.......
I C02 RELEASE ALARM (FR06)
u '<!"
>< 5
r-;:;:-
~ ~ 6 lO
....... 0w
I TELEGRAPH SYS. POWER FAIL(MC24)
u ~ 6 w
(/)
1-.:::::--
10)
1.{)
.......
~ 7 1"- g'<!"
I S/G COMMON ALARM (SG01) I o..
I w tf
w
u ~ 7 I~
><
~
(f)
, '\'-Y"Y-'rv-,rv·-y>ry--y-,ry--,{-y-y-y--,,-y-~-~ > ti)

,. w~
~ E/R DEAD MAN ALARM (MS15) :~ G~

' -· -- ) J'- lZ
~
0:::
0
~~~~~~~--------~~~~~-----=~~~~~~--~~~~~----~~~~~~~~~
STXSE~C304(200201) STX Offsh~re & Shipb~ilding Cp~ Ltd S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C42 I
N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION [7 /12] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
r---.....
../- .......... MSBD (N0.1 GSP, SEE P28)
r-- l!)
1 f-
...... X MAIN L.O P/P
I <0
ST-BY STARTED (ML61)
(.) X 1
co
......
l!)
X 2
MAIN C.S.W P/P
I <0
ST-BY STARTED (FS23)
(.) X 2
0) l!)
3
...... X
M.E. J.C.F.W P/P
I <0 ST-BY STARTED (MW32)
(.) X 3
l!)
0 X 4
N L.T.C.F.W P/P
I <0 ST-BY STARTED (FS26)
(.) X 4
...... l!)
X 5
N
I N0.1 FIRE, G/S & BILGE P/P ABN. (FS21)
--. (.) <0
5
0 X
0
C'\1 N l!)
6
C'\1 X
N
N0.2 FIRE, G/S & BILGE P/P ABN. (FS22)
'P' ~ I
-en (.) <0
X 6
z
-0 (") l!)
7
s...
N X
C'\1 M.E/G.E H.F.O SUPPLY P/P
0 I <0 ST-BY STARTED (MF11)
~ (.) 7
(~':;
~"
~:~% ~'a~ I~
r:~,:?
IC off
l~~:,.,
U)
~~:.
:» t~E ~~; t~i. lfu~Kii;~.
~
,
M.E/G.E l::i.F.O CIRG.z.,P/P
~f~;~ !S~ ;r~~1 f~ !,1\.:~J ~iJi ~:~~j r! ~ - ~

AA
:.,.:·st'B'(Si;AR.iTED'' •., ''1
~ !~; i<'f<~l..:~~~~~ ~r ~~~~~ Fi {~M,f13)
t.lA~k~~-!
•.:•
-·~~.
\·'<
~~.i
··~~\:~ .,
t~: ·f:::::'/
0 .._. L{)
X
r-- 1
01
c I-
~
N
I CXl
N0.1 E.R. VENT FAN FAIL (MS41)
2 a_ (.) X 1
2 z co r--
c - __J
N
I
X 2
N0.2 E.R. VENT FAN FAIL (MS42)
" ~-
CXl
(.) X 2
C.9 r--
r-- 3
N X
I N0.3'E.R. VENT FAN FAIL (MS43)
0 (.) CXl
X 3
co r--
X 4
N
I N0.4 E.R. VENT FAN FAIL (MS44)
CXl
(.) X 4
0) r-- 5
X
N
I N0.1 MAIN AIR COMP. ABN (MA36)
CXl
(.) X 5
0 r-- 6
(") X
I N0.2 MAIN AIR COMP. ABN (MA37)
CXl
(.) X 6
......
(")
r--
X 7 "'0 "
C')
AUX. BOILER F.W P/P ST'BY STARTED 0
I CXl
(SF18) uJ
(.) 7
X
~
Cl)
N r-- 8
(") X w
ECONO. CIRC. W. P/P ST'BY STARTED
I ~
CXl (SF63) <(
(.) X 8 - z
~
.......... 0::
.......... o.
- LL
'=-sT=-x-s-E--=-c-=-3o:-4-(2-oo-2o_1_)----S-::---:::::T:-X-::-.-0-ff-._s_h_o_r_~-&-. -S-h-ip_b_u_i-ld_i_n_g_C_o_._L_t_d---,s::-:1=73=-=-6-=--o4-=--A-:-:M--=-=s=-=-o-=-1-rev--,-.2=-.v-:-'sd
PAGE C43 I
DWG.NO 08002000
MSBD (SYNCH. PANEL) (SEE P16)
MSBD ABNORMAL (GE01)
MSBD CONTROL SOURCE FAIL (GE02)
BATT. CH./DISCH. BOARD ABNORMAL

(GE05)
AMS27
(C45)
ESBD ABNORMAL (GE03)
EM'CY DIG ABNORMAL (GE04)

--.
0
0 1---t-t--1
N
... co N
~
1---+--t--1
EM'CY GEN. BATT. CHARGE ABNORMAL
(GE06)
MSBD (N0.1 GSP, SEE P28)
~
::::>
a_
z
__J
~
CJ
0 >l: 3
C')
N X 4
.......
I
u X
""'" 4
E.C.C M.E BODY t!;

CRANK CASE OIL G
REMOTE MIST DET. FAIL (ML29) w
en
AMS4 MONITORING ATTS2 J/B FOR M/E ~
UNIT FOR O.M.D en
O.M.D CRANK CASE OIL w
TO SAFETY ::,;;:
C-1463- ._________,
MIST HIGH (ML28)
SYSTEM ~ <1::
z
::,;;:
a:
0
lL
'=s=Tx-=-=s:-=E--=-c:-:-3o::-:4-::(2:-:-oo=-=2-=-o1-=-:)-----:----=s:-::T=x--=--=o=-n==---=-h-o_r_e---=&-.-=s--=-h-=i-p--=-b-u--:i:-::-ld'-:".:-in-g------:c=-.- .--=-L--:t--:d=-----.s~1;-:;73:::::6~-o:-:-4---=-A;-;Ms;:;-;o;-:;-1--:-:re~v.-;:;-2.:-::vs::;-'d
.. ·~ 5 0
ADDED C44A
N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION [9/12]
J'-.. lD E1P-32
....-- X AMS2
I G.E L.O STOR. TK L.H (L002A)
(.) co 1
X
00 lD
2 E1P-32
....-- X AMS2
I G.E L.O SETT. TK L.H (L004)
(.) co 2
X
0) lD
3 E1P-29
....-- X AMS2
I M.E L.O STOR. TK L.H (L001A)
co 03
(.) X 3
0 lD
4 E1P-31
C'\1 X AMS2
I M.E L.O SETT. TK L.H (L003)
(.) co
X 4
....-- lD
r---------------------
I E1S-41
X 5
C'\1 AMS2
N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H (F053)
......-... I(.) co 5 I
0 X
0 I
N C'\1 lD
6
I E1P-41
... N
~
C'\1
I
(.)
X
co
X 6
AMS2
06
I
I
N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H (F054)
z Ill I
-
I E1S-35
0 lD
7
s...
('I')
X AMS2 I N0.2 H.F.O STOR. INBOARD TK(S)
0 L.H.H (F055)
U)
:::)
0
c 1- co
AMS2 N0.2 H.F.O STOR. OUTBOARD TK(P)
L.H.H (F057}
:& :::> X 1 I ---------------------
:& z0..
# INDEPENDENT HIGH ALARM (95%) BY
CD r-- EXXONMOBIL REQUIREMENT
c _.J
C'\1
I
X 2
" (.) co 2
~
X
J'-.. r-- 3
C.9 C'\1 X
BEARING WEAR ALARM (I\IIC40A) .
I
0 (.) co
X 3
00 r-- 4
C'\1 X AMS7
W.I.O 0.5AW PRE-ALARM (MC40B)
I
(.) co
X 4
10 <
co
'<'"'
0
0) r-- w
X 5 w
C'\1 ~
I W.I.O 0.9AW ALARM (MC40C)
(.) co 5
X
0 r-- 6
(") X BEARING WEAR MONI. SYS. FAIL
I -------- (I\IIC40D)
(.) co 6
X
....-- r--
X 7
(")
I co
(.) X 7
C'\1 r-- 8
(") X
I co
(.) X 8
·· STXSE-C304(200201) S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd

STX Offs~ore & Ship~uilding CQ. Ltd .· ·
ADDED C44B
PAGE C44A I
N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION [1 0/12] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
..........
/ - ........
....... x 1
0
I
£ r'
~ -MOVEDTOCH.13BELOW
y y y y y y y
~
~~rYY'f'~
'-<~~...__JJ...__JJ...__JJ
u ~ 1
.....- *UEP-21
N X 2
0 AMS2
LS L.T. F.W EXP. TK L.L (FS12)
I 02
u N
X 2
SOOT BLOWER C.P (SEE C26A)
('f)
0 x 3
AMS2 C-JB- I AMS2
I
u ~ 3
03 CASING I 03A
ABNORMAL (SF47)
J
I.G.G MAIN PANEL(SEE C74)
"<:j"
0 x 4
AMS2
ABNORMAL (CB01)
I 04
u ~ 4
AUX. BOILER CONTROL PANEL (SEE C26)
1.!)
0 x 5
,....-
COMMON ABNORMAL (SF02)

-... I
0 u N
X 5
0
N c.o x 6
... - N
~
0
I
u N
X 6
COMMON SHUTDOWN (SF01)
z Ill
x
-~ ""'" a,
0
0
1'-
0
I
u
7
7
OBS. TK OIL CONTENT HIGH (SF45)
...
~
AMS19
... i'i Is~" t~~"t~:~: I~

i~;[ ~i§{ 05
U)
s 'N!!) ~""" 2@>;-< +::>~~
~::::;£(1,s,g~~!?~~"K;:~F~~~s~~IJ;:lj~ J-gLQfl.?.(~f!43)
' ] !}l ~1 ~"~1 ~,zl ~~~ t~ ~l., r:~ll ~i M~~ ~~~f~l

,.:"t:::".w
::) t.~J '~:~} -~..;,~ ;;~~i]
0 ............ 0) (")
X 1
c u
I-
:::::>
0
I
~
AUX. BLR F.O SUPPLY P/P ST'BYSTARTED
(SF16)
2 0..
1
2 z ....... (")
c - 0 __J I
X 2
AUX. BLR MDO & MGO P/P ST'BY STARTED
(SF17)
" ~
(!)
u
.......
.......
I
~
(")
X
2
3
r----
0 u ~ 3
(")
N X 4
.......
I
£r-~~
u ~ 4
('f) (") *UES-21

X 5
.......
~ ~
~
AMS2 H.T:~TKL.L
I
u
"<:j"
~
(")
5
£ -c
r'--
LS
__,.-,~,ryv-y--.."'"""'~''-rv-Y·vv-yv-v·wr-~<-vur:;vv"rv-YEFr·y-y-~,--,,.--.ry,~Y)
F. SUPP. NIT C.P (SE P68) ')
(FS11)
-,
6 I- (
~
....... X
I ~ COMMON ABNORMAL (FS03)
j
u ~ 6
>-'- AMS7
I
07 -1-.;t
-<~
~
1.!) (")
X 7
....... J,c,:>
I U.V STERILIZER ABNORMAL (FS04A)
-<(UJ
u '<!"
X 7
r---- >-
:5~
'-t.A.•'-..A.A.AA.A ..AA.A..A.AAA.A..A..A ..A ...A..A..~ttc~AEATER"(s'EE--P'6§)AJ...A.AA.A...A.A.-'-....A./'· f-
(f)
c.o (")
X 8
....... AMS2 UJ
I ABNORMAL (MS09) ~
09
u ~ 8
<(
z
~
.......... 0::
....... .o
u..
.· '"=s=Tx-:-:s-:-:E-=-c-_3o=-4-(2-oo-2-o1-) ----s-=T-=?(-O_ff___s_h_o_r_e_&=--s-h-=i_p_b_u_i-ld-in_g_C_o_.__L_t_d___s=-c1=73::-:6-=-o..,...4-""""'AM""""s=-=o..,...1-re-v.-=-2.v-s-7d
PAGE C44B I
DWG. NO 08002000
!'...
/ - .......
CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE (SEE C85)
J".. LO
X 1 -
.......
I V.R.C SYSTEM ABNORMAL (CB07)
() r.o 1
X
co LO
X 2
.......
I O.D.M.E SYSTEM FAIL (CB02)
() r.o 2
X
CARGO HANDLING SYS. ABNORMAL

(CB03)
0 LO 4
N X AMS37
Il------1~ C.M.S ABNORMAL (CB06)
01 (C45)
() ~ 4
....... ~ 5
N HIGH & OVERFILL ALARM SYS.
..-.I POWER FAIL (CB10)
0 () ~ 5
0 f----1---+--l
N N ~ 6
N N GAS DETECTIONSYS. ABNORMAL
-....---- ~ Il------1~
,.., r.ox 6 (CB08)
z co 1-'-'--t---1----1
-...
0 GAS DETECTION ALARM
(CB09)
=
...en
::::) <S::;-:}
G!
llJ
:~-:
!il:i
r~ ~~
lill
NJ
g
f1
0
CI-
:E:::l
20...
cc:) z
_J
~
~ f-co-+---1
~ 2
~ '-' X 2
(!) J".. ~ 3
N l-------1f-----l
I
0 () ~ 3
INCINERATOR C.P (SEE P84)
ABNORMAL (MS39)
0 ~ 6
C'?
I 1-------11---1 W.O SERV. TK LEVEL HIGH (MS40)
() ~ 6
AMS12
11 v
....... ~ 7 0
C')
C'? 0
I 1-------11---1
~
W.O SERV. TK TEMP HIGH (MS21A) w
~
() 7
U)
w
W.O SERV. TK TEMP LOW (MS21B)
~
z
~
0:::
'~--~ 0
~~~~~~~------~~~~~--~------~--------~------------~~~~~--~~~
·•.·
STXSE-C304(200201). STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C45 I
DWG.NO D8002000
r--....
/ - ........
E.C.C (S.L.C RELAY BOARD, SEE F16)
......- x
-- hir~~~.,;~~·~;;A~;L).~EEP16)~.~':~~:.~
1
0
I -
() ~ 1
C'\1 x 2 --
~ ~
0
I N N0.1 GIE START FAIL (GA06A)
() X 2
('f)
0
I
()
x
~
3
3
1- -- --~- --- C43iii-------- -- N0.2 GIESTARTFAIL (GB06A) ~
"<j"
0
I
()
x
~ 4
4
--
~~ N0.3 GIE START FAIL
. .
(GC06A)Jjj
,_.J,J>,..A.A...A...AJ'--".I....i'-..A..A.A...A.A....A.J>·--A..A ....A..A ...A ...A.I..../'--''·-/'-A.-!'-A-A~\_A_AJ\J

L{)
0 x 5
--... I N
() X 5
0
0
N
N
co
0 x 6
'P' ~ I N
() X 6
z 0:::
-
(()
0 1'-
0 x 7
L{) I
= R~''
0 () 7
... T""
:~ ,, ·,
i~ ;';;',
... ~~
Zci):;:
tn c.O r·~-; \••
~~) r~·:
/i •
::» f5T .$? \:~-- ••

\ ' ~~8-
''t,__ .:~;;;'i;
f, ~
0 m C')
X 1
._..
c I-
0
I ..;-
2 :::J () X 1
CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE (SEE C83)
2 a.. C')
2 --
c I-
:::J
0
......-
I
X
N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H (F053A)
" 0
.....J
<(
I-
()
......-
......-
I
>l:
C')
X
2
3
N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H . (F054A)
C)
() >l: 3
0 C'\1
......-
C')
X 4
I N0.2 H.F.O INBOARD TK(S) L.H.H (F055A)
.;-
() X 4
('f) C')
X 5
......-
I - --------- c44Ba 1- - - - - - - - - - N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(S) L.H.H (F056A)
() >l: 5
"<j"
......- ~ 6
I N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(P) L.H.H (F057A)
() >l: 6
L{) C')
7
g
......- X C')
M.D.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H (F058A) u

I .;- uJ
() 7
X
~
(f)
co C')
X 8
......-
I M.D.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H (F059A) ~
<x:
() >l: 8 -- z
:;?!
........ 0::
......... o.
~~~----~----------------------------------------------------~=---~~--~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS01 rev.2.vsd
PAGE C46 I
N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION [ 1/13] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
..--
0
I
u
f:::i.c ,y-yy·-..r'r'v'rv·y-y-v-y-y-y--y-y--y-y-y--.,-...r'Y""'v'vv-v--v-y-1
~(*IND. BOX )
E.C.C J:
(EFP-14) *EFP- *EFC- ),
(DC 24V) -- - - -C9901 r
I - -I
I
tQ
V
AMS4
05
*(5.5M) RB STERN TUBE FWD
05A BEARING TEMP. (L026)J
~
AMS4 '-· Aj~ _Aj,j\j,_Aj-.._Aj.__Aj~Aj. __ A_Aj-._Aj~A_A_A_A.._A_A,_)._)

I r, 1 03
AMS12 I
~
::s 1
Q AMS4
l---""""'-"--=-=o1~----~
I~
I
I
v 04
~1 U, I
~ I ~ I
~w1
1 1
°
1,_ _ _ _A_,M=S_4_ _ _
02
*EFC-17
-IfRi3\
INTER. SHAFT
'\.:J BEARING TEMP. (L028)
~I __ J
,.u ~:~ t:J
~{
f<';
II r~
t~
!,: til -~
~
C')
<.(
w
~
(f)
w
~
<(
z
~
0::
0
~~~~~~--------~~~~--~---------------~~-~~=---~'Ll.
STXSE~C304(200201) STX Offsh~re & Shipb4ilding· C9. ltd S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd
PAGE C47 I
N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION [2 /13] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
JACKET C.W INLET TEMP.

RB
(MW07)
TE8407
N0.1 SCAV. AIR FIRE

RB
DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20A)
TE8610-1
(V)
0 N0.2 SCAV. AIR FIRE
I RB DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20B)
0 TE8610-2
-.;;t
I RB DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20C)
0 AMS27 TE8610-3
01
--
L{)
I RB DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20D)
N 0 TE8610-4
0
-.;;t
co
~ 0 N0.5 SCAV. AIR FIRE
X I RB
N 0
DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20E)
~
z TE8610-5
-...~
0 N
0
<(
RB
TE8610-6
N0.6 SCAV. AIR FIRE
DETECTOR TEMP. (MA20F)
y~"' ~i~¥£.
/~~~ ..--I
... ~~J
en ~;.~
::::) l~~i:~
;:.y~'\;
t~n~~;'
0 .._..
c RB TIC L.O OUTLET
TEMP. (ML17)
:IE TE8117
:IE
cc:a ..--
I RB
N0.1 J.C.F.W OUTLET
TEMP. (MWOSA)
0
TE8408-1
..--
..-- N0.2 J.C.F.W OUTLET
I RB
TEMP. (MWOSB)
0 TE8408-2
N
I RB
TEMP. (MWOSC)
0 AMS19 TE8408-3
(V)
02
I RB
TEMP. (MWOSD)
0 TE8408-4
-.;;t
I RB
TEMP. (MWOSE)
0 TE8408-5
"<t
L{) 0
C'1
0
RB
TEMP. (MWOSF) w
(/)
TE8408-6
~
(/)
..
w
~
z
~
0::
0
LL
'"="s=Tx_s_E--=-c-:-3o-4-(2~oo-2-~1-l-.- - - ._S__ ____h__i_p_b_u__i--ld--i=-n-g~c=--.__L_t__
T__X-.--'0:-ff-:-:--s__h_o_r_~-&--._S d____s:::-:1773=-=6--=-o--4--:-:AM:-::s=o-=-2-re-v.-:-1.v-s~d
0
PAGE C48 I
DWG.NO 08002000
N0.1 CYL. P.C.O

r - - - - - ' ' - - - - - - l RB OUTLET TEMP. (ML 13A)
TE8113-1
N0.2 CYL. P.C.O

RB
OUTLET TEMP. (ML 138)
TE8113-2
("")
0 N0.3 CYL. P.C.O
I RB
OUTLET TEMP. (ML 13C)
(.)
TE8113-3
'<::1"
0 N0.4 CYL. P.C.O
I RB
'<::1"I OUTLET TEMP. (ML 130)
(.) TE8113-4
AMS27 w
01 ~
--
1.!)
0 """")
N0.5 CYL. P.C.O
I RB
OUTLET TEMP. (ML 13E)
N (.) TE8113-5
0
co
""'~" 0
RB
N0.6 CYL. P.C.O
X I OUTLET TEMP. (ML 13F)
(.)
~ TE8113-6
THRUST BEARING
! - - - - - - " - - - - - - - ; RB
TEMP. (ML06)
TE8106
,---,
I
I
I
I
I *E1S-38
....... ~---A~M~S_2_ _ _ _tp.;:\ N0.2 MAIN AIR RESERVOIR
I (f)
I
(.) 1..-- 04 0 PRESS. (MA24)
.......
r---~=---~
AMS12
02
IW
m £r,--y-y·-.,,-y-y-,·--~~;~~;·~'I'Y~I'YYVYY",'YYY',-Yv>)
I'
....... I c.) ( AMS2 tpT\ WORKING AIR RESERVOIR -5
I ~ 09 \....:.) PRESS. (MA25) )
(.) I
\ )
~I I ~
~I >- E1 S-38 -<
N
....... 01
ltjl
( AMS2 tpT\ CONTROL AIR PRESS AFT. j
I .> 10 \....:.) REDUCING VN (MS19) )
(.) ~I '"-\_A......l-...._.i.._A_A_J.._,.,I._J....._,.,\._.J-...._A......A.._A__.A._i._,A .•_A_A.__),_./,.._.A._.AJ,_.A._j. _j . .)
C.P FOR N0.1 H.F.O PURIFIER(SEE C27)
("")
....... f-:::-+----------'Ac...::M.;,:,S~4.:___ _ _ _ _ _ _--l N0.1 H.F.O. PURIFIER
I 05 INLET TEMP. (F061)
(.)
C.P FOR N0.2 H.F.O PURIFIER(SEE C28)
'<::1"
....... f-:::-+---------__:_:A:,::M:;;.S..:..4_ _ _ _ _ _ _---I N0.2 H.F.O. PURIFIER
I 06 INLET TEMP. (F062)
(.)
C.P FOR N0.1 L.O PURIFIER(SEE C29)
1.!)
AMS4 M.E L.O. PURIFIER
t-;:;-+-----------'---:0""7;;-:....----------i INLET TEMP. (L041)
C.P FOR N0.2 L.O PURIFIER(SEE C30)

AMS4 G.E L.O. PURIFIER w
~+---------~~08~----------iiNLETTEMP. (L043) 2
<(
z
2
0::
0
LL
'-=s=Tx-=-=s-=E-=7c-=-3o-'-4-:-:(2-oo-2-o1-:-)-~----=s-=T=x-=--=o=-n=-=-s-=-h-o_r_e---=&-S--.--h...,.i-p-=-b-u-:-i-.,.ld_i_n_g____,c=-- .-=-L-t-:d---.,.s=-=1=73=-=6-=-o..,...4--:-:AM:-::s:::-::o::::-2-re-v.71.v-s7
.... 0
d
PAGE C49 I
N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION [ 4/13] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
EFP-40
I
I
I
I
AMS2
02 ® MAIN C.S.W DISCH. PRESS. (FS02)
I EFS-41
I
I
I
AMS4
03 @ N0.1 H.F.O TK(S) TEMP. (F016A)
I
I
C") EFP-41
I
0
:r:
()
I
I
AMS4
04 @ N0.1 H.F.O TK(P) TEMP. (F016B)
_......_ I
-.;t 0 I EFS-36
0
:r:
AMS27
01
s
LL
...........
I
I
I
AMS4
05 @ N0.2 H.F.O INBOARD TK(S) TEMP.
(F017A)
()
0:: I
_J I EFS-40
1.0 LL I
N
0
-... :r:
()
ro I
J
I
I I
AMS4
06 @ N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(S) TEMP.
(F017B)
0 () I
~ I
c.o EFP-40
~ I
N>< :r:
()
0
I
I
AMS4
07 @ N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(P) TEMP.
(F017C)
z~ I
-
I *EFP-41 EFP-41
0
s...
en
:::)
~
I
I
I
I
A
H.F.O OVERFLOW TK. TEMP. (F046)
0
c
:&
:& E2C-41
c *(10M)
11A
LT M.G.O SERV. TK. LEVEL (F027)
" *(10M)
PUR-41
LT
LOW SULPHUR H.F.O SETT. TK
09A LEVEL (F002)
PUR-34
*(10M)
LT H.F.O SETT. TK LEVEL (F001)
10A
PUR-41
LOW SULPHUR H.F.O. SETT.
RB (F012)
TKTEMP.
PUR-34
RB H.F.O. SETT. TK TEMP. (F011)
PUR-41
LOW SULPHUR H.F.O. SERV.
RB (F014)
TKTEMP.
PUR-38
UJ
~+-------------~~~------------~RB H.F.O. SERV. TK TEMP. (F013) ::2:
<!:
z
::2:
a:
0
lL
_.'-::-s-Tx.,....s-E--C-30-4-(2-oo-2-o1-)----S~T_X_O_ft_s_"_o_r_e_&_S_._h_i_p_~~u-i-ld-·.-in_g_C~. o-.-._L_t_d_..-.--s=-1=73::-6--o--4---AM=-=-s=o=2-re-v.-=-1.-vs"'":"'ct
PAGE C50 I
DWG. NO 08002000
RB N0.1 CYL. EXH. GAS

OUTLET TEMP. (ME02A)
TE8702-1
N0.2 CYL. EXH. GAS

RB (ME028)
OUTLET TEMP.
TE8702-2
("')
0 N0.3 CYL. EXH. GAS
I RB
OUTLET TEMP. (ME02C)
u TE8702-3
I""'"
RB OUTLET TEMP. (ME02D)
u AMS27
.,...
UJ
I TE8702-4
L{)
01 2
....,
_.... I RB OUTLET TEMP. (ME02E)
N
0
u TE8702-5
--t c.o
::?! 0
RB
N0.6 CYL. EXH. GAS
><
::?! u
I
TE8702-6
OUTLET TEMP. (ME02F)
TIC EXH. GAS

RB INLET TEMP. (ME01)
TE8701
,..,
.. ~, ., .,> ~]'~.~!:q~-~~;t~~]~::·r~~t;,:r::,,]i' tif <~[Pz,)::J:•l
~ ~0
MAIN L.O & P.C.O

RB INLET TEMP. (ML12)
AMS12 ~ TE8112
02 2
....,
...-- (C52) M.E. F.O. INLET
C) I RB TEMP. (MF05)
0__J u TE8005
<( ...--
...--
z I
<( u
N
...--
I
u
("')
...--
I
u
...--
I""'"
u
"<t
L{) 0
C')
0
w
~
(/)
UJ
2
<(
z
2
0:::
0
LL
.· "=_s=Tx--=s:::E--=-c-:-::_3o:-4--=(2-oo=-2-=-o1-=-)------=s-=T:::::~-=-.-=o=-ff=.=--=-h_o_r_e_.-=&-s-=-=-h--=i-p-=-b-u-::i-=-ld--=-=-in-g------=c=-- ._-=-L-=-t-=d:-'---s:::-:1=73=6:-:::-o-:-4-~AM:-::s::;-;;o::::-2-re-v.::-1.v-s7
d
• I 5 0
PAGE C51 I
DWG. NO 08002000
WATER MIST CATCHER

HIGH LEVEL (MA21)
I
DC 24V E.C.C ~ -C9907- LS8611
N0.1 CYL. P.C.O

NON FLOW (ML14A)
FS8114-1
N0.2 CYL. P.C.O

NON FLOW (ML14B)
FS8114-2
AMS19 'l N0.3 CYL. P.C.O

w
~
...., NON FLOW (ML14C)
FS8114-3
-
0
0
C'\1
FS8114-4
N0.4 CYL. P.C.O
NON FLOW (ML14D)
C'\1
N0.5 CYL. P.C.O
~ NON FLOW (ML14E}
(Q FS8114-5
~ N0.6 CYL. P.C.O

0 NON FLOW (ML 14F}
FS8114-6
L'&
!!ll
I1'0
;::~
SAFETY AIR INLET PRESS. LOW

I- (MA04)
::J C'1
AMS4 w
I PS8504
0....
z ~
....,
EXH. VN SPRING AIR INLET
_J PRESS. LOW (MA05)
<( PS8505
I- ALPHA CYL. LUBRICATING C.P
C)
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. MCU ABN. (ML42)
0
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. MCU PWR FAIL. (ML45)
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. BCU ABN. (ML46)
AMS19
03
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. BCU PWR FAIL (ML44)
--r
0
C'1
0
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. COMMON ABN. (ML41) w
~
(f)
M.E CYL. OIL SYS. BCU IN CONTROL (ML43) ~

<t:
z
~
0:::
0
~~~--~~------------------~--------------~----------------~~~~~~=-----7~
... STXSE-C304(200201). STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd
PAGE C52 I
DWG. NO 08002000
TOM.E
...... SAFETYSYS. - - - -C1404--- -AXIAL VIBRATION
I criO::
0 <0
X -o
>f-
HIGH (MC37)
A_MS4 .....1-
01 <(Z
co 1.()
2 -o
...... X -AXIAL VIB. MONITOR
I ~~ POWER FAIL (MC38)
0 <0
X 2 DC24V ~-cg9o2-
(J) 1.() E2P-26
3
...... X AMS2 SEWAGE HOLDING TK L.H
I LS (MS32)
<0 02
0 X 3
SEWAGE TREAMENT PLANT (SEE P57
1.()
0 X 4
N SEWAGE TREAMENT PLANT
I <0 ABNORMAL (MS33A)
0 X 4
AMS7
...... 1.() 03
X 5
-
N SEWAGE DISINFECTING TK L.H
I <0
(MS33B)
0 0 X 5
0
N N 1.()
6
N N X
N ~ I <0
0 6
z m X
-...
PUR-31
0 .....- ("f)
N
1.()
X 7
AMS2 SLUDGE TK LEVEL HIGH
I LS
0 04 (F043)
.....- 0
~
...:::.rn
0
c I-
2 ::J
0....
2 z (.0
LGSP-2 (SEE P70)
c _J
N
I
N0.1 H.F.O PURl. ABNORMAL (F051 F)
"
CXl
<( 0 X 2
1-:
I'- r-- 3
(9 N X N0.2 H.F.O PURl. ABNORMAL . (F052F)
I
0 0 CXl
X 3
AMS12
07
co r--
X 4
N N0.1 L.O PURl. ABNORMAL (L031 F)
I CXl
0 X 4
(J) r-- 5
N X N0.2 L.O PURl. ABNORMAL (L033F)
I
0
0
("f)
I LS F.O LEAKAGE L.H (MF06)
CXl
0 6
~
X LS8006
-----65602 _____ :::2: "<!"
...... r-- 7 ...., 0
("f) X JACKET C.WACROSS ENGINE
('")
u
I CXl
DPS
DIFF. P.L (MW09) w
0 X PDS8403
(f)
X
I-
(f)
r--
X w
:::2:
<(
z
:::2:
0::
o.
LL
S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd
·•
STXSE-C304(200201)
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding ,Co~ Ltd
PAGE C53 I
DWG. NO 08002000
/-......._
AUX. BLOWER STARTER (SEE P77)
.....- x 1 -
0 M.E N0.1 AUX. BLOWER ABNORMAL
I (MC39A)
0 ~ 1
AMS4
01
N
0 x 2
M.E N0.2 AUX. BLOWER ABNORMAL
I (MC39B)
0 ~ 2 -
I.C.C.P & MGPS CONTROL PANEL (SEE P86)
C'")
0 x 3 I--
I.C.C.P ABNORMAL (MS22)

I N
0 X 3
AMS4
10
oo:::t
0 x 4
(MS23)
I MGPS ABNORMAL
N
0 X 4 I--
l{)
0 x 5
r-+-~------~A~M~S~2~------~LS
"E2S-23
BOILER CASCADE TK
--. I N
5
03 LEVEL LOW (SF41)
0 0 X
0 M.E L.O FILTER CONTROL PANEL (SEE P57B)
N
N
<0
0 x 6
AMS2
M.E L.O FILTER DIFF. PRESS. HIGH (ML56)
~ I 04
-
(()
0 N
X 6
•,
SALINITY HIGH (FS07)
.....- C')
3
.....- X
I
0 """
X 3
C')
N 4
.....- X
I
0 ~ 4
C'") C')
5
.....- X
I
0 5
"""
X
C')
oo:::t 6
.....- X
I
0 ~ 6
HYD. N0.1 D.E C.P (SEE C65)
l{) C')
7 """
0
.....- r-+-1--------~A~M~S
X
2
~------~COMMONABNORMAL
C')
0
I (CB04A)
07 u'J
0 ~ 7 en
HYD. N0.2 D.E C.P (SEE C65) ~
en..
C')
<0 8
.....- X w
I r-+-1--------~A~MS~~------~COMMONABNORMAL
2
(CB04B) ~
08 <{
0 """ 8
X z
~
-......
~/ 0::
0
~~~~~~------~s~r=x~
STXSE-C304(200201) .. __Q__~L-t-d-.----s~1=73=6~-o4~-A~M~s~o2~r-ev~.1~.v~sd
~O~ff~s~h-.o-r~e-&~S~h-ip-b~u~il~d~i-n_g_C
LL
BWMS EQ08 SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET
BWMS RUNNING
(WHEN CONTACT CLOSES
BWMS IS RUNNING NORMAL)
PALARM1
MPYC-4
BWMS COMMON ALARM
(WHEN CONTACT OPENS
BWMS COMMON ALARM IS ENABLED)
MGPS-AMS-D01 M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL ALARM

DPYC-1.5 (WHEN CONTACT OPENS
M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL ALARM IS ENABLED)
M.G.P.S. CONTROL PANEL
Note:
BWMS COMMON ALARM and M.G.P.S CONTROL PANEL ALARM must
be configured as alarms inputs to the system, when dry-contact opens AMS will start
the alarm siren and description of the alarm will show up to AMS display.
BWMS RUNNING is indication to AMS, as long as a dry-contact closes AMS Display
will show up BWMS is running, without turning on any siren.
PAGE C55 I
DWG. NO 08002000
EFC-40
EFS-40
AMS2 E.R. FWD BILGE WELL(S)
LS
02 LEVEL HIGH (BG05A)
EFP-39
AMS2 E.R. FWD BILGE WELL(P)
LS
03 LEVEL HIGH (BG05B)
EFC-40
AMS2 H.F.O OVERFLOW TK
LS
04 LEVEL HIGH (F042)
g f'~'-y-v~r'V',"Y'Y'v-v'rv-v---rrv-v-v-',~,'r~
t -7 DELETED CABLE : C5507 ~
c. . . .A._A./-........A....A..../',...A._.A..__A...A.. _.-"-.../,..). ._.A._/......./,,J,.J........A-.,/'...__•.A..J--...• ~'--j
LGSP-4 (SEE P74)
H.F.O TRANS. P/P
ABNORMAL (F071)
M.D.O TRANS. P/P

N ABNORMAL (F073)
z
-...
0 L.O TRANS. P/P
ABNORMAL (L046)
=
en
...
:::)
06
0 .._ 0') C')

X
c I-
0
I
BILGE TRANS. P/P
LONG RUN (BGi3)
2 :::>
0...
u ~ 1
2 z .......
0 C')
2
c __J I
X
SLUDGE P/P
ABNORMAL (F075)
"~ u '<!"
X 2
....... C')
3
CJ ....... X
M.G.O SHIFT P/P
I ABNORMAL (F074)
0 u ~ 3
C')
,--------------------,
N X 4 AMS2 I EFS-36 . :
.......
I c;;- t-----..,..,..- - - + - ; LS M.D.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H (F058) I
10
u ~ 4 r-. I I
~ I I
C"') C')
5 () : EFC-36 I
....... X
w
w AMS2
t-----..,.-:-- - - + - ; LS M.D.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H (F059)
1
I
I 11
u ~ 5 ~ ~~ ~---------~----------~
#INDEPENDENT HIGH ALARM (95%) BY
"<:j" C')
X 6 EXXONMOBIL REQUIREMENT
.......
I
u ~ 6
L() C')
X 7 3
....... C')
<.(
I w
u ~ 7 U)
p
U)
C')
<0 X 8
....... w
I 2
u ~ 8
<(
z
2
cr:
0
~~~~-~----------------~---~------~~~~~=--~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) STX Offshore & S~ipbuHding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMSci2 rev.1.vsd
PAGE C56 I
DWG. NO 08002000
r--.....
/ - .........
EFP-21
I'- lO
1 r-- EFP-27
..- ><
co
..- ><
lO
2 ~Irrv-y-y---.,_,.
r AMS2 .<(
*EFS-13
LS SITU BE AFT SEAL TK L.L (L022A)
I 03 -< 2
(J')
..- ><
lO
3 ~
( AMS2 -\
~ *EFS-13
I LS S/TUBE AFT SEAL TK L.H (L022B)

u co
>< 3 ~'-"..A..A
03~~
0 lO
4 *EFC-11
N >< AMS4
I LS S/TUBE FWD SEAL TK L.L (L021A)
04
u co
>< 4
..- >< lO
5
-
N
I
0 u co
>< 5
0
N N lO
6 EFP-21
N N >< AMS2
LS M.E BILGE HAT L.H (BG07)
-~
N I 05
co u
co 6
><
z
-
EFS-16
0 ~
(")
N
lO
>< 7
AMS2 S/TUBE L.O DRAIN TK L.H
I LS
0
-
06 (L024)
~ u co
~;15:E
7
~-,
=
en
...
::::) L~_,,
-~·'' :,~~; ·-·8'>
(~;,: ·CN
:.J:c
:·<..::>
i«$:~
~>-:~
'•'·,;. :i~~
"')(·'
<t'v··
IJ ?~\ ZGif·l:~ '@'J tf·t~~~

I-
LL
1
AMS2
07.~'
(:~:~:?
EF -21
;_;~D 1;,~ :' [:·ri~r;~JY~ti~~-97 I

(lQ~6)
~·~,-~I:<
>::J
0 __. 1.[) r--
>< 1
01
LL EF -21
i
:·"
c u
I-
N
I co
co
I AMS2
08
LS E.R AFT BILGE WELL L.H (BG06)
J5 ::::> >< 1 """)

I
J5 0.... u OILY WATER SEPARATOR C.P (SEE P56)
c -z_J IN (,0 r-- 2

><
BILGE HOLDING TK L.H (BG02)
" <C u
co 2
><
I-
I'- r-- 3
(9 N >< 3
AMS12
r-- 10
co >< 4
N
I OIL CONTENT HIGH (BG09)
u co
>< 4
(J') r-- 5
N >< 5
~ f'""f'fy'.Y'(V'rY\ry-y--·y-y-·y-y"'Y)ry"'-(...YY-
J
0 r--
(") >< 6
-7 DELETED CABLE : C5611
I
u co
>< 6 (_A_A_A_A..A.J'--.A../~"--1-...A ...A_A_A_A.J_.i,_A_A_A.A..J
..- ><
r-- 7 • EFS-26 ;g;
C')
(") AMS2 M.E SCAVENGING AIR BOX DRAIN TK 0
I
u co 7
12
LS
L.H (L017) w
~
(f)
><
co (yyyyy·y-~~-;;{~;~~?;-~~~~I~~~y~~)·y·y-,··y··~ ~
(f)
N r-- 8
"<t
>< 8 -
(/)
~- ~
13
~
'-.. ..-',_A_A_.A.~),_A._A__A....A._A_,.A,__.!...__A~_,.·J,_A_.lJ'-A....A._,A._...;,__i,__.;...._A.J-A_.A..._A.}
<{
z
......... ::'2'
-
'=s=Tx-=s=E--=c-:-:30::-:4-:::(2-:-:oo:-2-=-o1-:-)-------=-~-=T=x-=-_---=o::-:-ff~$-=-h-p-~-e-&-=-s-=. m_g_C_o__. . ,. L_t_d__.~-s::-1=73:-6--=--o-,--4--:-:AM,...,s=-=o-=-2-re-v...,...1.v_s-,Jd
_h_i_p_b_u--:-i-ld___
0::
0
LL
•
PAGE C57 I
N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION [12/13] MODEL NO 51KPC09 .
DWG. NO 08002000
r--....
/-.......,
G.E PRIM. P/P ST. (SEE P48)
..,..-
x 1 r--
0
I N0.1 G.E L.O PRIM. P/P ABN. (GA50)
() ~ 1
N
0 x 2
AMS7
I N0.2 G.E L.O PRIM. P/P ABN. (GB50)
N 01
() X 2
cY')
0 x 3
I N0.3 G.E L.O PRIM. P/P ABN. (GC50)
N
() X 3 f---
G.E J.W PREHEATER STARTER (SEE P57A)
"¢
0 x 4
AMS2 I
I G.E J.W PREHEATER ABN. (GE10)
N 02
() X 4
1.0
0 x 5
AMS2
*
DPS N0.1 G/E F.O DIFF. PRESS. HIGH (GA24)
..- I 03
0 () ~ 5
0
N
N
co
0 x 6
AMS2
*
DPS N0.2 G/E F.O DIFF. PRESS. HIGH (GB24)
N ~ I 04
- () N
X 6
z ((}
-...~
0 N
0
'""
~-~·
1'-
0
I
()
·:ex;~~
x
N
~~-
>';
7
7
... I···;
~
AMS2
05
*
DPS N0.3 G/E F.O DIFF. PRESS. HIGH (GC24
·x
1~·-
;;N- ·8"-
...
fn
:)
\G>'~~
c:sr -~·
(0_~
0
.I\ tN'
'X
.,
·8·
E2
~
'
i.·!
~j f:i
I! tt tl
:01
c --
., ·;.;
- il ;;
0 (j) C')
X 1
0
I- I
2 ::::) () >1: 1
2 z0.... C')
c - _J
0
..,..-
I
X 2
" <(
I-
<.9
()
..,..-
..,..-
I
>1:
C')
X
2
0 () >1: 3
C')
N X 4
..,..-
I
() >1: 4
cY') C')
..,..- X 5
I
() >1: 5
"¢ C')
..,..- X 6
I
() >1: 6
"<t
C') 0
1.0 X 7 C')
..,..- 0
I
() 7
w
>1:
~
en
co
..,..-
C')
X 8
UJ
I ~
"<t <(
() 8 z
_
X
......., ~
.......... 0::
0
~~~~~----------~~~~~----------------------------------~~~~~--~~~
S~XSE~C304(200201) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Lt~ .. S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd
•
PAGE C58 I
DWG.NO 08002000
r--....
/ - ..........
f'-.. LO
1 r-- ~ *E1S-24
X AMS2 ALARM DEVICE TK FOR M.E C.F.W
I'"" (0 02
LS
L.L (MW12)
() X 1
E1S-30
co LO
X 2
AMS2 LOW TBN CYL. OIL STOR. TK L.L
I'"" (0 03
LS
(L007)
() X 2
(j) LO E1S-27
X 3
AMS2
I'"" (0 04
LS CYL. OIL STOR. TK L.L (L006)
() X 3
LO *E1S-13
0 X 4
N AMS2
I LS S/TUBE L.O GRAVITY TK L.L (L023)
(0 05
() X 4
WORKING AIR COMP.(SEE P37)
LO
5
'""
N X AMS2
I ABNORMAL (MS38)
..- ()
(0
5
06
J
0 X
0 CONTROL AIR DRYER C.P (SEE P59)
N N LO
6
N N X 2
I
N
z
~
-c:o
I
() (0
X 6
(j)
...-
£ AMS
07
ABNORMAL
r-y--y--y~,--....r~r-v-v--v---rv--v·-y--v-·,('-,(-"'(V''--..,'-v--·{-""/""f--....rr'rv-).
(MS31)
-~
0
1- ...-
N
0
('()
N
I
()
LO
X
(0
.p,
7
7
AMS37
01
w
c:o
I
"""")
(
{
-
-7 DELETED CABLE : C5808
~J.._.f--'\..I.-''-I ...A__A __ AJ~..AJ...../'-./.._.A__I,__,\.__A_J_../,J...),__.A...,'-J..../\._J,__!-...• '
~~
I
u PROV. REF. PLANT COMP. SWBD (SEE P82)
~·~{~
{~~ ·~·~-.-, 1~:.~;, ;
en
1-
:::)
0 .__....
~:.~·;, ~) r~.: IF.~
1.()
··:',-'_
1'-
X 1
{
. "•'
'
1
'e rt! . .. sttl ·~i~~
c r-
:::J
N
I co
FISH ROOM REPOSE (IH10)
:E 0....
() X 1
AMS12
:E z 1'- 09
c -_J <0
N
I
X 2
REF. PLANT N0.1 COMP. ABNORMAL
(MS35)
" () co 2
<( X
r- 1'-
f'-.. 3
(9 N. X REF. PLANT N0.2 COMP. ABNORMAL
I (MS36)
0 () co
X 3
AIR COND. PLANT (SEE P81)
co
N x 4
AIR COND. N0.1 COMP. ABNORMAL
I co (MS45)
() X 4
AMS4
00 10
(j) 1'- "<t
X 5 0
N w AIR COND. N0.2 COMP. ABNORMAL
I co w (40P) (MS46)
(/)
() X 5 r-- '-../'---
0 1'-
X 6
('()
I co
() X 6
"<t
1'- 0
7
'""
('() X ('")
0
I
() co 7
w
X
~
(/)
N 1'-
X 8
('() w
I ~
() co 8
<(
X z
~
......... 0::
-
~~~~~~r----------~~~~~----~--~--~~~--------r--~----~~~~~~--~~~
0
. STXSE-C304(200201) STX Offshore & ~hipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd

PAGE C59 I
N0.1 ,2,3 G/E COMMUNICATION SIGNAL [1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
DIGITAL SIGNAL
N0.1,2,3 G.E COMMON SHUTDOWN (GNGB/GC01)
N0.1,2,3 G.E OVERSPEED TRIP (GNGB/GC01A)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.O INLET LOW PRESS. TRIP

(GNGB/GC01 B)
N0.1,2,3 G.E H.TWATER OUTLET HIGH TEMP. TRIP

(GNGB/GC01C)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E EM'CY SHUTDOWN (GNGB/GC01 D)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E SAFETY SYSTEM FAIL (GNGB/GC02)
~
w
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E SAFETY SENSOR CABLE FAIL
-
N
1-
U)
>-
(GNGB/GC03)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E TURNING GEAR ENGAGED (GNGB/GC04)

-><
<(
0
en N0.1 ,2,3 G.E JET SYSTEM FAIL (GNGB/GC05) m
...J
~\)" !';AIL (GN&?B/GC06):; ;:' c~
.
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E S ril <(
~'-, , ~,~~ Rr~ tt~;;; ~5 Z: ~ ~ t?r':~ ~ 1rz1 fl* ~ ~
,2t~J;~~E ~~!>JiifC?,ft\'J~;~Y;~;E~MA~l\l,~'(£3~\§~~q,c~y~~*~ ~
-'~
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E MONITORING SENSOR FAIL (GNGB/GC08) ~
z W
0 N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.O FILTER DIFF. PRESS. HIGH
(GNGB/GC12) (!)
~
C'?
~ N0.1,2,3 G.E PRE. L,O PRESS. LOW (GNGB/GC15) "!_
0:::
<( N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.O LEVEL LOW IN BASE FRAME
...J (GNGB/GC16) 0
<( z
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.O LEVEL HIGH IN BASE FRAME
(GNGB/GC17)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E F.O DRAIN BOX LEVEL HIGH (GNGB/GC23)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E RUN (IHOS/06/07)
2;
(")
0
w
(/)
(/)
~
w
~
<(
z
~
rr::
0
lL
_ff-s=-h_o_r_e_&_S----::-h..,.ip_b_u_,.i-ld_i_n_g___C_o__-L-td------=s,.,.,.1=73-=-6--=-o4.,---A.,..,.M=s-=-o2=-r-ev-.1---.v----:-~sd
'-=-sn<=s-=-E--=c-:-:3o=-4-=(2---oo-2o-1=-l----s-=_-=T=-x.,. _.,. ,O__
....
OMITTED C61, C62
PAGE C60 I
N0.1 ,2,3 G/E COMMUNICATION SIGNAL [2/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
ANALOG SIGNAL (INTEGER 12 BIT)
N0.1,2,3 G.E L.O INLET PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC11)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E TIC L.O PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC13)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.O INLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC14)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E F.O INLET PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC21)
N0.1,2,3 G.E F.O INLET TEMP. (GNGBIGC22)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E STARTING AIR PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC26)
NO.1 ,2,3 G.E CHARGE AIR PRESS. (GNGBIGC27)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E CHARGE AIR TEMP. (GNGBIGC28)
N0.1,2,3 G.E L.TWATER INLET PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC31)

-
N
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E H.T WATER INLET PRESS. LOW (GNGBIGC32)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E L.T WATER INLET TEMP. (GNGBIGC33)

-><
<(
0
m
N0.1,2,3 G.E H.TWATER OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC34) ...J
<(
z
:!!!:
0:::
w
z N0.1 ,2,3 G.E 3CYL. EXH. OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC41 C) 1-
w
0 N0.1,2,3 G.E4CYL. EXH. OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC41D) C)
:E
-
M
:E N0.1 ,2,3 G.E 5CYL. EXH. OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC41 E) N
a:
<( N0.1,2,3 G.E 6CYL. EXH. OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC41F)
0
...J
<( N0.1 ,2,3 G.E TIC EXH. GAS OUTLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC42)
z
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E TIC EXH. GAS INLET TEMP. HIGH (GNGBIGC43) .
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E 1-6 CYL EXH. OUT. DEVTEMP (GNGBIGC45A-F)
N0.1,2,3 G.EALTER. WINDING(R)PH TEMP. HIGH

(GNGB/GC46A)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E ALTER. WINDING(S)PH TEMP. HIGH

(GNGB/GC46B)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E ALTER. WINDING(T)PH TEMP. HIGH

(GNGB/GC46C)
N0.1,2,3 G.E RPM (GNGB/GC48)
N0.1 ,2,3 G.E TIC RPM (GNGBIGC49)

'<!'
0
C"l
0
uJ
~
(/)
w
~
<(
z
~
0::
(t
~--------------------------------------------------------------~------~--~~-----7
.... STXSE-C304(200201) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd' S1736-Q4cAMS02 rev.1.vsd
PAGE C63 I
SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER:HYOMYUNG
----------~
UPS o-- --+--- -P4402----- - - -jMSBD I AC 220V 1PH 60Hz
~~~c o-o----f----P"s11o-- ------1

r----
1
I
ESBD I AC 220V IPH 60Hz
I
I
I
1
------ -+- -c4 f 51
---------- -1 AMS I uPs POWER FAIL
I EIR WORKSHOP E2S-33 EFS-37
~---Hsos--~-F150s-~-F1507~
I E1S-37 HYD. POWERPACK RM PURIFIER RM EFP-37
L--F1s0s--9-F1s09-~-F1510~-Fi511~
I E1P-22 UPP. DK CASING S/G/R
f:) n
~~ fC~SOUND
- - - - - - - -
fj !r!:~~ RWR.
f~:?· TEL
N3804B '·-
1- ---- -------- - -t,-~f} ---------- --- -il§'E;O:-:,ELEASE AlARM

I ELEC. WORKSHOP
~------ ------ -- ~~fi- -------- ----- -D§ -C02 RELEASE AlARM

1-: ~ .-
jz 0.:
~ -GEN. EM'CY ALARM
I- - - - -F183~37---- ~I -,l I
~ ~----
F18:20----- <(~I
-FIRE ALARM
-BROADCAST FROM P/A
I :_==- ~ E~I -MUTE SIGNAL FROM PIA
r----------cooM___________ _ C02 RELEASE ALARM SYSTEM

- C02 RELEASE ALARM
. [- :-l L.F.F.S SYSTEM

- - - - - - - - - -F-1604--------- [ _c~l -LOCAL FIRE ALARM
I
Ll - - - - - - - - -C4fof- -_----_--- ~ AMS I ALARM MONITORING sYs.
- EIR MACH. ALARM
- C02 RELEASE ALARM I
..
SLC
GEN. y EH
-------
C02 - ES
I I '<t
LOCAL F. 0
I L - - -INTERNAL----- -TEL. & PATROL ALARM R (")
FIRE 0
I DEADM u'J
EH
: INTERNAL - EIR DEAD MAN ALARM PRE-WARNING
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E/R DEAD MAN ALARM
32
(SEE C ) - E/R DEAD MAN RESET
DEADM
MACH.
TEL.
y
2
(J)
UJ
r-------------------------------------------------------------------~~~----------~~
<{
z
NOTE: 1. ALL CABLES ARE AFMS12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ~
2. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM FOR E/R SHALL BE INTEGRATED WITH THIS SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN. a:
~
L---------------------~----------------------------------------------~----~~~~~
STXSE-C304(200201) ST}( Offshore &, ShipbuiJding Co. Ltd S1736-04-AMS02 rev.1.vsd
PAGE C64
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM [1/4] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER : FRAMO
C/C/R
---------~~~-------------~ PO~ AC220V
-------- -~4404 -------------1 MS8D AC220V
AMS4 - CARGO HANDLING

06 C.C.C C44801- I AMS 1 SYSTEM ABNORMAL
N0.1 FEED P/P STARTER

- - - - - - - - - P3564---------- FOR CARGO HANDLING SYS. (811)
N0.2 FEED P/P STARTER

_J
w
z
<( N0.3 FEED P/P STARTER
0..
N0.1 HYD. PWR. PACK STARTER

- - - - - - - - -P3316-:-1'7--------- FOR CARGO HANDLING SYS. (81)
1-- SUCTION LINE CLOSED PP2

C/)
>-
(/)
*ZS11
RETURN LINE CLOSED FILTER INLET
*LSH1
0 HPU LEAKAGE SENSOR
z ......
~ *LSH2
HPU LEAKAGE SENSOR
_J t:
0 z *XS1
WEAR SENSOR PP1
z
<(
::J
0::: *XS2
w WEAR SENSOR PP2
I s0 *XY1
0.. UNLOADING SOLENOID PP1
0 ci *XY2
(.9 AMS12 >- UNLOADING SOLENOID PP2
I
0::: 02 f- *XY10
<( <.( HEATING SOLENOID HPU
u ><
0
(!)
*PCV1
PROPORTIONAL VN SYSTEM PRESS.
z *TT1
0 TEMP. TRANSMITTER HYD. OIL
i=
0 *PT1
z PRESS. TRANSMITTER SYSTEM PRESS.
::J
...., ('!;
*PT2
PRESS. TRANSMITTER PROTECTION PRESS. C')
AMS19
*PT3
~
PRESS. TRANSMITTER PROTECTION FILTER
~
(/)
*LT1
LEVEL TRANSMITTER HYD. OIL w
*LI1 ~
POWER SUPPLY TO LEVEL INDICATOR Z
::;;;;:
0::
0
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~
sTxsE-C304(200201). STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd s1736-05-cHs.vsd
PAGE C65 I
DWG. NO 08002000
POWER PACK N0.1 D/E

---::l
*TT31
C.WTEMP.
~c5307- I
-COMMON ABN.
-
.,....
(/)
Ll.J
~
-
.,....
(")
*PT31
L.O PRESS .
~ *LS31
(")
0... !::: I C.W LEVEL LOW
AD2 :::r
UJ
z *TSH31
:J L.O TEMP. HIGH
z
<( ~
--
~
-or-
..._
ATTS2
03
AMS7
.D...
_J
0
0::
I-
z
0
AMS19
07
AD2
0
<(
0...
0::
UJ
s0
*XS3
*ZS3
*XY3.
WEAR SENSOR
PP3
SUCTION LINE CLOSED
PP3
UNLOADING S.V
_J 0 0... PP3
w AMS4 ATTS1
z<( 05
--
UJ
0
I-
<(
><
*XY33
STOP S.V
ci 0 *XY31
a.. >-
I
OJ
z
START S.V (AIR)
.,.... *XY32 RPM CONTROL
_J 0
0 i= (FROM EFC)
0 z 0 *ST32 RPM SIGNAL
~ :J
(TO EFC)
~
' *ST31 RPM SIGNAL
., z (TO PLC)
-----
i::f f;?.!
~~
~,~ 1~1
~
(f) POWER PACK N0.2 D/E
>- w
0
---::l
(f) Ll.J
*TT41
C.WTEMP.
(.9 ~c53oa- g
(/)
*PT41
I
-COMMON ABN. Ll.J N' L.O PRESS.
z N'
~ ("()
0::
*LS41
_J
(")
0...
'-'
!::: I C.W LEVEL LOW

0 :::r z
z<( UJ
z<( :J *TSH41 I L.O TEMP." HIGH
~
AD2 0... AMS19 0 *XS4 WEAR SENSOR
<(
I _J 14 PP4
0
0...
0:: *ZS4
I SUCTION LINE CLOSED
0::
0 AMS7 I-
z
AD2 UJ
s0 PP4
(.9 0 *XY4 UNLOADING S.V
~ AMS4
0
ATTS1
0... PP4
u
<( 12
--
UJ
0
16
I-
<(
><
*XY43
STOP S.V
ci 0 *XY41
>-
I
OJ START S.V (AIR)
C\1
z *XY42 RPM CONTROL
0
0 i= (FROM EFC)
z 0 *ST42 RPM SIGNAL
:J ~
(TO EFC)
' *ST41 RPM SIGNAL
0
C'l
0
(TO PLC) uJ
(/)
X
----- 1-
(/)
..
Ll.J
::;:;:
<(
z
::;:;:
0:::
o.
LL
STXSE-C304(200201) 81736-05-CHS.vsd
-~
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd
PAGE C66 I
DWG. NO 08002000
-.
AMS7
1--------~0~1'-'---------~
~ XV1~ l
*
o$: ~ --- ~ I
C.WVNUNIT
(HYD. POWER PACK RM)
>
t__...L___ - _j
W.B P/P ST'BD

~------~A~M~S=2-----------~SV
08 SNEJECTOR
XY22
AMS2 W.B P/P PORT

~------~0~9=-----------~sv
SNEJECTOR
XY21
-------~--
1 L H~RDOU~ AR~
W.B P/P UNIT(ST'BD)

--]
#AMYS2 ~-_:*L:::;S;;:L;:::22::__+------1 LS AIR SEPARATOR
02 02A LOW LEVEL
r1:'f~ f} 1;(- ~; ;:;·'~ ;

AIR SEPARATOR
LOW LEVEL
EM'CY STOP P.B

NEAR CARGO MANIFOLD AREA(S)
OP-59
,---1
#AMYS2
~-----~~0~6~----+-----~~:
Q EM'CY STOP P.B
NEAR CARGO MANIFOLD AREA(P)
L...---
(HS1)
AMS2 EM'CY STOP P.B

~---------=-~0:,;7=-----------1 PB (HYD. POWER PACK RM ENTRANCE)
HS3
w
:;:;:
<(
z
NOTE:# MARKED 1.8 CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES. :;:;:
a:
0
l-.----s-r_x_..-0-._ff_s_h-.·o_r_e_. _&_S_h-ip_b_u-il_d_i_n_g_C_o_...-L-;-.t-d-.------=-s1=73::-::6--=-o~s-=cH:-:-:s=-.v---:-'sd
L..s-Tx_s_E--c-3o-4(-.2o-o-2o-1
LL
OMITTEDC68
PAGE C67 I
DWG.NO 08002000
FOAM RM
AT1
AMS7
------~
N0.1 CARGO P/P(P)

I
..- N0.2 CARGO P/P(P)
~
0:::
....._... I
_J N0.3 CARGO P/P(P)
w
z<( N0.4 CARGO P/P(P)
a.. N0.5 CARGO P/P(P)
N0.6 CARGO P/P(P)
•, ........... ----~
...... SLOP P/P (P)

I
AMS27 I
N0.1 CARGO P/P(S)
N0.2 CARGO P/P(S)

_J
0
z
<(
N0.3 CARGO P/P(S)
I ----~
N0.4 CARGO P/P(S)

0 I
(9
0::: N0.5 CARGO P/P(S)
<(
()
I
N0.6 CARGO P/P(S)
AMS27
SLOP P/P(S)
BALLAST P/P(S)
"<I'
0
RESIDUE P/P C"l
0
uJ
en
X
I-
en..
w
~
<(
z
*MARKED CABLE TO BE SUPPLIED BY MAKER AND CABLING WORKS TO BE DONE BY SHIPYARD &
(CABLE LENGTH : 6M, 22EA) ~
.. STXSE-C304(200201) .. STX Offshor~ & Shipbuilding Co~ Ltd . . ·S173().:05-cHs.vsd

PPUMP03 BWMS EQ08
MPYC-2 SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET
- PORT BALLAST PUMP RUNNING SIGNAL

PPUMP04
MPYC-2 - STBD BALLAST PUMP RUNNING SIGNAL
PAGE C70 I
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING SYSTEM MODELNO
f--------~--------------~
51KPC09
DVVG.NO 08002000
MAKER: SElL-SERES
- - - - Nf635 - - - -<E GPS SIGNAL (RS 422)

1
I
I SPEED LOG SIGNAL
I 1- -N1821--<E -200 PULSE!NM
I
1
I
I . I- -NAV.
---
BRI. DECK
- ---- - - - - - - i -:--- - - - - - - CARGOCONTROLRM
1 I
-----
C.C.C I I
----+---+ - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 ~- _j_- L_ _j--c1o2o ___ AC220V I
AMS ~------------
I
ODME S-3000
L I- _!N_I~R.:._ -1
INTER.
VALVE -,
REMOTE I
-SYSTEM FAIL
44 01
c B I (MAIN CONTROLLER) ~N;~R~ -1 CONTROL I I
I r- - - - - -L SYSTEM- I
I ZENER I
BARRIER I
I L_ -------'
_ _ _ _j
PROTECTION COVER
AC 220V I P~-7 I FLOVV METER

'--1f--lDPT "P TRANSMITTER
I VVITH VALVE MANIFOLD
I
I (AT2)
- ""P63o2-- ---
0:::
w
f-
w
2
f-
z
w
(AMS4) f- ASSEMBLY UNIT
-P75A15- z
0 0::0::
0 w!:!! f--+--"#_A,M_,Y....:.:S..:.c2+-------+- :;... __IpS\ PRESS
zO::
~~~ .....1 wrY 03 \...J SVVITCH
~~~ 0 Niij
~I[;:
I
AC440V
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I_ - - - - - - w
~
<X:
NOTE : 1. #MARKED I.S CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES. z
~
0::
0
lL
'"="s=-rx-=-s=-E--=-c-=-=3o-:-4(:-2o:-o-2o-1)-------=s=-=T=x=-=.--=-·n-----s_h_O_I'I_e_&-=--s-=-=-h-=-ip-b=--u--il_,d-=i-n_g_c-=-.-
0 0
-.-.,.L-t-d.,-.----s::::-:1=73=-=6-=-o=-5-c~H-:::s:-.v----:-lsd
PAGE C71 I
INERT GAS GENERATOR SYSTEM [1/4] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER :KANGRIM
E/R CASING (U-DK)
X1 - ---- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I ___
P4407 MSBD _ 1 AC 220V
,---,
X1 - - -- -- - - - - cgao5 - - - - -- - - - -
,---,
-~ _E~~ _1 DC 24V
B.C.C
AMS4
X60
::i
cb
--,
::::?:'
AMS19
X35
E.C.C
AMS4
X60 r-------------~~~---------------4 ~ ~8
0 Wxo
z I -.;t
0 <( CXl
...-- 0...~::2:
roow
00 X36 r---------------A_M7S~1~9--------------~ ~
04
wb
~
w
I- C.C.C
X34
X60
02-ANALYSER PANEL(UEC-18)
---------,
AD2
X2
02-ANALYSER
(ITEM 7040)
AMS4
X60
L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _l
,------------
1 PROTECTION BOX l ~~E~1
I PT I.G DECK PRESS. I
I (PT 1820) I
I F.W.D V.E.C.S PRESS I
(PT1900) I
X30 A.F.T V.E.C.S PRESS.
X43 (PT1901)
X60 LOW DECK PRESS.
(PS 1870)
WATER LEVEL IN
D.W.S (LS 1940) 1
I ___________ _
L I w
::::?:
<(
z
NOTE:# MARKED I.S CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES. ::::?:
0::
0
LL
'=sT=-x-:-::-s=-E~=-c3-=-=o--:-4(:-zo::-:::-o-zo-1)-----=s=-=T=x:-::--o=-ff.,----s_h_o_r_e_&-::---'-S-=-=-h-=-ip~.=-b-u-=-il=-d=i-n_g_c-=---.-L-t-~::'-·--=---s::-:1-=73=-=6--:::-co5::--c;:::;H-;::;s=-.v----:-'sd
. 0
PAGE C72 I
DWG.NO 08002000
E/CASING A-DK
X 3 0 1----:....:AM"i:S-7-1'-=9-----1 BUZZER
(B1490)
I.G CAPACITY VALVE(CLOSE_A)

X42
(ZLS 0060)
S.W INLET VALVE (CLOSE _A)

(ZSL 0050)
HIGH S.W. LEVEL IN SCRUBBER

(LS 1930)
AD2 FLAME DETECTOR N0.1

X2
02 (BE 2001)
..--...
0 FLAME DETECTOR N0.2
0
00 (BE 2010)
00
0 a: HIGH S.WTEMPERATURE
0 w COOLING JACKET (TS 1910)
co
co LOW INSTRUMENT AIR PRESSURE
~
a:
()
(PS 1830)
(f) LOW COMBUSTION AIR PRESSURE

<OLL (PS 1110)
..--0
><I ...J
LOW S.W PRESSURE
1~40)
/~'~'''
:¥:11 ilfl Ml
LJ,W~~~i:!
t ~' 3;(~~ ~.U~t!<Jm'~Ec~
<(
,cpj a~
...J()
8505 'cill '* :5; "*' ~*'illi ?7.
<.(_
c.. X26 Zl-
-<(
AIR TO IGNITION BURNER VALVE
(SV 1520)
-z<( :::2:2
a:~
Ww
F.O RETURN VALVE
(SV 1530)
1-z
~ a.. F.O TO MAIN BURNER VALVE
(9 z (SV 1560)
0
(9 0 MAIN BURNER NOZZLE CONT VALVE
. w
- I-
z
(SV 1570)
F.O TO IGNITION BURNER_1 VALVE

~ (SV 1580)
0
-
2 F.O TO IGNITION BURNER_2 VALVE
(SV 1581)
X 6 0 I----.:...:A:..:,;M~S1.:..::2:...._---l
SIGNAL TO I.G CAPACITY VALVE
(EP 0062)
SIGNAL TO F.O CAPACITY VALVE

(PY2110)
I.G TEMPERATURE OUTLET SCRUBBER

(TT 1880) ....
0
C')
0
uJ
AD2 IGNITION TRANSFORMER (f)
X2 X
(2090) 1-
(f)
... STXSE-C304(200201)
· STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co .. Ltd 81736-05-CHS.vsd
PAGE C73 I
DWG.NO 08002000
AEC-20
X43,X26 t---------A--:M~S----------i
01
4 s I.G MAIN VALVE
(ZSL 0010)
8 I.G MAIN VALVE

(SOL 0012)
FOAM RM
X26 t----------=.A..::,M:;:;;S:=2' - - - - - - - - - - { SV BLEED VALVE
03 (SOL 0472)
AEC-19
AMS2 . ~ VENT TO ATMOSPHERE VALVE

X43t----------=...::,~~------~~
04 (ZSL 0020)
X 6 0 t----------=.A...::.M;:,:S;:=2'----------{ fJ/pl SIGNAL TO ATMOSPHERE VALVE

19 ~ (EP 0022)
0
0 UEC-17
"""
co
BLOWER 1 OUTLET VALVE
(ZSL 0030)

(SOL 0033)

(SOL 0043)
S.W SUPPLY TO D.W.S. PRESSURE

(PS 1890)
r-- -1 EFS-18
I I AMS r. - S.W EFFLUENT OVERBOARD VALVE
X42 I t-1---'-~=-----, LAMP
2
I (ZSL 0140)
I
12
~o~ (FROM LAMP IND. BOX. SEE C93)
I
I EFS-17
I
I ...-... ~ S.W DRAIN TO BILGE VALVE
:----'-A~M.:;::S:....:4_ __, V
10 (ZSL 0170)
X42,X26 IS 13
AMS19
11
Ill..
1.._...
0:::
....J
8 S.W DRAIN TO BILGE SN
(SOL 0170)
Ll; EFS-17
X42 g;
I
lt---.....:A....:.:M-;.:;S:-;2:::..___
I 15
___,~
v
S.W AUX. SUPPLY VALVE
(ZSL 0190)
()I
EFS-17
I
X42,X26
:
, 1_ ___;A....:.:M.;.:;S~4-'-----i
8 S.W EFFLUENT LINE VALVE
(ZSL 0220)
16
___ J
8 S.W EFFLUENT LINE SN
(SOL 0220) w
~
<(
z
~
0:::
0
LL
___S
'"="s=Tx-:-:s-=-E--=-c-=-=3o-4(:-:-2o-o-2o~1)-----'.--=s:-::T=X~Oc:::--::cff~s-=-h-o_r_e_& ___h_ip_b_u-=-il::-d~i-n_g_c--=--__,._-L_t_d~-~--s=1=73=-=6-=-o-=-s-:::-:cH-:-::s:-.v--:-'sd
0
PAGE C74
DWG. NO 08002000
.._
N0.11.G.G
BLOWER BLOWER LOAD SIGNAL
- - - - - - P34fs;:fr------ STARTER
ITEM 8500 (X7) LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP/RUN
N0.2 I.G.G BLOWER LOAD SIGNAL

BLOWER
X30 - - - - - - P4065;56-- - - - - - STARTER
ITEM 8600 (X8) LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP/RUN
N0.1 M.D.O
PUMP FOR.
X 3D - - - - - - - P34i7------- I.G.G STARTER LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP/RUN
ITEM 8700 (X9)
0
0
~ N0.2 M.D.O
co PUMP FOR
- - - - - - -P40f3------- I.G.G STARTER LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP/RUN
:2! ITEM 8800 (X10)
Wl~i~'t7
z
<(
0...
z - N0.1 DECK WATER SEAL S.W
PUMP STARTER START/STOP/RUN
<( X30 MSBD
(N0.1 GSP)
:2! - N0.2 DECK WATER SEAL S.W
PUMP STARTER START/STOP/RUN
(9
(9
AMS2 CARGO HANDL.SYS. MAIN CONTROL PANEL
X30 C.P
01 -CARGO PUMP TRIP (SEE C66)
x 30 - - - - - - -C44A04-- - - - - -I A.M.S I ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM

-COMMON ABNORMAL
"""
0
C')
0
uJ
~
(f)
w
~
z
~
0::
0
~----~--~------------------------------~--------------~----------~-=~~~--~~
sTxsE-c304(200201) STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. ~td S1736-o5-cHs.vsd
PAGE C75
GAS DETECTION SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: RIKIN KEIKI
C/C/R
MODEL : RKK-2002K
----------cl~~-----------ic·?·cl EM'CY AC 220V
I
. I
----------c1~~------------- POWER SHUT-OFF SIGNAL
B.C.C
AMS12 REPEATER
ALARM PANEL
DC24V-- -c"101D-- (RKK-2000)
z
0
I-
t)
w
1-
w
0
en
<(·
(!)
_ (PIPING_§YSTEM FOR W.B.T) _ _ )
--------------( C!;
(")
t;J
w
E
(f)
w
~
z
~
0:::
0
~~~~~~~~~~~-=-=-=-=-=~~~~~~~~~----~~----~~~~~~~~~~
sTxsE-C304(200201).STX. Offshore
&. Shipbuilding Co. Ltd s1736-os-cHs.vsd
stx CARGO TANK MONITORING SYSTEM [1/2]
PAGE
MODEL NO
DWG. NO
C76
51KPC09
08002000
.... MAKER : PANASIA
C/C/R
FOAM RM
- - - - - - - - - P6367--------- -I PD-7 IAC 220V
, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @.Cl
i oc~ · --l
I
I~ ~-b
18
lo
I
Cf) ATTS2 (RS485)

01
~
()
0:::
0
LL AC 220V
1--
z
~
I
,.z: ~-------------------------
~;
...
()
z
AMS2
03 - C44B01 - -1 AMS
~
~ AMS19
~ 05 15 L.F.P.T/U.F.P.TIW.B.T/A.P.T
C.C.C (SEE C78,79)
0 AMS27 4 DRAFT (SEE C80)
() 06
~
~ -----~----c~~-----------~I_E._c._c~ 7 H.F.O/D.O TK (4-20mA)
~ .(Y""Y'Y',r-y'"',ry""-,'Y".rv'"V"'J'"V-v--,.rv"'r--v-v"".F'.r"V"'./"".r~rv-'V'"".,r-V"V""-.,r-v-v--~
0..
0..
~ AMS2 HIGH&OVERFILL ALARM SYSTEM
Cf) 07 C.C.C -BUNKER TANK HIGH COMMON ALARM
~~/~'~AP~~,~~J~~~~~~~~J~~'~
fOTOl__fOTOL ~
~P63o4 ~P63o3 ~ AC 220V
1
---------- T__
ctciR"l,
i !
A TTS2 (RS485)
I PRINTER
I
8 C')
0
04
~~'!j£]~
~===~~ FOR LOAD MASTER
I 1
w
Cf}
~
L__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Cf}
w
~
<(
NOTE: 1. *MARKED IS SUPPLIED BY MAKER OF LOADING COMPUTER z
2. **MARKED IS SUPPLIED BY MAKER OF C.M.S ~
0:::
0
LL
'-::-ST_x_s_E--C-30-4(-20-0-20-1)_ _ _ _S_T_X_Q_ff_s_h_o_r_.e_&_S_h_ip_b_u-il-d-~-'-n-g_C_o_· .-l-.t-d-------:s::-t=73:-=-6--=-o6:--c=M-:::s=-.v-:-'sd
PAGE C77
CARGO TANK MONITORING SYSTEM [2/2] I---M_o_D_EL_No-+_ _5_1K_P--:-co--:-g----1

DWG. NO 08002000
.
TANK RADAR TRANSMITTYER
(INCLUDED I.G PRESS. TRANS. )
#ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB N0.1 C. 0. T(S) LEVEL

01 01A x2 & TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)
#ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB N0.1 C. 0. T(P) LEVEL



Cf)
~ #ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB N0.3 C. 0. T(S) LEVEL

u
0::
0 #ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB N0.3 C. 0. T(P) LEVEJ_
LL 06 06A x2 & TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)
1--
z
:::J #ATTYS2 N0.4 C. 0. T(S) LEVEL
;~ i ~ ~ - - - . , . , . - ' - : . . . . : ; : . . . . : ; " ' - ' _ j ~ ' r - " ' - . : ; _ ' - = ~ - - " ' - - ' - ~ C " '
07A & TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)
...
t~N:t!i ~: :t'~i~ii):r~ur~:l
8:
:~·~\
u 0::
w
& TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)
z
z
w #ATTY4S #ATTYS2 N0.5 C. 0. T(S) LEVEL
N RB


11 11A. x2 & TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)

#ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB RESIDUE TK LEVEL

#ATTY4S #ATTYS2 RB SLOP TK(S) LEVEL

17 17A x2 & TEMP. (UPPER/LOW) "<t
0
C"l
0
w
(f)
X
#ATTY4S
18 I PARAS
TX
L:3
I
#ATTYS2
18A @ SLOP TK(P) LEVEL
& TEMP. (UPPER/LOW)
I-
(f)
w
~
<(
z
~
0::
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM O"J:HER CABLES 0
lL
· '--s-Tx_s_E--C-30~4(-2o-o-2o_1_)_ _ _ _S_T_X_O_ff:~s_h_o_r_e_· -&-·S-h-ip-._b_u_il_d_i_n_g_C_o___L_t_d_____s=-1=73=6---::-06:::--c=M-:-::s=-.v----:-'sd
PAGE C78
W.B.T LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM [1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
. MAKER : PANASIA
~ DC24V
I
II
I~
1u
I
___ I
I U.F.P:f -- - I
#AMYS2 I I
L.F.P.T
#AMYS2
#AMYS2
04
, ..
1-
z #MY37S
0 (C79,80)
(.) #AMYS2
0
(!)
0:::
<
(.) . #AMYS2
#AMYS2
08
#AMYS2 I
._ ___ j '<!"
0
C')
0
w
2
(f)
w
2
<(
z
2
0::
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO Bi;: SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES ~
.STXSE-C304(200201) S1736-06-CMS.vsd
·. STX Offshore & Shipbuilding C.o. Ltd
PAGE C79
W.B.T LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM [2/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
#AMYS2
02
#AMYS2
0::
w
a:0::
<(
co
w (/)
...J #AMYS2
0 04
,., .. en
{,. z
',,.,.
1-
z I
0 #AMYS2
06
(..)
0 .___ ___ j
(!)
0:::
<C
(..) ; A.P.T- - - -l
O?A I
L__ _ _ _ j
;g
(")
(.(
w
2
(f)
w
2
<(
z
2
0:::
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES 0
lL
----S:-c:T=X::--c--0-ff_s_h_o_r_e--=&-.-=s-=-h-=-i-p-=-b-u-=-i=l.d-=-=i=n--.-=c=o-.-L=t=d-=-.----::::-s1=7=-=36:-::-o:::-6_-:::ccM:-::s==-.v----:-~sd
'="sT=x-=s-=-E--=-c-=-=3o:-:-4(:-:-2o:-::o-2o_1_)
9
PAGE C80
DRAFT READING SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
zw
::JO::
(J)0
01--
(ll(J)
·.¥
AMS2
04
w
2
<t:
z
2
0::
f\JOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES 0
7sT=x-=s=E---::;c:::-:3o::-:4_-:-:(2=oo=2o:-:1-:-)- - - -=_=T=-x-=-=o=-.ff=-=s:-::-h-o--=r-e-&-=--s=-=-h-=-ip---:--b-u-=-i=-ld-=-=i=-n-g-.--==---.-L-td-..-----=s:-:-17=3:::-6_-:::-o6;;--c;::;-;M-;-;s::-.v~sdlL
8 0 0
PAGE C81
CARGO OIL TANK
MODEL NO 51KPC09
HIGH LEVEL & OVERFILL ALARM SYS [1/3] DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: PANASIA
c.c.c
-------- ~t~~f{'l----------1 CCC AC 220V(FOR HIGH ALARM)
- - - - - -- - - ~~~2~Al_ - - - - - - -- -1 CCC AC 220V(FOR OVERFILL ALARM)
_________ ~~~~Al _______ - - ~ CCC DC 24V(FOR EM'CY)
AD2
I~
HIGH LEVEL
01
ELEC. HORN WITH
ALARM LAMP (95%)
f~-;~~--~~~~~-~~~-~-l
l______________________________________!
_J AD2
r---------------------~0~2~------------------+-~~
~ OVERFILL LEVEL
w ELEC. HORN WITH
z ALARM LAMP (98%)
<( CHEMICAL L__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
D.. CLEANING EQUIP.
STORES)
(.9
z N0.1 C.O.T.(S)
.... ~· .. .
0
I-
.. \tr~~-~{J1:m~t~
'------'-.:..:..:...J ~::;:J",/
z
0 @ N0.1 C.O.T.(P)
~ #MY4S 98%
HIGH & OVERFILL
05
~
@ 95%
ALARM
*
~ -
<(
_J
<( ~
#MY4S
@ 98%
N0.2 C.O.T.(S)
HIGH & OVERFILL
0::: 06
w
a:
0::: #MY37S
0
z @ 95%
ALARM
<( 0I
-
*
ro 03 (C82) co
....,
~
@
I
u N0.2 C.O.T.(P)
#MY4S 98%
HIGH & OVERFILL
07
@ 95%
ALARM
*
#MY4S
r-------~~~--------~
08 @
@98%
95%
N0.3 C.O.T.(P)
#MY4S
@
@98%
~------~-=~--------~ HIGH & OVERFILL
09 ALARM
w
95% ~
* <(
z
~
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN ..50mm FROM OTHER CABL~S ~
~--------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~
sTxsE-c3o4(20o2o1) ~TX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd s1736-o7-H&o.vsd
PAGE C82
CARGO OIL TANK
MODEL NO 51KPC09
~
#MY4S
@ NO .4 C.O.T.(S)
98%
HI GH & OVERFILL
::s:: 01
0 @ ALARM
z 95% --::J;
0 I
OJ
""')
0
I
#MY4S
@ NO .4 C.O.T.(P)
98%
HI GH & OVERFILL
02
(120P) @ ALARM
95% lJ!
#MY4S
@ 98%
N0.5 C.O.T.(S)
HIGH & OVERFILL
ALARM
@
95%
*
_J #MY4S
@ 98%
N0.5 C.O.T.(P)
w HIGH & OVERFILL

ALARM
z
<(
@
95%
*
... a..
N0.6 C.O.T.(S)
(9 HIGH & OVERFILL
z ALARM
-.... li$
0::: I
0 1i1i
I
1-
z #MY4S
06
0
~
~
0:::
<(
_J #MY4S
@ 98%
SLOP TANK(S)
HIGH & OVERFILL
<( 07
ALARM
@ 95%
*
#MY4S
@ 98%
SLOP TANK(P)
HIGH & OVERFILL
ALARM
@
95%
*
#MY4S
@ 98%
RESIDUE TK
HIGH & OVERFILL
ALARM
@
95%
* '<!'
0
C')
0
w
(j)
X
I-
(j)
w
2
<(
z
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES 2
0:::
0
LL
STXSE~C304(200201) . S17.36c07-H&O.vsd
STX Offshore & Shipbui.lding Co. Lt~ ..
PAGE C83
CARGO OIL TANK
MODEL NO 51KPC09
- --- - IA-DK PORT SIDEI

1 [EO FRONTWALL I
L-----j
ADY2
1-----------...:....:.:;;0:71.:::..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1-1
I ~
HIGH LEVEL
ELEC. HORN WITH
I
, .........................................., L~----' ~~~~~~P(90%) -<
l #FOR BUNKER TANK l 1
t~~~?~~"-"~~~~':':1] [EO I,
ADY2 OVERFILL LEVEL I
02 ~ ELEC. HORN WITH -<
I
~
L . , __ __j
ALARM LAMP (95%)
(Exd IIC T6)
I
L__ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~
~
- - - - - - - - - - ~~~·~/- - - - - - - - - - ~ C.C.C
HIGH&OVERFILL ALARM SYSTEM
-BUNKER TANK HIGH COMMON ALARM -<
......J
£,:.--YY--.~-y--r..,---v-v--v-y--v--.-"Y"',-"Y"',·'rY-v---.-"Y"'~t-"r',-"Y'~t-v---,rv-v-v---t-v---tv">-1
-DELETED CABLE C8309, C8310 (DUPLICATED CABLE) ~
...
J .~~
___ ----- - -~~fs~L --- -- -- -- -1 AMS

<INPUT>
- N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H
- N0.1 H.F.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H
- N0.2 H.F.O INBOARD TK(S) L.H.H
- N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(S) L.H.H
- N0.2 H.F.O OUTBOARD TK(P) L.H.H
- M.D.O STOR. TK(S) L.H.H
- M.D.O STOR. TK(P) L.H.H
<OUTPUT>
- HIGH&OVERFILL ALARM SYS. PWR. FAIL
UJ
~
<(
z
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES ~
0::
0
u..
_S_T_X
. "='sT=-x--=-s-=-E--=-c-=-3o-4(-2o-o-2o_1_l- - - . ___O_ff_,_s_h_o_r_e_&_S
___h_ip_b_u_il_d_i_n_g_C_·____L_t_d,------.,---s=-1=73,.,.6--o7:::-c-H,...,&=-=o,-.v--cc'sd
... 0
PAGE C84 I
HYD.VALVE REMOTE
MODEL NO 51KPC09
CONTROL SYSTEM [1/2] DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: SElL-SERES
C.C.C
HYD. POWER UNIT

FOR VN CONT. (E1S-39)
MAIN
AC 440V MSBD
I L
I - P4212 -
FOR N0.2 P/P
_J
w EM'CY L
z AC 440V ESBD ~- P4909 -
<x: FOR N0.1 P/P
0...
_J
0
0::
1-
z
0
u
1-
z
:::J
1----------LHAZA~DOU~ AREA_
I
£
*
1----_,*(:::-:30:-::M-')------l PT N0.1 BALLAST P/P
'
c-v-"iv-y'y·l
#MY4S ~
I m
03A SUCTION (S)
r---~------,~~~03~-+~--------~~ '
CJ. .___A_. I ......../.....) *(30M) N0.1 BALLAST P/P
03B PT
DISCH. (S)
*(30M) N0.2 BALLAST P/P

0::: PT
w #MY4S
04A SUCTION (P)
0:: m
04 -;
0:::
<( f---*->;;(37-0M~)'------l PT N0.2 BALLAST P/P
co
(f) g I
,-,r-y"'{'('{'('y~{'y~(Yy)~,,r-y-y--y-y-.,r-y-y-.,~~(YY~Y~Y~'YY""Y\
048 DISCH. (P)
> ~ * ~
l #AMYS4 MS SLOP RETURN VAVLE(FOR ODME) ~ ~
t 05 I (C0043) ~ ~
~ < ~
> #AMYS4 I * MS OV'BD DISCHARGE VALVE(FOR ODME) j (f)
~ 06 . (C0042) 1 w
.J....._A~/.....-/\._/...._.,A~~J...__./,~A~./'---"'"'--··"---"'"'~t''--)\._.A_A.._...A.._A___J\._f~....J'--./'.....j.,__A_A_A..__A._A_. A_A_A_.A.._ ...\___A_}.,~A..._ ...\.~l-.._) ~
L-----------------~::2:
NOTE: 1. #MARKED CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN ..50mm FROM OTHER CABLES ~
~TXSE~C304(200201) S1736-Q8cVRC rev.1.vsd
STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Lt~
PAGE C85 I
HYD.VALVE REMOTE MODEL NO 51KPC09
CONTROL SYSTEM [2/2] DWG. NO 08002000
c.c.c
@...r ---- ----- -N 6"o4" - - - - - - - - - - - -

3
AUTO TEL.
@- - - - - - - - - - - - N 8o5
3
------------ COMMON BATT. TEL.
®----------- -N4320 - - - - - - - - - - - - CLOCK
®----------- -N24 o 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - WIND INDICATION SYSTEM
N0.3 VHF/DSC
*1M *MC
- UNIT
(FM-88005)
- ---------------------
N2901
N0.3 VHF ANTENNA
::.:: f0 t'J
p(\
F~ n
n
f.-.'
}:j
!d
,.['~
rV'rYY~/)-----."'{Y"'
~ ON MIMIC
t~
( N0.1&2FIRE, --
BILGE & GIS
PUMP ST/SP/RUN __ BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
-------P~w----------
-- -------L~~---------- LD-3
LIGHTING
SWITCHS & EXH.
-------L~~---------- ELD-1
FAN CONTROL ~ -
PANEL
i-- -------P~w---------- LGSP-5
'--I._A_,A__A_/\.._A_/.JJ.._J\JV'J
- - - - - C44B01- - - - - -1 AMS
- VRC SYS. ABNORMAL
- O.D.M.E SYSTEM FAIL
-CARGO HANDLING SYS. ABN.
- C.M.S ABNORMAL
-HIGH LEVEL/OVERFILL ALARM SYS. FAIL
""'"
0
(")
0
-GAS SAMPLING DET. SYST. ABN. uJ
~
(/)
w
~
<(
z
~
0::
0
~------------------------------------------------------------~------~~~~~--~-7~
.. . STXSE-C304(200201) STX Offshore & ~hipbuilding Co. Ltd S1736-08-VRC rev.1.vsd
OMITTEDC87
PAGE C86 I
CARGO BALLAST ON/OFF VN MODEL NO 51KPC09
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM DWG.NO 08002000
c.c.c
FOAM RM
SNCABINET
£{'~
AMS37 )
02
:ri~_•.•.·•_·_· ::
i AMS37
I
.....~······.·
~
~ CLOSE~ AMS37
®CLOSE
5
...J
04
<(
m
AMS37
~ 06 -'
\....'!,___.J'-..A._A_A....A_/..._)
C!;
('<)
0
w
2
(f)
w
::;;;:
<{
z
::;;;:
0::
0
lL
_S_T_X_·_Q_ff
___s_h_o_r_e----=-&-5-=-=-h--::ci-p_b_u_i_ld-in_g___C_o_._l_t_d___-=-s1~7=-=36=-=-o=s-~v=-Rc=--re-v.-:-1.v----;-'sd
.. ·
'-_s-_rx_s_E--C-30-4-(2-00-2-01-)- - - - .
- Valve BA-T04 CONTROL, OPEN & CLOSE indicators
- Valve BA-T05 CONTROL, OPEN & CLOSE indicators
- Valve BW- 22 CONTROL, OPEN & CLOSE indicators

- Valve BW- 23 CONTROL, OPEN & CLOSE indicators
- Valve BW-12 CONTROL, OPEN & CLOSE indicators
RVALVE-BWMS-01 MPYC-24
RVALVE-BWMS-02 MPYC-24
SVALVE1
TTYCS-2
BWMS EQ08 PBW12

SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET MPYC-2
- Valve BA021 Full Shut Signal

- Valve BA033 Full Shut Signal BWMS
JUNCTION BOX
- Valve BA038 Full Shut Signal PBW10 LS
- Valve BA039 Full Shut Signal MPYC-2
Valve "BW-10"
PBW11 LS
MPYC-2
BWMS EQ08 Valve "BW-11"
SVALVE2
TTYCS-2
SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET

PBG17
LS
- Valve BW-12 Full Shut Signal MPYC-2
- Valve BW-10 Full Shut Signal Valve "BG17"
- Valve BW-11 Full Shut Signal PBG20 LS
- Valve BG17 Full Shut Signal MPYC-2
- Valve BG20 Full Shut Signal Valve "BG20"
- Valve BG81 Full Shut Signal PBG81 LS
MPYC-2
Valve "BG81"
ENGINE ROOM
OMITTED C91
PAGE C90 /
E.R C02 RELEASE ALARM SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
C02RM MAKER:NK
FOR E/R
C02
AFMS7
RELEASE
01
CABINET
AFMS2
r-----------~0~2~----------~MS MAIN DISCHARGE VN(FOR E!R)
- - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - -~
-
02RM . ·
-
AFMS?
RELEASE
03
CABINET
~-
---
RE CONT. STATION
------------------- ---
E.C.C (SEE F15)
AFMS2 RELAY BOX FOR

r-----------~0,:..;:4~-------------1 SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN - C02 RELEASE ALARM
AFMS4 FOR E/R FAN1 STOP

MSBD
05 (SEE P21)
0
""'('")"
0
AFMS4 FOR E/R FAN2 STOP
w
(f)
06
ESBD
(SEE P45) p
(f)
..
w
~
z
• ~
0:::
1t
.. -=-s-=T=X-.-0-ff~s-=-h_o_r_e----=-&-S--,--,--h_i_p_b_u_i_ld-in_g_C_o_~_L_t_d_ _ _--=s-:-::17=3-=-6--=-=og'--::_s=E=Rv:-:-:l=cE=-.v-sd-,J·
. '"="s=Tx-=s=E---=c-=-3o:-:4-=(2-oo:-2-o1-)- - - - : -
.. ~
PAGE C92 I
TEMP .. CONTROL VALVE MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
MAKER: Mt. H
.--------,
~ (Y'~YYYYYY~
~ AMS4 -<: * RB
ip
AC 220V M.E L.O COOLER OUTLET TEMP.
EPCON S- 01 '\
I E.c.c ~--cg7o4-- \.. -<
(lM14E) . - .?.:_ S!3N_8L_8H~...LI~E-~-. M.E L.O COOLER OUTLET TEMP.
CONT. VALVE
~ '\
ELECTRO-PNEUMATtc ~
C\1 TEMP. CONTROLLER>" _;
0..--
<(C\1
~ ~ *
r-~'---~A~M~S4~-~~-~RB M.E J.F.W COOLER OUTLET
EPCON
(HT31 E)
ELECTRO-PNEUMAT(C
_ t
~
03
,
S!._GN_8L _81~LI~E _
-<
i-.
-<
..!
ip TEMP.
M.E J.F.W COOLER OUTLET

TEMP. CONT. VALVE
C\IC\1 TEMP. CONTROLLER :)'

~C\1
~· <1
"- AMS4 .J *
07 -< RB L.T F.W COOLER OUTLET TEMP.
EPCON > )
' <
(lT11E) ~ SIGNAL AIR LINE ~ L.T F.W COOLER OUTLET TEMP.
·--~----·-·-·---~-
CONT. VALVE
t\...A_A_A..A..A_f_J,_A_.A.-5
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC
TEMP. CONTROLLER
:)
.,. m @i !iii
~ ~
I
t~ ~
~ I i
"<!"
0
C')
C.f
w
(f)
p
(f)
w
2
<(
z
2
0::
0
..
LJ_
~s=Tx-:::s=E--=c~3o=-=-4-:-:-(2-oo-2o-.1~)---~S-::::-T-::::-X-:::--:0-ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_S_
. -=-h-=-i-p-=-b-u-=i.,...ld_i_n_g_:_C_o_.-~-L-td-.-----,s-=-=17=36=--o=-=g-:::_s=E=Rv7 1C::::-:E=-.v---:-lsd
PAGE C93
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
SHAFT GROUNDING ASSEMBLY
M/E SHAFT
•6omm2(1.5M) AD2
0 01
HULL HULL
<REMOTE CONT. VN OPEN/CLOSE IND. SYS.>
E1P·32 EFP-32 EFP-35

AMS2 I I
f---'-'=o7----1.{ MS I OPEN
LAMP 4
I HIGH SEA CHEST V.V
I (SW01)
fi tt
EFS-32 EFS-35
I I
f----'-A::,:,M~S-=2-...J.{ MS I OPEN
LAMP LAMP 08 I I
AMS4 LOW SEA CHEST V.V
07 I I (SW02)
BOX BOX f---'-A'=M7S.::.2_...;.{1 MS 1 CLOSE
09 I I
[_--'
(So
<( .....
E1S-31 EFS-32 EFS-
1 I
f---'-A'7M;,;:.S:::.2_-4 MS I
LAMP LAMP 12 I I OPEN
AMS4
I I MAIN COOLING S.W OV/BD VN
BOX 11 (SW30)
BOX f---A...,.M.,.S_2_-:-11 MS 1
13 I 1 CLOSE
[_--'
o--r
<( .....
E1S-16 EFS-18 EFS-17
AMS2 I I
LAMP
AMS4 LAMP f----:-16~-...1.{1 MS : OPEN SCRUBBER UNIT C.W
I I OV'BDVN
BOX 15 BOX
f---'-A'-'"M'=S:::.2--:-11 MS 1 CLOSE (SW 17)
17 I 1 ;g
[_--' ('")
0
I uJ
(f)
I
I (AMS2) r - - - - l (f)
~
- - (:y :;- - - t_C-JB-FLR(FWD)_ TO I.G.G MAIN PANEL
3 2 w
:;;:
<(
z
. :;;:
0::
~
'=-sT=·x:::s=E--=c-:-:30~4-:-:-(2-00-20-1~)
----5-=-_-=J=-X-=--=0=-ff:==-s-=-h-~-r-e-&=·-.S-=--h=i-p-=-b-U-::i-:::-ld-::-:i::-n-g----:C-o---.-=-l~td-=-----=s-:-:17=36=--o=g-:::_s=-=E=Rv-::-IC:::-::E::-.v----;-lsd
•
.. SHIP'S NETWORK SYSTEM
PAGE
MODEL NO
C94 I
51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
NOTE : 1. ALL COMPUTERS, PRINTERS, SOFTWARE AND NETWORK HUB SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY BUYER.
2. PATCH PANEL RJ45 AND INSTALLATION & CABLING WORKS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY BUILDER.
3. LAN CABLES TO BE SEPARATED MIN. 50mm FROM OTHER CABLES.
4. ALL CABLES ARE STP-CAT-6 UNLESS OTHER NOTED.
5. THE CATEGORY 6 TYPE DEVICES (FOR PATCH PANEL, PATCH CORD, RJ45) WILL BE APPLIED.
RADIO SPACE (UNDER DESK)
·RACK FOR LAN SYSTEM

<WIRE LAN SYSTEM APPLIED CATEGORY 6>
(AT2) ~
--cfoocw--~ -AC22ov
*3M
RADIO SPACE
N-DECK
,-------------------------l...--------1
CAPTAIN DAY RM
'
1-- ______________________ __,_______, C-DECK

z
::::>
0:::
w ENGINE OFFICE
~
w
en
CARGO CONTROL ROOM
(C/C/R UNDER COMPUTER DESK)

---
----------- _LA-DECK
--
UJ
~
<t:
z
• ~
0:::
0
lL
~s=rx-=-=s:=E--=-c-=-3o=--4-...(2-oo-2-o1-)-'--~---,--....,.S~T=x-·-o=-ff-,---s...,.h_o_r_e-----.,.&_S_h_i_p_b_u_i_ld-in_g_C_o_.-.._-t-d-.------=s-...1?-3-=-6-.,.,og,...,_s=E=Rv'"""l=cE=-:V-s--,Jd
OMITTEDC96
PAGE C95
,.,
E/R MACHINERY INDICATOR SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
- N0.1 FIRE, G/S & BILGE P/P ST/SP/RUN

- N0.2 FIRE, G/S & BILGE P/P ST/SP/RUN
- EM'CY FIRE P/P ST/SP/RUN
-OILY WATER SEPARATER P/P RUN
LGSP-2
- N0.1 H.F.O PURIFIER RUN
- N0.2 H.F.O PURIFIER RUN
- M.E L.O PURIFIER RUN
- G.E L.O PURIFIER RUN
w w
-I -I
0 0
en LGSP-1 en
z - PURl. RM EXH. FAN ST/SP/RUN z
0
U.
-I
i~g
z
0
(.) (.)
w w
(!) LGSP-4
- H.F.O TRANSFER P/P RUN
z
0 - M.D.O TRANSFER P/P RUN (!)
0::::
co
- L.O TRANSFER P/P RUN z
- BILGE TRANSFER P/P RUN w
-SLUDGE TRANSFER P/P ST/SP/RUN
- M.G.O SHIFTING P/P RUN
AIR COND. COMP. SWBD

- N0.1 ,2 COMPRESSOR RUN
PROV. REF. PLANT SWBD

- N0.1 ,2 COMPRESSOR RUN
-INCINERATOR RUN
..
w
~
<(
z
• ~
IY
0
LL
----.-=s-=T=x-=-..--:0=-ff-=-=--s-=-h-o_r_e_.&-=.-s-=-=-h--:::i-p-=-b-u--:i-:-ld-i=-n-.g-C_o_.-•...-L_t_d___--=s--:17=3-=-6-=og:--::_s=E=Rv:-::l=cE=-.v-s--:-~d
· : '=s=rx-::::s=E---=c:::-:30::-:4-:::(2-=-=oo=-=-.2-=-o1-=-)
·~ '
PAGE C97 I
E.C.C AC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
E.C.C
AUTO - - - - - - - p -
440 1
- ~ MSBD AC 220V, 3PH , 60Hz
CH-OVER
D.S
~ - - - - - - - P5006- - ~ ESBD AC 220V, 3PH, 60Hz

DC BACK UP
(SEE C98)
VISCO. CONTROLLER
FOR M.E & G.E F.O
SUPPLY UNIT(SEE C22)
UPS FORAMS
(SEE C34)
N0.2 PC FOR AMS

(SEE C34)
SPARE
RECEP. INTERNAL
LIGHT& FAN
E/R STOR. TK LEVEL
GAUGING DISTRIBUTOR
r-.)jl (SEE C32)
gi!BWJ~gr1 ~~~~il:0(f#)f~~i ~~~c~,ffR:~;

~
M
>
0
C\1 SPARE
C\1
~ SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
r-y--y'--y..-y-·y-y--y-....,-...'t~-y---y'('- . . V···I··-...r·y-'\r·,ry-..,.r·-.....r-'t··y-'yV-h
AD2 MILLIVOLT METER FOR SHAFT ~
o---------------f----t--'-:.'0::::3=------7 EARTHING DEVICE (SEE C93) j
(_,~\_j.._ __ .~\....A .../·-.....A ...i-._ __.A.._.. /',../\.. ../'...___A ...../...._j\_./-......_./..._.__A.....\ ....A ...J-... . . A ...,A.. ./\_..-A....__/\....J. . ..J
o---------------f--,.-.,--....:.A-:;:0"72=------7 TEMP. CONTROLLER FOR M.E L.O

04 COOLER (SEE C92)
ri;;YYY'>~(~;~~(s~;~;~~~~~~~~-,·~~
o-------------t----,~"-. ..:..:::;05::=----7 (SEE C26) ~
~ ~
g
C')
MOO & MGO PRESSURE ? AD2 ~ 0
o--------------f--~~....:.-:::0~6=---~ CONTROLPANEL(SEEC26) J w (f)
'u..._./•,_..A.........)·..__/....._j,..__;,..•_.,/,..._A-"~--A._A._. /o...__./,_/,__,A._j ... _A-\_A._/'-..._.A.. __A._ . .A... _..f....__/.._)
~
(f)
SPARE
w
~
z
~
0::
0
LL
. '=s=Tx-=s=E-=-c=3o:-:4-::(2=oo=-=2-=-o1:-:-)~-----=s=T=x-=-.-=o=-ff==-s-=-_h_o_r_e_·-=&-S=-=-h-'-:i-p-=-b-u--=i-=-ld-=-=-in-g~c=--.-=-L-t--=d=-----=s:-c-:17=3-=-6--=-=og=-=_s=E=R:-::vl~cE;:::-.v-s-;-~d·
0
PAGE C98 /
E.C.C DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM [1/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
E.C.C
AC 220V FEEDER
(SEE C97)
D.S
t---~o~-----o-___,:r- - - - - - - - - P"s2ci8 - - - - - - - 4 P-JB-A ~ - f5s2o7- -I BCD I De 24V
10A __ A ____ T.B FOR ENG. TEL.

SYSTEM (SEE C15)
10A
__ 8 ____ Ill CONVERTER FOR
TIC RPM (SEE C16)
10A
--e:---· EIR DEAD MAN ALARM
SYSTEM (SEE C31)
10A
__ 0 ____ . G.E H.F.OID.O AUTO
CH-OVER SYS.(SEE C23)
10A
__ 1: ____ EXT. ALARM PANEL
(SEE C33)
10A __ F ____
TEST & PATROL CALL
10A
__ 8 ____ IND. LAMP
& ALARM CIRCUIT
10A __ H ____ TIC RPM IND.
(SEE C16)
10A
MAIN CONTROL PANEL
FOR MIE O.M.D (SEE C43)
10A PCS CABINET(DMS)

AT6
01 (SEE C12)
10A PCS CABINET(DPS)
AT6
02 (SEE C16)
10A N0.1 GIE TERMINAL BOX
AD4
03 (FOR CONTROL) (SEE C19)
10A AD4 N0.2 GIE TERMINAL BOX
04 (FOR CONTROL) (SEE C20)
10A AT6
I.G.G MAIN PANEL (SEE C71)
05
06 (FOR SAFETY) (SEE C19)
10A
SPARE
10A AD4 N0.1 GAMMA OUTSTATION
09 (SEE C34)
10A AD4 N0.1 GAMMAOUTSTATION
10 (SEEC34) oq-
0
20A AD4 N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION (")
0
11 (SEE C34) uJ
(f)
20A X
AD4 N0.2 GAMMA OUTSTATION 1-
12 (SEE C34) (f)
20A ENGINE GOVERNOR DEVICE(EGS 2200) w

AD4
~
13 (SEE C17) <t:
z
,. ~
0:::
0
....I LL
S1736-09-SERVICE.vsd .·
·. r
ll STXSE-C304{200201) .
STXOffshore & Shipbuilding Co~.Ltd
PAGE C99
E.C.C DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM [2/2] MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
E.C.C
20A AD2 IND. BOX FOR

01 SIT BEARING (SEE C46)
10A AD2 AXIAL VIBRATION MONITORING

02 CONT. PANEL (SEE C52)
10A
AD4 ALPHA LUBRICATING CONTROL
03 PANEL (SEE C18)
10A
t---------------t---'A-i<-07-'4'---------7 ALPHA LUBRICATING CONTROL
04 PANEL (SEE C18)
10A
AD2 CONTROL J/B FOR M.E & G.E
05 F.O SUPPLY UNIT (SEE C22)
10A
AD2 REMOTE CONTROL VN
06 LAMP BOX (SEE C93)
10A JME-4 FOR M.E P.C.O NON-FLOW

AD2
.. 07 (SEE C51)
10A
SPARE
10A
SPARE
10A SYNCHRO. PANEL IN MSBD

AT10
11 (SEE P20)
10A
SPARE
10A
SPARE
10A
SPARE
;3
C")
0
10A uJ
SPARE
~
(f)
w
::2:
10A <{
SPARE z
::2:
n::
0
... LL
20-0-20-1-)----S-:c-:::::T:-X---:Q::-ff,------S:-h-O-r-e-_&-=--5-:-::-h--::-i-p-=-b-u--:::i:-ld--=-i=-.n--_-C::-o:-.-.-=-l-td~·.-----=s-=-=17=36-=--o::::-::9:-;:-S;-;::::E~RV:-;;-IC::::;E::-.v-::-:;-'sd
_L::-ST::::-x-:-:s-=-E-:-::-C-:-:30:--4(-:-::-_
_,
(.
9
PAGE C100 /
B.C.C AC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
B.C.C
- - - - - - p
4308109
- - ~ MSBD I AC 220V, 3PH , 60Hz
D.S
'(_ - - - - - - P5oos - - ~ ESBD I AC 22ov, 3PH , 60Hz
DC BACK UP
(SEE C101)
RECEP. &
INTERNAL LIGHT
WINDOW WIPE CONTROL

BOX (SEE N26)
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
.. SPARE
.) M::
"'
~l
fr5
~~ ~~!
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
o-------------------------4---~=---4
02 SPARE
"¢
0
C'l
0
(f)
w
~
(f)
w
~
z
~
0::
0
•:•,
'-::-s=Tx-=-=s=E~-=c~3o::-:4-::(2-oo=-2-o1-)------=s-=T=X-O_ff
___s_h_o_r_e_:&-:S_h_i_p_b__,u-i-ld-in_g_C_o_._L_t_d___--=s-17-3~6--=-=og,....,_s=E=Rv:-::l=cE=-.v-s--:-~d
u.
)1.
PAGE C101 /
•• B.C.C DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG.NO 08002000
'v·
B.C.C
_j
I!
POWER SUPPLy
UNIT
I
t-. ----<
< AC 220V FEEDER
(SEE C100)
__ A ____ ALARM LAMP CIRCUIT
__ 8 ____ IND. LAMP CIRCUIT
TELEGRAPH ORDER
--e:---- PRINTER (SEE C12)
__ [) ____ REPEATOR PANEL FOR

GAS DET. SYS (SEE C75)
__ E ____ EXT. ALARM PANEL

(SEE C33)
f",
.
:_·~
M-JB-L4 FOR EXT. ALARM
PANEL (SEE C33)
W$. ml
fWJ Iili
~
tit
I
~~!
__ H ____ ELEC. SHAFT PANEL FOR

WING CONSOLE
(SEE C15)
SPARE
SPARE
__ K ____ S/G MAIN CONTROL PANEL

(SEE P78)
S/G ALAMR PANEL

(SEE P78)
__ M___ SPARE
__ N ___ SPARE
3
C')
u
uJ
~ (f)
w
:::2:
~
:::2:
0:::
l:2
'-='s=Tx-::s=E--=c~3o::-:4-::(2-=-oo--=-2-o1-=-)- - : - - - . -..-=s-=T=x-o=-ff-s-=-h_o_r_e---=-&-5-h-,--i_p_b_u~i-ld-
..-in-g~C-o-._L_t_d___--::cs-=17=3-=-6-=og-::_s=E=Rv:-::-lc-=-=E=-.v----:-~sd
I~
C.C.C AC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
:::-·~
·~
c.c.c
---
AUTO
CH-OVER
------- P4405- ~ MSBD IAC 220V, 3PH , 60Hz
D.S
<(_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
P5010 ~ ESBD IAC 220V, 3PH , 60Hz
DC BACK UP
>
0
RECEP. &
INTERNAL LIGHT
N
N
N0.3 VHF RADIO PWR UNIT
0 (SEE N29)
<(
ODME MAIN CONTROLLER
(SEE C70)
__E___ UPS FOR CARGO MONITORING SYSTEM

(SEE C76)
HIGH ALARM OF HIGH&OVERFILL PANEL

(SEE C81)
g
!I OVERFILL ALARM OF HIGH&OVERFILL PANEL
(SEE C81)
~
i.~, &1!. ~ii
~
I Il1ill~
I
- _J___ SPARE
STXSE-C304(200201) S1736-09-SERVICE.vsd
STX Offshore & .Shipbuil~ing Co. Ltd ·
PAGE C103 I C103
C.C.C DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MODEL NO 51KPC09
DWG. NO 08002000
c.c.c
I POWER SUPPLy ~-----<( AC 220V FEEDER

ll UNIT . (SEE C102A)
10A
IND. LAMP
- - F--- &ALARM CIRCUIT
10A
__ G___ I.S BARRIER BOARD FOR OVERPRESS.
PROTECTION SYS. (SEE C69)
10A
__ H___ I.S BARRIER FOR W.B.T & DRAFT SYS.
(SEE C78)
~
N
10A
WIND SPEED & DIRECTION INDICATOR
--~---
(SEE N24)
()
0
10A
__ J ___ HIGH & OVERFILL SYSTEM ALARM PANEL
(SEE C81)
10A
\
.
·"'
.
CONVERTOR FOR CARGO MONITORING
SYSTEM (SEE C76)
10A
--rv;--- SPARE
10A
~---------------------------------------+~A~D~1----~SPARE
06
10A
AD4 N0.3 G/E TERMINAL BOX
f----------------------t___:_;;0~7.:____~ (FOR CONTROL) (SEE C21)
10A
I----------------------------------------+~A~D;,-4:____~ N0.3 G/E TERMINAL BOX
'<t
0
C')
0
w
~ (f)
w
2
<(
z
2
0::
0
LL
'-::'s=Tx_s_E--c-3o_4_(2-oo-2~o1_)_ _ _ _ _h_i_p-,-b_u_i-ld-in_g_C___,o-._L_t_d_. --------,S-17=3.,-6-.,-,o9-:-s=E=Rv,...,l=cE::::-.v-s_,.,d
S_T_X_O_.ff_s_h_o_r_e_&_.-S-.
Operating Instructions
MOS/MCS 2200
Monitoring System
Duty Alarm Panel DAP 2200

Local Operator Panel LOP 2200
System Operating Device (SOD)
Order No.: 810.000.525 Revision: 1.0 – (2009-07)

© SAM Electronics GmbH 2008
The reproduction, distribution, and utilization of this document as well as the
communication of its content to others without explicit authorization is prohibited.
Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages.
All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model, or design.
Alterations due to technical progress are reserved.
SAM Electronics GmbH Lyngsø Marine A/S

Customer Support Center Customer Support Center
Phone: + 49 (0) 18 03 00 85 53 Phone: + 45 45 166200 / -217
Fax: + 49 (0) 18 03 00 85 54 Fax: + 45 45 166262
E-mail: shipservice@sam-electronics.de E-mail: service@lyngsoe.com
MOS/MCS 2200
List of Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.1 What You Learn in this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.2 Aim and Scope of these Operating Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.3 Validity of these Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.4 How to Find Information in the Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.5 Chapter Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.6 Safety First! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.6.1 General Safety Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.6.2 Authorisation and Qualification of Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.6.3 Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.6.4 Work on Live Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.6.5 Maintenance and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.6.6 Electrostatic Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.6.7 Obligatory Safety Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.6.8 Availability of these Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.7 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.8 Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.9 Definitions and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.10 Abbreviations and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2 System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.1 MOS 2200 Main Components and System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.2 MOS 2200 as Stand-Alone Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3 Basic Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area (Duty Alarm System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.4 Extended Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.5 Customisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3 Functional Description of the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.1 General Introduction to the MOS 2200 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2 Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.1 Hardware Channels vs. Monitoring Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.2 Input and Output Channels of Field Processing Devices (Hardware I/O Channels) . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.2.3 Inputs and Outputs of Monitoring Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.3 Monitoring Channel Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.1 Alarm Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.2 Event Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3.3 Binary Monitoring Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.3.4 Analog Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.4 Channel Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.4.1 Channel ID and Yard ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
© SAM Electronics GmbH
3.4.2 Channel Text (<channel name>) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3.5 Channel Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.6 Integrated Alarm Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.7 Alarm Announcement and Acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.7.1 Alarm States and Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.7.2 Alarm Priorities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 3

MOS/MCS 2200
3.7.3 Alarm Ranking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3.8 Overruling Channel Output – Suppressing Alarms and Simulating Output Values . . . . . . 47
3.8.1 Manual Cut-Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.8.2 Automatic Cut-Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.8.3 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.9 Alarm Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.10.1 Selectable Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.10.2 Unattended Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.10.3 Selecting Duty Officer/Engineer and Backup Officer/Engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.10.4 Duty LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.10.5 Duty Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.10.6 Alarm Escalation – All Operators Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.11 How Alarms Are Indicated on Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.11.1 Alarm Announcement on the Local Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.11.2 Alarm Announcement on the Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.11.3 Alarm Announcement on the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.12 Calling System for Engineers (Assist Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.13 Deadman Alarm Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.14 MOS 2200 Printing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.14.1 Printer Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.14.2 Printer Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.14.3 Printer Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.14.4 Printer Time-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.15 Interface to External Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4 General Description of the Operator Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

4.1 Operator Panel Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.2 Main Components of the Different Operator Panel Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.2.1 Duty Alarm Panel (Bridge, ECR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.2.2 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.2.3 Local Operator Panel (LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.3 Display (LCD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.4 Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.5 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.6 Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.7 Backlight Dimmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.8 Layout Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5 Operating Instructions for the Operator Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

5.1 Startup and Shutdown of the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
5.1.1 Commissioning of the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
5.1.2 Switching Off the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.1.3 Switching On the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

5.2 Dimmer – Adjusting the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.2.1 Adjusting the Backlight Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.2.2 Adjusting the View Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.2.3 Adjusting the LED Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.2.4 Adjusting the Background Lighting (Bridge Panel Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.3 Basic Panel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200
5.3.1 Softkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.3.2 [ESC] Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.3.3 [ENT] Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.3.4 Arrow Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.3.5 [STOP HORN] & [ALARM ACKN] Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.3.6 Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.4 Entering Values on DAP 2200 Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5.4.1 Entering Alphanumeric Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5.4.2 Entering Time Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.4.3 Entering Date Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.5 Selecting Alarm Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.6 Password Protection – Privileged Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.6.1 Entering a Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.7 Basic Mode (DAP 2200, LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.8 Alarm List (DAP 2200, LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.9 Displaying Various Lists (DAP 2200, LOP) [ADD. LISTS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.9.1 Suppressed – Manual & Automatic Cut-Outs and Simulations (DAP 2200, LOP). . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.9.2 Fail – List of Sensor and Device Failures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
5.9.3 Alarms – Specific Alarm Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.10 Display Channel (DAP 2200, LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.10.1 Selecting a Channel by Entering the Channel ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.10.2 Selecting a Channel by Stepping Through Lists (Step Analog or Step All) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.10.3 Selecting a Channel from an Alarm or Cut-Out List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.10.4 Viewing Channel Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.10.5 Printing Channel Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.10.6 Adjusting Channel Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
5.10.7 Adjusting Channel Parameters – Manual Cut-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5.10.8 Adjusting Channel Parameters – Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.11 Watch Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5.11.1 Select as WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5.11.2 Attended / Unattended WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.12 Duty (not LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.12.1 Duty – Panel Setup (Cabin Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.12.2 Duty – Panel Setup (Public Room Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.12.3 Duty – System Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.12.4 Duty – Deadman Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.12.5 Duty – Duty Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.12.6 Duty – Backup Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.13 Assist Call (DAP 2200, LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.13.1 Calling One Crew Member for Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.13.2 Calling a Group of Persons for Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.13.3 Display of an Assist Call in Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.13.4 Stopping the Assist Call from the Calling Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.14 Printing (WS DAP 2200). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.14.1 Alarm List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.14.2 Add. List – Printing Cut-Out and Specific Alarm Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.14.3 Printer Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.14.4 Print Manoeuvre Datalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.14.5 Select Channel – Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.14.6 Print Datalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.14.7 Changed Mon. Channel – Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.14.8 Alm. Sys Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 5

MOS/MCS 2200
5.14.9 Report Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

5.15 Maintenance (DAP 2200, LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.15.1 Display Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.15.2 Version Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.15.3 Set Time (UTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.15.4 Setting Local Time and Date (LT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.15.5 Lamp Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.15.6 Select UTC/LT – Toggling Between UTC/LT Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.15.7 Commiss Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.15.8 Changing Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.15.9 System PW LEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.15.10 Watch Dog TST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.15.11 Store Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.16.1 Setting up the Deadman System(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.16.2 Displaying the Deadman System Status on a Resetting Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.16.3 Resetting the Deadman Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.16.4 Deadman Alarm Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.17 Processing Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.17.1 Alarm Processing – Attended WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.17.2 Duty Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.17.3 Processing an All Operators Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.17.4 Processing a Deadman Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.17.5 Processing a Fire Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
6 Operating Instructions for the SODs (PC-Stations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.1 What is a SOD? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
6.2 Startup and Shutdown of SODs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.2.1 Commissioning of the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.2.2 Switching Off a SOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.2.3 Switching On a SOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.3 General Layout of the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.3.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6.3.2 Data Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.3.3 Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.3.4 Menu Bar (IGSS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.3.5 Tooltips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.4 Operating the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.4.1 Trackball Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.4.2 PC Keyboard Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.4.3 Shortcuts – Onscreen Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6.4.4 Onscreen Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6.4.5 Navigating Through Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.4.6 Selecting Items in Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.4.7 Adjusting Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.5 Selecting Monitoring Channels and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
6.6 Locating a Channel in the System Context (Find Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

6.7 Selecting an Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.8 Entering Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.9 Alarm Acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.10 Deadman Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200
6.11 Alarm List [F2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.11.1 Alarm Status Values and Color Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.11.2 Alarm List Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.12 Main Page (Picture Select) [F3]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.13 Displaying Additional Lists [F5] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
6.14 Group Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.15 Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.15.1 Event Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.15.2 Event Status Values and Color Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.15.3 Event Log Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.15.4 Export Log Data – Saving Event Log Data to USB Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
6.15.5 Deleting Event Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.15.6 Printing Event Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6.16 Dynamic Graph (IGSS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.16.1 Setting Up User-Defined Dynamic Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.16.2 Viewing User-Defined Static Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.16.3 Viewing User-Defined Dynamic Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.16.4 Adjusting Graph Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6.16.5 Export Value List to USB Stick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6.16.6 Save As Static Graph Or Dynamic Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.16.7 Time Position Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.17 Trend Log (EAD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.17.1 Setting Up User-Defined Trend Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
6.17.2 Controlling the Trend Log Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.18 Displaying Channel Properties [F8] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.18.1 Channel Properties Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.18.2 Channel Properties Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.19 Adjusting Channel Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.19.1 Channel Properties – Password Level Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.19.2 Change Channel Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.19.3 Adjusting Channel Properties – Simulation Status and Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.19.4 Adjusting Channel Properties – Logging Status (Datalog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.19.5 Adjusting Channel Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.20 Displaying Device Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
6.20.1 Device Properties – Function View Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
6.20.2 Device Properties – Terminal View Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
6.20.3 Device Properties – Parameter View Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
6.20.4 Device Properties Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
6.21 Bargraph [F9] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
6.21.1 Selecting Existing Bargraph Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.21.2 Setting Up User-Defined Bargraph Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.21.3 Removing User-Defined Bargraphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.22 Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.22.1 Creating the Journal and Editing Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.22.2 Opening an Exisiting Journal Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6.22.3 Edit Mode Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.22.4 Printing Journal Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6.23 Thermonitor Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.24 Manoeuvre Recorder Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.25 Alarm System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
6.25.1 Selecting as Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
6.25.2 Defining Duty and Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 7

MOS/MCS 2200
6.25.3 Cabin Assignment – Adjusting Selection Options for Duty and Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
6.25.4 Setting the Attended/Unattended Status of the Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
6.25.5 Delay Time For All Operators Call (Unack. to Gen. Alm Time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
6.26 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
6.26.1 Adjust Date/Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
6.26.2 Change Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
6.26.3 Control Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
6.26.4 Change Ship Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
6.26.5 Activate Spare Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
6.26.6 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
6.26.7 Color Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
6.26.8 Printout Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
6.26.9 Printer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.26.10 Notes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.26.11 USB Eject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.26.12 Change Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
6.26.13 Maintenance – Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
6.26.14 Maintenance – System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
6.27 Mimic Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
6.27.1 Example 1 – LO Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
6.27.2 Example 2 – MCS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
6.27.3 Example 3 – Control Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
6.27.4 Printing Mimic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.28 Processing Alarms Using a SOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
7 Cleaning & Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

7.1 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
7.1.1 Operator Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
7.1.2 FPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7.1.3 TFT Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7.1.4 SOD Housings and Periphery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7.2 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
8 Troubleshooting and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

8.1 Fault Detection and Troubleshooting – General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
8.2 Faults and Redundant Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
8.2.1 Master and Reserve Fault Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
8.2.2 Switching from Master to Reserve System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
8.3 System Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
8.3.1 Printer Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
8.3.2 FPD – FPD Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
8.3.3 Panel Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
8.3.4 FPD Hardware Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
8.3.5 FPD Database Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
8.3.6 SOD Communication Error (PC-Stations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
8.4 Replacing Parts and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

8.4.1 Replacing Fuses of DAP 2200s and LOPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
8.4.2 Replacing an Alarm Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
8.4.3 Replacing Fuses on IFM Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
8.4.4 Replacing an I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
8.4.5 Replacing a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
8.5 Assistance from SAM Electronics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
8 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200
8.6 Layout Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9 Printer List Formats (FPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

9.1 General Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.1.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.1.1.1 Identification Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.1.1.2 Alarm System Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.1.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.1.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.2 Alarm/Event Log Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.2.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.2.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.2.2.1 Logging of Alarm Channel Status Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.2.2.2 Logging of Event Channel Status Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
9.2.2.3 Logging of Cut-Outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
9.2.2.4 Logging of System and Configuration Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
9.2.2.5 Logging of Privileged Mode Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
9.2.2.6 Logging of Duty and Watch Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
9.2.2.7 Logging of Change of System Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
9.2.2.8 Logging of System Start-Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9.2.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9.3 Alarm List Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
9.3.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
9.3.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
9.3.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
9.4 Cut-Out List and Simulated List Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
9.4.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
9.4.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
9.4.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
9.5 Device and Sensor Fail Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
9.5.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
9.5.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
9.5.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
9.6 Datalog Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9.6.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9.6.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9.6.2.1 Extended Mode Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
9.6.2.2 Compressed Mode Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
9.6.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
9.7 Changed Monitoring Channel List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.7.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.7.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.7.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.8 Alm. Sys Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
9.8.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
9.8.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
9.8.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

9.9 Report Status (Report Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9.9.1 Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9.9.2 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9.9.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 9

MOS/MCS 2200
10 Quick Reference – Functional Modes and Menus of Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

10.1 [DIMMER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
10.2 [ALARM LIST] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
10.3 [ADD. LISTS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.3.1 [ADD. LISTS] on DAP 2200 (not LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.3.2 [ADD. LISTS] on LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.4 [DISPLAY CHANNEL] and [ADJUST CHANNEL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
10.4.1 [DISPLAY CHANNEL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
10.4.2 [ADJUST CHANNEL] (WS or LOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
10.5 [WATCH] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.5.1 [WATCH] on the Watch Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.5.2 [WATCH] on the Requesting Panel (Select Unattended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.5.3 [WATCH] on the Acknowledging Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.6 [DUTY] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
10.6.1 [DUTY] on a Cabin Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
10.6.2 [DUTY] on a Public Room Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10.6.3 [DUTY] on a Bridge / WS Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10.7 [ASSIST CALL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.7.1 [ASSIST CALL] on the Calling Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.7.2 [ASSIST CALL] on a Called Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.8 [PRINTER CONTROL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.9 [MAINTENANCE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.10 [DEADMAN] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
11 SOD Quick Reference – Menu Tree and Menu Bar Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
11.1 Menu Tree – MOS 2200 Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
11.2 Menu Tree – Main Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
11.3.1 File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
11.3.2 Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
11.3.3 View Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
11.3.4 Area Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
11.3.5 Diagram Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
11.3.6 Graph Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
11.3.7 Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
12 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
13 List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
10 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 1 Introduction
Operating Instructions 1.1 What You Learn in this Chapter
1 Introduction
1.1 What You Learn in this Chapter
In this chapter, you will find general information about these operating instructions which has been deliv-
ered with your MOS 2200 alarm and monitoring system. It informs you about:
• Aim and Scope of these Operating Instructions
• Validity of these Operating Instructions
• How to Find Information in the Operating Instructions
• Chapter Overview
• General safety measures (S a f e t y F i r s t ! ) , obligatory to read
• How to become familiar with the system (G e t t i n g S t a r t e d )
• T y p o g r a p h i c a l C o n v e n t i o n s used in these operating instructions
• D e f i n i t i o n s a n d T e r m s as well as A b b r e v i a t i o n s a n d A c r o n y m s used in these operating instructions
1.2 Aim and Scope of these Operating Instructions
These operating instructions describe how the software (version 7.01) of the MOS 2200 alarm and moni-
toring system works, and how to operate it. For instructions on how to call up the software version of your
system, refer to section 5.15.2 V e r s i o n C o n t r o l on page 117 (panel) and to chapter 6 (System Operating
Device). The contents of these operating instructions also apply if the MOS 2200 System is an integrated
part of the Monitoring and Control System, type MCS 2200.
Since the operating instructions are generic, i.e. generally applicable to the alarm system of type
MOS 2200, some information and functions or features described may not be used in your specific instal-
lation. This depends on the customisation of your system, see section 2.5 on page 30. For exact and
specific features of your particular installation, please refer to the relevant order and delivery documents.
1.3 Validity of these Operating Instructions
These instructions are valid for the MOS 2200. Specific safety regulations for components used in or in
combination with the system are not affected by these instructions.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 11

1 Introduction MOS/MCS 2200
1.4 How to Find Information in the Operating Instructions Operating Instructions
1.4 How to Find Information in the Operating Instructions
The best way to read through the overall manual is described under G e t t i n g S t a r t e d below. However, it
might happen that you only need information on one specific topic or detail. In order to find information
on such specific subjects, you can use the
• List of Contents
• Index
Here, you can look up specific key words. You will also find, e.g. the names of functions, controls,
and keys like [ESC] or [DUTY] at the beginning of the index.
• Menu items in chapter 10 Q u i c k R e f e r e n c e – F u n c t i o n a l M o d e s a n d M e n u s o f P a n e l s on page 275
In the menu overview, all keys and the related functions and sub-menus are listed together with
cross-references which directly take you to the relevant descriptions in these operating instructions.
• D e f i n i t i o n s a n d T e r m s and A b b r e v i a t i o n s a n d A c r o n y m s sections starting on page 19
When describing a system like the MOS 2200, it is necessary to use terms and expressions which
may be unfamiliar to you in the beginning. Most of the technical terms will be explained to you as
you read your way through chapters 2, 3 and 4, but we have also provided a list of various definitions
and explanations under D e f i n i t i o n s a n d T e r m s and A b b r e v i a t i o n s a n d A c r o n y m s in this chapter.
• Process descriptions in section 5.17 P r o c e s s i n g A l a r m s on page 128.
1.5 Chapter Overview
The operating instructions are structured in chapters and sections. The contents of the sections are of
generic nature. Therefore, some of the sections in these operating instructions may not be relevant to
your system.
Chapters 2 and 3 of these operating instructions are intended to give you some understanding on how
the MOS 2200 alarm and monitoring system works. In chapter 2 you will find a general description of the
alarm system's hardware modules and system configurations, and in chapter 3 you will learn about the
features and functions of the system. In chapter 4 you will find general information on the types of oper-
ating panels used in the system, and descriptions of the panels’ controls and display elements.
We recommend that you read chapters 2, 3 and 4 first, as they will introduce you to the basic concepts.
Having understood these general principles is the prerequisite to understand the actual operating instruc-
tions.
Chapter 5 contains the panel operating instructions. You will learn how to use the individual functions and
menus of the panels. If your system includes one or more System Operating Devices (SODs), sometimes
also referred to as PC-stations or Extended Alarm Display (EAD, a full screen operator station), then
chapter 6 will provide a description on this and the respective operating instructions.
In Chapter 8. you will find recommendations regarding troubleshooting and repair.
Chapter 9 describes the formats of the various possible lists that you can print on the printers which are
included in MOS 2200 System. However, for information on how to make the alarm system print the lists,
refer to the operating instructions in chapter 5.
12 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.6 Safety First!
1.6 Safety First!
This section describes general safety measures to be taken into acount when working with or on the
MOS 2200.
1.6.1 General Safety Notes
You are obliged to read these operating instructions prior to operation

and to adhere to the operating instructions in operation in order to
prevent possible danger and to ensure compliance with the designated
use of the equipment. Prevention of danger includes that operator
personnel are trained and authorised for safe operation of the equip-
ment. We assume no liability for damage due to improper operation
which could have been prevented.
NOTE:
Further potential danger when working with and on the MOS 2200 is
described in the respective sections on these processes.
As a very general rule, keep your workplace clean and tidy, it helps preventing accidents! Ensure unob-
structed access to all panels, FPDs, and System Operator Devices (SOD) in order to enable instant
response to alarms!
1.6.2 Authorisation and Qualification of Personnel
Only authorised persons are permitted to operate the MOS 2200.

Danger for persons, things and the environment in case of improper
operation or maintenance of the MOS 2200.
Only authorised persons are permitted to carry out cleaning and mainte-
nance work, or troubleshooting on the MOS 2200!
Persons authorised to operate the system are specially instructed operating personnel of the user.
Persons authorised to carry out cleaning, maintenance, and troubleshooting are the specially trained and
skilled personnel of the user as well as SAM Electronics personnel being qualified by training, knowledge
and experience. These persons must be familiar with the general safety regulations and specific safety
systems and they must have read the relevant operating instructions and manuals before starting work.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 13

1.6 Safety First! Operating Instructions
1.6.3 Commissioning
It is not permissible to connect the ship’s mains to the system before

setting-to-work by a qualified technician. The mains must be switched
off (e.g. by means of a common isolating switch or a circuit breaker) in
the ship’s supply or the mains cable must be disconnected until
commissioning is carried out.
1.6.4 Work on Live Parts
DANGER OF FATAL INJURIES

NEVER assume that a circuit is dead – Always check it for safety’s sake!
Contact with live parts can cause serious or fatal burns and inner inju-
ries by electrocution. This particularly applies to the FPD cabinets which
may contain components to which 230 VAC or 400 VAC are applied.
Capacitors and tubes can store dangerous voltages for several hours,
even when they have been disconnected from the supply voltage.
Voltage may only be applied to components being worked on when this is expressly prescribed (e. g.
during troubleshooting). Mains switches are live even when the equipment is switched off. During work
always observe the relevant regulations for the prevention of accidents, e.g. German VBG 4, or EN 292.
Only use suitable, intact tools and measuring instruments!
1.6.5 Maintenance and Repair
Maintenance and repair may only be carried out by specifically author-

ised persons.
Prior to installation and maintenance and repair work, the following

disconnecting procedures must be adhered to:
Isolate electrical supply of all relevant components:
- switch off the equipment (see also section 5.1 and 6.2),
- disconnect mains connection and
- take precautions to prevent inadvertent re-connection.
If these operating instructions require you to remove safety systems for maintenance work or repair, be
sure to reinstall them after finishing work. Only remove safety devices if this is necessary for the mainte-
nance work or repair. This particularly applies to covers and ground cables.
14 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.6 Safety First!
1.6.6 Electrostatic Discharge
NOTICE! ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES!

MOS 2200 components contain electrostatic sensitive devices.
Observe precautions for handling.
The discharge of electrostatic energy into a semiconductor can destroy the semiconductor or change its
properties. Before a respective unit’s housing is opened to remove or touch a board, the service equip-
ment, Order No. 586-5011, must be used.
1. The mat must be positioned at the workplace.
2. The added potential equalization cable must be connected to the snap fastener and the clamp to a
suitable protective earth contact. The cable contains a 1 MΩ resistor which must not be removed.
3. The wrist band must be put on. When the spiral cable is connected to the snap fastener, the discharge
line is established.
4. Thoroughly grounded soldering, measurement and test tools must be used. If these tools are supplied
with power from the 230 VAC mains, this supply must be protected by a fault current plug, stock No.
593-8099.
Boards and units that contain ESD-sensitive semiconductors are marked with the symbol shown above.
All assisting persons who might come into contact with the endangered boards must also use the ESD
equipment.
1.6.7 Obligatory Safety Inspection
Inspect and survey the safety systems at intervals prescribed by the responsible classification society or
other relevant authorities.
1.6.8 Availability of these Operating Instructions
Have these operating instructions always at hand on location. If appl., ensure that copies are available at
all relevant operator panels, SODs and FPDs.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 15

1.7 Getting Started Operating Instructions
1.7 Getting Started
These operating instructions are intended to teach you how to use the MOS 2200 alarm system. Please,
spend a little time to read the operating instructions, you will soon get to know the MOS 2200 system.
The best way to learn is 'by doing', but before you start the 'doing' too much, we highly recommend that
you read through chapters 2, 3 and 4 to get some basic knowledge of the MOS 2200 system.
Then you may start the 'doing': Take the manual to a panel (or a SOD), and try out some of the functions
described in operating instructions. Some of the functions require that something has happened. For
example, you can not acknowledge an alarm, if none has occurred. However, many functions are avail-
able for trying them out, and it is also possible, e.g. to simulate alarms or events, see section 5.10.8 on
page 89.
Except from disturbing your colleges, you can cause no harm in any way by your 'doing', as long as you
do not attempt to make changes which require entering a password.
Be careful whenever a password is required. Do not enter a password

and change, e.g. parameters or simulate a value, without being sure
about the effects that this will have.
16 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.8 Typographical Conventions
1.8 Typographical Conventions
The typographical conventions used in the operating instructions are kept simple, but still it is essential
that you are sure to understand their meaning before reading the instructions. The following special signs
are used for specific purposes:
[ ] (square brackets),
< > (triangular brackets),
{ } (curly brackets),
These signs are used as shown in the following examples:
Expression Explanation
[KEY NAME] This convention is used to refer to an operator key on either a panel keypad or
a keyboard.
The text is the same text as on the respective key. The text can be letters, digits
or signs. Note that the text inside the brackets is written in capital letters.
Example:
Press [ALARM LIST] to view the Alarm List.
This means that you must press the key with the text "ALARM LIST" written on
it, in order to view the Alarm List.
[KEY] + [2nd KEY] This convention is used to refer to a key combination on a PC keyboard. Exam-
ple:
Press [ALT]+[F4] to close the window.
This means that you must press and hold the [ALT] key, and while holding the
[ALT] key you have to press [F4].
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] The symbols in the square brackets refer to the respective arrow keys on the
operator panels.
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] The symbols in the square brackets refer to the respective arrow keys on the
SODs.
Abcd List Heading capitalisation is used when referring to names of MOS 2200 functions,
menus, operational modes, reports, lists, etc.
The text can be in more than one word.
Example:
From any mode you can call up the Alarm List by pressing the [ALARM LIST]
key.
This means that you can jump to the "Alarm List" mode from any mode you are
currently in, simply by pressing the [ALARM LIST] button.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 17

1.8 Typographical Conventions Operating Instructions
Expression Explanation
<variable> Describes a text string of variable length and contents.

The text inside the brackets is not the actual text, but a reference to a text
which is individual to your specific system.
The length of the text is not specified by the expression.
The expression can refer to both text and numbers.
Example:
The display will show <duty engineer>.
This means that the display will show the name of the selected duty engineer,
e.g. "3RD ENGINEER".
{nnn} Describes a number with a fixed number of digits which is input or output. The
number of letters inside the brackets describes the number of digits. The
number must not include any decimal point.
Example:
Enter a channel number in the format {nnn}.
This means that you must enter the number of a unit as a three digit number,
without any decimal point,
NOTE:
You have to use zeros (0) to fill the empty spaces, if the number is less
than 100 (e.g. 056)
{nnn.} Like {nnn}, but there may be a decimal point at any place in the number, or
none.
Example
The value is displayed in the format {nnnn.}.
In the example the value may be, e.g. "12.35" or "450.6" or "0045". When
entering such values, the decimal point will be preset by the system, see also
section 5.4.1 on page 72.
YY-MM-DD The date in international format which is used in the system.

Example: 08-06-21 stands for the 21st of June 2008.
HH:MM:SS The time format used in the system. The 24 hour format is used.
Examples: 06:30:00 stands for half past six and 0 seconds in the morning (6:30
am) and 23:58:00 is two minutes to midnight.
18 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.9 Definitions and Terms
1.9 Definitions and Terms
Accommodation Alarm System

An Accommodation Alarm System comprises the equipment and facilities which are installed to ensure
that the alarms are relayed to the crew's accommodation so that the personnel is alerted if a fault occurs.
Alarm Announcement
An alarm is announced by acoustic and visual methods. The acoustic signal alerts the crew and the visual
signal identifies and describes the alarm. See also section 3.11 on page 53.
Alarm Detection
Alarm detection means specific numerical and logical processing of scanned and filtered sensor values.
For example, a sensor value is compared to alarm limit values and if the limit is exceeded, this will cause
an alarm status.
Alarm/Event Trigger Function

A piece of software used by a monitoring channel to process an input value and to release an alarm
(priority 1-3, see also 3.7.2 on page 46) or event (priority 4) accordingly. For example, an alarm/event
trigger function could check whether a temperature value is withing the defined limits. If this is not the
case, an alarm is triggered.
Alarm Group
An alarm group is a logical group of related alarm channels. A single alarm channel can be included in
more than one alarm group.
Alarm List
The Alarm List is a list containing all present and/or unacknowledged alarms.
Alarm Panel
See D u t y A l a r m P a n e l – D A P 2 2 0 0 below.
Alarm Systems
The MOS 2200 can be configured in a manner that alarms of one of the monitored sections of the ship
are indicated only at specific alarm panels (DAP 2200) and alarm displays in order to draw the operator’s
attention. These alarm panels and alarm displays constitute one alarm system. The machinery alarm
system can have some additional facilities compared to the other alarm systems. See also buzzer alarm
priorities in section 4.6 on page 63.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 19

1.9 Definitions and Terms Operating Instructions
All Operators Call, All Engineers Call, All Navigators Call

An alarm situation which causes alarms in all engineers’, navigators’, and operators’ cabins, as well as
in all public rooms. An All Operators Call is triggered if, e.g., an alarm has been unacknowledged for more
than e.g. 5 minutes. All Operators Call is therefore often also called "5 min. alarm".
Assist Call
The Assist Call is a communication feature in the MOS 2200. Using the Assist Call function, an operator
can call a crew member or a group of crew memebers for help. The respective person will be informed
via specific panels that help is required at a specific location on board.
See section 5.13 on page 103.
Backup Navigator Call

When the ship is sailing with one navigator on the bridge only, another person qualified to maintain a
bridge watch shall be appointed as backup navigator. A backup navigator call is output in form of an
alarm using the A c c o m m o d a t i o n A l a r m S y s t e m to alert the backup navigator in case alarms on the bridge
are not acknowledged within a specific time.
See also: N a v i g a t o r F i t n e s s C h e c k .
Configuration Database
A database which contains system information, e.g. all alarm channel information. It is filled during the
customisation (see section 2.5 on page 30), and is used to load system-specific data to the system.
Customisation
In these operating instructions, customisation refers to the process of commissioning and initial setup of
the MOS 2200 according to your requirements. This is implemented before the system is handed over to
you. See also section 2.5 on page 30.
Cut-Out
Under certain conditions, e.g. when the respective physical device is stopped/not running, a signal will
violate the preset limit for generating an alarm, but the respective alarm is unwanted in the described situ-
ation. To prevent the alarm system from generating an alarm, the alarm channel is suppressed, i.e. "cut-
out". The respective setting can be automatic or a manually made setting. See also section 3.8 on page
47.
Data Acquisition
In the context of the MOS 2200, data acquisition means scanning the analog and binary input channels
(see sections 3.1 and 3.2 on page 32), initial filtering, pre-evaluation incl. limit and range check, wiring
monitoring and conversion from analog to digital representation.
20 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.9 Definitions and Terms
Deadman Alarm
The Deadman Alarm is a safety feature ensuring that systems are properly attended to. If the function is
activated for a specific system or section, the operator must press a key at regular intervals which indi-
cates that the respective system is attended to. If the operator fails to press the key, an alarm is triggered.
See also 5.16 on page 124.
Duty Alarm Panel – DAP 2200

Duty Alarm Panel (DAP 2200) is a general, higher-order term which stands for the Duty Alarm Panel
Bridge, Duty Alarm Panel ECR, and Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation. A DAP 2200 provides the
minimum display and operating options which are required to operate the MOS 2200.
Duty Engineer Call and Duty Officer Call

In order to be able to sail with Unattended Machinery Area (sometimes also named unmanned machinery
area), the alarm system must provide features for a duty engineer call in form of an alarm in the accom-
modation areas if an alarm occurs. On the bridge, the MOS 2200 also features the respective duty officer
call.
See also A c c o m m o d a t i o n A l a r m S y s t e m above and section 5.12 on page 95.
Engineer Fitness Check

This alarm function is used when a crew member is alone in the engine rooms. In order to verify the engi-
neers fitness, a system based on interval checking can be arranged. See also section 3.13 on page 56.
Filtering
A technical means to suppress noise and other fluctuations in sensor values and alarm detection. Two
commonly applied methods are low pass filtering and delay of alarm detection. It should be noted that,
besides electrical and electromagnetic noise, the physical environment will impose noise on the sensor
values. The physical environment can introduce considerable noise at the following frequencies: Level
sensors are influenced by the ship’s roll which lies in the frequency range 0.1-0.3 Hz, the diesel engine
has an ignition frequency at approximately 1.5-30 Hz, and the main machinery components, such as the
auxiliary diesels, compressors, pumps etc. induce noise in a frequency range from approximately 4 Hz
and above.
FPD 2200 (Field Processing Device)

Cabinets, which can be placed at any location in the system environment on the ship, and which can be
interconnected by different communication networks. A FPD 2200 contains the computers used in the
MOS 2200 System, which are sometimes also referred to as Gamma Computers. The FPD is formerly
known as outstation.
Local Operator Panel (LOP)

A LOP is a special panel type used to operate the MOS 2200. It is located directly on a FPD 2200. It
provides similar functions as the DAP 2200 but has an extended functional scope.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 21

1.9 Definitions and Terms Operating Instructions
Monitoring Channel
A monitoring channel is a piece of software which serves to read input data. The channel also processes
the data according to defined rules resulting in an event, an alarm or data displayed.
For more information refer to sections 3.1 on page 31 and 3.2 on page 32.
Navigator Fitness Check

A navigator fitness check system is used when the ship is sailing with one navigator on the bridge only.
In order to ensure that the bridge is properly manned, a system is arranged to verify operator fitness. The
system can monitor if, e.g., MOS 2200 alarms, ARPA alarms (Automatic Radar Plotting Aid), echo
sounder alarms or ship handling station alarms are acknowledged within a certain time. Further to the
monitoring of the navigation alarms, the system at fixed intervals verifies the fitness of the navigator also.
In case of unacknowledged alarms a Backup Navigator Call is triggered.
See also D e a d m a n A l a r m above.
Notification System
A notification system, sometimes also called warning system, is used to draw the engineers' attention to
the engine control room when they are working in the engine rooms. Situations where the engineers'
attention is required could be, e.g., telephone calls, telegraph movements or alarms.
Thermonitor
The Thermonitor is an alarm and monitoring function for supervision of, e.g., the main bearing tempera-
tures or the exhaust gas temperatures of the main and auxiliary engines. The Thermonitor function
includes measurement of the actual cylinder temperatures, calculation of the average temperature, and
calculation of the difference between the actual cylinder temperature and the average. All measurements
and calculated values include high and low alarm limits. See also 6.23 on page 206.
Unattended Watch Station

This is a mode of the alarm system which is selected during periods of unattended machinery area while
sailing at sea. During Unattended Watch Station, the alarms are routed to the bridge to warn the navi-
gator, who will make sure that someone takes care of the alarm.
Watch Station
The Watch Station is the location having the watch responsibility. At the Watch Station, the alarms are
announced and must be acknowledged. Each alarm system (see A l a r m S y s t e m s ) can have its own Watch
Station, and can have the possibility of moving the Watch Station between different locations. See also
5.11 on page 92.
22 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 1.10 Abbreviations and Acronyms
1.10 Abbreviations and Acronyms
This list contains the abbreviations and acronyms used in this document as well as a few more as it is
intended to be a common standard for general use.
AAP Accommodation Alarm Panel (outdated, now: DAP, see below)

ACC Alarm and Control Computer
AOS Alarm Outstation (outdated, now: FPD, see below)
AP Alarm Panel
BAP Basic Alarm Panel (outdated, now: DAP, see below)
CCR Cargo Control Room
DAP DAP 2200, Duty Alarm Panel (Bridge, ECR, Accommodation)
EAD Extended Alarm Display
ECR Engine Control Room
FPD Field Processing Device
GOS Graphics Operator Station (outdated term, now: SOD)
GUI Graphical User Interface
IGSS Interactive Graphics Supervision System
LCD display of the type Liquid Crystal Display
LED visual indicator of the type Light Emitting Diode
LOP Local Operator Panel
LT Local Time
MMI Man-Machine Interface
PC Personal Computer
OWS Operator Workstation (outdated term, now: SOD)
SOD System Operating Device
STL Stella Network
WS Watch Station
UMA Unattended Machinery Area
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
UTC Universal Time Coordinated
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 23

1.10 Abbreviations and Acronyms Operating Instructions
This page is intentionally blank.
24 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 2 System Description
2 System Description
The MOS 2200 is the central system for monitoring important sub-systems, equipment, and locations on
a ship, for example the ship’s engine operation, the bridge, the cargo on tankers, or the reefer area.
To officers/engineers in locations like

- Bridge
- Cabins
- Public rooms
- Cargo control room
- Engine control room
Alarms and
- etc.
other information
Monitoring System MOS 2200
Electronic signals from
Main Auxiliary HFO MDO Cooling

etc. Cargo Reefer Bridge
engine engines system system system
Fig. 2-1 The MOS 2200 in its overall system environment
The MOS 2200 collects data from the monitored system and provides the following monitoring functions:
• It reports critical operating states of the monitored systems by means of alarms and provides
detailed information about the alarms.
• It distributes the alarm announcements to the relevant locations (ECR, bridge, cabins, public rooms,
etc.), in order to allow the duty engineer or officer (see also section 5.12 on page 95), the back-up
engineer, or any other crew member to respond to the alarms.
• It may also include a deadman function which ensures that a missing reaction by a duty will be
observed immediately.
The MOS 2200 can log alarms and the MOS 2200 operating status in form of events. In addition,
MOS 2200 can carry out minor control tasks for the connected systems, i.e. adjusting parameters like
limit values or alarm delays.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 25

2 System Description MOS/MCS 2200
2.1 MOS 2200 Main Components and System Architecture Operating Instructions
2.1 MOS 2200 Main Components and System Architecture
The following figure shows an example of a common MOS 2200 system architecture:
Fig. 2-2 MOS 2200 system architecture
The system architecture of the MOS 2200 consists of a variety of hardware components:
• Field Processing Device (FPD 2200) with optional Local Operator Panel (LOP)
In the overall system, one FPD is the master FPD, the other FPDs are considered slave FPDs.
• Duty Alarm Panel (DAP 2200 Bridge / ECR / Accommodation)
• System Operating Devices (SOD), sometimes also referred to as Extended Alarm Display (EAD)
• Alarm / log printer
• Redundant system net (system bus)
• Redundant panel net
The FPD 2200 handles the functions of the alarm detection. It can be equipped with a Local Operator
Panel (LOP) which directly provides the operator with alarm information on the front of the FPD 2200.
Duty Alarm Panels (DAP 2200) are normally (see 2.5 on page 30) installed on the bridge, in the engine
control room, and in the accommodation area.
The DAP 2200 Bridge or ECR provides the operator with the complete functionality required for using the
alarm system. This includes acknowledging alarms, selecting a duty officer or engineer, controlling
printer(s), etc. Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation are installed in the cabins of the duty officers/engi-
neers and in public rooms. They are used for alarm output and duty calls to crew members in the accom-
modation areas.
26 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 2.2 MOS 2200 as Stand-Alone Alarm System
The System Operating Devices (SOD) are used together with the DAP 2200s. They extend the amount
of information to be displayed simultaneously and show details in graphical form. The printers are used
for printing the different logs and reports.
The system net interconnects the FPD 2200s and is mainly used for interchange of information between
the FPD 2200s and the SODs, in a MCS 2200 configuration including control. Please note, that in many
MOS 2200 system configurations (see 2.5 on page 30), the system net is not used. The panel net
connects the FPD 2200s and the Duty Alarm Panels:
• One alarm net is used for interchange of alarm information between the FPD 2200s.
• The second panel net is used for communication between one FPD 2200 and the DAPs.
• The third panel net is used for communication to the Local Operator Panel, if included in the
FPD 2200.
• The system net is for communication between the FPD 2200(s) and the SOD(s).
2.2 MOS 2200 as Stand-Alone Alarm System
As shown in the following application example, the MOS 2200 can be set up in form of a simple stand-
alone system which at least requires one FPD, the Master FPD. Any additional FPDs would be connected
as slave FPDs.
Fig. 2-3 Stand-Alone alarm system

In the figure, an alarm system is outlined that can supervise a number of sensors. It outputs audible and
visual alarms on the LOP, including information on the sensor that caused the alarm. Also, the values of
the supervised parameters are displayed. If a printer is connected, then the details of alarms can also be
printed.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 27

2.3 Basic Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area (Duty Alarm Operating Instructions
2.3 Basic Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area (Duty Alarm System)
This section describes an application example of the MOS 2200 in form of a basic duty alarm configura-
tion that meets the requirements of unattended machinery area. The system shown in figure 2-4 has the
same basic functionality as the stand-alone system described above. However, this system includes addi-
tional Duty Alarm Panels that allow remote alarm annunciation on the bridge, in the engineers’ cabins
and in the public rooms. A printer is connected to the system, which serves to log all alarms and events.
As this example is designed for unattended machinery area, an alarm will cause audible alarm in the
cabin of the engineer, who is selected as being on duty, as well as in the public rooms enabling the engi-
neer on duty to move freely between any of these locations, and still be sure to receive the alarm. To
acknowledge an alarm, the engineer must go to the Engine Control Room.
Fig. 2-4 Basic alarm system for unattended machinery area

28 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 2.4 Extended Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area
2.4 Extended Alarm System for Unattended Machinery Area
In a more complex configuration that meets the requirements of unattended machinery area, also PC-
based SODs can be used. The system of figure 2-5 provides the same basic functionality as the one
described in the previous section. However, this system contains a System Operating Device (SOD), a
PC-based station which is able to present more information, providing the operator with an extended
graphical overview and more details.
Fig. 2-5 Extended alarm system for unattended machinery area
The MOS 2200 is not limited to the configurations shown in the example. Other solutions can be custom-
ised to meet the special requirements of specific projects. See also section 2.5 on page 30. The number
of panels and units may vary. Also, most options are omitted in the examples, e.g., an extra DAP 2200
in the chief engineer’s cabin.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 29

2.5 Customisation Operating Instructions
2.5 Customisation
These operating instructions are meant to be generic, i.e. generally applicable to the alarm system of type
MOS 2200, and it describes a common full-featured installation and setup which will sometimes be
referred to as "standard" or "normal". Thus, some functions or features described may not be used in your
specific installation. This depends on the customisation of your system.
Your MOS 2200 has been customised by SAM Electronics according to the ship-specific requirements
which were specified when the system was ordered. In this context, customising means installing the
required hardware and setting up the configuration of the hardware according to the ship-specific require-
ments. For example, a total number of 20 DAP 2200 operator panels can be connected to the system
which can be individually configured. This is done using special system tools which are used by SAM
Electronics engineers and technicians only, and documented in the delivery documents.
Hence, in these operating instructions, the words "customisation" and "configuration" refer to the custom-
isation provided by SAM Electronics, unless specific MOS 2200 functions such as, e.g., the printer config-
uration are dealt with.
In the course of the customisation, e.g. the configuration database is filled with configuration data. Also,
SAM Electronics will set up automatic cut-outs, the assignment of LEDs to alarm groups, information of
a Backup if the Duty does not respond to an alarm, acknowledging of alarms from ECR or CCR, activa-
tion of horns and external signals in case of alarms, forwarding and escalation of alarms which are not
responded to, allocation of persons/roles to specific alarm systems, as well as the "Select as Watch
Station" option for DAP 2200s. Some of the common alternatives are mentioned in the operating instruc-
tions. However, it was not possible to cover all possible options and combinations.
For exact and specific features and functional scope of your particular installation, please refer to the rele-
vant order and delivery documents.
30 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 3 Functional Description of the System
Operating Instructions 3.1 General Introduction to the MOS 2200 System
3 Functional Description of the System
This chapter describes the main functionality and important aspects of the MOS 2200 alarm system. If
you are not already familiar with this system you should read this chapter once in order to become
familiar with the functions and features as well as the special expressions and terms which you will
encounter later in the operating instructions starting from chapter 5.
NOTE:
It might be that functions and features are covered which are not available in your specific
installation, see also section 2.5 on page 30.
First, the basic concepts of alarm channels and alarms will be introduced. In the later sections of this
chapter you will find information on special functional features such as Assist Call, Deadman Alarm, and
printing functions.
3.1 General Introduction to the MOS 2200 System
The purpose of an alarm and monitoring system is to collect the information concerning the safety on
board the ship and to monitor the alarm situations. After detecting an alarm situation, the system must
announce this to the duty personnel, i.e. the following main tasks must be carried out:
1. Acquisition of monitoring data , i.e. sensor values
2. Detection of alarm status, i. e illegal states, values out of range, sensor defects, etc.
3. Announcement of detected alarms
4. Monitoring of engineer response
5. Logging of alarms and events
The alarm system gathers raw data via its hardware input channels which are connected to the various
sensor types. The data collected is passed to the monitoring software channels which interpret the data,
apply alarm/event trigger functions, and convert the data into information in order to provide the respec-
tive output, alarm messages and event messages. The differentiation between hardware and software
channels is further explained in the following sections.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 31

3 Functional Description of the System MOS/MCS 2200
3.2 Channels Operating Instructions
3.2 Channels
Monitoring channels are the most important (virtual) structural element of the MOS 2200. Monitoring
channels are used to implement most system functions. Small MOS 2200 systems include several
hundred, bigger systems several thousand monitoring channels. Usually, the main task of a monitoring
channel is to monitor a value and, if appl., generate an event and/or an alarm.
However, the MOS 2200 features a variety of different channel types, and it also includes hardware chan-
nels. It is essential to understand the basics of these in order to understand the system. As a first step,
it is very important to differentiate hardware channels and software channels (monitoring channels, see
below).
3.2.1 Hardware Channels vs. Monitoring Channels
The hardware channels are the actual physical input channels and output channels of the FPD 2200 to
which the external sensors are connected, for example contacts and transducers. These channels are
referred to as either input channel, output channel or I/O channel, and it is important not to confuse them
with input signals and output signals as these terms always refer to monitoring (software) channels.
Other than a hardware channel, a monitoring channel (internal software channel) is a piece of software
which is able to:
• read a hardware input
• translate the input value/state into understandable information
• compare the value/state to preset alarm limits/status
• announce an alarm
So in general, when these operating instructions refer to channels of various types, it refers to the moni-
toring channel (i.e. software channel) and not to an input channel which would mean an actual physical
channel, see also section 3.2 on page 32.
When the MOS 2200 detects an alarm, then the alarm is announced via a monitoring channel both by an
audible buzzer or horn signal and a visual signal, including Alarm LED and the various types of text
displays. In response to the alarm announcement the engineer must stop the buzzer or horn and
acknowledge the alarm to confirm that he is aware of what has happened. If the engineer does not
respond to the alarm announcement within a configurable time, the MOS 2200 will output an All Opera-
tors Call, i.e. announce the alarm in all engineers’, navigators’, and operators’ cabins, as well as in all
public rooms to make sure that the alarm is noticed.
The monitoring channels (software channels) are created in the MOS 2200 customising tool. The defini-
tion of features and functions of monitoring channel is developed in the project and customisation phase,
see 2.5 on page 30. In that phase, it is, e.g. predefined whether a channel is an alarm or event channel,
a binary or analog channel and so on. However, in system operation, it is still possible to change some
of the monitoring channel parameters like limit values and alarm delays, see sections 5.10.6 to 5.10.8
starting on page 87. There are various types of monitoring channels, which are described in section 3.3
on page 35.
32 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.2 Channels
3.2.2 Input and Output Channels of Field Processing Devices (Hardware I/O Channels)
The hardware input channels of the field processing devices FPD 2200 are customised (see 2.5 on page
30) to make the sensor values available as input to the monitoring channels by defining:
• Physical channel address
• Sensor type
• Range and engineering unit
These definitions are all made in the setup of the I/O-channel which is defining the hardware input/output
to which the sensor is connected. The MOS 2200 is capable of directing the status of the monitoring
channels to physical output channels also. The following status values of a monitoring channel can be
directed to the output channels of the alarm and control computers. The list is only an example and some
channel types may differ:
• Monitored status of binary channels
• Alarm status of alarm channels
• Unacknowledged status of alarm channels
• High alarm status of analog channels
• Low alarm status of analog channels
• Automatic Cut-Out status
• Manual Cut-Out status
• Simulation status of alarm channels
• Signal validity failure (sensor failure)
• Event status
• Internal system alarms and failures
Also, the status of the alarm groups can be directed to the output channels:
• Alarm in group (including sensor failure)
• Unacknowledged alarm in group
3.2.3 Inputs and Outputs of Monitoring Channels
Each monitoring channel has at least one signal input (the main signal input) and exactly one signal
output. Usually, the value present at the main signal input arrives as an unaltered output value at the
signal output. If a monitoring channel has further signal inputs in addition to the main signal input, the
output value is generated by offset or logical operation of the present values.
In most cases, the output value is monitored by an alarm/event trigger function of the monitoring channel,
i.e. when all conditions are met, then the monitoring channel generates an event and, depending on
configuration, an alarm for logging purposes.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 33

3.2 Channels Operating Instructions
Inputs to Monitoring Channels

The input signals to the monitoring channels are either binary (on/off signals) or analog signals. These
input signals can be taken from the hardware I/O channels, from other monitoring channels, from the
system variables, etc. Several of the monitoring channel types can accept more than one input. Input
signals to monitoring channels can be:
• Hardware input channels on the field processing devices (FPD 2200) which are connected to the
external sensors and transducers which are used for measuring values or obtaining status informa-
tion of the machinery or other external equipment
• Internal signals from other SAM Electronics equipment which are received via a bus system
Internal signals can be used by more than one monitoring channel. This means that, e.g., two alarm
limits, "high" and "high-high", can be implemented by using the same signal as input signal to two
monitoring channels.
• Output signals from other monitoring channels, e.g. the average value from an average channel
Such output signals can be used by more than one monitoring channel. This means that, e.g., two
alarm limits, "high" and "high-high", can be implemented by using the same signal as input signal to
two monitoring channels.
• Constants, i.e. a constant value entered when defining the channel
• System values, e.g. individual hardware errors
The input signals are checked for validity if the signal types allow to do so. In case of an input signal
failure, e.g. a broken cable, the monitoring channel enters a "signal validity failure" status. This causes
an alarm and all other results of the monitoring channel are suppressed. The only exception is when a
simulation for the monitoring channel is present as this will suppress the signal validity failure alarm.
Output from Monitoring Channels
If the channel is configured as alarm channel, then the output of the channel can be, depending on the
system’s conditions, an alarm, see section 3.7 on page 45. The value or status of a monitoring channel
can be also used for further processing, e.g. as input to another monitoring channel. It can also be routed
to a hardware output channel for external communication, e.g., to activate an output causing a main
engine slow-down.
34 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.3 Monitoring Channel Types
3.3 Monitoring Channel Types
For the different tasks, which are processed with the aid of the monitoring channels, a wide range of
channel types is provided. The types vary regarding type and quantity of inputs and outputs and
regarding the transfer functions.
The monitoring channels are used either for detection of alarms or for detection of events, depending on
the alarm/event trigger function used. As a consequence of this, the monitoring channels are divided into
two groups, the main types:
• Alarm channels
• Event channels
The difference between alarm and event channels is the priority. Event channels always have priority 4,
alarm channels can have priority 1-3, see section 3.7.2 on page 46. The monitoring channels have
different types of input signals and/or different functional requirements, and therefore, the two main types
are divided again into a number of specific monitoring channel types.
Alarm channel types:
• Binary alarm channel
• Analog alarm/indication channel
Event channel types:
• Binary event channel
• Analog event channel
• Analog event channel with hysteresis
• Average channel
The channel types are further described in the following subsections.
NOTE:
Please note that not necessarily all of the channel types are being used in your installation.
3.3.1 Alarm Channels
The alarm channels monitor signals and check whether signals have Normal status or Alarm status. Once
a signal has entered the alarm status, all information about the alarm is registered in the alarm channel.
The information are stored by the alarm channel until the operator has seen and acknowledged the alarm.
This is independent of whether the signal remains in alarm status or returns to Normal before the
acknowledgement. Thus, an alarm channel can have the four status values described in section 3.7 on
page 45. Alarm channels can be either analog or binary.
Binary Alarm Channels
The binary alarm channels are used to monitor switches or other binary signals, and a binary alarm
channel can be selected to give an alarm when the switch is open or when it is closed. A binary alarm
channel enters the alarm status when the monitored alarm signal, e.g. a switch, has been on for more
than a predefined delay time. The channel leaves the alarm status when the monitored signal has been
off for more than another predefined delay time (On/Off delay).
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 35

3.3 Monitoring Channel Types Operating Instructions
Analog Alarm Channels

The analog alarm channels are used for supervision of analog inputs, and all signals are checked for
validity. The analog inputs can be received from the transducers sending voltage or current signals, or
from sensors such as PT100, NiCrNi, potentiometers, etc.
An alarm is triggered when the monitored value exceeds the preset high limit, or drops below the preset
low limit for more than a predefined delay time. It returns to Normal status when the monitored value has
been within the limits for more than another predefined delay time.
3.3.2 Event Channels
Event channels are used for logging of events or status information, e.g. information on whether an
engine is stopped or running, and they can be used as Cut-Out inputs for the alarm channels. The events
can be logged in the alarm print logs and the event logs by using two customised texts which identify the
respective status. For example: purifier "Running" or "Stopped".
Binary event channels can detect one of two status values, e.g. running or stopped, which are
controlled by a switch or by a different binary input signal.
Analog event channels detects one of two status values of a component by monitoring if an analog
signal is above or below a preset limit. Example: an engine can be considered running or stopped
depending on whether the speed is above or below a preset operating speed.
Analog event channels with hysteresis detects if the value of an analog signal changes by more than
a preset hysteresis. This enables the channel to be printed each time the hysteresis is exceeded.
36 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

3.3.3 Binary Monitoring Channels
The binary channels can use one or two input signals. If two input signals are used, the monitored status
can be defined by a number of different logic conditions of the input signals. The logic condition to be
used is selected when defining (see 2.5 on page 30) the channel. The output value of the channel can
also be simulated by manual input, see 3.8 on page 47.
In the following, the inputs are named A and B and "high" is equal to alarm or event status "on". The
following options are provided:
in out
in out
A output = input NOT output equals

A
inverted input
in out in out
A A
AND XOR
B B
in out in out
A A
OR XNOR
B B
Fig. 3-1 Logic conditions for binary channels
The conditions illustrated in figure 3-1 have the following meanings:

• Single input, default type: high if A high
The output value is identical with the input value.
• NOT (inverter), single input: output high if A low
• AND gate: high if A and B in high status
• OR gate: high if A or B in high status
• XOR gate: high if A is different from B
• XNOR gate: high if A equals B
Application examples of logic used in the alarm channels:
• AND gate: an alarm is triggered if a pressure is low and a pump is not started.
• XOR gate: an alarm is triggered with an appropriate time delay if, e.g., a valve with switch feedback
does not have a position equal to the command.
• XNOR gate: together with an appropriate time delay, the double indicating signals such as, e.g.,
main-breaker closed / main-breaker open, can be monitored for inconsistency.
In the following, specific types of binary channels are outlined.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 37

COUNTER
This type is a cumulative counter for the alternating cycles of the present binary signal, and it provides
this total as (analog) output value. By configuration it is set as event counter or as stroke counter. In case
of the event counter the input signal is a status signal. The counter counts the number of times the input
signal has the status ON. The sampling rate is 640 msec. Thus, only status changes are correctly
counted the interval of which is greater than 640 msec. Application example: how many times does the
pump start during the travel of the ship.
In case of the stroke counter input pulses are present at the signal input. The counter counts the pulses
in a cumulative manner. The max. output value is 99,999,999. The stroke counter can be configured in
a way that its output value is changed for each, every ten, or every hundred pulses so that it can count
up to 9,999,999,900 pulses. Application example: counting the revolutions of an engine.
The output value can be set to an initial value by the operator by changing the respective channel param-
eter (PRESET VALUE), e.g. using a DAP 2200, see 5.10.6 on page 87.
FLOW COUNTER
The Flow Counter counts pulses supplied and provides the pulse rate as output value. Examples:
• A flow meter gives 10 pulses per litre. The output value is the flow rate, the unit is, e.g. litres/hour.
• A speed log gives 200 pulses per nautical mile. The output value is the ship’s velocity,
the unit is, e.g., kn.
• A main engine gives 10 pulses per revolution. The output value is the ME RPM.
The output value is smoothed by determining the average with the aid of a sampling time. The sampling
time is the time, during which 200 pulses have been received, however, a minimum of 30 sec. and a
maximum of 600 sec.
HOUR COUNTER
This channel type serves to measure for how long the status signal at the main input is ON. It provides
the time measured as (analog) output value. By configuration it is defined whether fractional digits are
output. The max. output value is 99,999,999 or 9,999,999.9 hours.
PULSE ALARM
This channel type is used to monitor whether pulses are present. The alarm/event trigger function of the
channel outputs an alarm/event, if within a defined time (Delay On, see 5.10.4 on page 84) there is no
change in input signal.
SUM COUNTER
The Sum counter has a binary input and an anlog output value. This type is used to calculate a quantity,
which is counted by pulses, by multiplying the number of present pulses at its signal input by a configured
factor. Examples:
• A flow meter gives 10 pulses per litre. The output value is the flow volume, the unit is, e.g. litre.
• A speed log gives 200 pulses per nautical mile. The output value is the mileage, the unit is NM.
• A main engine gives 10 pulses per revolution. The output value is the total number of revolutions.
38 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

BIN EXT SERIAL

This type is used, if a connected system monitors its own status signal, but if the alarm output (and/or
logging) shall be provided via the MOS 2200. The analog signal and the trigger signal are both trans-
ferred to the MOS 2200 via a common serial input interface.
ENUMERATED
This type is only used for internal purposes in the MOS 2200.
3.3.4 Analog Channels
The analog monitoring channels (except the average channel) have 3 analog input signals, and the moni-
tored value is the result of the 3 inputs using the formula: monitored value = A + B - C. The inputs B and
C are automatically set to 0 if they are not used.
in out
Main A
Add B
Subtract C
Fig. 3-2 Logic conditions for analog channels
The output value of the channel can also be simulated by manual input, see 3.8 on page 47.
Application examples for analog channels:
• Compensation of the relative measuring sensors by adding an absolute offset to give absolute
values, e.g. cold junction compensation of NiCr/Ni sensors. As described under 3.2.3 on page 33,
also a constant can be an input to a monitoring channel. Alternatively, the compensation can be
done by using a PT100 sensor located at the cold junction point. In this case, the measured value
of the NiCr/Ni sensor is compensated by the actual ambient temperature. For a temperature conver-
sion table, refer to chapter 12 on page 199.
• Relative measuring, e.g. deviation values for measurement of the exhaust gas temperatures are
made by subtracting the average value from the actual cylinder temperature.
• Offset of a measuring value, e.g. the "equalize" function of the thermonitor is made by adding a
constant to the measuring value.
• Supervision of control functions, e.g., that a temperature controller or a position controller, e.g. for
propeller pitch or a valve functions properly. This is done by subtracting the setpoint from the actual
value and setting a proper time delay.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 39

The interpretation of the monitored status depends on whether the channel is an alarm channel or an
event channel.
In the following, specific types of binary channels are outlined.
AVERAGE
This channel type can be used to monitor the average value of up to 16 input signals. The average value
is calculated as the arithmetic mean, i.e. the sum of the signal values is divided by the number of signals.
Each of the input signals can be omitted in the average calculation dynamically, e.g. due to an alarm situ-
ation indicating that an input signal is invalid for the average calculation. In case of a sensor failure, the
respective input channel is automatically excluded from the average calculation. Average channels have
upper and lower alarm limits. Alarm detection functions in the same way as for analog alarm channels.
Application Example – Thermonitor
The supervision system for the cylinder exhaust gas temperature or the main bearing temperature moni-
toring with supervision of high temperature deviation of each cylinder compared to the average values is
often called a "thermonitor" function.
For implementing a thermonitor, an average channel is used together with two sets of analog alarm chan-
nels, one set monitoring the actual sensor signals from which the average value is calculated, and one
set monitoring the deviations between the average value and each of the sensor signals.
IN RANGE
This type is used to monitor whether an analog value, if appl. after addition or/and subtraction of other
input values, is within a defined range (limit values). A typical application is the alarm output regarding
critical speed.
Regarding the representation of the channel parameters it must be pointed out that the two limit values,
which serve to define the value range, are both assigned to one alarm/event trigger function.
OUT OF RANGE
This type corresponds to the type IN RANGE. The only difference is that there is an alarm output, if the
monitored value is outside the value range defined by the limit values.
ANALOG LOG
This type is used to determine the change of an analog signal, if appl. after addition or/and subtraction
of the other input values, in order to enable logging, see page 65. The trigger type is Hysteresis. The
principle of that trigger type is, e.g., applied in a refrigerator thermostat. For example, if the temperature
exceeds an upper limit of 4°C, the compressor is started. However, the compressor will not stop as soon
as the temperature falls below 4°C but it will run until 2°C are reached. This prevents excessive switching
action of the compressor as the temperature drifts around the set value. In the same way, analog signals
are logged when passing a limit but not instantly logged again when the limit is passed again.
For the output value, this trigger type has a sample + hold function: the output value remains constant,
until the change of the input value has reached the limit value. Then the output value is instantly set to
the value of the input value.
Moreover, a time (Delay On) can be defined, which must elapse after an event, until the next event may
be output. This way, in case of rapid changes of the input value, the frequency of the events and thus
the logging frequency can be limited.
40 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.4 Channel Identification
ANALOG DISPLAY
This type is used, if an analog signal, if appl. after addition or/and subtraction of the other input values,
shall be displayed and/or further processed, but if no logging or alarm output is required.
SUM INTEGRATOR
The Sum Integrator has an analogue input value and an analogue output value. This type serves to deter-
mine the total quantity (if appl. after addition or/and subtraction of the other input values) based on its
input signal, which corresponds to a quantity per time unit (rate, flow). Examples:
• The input value corresponds to a flow rate of 154 l/min. The output value is the flow volume, the unit
is, e.g. litre.
• The input value corresponds to a velocity of 21 kn. The output value is the mileage, the unit is NM.
• The input value corresponds to a speed of 103 rev/min. The output value is the total number of revo-
lutions.
ANA EXT SERIAL

This type is used, if a connected system independently monitors its own analog signal, but if the alarm
output (and/or logging) shall be provided by the MOS 2200. In that case, the analog signal and the signal
releasing the alarm/event are transferred to the MOS 2200 via a common serial input interface.
This type differs from type BIN EXT SERIAL only in one respect: at the main input no status signal but
an analog signal is present.
3.4 Channel Identification
A channel is identified by IDs and a more descriptive channel text.
3.4.1 Channel ID and Yard ID
All channels are identified by two IDs: the channel ID and the Yard ID which is defined by the shipyard.
The channel ID consist of 8 alphanumeric characters, i.e. it can be a combination of letters and digits but
it must not contain spaces. The Yard ID is a 20 character designation.
In these operating instructions, the notation <chn id> specifies a channel number displayed in the above
format, i.e. channel ID. For displays, where only one of the two IDs is displayed, the channel ID is the
default.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 41

3.5 Channel Parameters Operating Instructions
3.4.2 Channel Text (<channel name>)
The channel text is used for identification of a channel by a short description text. The channel name is
an ASCII text string with a max. length of 30 characters.
Format: <xxxx....>
In these operating instructions, the notation <channel name> specifies a channel name which is displayed
in the above format.
3.5 Channel Parameters
The channel parameters are the details of a monitoring channel, e.g. the type of channel, the name, limit
values, actual value, as well as cut-out and simulation status. Some of the channel parameters can be
changed if required. See section 5.10 on page 82.
3.6 Integrated Alarm Systems
The MOS 2200 is able to handle up to four alarm systems. The only relation between the alarm systems
is that they share the FDPs as well as the panels. A typical configuration with four alarm systems is:
• Machinery alarm system
• Bridge alarm system
• Cargo alarm system
• Reefer alarm system
The differentiation of alarm systems provides that, e.g., cargo alarms or reefer alarms can be acknowl-
edged from a Duty Alarm Panel CCR, located in the Cargo Control Room, and that these alarms can be
routed to a separate duty person when the CCR is unattended. The MOS 2200 can be customised (see
2.5 on page 30) in a way that, if no attention is paid to a cargo or reefer alarm, an alarm is triggered in
a different alarm system after a period of time.
By integrating the alarm system concept into the existing hardware, information of all alarm systems can
be presented on both the panels as well as on the screens of the SODs (PC-stations). The general func-
tions and features of the MOS 2200 are available in all integrated alarm systems.
If an alarm occurs in one of the alarm systems, it is announced independent of the other alarm systems,
unless it is an All Operators Call. The alarm announcement procedure is identical for the four alarm
systems. For the four alarm systems, the following can be selected independently:
• Duty officer/engineer
• Backup officer/engineer
• Watch Station
• Deadman system status
• Unattended WS / bridge standby
42 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.6 Integrated Alarm Systems
NOTE:
A person may be duty or backup officer/engineer in more than one alarm system at a time
and one DAP 2200 may be WS for more than one alarm system at a time.
The four alarm systems share the alarm panels. Some of the panels output alarms of all four alarm
systems, some panels only output alarms of one specific alarm system. The following table explains the
way in which alarms are announced at the different locations and on the different panels on board.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 43

3.6 Integrated Alarm Systems Operating Instructions
The following rules apply:
Panel Location / Mix of Alarm Systems Alarm Announcement

Panel Function
DAP 2200 selected as WS The DAP 2200 only includes the The DAP 2200 only outputs
– not located on the bridge alarm systems for which the alarms of the alarm systems for
DAP 2200 is selected as WS. which the DAP 2200 is selected as
WS.
DAP 2200 on the bridge The following alarm systems are Alarms from the following alarm
included: systems are output:
• bridge alarm system • Alarms from the bridge alarm
system defined (see 2.5 on
• All alarm systems which are
page 30)
selected as Unattended WS
(bridge standby) • Alarms from other alarm
systems with the attribute
• Alarm systems for which the
'always announced on the
DAP 2200 is selected as WS.
bridge'
• All alarm systems which are
selected as Unattended WS
(also called bridge standby)
• Alarm systems for which the
DAP 2200 is selected as WS
DAP 2200 in public rooms All alarm systems are included. Alarms are output for all systems
having a selected duty officer/
engineer, see 5.12 on page 95.
DAP 2200 in cabins All alarm systems are included Only an All Operators Call is out-
(DAP Accommodation) put.
The respective person is
neither duty nor backup
duty for any of the alarm
systems.
DAP 2200 in cabin The DAP 2200 in that cabin only The DAP 2200 only outputs
The respective person is includes alarm from the alarm sys- alarms of alarm systems for which
selected as duty officer/ tems for which the respective per- the person is the person on duty.
engineer or backup duty in son is duty officer/engineer or
one or more alarm sys- backup duty.
tems.
LOP All alarm systems are included but You can select whether the LOP
you can only acknowledge alarms will output all alarms (option Entire
of the FPD, to which the LOP is System) or only the alarms of the
connected. Other alarms can only FPD the LOP belongs to (option
be displayed by the LOP. Local PLC). See section 5.9 on
page 79.
Table 3-1 Distribution of alarms to different panels
44 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.7 Alarm Announcement and Acknowledgement
Example:
The 2nd officer is customised (see 2.5 on page 30), e.g., to serve the bridge alarm system and cargo
alarm system. This means that he can be selected as duty and backup officer for both alarm systems.
He is selected as duty officer for the cargo alarm system and he is not selected as Backup officer for the
bridge alarm system.
An alarm in the cargo alarm system results in the following:
• The alarm is announced by the DAP 2200 in the 2nd officer’s cabin.
• The alarm is displayed on the LCD of that DAP 2200.
However, an alarm in the bridge alarm system is not announced and not displayed on the DAP 2200 in
the 2nd officer’s cabin.
3.7 Alarm Announcement and Acknowledgement
An alarm is announced via the buzzer and the Alarm LED on the relevant panels. In addition to the
buzzer in the panel, a number of additional alarm horns and alarm lamps can be used. These devices
are normally started simultaneously with the buzzer in the WS panel. However, the activation of external
horns and lamps can be customised (see 2.5 on page 30) according to special requirements. For
example, in case of a new alarm the rotating lights can be switched on for 30 seconds before the horns
in the engine room are switched on.
Messages describing the alarm are displayed on the LCDs of the panels as well as on the SOD screens.
When the operator responds to a new alarm, the necessary approach is normally always the same: first
the horn/buzzer is stopped and then the alarm is acknowledged at the W a t c h S t a t i o n (see also section
5.11 on page 92), which is in many cases located in the engine control room. For descriptions of how to
process alarms in different scenarios, please refer to section 5.17 on page 128.
The alarms are always announced in at least one location, the Watch Station, which is the centre of the
alarm system. Alarms must always be acknowledged at the Watch Station within a preset time. Other-
wise, an All Operators Call, also called "5 minutes alarm", will be output on all panels of the alarm system.
Please note that stopping the horn or buzzer has no effect on the alarm status. The alarm must be
acknowledged in order to avoid the All Operators Call. The ranking of alarms is described in section 3.7.3
below.
Except when manually cut-out (see 3.8 below and section 5.9.1 on page 79), the alarm announcement
can not be suppressed on the Watch Station regardless of any MOS 2200 functional mode. Where else
an alarm is announced depends on whether or not the Watch Station is attended and/or if a duty officer/
engineer (see section 5.12 on page 95) has been selected.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 45

3.7 Alarm Announcement and Acknowledgement Operating Instructions
3.7.1 Alarm States and Status Values
A monitoring channel can have various states. The respective status values are displayed on the panels:
Alarm State Meaning Status Value
Normal This status indicates trouble-free operation or that the monitoring NORM
channel is cut out, see section 5.10 and in particular 5.10.8 on page NORM/CA
89. The channel is not listed in any Alarm List. S NORM
The S in the status value indicates a simulation, see 3.8 on page 47. S NORM/CA
Alarm, A present, pending alarm. ALM
unacknowledged The alarm signal is on, buzzer/horn are sounding, the Alarm LED S ALM
flashes, the alarm is displayed in the Alarm List, and the alarm has
NOT been acknowledged.
The alarm needs to be acknowledged and remedial action needs to
be taken to correct the respective fault.
The S in the status value indicates a simulation, see 3.8 on page 47.
Alarm, A present, pending alarm as described above, the alarm is displayed ALM
acknowledged in the Alarm List. S ALM
However, the alarm has already been acknowledged, buzzer and
Alarm LED are off, but the conditions causing the alarm have not
been corrected.
Remedial action still needs to be taken to correct the respective fault.
Alarm, No information available from the respective monitoring channel. The ?
Device Fail channel is included in the Device Fail list.
Alarm, Due to sensor failure, no information available from the respective FAIL
Sensor Fail monitoring channel. The channel is included in the Sensor Fail list.
Normal, The respective signal has returned to Normal status, i.e. the condi- NORM
unacknowledged tions having caused the alarm are no longer present, but the alarm S NORM
has not been acknowledged. The alarm is still displayed in the Alarm
List.
The alarm only needs to be acknowledged, no remedial action
required.
Table 3-2 Alarm states
3.7.2 Alarm Priorities
In the MOS 2200, there are 4 differnet priorities for events and alarms on monitoring channels:
• Priority 1-3 indicate an alarm, priority 1 indicates the most severe alarm.
• Priority 4 is the lowest priority and indicates an event.
3.7.3 Alarm Ranking
LED indications, buzzer sounds, etc. draw the personnel's attention and inform about alarms and events
in the MOS 2200. The way an alarm or event is indicated depends on the condition causing the alarm or
event. The ranking (overall priority) applied in cases where more than one condition is present at a time
is as follows:
46 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.8 Overruling Channel Output – Suppressing Alarms and Simulating
1. All Operators Call

2. Alarm announcement/duty call
3. Duty officer/officer/engineer selection
4. Switching between "Attended WS" and "Unattended WS"
5. Assist call
6. Illegal key pressed
The above list also represents the rank of priority applied in cases where more than one condition is
present at a time which causes an alarm or event. In such cases the condition with the highest priority
will decide on the buzzer's sound pattern and other types of signals. For example, the alarm pattern of
an All Operators Call will always override the signal which is output when switching to "Unattended WS".
3.8 Overruling Channel Output – Suppressing Alarms and Simulating Output Values
In some cases, the engineer may want to suppress an alarm, e.g. if the sensor is malfunctioning or if
work is carried out that may cause undesired alarms. For this purpose the MOS 2200 provides the
Manual Cut-Out feature which will suppress the complete alarm detection and announcement for a
specific monitoring channel. The channel is then listed in the Manual Cut-Out List. In other cases, it can
also be useful to simulate an output value of a monitoring channel rather than suppressing it, see 3.8.3
below. The respective suppressed or simulated channels can be displayed in separate lists:
• Manual Cut-Out List containing all of the monitoring channels which are manually cut-out by the
operator,
• Automatic Cut-Out List containing the monitoring channels which are automatically cut-out by
external input signals, as well as the
• List of simulated channels.
The lists provide the operator with a fast overview of the alarm channels which are suppressed or simu-
lated.
3.8.1 Manual Cut-Out
A manual Alarm Cut-Out refers to a monitoring channel and can be activated from the Watch Station and
from the Local Operator Panel after having entered the correct password (see 5.6 on page 75). This
causes all alarms for the channel to be suppressed.
The function is useful in situations where e.g. a sensor is defective and the respective alarms shall be
suppressed until the sensor has been replaced. In this case, the alarm can be manually cut-out in order
to remove it from the Alarm List. Thus, by manually suppressing the alarm channels which cannot be
normalised, the Alarm List will only contain alarm channels which shall result in action. The Cut-Out List,
which can be displayed on the panels and SODs (PC-stations), shows information on Alarm Cut-Outs,
i.e. about suppressed alarm channels.
For descriptions regarding the Cut-Out List, refer to 5.9.1 on page 79. If you wish suppress (cut out) a
specific alarm channel you have to adjust the channel parameters of that alarm channel accordingly. For
the respective descriptions, refer to section 5.10 on page 82, and in particular refer to section 5.10.6 on
page 83.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 47

3.9 Alarm Groups Operating Instructions
3.8.2 Automatic Cut-Out
Cut-Outs can also be automatic, i.e. the MOS 2200 will disable the alarm automatically in defined situa-
tions. Such a situation could be to cut-out the low F.O. press. when the main engine is stopped, and the
function is a part of the specification for the F.O. press. monitoring channel.
The automatic Cut-Out also refers to a monitoring channel and is selected when the channel is defined
during system configuration (see 2.5 on page 30). In contrast to the manual Cut-Out, the automatic Cut-
Out does not suppress the channel supervision alarm, only the defined alarm status are suppressed.
When an automatic Cut-Out is triggered for a monitoring channel, then the monitoring channel will be
listed in the Automatic Cut-Out List at all times, independent of the alarm status of that channel.
3.8.3 Simulation
If it is necessary, e.g. in order to force an alarm or to suppress an alarm on a specific monitoring channel
for fault finding purposes, an output value can also be simulated. That means that the actual value is
overwritten and replaced by a value entered by the user. When you simulate an output value, an existing
alarm ends or the manually entered value may result in an alarm on the respective monitoring channel.
This alarm then has to be treated as any other alarm.
A Manual Cut-Out (see section 3.8.1 on page 47) will always overrule a simulated value. Thus, you
cannot generate an alarm by simulating a value if the respective monitoring channel is suppressed by a
Manual (or also by an Automatic) Cut-Out.
3.9 Alarm Groups
An alarm will in most configurations not be presented to the engineer only as an alarm in general. Also,
an alarm group LED will light up so that engineers can quickly determine the nature of the alarm. If, e.g.,
it comes from the main engine, pumps, power plant, fire, etc., this will be indicated by the respective
alarm group LED. The MOS 2200 can handle up to 100 alarm groups and each individual alarm may be
assigned to a maximum of four of these groups at a time. The DAP 2200 can display 10 of the alarm
groups.
48 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System
While the alarm LED will be active only at the panels to which alarms are directed, the alarm group LEDs
are never suspended. These will always display the status of the alarm group to which they are assigned.
The alarm groups can have the following status values:
Alarm Status Comment
No Alarms and no unacknowledged This status indicates trouble-free operation.

alarms in group The respective LED is off.
Alarm in group. The respective LED is continuously on.

(all alarms acknowledged) This status includes "signal validity failure" (sensor
failure). The status is intended for use as an activa-
tion signal to output channels which are used in
connection with it, e.g. the slowdown functions.
Unacknowledged alarms in group The respective LED flashes. The flashing indicates
that there are unacknowledged alarms in the alarm
group.
Table 3-3 Alarm group status values
The DAP 2200 panels contain 10 LEDs for indication of up to 10 of the 100 alarm groups. The LEDs are
independently and individually assigned for display of the respective information (see 2.5 on page 30).
NOTE:
Please note that the indication of the alarm groups will not necessarily be the same on all
DAP 2200. For example, the alarm groups indicated on the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge may
differ from the alarm groups indicated on the Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation which are
located in the cabins of the duty officers. In addition, the alarm groups can be displayed on
the SOD(s).
3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System
This section describes the alarm output organisation in the MOS 2200 including the concepts and
principles of
• Selectable Watch Station
• Unattended Watch Station status
• Duty officer/engineer and backup officer/engineer
• Duty LED
• Duty Call – alarm routing to inform the person on duty, see section 3.10.3 on page 51.
• Alarm escalation
It is important to understand the roles and interaction of Watch Station, duty person, as well as bridge
and accommodation alarm systems in order to be able to operate the MOS 2200 properly. The above
principles ensure that all alarms are routed as desired in order to be able to leave areas of the ship unat-
tended if this is required. Also, it is ensured that acknowledgement, i.e. taking notice of alarms, is
enforced. This way, all alarms will be noticed and dealt with within a specified time.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 49

3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System Operating Instructions
3.10.1 Selectable Watch Station
The Watch Station (WS) is the location, i.e. a specific DAP 2200 panel, which has the watch responsibilty.
This means that all alarms in the area of responsibility of the WS have to be acknowledged on that
specific panel.
As a standard, there is only one Duty Alarm Panel Bridge (DAP 2200) on the bridge. However, in instal-
lations where the design of the bridge requires this, a number of DAP 2200s can be used. It might also
be that the system configuration includes more Watch Stations than the usual DAP 2200 Watch Stations
in the ECR and on the bridge, for example in the Cargo Control Room (CCR). In such cases the
MOS 2200 can be customised (see 2.5 on page 30) in a way that the alarms can be acknowledged either
from the ECR or from the CCR. This function is called Selectable Watch Station and is operated from the
DAP 2200s.
The Selectable WS function can also be used in system configurations which include several alarm
systems. If there is, e. g, a separate cargo alarm system defined in the MOS 2200, the WS for a different
alarm system can be transferred to the cargo control room when the ship is in harbour. This way, e.g.
also the engine alarms can be supervised and acknowledged from the CCR when the CCR is attended.
3.10.2 Unattended Watch Station
Using the MOS 2200 it is possible to operate the vessel with so-called "unattended machinery area"
(sometimes also called unmanned machinery area). However, alarm messages in sensible areas like the
machinery area still need to be taken notice of. Hence, a person must be defined as duty, see 3.10.3
below. The alarm output is organised in a way that the Watch Station in an unattended area is set to the
so-called unattended status. In the unattended status, the respective alarms are routed to the Duty Alarm
Panel Accommodation in the cabin of the respective responsible duty officer/engineer and in public
rooms, as well as to the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge. This way, the responsible persons on duty will be
informed about alarms, even if they are not in the respective machinery area. For safety reasons, there
will be an All Operators Call if an alarm is not responded to, i.e. if an alarm is not acknowledged within
a defined time.
When a duty engineer (see 3.10.3 below) has been selected, all alarms will be announced on the
• DAP 2200 Bridge
• DAP 2200 Accommodation in the cabin of the duty officer/engineer
• DAP 2200s Accommodation in public rooms
This will meet the requirements for sailing with unattended machinery area. As an alternative, the
MOS 2200 can be customised (see 2.5 on page 30) in a way that it is possible to select Unattended
Watch Station without having any engineer on duty.
To select and deselect the Unattended Watch Station status, a request is made from the Watch Station.
The request may either be accepted or rejected by the bridge. Also, the Watch Station may cancel the
request. If Unattended Watch Station is selected, the acoustic alert is output on the bridge when an alarm
occurs, informing the navigator about alarms while the ship is sailing. The navigator can also monitor
whether the alarms are processed. For that purpose, his DAP 2200 Bridge will show if the alarms are
acknowledged by the engineer on duty.
When an alarm occurs, the buzzer will also sound on the bridge, but the navigator can stop it locally by
pressing [STOP HORN] on the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge. However, this will only stop the buzzer on the
bridge and will not affect buzzers or horns anywhere else, and this will not actually acknowledge the
alarm, see also section 3.10.5 on page 52.
50 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System
3.10.3 Selecting Duty Officer/Engineer and Backup Officer/Engineer
For example, an engineer can be selected as duty engineer. The duty selection must be acknowledged.
This is done from the cabin of the responsible engineer who is selected to be on duty. As an alternative,
the MOS 2200 can be customised (see 2.5 on page 30) in a way that the duty selection can be acknowl-
edged from the Watch Station directly.
Per alarm system, only one officer/engineer can be selected as duty at a time. Any alarm of the respec-
tive alarm system will be output on the panel in the cabin of the person selected as duty. An officer or
engineer can be selected as duty and/or backup from a predefined DAP 2200 (Watch Station).
When,e.g., selecting a duty engineer, the buzzer of the Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation in the engi-
neer's cabin will sound. This must be acknowledged on the panel. Alternatively, the MOS 2200 can be
customised (see 2.5 on page 30) in a way that the duty selection can be acknowledged from the panel
from where the selection was initiated.
A backup duty officer/engineer can be selected in the same way. The MOS 2200 system can be custom-
ised in a way that the backup duty is notified in case that the person on duty does not respond to an
incoming alarm, or if a deadman alarm is triggered.
3.10.4 Duty LED
The Duty LED on the panels is used for the following purposes:
• Indicate that a duty officer/engineer has been selected
• Indicate that a duty call is unacknowledged
• Indicate that a duty selection is in progress
The following table gives detailed information of the indication on the various Duty Alarm Panels
(DAP 2200).
Function of the DAP 2200 Duty Call / Duty Function
Duty Selection: Active:
LED will... Duty LED is...
Watch Station (WS) Flash ON
Bridge - Attended WS selected Flash ON
Bridge - Unattended WS / bridge standby Flash ON
selected
Public Room - Duty selected Flash ON
Public Room - No duty is selected Flash
Cabin panel, duty officer/engineer Flash ON
Cabin panel, not duty officer/engineer Flash OFF
Table 3-4 Output of the Duty LED

When the LED is ON, it means the panel will give an audible signal when an alarm occurs. When the
lamp is flashing, it is a way to draw the attention to the panel because user input is required, e.g.,
acknowledging the duty officer/engineer.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 51

3.10 Alarm Output Organisation – Duty Watch System Operating Instructions
3.10.5 Duty Call
The person selected as duty can move freely around the ship's accommodation area, although he is on
duty. In case of a new alarm, the MOS 2200 provides selective, automatic alarms in the accommodation
area. Selective means that alarms will be specifically directed to the Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation
in the duty officer’s/engineer’s cabin and in the public rooms as well as on the Duty Alarm Panel on the
bridge. This way, the person on duty will always notice an alarm, regardless of whether he is in his cabin
or in any of the public rooms.
Such alarms are referred to as duty call. A duty call is announced as alarm on the following panels:
• Watch Station
• Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation in the duty officer’s/engineer’s cabin
• Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation operating as public room panels
• Duty Alarm Panel Bridge
• Possibly on additional Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation
Any of the DAP 2200s located in the cabins of the duty officers/engineers can be brought to function
as Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation for public rooms. This way, a cabin panel which is not selected
to be on duty, can still be selected to give alert as the alarms occur, either with a short tone or with
constant sound. This can, e.g., be used by the Chief Engineer if in a special situation he wishes to
monitor the alarms, or if a duty officer/engineer visits cabins other than his own. The function is
selected from each individual cabin panel, see instructions for panel setup in section 5.12.1 on page
96.
In case of a duty call, the panels respond in the following way:
• The buzzer sounds.
• The ALARM LED flashes.
• The DUTY LED flashes.
Acknowledging a Duty Call
In response to a duty call, the person on duty must perform the same actions as for other alarm
announcements, i.e. first stop the horn or buzzer, and then acknowledge the alarm at the Watch Station.
If the duty acknowledges ([STOP HORN]) the duty call on the panel in his cabin or in a public room, the
horn or buzzers in the accommodation area and on the bridge will be stopped. However, this will not be
interpreted as the actual acknowledgement of the duty call. Thus, the duty officer/engineer must actually
go to the Watch Station to stop the horn in the engine room and acknowledge all alarms. For instructions
regarding processing of duty calls, refer to section 5.17.2 on page page 129.
3.10.6 Alarm Escalation – All Operators Call
In case alarms (incl. duty calls) are not acknowledged by an engineer or officer within a predetermined
time (typically 5 minutes) an All Operators Call will be announced on all panels connected to the
MOS 2200, regardless of whether a person is selected as duty or not. This is often also referred as
"5 min. alarm". The buzzers and horns start to sound, and these can be stopped by the acknowledging
all alarms on the Watch Station only. The All Operators Call is output on the following panels:
• All Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation operating as public room panels
• All Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation in the cabins
• Watch Station and all Duty Alarm Panels which could be selected as Watch Station
52 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.11 How Alarms Are Indicated on Panels

• LOPs
The panels respond in the following way:
• The Alarm LED flashes.
• The buzzer sounds (alarm sound).
When an All Operators Call is initiated, then the buzzers cannot be stopped locally. All buzzers are on
until all alarms have been acknowledged from the Watch Station.
3.11 How Alarms Are Indicated on Panels
The alarms are indicated to the engineer or officer in three ways, by:
• Buzzer
• Lamps
• Display
The display information can be accessed quickly because you only need to press one key to switch to
the Alarm List. The Alarm List shows all present alarms and also alarms which are not present but have
not yet been acknowledged. The indication by the lamps includes the alarm LED and the 10 alarm group
LEDs on the panels which together serve to give a quick overview of the current situation.
The alarm LED is used in conjunction with the announcement of the new alarms. It can have two states:
• It will flash when unacknowledged alarms are present.
• It is off when no unacknowledged alarms are present.
The exception is the Alarm LED on the Local Operator Panel, e.g. in the engine room. It will be steadily
on in case of any present acknowledged alarms, providing an overview of the FPD 2200s with channels
in alarm condition.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 53

3.11 How Alarms Are Indicated on Panels Operating Instructions
The behaviour of the buzzer and the Alarm LED depends on the actual mode of the MOS 2200. As a
general rule, buzzer and LED are off when all alarms have been properly acknowledged on the Watch
Station. The individual behaviour of the buzzer and the alarm LED when a new alarm occurs is described
in the following table.
Panel Situation Buzzer Alarm LED Effect of [STOP HORN]

(Boundary Conditions of
the Alarm Situation)
Watch all ON Flashes Stops all MOS 2200 horns

Station and buzzers.
Bridge Attended Watch Station OFF1 OFF1 Stops buzzer locally.
Unattended Watch Station / ON Flashes Stops buzzer locally.

bridge stand-by selected
Public room Duty officer/engineer ON Flashes Stops buzzer locally.

selected
Duty officer/engineer not OFF OFF No effect.

selected
Officer/ Officer/engineer on duty ON Flashes Stops local-, bridge- and

engineer public room buzzers.
cabin
Officer/engineer not on duty Off OFF No effect.
LOP ON Flashes Stops local buzzer

(acknowledging all alarms
will stop other buzzers).
Table 3-5 Alarm LED and buzzer reactions in response to a new alarm
1) Alarms may be defined (see 2.5 on page 30) as "always announced on bridge". Such
alarms will always start the buzzer on the bridge and will cause a flashing alarm LED.
The description of the alarm announcement on the panels in the following sections is focusing on the
announcement of individual alarms and not on troubleshooting.
NOTE:
Please note that alarms will normally (see 2.5 on page 30) be included in an alarm group
which will also be indicated on the panels. Also, alarms will be presented as duty calls if a
duty officer/engineer is selected.
3.11.1 Alarm Announcement on the Local Operator Panel

When a new alarm is detected in the FPD to which the Local Operator Panel (LOP) is connected, the
following will happen on the LOP:
• The Buzzer starts to sound.
• The Alarm LED starts flashing.
54 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.11 How Alarms Are Indicated on Panels
Pressing [STOP HORN] on the LOP will stop the buzzer here, but no other buzzer or alarm horn in the
MOS 2200 is affected unless all of the alarms can be and are acknowledged from the LOP. In that case,
all active buzzers or horns in the MOS 2200 are stopped. When the buzzer has been stopped, the alarm
channels shown on the display can be acknowledged by pressing [ACKN ALARM]. The indication of the
LOP’s Alarm LED has the following meaning:
• OFF: No alarms present at all
• Flashing: Unacknowledged alarms present
3.11.2 Alarm Announcement on the Watch Station
On the Watch Station (WS), the alarms are always announced in the following way:
• The buzzer starts to sound.
• The Alarm LED flashes.
When [STOP HORN] is pressed, all active buzzers are stopped. The Alarm LED will continue flashing as
long as unacknowledged alarms are present. Otherwise the Alarm LED is off. When [STOP HORN] was
pressed it is possible to acknowledge the alarms shown on the display. This is done by pressing [ALARM
ACKN].
3.11.3 Alarm Announcement on the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge
The alarm announcement on the bridge depends on whether Unattended Watch Station is selected or
not.
Case 1: Unattended Watch Station

When Unattended WS is selected, all alarms are announced on the bridge as follows:
• The buzzer starts to sound.
• The ALARM LED flashes.
The buzzer on the bridge is stopped when:
• [STOP HORN] is pressed on the bridge.
• [STOP HORN] is pressed on the WS.
The Alarm LED will continue flashing as long as the unacknowledged alarms are present.
NOTE:
Acknowledging the alarms is possible from the Watch Station only.
Case 2: Attended Watch Station

When Attended WS is selected, the alarms with the attribute "always announced on the bridge" will be
announced on the bridge. This type of alarms must, just like any other alarm, also be acknowledged from
the Watch Station.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 55

3.12 Calling System for Engineers (Assist Call) Operating Instructions
3.12 Calling System for Engineers (Assist Call)
This system is an integrated part of the MOS 2200 and serves to call individuals or a group of persons
(all engineers, all officers) for help from Duty Alarm Panels (possible Watch Stations, Accommodation)
and from Local Operator Panels, if included on the FPD 2200s. See section 5.13 on page 103.
On the panels which are located in the public rooms, both the information "who is called" and "to where"
(i.e. the requesting location, e.g., engine room) are available on the LCDs. This way, the called engineer
knows that he has to contact a specific location needing assistance, regardless of his own current loca-
tion. This function enables the engineers to call for assistance both from the bridge, from the engine
control room, and from the FPD 2200s, if a LOP is included.
3.13 Deadman Alarm Systems
The MOS 2200 can handle up to four independent deadman alarm systems. a deadman system basicall
is a timer (countdown) which has to be reset in time. The timer is reset using external separate reset push
buttons, by pressing a button on a specified Duty Alarm Panel, or by moving the tackball of the SOD on
the Watch Station. If a deadman alarm system timer is not reset regularly, then an alarm will be trig-
gered. At first, a deaman warning is output followed by a deadman alarm, if there is no response to the
warning. See also section 5.16 on page 124 and particularly 5.16.4 D e a d m a n A l a r m S e q u e n c e on page
127.
3.14 MOS 2200 Printing Features
The MOS 2200 can manage up to two printers to print the following types of lists:
• Alarm/Event Log
detailing changed alarm / event status, error messages, changed Cut-Out status, password input,
information on duty officers/engineers and Unattended WS, as well as changes in system date and
time.
For more details, refer to section 9.2 on page 255.
• Alarm List
covering the contents of the Alarm List, i.e. all present and unacknowledged alarms in the alarm
system at the moment when the report is triggered.
• Cut-Out List
covering the contents of the Cut-Out List, i.e. all channels which have the automatic or manual Cut-
Out status.
• Datalog
detailing channel data. For analog channels the current value is output. For binary channels and
event channels, the respective status is output.
The Alarm/Event Log is running continuously, but it may be interrupted shortly by reports of the other
types. Printing of the other types of reports can be started by the operator. They can also be automatically
printed by the system at regular intervals, see chapter 5.14.3 on page 109.
56 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 3.14 MOS 2200 Printing Features
Printers are operated using the Duty Alarm Panel. For details on setup and operation of the printer func-
tions, please refer to section 5.14 on page 106.
3.14.1 Printer Operating Modes
The reports can be divided into two groups with respect to mode of operation.
Group 1: Alarm/Event Log
Group 1 reports continuously run on the printers to which they are assigned, and they can be stopped
only by disabling the assignment to the respective printer.
Group 2: Alarm List Reports
Cut-Out List Reports
Datalogs
Group 2 reports can be run from the DAP 2200 both at the WS and on the bridge. Group 2 reports can
be manually started by the operator from the DAP 2200 or automatically. Automatic printing is specified
by a setup procedure from a DAP 2200. The printing times are specified by means of a start time and a
time interval. If the time interval is zero, no automatic printing will take place. See also section 5.14 on
page 106.
3.14.2 Printer Selection
Any report can be assigned individually to either printer 1, printer 2 or to no printer at all. The assignments
are specified in a setup procedure. The printer setup can be changed by the operator on the DAP 2200
of the WS.
Managing Different Reports on One Printer
Different reports can share the same printer. All of the reports in group 2 consist of a finite number of
pages. These reports are simply printed one-by-one. The Alarm/Event Log, however, is in principle infinite
as the alarms can occur or return to Normal status at any time, and this is then recorded in the log.
Printing of the other types of reports may interrupt printing of the Alarm/Event Log. During this interrup-
tion, the alarms and events for the Alarm/Event Log are stored in an internal buffer (buffer size: 75 lines).
When such an interrupting report is completed, then the buffer will be printed on a new page of the Alarm/
Event Log before any other report is permitted to interrupt printing of the Alarm/Event Log.
In the very rare case that the buffer overflows while a different report is printed, any additional alarms and
events are lost until the printer is available again. Lost alarms and events are marked in the Alarm/Event
Log at the position, where they are missing.
3.14.3 Printer Hardware Requirements
The printers must at least meet the following min. requirements:

• 9600 baud
• 8 data bits
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 57

3.15 Interface to External Applications Operating Instructions
• Even parity
• 80 characters per line
• 60 lines per page
• Ready / busy signal
The printers must be able to supply a ready / busy signal. From the point of view of the FPD, this
signal must be busy, if the printer is offline, without power, or if it is missing or not connected, see
also 8.3.1 on page 236.
3.14.4 Printer Time-Out
If a printer has been in busy status for more than 2 minutes it is regarded as having failed, and a printer
alarm is generated. The busy status can be caused by e.g.
• Paper out
• Power off
• Missing connection to the FPD
When a printer fails, any report or part of a report which was sent prior to the failure may be lost because
the contents of the buffer in the printer might not have been printed at the time of the printer failure.
Alarms and other events for an Alarm/Event Log will be kept in an internal buffer (buffer size: 75 lines) in
the FPD until the printer becomes ready again or until there is an overflow of the internal buffer. When-
ever it is possible to detect loss of events for an Alarm/Event Log, this will be indicated in the log at the
position where the alarms and events may be missing.
See also 8.3.1 on page 236.
3.15 Interface to External Applications
Data Received via Serial Interface

The MOS 2200 can receive data such as analog values and alarms via a serial interface from, e.g., a
tank radar system. The data will then be processed by the MOS 2200 in the same way as the alarms and
events which are defined based on individual digital and analog I/O-channels.
Data Transmitted via Serial Interface
The MOS 2200 can transmit data like tank levels on request via a serial interface to, e.g., a Loading
Computer.
58 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 4 General Description of the Operator Panels
4 General Description of the Operator Panels
This chapter describes the basic layout, as well as controls and display elements of the operator panels
used, which form the user interface or Human Machine Interface (HMI) of the MOS 2200. The expression
"user interface" refers to the various ways in which a system communicates with its operator. This is often
also referred to as MMI or User-IF. In this section you will find a short introduction to the MMI of a SAM
Electronics MOS 2200 Alarm System giving you a general understanding of the philosophy it is based on.
Sounds (horns or buzzers), indications (lamps or LEDs), clear text (panel displays), and graphical pres-
entation (System Operating Devices, SOD) are used to present information to the user. In order to make
sure that the user is made aware that his attention is required, the MOS 2200 will output signals using
horns and buzzers whenever a change in the alarm system environment takes place. In addition, the
sound pattern will give the user an idea of what has happened.
Such changes may be the occurrence of new alarms, duty calls, watch changes, etc., and any such call
for attention will always require the operator’s response. In general, the operator will respond by using
dedicated keys on the operator panels which serve for clearly defined purposes, e.g. [STOP HORN] or
[ACKN. ALARM]. In the same way, the user may view various detailed information in the MOS 2200 by
using a few simple key-strokes. Hence, the MOS 2200 provides an overview of the machinery environ-
ment from one single location:
LCD, see 4.3 on page 61
Softkeys,
see 4.4
on page 62
Function keys, Numeric keys, Cursor and select keys,

see 4.4 on page 62 see 4.4 on page 62 see 4.4 on page 62
Fig. 4-1 Example of a panel

The different types of operator panels and the respective available functions and features are described
in sections 4.1 and 4.2. The individual main components and assemblies of the panels are described in
sections 4.3 to 4.7.
Passwords (see section 5.6 on page 75) protect the system against any unintentional use of essential
functions or against changing parameters. This means that only crew members having special user priv-
ileges can access these functions and that the general staff with basic user privileges can operate the
system without the fear of "messing things up".
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 59

4 General Description of the Operator Panels MOS/MCS 2200
4.1 Operator Panel Types Operating Instructions
4.1 Operator Panel Types
Three types of panels are available for the MOS 2200:

• Duty Alarm Panels (DAP 2200 Bridge, ECR, CCR, see section 4.2.1)
• Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation (DAP 2200, see section 4.2.2)
• Local Operator Panels (LOP, see section 4.2.3)
The DAP 2200s are stand-alone panels. The Duty Alarm Panel Bridge, ECR and CCR can be equipped
with a PC-based System Operating Device (SOD, see chapter 6) which serves as an enhancement to
the DAP 2200, giving the user an extended overview on a large screen presenting more information at a
glance. The System Operating Device is described separately in chapter 6. The LOP is an optional user
interface which is, e.g., mounted directly on the front of the F P D 2 2 0 0 ( F i e l d P r o c e s s i n g D e v i c e ) cabinet.
Other installation variants are possible.
The main difference between the Local Operator Panel (LOP) and the DAP 2200 is the fact that using
the LOP, the operator can. e.g. only acknowledge the monitoring channels which are defined in the
related Field Processing Device to which the LOP is connected only, not the entire MOS 2200 system.
DAP 2200s are normally (see 2.5 on page 30) used at the following locations:
• On the bridge (Duty Alarm Panel Bridge)
• In the ECR, where the DAP 2200 is used as Watch Station
(alternatively, CCR panel can be Watch Station)
• In public rooms (normally Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation)
• In officers’/engineers’ cabins (normally Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation)
During the periods when the engine room / ECR is manned, the alarms are announced and acknowl-
edged from the Duty Alarm Panel ECR or the related LOP. When the engine room / ECR is unmanned,
i.e. in Unattended status, the Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation enable the system after acknowledge-
ment to distribute the alarm announcement to the duty officer’s/engineer’s cabin, to the public rooms, and
to the bridge.
4.2 Main Components of the Different Operator Panel Types
The various operator panels are similar with a few exceptions only. This section lists the components and
features which are available for each specific panel type.
4.2.1 Duty Alarm Panel (Bridge, ECR)
The panel consists of:

• Four line LCD display with adjustable backlight (see section 5.2 on page 67)
• Buzzer
• Alarm LED
• Keypad
• Alarm Group LEDs
The protection class is IP 44. For layout drawings of the panel please refer to the delivery documents.
60 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 4.3 Display (LCD)
4.2.2 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation

• Two line LCD display
• Buzzer
• Alarm LED
• Keypad
The protection class is IP44. For layout drawings of the panel please refer to the delivery documents.
4.2.3 Local Operator Panel (LOP)

• Four line LCD display
• Buzzer
• Alarm LED
• Keypad
The protection class is IP44 unless installed using a rubber sealing, then it is IP56. For layout drawings
of the panel please refer to the delivery documents.
4.3 Display (LCD)
The Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation has a two-line display. The other DAP 2200s and the LOPs have
a four-line LCD-type display. The LCDs are protected by the front of foil of the panels. The LCD can
output text and numeric data. The operator panels can display positive and negative numeric values
ranging from 0.0001 to 99999. A numeric value always requires seven (7) characters on the LCD, and it
consists of:
• 1 to 5 digits
• Decimal point, when specified
• Algebraic sign (+/-)
If the number of the decimal places presented is smaller than the precision of the actual value the
presented value is rounded, e.g. 12.44 is displayed as 12.4, 12.45 is displayed as 12.5. In these oper-
ating instructions the notation <value> specifies a numeric value displayed in the above defined standard
format.
NOTE:
The range and resolution for a specific value depends on the definition (see 2.5 on page 30)
of the presentation format, as a value is specified to be presented with a fixed number of
decimals related to the engineering unit selected.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 61

4.4 Keypad Operating Instructions
4.4 Keypad
Using the keypad it is possible to select functions, enter text or numbers, and generally to communicate
with the MOS 2200. For detailed explanations, please refer to the operating instructions starting from
chapter 5.3.
LCD, see 4.3 on page 61
Softkeys,
Function keys Numeric keys Cursor and select keys
Fig. 4-2 Panel keypad
The keys of the panel keypads are divided into the following functional groups:
• Softkeys, to select functions in menus
see seection 5.3.1.
• Cursor and select keys, to navigate in lists, select items and confirm input
see section 5.3.2.
• Function Keys, to select defined functions
see section 5.3.5 ([STOP HORN] & [ALARM ACKN]) and 5.3.6.
• Numeric keys, to enter alphanumeric values
see 5.4.1.
The keypad is a membrane key design, so you will feel a soft click when pressing a key. Then display
and/or LED indications will respond accordingly.
62 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 4.5 LEDs
4.5 LEDs
The LED indications draw the personnel's attention and inform about alarms and events in the
MOS 2200:
• Alarm LED
The Alarm LED indicates unacknowledged alarms.
• Fault LED
The Fault LED indicates a missing network connection of the panel.
• Fire LED
The Fire LED is part of a separate Fire Alarm system which is completely independent and physically
separated from the MOS 2200.
• Duty LED
The Duty LED functions together with both the [DUTY] function key and as a separate indication of
the automatic Duty Call functions, see also 5.12 on page 95.
• Watch LED
The Watch LED indicates that a panel is the Watch Station for an alarm system. See section 3.10
on page 49.
The panels, except for the LOP, are able to display the status of ten different alarm groups via the
group alarm LEDs.
Further function key LEDs indicate that the respective function is active. This is explained in the respec-
tive sections.
4.6 Buzzer
The panels are equipped with a buzzer which, together with the respective LED indication, draws the
personnel's attention and informs about alarms and events in the MOS 2200. Depending on the condition
(see section 3.7.3 on page 46), which results in activation of the buzzer, the buzzer will sound with
different patterns. The sound will correspond to one of the patterns shown in the following figures.
Buzzer on
Buzzer off
Fig. 4-3 Continuous buzzer sound
In a standard configuration (see 2.5 on page 30), the continuous sound (figure 4-3) is output in case of
All Operator Alarms, alarm announcement, Duty Call, Assist Call, and Lamp Test.
Buzzer on
Buzzer off
Fig. 4-4 Buzzer pattern – on/off sequence
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 63

4.7 Backlight Dimmer Operating Instructions
In a standard configuration, the on/off sequence sound pattern (figure 4-4) is used in case of duty officer/
engineer selection or when switching between "Attended WS" and "Unattended WS / bridge standby".
Buzzer on
Buzzer off
Fig. 4-5 Buzzer sound – short single sound
In a standard configuration, a short single buzzer signal is output when you press an illegal key, i.e. a
key which is not useful or permitted in the current functional mode.
This standard setup of sounds can be customised (see 2.5 on page 30). The patterns can be assigned
to different conditions. However, the illegal key operation is always indicated by one single buzzer signal,
see figure 4-5.
4.7 Backlight Dimmer
The Display of the DAP 2200 (bridge, ECR) has an adjustable backlight for LCD and LEDs so that you
can adapt the brightness to the light conditions in the room. The foil of the keypad is only lighted in case
of the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge. Adjusting the backlight and also adjusting the view angle is described in
section 5.2 on page 67.
4.8 Layout Drawings
For layout drawings, please refer to the overview drawings included in the delivery documents.
64 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 5 Operating Instructions for the Operator Panels
Operating Instructions 5.1 Startup and Shutdown of the MOS 2200
5 Operating Instructions for the Operator Panels
This chapter describes the procedures when operating the DAP 2200 operator panels and LOPs of the
MOS 2200. We highly recommend that you read or at least have a glance at the introductory chapters 1
to 4 before starting work. For basic descriptions of the controls and display elements of the different oper-
ator panels, please refer to chapter 4, for descriptions of the function keys, refer to section 5.3. For notes
on common questions regarding the operation, please also refer to chapter 12 F r e q u e n t l y A s k e d Q u e s -
t i o n s ( F A Q ) which will lead you to specific sections in these operating instructions.
This chapter is structured as follows:
• In the first sections, basic functions are described which are repeatedly required in various functional
modes.
• Sections 5.8 to 5.16 describe the individual keys and the menus and functions behind the keys.
• Finally, in section 5.17 on page 128 the general alarm handling procedures are described. These
descriptions are based on the functional descriptions in the previous chapters.
NOTE:
The figures shown in this chapter represent the four-line display. Duty Alarm Panels Accom-
modation will display either the upper two lines or the bottom 2 lines only. If appl., use the
cursor keys to display the other lines.
5.1 Startup and Shutdown of the MOS 2200
As long as the ship is at sea and in operation, the MOS 2200 must be
fully operational, i.e. the MOS 2200 must not be shut down. UPS systems
must not be deactivated.
This section describes how to switch the MOS 2200 on/off, if this is required, e.g. if the power supply has
to be switched off during a dockyard period.
5.1.1 Commissioning of the MOS 2200
Installation, customisation (see section 2.5 on page 30), configuration, as well as initial startup are carried
out by SAM Electronics according to the order specifications upon delivery of the MOS 2200. Thus, this
is not covered by these operating instructions.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 65

5 Operating Instructions for the Operator Panels MOS/MCS 2200
5.1 Startup and Shutdown of the MOS 2200 Operating Instructions
5.1.2 Switching Off the MOS 2200
must not be deactivated. The system must not be switched off by other
than authorised and qualified personnel.
If it is absolutely necessary to shut down the system by switching off the power supply, e.g. during a
dockyard period, proceed as follows:
1. Switch off all SODs (see section 6.2).
2. Switch off the DAP 2200s.
DAP 2200s are switched off mains-sided.
3. Switch off the field processors (FPD).
FPDs are switched off mains-sided.
The LOPs are supplied by the FPDs and are switched off at the same time.
Regarding the shutdown of the complete system, the printers may be switched off or on at any time.
5.1.3 Switching On the MOS 2200
To start up the system again after a shutdown, proceed as follows:

1. Switch on the FPDs (power supply)
2. Switch on the DAP 2200 Watch Station(s).
3. Switch on the DAP 2200s.
It is advisable to switch on the DAP 2200s in the cabins and public rooms after having started the
Watch Station, in order to prevent undesired alarm outputs in public rooms and accommodation
areas.
4. Switch on the SODs (see section 6.2).
5. If appl. switch on printer(s) and check paper alignment (paper feed).
Depending on the individual case, paper feed might be aligned automatically.
During startup, alarms may occur which can have different reasons, e. g.:
• When booting the FPDs, they will detect that the DAP 2200s and the SODs (PC-stations) are not
working. because they have not been switched on.
• The monitored systems supply signals which, according to configuration, shall generate an alarm.
When switching on the MOS 2200, alarm outputs will not be cut out, and values of monitored signals are
not simulated, because the settings regarding cut-outs, simulation, etc. are lost when switching off the
FPDs. Therefore, alarms may be present, which were not present when switching off, although the
respective status of the monitored system has not changed. You have to treat such alarms like any other
alarm during normal operation, see section 3.7 on page 45. If the Watch Station is equipped with a SOD,
then you can prevent acoustic alarm signals by switching on the SOD first and acknowledging the respec-
tive alarms there.
66 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.2 Dimmer – Adjusting the Display
5.2 Dimmer – Adjusting the Display
You can adjust the brightness of the backlight and the contrast of the DAP 2200 display as well as the
intensity of the LEDs to adapt the display to the light conditions in the room and to the viewing angle at
which you look at the display.
5.2.1 Adjusting the Backlight Intensity
Proceed as follows to adjust the brightness of the LCD’s backlight:

1. Press the [DIMMER] key. The LCD displays:
1 SELECT DIMMER FUNCTION

2
3 │S│LCD │S│VIEW │S│LED
4 │1│DISPLAY│2│ANGLE │3│DISPLAY
Fig. 5-1 Select dimmer function
A DAP 2200 Bridge will additionally have the option [S4] Background.
2. Press [S1] LCD Display.
1 ADJUST THE LCD INTENSITY

2
3 SETTING: ***...
4 ADJUST BY USE OF: ↑↓
Fig. 5-2 Adjusting the LCD intensity
The intensity can be adjusted in six steps. In the figure above, the intensity is set to the medium value
which is indicated by the asterisks (*) and dots.
3. Use the [ ] or [ ] key to increase the backlight intensity of the LCD.
Use the [ ] or [ ] key to reduce the backlight intensity.
When you reach the highest or lowest possible level, the buzzer will indicate this.
4. Press [ESC] to return to Basic mode.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 67

5.2 Dimmer – Adjusting the Display Operating Instructions
5.2.2 Adjusting the View Angle
If the LCD is not at your eye level, e.g. because you do not stand but sit in front of the panel so that you
have look at it at an angle, you might find that the display is not clear. Proceed as follows to adapt the
contrast of the display to the view angle:
1. Press the [DIMMER] key.
2. Press [S2] View Angle to adjust the display’s contrast.
3. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to adjust the optimum readability of the display.
If the panel’s mounting position is high, you will probably have to use the [ ] key, because you look at
the panel from below.
5.2.3 Adjusting the LED Intensity
Proceed as follows to adjust the intensity of the LEDs on the panel:

2. Press [S3] LED Display.
The intensity can be adjusted in six steps. The current intensity is indicated by the asterisks (*) and
dots on the LCD.
3. Use the [ ] or [ ] key to increase the lighting intensity.
Use the [ ] or [ ] key to reduce the lighting intensity.
5.2.4 Adjusting the Background Lighting (Bridge Panel Only)
In case of the DAP 2200 Bridge, also the background lighting of the keys can be adjusted, i.e. the lighting
of the keys. Proceed as follows:
2. Press [S4] Background.
The intensity can be adjusted in six steps. The current intensity is indicated by the asterisks (*) and
dots on the LCD.
3. Use the [ ] or [ ] key to increase the lighting intensity.
Use the [ ] or [ ] key to reduce the lighting intensity.
68 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.3 Basic Panel Operation
5.3 Basic Panel Operation
This section provides information regarding navigating through MOS 2200 functions and menus. It
explains how to call up functions, how to access information, and how to use the controls and display
elements of the panels.
5.3.1 Softkeys
The panels have four softkeys, which are located just below the display. The softkeys are only used in
some modes, and they serve for varying purposes. When enabled, the function of a key is shown on the
display in the following way:
1
2
3 │S│<soft │S│<soft │S│<soft │S│<soft
4 │1│keytxt>│2│keytxt>│3│keytxt>│4│keytxt>
Fig. 5-3 Softkeys on a DAP 2200
The current function of the softkeys is shown in line 3 and 4. Line 1 and 2 can contain additional infor-
mation, depending on the current functional mode. On the Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation, line 3 and
4 are displayed only.
The <softkey txt> identifies the function of the softkey. If more than four functions are available for a mode
the softkey text for [S4] will be "MORE". When you press [S4], then the panel will display the next set of
softkeys.
5.3.2 [ESC] Key
The [ESC] key is a general quit or exit key. When you press [ESC], this will generally take you one step
up (backwards) in the tree structure (see 5.3.6 below) of the menus and functions. The current operation
is cancelled. If you press [ESC] while entering a numeric value, the value entered is discarded. If you
press [ESC] again after having cancelled all functions, then the buzzer will sound to indicate that it is no
longer useful to press [ESC].
5.3.3 [ENT] Key

The [ENT] key is the key used to accept or confirm input or a message. [ENT] is e.g. used to accept a
numeric value entered.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 69

5.3 Basic Panel Operation Operating Instructions
5.3.4 Arrow Keys
The functions of arrow keys on the panel keypad (up [ ], down [ ], left [ ], and right [ ]) depend on the
current functional mode. In some cases they will be used to step through list or menus, in other cases
they will be used to select items or set values. This will be indicated in the specific descriptions.
Navigating Through Lists

Some of the lists, e.g. the Alarm List, displayed in the MOS 2200 may be too long to fit the four-line and
particularly the two-line LCDs. This is indicated by the and/or icons in the top right corner of the
LCD. Scrolling in such lists is not possible. You must press the [ ] and [ ] keys repeatedly to step
through lists. Scrolling by pressing and holding a button is not possible.
When you reach the end of a list, some lists will behave like a continuous conveyor belt and just start
from the beginning again. In case of other lists, the end of the list will be indicated by a text like
"<END OF LIST>" and in the top right corner of the display only the icon will be displayed. If you still
continue to press the [ ] key, then the buzzer will sound to remind you of the end of the list. This will also
happen at the start of the list.
5.3.5 [STOP HORN] & [ALARM ACKN] Keys
Never stop the horn and acknowledge parameters with the only aim to
silence the system. Ensure that alarms are handled properly and thor-
oughly.
Pressing [STOP HORN] causes the buzzer in the panel to stop except when it has been started by an
All Operators Call, see 5.17.3 P r o c e s s i n g a n A l l O p e r a t o r s C a l l on page 130. After having pressed the
[STOP HORN] key, you can use the [ALARM ACKN] key on the Watch Station (and only there) to
acknowledge the unacknowledged alarms. If several new alarms are present, it is necessary to press the
[ALARM ACKN] key a number of times as you are only allowed to acknowledge one alarm at a time.
5.3.6 Function Keys
The panel functions are implemented as a number of operating modes, which are selected using dedi-
cated keys on the keypad. The only exception is the Basic mode. This mode is entered whenever the
MOS 2200 is reset or when you press [ESC], possibly repeatedly.
The dedicated function keys for the functions and features of the system are located on the left side of
the panel. The function of the keys are predefined and do not vary. Using the function keys you can
immediately access a specific function or mode in the MOS 2200. The available keys on a panel depend
on the available functional modes of that particular panel. When one of the function keys is pressed, the
LED on the key will be illuminated for as long as the selected function is active. When pressing one of
the function keys the panel will enter the selected functional mode immediately, regardless of the current
status of the panel.
70 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.3 Basic Panel Operation
The following table lists the available function keys:
Available at Functional Mode Key Description

DAP 2200, LOP Basic mode No dedicated key See section 5.7 on page 77.
DAP 2200, LOP Alarm List [ALARM LIST] See section 5.8 on page 78.
DAP 2200, LOP Additional list [ADD. LISTS] See section 5.9 on page 79.
DAP 2200, LOP Display channel [DISPLAY CHANNEL] See section 5.10 on page 82.
DAP 2200, LOP Adjust channel [ADJUST CHANNEL] See section 5.10.6 on page 87.
DAP 2200 which can Watch Selection [WATCH] See section 5.11 on page 92.
be Watch Station
DAP 2200 Duty Call func- [DUTY] See section 5.12 on page 95.
tions
DAP 2200, LOP Assist Call [ASSIST CALL] See section 5.13 on page 103.
DAP 2200 which can Printer Control [PRINTER CONTROL] See section 5.14 on page 106.
be Watch Station
DAP 2200, LOP Maintenance [MAINTENANCE] See section 5.15 on page 116.
DAP 2200 which can Deadman mode [DEADMAN] See section 5.16 on page 124.
be Watch Station
Table 5-1 Operator panel functions and function keys
The functional modes are organised in a tree structure, like a menu in a software application on a PC.
For an overview of the functional modes and menus behind the function keys, please refer to chapter 10
Q u i c k R e f e r e n c e – F u n c t i o n a l M o d e s a n d M e n u s o f P a n e l s on page 275.
When one of the functional modes is selected the presentation on the LCD of the panel starts at level 1
of the structure. From this point the operator is guided through the tree structure by means of text and
softkeys. The following figure shows the simple structure of the Dimmer menu:
DIMMER
SELECT
DIMMER FUNCTION
LCD Display View Angle LED Display Background

Fig. 5-4 Example menu path of a functional mode – Dimmer
In the figure, the Background item is greyed out to indicate that this function is only available on Bridge
panels.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 71

5.4 Entering Values on DAP 2200 Panels Operating Instructions
5.4 Entering Values on DAP 2200 Panels
Some of the MOS 2200 functions require input of alphanumeric values, times, or dates. The procedure
of entering such values is described in the following sections.
5.4.1 Entering Alphanumeric Values
Some MOS 2200 functions require input of alphanumeric values. The procedure is the very much the
same as when you enter text for a short message (SMS) on your mobile phone without using the any
input aids (e.g. T9). So, if the value contains alphabetic characters, you have to press the respective
numeric key repeatedly until the desired letter is displayed. For example, to enter a "P", you have to press
the numeric key [6] twice, and to enter the letter "X" you have to press the numeric key [8] 4 times. If you
want to enter the same digit or letter again, you have to move the cursor using the [ ] key. Otherwise,
the desired number would not be entered twice in a row but the digit on that position would be replaced
by the respective letter.
For example, if you want to display the channel parameters of a specific monitoring channel, you can call
up the channel by entering the channel ID which is an alphanumeric value which may consist of up to 8
characters. Press [DISPLAY CHANNEL] and then [S3] (see 5.10.1 on page 82), then the system prompts
for input of the alphanumeric channel ID. The cursor is always placed on the first character position on
the left. In case of the channel ID, the ID of the last channel displayed is output as default value. To enter
a new ID, just overwrite that default value.
Input Example
For example, if you want to enter the value "1442A", proceed as follows:
1. Press numeric key [1] once.
The cursor will automatically move to the next position, i.e. the "4" is entered as second digit from the
left.
3. Press the [ ] key to move the cursor one position to the right.
If you do not press the arrow key but just press key [4] a second time, then the letter "J" will be
entered at the second position.
If you press the [ ] key to move the cursor one position to the right, this will not cause input errors but
it is not required because the next digit in the example is not 4.
The cursor will automatically move to the next position so that the "2" is entered at the correct position
behind the second 4.
6. Press numeric key [1] twice.
The cursor will automatically move to the next position, and the "A" is entered at the last position.
7. Press [ENT] to confirm the input.
NOTE:
When you overwrite a default value which is longer than the value you wish to enter, then you
might have to delete the last digits or characters of the default value by overwriting it with
SPACE, i.e. you have to press [0] twice.
72 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.4 Entering Values on DAP 2200 Panels
5.4.2 Entering Time Values
Time values are entered in the format HH:MM (or HH:MM:SS). The 24 hour format applies. Thus,
11:30 pm must be entered as 23:30. Example for a prompt to enter a time:
ENTER NEW TIME : 09:30:00
The cursor is positioned on the first digit on the left. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired time. For
example, to enter 23:30, press the numeric keys [2], [3], [3] and then press [ENT]. The cursor will auto-
matically step to the next digit.
Alternatively, you can use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor to a specific digit, and you can use
the [ ] and [ ] keys to adjust the value of the digit highlighted by the cursor. When you attempt to adjust
an invalid value, the buzzer will sound.
Notes on Input Errors

If you attempt to enter completely meaningless time values, e.g. 49:00, the panel will already reject the
"4" as first digit. However, if you attempt to enter 29:00, the system will automatically correct the input to
"19:00", i.e. the second digit is assumed to be correct. This also applies to the attempt to enter "24:00"
which is automatically changed to "14:00". Midnight must be entered as "00:00".
5.4.3 Entering Date Values
Date values are entered in the format MM.DD (or YY.MM.DD). Example for a prompt to enter a date:
ENTER NEW DATE : 08.10.01
The cursor is positioned on the first digit on the left. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired date. For
example, to enter 12 November 2008, press the numeric keys [0], [8], [1], [1], [1], [2], and then press
[ENT]. Only the last two difits of the year are entered. The cursor will automatically step to the next digit
while entering the numbers.
Alternatively, you can use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor to a specific digit, and you can use
the [ ] and [ ] keys to adjust the value of the digit highlighted by the cursor.
Notes on Input Errors

If you attempt to enter completely meaningless values, e.g. 25-49-38, the panel will reject the date
entered and output an error message:
*** DATE NOT VALID - PRESS [ESC] ***
Press [ESC] and enter the correct date.

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 73

5.5 Selecting Alarm Systems Operating Instructions
5.5 Selecting Alarm Systems
In system configurations (see 2.5 on page 30) which include only one alarm system, this step is skipped.
However, in system configurations which include multiple alarm systems, in many cases you will be
prompted to select a specific alarm system when you select one of the main functional modes on the
panel. For example, when you press [ALARM LIST] on a DAP 2200 which is configured to have display
rights for all four alarm systems, the LCD displays the available alarm systems in the following way:
1 SELECT ALARM SYSTEM:

2 <alm> <alm> <alm> <alm>
3 │S│ <AL │S│ <AL │S│ <AL │S│ <AL
4 │1│ 1> │2│ 2> │3│ 3> │4│ 4>
Fig. 5-5 Selecting an alarm system
In the figure <AL 1> to <AL 4> identify the different alarm systems, and <alm> indicates the number of
present and unacknowledged alarms within each alarm system.
Example:
1 SELECT ALARM SYSTEM

2 17 2 6
3 │S│MACH │S│BRIDGE │S│CARGO
4 │1│ALM SYS│2│ALM SYS│3│ALM SYS
Fig. 5-6 Selecting an alarm system – example
Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system. For example, you can press [S1] to view all 17
machinery alarms:
1 17 Alarms AlARM LIST MACH ALM SYS ↑↓

2 *M.E. SEA WATER COOL OUTLET TEMP HIGH
3 *CARGO PUMP 1 LEAKAGE ALM
4 *M.E. FUEL OIL INLET PRESSURE LOW
Fig. 5-7 Alarm List – example
The arrow keys in the top right corner indicate that you can use the [ ] and [ ] arrow keys to step
through the Alarm List and to view all entries. The youngest alarm is shown on the bottom line. When
you press [ ], the end of the list will be indicated by <END OF LIST>. For more information, refer to
74 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.6 Password Protection – Privileged Access
5.6 Password Protection – Privileged Access
Some of the panel functions are password-protected. In such cases, you will be prompted to enter a
password of a specific level. An operator panel can operate in four privileged access levels. Various sub-
functions of the main functional modes require that you enter the password of the respective level.
NOTE:
Password-protected functions have a timer function. After entering a password, the panel will
enter the desired functional mode and the LED of the related key will flash. If you do not
press any key for a while, for safety reasons, the LED will stop flashing and the panel will
automatically return to a level in the functional modes which is not password-protected. That
means, the panel would behave as if [ESC] was pressed. In such cases, you will have to
repeat the password input.
If the panel prompts for, e.g., password level 1, then the panel will also accept passwords of higher levels.
So, for level 1, the panel will accept the passwords of levels 1, 2, 3, or 4. In case password level 2 is
prompted for, at least the level 2 password is required, but also level 3 and 4 passwords will work.
During everyday operation the operator panel is used for, e.g., alarm acknowledgement, display of
alarms, display of channel set up, i.e. functions which do not require privileged mode. The four privileged
levels serve for the following purposes:
• 1st privileged access level is used for, e.g., adjustment of alarm delays and making manual Cut-
Outs.
• 2nd privileged access level is used when more advanced changes are required. For example change
of the printer setup.
• 3rd privileged access level is available for control/adjustments of the deadman alarm system(s).
• 4th privileged access level is reserved for very special functions and to change passwords.
NOTE:
The passwords configured during customisation will be handed out to you together with
these operating instructions. Changing passwords is described in section 5.15.8 on page 122.
Changing passwords requires the password of the respective next higher privilege level.
Except is level 4 which requires level 4.
5.6.1 Entering a Password
When you select a function which requires a password, the password prompt is output on the LCD. It
indicates the required password level (1-4). Example:
ENTER PASSWORD - LEVEL 2: **

Fig. 5-8 Entering a password on a DAP 2200
You can press [ESC] at any stage while entering a password. The system will then return to the mode in
which it was operating just before the password entry began. Use the numeric keys and softkeys to enter
the complete password. The cursor is placed on the first position of the password to be entered. The input
is hidden. That means that every time you press a key (except [ENT] or [ESC]), the cursor will move one
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 75

5.6 Password Protection – Privileged Access Operating Instructions
position to the right and an asterisk (*) is output in the line. Press [ENT] to confirm your input. If the pass-
word consists of 6 digits, then you do not have to press [ENT]. The display will switch to the desired func-
tion automatically after you have entered the correct sixth digit.
If the password is correct, the panel enters the corresponding password-protected mode or function, and
you can continue your operation. If the password is not correct, e.g., if you pressed the wrong keys or if
you pressed too many keys, the LCD displays:
ILLEGAL PASSWORD HAS BEEN ENTERED!
ENTER PASSWORD - LEVEL 2:
Fig. 5-9 Error message after of incorrect password
Just repeat the input, and press [ENT] to confirm the input.
NOTE:
If the error message is displayed repeatedly although you are sure you entered the correct
password, it might be that the password was changed. So if in doubt, ask you supervisor for
changed passwords.
76 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.7 Basic Mode (DAP 2200, LOP)
5.7 Basic Mode (DAP 2200, LOP)
On power-up (see section 5.1 on page 65), of the panel, or reset of the FPD, the Basic mode will auto-
matically be selected. You can select the Basic mode at any time by pressing [ESC], possibly repeatedly.
In Basic mode, the panel displays:
Example:
1 * 12 ALARMS (M,B,C) CH(s) SUPP.

Fig. 5-10 Alarms displayed in Basic mode
The LOP will only display unacknowledged alarms present in the FPD to which the LOP is connected.
The Basic display shows:
• First Line:
If there is an asterisk (*) at the beginning of the first line, this indicates that there are unacknowl-
edged alarms in the MOS 2200.
• First line:
Total number of alarms, regardless of whether the alarms have already been acknowledged or not
• First line:
Alarm systems for which the panel has access rights, indicated by a single character. In a standard
configuration (can be customised, see 2.5 on page 30), the letters will have the following meaning:
M = Machinery alarms
B = Bridge alarms
C = Cargo alarms
R = Reefer alarms
• First line:
If Manual Cut-Outs or simulated values are present, this is indicated by the text "CH(s) SUPP." on
the LCD.
• Second line onward:
Unacknowledged alarm(s), if any.
The latest (youngest) alarm is displayed in the bottom line. If there are more than 3 alarms, the fourth
alarm will not be displayed on the LCD. To view all alarms, check the alarm list, see section 5.8 on
page 78.
The asterisk (*) at the beginning of a line indicates that the alarm is unacknowledged.
For details on the respective alarm message texts, please refer to the relevant order documents.
NOTE:
The individual messages are longer than the lines of the LCD. Use the [ ] and [ ] arrow keys
to display the respective hidden parts of the messages, e.g. to find out the ID number of the
PLC (FPD) an alarm belongs to.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 77

5.8 Alarm List (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
5.8 Alarm List (DAP 2200, LOP)
When you press [ALARM LIST], the panel enters the Alarm List mode. If more than one alarm system is
available, you will be prompted to select the desired alarm system, see section 5.5 on page 74. The
Alarm List LED is on, when the panel operates in the Alarm List mode. The LCD displays, e.g.:
1 17 Alarms AlARM LIST MACH ALM SYS ↑↓

Fig. 5-11 Alarm List displayed on a DAP 2200
The Alarm List includes all present and unacknowledged alarms, see also sections 3.7 A l a r m A n n o u n c e -
m e n t a n d A c k n o w l e d g e m e n t on page 45 and 3.11 H o w A l a r m s A r e I n d i c a t e d o n P a n e l s on page 53. Duty
Alarm Panel Accommodation and LOP will display line 1 and 2 only. The alarms are listed in chronolog-
ical order. In the figure above, "M.E. FUEL OIL PRESSURE" is the youngest. The Alarm List shows:
• First line:
Total number of alarms, regardless of whether the alarms have already been acknowledged or not
• First line:
Name of the selected list: "ALARM LIST".
• First line:
Name of the selected alarm system: "MACH ALM SYS".
• First line:
If the text "CH(s) SUPP." is displayed on the LCD, this indicates that Manual Cut-Outs are present
in the MOS 2200, regardless of any alarm.
• First line:
The two arrows in the example indicate that you can use the [ ] and [ ] arrow keys to step through
the Alarm List and to view all entries.
• Second line onward:
The latest alarm(s), if any.
The respective latest (youngest) alarm is displayed in the bottom line.
The asterisk (*) at the beginning of a line indicates that the alarm is unacknowledged.
NOTE:
The individual messages are longer than the lines of the LCD. Use the [ ] and [ ] arrow keys
to display the respective hidden parts of the messages, e.g. to find out the ID number of the
PLC (FPD) an alarm belongs to.
Using the [ ] and [ ] keys, you can page through the display so that the previous or next 3 alarms in
the list are displayed. [ ] will display older alarms, and [ ] will display newer alarms. When you reach
the start/end of the list, this is indicated by the text:
<START OF LIST>
or
<END OF LIST>
If no alarms are present in the list, the number of alarms is 0 and the line(s) used to display the alarm(s)
are blank.
78 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.9 Displaying Various Lists (DAP 2200, LOP) [ADD. LISTS]
5.9 Displaying Various Lists (DAP 2200, LOP) [ADD. LISTS]
Using the [ADD. LISTS] key, you can display various lists such as
• Cut-Out Lists (Suppressed):
Simulated channels
Manual Cut-Outs
Automatic Cut-Outs
• Sensor and device fail lists
• Specific Alarm Lists:
Alarms of priority 1
Alarms of Priority 1 and 2
All Alarms
The selection procedure is very similar on all panel types. However, on LOPs, when you press [ADD.
LISTS] you have to select first, whether the desired list shall be limited to the local PLC or if it shall cover
the entire system:
1 SELECT LOCAL OR GLOBAL LIST:

2
3 │S│LOCAL │S│ENTIRE
4 │1│PLC │2│SYSTEM
Fig. 5-12 Add. Lists – selecting a list
If you select [S1] Local PLC, then only information are displayed which are related to the FPD the panel
belongs. If you select [S2] Entire System, then all alarms, cut-outs etc. of the entire MOS 2200 are
displayed. However, in this case, it is not possible to acknowledge alarms related to other FPDs.
The remaining steps are the same for all panel types. You will be prompted to select the desired type of
list you wish to display:
1 SELECT LIST TYPE:

2 18 0 20
3 │S│SUP- │S│FAIL │S│ALARMS
4 │1│PRESSED│2│ │3│
Fig. 5-13 Add. Lists – selecting a list
The numbers in line 2 of the display indicate the total number of entries in the respective lists.
5.9.1 Suppressed – Manual & Automatic Cut-Outs and Simulations (DAP 2200, LOP)
The Manual & Automatic Cut-Out Lists show all monitoring channels for which alarms are manually or
automatically suppressed. The list of simulated monitoring channels shows all channels the output values
of which are simulated by manually entered values. See also section 3.8 on page 47. Proceed as follows:
1. Press [ADD. LISTS].
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 79

5.9 Displaying Various Lists (DAP 2200, LOP) [ADD. LISTS] Operating Instructions
2. If you are working on a LOP, select [S1] Local PLC or [S2] Entire System.
3. Select [S1] Suppressed.
4. Use the softkeys to select the desired list:
[S1]: Simulated (list of simulated monitoring channels)
[S2]: Manual Cutout (Manual Cut-Out List)
[S3]: Auto-Cutout (Automatic Cut-Out List)
If a monitoring channel is both automatically and manually cut-out it will be presented in the Manual
Cut-Out List. If an alarm channel is unacknowledged, it will be shown in the Alarm List, regardless of
the Cut-Out status. It will not be displayed in the Cut-Out List until it has been acknowledged.
5. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system.
The following example shows the Automatic Cut-Out List for the machinery alarm system:
1 * 18 Automatic Cut-outs MACH. ALM Sys ↑↓

2 M.E. EXH. GAS DEV TEMP CYL. 1 NORM
Fig. 5-14 Automatic Cut-Out List – example
In the example, 18 Automatic Cut-Outs are present. The asterisk (*) in line 1 indicates that unacknowl-
edged alarms are present in the respective alarm system. For descriptions on how to display and activate
the manual Cut-Out status in the channel parameters of a monitoring channel, refer to sections 5.10.3 to
5.10.6.
5.9.2 Fail – List of Sensor and Device Failures
The Sensor and Device Failure lists show alarm messages related to sensors and other equipment in the
MOS 2200. Proceed as follows:
3. Select [S2] Fail.
[S1]: Sensor Fail
[S2]: Device Fail
The following example shows the Device Fail list for the machinery alarm system:
1 9 Device Fails MACH. ALM Sys ↑↓

2 MODULE A4054 (AAM401) ERROR ?
3 PCS ALARM / POWER FAIL ?
4 EGS2200 COMM. ERROR ?
Fig. 5-15 Device Fail list – example
80 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.9 Displaying Various Lists (DAP 2200, LOP) [ADD. LISTS]
5.9.3 Alarms – Specific Alarm Lists
This is very much the same as the Alarm List mode called up using the [ALARM LIST] key, see section
5.8 on page 78. However, using the [ADD. LISTS] key you can specifically look up alarms of priority 1,
priority 1+2 alarms, or all alarms, see also 3.7.2 A l a r m P r i o r i t i e s on page 46. This is indicated accord-
ingly in the first line of the display.
Proceed as follows:
3. Select [S3] Alarms.
[S1]: priority 1 alarms only
[S2]: alarms of priority 1 and 2
[S3]: all alarms (same list as the Alarm List output using the [ALARM LIST] key)
The following example shows the Prio 1 Alarm list for the machinery alarm system:
1 4 Alarm Prio 1 MACH. ALM Sys ↑↓

2 ME SHUTDOWN ACTIVE
3 ME SHUTDOWN PREWARNING
4 ME EMERGENCY STOP
Fig. 5-16 Prio 1 Alarm list – example
The selected list is displayed. The type of alarm displayed (prio 1 in the example) is indicated in the first
line. In principle, the actual list is the same for all variants, see section 5.8 on page 78. Only the set of
alarms looked up varies.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 81

5.10 Display Channel (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
5.10 Display Channel (DAP 2200, LOP)
In Display Channel mode you can view and edit details on individual monitoring channels, e.g. when an
alarm of a monitoring channel is displayed in the Alarm List, or after you have selected a specific channel.
For example, you can look up the high and low limits of values such as the engine’s cylinder temperature
or the current actual temperatures of the cylinders. To enter the Display Channel, press the [DISPLAY
CHANNEL] key while the panel is in Basic mode. The Display Channel LED on the panel will then be on.
The following is displayed on the LCD:
1 USER ID: 14020

2
3 │S│ STEP │S│ STEP │S│ USER
4 │1│ ALL │2│ ANALOG│3│ ID
Fig. 5-17 Display Channel mode on a DAP 2200
1 USER ID: 14020

2 │1│ ALL │2│ ANALOG│3│ ID
Fig. 5-18 Display Channel mode on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation
When the display in the figures above is called up, the User ID, which is sometimes also referred to as
channel number, is initially set to the last selected ID. In the example above, the User ID is 14020.
Selecting a channel
You can select an alarm channel to be displayed by
• Entering a channel identifier (in Display Channel mode, see section 5.10.1),
• Selecting a channel from the list of analog channels (in Display Channel mode, see section 5.10.2),
• Selecting a channel from a list of all alarm channels (in Display Channel mode see section 5.10.2),
or alternatively, by
• Selecting a channel when it is displayed, for example from the Alarm List, see section 5.10.3.
Viewing and Adjusting Channel Parameters
Viewing and Adjusting Channel Parameters is described in sections 5.10.4 and 5.10.6.
5.10.1 Selecting a Channel by Entering the Channel ID
Proceed as follows to select an alarm channel by entering the user ID (see also 3.4.1 on page 41):
1. Press [DISPLAY CHANNEL].

The panel enters the Display Channel mode.
2. Press [S3] to select the channel by entering the user ID.
The user ID is a text string which consist of 8 alphanumeric characters.
The cursor is placed on the first character position on the left.
3. Enter the desired channel number.
82 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.10 Display Channel (DAP 2200, LOP)
See also section 5.4.1 on page 72.

4. When you have entered the desired channel, confirm it by pressing [ENT].
If the channel number entered is invalid, i.e. the MOS 2200 does not have an alarm channel with the
ID entered, the LCD displays an error message. In that case, press [ESC] to repeat the input.
The channel parameters of the selected alarm channel will now be displayed on the LCD, see section
5.10.4.
5.10.2 Selecting a Channel by Stepping Through Lists (Step Analog or Step All)
To select a channel from a list of, e.g., all or all analog alarms proceed as follows:
1. Press [DISPLAY CHANNEL].
The panel enters the Display Channel mode.
2. Use softkey [S2] Step Analog to call up a list of all analog channels which are defined in the system.
Alternatively, select [S1] Step All to step through all alarm channels which are defined in the system,
both analog and binary.
1 <chn id> <channel text>

2 PRESS [LEFT] FOR PREV., [RIGHT] FOR NEXT
3
4
Fig. 5-19 Stepping through the channels
3. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the list of channels.

<chn id> and <channel text> identify the channel by means of the channel’s User ID and the respec-
tive description text.
4. When the channel to be displayed appears on the LCD, select the channel by pressing the [ENT] key.
5.10.4.
5. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the list of channel details.
The text "END OF DISPLAY CHANNEL" indicates the end of the list.
If you press [ESC] while the panel displays channel details, the panel returns to the Select Channel
display. If you press [ESC] again, the panel will return to Basic mode.
5.10.3 Selecting a Channel from an Alarm or Cut-Out List
Proceed as follows to select a channel from an Alarm List, Cut-Out List or similar:
1. For example, press [ALARM LIST].

If required, select the desired alarm system.
2. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the list until the alarm of the desired alarm channel is dis-
played.
3. While the panel displays that alarm, press [DISPLAY CHANNEL].
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 83

The cursor is placed on the first alarm:
1 SELECT CHANNEL TO BE DISPLAYED:

2 █M.E. LUBOIL INLET TEMP NORM
3 M.E. SEA WATER COOL INLET TEMP HIGH
Fig. 5-20 Selecting a channel for display when 3 alarms are displayed
4. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor which highlights the respective line.
You can only choose between the alarms currently displayed. If you wish to continue stepping through
the Alarm List, you have to press [ESC] and then open the Alarm List again.
5. Press [ENT] to select the highlighted channel.
5.10.4.
5.10.4 Viewing Channel Parameters
When you select a channel (see sections 5.10.1 to 5.10.3), the LCD displays, e.g.:
1 *M.E. SEA WATER COOL INLET TEMP HIGH

2 45.5 DEG.C HIGH 45.5 LOW 0.0
3
4
Fig. 5-21 Selected channel showing details on an alarm
In the above example, the analog value for a channel is displayed together with the high and the low
alarm limits. Using the [ ] and [ ] keys when a channel parameter is selected you can step through the
channels defined in the system, displaying that specific parameter. This function makes it easy, e.g., to
compare the individual cylinder temperatures of the main engine.
Using the [ ] and [ ] keys you can page through the different parameters in the channel setup. The
available parameters are shown in the following table.The table below shows the parameters of a
standard-type analog monitoring channel. The differences regarding a binary channel are explained for
the relevant parameters.
84 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

NOTE:
Please note that depending on the type of monitoring channel, not all of the parameters will
be displayed.
Line No. Representation on the LCD
1 <simulation flag> <unackn. flag> <channel name> <status>

This line is locked and will always be displayed as first line. If the channel’s value is a simu-
lated value, then the line is preceded by the simulation flag "S". If there is an unacknowl-
edged alarm, this is indicated by an asterisk (*) as unacknowledged flag. The <channel
name> is the text description of the monitoring channel. The <status> indicates the alarm
status of the channel, e.g. NORM, ALM, NORM/CA (cut-out).
2 <channel ID> <output value> <engineering unit> <status message>

Only for analog channel types, the <output value> is displayed together with the engineering
unit, e.g. 112°C. The status message can be, e.g. "COMM. ERR", "NORMAL", or "CUT-
OUT", depending on the message text defined during customisation.
3 LOCAL TIME : <date> <time>

Current date and time when calling up the display. Format: YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
4 L1: <alarm/event trigger function> <limit val.> <alarm prio.>

Definition of the low/high alarm limit for the channel including the name of the function used
to analyse whether the channel must be set to an alarm status, the applicable limit value,
and the alarm priority in case of an alarm.
In case of a binary channel, there is no limit value.

Definition of the high high or low low alarm limit for the channel. See L1 above.
L2 does not exist for binary channels.

Definition of a third high/low limit. See L1 above.
7 L1: DELAY (SEC) ON: <seconds> OFF: <seconds>

Definition of the alarm delay. If, e.g. "1" is displayed for both ON and OFF, then an alarm will
be caused if the output value of the monitoring channel falls below the lower limit value for
more than 1 second. If it exceeds the lower limit again for more than 1 second, then the
alarm will return to NORMAL again.

Definition of the alarm delay. If, e.g. "1" is displayed for both ON and OFF, then an alarm will
be caused if the output value of the monitoring channel exceeds the upper limit value for more
than 1 second. If it falls below the upper limit again for more than 1 second, then the alarm
will return to NORMAL again.

Definition of the alarm delay. See L2 above. L3 does not exist for binary channels.
10 CUT-OUT: MAN: <ON/OFF>

Status indicating whether the channel currently is manually cut out (ON) or not (OFF). See
also section 3.8 on page 47. An automatic Cut-Out set up during customisation (see 2.5 on
page 30) would be displayed here.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 85

Line No. Representation on the LCD
11 SIMULATION : OFF
Simulation status. ON = the value of the monitoring channel is simulated by manually
entered values. See sections 3.8 and section 5.10.8 on page 89.
12 TYPE : <channel type>

Channel type, e.g. ANALOG, ENUMERATED, etc. See section 3.2 on page 32.
13 ALARM GROUPS: <no.> - <no.> -

The IDs of the channel group(s) the monitoring channel belongs to. ’-’ means unassigned.
14 ALARM SYSTEM: <alarm system name>

The alarm system the monitoring channel belongs to, e.g. "MACH. ALM SYS" for machinery
alarm system.
15 IN DATALOG : <YES/NO>
Logging status. This indicates whether the monitoring channel is included in the Datalog.
16 MAIN INPUT : <input description an ID>

Source data of the main input of the monitoring channel, the connection terminal.
Example: "SENSOR INPUT 01/00/02/02"
In the example, the numbers indicate:

01 = ID number of the PLC
00 = analog channel (10 would be digital branch no. 1, 11 digital branch no. 2, ...)
02 = 2nd module
02 = 2nd channel
17 / 18 ADD / SUBTRACT : <channel designation> or: CONSTANT

Whether the lines are displayed depends on the concrete type of monitoring channel config-
ured, i.e. whether it represents an output value which is the result of an operation like addi-
tion or subtraction of two or more channel output values.
For digital values, logical operations (AND/OR) are possible.
19 END OF DISPLAY CHANNEL

Text indicating the end of the parameter list.
Table 5-2 Available channel parameters
If you press [ESC] is while the panel displays a channel parameter the panel returns to the channel selec-
tion display. If you press [ESC] again the panel returns to Basic mode.
5.10.5 Printing Channel Parameters

When viewing the channel paramters of a monitoring channel you can print the parameters of that
channel. Proceed as follows:
1. Select a channel as described in sections 5.10.1 to 5.10.3 so that the panel is in Display Channel
mode.
2. Press the [PRINTER CONTROL] key.
86 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

3. To print the channel parameters of the specific channel, select [S1] Print channel.
The details will be printed immediately.
You can also call up the general printer menu using softkey [S2] Printer Funct. This will lead to the func-
tions described in section 5.14 on page page 106.
5.10.6 Adjusting Channel Parameters
Never adjust parameters, if you are not sure about the consequences of
the changes! For example, if you set a high temperature limit to a very
high value, this might prevent important alarms resulting in damage to
equipment and consequential accidents in operation!
NOTE:
Adjusting channel parameters is not possible on DAP 2200 Accommodation. This is only
possible on the Watch Station.
Adjust Channel is a functional mode which enables the operator to make minor adjustments on the
channel parameters. It can only be used in the context of the Display Channel function on a DAP 2200
which is serving as Watch Station and from the LOP. The [ADJUST CHANNEL] key is only active when
the panel is in the Display Channel mode and a channel parameter which can be adjusted is displayed.
Proceed as follows to adjust a channel parameter:
mode.
2. Press [ADJUST CHANNEL] and enter the required password, see also section see 5.6 on page 75.
Both the Display Channel LED and the Adjust Channel LED start to flash.
3. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the parameters until the cursor flashes on the display:
1 M.E. EXHAUST GAS TEMP CYL. 6 NORM

2 L2: SLOW DOWN HIGH LIMIT 47█ PRIO2
3 L1: DELAY (SEC) ON: 1 OFF: 1
4 L1: DELAY (SEC) ON: 1 OFF: 1
Fig. 5-22 Adjust Channel – example
4. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor to the desired parameter.
5. Press [ENT] to edit that parameter. The LCD displays the input mask for the selected parameter.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 87

Example:
2
3 LIMIT 2 VALUE OLD VALUE: 475
4 NEW VALUE: 450
Fig. 5-23 Entering a new parameter value – example
6. Enter a new value.

If it is an alphanumeric value, enter the value using the numeric keys, see section 5.4.1 on page 72. If
it is a binary value (On/Off), use [ ] and [ ] keys to toggle the new value between On and Off.
7. Press [ENT] to confirm.
You can now edit another parameter or press [ESC] to return to Display Channel or Basic mode.
The following channel parameters can be adjusted from the Duty Alarm Panel Bridge/ECR and LOP:
• High and low alarm limits (analog channels only)
• Manual alarm suppression (Cut-Out) of the channel ( see section 5.10.7 below)
• Time delays
• Simulation (see section 5.10.8 on page 89)
NOTE:
The rights to adjust parameters for a channel are exclusive, i.e. they can be given to only one
panel at a time. Thus, if at a given time someone is adjusting a channel from the DAP 2200
on the bridge, it will not be possible to adjust the same channel from a different panel at that
time. The panel will output a message accordingly. However, adjustments from a LOP for the
respective FPD are possible at all times, and any conflict will only be indicated by a buzzer
sound.
5.10.7 Adjusting Channel Parameters – Manual Cut-Out
Never suppress alarms with the only purpose to stop an alarm which
may repeatedly occur. An alarm is basically meant to draw your atten-
tion to a problem. Be sure that you are aware of the consequences and
possible side-effects of the alarm suppression!
In the MOS 2200 it is possible to suppress (cut out) specific monitoring channels in order to prevent unde-
sired alarms, see section 3.8 on page 47. If you set the Manual Cut-Out to On, then the alarms of the
respective monitoring channel are suppressed. The channel will be listed in the Manual Cut-Out List, see
also section 5.9.1 on page 79. If the monitoring channel was in alarm state, then it must be acknowledged
before suppressing. After suppressing it the alarm status of the monitoring channel is set to NORM/CA
otherwise it will just remain NORM. If you set the Manual Cut-Out to Off, this will result in an alarm if the
channel is in alarm state. The respective alarm is handled as any other alarm.
88 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

NOTE:
It is not possible to set the Manual Cut-Out for a channel to On, if there is an unacknowledged
alarm on the respective monitoring channel. If this is the case you have to acknowledge the
respective alarm first.
NOTE:
A Manual Cut-Out will overrule a simulated value, see 5.10.8 on page page 89.
Proceed as follows:
mode.
2. Press [ADJUST CHANNEL] and enter the required password, see also section 5.6 on page 75.
3. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the parameters until the line of the Cut-Out parameters is
displayed.
4. If required, use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor to the Cut-Out parameter:

2 CUT-OUT: MAN: █FF
3 SIMULATION: OFF
4 Type : ANALOG
Fig. 5-24 Adjust Channel – Manual Cut-Out
5. Press [ENT] to edit the parameter. The LCD displays the input mask for the Cut-Out parameter:

2
3 LIMIT 1 MAN. CUT-OUT OLD VALUE: OFF
4 NEW VALUE: █N
Fig. 5-25 Setting the Cut-Out parameter
6. The default value is On if the current value if Off and vice versa.
You can use the [ ] and [ ] keys to toggle the new value between On and Off.
7. Press [ENT] to confirm the new value.
The Cut-Out status is set accordingly. If the monitoring channel was in alarm state (acknowledged)
when suppressing it, the status of the respective channel is set to NORM/CA.
You can now edit another parameter or press [ESC] to return to Display Channel or Basic mode.
5.10.8 Adjusting Channel Parameters – Simulation

Output values of monitoring channels can also be simulated, e.g. to force an alarm on a specific channel
for fault finding purposes.
NOTE:
When you simulate an output value, this value may result in an alarm on the respective moni-
toring channel. This alarm has to be treated as any other alarm.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 89

NOTE:
A Manual Cut-Out (see section 5.10.7 on page 88) will always overrule a simulated value.
Thus, you cannot generate an alarm by simulating a value if the respective monitoring
channel is suppressed by a Manual (or also by an Automatic) Cut-Out.
Proceed as follows to simulate an output value.

mode.
2. Press [ADJUST CHANNEL] and enter the required password, see also section 5.6 on page 75.
3. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to step through the parameters until the line of the Simulation parameter is
displayed.
4. If required, use the [ ] and [ ] keys to move the cursor to the Cut-Out parameter:

2 CUT-OUT: MAN: OFF
3 SIMULATION: █FF
4 Type : ANALOG
Fig. 5-26 Adjust Channel – Manual Cut-Out
5. Press [ENT] to edit the parameter. The LCD displays the input mask for the Simulation parameter:

2
3 SIMULATION STATE OLD VALUE: OFF
4 NEW VALUE: █N
Fig. 5-27 Setting the Simulation parameter
6. The default value is On if the current value is Off and vice versa.
You can use the [ ] and [ ] keys to toggle the new value between On and Off.
7. Press [ENT] to confirm the new value.
The display automatically switches to the input mask for the value which shall be simulated.

2
3 SIMULATION VALUE OLD VALUE: 0
4 NEW VALUE: 380█
Fig. 5-28 Setting the Simulation value
90 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

8. Enter the desired value and press [ENT]. The LCD displays:
1 S M.E. EXHAUST GAS TEMP CYL. 6 NORM

2 CUT-OUT: MAN: OFF
3 SIMULATION: On Value: 120
4 Type : ANALOG
Fig. 5-29 Adjust Channel – Simulation is On
The value and simulation status are displayed in the channel parameters. Now, this monitoring channel
will have the output value you entered until you stop the simulation again. The "S" in the first line indicates
that the output value of the respective monitoring channel is only simulated. The simulated value is also
displayed as actual value in the channel parameters:
1 S M.E. EXHAUST GAS TEMP CYL. 6 NORM

2 14060 120 °C NORMAL
3 LOCAL TIME : 08-10-07 12:12:23
4 L1 HIGH TEMP HIGH LIMIT 450 PRIO2
Fig. 5-30 Simulated output value
The figure above shows that the 120 °C entered as simulation value are now the actual value of that
monitoring channel. In Basic mode and Alarm List "CH(s) SUPP" will be displayed in the first line to indi-
cate that an output value of a monitoring is suppressed. However, in this case, suppressed means over-
ruled by the simulated value.
When you press [ADJUST CHANNEL] again, then it is also possible that you only change the simulation
value without changing the simulation status. If the simulation value results in an alarm, then the alarm
has to be treated as any other alarm.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 91

5.11 Watch Selection Operating Instructions
5.11 Watch Selection
The [WATCH] key is only available on panels which are not Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation. In the
watch selection main mode, you can select the DAP 2200 as Watch Station (WS), and you can select
between "Attended WS" and "Unattended WS". On the DAP 2200 selected as WS, the Watch LED is
continuously on.
NOTE:
A panel can only be selected as Watch Station if the system is customised (see 2.5 on page
30) for the Selectable Watch Station function.
5.11.1 Select as WS
NOTE:
When using the Select as WS function, then privileges of the Watch Station are always
"fetched", i.e., transferred to the panel on which the function is carried out and which is to
become the Watch Station. Hence, there is no function to deselect a panel as WS. For that
purpose, a different panel needs to be set as WS using the Select as WS function.
This function is only available on DAP 2200s, which during the customisation are specified as being
allowed to be Watch Station. This can be looked up using the [DUTY] key, see 5.12.3 on page 97. In a
standard system, only the DAP 2200 in the ECR may be allowed to be WS. In other systems, e.g., the
ECR, Bridge, and the ship’s office could be selected as WS.
Proceed as follows to make a DAP 2200 a Watch Station:
1. If not done, press [WATCH] on the DAP 2200 you wish to become the Watch Station.
2. Select the desired alarm system using the softkeys. The LCD displays:
1 WATCH STATION : <ws in ctrl >

2 <alarm system>
3 │S│ QUIT │S│SELECT │
4 │1│ │2│AS WS │
Fig. 5-31 Selecting the DAP 2200 as Watch Station
In the figure above, <ws in ctrl> is the present Watch Station, e.g. "ECR I", and <alarm system> indicates
the alarm system the WS is to be selected for, e.g. "MACH ALM SYS".
3. Select [S2] Select as WS.
The watch responsibility is immediately transferred to this DAP 2200. This is indicated by the Watch LED
which is continuously on. The DAP 2200 returns to Basic mode.
92 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.11 Watch Selection
5.11.2 Attended / Unattended WS
The selection of Attended / Unattended Watch Station is a communication between the bridge and the
WS. The selection can be initiated from the WS only, and normally, only when a duty officer/engineer has
been selected. As an alternative, the MOS 2200 can be customised in a way, so that Unattended WS can
be selected without having to select a duty officer/engineer.
NOTE:
In the following selecting the Unattended status is described. The Attended status is selected
by means of the same procedure with the exception that the status is set from Unattended to
Attended.
Proceed as follows to select the Unattended WS status for the WS:

1. If not done, press [WATCH] on the WS.
2. Use the softkeys to select the relevant alarm system. The LCD displays:
1 WATCH STATION : ATTENDED

2 MACH. ALM SYS
3 │S│ │S│SELECT │
4 │1│QUIT │2│UNATT │
Fig. 5-32 Selecting between Attended/Unattended Watch Station
In the figure above, the Attended status is currently selected for the machinery alarm system.
3. Press [S2] Select Unatt.

The WATCH LED starts flashing, and the LCD displays the new unakcnowledged status:
1 WS STATUS CHANGE TO : UNATTENDED

2 MACH. ALM SYS UNACKN
3 │S│
4 │1│QUIT
Fig. 5-33 Status change requested
On the bridge, the buzzer sounds and the Watch LED starts flashing. Now, the bridge has to accept or
reject the requested change. In case you suddenly find out that you do not want the status change, you
can cancel the process as described under C a n c e l S t a t u s C h a n g e f r o m t h e W S ( S t o p C h a n g e ) on page
94.
4. Accept status change on bridge.
On the bridge, [WATCH] has to be pressed. The LCD on the bridge displays:

2 <alarm system>
3 │S│REJECT │S│ACCEPT │
4 │1│CHANGE │2│CHANGE │
Fig. 5-34 Accepting a status change (bridge)
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 93

5.11 Watch Selection Operating Instructions
5. To accept the change, the responsible crew member hat to press [S2] Accept Change.
The Watch LED stops flashing, the buzzer stops, and the DAP 2200 on the bridge returns to Basic
mode.
The WATCH LED on the WS DAP 2200 stops flashing too, and the LCD displays that the status change
has been acknowledged:

2 ACKN
3 │S│
4 │1│QUIT
Fig. 5-35 WS status change acknowledged
If [S1] Quit or [ESC] is pressed on the WS, the DAP 2200 returns to Basic mode without making any
changes.
Rejecting the Status Change on the Bridge
If on the bridge, [S1] Reject Change or [ESC] is pressed, the change request is rejected and the change
is cancelled. The buzzer of the DAP 2200 on the bridge is stopped. The Watch LED stops flashing and
the DAP 2200 returns to Basic mode. The WATCH LED on the requesting WS DAP 2200 continues to
flash, and the buzzer is started.
The LCD displays:
1 ATT/UNATT WS CHANGE IN PROGRESS

2 STATUS CHANGE DENIED
3 │S│QUIT │
4 │1│CHANGE │
Fig. 5-36 Acknowledging WS status change rejection
The operator on the WS DAP 2200 must press [S1] Quit Change in order to acknowledge the rejection.
Cancel Status Change from the WS (Stop Change)

If you suddenly change your mind or otherwise do not want the requested change any more, you can
stop the request by pressing [S1] Stop Change or [ESC]. The WS DAP 2200 then returns to Basic mode
and the Watch LED stops flashing.
If the operator on the bridge has already pressed [WATCH] before you cancelled the change request, the
following is displayed on the bridge:
1 WS STATUS CHANGE TO : <ws stat>

2 CHANGE CANCELLED
3 │S│
4 │1│QUIT
Fig. 5-37 Cancelling WS status change
94 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.12 Duty (not LOP)
The Watch LED continues flashing and the buzzer sound continues (interval beep) until [S1] Quit Change
is pressed. Then the bridge DAP 2200 returns to Basic mode. If the change is stopped from the WS
before the DAP 2200 on the bridge displays the message show in figure 5-37, the Watch LED stops
flashing, the buzzer is stopped and the DAP 2200 remains in its present mode.
5.12 Duty (not LOP)
Using the [DUTY] key you can:

• Display the present status
• Select a duty officer/engineer
• Acknowledge a duty officer/engineer selection
• Select the panel buzzer function
• Select the panel to function as a public room panel
When [DUTY] is pressed the reaction of an operator panel depends on where a panel is located. The
following figure shows the display output when you press [DUTY] on a DAP 2200 placed in a cabin.
1 │S│PANEL │S│SYSTEM
2 │1│SETUP │2│STATUS
Fig. 5-38 Selecting Duty (Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation)
The next figure shows the display output when you press [DUTY] on a DAP 2200 located on the bridge
or in the engine control room.
1 SELECT DUTY FUNCTION

2
3 │S│DEADMAN│S│ALM SYS│S│DUTY │S│BACKUP
4 │1│STATUS │2│STATUS │3│SELECT │4│SELECT
Fig. 5-39 Selecting Duty (DAP 2200)
The softkey [S3] Duty Select is always present on the DAP 2200 from which a duty selection can be initi-
ated. On all other panels the Duty Select function will only be available when a duty selection is in
progress. On cabin panels (DAP 2200), a duty selection of the person related to that panel is the only
case which causes the softkey to appear.
In the following sections, the sub-menus are explained which are displayed when pressing the [DUTY]
key. Please note that not all functions are available at all panels.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 95

5.12 Duty (not LOP) Operating Instructions
5.12.1 Duty – Panel Setup (Cabin Panel)
The Panel Setup sub-menu is only available on DAP 2200 Accommodation. If the panel is customised as
cabin panel, then it can be set to behave as public room panel, e.g. if a crew member wishes to be
informed about everything which would be announced on public room panels. Proceed as described in
the following example:
1. On the cabin panel, press [DUTY].
2. Press [S1] Panel Setup.
3. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system. The LCD displays:
1 │S│ │S│Panel
2 │1│QUIT │2│ PUBLIC
Fig. 5-40 Selecting a panel setup
4. Select [S2] to set the status to PUBLIC ROOM. Then:

All calls and alarms announced in the public rooms will be announced on that panel, and the Duty
LED operates as for a public room panel.
If you wish to return to the Cabin Panel mode, proceed as follows:
1. On the cabin panel, press [DUTY].
2. Press [S1] Panel Setup. The LCD displays:
1 │S│ │S│BUZZER │S│PANEL

2 │1│QUIT │2│ BIP │3│MODE
Fig. 5-41 Resetting a panel setup
Using [S2] you can toggle between the buzzer settings Bip and Continuous buzzer sound as long as the
panel is set to work as public room panel.
3. Select [S3] and use the softkeys to select an alarm system. The LCD displays:
1 │S│ │S│Panel
2 │1│QUIT │2│ CABIN
Fig. 5-42 Resetting a panel setup to cabin panel
4. Select [S2] to reset the panel to work as cabin panel.

96 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

5.12.2 Duty – Panel Setup (Public Room Panel)
The Panel Setup sub-menu is only available on DAP 2200 Accommodation. If the panel is customised as
public room panel, then you can only chose between Bip and Continuous buzzer sound using the Panel
Setup function. Proceed as follows:
1. On the public room panel, press [DUTY].
2. Press [S1] Panel Setup.
3. Select [S2] to set toggle from Bip to Continuous sound or vice versa.
5.12.3 Duty – System Status
To call up the duty system status, proceed as follows:

1. Press the [DUTY] key.
2. Select [S2] System Status.
3. Depending on the configuration, select [S2] ALM SYS Status, and then use the softkeys to select the
alarm system.
The LCD displays:
• Physical location of the WS
• Status of the WS (attended/unattended)
• Duty / backup person: whether selected and, if appl. who is selected
• Panel details: e.g. "Public Room", the name of the crew member in case of cabin panels indicating
the physical location of the pamel, and "Pot. WS", if the panel can be set as Watch Station for the
respective alarm system.
• Buzzer's reaction to an incoming alarm
The LCD output is shown in the figures below. Step through the pages using the [ ] and [ ] keys.
1 WATCH : ECR / UNATTENDED

2 DUTY : 1. ENGINEER
Fig. 5-43 Display status on Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – example 1
1 BUZZER : ON
2 PANEL : CABIN /2ND ENG.

1 BACKUP : 3RD ENGINEER

2
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 97

5.12.4 Duty – Deadman Status
If the MOS 2200 includes one or more deadman alarm systems, you can display the status of the
Deadman system using the [DUTY] key. Proceed as follows:
1. Press the [DUTY] key.
2. Only on DAP 2200 Accommodation: Select [S2] System Status.
3. Select [S1] Deadman Status, and then use the softkeys to select the deadman system.
The LCD displays:
1 UNFIT MACH. AL ↑↓
2 STATUS : OFF
3 BACKUP : CAPTAIN
4 RESET TIME: 6 MIN.
Fig. 5-46 Display deadman status
In the example, the deadman system of the machinery alarm system is deactivated, the reset time would
be 6 minutes. For descriptions on how to activate an reset a deadman system, refer to section 5.16 on
page 124.
5.12.5 Duty – Duty Select
Selecting a duty officer/engineer involves communication between the Watch Station DAP 2200 and the
panel located in the requested duty officer’s/engineer’s cabin. The available options depend on the
persons configured during customisation. Proceed as described in the following example:
1. On the WS DAP 2200, press [DUTY].
2. Press [S3] Duty Select. The LCD displays:
1 SELECT DUTY OFFICER : MACH. ALM SYS

2 SELECTED DUTY OFFICER : 3RD ENG.
3 │S│NO │S│ CHIEF │S│ 2ND ENG.
4 │1│DUTY │2│ │3│
Fig. 5-47 Selecting a duty officer/engineer
In the figure, "3RD ENG." identifies the currently selected person on duty on line 2 of the display. If you
select [S1] No Duty then the currently selected duty engineer is released from duty.
NOTE:
If it is specified during customisation that Unattended WS is allowed only when a duty officer/
engineer is selected, the No Duty softkey is omitted when Unattended WS is selected.
98 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

3. Use the softkeys to select a new duty engineer, e.g. "2ND ENG." to select the Second Engineer.
The buzzer sounds and the Duty LED starts flashing in the following locations:
• On the WS (from where the selection was made, here no buzzer sound)
• On panels operating as public room panels
• In the cabin of the selected engineer, in the example, 2ND ENG.
This depends on configuration. Duty select without acknowledgement is basically also possible.
The WS, on which the request was initiated, displays:
1 DUTY REQUEST - SELECT : 2ND ENG.

2 MACH. ALM SYS UNACKN
3 │S│ STOP │S│ ACKN │
4 │1│SELECT │2│SELECT │
Fig. 5-48 Duty request on the WS
The figure shows the display on the DAP 2200 (WS) when a duty request is started. In figure 5-48, "2ND
ENG." is the person who is selected as requested person to be the duty engineer. The duty request must
now be acknowledged on the panel in the requested person’s cabin. The function of softkey S2 is
described on page 100 under "A c k n o w l e d g i n g t h e D u t y S e l e c t i o n f r o m t h e R e q u e s t i n g P a n e l ".
4. Acknowledging a Duty Request
In the requested engineer’s cabin, [DUTY] must be pressed. The LCD displays:
1 MACH. ALM SYS: DUTY OFFICER REQ

2 PRESS [ENT] TO ACCEPT
Fig. 5-49 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – acknowledge prompt
5. To accept the duty request, the duty engineer presses [ENT].

The buzzer sound in the cabin stops, and the duty engineer’s panel returns to Basic mode. The requested
engineer is now set as duty engineer, and the previous duty engineer (3rd engineer) is deselected. The
panel which initiated the request displays:
1 DUTY REQUEST - SELECT : 2ND ENG.

2 ACKN
3 │S│QUIT
4 │1│
Fig. 5-50 Duty selection acknowledged

The "ACKN" displayed in the 2nd line indicates, that the selection has been acknowledged in the selected
engineer’s cabin.
6. Press [S1] Quit or [ESC] to return to Basic mode and to stop the flashing of the Duty LED.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 99

Display of a Duty Selection in Progress

If [DUTY], is pressed on a panel which is not involved in the ongoing duty selection the panel displays:
1 MACH. ALM SYS : DUTY OFFICER REQUEST

2 SELECTION OF : 2ND ENG.
Fig. 5-51 Duty request on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation not inolved
When [ESC] is pressed, the panel enters Basic mode. By pressing [STOP HORN] the buzzer can be
stopped locally.
Acknowledging the Duty Selection from the Requesting Panel

In case that the MOS 2200 is customised accordingly, the duty selection can be acknowledged directly
from the panel which initiated the request, without acknowledgement from the selected duty person’s
cabin. The procedure is almost the same as the one involving acknowledgement from requested person’s
cabin, see above. Proceed as follows:
2. Press [S3] Duty Select.
3. Use the softkeys to select a new duty person.
If you directly acknowledge the duty person from the requesting panel,
make absolutely sure that the crew member selected as duty is informed
about his/her new role.
4. To confirm the selection press [S2] Ackn Select directly on the WS DAP 2200 you are working on.
The requested officer/engineer is selected as duty /engineer and the previous selected person is
deselected.
Cancelling the Duty Selection from the Requesting Panel

If you press [S1] Stop Select or [ESC] on the WS panel which initiated the Duty Selection request, then
the duty selection procedure is cancelled. The previously selected duty officer/engineer remains on duty,
and the panel enters Basic mode.
5.12.6 Duty – Backup Select

Selecting a backup officer/engineer involves communication between the Watch Station DAP 2200 and
the panel located in the requested backup officer’s/engineer’s cabin. The available options depend on the
persons configured during customisation. Proceed as described in the following example:
2. Press [S4] Backup Select.
100 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

The LCD displays:
1 SELECT BACKUP OFFICER : MACH. ALM SYS

2 SELECTED BACKUP OFFICER: CAPTAIN
3 │S│1ST. │S│2ND.
4 │2│OFF. │3│OFF.
Fig. 5-52 Selecting a backup officer/engineer
In the figure, "CAPTAIN" identifies the currently selected backup officer.

3. Use the softkeys to select a new backup officer, e.g. [S3] 2ND. OFF. to select the Second Officer.
The the buzzer sounds and the Duty LED starts flashing in the following locations:
• On the WS (from where the selection was made, here no buzzer sound)
• On the bridge
• In the cabin of the selected officer, in the example, 2ND. OFF.
The WS, on which the request was initiated, displays:
1 BACKUP REQUEST - SELECT : 2ND. OFFICER

2 BRIDGE ALM SYS UNAKCN
3 │S│ STOP │S│ ACKN │
4 │1│SELECT │2│SELECT │
Fig. 5-53 Backup request on the WS
The figure above shows the display on the DAP 2200 (WS) when a backup request is started. "2ND
OFFICER" is the person who is selected as requested person to be the backup officer. The request must
now be acknowledged on the panel in the requested person’s cabin. The function of softkey S2 is
described on page 102 under "A c k n o w l e d g i n g t h e B a c k u p S e l e c t i o n f r o m t h e R e q u e s t i n g P a n e l ".
4. Acknowledging a Backup Request
In the requested officers cabin, [DUTY] must be pressed.
1 BRIDGE ALM SYS: BACKUP OFFICER REQ

2 PRESS [ENT] TO ACCEPT
Fig. 5-54 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – Backup Select function
5. To accept the backup request, the slected backup officer presses [ENT].
The buzzer sound in the cabin stops, and the duty officer’s panel returns to Basic mode. The requested
officer is now set as backup officer, and the previous backup officer (Captain) is deselected.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 101

The panel which initiated the request displays:
1 BACKUP REQUEST - SELECT : 2ND. OFFICER

2 ACKN
3 │S│
4 │1│QUIT
Fig. 5-55 Backup selection acknowledged
The "ACKN" displayed in the 2nd line indicates, that the selection has been acknowledged in the selected
officer’s cabin.
6. Press [S1] Quit or [ESC] to return to Basic mode and to stop the flashing of the Duty LED.
Display of a Backup Selection in Progress

If [DUTY], is pressed on a panel which is not involved in the ongoing duty selection the panel displays:
1 BRIDGE ALM SYS : BACKUP OFFICER REQUEST

2 SELECTION OF : 2ND. OFFICER
Fig. 5-56 Backup request on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation not involved
When [ESC] is pressed, the panel enters Basic mode. By pressing [STOP HORN] the buzzer can be
stopped locally.
Acknowledging the Backup Selection from the Requesting Panel

In case that the MOS 2200 is customised accordingly, the backup selection can be acknowledged directly
from the panel which initiated the request, without acknowledgement from the selected officer’s/engi-
neer’s cabin. The procedure is almost the same as the one involving acknowledgement from requested
officer’s/engineer’s cabin, see above. Proceed as follows:
2. Press [S4] Backup Select.
3. Use the softkeys to select a new backup officer.
If you directly acknowledge the backup from the requesting panel, make
absolutely sure that the crew member selected as backup is informed
about his/her new role.
4. To confirm the selection press [S2] Ackn Select directly on the WS DAP 2200 you are working on.
The requested officer is selected as backup officer and the previous selected officer is deselected.
102 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.13 Assist Call (DAP 2200, LOP)
Cancelling the Backup Selection from the Requesting Panel

If you press [S1] Stop Select or [ESC] on the WS panel which initiated the Backup Selection request,
then the backup selection procedure is cancelled. The previously selected backup officer/engineer
remains on duty, and the panel enters Basic mode.
5.13 Assist Call (DAP 2200, LOP)
Using the Assist Call function, you can call a specific crew member for help. The Assist Call can be initi-
ated from specified DAP 2200 panels and from the Local Operator Panels (if included in the FPD 2200s).
The available options depend on the system configuration (see section 2.5 on page 30) and on the
current location. For example, when you are in the chief engineer’s cabin, there will be no option to call
the chief engineer for assistance.
5.13.1 Calling One Crew Member for Assistance
In the following example, the 2nd Engineer is called for assistance from the ECR. Proceed as follows:
1. Press [ASSIST CALL] on the DAP 2200 or on the LOP. The LCD displays:
1 SELECT CREW MEMBER TO CALL:

2
3 │S│CALL │S│ALL EN-│S│ALL OF-│S│MORE
4 │1│TO ALL│2│GINEERS│3│FICERS │4│
Fig. 5-57 Calling for assistance
2. Use the softkeys to select the desired crew member or group. In our example, select [S4] More and
then [S2] 2ND. ENG.
This triggers the assist call. The Assist Call LED starts flashing and the buzzer sounds in the following
locations:
• On the bridge
• On all panels operating as Watch Station
• In the cabin of the called crew member
• On the panel from where the call is initiated
(here no buzzer sound)
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 103

5.13 Assist Call (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
You can stop the buzzers locally by pressing [STOP HORN] on the respective panel. The panel
which initiated the call displays:
1 ASSIST CALL :2ND ENGINEER UNACKN

2 CALL TO :ECR I
3
4 PRESS [ENT] TO STOP ASSIST CALL
Fig. 5-58 Assist Call initiated from a DAP 2200
3. Acknowledging an Assist Call

The assist call must be acknowledged on the cabin panel of the person who is called.
If [ASSIST CALL] is pressed in cabin of the called person. The LCD on that panel displays:
1 TO LOCATION : ECR I
2 PRESS [ENT] TO ACKNOWLDEGE ASSIST CALL
Fig. 5-59 Assist Call display in the cabin of the called person
The cabin panel of the called crew member displays the name of the panel from which the assist
call was initiated. In our example, this is the ECR I panel. Thus, the called person will immediately
know where to go.
4. The called crew member acknowledges the call by pressing [ENT].

The buzzer will stop, and the panel in the cabin will return to Basic mode. The calling status
UNACKN on the panel from which the call was initiated, will switch to ACKN to inform the calling
person that the request has been noted:
1 ASSIST CALL :2ND ENGINEER ACKN

2 CALL TO :ECR I
3
4 PRESS [ENT] TO STOP ASSIST CALL
Fig. 5-60 Acknowledged Assist Call on a DAP 2200
5. On the calling panel, press [ENT] to stop the call.

Now, also the Assist Call LEDs will stop flashing on all respective panels.
5.13.2 Calling a Group of Persons for Assistance

Proceed as follows to call a group of crew members or all operators for assistance:
1. Press [ASSIST CALL].
2. Use the softkeys to trigger a call to a group or a call to all crew members:
[S1]: Call To All. This is output on all panels.
104 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.13 Assist Call (DAP 2200, LOP)
[S2]: All Engineers. This is output on all public panels and on the bridge panel.
[S3]: All Officers. This is output on all public panels and on the bridge panel.
3. To stop the individual buzzers, [STOP HORN] must be pressed on the respective panel. The per-
son(s) called have to walk to the calling location:
1 ASSIST CALL : ALL ENGINEERS

Fig. 5-61 Assist call in progress
4. As soon as help has arrived, or in case help is no longer required, the call can be acknowledged on
the calling panel. Press [ENT] to stop the call. This will switch off all Assist Call LEDs and buzzers,
and the respective panels will return to Basic mode.
5.13.3 Display of an Assist Call in Progress
If after an assist call was triggered, [ASSIST CALL] is pressed on a panel which is not directly involved,
e.g. in a public room, the panel displays:
1 ASSIST CALL : 2ND ENGINEER

If the Assist Call was a group call (All Engineers, All Officers, or Call to All) then the panels not directly
involved will display:
1 ASSIST CALL IN PROGRESS

2 PRESS [ESC] TO RETURN TO BASIC MODE
When pressing [ESC], the panel returns to Basic mode. Pressing [STOP HORN] will stop the buzzer
locally.
5.13.4 Stopping the Assist Call from the Calling Panel
The assist call procedure can be stopped at any time by pressing [ENT] on the panel which initiated the
call.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 105

5.14 Printing (WS DAP 2200) Operating Instructions
5.14 Printing (WS DAP 2200)
Using the [PRINTER CONTROL] key you can operate and control the printers which are connected to
the MOS 2200 System. The MOS 2200 works with up to 2 printers: alarm/event printer connected to a
PLC (master) and command printer connected to the PC on the bridge (cannot be operated using DAP).
On the DAP 2200 located at the WS and on the DAP 2200 Bridge you can use the Printer Control func-
tion to print different reports. You can also specify on which of the printers the data shall be printed, adjust
automatic log intervals, etc.
NOTE:
Automatic printouts can be scheduled in the printer configuration,
see section 5.14.3 on page 109.
Depending on the configuration, for example, the following lists can be printed:
• Datalog
• Manoeuvre datalog
• Alarm lists
• Cut-Out Lists
• Failure lists
• Alarm/Event Log
• Select Monitoring Channel
• Changed Monitoring Channels
• Alarm System Report
• Report status
The formats of the lists are described in chapter 9 of these operating instructions.
To access the Printer Control functions, press the [PRINTER CONTROL] key. The available printer
control commands are displayed. The following figures display the available options which are described
in the subsequent sections:
1 SELECT PRINTER FUNCTION:

2
3 │S│ ALARM │S│ADD. │S│PRINTER │S│ MORE
4 │1│ LIST │2│LIST │3│CONFIG │4│
Fig. 5-64 Printer control – display 1
NOTE:
"PRINTER CONFIG" is only available at the WS and requires password level 2 or higher.
106 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.14 Printing (WS DAP 2200)
5.14.1 Alarm List
In order to be able to print the Alarm List report, a printer must be selected for that list, i.e. printing must
not be disabled, see P r i n t e r C o n f i g u r a t i o n – [ S 3 ] C h o o s e P r i n t e r on page 112. Otherwise, an error
message is output. Proceed as follows to print the Alarm List report:
1. If not done, press the [PRINTER CONTROL] key.
2. Select [S1] Alarm List.
3. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system and to print the respective list immediately.
The contents of the Alarm List report are described in section 9.3 on page 263.
5.14.2 Add. List – Printing Cut-Out and Specific Alarm Lists
Using the Add. List option in the printer functions, you can print various lists such as
• Suppressed:
Simulated channels
Manual cut-outs
Automatic cut-outs
• Sensor and device fail lists
• Specific Alarm Lists:
Alarms of priority 1
Alarms of Priority 1 and 2
All Alarms
When you press [PRINTER CONTROL] and then [S2] Add. List, you will be prompted to select the
desired type of list you wish to print:
1 Select List Type:

2
3 │S│SUP- │S│FAIL │S│ALARMS
4 │1│PRESSED│2│ │3│
Fig. 5-65 Selecting a cut-out list
The available options are explained in the following sub-sections.
Add. List – [S1] Suppressed

In order to be able to print one of the Add. Lists, a printer must be selected for the Add. Lists, i.e. printing
must not be disabled, see P r i n t e r C o n f i g u r a t i o n – [ S 3 ] C h o o s e P r i n t e r on page 112. Otherwise, an error

message is output. Proceed as follows to print a Cut-Out List or a list of simulated channels:
2. Select [S2] Add. List.
3. Select [S1] Suppressed.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 107


[S1] Simulated
This will print a report of all channels the output value of which is currently suppressed by replacing
it by a simulated value.
[S2] Manual Cutout
This will print a report of all channels which have been manually suppressed (cut out).
[S3] Auto-Cutout
This will print a report of all channels which have been automatically suppressed (cut out), e.g. by a
specific event.
5. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system. The report will then be printed immediately.
The contents of the reports are described in section 9.4 on page 264.
Add. List – [S2] Fail

message is output. Proceed as follows to print a Device Fail list or Sensor Fail list:
3. Select [S2] Fail.
[S1] Sensor Fail
This will print a report of all channels which do not have an output value because of a defective
sensor which provides a sensor failure alarm.
[S2] Device Fail
This will print a report of all channels which do not have an output value because the assigned input
interface has failed.
The contents of the reports are described in section 9.5 on page 265.
Add. List – [S3] Alarms

message is output. Using this printing function, you can print specifically selected alarms. Proceed as
follows:
3. Select [S3] Alarms.
108 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)


[S1] Prio 1 Alarmsl
This will print a report of all priority 1 alarms for the selected alarm system.
[S2] Prio 1+2 Alarms
For the selected alarm system, this will print a report of all alarms which have alarm priority 1 or 2.
[S3] All
This will print all alarms for the selected alarm system. This is the same list as the Alarm List report,
see section 5.8.
The contents of alarm reports are described in section 9.3 on page 263.
5.14.3 Printer Config
Proceed as follows to adjust the printer configuration:

NOTE:
"PRINTER CONFIG" is only available at the WS and requires the respective password.
See also section see 5.6 on page 75.
While you are working in Printer Configuration mode, the LED of the [PRINTER CONTROL]
key will flash.

2. Select [S3] Printer Config
You will be prompted to enter the level 2 password.
3. Enter the required password and, if required, press [ENT].
The LED of the [PRINTER CONTROL] key starts to flash, and the following is displayed:
1 SELECT CONFIGURATION:
2
3 │S│DATALOG│S│AUTO │S│CHOOSE │S│CANCEL
4 │1│FORMATS│2│PRINT │3│PRINTER│4│PRINT
Fig. 5-66 Printer configuration menu
If you do not press any key for a while, for safety reasons the panel will automatically return to the Printer
Control main mode ("Select Printer Function"). You might have to repeat the steps described above.
The following options are available and they are described in the subsequent sections:
• [S1] Datalog Formats
Here you can select the degree of detail for the Datalog report: compressed/extended.
• [S2] Auto Print
Here you can set the Auto Print timers which control automatic printing of selected reports.
• [S3] Choose Printer
For each of the available reports you can select the printer and you can select whether to print the
reports at all.
• [S4] Cancel Print
Using this function, you can stop the data transfer to the printer and thus cancel a printing process.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 109

Printer Config – [S1] Datalog Format

You can toggle between compressed and extended format of the Datalog and the Manoeuvre Datalog
reports. Accordingly, more or less details will be output in the report, see section 9.6 on page 266.
Proceed as follows:
3. Enter the level 2 password and, if required, press [ENT].
4. Select [S1] Datalog Format.
5. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system. The LCD displays:
1 PRINTER CONTROL : MACH. ALM SYS

2 EXTENDED
3 │S│COMPRES│S│ EXTEN
4 │1│SED │2│ DED
Fig. 5-67 Selecting the datalog format
In the figure, the selected alarm system and the currently selected Datalog format are displayed.
6. Use the softkeys to select the desired option.

The Datalog will then be printed accordingly.
For a description of the two formats, refer to section 9.6 on page 266.
Printer Configuration – [S2] Auto Print

Using Auto Print timers, the MOS 2200 can be configured to print the available lists at fixed times and
intervals:
• Alarm List
• Add. List
Suppressed (Simulated, Manual and Automatic Cut-Out List)
Fail (Sensor Fail, Device Fail)
Alarms (Prio 1, Prio 1+2, All)
• Datalog
For each of the above lists, start time and print interval can be adjusted. Proceed as described in the
following example:

4. Select [S2] Auto Print.
110 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

The LCD displays:

1 SELECT AUTOMATIC PRINTING:
2
3 │S│ ALARM │S│ADD. │S│ DATALOG │S│MORE
4 │1│ LIST │2│LIST │3│ │4│
Fig. 5-68 Adjusting the Auto Print timers
5. For example, select [S2] Add. List

6. Use the softkeys to select the desired option, e.g. [S3] Alarms.
7. Use the softkeys to select the desired list, e.g. [S1] Prio 1 Alarms.
8. Use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system. The LCD displays the Auto Print options:
1 SELECT AUTO-TIMES: MACH. ALM SYS

2 19:00 06:00 PRINTER No. 1
3 │S│ START │S│ INTER-
4 │1│ TIME │2│ VAL │
Fig. 5-69 Example of selection between adjustment of the start time or interval
In the example, the Prio 1 Alarms list is printed at 7 p.m. on Printer No. 1, and printing is repeated
at 6 hours intervals.
9. Select [S1] Start Time.

10. Enter the start time in the format HH:MM.
See also section 5.4.2 E n t e r i n g T i m e V a l u e s on page 73.
Example:
1 ENTER NEW START TIME: MACH. ALM SYS

2
3 NEW VALUE: 18:█0
4 OLD VALUE: 19:00
Fig. 5-70 Setting the Auto Print start time
11. Press [ENT] to confirm the new start time.

If you press [ESC], you return to the previous screen without making any changes.
12. Select [S2] Interval.
13. Enter the start time in the format HH:MM.

See also section 5.4.2 E n t e r i n g T i m e V a l u e s on page 73.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 111

Example:
1 ENTER NEW INTERVAL: MACH. ALM SYS
2
3 NEW VALUE: 12:█0
4 OLD VALUE: 06:00
Fig. 5-71 Setting the Auto Print interval
In the example, the print interval is set to 12 hours, i.e. the respective list is printed twice per day.
14. Press [ENT] to confirm the new interval.

If you press [ESC], you return to the previous screen without making any changes.
NOTE:
If you set the print interval to "0", no auto print is carried out.
15. Press [ENT] to confirm the new print interval.

If you press [ESC], you will return to the previous screen without making any changes.
Printer Configuration – [S3] Choose Printer

Using the Printer Select function you can select whether the individual available reports shall be printed
at all, and which printer shall be used to print the reports. This applies to all available reports.
Proceed as follows to adjust the printing options for individual reports:
2. Select [S3] Printer Config.
4. Select [S3] Choose Printer. The LCD displays:
1 SELECT DESTINATION PRINTOUT:

2
3 │S│ALARM │S│ADD. │S│DATALOG│S│MORE
4 │1│LIST │2│LIST │3│ │4│
Fig. 5-72 Printer Select function – display 1
5. Use the softkeys to select the desired report.

If appl., press [S4] More to view more options.
For example, select the [S2] Add. List.
6. Select [S3] Alarms, then [S1] Prio 1 Alarms, and use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system.
112 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

The LCD displays:

1 SELECT PRINTER: MACH. ALM SYS
2 PRT. DISABLED
3 │S│PRINT │S│PRINTER│S│PRINTER
4 │1│DISABLE│2│No. 1 │3│No. 2
Fig. 5-73 Selecting the printer for a report
The example above shows that printing is currently disabled for the Prio 1 Alarm list of the machinery
system ("PRT. DISABLED"). When a printer is assigned to a report, then, e.g. "PRINTER No. 1" will be
displayed in line 2.
7. Use softkey [S2] or [S3] to select the desired printer for the respective list.
NOTE:
If you select [S1] Print disable, then the selected report will not be printed at all.
NOTE:
The softkey [S3] Printer 2 will not be available if there is only one printer connected to the
PLC.
The respective report will now be printed on the selected printer. Please note that in case of the Cut-Out
Lists, the above selection applies to both Auto Cut-Out and Manual Cut-Out Lists, so that the lists will be
printed on the same printer.
Printer Configuration – [S4] Cancel Print

Using this function, you can stop the data transfer to the printer and thus cancel a printing process.
Proceed as follows:
4. Select [S4] Cancel Print.
5. Use the softkeys to select the printer to be stopped.
The running printing process stops immediately, the panel returns to Basic mode.
5.14.4 Print Manoeuvre Datalog
The Manoeuvre Datalog is a linewise printout of specific main engine(s) data. It contains the current main
parameters (except the alarm/event date) of specifically configured monitoring channels used to monitor
the main engine(s). It is defined by configuration and must not be suppressed by the operator. The
printout is to be backed up like the engine log.
Proceed as follows to print the Datalog:
2. Select [S4] More.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 113

3. Select [S1] Manoeuv Datalog.

4. If appl., use the softkeys to select the desired alarm system.
The Datalog is printed immediately.
The selection between an extended and a compressed datalog is a sub-menu to Printer Config, see
section 5.14.3. The contents resemble the Datalog contents (analog), see section 9.6 on page 266.
5.14.5 Select Channel – Printing
This functionality is not implemented in the current release.
5.14.6 Print Datalog
Proceed as follows to print the Datalog:

2. Select [S4] More.
3. Select [S3] Datalog.
The Datalog is printed immediately.
The contents of the Datalog report are described in section 9.6 on page 266. The selection between an
extended and a compressed datalog is a sub-menu to Printer Config, see section 5.14.3.
5.14.7 Changed Mon. Channel – Printing
The Changed Monitoring Channel list details the channel parameters of monitoring channels. However,
only the parameters of channels are included the parameters of which have been changed. Proceed as
follows to print the Changed Monitoring Channels list:
2. Press [S4] More twice.
3. Select [S1] Changed Mon. CH.
The list is printed immediately.
The contents of the list are described in section 9.7 on page 271.
114 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

5.14.8 Alm. Sys Report
The Alarm System Report contains a summary of the channel parameters for all monitoring channels of
the selected alarm system. Proceed as follows to print the report:
3. Select [S2] ALM. SYS REPORT.
The report is printed immediately.
The contents of the report are described in section 9.8 on page 272.
5.14.9 Report Status
The Report Status option will print a configuration status report which details the configuration of the print-
outs, e.g. the printer used for a report, as well as autoprint settings. See section 5.14.3 on page 109.
Proceed as follows to print the report:
3. Select [S3] Report Status.
The report is printed immediately.
The contents of the report are described in section 9.9 on page 273.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 115

5.15 Maintenance (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
5.15 Maintenance (DAP 2200, LOP)
Using the [MAINTENANCE] key, you can adjust various basic settings in the MOS 2200 alarm and moni-
toring system. The menu of the Maintenance mode provides various options depending on the type of
panel. Using the softkey [S4] More you can page through the available options which are described in
the subsequent sections. The following functions are provided:
Softkey Name and Function Available from

[S1] Display Time All panels
(display time & date: local time and UTC)
[S2] Version Control All panels
(display information on the software used in the MOS 2200)
[S3] Set Time WS
(set time & date: local time and UTC)
[S3] on non-WS panels Lamp Test Non-WS panels
(test to verify that all LEDs and the buzzer are functioning)
[S4] More WS
[S1] Lamp Test All panels
(test to verify that all LEDs and the buzzer are functioning)
[S2] Select UTC/LT WS
(toggle between UTC and local time)
[S3] Commiss Mode, only available to SAM Electronics* WS
(enter Commissioning mode)
[S4] More WS
[S1] Change PW LEV1 WS
(change password - level 1)
[S4] More WS
[S2] System PW LEV WS
(to suppress password prompts)
[S3] Watch Dog TST, only available to SAM Electronics* WS
[S4] More WS
[S1] Store Setup, store settings immediately WS
Table 5-3 Maintenance functions
*) NOTE:
Please note that functions marked as "only available to SAM Electronics" are for special
users only, i.e. the SAM Electronics personnel for setup and customisation of the system (see
2.5 on page 30). These functions are not explained in these operating instructions.
116 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.15 Maintenance (DAP 2200, LOP)
5.15.1 Display Time
Proceed as follows to display the current system time and date:

1. Press the [MAINTENANCE] key.
2. Select [S1] Display Time.
The local time and date as well as the UTC are displayed in the format HH:MM:SS and YY.MM.DD. The
display is updated at regular intervals because the system time continuously progresses in the back-
ground.
5.15.2 Version Control
Proceed as follows to display information on the software and database used in the MOS 2200:
1. Press the [MAINTENANCE] key.
2. Select [S2] Version Control. The version information are displayed. Example:
1 VIEW PROGRAM VERSION / DATABASE VERSION

2 VERSION/TYPE NO. : 7.01 / 970.450.903
3 DATABASE DATE/SEQ. : 20081028/86
4 SHIP NAME : FRANCESCA
Fig. 5-74 Version information display
Line 2 displays the information on the software and line 3 displays the information on the database used.
You may have to have these information at hand, e.g. when calling SAM Electronics service for help, see
8.5 on page 252.
5.15.3 Set Time (UTC)
The system time can be displayed in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) or local time (LT). The system
time is displayed, e.g. in the channel parameters of a monitoring channel selected in the Alarm List or in
the headers of reports. To ensure that the MOS 2200 functions properly and correctly, both times must
be set correctly. In most standard configurations, the MOS 2200 will receive date and time from the
master clock. If the MOS 2200 is not connected to a master clock, then date and time must be manually
entered and checked at regular intervals. For example, the LT needs to be adjusted, when the ship enters
a new time zone.
NOTE:
Depending on the system configuration (see section 2.5 on page 30), the MOS 2200 may be
connected to an optional master clock supplying a master clock signal to the MOS 2200
which will overrule any manual adjustments described in the following. Any manually
adjusted time or date will be automatically replaced by the time of the master clock.
To set the UTC, proceed as follows:

1. If not done, press the [MAINTENANCE] key.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 117

2. Press [S3] Set Time.

3. Enter the required password and, if required, press [ENT].
4. Press key [S1] Set UTC.
5. Press key [S1] Set Time. The LCD displays:
1 SET UTC TIME

2
3 ENTER NEW TIME : █9:12:00
4 CURRENT TIME : 19:12:00 <HH:MM:SS>
Fig. 5-75 Setting the UTC time
NOTE:
The time displayed in the bottom line is the time at which you called up the display. This time
will be updated every 5 seconds.
If the MOS 2200 is connected to a master clock, an incorrect time entered will be corrected
automatically after a short time.
6. Under ENTER NEW TIME enter the UTC time in the format HH:MM:SS and press [ENT] to confirm
the time entered. See also section 5.4.2 on page 73.
The display returns to the previous screen.
If you press [ESC] you will return to the previous screen without making any changes.
7. If required, press [S2] Set Date and enter the correct date:
1 SET UTC DATE

2
3 ENTER NEW DATE : █8-10-01
4 CURRENT DATE : 08-10-01 <YY-MM-DD>
Fig. 5-76 Setting the date
8. Enter the date in the format YY-MM-DD and press [ENT] to confirm your input.
See also section 5.4.2 on page 73.
If required, press [ESC] repeatedly to return to Basic mode.
5.15.4 Setting Local Time and Date (LT)

time is displayed, e.g. in the channel parameters of a monitoring channel selected in the Alarm List or in
the headers of reports. To ensure that the MOS 2200 functions properly and correctly, both times must
be set correctly.
118 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

The Local Time is calculated based on the UTC time (see 5.15.3 above) plus or minus an offset of one
or more hours. The maximum offset is +/- 12 hours. The date is calculated accordingly. As soon as the
ship enters a new time zone, the LT must be set to the correct time. You can change the time by fixed
values (see A d j u s t T i m e i n F i x e d S t e p s below) or enter the new time directly. To set the LT directly,
proceed as follows:
2. Press [S3] Set Time, and, if required, enter the password.
3. Press key [S2] Set LT.
1 SET LOCAL TIME

2
3 │S│SET │S│ZONE │S│TIME │S│TIME
4 │1│ TIME │2│ADJUST │3│ +60 │4│ -60
Fig. 5-77 Setting time and date
4. Press key [S1] Set Time.

5. Enter the new time in the format HH:MM. Use the [+/-] to set whether the offset shall be positive or
negative. Example:
1 SET LOCAL TIME

2 UTC TIME : 13:03:45
3 NEW OFFSET : -01:█0
4 CURRENT OFFSET : 00:00 <+-HH:MM>
Fig. 5-78 Setting the time
In the example above, an offset of -1 hour is set.
6. Press [ENT] to confirm the changes.

To view the current LT, press [MAINTENANCE] and then [S1] Display Time.
Adjust Time in Fixed Steps
When the ship enters a new time zone, you can adjust the time in fixed steps. Proceed as follows:
2. Press [S3] Set Time, and enter the password.
1 SET LOCAL TIME

2
4 │1│ TIME │2│ADJUST │3│ +60 │4│ -60
Fig. 5-79 Local Time menu
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 119

4. Use [S3] Time +60 or [S4] Time –60 to change the time in steps 60 minutes until you reach the correct
local time. For example, if you select [S3], the LCD displays:
1 CHANGE LOCAL TIME

2 INCREASE THE PRESENT TIME 60 MIN.
3 │S│ │S│
4 │1│ QUIT │2│ACCEPT
Fig. 5-80 Adding 60 minutes to the Local Time
5. Select [S2] to confirm the change Press [ENT] to confirm the time entered.
If you press [ESC] or [S1] you will return to the previous screen without making any changes.
In case you need to change the time by more than one hour, just repeat the above steps.
Zone Adjust
If required, you can adjust the fixed steps by which the time can be adjusted using softkeys [S3] and [S4]
(see A d j u s t T i m e i n F i x e d S t e p s above). Proceed as described in the following example:
2. Press [S3] Set Time, and enter the password.
1 SET LOCAL TIME

2
4 │1│ TIME │2│ADJUST │3│ +0 │4│ -0
Fig. 5-81 Zone Adjust
In the example above, the fixed steps for time zone adjustment are set to 0. We assume that you
wish to set the steps to +/- 60 minutes.
4. Press [S2] Zone Adjust Time.

The LCD displays:
1 ENTER NEW TIME ZONE ADJUST VALUE:

2
3 ENTER NEW VALUE: 6█
4 CURRENT VALUE : 0 MINUTES
Fig. 5-82 Changing the zone adjust value
5. Enter 60 minutes as new value and press [ENT] to confirm the input.
120 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

The display returns to the previous screen and the changes are immediately visible:
1 SET LOCAL TIME
2
4 │1│ TIME │2│ADJUST │3│ +60 │4│ -60
Fig. 5-83 Local Time menu
Using the softkeys [S3] and [S4] you can now adjust the Local Time in steps of +60 or -60 minutes, see
A d j u s t T i m e i n F i x e d S t e p s above.
5.15.5 Lamp Test
All panels provide the Lamp Test function which serves to verify that all LEDs, indications and the buzzer
are operable. Proceed as follows:
2. Select [S1] Lamp Test.
All LEDs, and visual indications except the Fire Alarm lamp light up, the Fault indication flashes, and
the buzzer sounds. The LCD displays the following message:
*** LAMP TEST -- PRESS [ESC] TO STOP ***
3. Check to see if all elements function properly.

If this is not the case, refer to section 8.4 on page 242. for instructions on how to replace a fuse or a
defective panel.
4. Press [ESC] to stop the test.
5. Again, press [ESC].
The panel returns to basic mode.
5.15.6 Select UTC/LT – Toggling Between UTC/LT Display
For all displays and logs it can be commonly defined whether time values displayed or printed shall be
based on UTC or LT. Proceed as follows to toggle between UTC and LT:
2. Press [S4] More, then [S2] Select UTC/LT, and enter the password. In the following example it is
assumed that LT is currently selected. Thus, only the UTC option is available:
1 SET LOCAL TIME

2
3 │S│ │S│SELECT
4 │1│ QUIT │2│UTC
Fig. 5-84 Toggling between UTC and LT
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 121

3. Press [S2] Select UTC.

The time on panels and in logs will then be displayed and printed accordingly.
If you press [ESC] or [S1] the display returns to the previous screen without making any changes.
5.15.7 Commiss Mode
This function is reserved for special users, i.e. the SAM Electronics personnel for setup and customisation
of the system (see 2.5 on page 30). The function is therefore not explained in these operating instruc-
tions.
5.15.8 Changing Passwords
NOTE:
This section explains how to change a password. As an example, the level 1 password is
changed. Changing passwords of other levels works according to the same principle.
Please note that changing passwords requires the respective privileges. To change a pass-
word of a certain level, you will be prompted to enter the password of the next higher level.
For example, you have to enter the level 2 password, or higher, to change the level 1 pass-
word. However, level 4 requires level 4. See also section 5.6 on page 75.
To change a password proceed as described in the following example:

3. Select [S1] Change PW LEV 1. The LCD displays:
1
2
3 ENTER PASSWORD - LEVEL 2: _
4
Fig. 5-85 Level 2 password prompt
4. Enter the level 2 password.

After entering a valid password the LCD displays:
1 CHANGE PASSWORD
2 ENTER NEW PASSWORD - LEVEL 1:
3 CONFIRM PASSWORD - LEVEL 1:
4
Fig. 5-86 Changing the level 1 password
122 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

5. Enter the new password.

The following password conventions apply:
• For passwords, only the numeric keys (0-9) can be used. All other keys are invalid for passwords,
and pressing them will cause the buzzer to sound.
• A password consists of 6 digits max. and at least one digit, i.e. only one key must be pressed. Other-
wise, an error message will be displayed after pressing [ENT].
• If a password consist of 6 digits, then the last key pressed for the password will confirm the input.
[ENT] is not pressed after input.
• If [ENT] is pressed when less than 6 keys have been entered (but more than one), the password
only consists of the the keys entered so far.
• If more than 6 digits are entered, then only the first 6 are used. Any further key pressed will be
ignored.
6. If required, press [ENT] to confirm the password you entered.
7. Under "Confirm Password", repeat the password. If required, press [ENT].
In case you made any mistake when entering or repeating the password, then an error message will be
displayed. Then you just have to repeat the steps 5 and 6 above.
5.15.9 System PW LEV
Never use this function to deactivate password prompts permanently.

Be sure to deactivate it as soon as you have finished your work!
NOTE:
This function requires the level 4 password
If, in a longer working process, you have to use functions repeatedly which are password-protected, you
can deactivate the password prompts using the System PW Lev function. Proceed as follows:
2. Press [S4] More three times.
3. Press [S2] System PW LEV.
4. Enter the level 4 password.
5. Select [S1] On to activate the System Password Level mode.
The Maintenance LED will flash until you switch off this mode again.
Now, if you use functions, which would normally require a password, e.g. in Maintenance mode, the
password prompt will now be skipped and the respective functional modes will be activated immedi-
ately when you select them.
Be sure to deactivate the System Password Level mode when you have finished your work. To deactivate
the System Password Level mode, proceed as described above and select [S2] Off in the last step. The
panel will return to normal operation, i.e. there will be password prompts again.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 123

5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
5.15.10 Watch Dog TST
This function is reserved for special users, i.e. the SAM Electronics personnel for setup and customisation
of the system (see 2.5 on page 30). The function is therefore not explained in these operating instruc-
tions.
5.15.11 Store Setup
This function serves to store settings you made, e.g. adjusted channel parameters, in a non-volatile
memory immediately. The settings are also automatically stored at regular intervals. However, this may
take some time. So, if you want to be sure, settings are saved immediately, proceed as follows:
2. Press [S4] More four times.
3. Press [S1] Store Setup.
4. Enter the required password.
All settings are stored immediately. The panel returns to Basic mode.
5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP)
The MOS 2200 can handle up to four independent deadman alarms which are based on a timer function.
Definition and naming of the deadman systems is part of the customisation process, see 2.5 on page 30.
The deadman timer has to be reset regularly in order to prevent an alarm. The setup and operation of
the deadman system is described in the following sections.
5.16.1 Setting up the Deadman System(s)
NOTE:
Setting up a deadman system requires at least password level 3, see section see 5.6 on page
75.
Each of the individual deadman alarm systems can be set up as follows:

• The system can be set ON/OFF automatically controlled by a binary input. For example, the navi-
gator deadman system is set ON when one of the steering gear pumps is running.
• The operator can select between ON and OFF.
For each deadman alarm system a DAP 2200 is customised to control the deadman status selection. The
following options are available:
• Selection of deadman status from a unique DAP 2200
• Selection of deadman status from the WS.

• Selection of deadman status using external hardware (switch)
To change the status of the deadman system proceed as described in the following example:
1. Press the [DEADMAN] key.
If the deadman system is already active, press the [DEADMAN] key twice within 5 seconds.
124 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP)
That means, first press the key to reset the deadman timer, then press the key again to enter the
deadman function. If the panel is allowed to control the status of one more of the deadman systems
the LCD displays:
1 SELECT DEADMAN SYSTEM

2
3 │S│UNFIT │S│UNFIT
4 │1│MACH. │2│BRIDGE
Fig. 5-87 Selecting a deadman alarm system
2. Using the softkeys, select the desired deadman system.

The deadman system status is displayed.
NOTE:
The display in the figure above is omitted if the panel can change the status for one of the
systems only.
1 DEADMAN SYSTEM UNFIT BRIDGE

2 OFF 2 MIN.
3 │S│START │S│ADJUST
4 │2│ │4│TIME
Fig. 5-88 Deadman systems status
In the figure, "UNFIT BRIDGE" identifies the selected deadman alarm system, "OFF" indicates the
present status, and "2 MIN." is the current setting of the deadman timer, i.e., if the deadman system is
activated, then the operator has to press a key at least every 2 minutes.
3. If you wish to change the time interval of the deadman timer, select [S4] Adjust Time, and enter the
required password, see also see 5.6 on page 75. The LCD displays:

2 OFF
3 DEADMAN TIME : 2 MIN.
4 ENTER NEW VALUE : [1-5]█2
Fig. 5-89 Deadman time prompt
4. Enter the desired value using numeric keys 1 to 5.

In the example, the value may range between 1 and 5 minutes. However, this depends on the system
configuration of the MOS 2200.
In case you attempt to enter an invalid value, the value will be rejected and the buzzer will sound.
5. Press [ENT] to confirm the value. The display returns to the previous screen.
If you press [ESC] you will return to the previos screen without making any changes.
6. Select [S2] Start to activate the deadman system and thus to start the deadman timer.
The new status will be displayed accordingly.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 125

5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP) Operating Instructions
The Deadman LED on the panel which can be used to reset the deadman timer is constantly on. To
prevent an alarm the responsible operator must press any key on that panel at the required regular
intervals set as described above. If the operator fails to press a key in time, the deadman alarm
sequence starts, see section 5.16.4 on page 127.
The deadman system is now set up.
5.16.2 Displaying the Deadman System Status on a Resetting Panel
Each DAP 2200 or LOP can be customised to reset the deadman timer in one of the four available
deadman alarm systems. If the deadman function is active, this is indicated by the Deadman LED on your
panel, which is constantly on. This means that the panel acts as deadman switch which has to be oper-
ated regularly. In order to prevent an alarm you have to press a key at regular intervals. Proceed as
follows to check the deadman system status and to find out the deadman time:
1. On a panel which can reset a deadman alarm timer, press the [DEADMAN] key twice within 5 sec-
onds. That means, first press the key to reset the deadman timer, then press the key again to enter
the deadman function. Example:
1 DEADMAN SYSTEM UNFIT MACH.

2 ON 5 MIN.
Fig. 5-90 Deadman system status on a two-line LCD of a LOP
2. Check the deadman system status and the deadman time.

In the example, the deadman system of the machinery area is On. The deadman time is set to 5 min.
so you have to press any key on the panel every 5 minutes the latest to prevent an alarm.
5.16.3 Resetting the Deadman Timer
To reset the deadman timer in order to prevent a deadman alarm you can carry out one of the following
actions:
• Press any button on the relevant DAP 2200.
• Move the trackball of the SOD on the Watch Station (if available)
• Press an external switch (if customised)
Proceed as follows to reset the deadman timer and check the deadman status on a DAP 2200:
1. Check whether the Deadman LED is on.
If it is off, then the deadman function is deactivated.
2. If the Deadman LED is on, press the [DEADMAN] key twice twice within 5 seconds.
That means, first press the key to reset the deadman timer, then press the key again to enter the
deadman function.
3. If the panel is allowed to control the status of one more of the deadman systems, use the softkeys to
select the desired deadman system. The LCD displays the current status of the deadman system.
126 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.16 Deadman (DAP 2200, LOP)
Example:

2 ON 2 MIN.
3 │S│STOP │S│ADJUST
4 │1│ │4│TIME
Fig. 5-91 Deadman systems status – On

5. Before the deadman time elapses, press any key on your panel to reset the deadman timer.
6. Repeat pressing a key at the required intervals.
NOTE:
If a SOD is connected, you can also reset the deadman timer by moving the SOD’s trackball.
5.16.4 Deadman Alarm Sequence
If the deadman function is set up and activated (see section 5.16.1 above), this is indicated by the
Deadman LED being constantly on. If you forget to reset the deadman timer within the defined deadman
time by pressing a key, the following alarm sequence is started:
1. The Deadman LED flashes.
Now, you have 1 more minute (depending on configuration) to reset the timer by pressing the
[DEADMAN] key or any other key.
2. After elapse of the additional minute, the deadman warning is output:
The Deadman LED of the resetting panel continues flashing and the buzzer sounds
(intermittent beep).
3. If you fail to reset the deadman timer despite the Deadman Warning, then after a defined time, e.g.
5 minutes, a Deadman Alarm is triggered which is output like an All Operators Call.
4. The Deadman Alarm is output via an alarm channel and must be acknowledged like an All Operators
Call at the Watch Station, see also section 5.17.3 on page 130.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 127

5.17 Processing Alarms Operating Instructions
5.17 Processing Alarms
This section describes the required steps to be taken in case of the following important alarm scenarios:
• Alarm in case of Attended WS status
• Duty Call
• All Engineers Call
• Deadman Alarm
• Fire Alarm
Please note that the descriptions of the alarm processing measures only
cover the steps in the context of the MOS 2200. For information
regarding remedial action in the systems which triggered an alarm,
please refer to the documentation of the respective systems. Remedial
action regarding MOS 2200 system alarms is described in section 8.3 on
page 235.
NOTE:
In the descriptions, it is assumed that you use the Duty Alarm Panels (DAP 2200) to handle
the alarms. However, using the SODs (PC-stations), the operations will only slightly vary.
Also it is assumed that you are already familiar with the basic concepts and functions in the
MOS 2200. So if in doubt, for safety’s sake please refer to the relevant sections in these oper-
ating instructions.
5.17.1 Alarm Processing – Attended WS
Scenario: An alarm occurs in one of the alarm systems, e.g. a machinery alarm. The responsible Watch
Station (ECR) has the Attended WS status and operates in Basic mode. On the WS panel, the Alarm
LED is on and the buzzer sounds. Depending on the configuration, additional signals like rotating lights
or external horns are on.
Proceed as follows to process the alarm described above:
1. Stop Horn
On the Watch Station, press the [STOP HORN] key.
The buzzer and, if appl., external horns are stopped.
See sections 5.3.5 [ S T O P H O R N ] & [ A L A R M A C K N ] K e y s on page 70 and
3.7 A l a r m A n n o u n c e m e n t a n d A c k n o w l e d g e m e n t on page 45.
If you are unsure about what panel is the current Watch Station, press the [DUTY] key, select [S2]
System Status, and then select the relevant alarm system, on your panel. The current Watch Station
for the selected alarm system is displayed on the LCD.
2. What has happened?

Check the message output on the LCD in order to get a first impression of what has happened.
See section 5.7 B a s i c M o d e ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 77.
3. Acknowledge alarm
Press [ALARM ACKN] to acknowledge the alarm.
If you are working in one of the functional modes (not Alarm List), then you will first have to switch to
Basic mode or to the Alarm List to be able to acknowledge the alarm. Press [ESC] to enter Basic
128 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.17 Processing Alarms
mode, or you have to press [ALARM LIST] to call up the Alarm List directly.
If you fail to acknowledge the alarm this will result in an All Operators Call after a specified time.
4. View details
In the Alarm List, press [DISPLAY CHANNEL], use the [ ] and [ ] keys to select the respective
alarm, and press [ENT] to view the channel parameters, e.g. including actual values of the respective
monitoring channel.
See section 5.10 D i s p l a y C h a n n e l ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 82, and in particular,
section 5.10.3 S e l e c t i n g a C h a n n e l f r o m a n A l a r m o r C u t - O u t L i s t on page 83, and regarding
MOS 2200 system alarms, please refer to section 8.3 on page 235.
5. Manual Cut-Out?
If required, e.g. to prevent alarms while replacing a defective sensor, manually cut out the monitoring
channel or simulate the output value of the monitoring channel by adjusting the channel parameters of
that channel accordingly.
See sections 3.8 O v e r r u l i n g C h a n n e l O u t p u t – S u p p r e s s i n g A l a r m s a n d S i m u l a t i n g O u t p u t Va l u e s on
page 47, and 5.10.6 A d j u s t i n g C h a n n e l P a r a m e t e r s on page 87.
6. Remedy
Take remedial actions to correct the cause of the alarm.
The remedial action to be taken depends on the system affected by the fault or value which caused
the alarm. Please refer to the relevant documentation of that system.
If the alarm is due to a system alarm. please refer to chapter 8 Tr o u b l e s h o o t i n g a n d R e p a i r on page
233 for information regarding remedial action.
7. Verify result
View the Alarm List, and if required the channel parameters of the relevant monitoring channel to see
if the monitoring channel and its values have returned to a normal state.
See section 5.8 A l a r m L i s t ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 78.
8. If required, deactivate all simulations or cut-outs.
5.17.2 Duty Call
Scenario: An alarm occurs in one of the alarm systems, e.g. a machinery alarm. On the WS panel, the
Alarm LED is on and the buzzer sounds. Depending on the configuration, additional signals like rotating
lights or external horns are on. Let’s assume you are the engineer who is selected as duty engineer and
that you are in your cabin. Because you are set as duty engineer, the alarm is indicated not only on the
Watch Station, but also on your cabin panel, and on the DAP 2200s which are configured as public room
panels. The Duty LED flashes. This is referred to as duty call, see also section 3.10.5 on page 52.
The required steps are similar as for the scenario described in section 5.17.1. However, in this case, a
walk to the Watch Station is required. Proceed as follows to process the alarm described above:
1. Stop Duty Call
On the Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation (cabin panel), press the [STOP HORN] key.
The buzzers on the cabin panel and on the public panels are stopped. However, the buzzer on the
Watch Station location (ECR) will continue to sound until [STOP HORN] is pressed on the Duty Alarm
Panel of the WS.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 129


If you are unsure about what panel is the current Watch Station, press the [DUTY] key, select [S2]
System Status, and then select the relevant alarm system, on your cabin panel. The current Watch
Station for the selected alarm system is displayed on the LCD.
If you are unsure what alarm system the current alarm belongs to, check the channel parameters of
the respective monitoring channel.
In Basic mode, just press [DISPLAY CHANNEL]. If more than 1 alarm is present, use the [ ] and [ ]
keys to select one of the alarms and press [ENT]. Then the parameters of the monitoring channel are
displayed for the respective alarm. If required, use [ ] and [ ] keys to display the relevant alarm sys-
tem. Alternatively, you can call up the Alarm List and identify the alarm according to number of alarms
in the individual alarm system and the asterisks in the lists displayed. However, in many cases the
alarm message will already provide information to identify that the alarm originates from, e.g. the
machinery alarm system.
3. Move to WS
Walk to the Watch Station in the ECR. In a standard configuration, you will have 5 minutes to acknowl-
edge the alarm on the Watch Station. Otherwise an All Operators Call will be triggered.
4. Process the alarm
When you arrive at the Watch Station, press the [STOP HORN] key, and process the alarm as
described in section 5.17.1 on page 128.
5.17.3 Processing an All Operators Call
Scenario: An alarm occurs in one of the alarm systems, e.g. a machinery alarm. On the WS panel, the
Alarm LED is on and the buzzer sounds. Depending on the configuration, additional signals like rotating
lights or external horns are on. The engineer, who is selected as duty engineer, is in his cabin. The alarm
is indicated on the cabin panel and on the DAP 2200s which are configured as public room panels. The
Duty LED flashes. The person on duty does not respond to the alarm, and an All Operators Call is trig-
gered. This is output on
• All Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation operating as public room panels
• All Duty Alarm Panels Accommodation in the cabins
• Watch Station
• LOPs
For this scenario we assume you are an engineer who is in a public room. When an All Operators Call
is initiated, then the buzzers can only be stopped locally. The buzzers are deactivated when all alarms
have been acknowledged from the Watch Station. Proceed as follows:
1. Stop Horn locally
To stop the buzer in the public room, press the [STOP HORN] key on the public panel.
130 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 5.17 Processing Alarms

If you are unsure what panel is the current Watch Station, press the [DUTY] key, select [S2] System
Status, and then select the relevant alarm system, on your cabin panel. The current Watch Station for
the selected alarm system is displayed on the LCD.
If you are unsure about what alarm system the current alarm belongs to, check the channel parame-
ters of the respective monitoring channel.
In Basic mode, just press [DISPLAY CHANNEL]. If more than 1 alarm is present, use the [ ] and [ ]
keys to select one of the alarms and press [ENT]. Then the parameters of the monitoring channel are
displayed for the respective alarm. If required, use [ ] and [ ] keys to display the relevant alarm sys-
tem. Alternatively, you can call up the Alarm List and identify the alarm according to number of alarms
in the individual alarm system and the asterisks in the lists displayed. However, in many cases the
alarm message will already provide information to identify that the alarm originates from, e.g. the
machinery alarm system.
3. Move to WS
Walk to the Watch Station in the ECR.
4. Acknowledge alarms
On the Watch Station, press [ALARM ACKN] for all alarms to acknowledge the alarms.
This is the only way to stop the buzzers and horns.
If you are working in one of the functional modes (not Alarm List), then you will have to press [ESC] to
enter Basic mode, or you have to press [ALARM LIST] to call up the Alarm List directly.
5. View details
In the Alarm List, press [DISPLAY CHANNEL], use the [ ] and [ ] keys to select the respective
alarm, and press [ENT] to view the channel parameters, e.g. including actual values of the respective
monitoring channel.
See section 5.10 D i s p l a y C h a n n e l ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 82, and in particular,
section 5.10.3 S e l e c t i n g a C h a n n e l f r o m a n A l a r m o r C u t - O u t L i s t on page 83, and regarding
MOS 2200 system alarms, please refer to section 8.3 on page 235.
6. Manual Cut-Out?
page 47, and 5.10.6 A d j u s t i n g C h a n n e l P a r a m e t e r s on page 87.
7. Remedy
If the alarm is due to a system alarm. please refer to chapter 8 Tr o u b l e s h o o t i n g a n d R e p a i r on page
8. Verify result
View the Alarm List, and if required the channel parameters of the relevant monitoring channel to see
if the monitoring channel and its values have returned to a normal state.
See section 5.8 A l a r m L i s t ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 78.

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 131

5.17.4 Processing a Deadman Alarm
See section 5.16.4 D e a d m a n A l a r m S e q u e n c e on page 127.
5.17.5 Processing a Fire Alarm
If a fire is detected, a fire alarm will be triggered in the fire alarm system. This alarm will be also indicated
by the Fire LED on the panels. However, the Fire LED does not belong to the MOS 2200 but to the fire
alarm system which is a physically separate system. In case of a fire alarm, proceed as described in the
relevant documentation, e.g. a fire alarm plan, or the relevant emergency procedures.
132 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 6 Operating Instructions for the SODs (PC-Stations)
Operating Instructions 6.1 What is a SOD?
6 Operating Instructions for the SODs (PC-Stations)
This chapter describes the procedures when operating the PC-based System Operating Device (SOD)
used in the MOS 2200.
NOTE:
The screen layouts on the SOD in many cases depend on the configuration and customisa-
tion of the MOS 2200, see section 2.5 on page 30. Hence, the screens shown in this chapter
must be considered examples, and they may in some cases slightly differ from the actual
screen layouts. Please refer to section 6.1 below for explanations of the SOD’s basic design
concepts and variations. Refer to the delivery documents for information of the SOD features
and functions provided in your specific installation.
NOTE:
SODs are an optional feature of the MOS 2200. Except the graphical representations and addi-
tional control features, the functions can also be carried out using the DAP 2200 panels, see
chapter 5. If in doubt, use the WS panel for alarm handling and monitoring.
We highly recommend that you read or at least have a glance at the introductory chapters 1 to 3 before
starting work. For notes on common questions regarding the operation, please also refer to chapter 12
F r e q u e n t l y A s k e d Q u e s t i o n s ( F A Q ) which will lead you to specific sections in these operating instructions.
This chapter is structured as follows:
• Sections 6.1 to 6.4 describe the SOD and its basic controls and display elements, as well as basic
operational principles.
• In the sections 6.5 to 6.9, basic functions and operations are described which are repeatedly
required in various functional modes.
• The sections starting from 6.11 on page 155 describe the individual functions and displays of the
SOD.
• The general alarm handling procedures are described in section 5.17 on page 128. The descrip-
tions are based on panel operation, but the respective acknowledgement functions and displays are
also found on the SODs. For a specific example of alarm handling using the SOD, refer to
section 6.28.
6.1 What is a SOD?
The System Operating Device (SOD) is a Personal Computer which is equipped with a standard TFT
monitor and a standard PC keyboard. It serves for input and output of data of the MOS 2200 using a
graphical user interface (GUI). In a MOS 2200 up to six SODs can be installed. If a SOD is placed on a
Watch Station location, where alarm acknowledgement is required, the SOD is used together with a
DAP 2200.
The GUI is Microsoft Window-based. However, you do not have direct access to Windows so that the
SOD cannot be used like a normal PC, e.g. to install software applications other than the software related
to the MOS 2200. In this manual, we assume that you are reasonably familiar with basic Windows func-
tions such as window operations, dialogue handling, menu and button operation, selecting list items or
options, and so on. If not, please refer to the relevant Windows manuals and tutorials.
The features and functionality of a SOD depend on whether it is a pure EAD or if IGSS features are
provided. If both, EDA and IGSS features are provided, then you might notice that, the operation of the
two kinds of features differs slightly. For example, in the EAD features, the [ESC] key serves to closes
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 133

6 Operating Instructions for the SODs (PC-Stations) MOS/MCS 2200
6.2 Startup and Shutdown of SODs Operating Instructions
windows, but in IGSS features, the [ESC] key does not have the same effect. However, the overall the
general standards of Windows-based GUI still apply to both types. The two concepts are described in the
following.
EAD
The EAD (Extended Alarm Display) provides basic graphical functions such as Alarm Lists and Event
Log, Alarm Group lists, the Maintenance functions, Trend Logs, Bargraph displays, basic mimic diagram
functionality, and so on. The actual features depend on the customisation of the MOS 2200.
The main page of the pure EAD in most installations only features the Alarm Groups.
IGSS
IGSS stands for Interactive Graphics Supervision System. It is a SCADA system (Supervisory Control &
Data Acquisition) which serves for monitoring and control of any kind of processes in an industrial envi-
ronment. On one hand, it is a software package to develop dynamic models of plants and systems in form
of Windows-based applications. On the other hand, IGSS refers to the actual Windows applications used
by the plant operator to monitor the system and to control processes.
In the context of the SOD, IGSS models and applications are used in mimic diagrams providing additional
automation and control functions. Also, the Dynamic Graph functions (see section 6.16) are based on
IGSS. The actual IGSS layout, features and functions highly depend on the customisation of your specific
MOS 2200. However, the basic operation is always similar. On the main page you will in most installa-
tions find both an overview of available mimic diagrams or diagram groups as well as Alarm Groups.
Examples for the mimic diagrams and their operation are explained in section 6.27 on page 222. For
general information regarding IGSS, please refer to www.7t.dk.
6.2 Startup and Shutdown of SODs
must not be deactivated.
Unless special essential features are implemented on the SOD,
switching off a SOD is not critical, as long as the MOS 2200 is still oper-
able using the panels, see chapter 5.
This section describes how to switch the SODs (PC-stations) on/off, if this is required, e.g. if the power
supply has to be switched off during a dockyard period, or if an individual SOD shall be switched off for
specific reasons. Please also refer to 5.1 S t a r t u p a n d S h u t d o w n o f t h e M O S 2 2 0 0 on page 65.
6.2.1 Commissioning of the MOS 2200

Installation, customisation (see section 2.5 on page 30), configuration, as well as initial startup are carried
out by SAM Electronics according to the order specifications upon delivery of the MOS 2200. Thus, this
is not covered by these operating instructions.
134 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.2 Startup and Shutdown of SODs
6.2.2 Switching Off a SOD
Proceed as follows to switch off a SOD:

1. Press [Alt] + [F4].
3. In the window which is displayed, select Shutdown and click on OK.
The other options Reboot or Log off can be used to re-boot the SOD immediately or to log off and on
again.
This way, the program is terminated and the PC is shut down. Depending on the specific equipment type
the display will be switched off automatically or the PC and possibly also the monitor must be manually
switched off when the respective message is displayed. In some cases, the power switch located under
the screen not only serves to switch off a monitor but also to switch off the PC.
Never switch off a SOD without having completed the described shutdown procedure. The
alarm display will probably function in a normal manner when just switching off the power
and then switching it on again. However, and this applies to all types of PCs used: if, at the
moment it is switched off, the PC accesses the hard disk, the hard disk might be permanently
damaged resulting in system failure of the SOD and loss of data.
6.2.3 Switching On a SOD
Switch on the SOD using the power switches (if appl., refer to the drawings in the delivery documents).
It will automatically start up and run in normal operating state. If the SOD is already running and
displaying the screensaver, just move the trackball slightly to display the graphical user interface of the
SOD.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 135

6.3 General Layout of the GUI Operating Instructions
6.3 General Layout of the GUI
Depending on the customisation, the screen of the SOD is divided into 3 or more parts. At the top, the
header provides status information and quick access to alarm acknowledgement and some of functional
modes and displays. On the left, the menu tree serves to select specific functions and displays. In the
center area, the data pane serves to display information in form of lists or graphical overviews. The main
page (Group Overview) in the data pane is equipped with a separate menu bar to select functions and
displays. Most of the menu bar functions are also available in the menu tree. Optionally, an onscreen
keyboard and onscreen function keys can be displayed, see sections 6.4.3 and 6.4.4 starting on page
146.
NOTE:
Header and menu tree are always displayed on top in the foreground, i.e. dialogues and
windows will never hide the contents of the header and menu tree.
Menu tree, see section 6.3.3 on page 140
Header, see section 6.3.1 on page 137

Data pane, see section 6.3.2 on page 139
Fig. 6-1 Example of a SOD main screen

136 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.3 General Layout of the GUI
6.3.1 Header
At the top of the screen, the header displays information about the status of the alarm systems inde-
pendent of the current function used and independent of the data displayed in the data pane. In the
following example, two alarm systems are defined:
Number of unacknowledged alarms.

Oldest unacknowledged alarm for the alarm systems for which the SOD has acknowledge right.
If the alarm is both active and unacknowledged this is indicated by a red flashing text background
of the alarm message.
Stop Horn, see section 6.9 on page 154

Alarm Acknowledge, see section 6.9 on page 154
Alarm List
Event Log Current system date and time in the
format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.
See section 6.26.1 on page 213.
Opens the main page,

Alarm system status information, see section 6.12 on page 158
see page 138 below
Output values for four selected monitor-
ing channels, see page 138 below
Opens the onscreen keyboard,

if configured, see page 146.
Fig. 6-2 Header of the main screen
The Alarm List and Event Log buttons serve to call up the related lists, see sections 6.11 on page
155 and 6.15 on page 161. The Main Page button corresponds to function key [F3] on the PC keyboard.
It serves to open the main page (in the example titled Picture Select), see section 6.12 on page 158. If
you click on the SAM Electronics logo, this will call up the onscreen keyboard, see section 6.4.4 on page
146. However, this depends on customisation. There may be a separate icon for the onscreen keyboard.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 137

Alarm System Status Information

For each of the alarm systems, a separate field is provided which displays status information. Example:
Fig. 6-3 Machinery alarm system status information in header
In the figure above, the status of the machinery alarm system is shown. Under Alarms, the total number
of alarms in that alarm system is output. Under Supp the total number of channels is shown the output
of which is suppressed by manual/automatic cut-out or simulation, see sections 6.18 as well as 6.19.3
and 6.19.3. The Watch Station of the alarm system (here ECR I) and the Attended/Unattended status are
displayed. Possibly, also duty and backup are shown, see section 6.25.2 on page 210. If you click on the
icon, this will open the Alarm System Status window, see section 6.25 on page 209.
Monitoring Channel Output Values

On the right of the header, the four buttons serve to select one monitoring channel each. This can be
used to focus on the output values of specific monitoring channels which, e.g. require particular attention
or which have a tendency to cause problems in a certain situation.
If you select a monitoring channel by clicking on the button and selecting the desired channel in the
dialogue (see section 6.5 on page page 149), then the respective channel ID will be displayed on the
button, and the current output value of that channel will be displayed on the right of that button. Example:
Fig. 6-4 Cylinder exhaust gas output temperatures in header
In the figure above, the exhaust gas temperatures of four cylinders are displayed to monitor the cool-
down process after shut-down of a generator. If a channel in that display is in alarm state, this is indicated
by a red flashing value next to the channel number. If you move the trackball pointer on one of the values,
channel ID and name will be displayed in a tooltip (see section 6.3.5 below).
Header Context-Menu
When you right-click on a part of the header displaying channel information (output values, alarm
messages), a context menu is opened:
• Properties
To display the channel properties of that channel, see section 6.18.1 on page 180.
• Acknowledge
To acknowledge an alarm on that channel, see section 6.9 on page 154
• Note
If this feature is activated by customisation, you can click on this button to open a text window, in
which you can enter a note like in a simple text editor. Existing notes are displayed and can be
edited.
• Find
This option opens a search dialogue in which you can enter a known channel ID and then display
the the respective mimic diagram the channel belongs to, see section 6.6 on page page 151.
138 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.3.2 Data Pane
On startup, or when having closed all other windows, the main page is displayed, which shall never be
closed unless the complete SOD is shut down. The actual design and layout of the main page depends
on the customisation, see also section 6.1 on page 133. From here you have access to individual graph-
ical representation in form of mimic diagrams or to Alarm Group displays. You can also access the mimic
diagrams via the Main tab of the menu tree and the Alarm Groups via the MCS2200 tab, see 6.3.3 on
page 140.
The overall main page is describe in section 6.12, the mimic diagrams are described in section 6.27 on
page 222, and the Alarm Group lists in section 6.14 on page 160
Fig. 6-5 Data pane – Example

When you select any list or function using the menu tree, function keys, etc. then the respective window
or dialogue is displayed in the data pane, e.g. the Alarm List or the Event Log. All windows will be opened
on top of the any window already displayed in the data pane. To close a window (except the main page)
in the data pane, click on the icon in the top right corner or press [CTRL]+[F4]. To close any pop-up
dialogue without making any changes, press [ESC].
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 139

6.3.3 Menu Tree
For an overview of the menu tree

contents refer to chapter 11.
Fig. 6-6 Two examples of the menu tree with expanded menus
Depending on the MOS 2200 customisation, the menu tree is arranged on a number of tabbed panels.
In the figure above, on the left the MCS2200 tab is selected which provides access to the lists, displays
and functions of the MOS 2200. The example of the menu tree on the right has three tabs. On the Main
tab shown, you can select different mimic diagrams configured in your system, see 6.27 on page 222.
On the System tab you can call up information on the FPDs, and view related details in graphical form,
e.g. assignment of signal ports to the monitoring channels. You can click on the desired tab or press
[CTRL]+[TAB] or [CRTL] + [PAGE UP] or [PAGE DOWN] to toggle between the tabs.
The items in the tree structure are organised in a similar way as in the Windows Explorer. Nodes are
indicated by a plus icon (+) in the tree structure. If you click on a node or double-click on the respective
label, the node is expanded. Then the subordinated items are displayed, and there might even be further
nodes among the subordinated items. The icon of the expanded node turns from a plus icon into a minus
icon (-). If you click on the minus icon, the node is collapsed so that all subordinated items are hidden
again.
NOTE:
The System tab is not required for normal operation of the MOS 2200 but for troubleshooting
and maintenance. Therefore, it is not explained in detail in these Operating Instructions. For
fault-finding you may be asked to display information on specific modules using the System
tab.
140 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.3.4 Menu Bar (IGSS)
The main page in the data pane is equipped with a conventional Windows menu bar with the standard
menus File, Edit, View, Window, and Help plus specific menus which are important for the respective
context. Many of the menu functions will also be available via the menu tree on the left. The menu bar is
related to IGSS (see section 6.1 on page 133) and provides access to IGSS elements of the SOD, i.e.
when a window has the menu bar, then it is an IGSS feature. Otherwise it is an EAD feature.
NOTE:
Many of the functions available on the menu bar are also available via the menu tree, the toolbars
at the bottom of windows or via context menus.
Fig. 6-7 Menu bar – example
The menus of the menu bar are described in chapter 11 S O D Q u i c k R e f e r e n c e – M e n u T r e e a n d M e n u

B a r I t e m s on page 287.
6.3.5 Tooltips
NOTE:
Tooltips will only be displayed, if you have selected (ticked off) the respective option on the
View menu of the Group Overview’s menu bar related to IGSS (see section 6.1 on page 133).
When you move the trackball pointer over specific screen elements, this will cause information to be
displayed in a small pop-up text box. For example, if you use the trackball to move to pointer on one of
the buttons in the header of the main screen, then a small text box appears with useful supplementary
information on that button. However, this is not implemented for all elements on screen.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 141

6.4 Operating the GUI Operating Instructions
6.4 Operating the GUI
Except from disturbing your colleges, you can cause no harm in any way by trying out the SOD functions
and GUI features using the different input devices, as long as you do not attempt to make changes which
require entering a password.
Be careful whenever a password is required. Do not enter a password

and change, e.g. parameters or properties, or simulate a value, without
being sure about the effects that this will have.
NOTE:
In most cases, there are various options to call up a function or display,
e.g. via menu tree, the menu bar, a context menu (called up by means of
a right-click), a function key or an icon.
The main functions of the SOD are handled in various different windows, e.g. Alarm List, Group Display,
etc. For operation of the SOD’s GUI, different input devices can be used:
• Trackball
• PC keyboard
• Onscreen keyboard and onscreen function keys (if configured)
NOTE:
Please note that not all functions and operations are possible using the keyboard.
6.4.1 Trackball Operation
Using the trackball you can move the pointer on screen and select items or trigger button functions. For
example, menu items are selected and triggered by a single click (left button), a double-click on a list item
will display detail information in a separate window. Some icons and other screen elements are click-
sensitive others are not. Sometimes a right-click will open a context menu. For example, if you right-click
on an entry in the Alarm List you can select the Properties menu item to display the channel details of
the related monitoring channel in a separate window. In some of the lists you can use the trackball’s scroll
wheel to scroll through the list.
You will find out that very many elements on screen are click-sensitive, or sensitive to double-clicking or
right-clicking. Hence, it is worth trying things out using the trackball to find out about the possible func-
tions in a specific window or regarding a specific screen element.
Deadman Reset
If the SOD is connected to the respective location and if a deadman timer has been set up (see section
5.16 on page 124), you can reset the deadman timer by simply moving the trackballs.
142 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.4 Operating the GUI
6.4.2 PC Keyboard Operation
NOTE:
In order to be able to use the keyboard to work with a GUI element, it needs to have the so-
called focus, i.e. it has to be the active window or field. This is indicated by a flashing input
cursor or any form of highlighting. When a window is opened, it will have the focus automat-
ically. However, in some situations you might have to click on the respective screen element
or use navigation keys (see below in this section) of the keyboard to give the desired
dialogue, field, or list entry the focus.
The keyboard of the SOD is a standard PC keyboard. The use of the keys is described in detail in the
subsequent sections. The keyboard is used to enter text and adjust values in the same way as on a
standard PC, with the exception of the function keys.
Function Keys
The function keys on the PC keyboard are specifically assigned to functional modes.
Function keys
F1 to F12
Fig. 6-8 Function keys on the PC keyboard
When you press one of the function keys, then the SOD will display the respective window in the data
pane or trigger the respective function, regardless of the current menu or functional mode displayed when
you press the key.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 143

In some cases you will be prompted to enter information required for the selected function. For example,
you might have to select an alarm system before you can continue. The assignment of functions to keys
depends on the customisation of the MOS 2200. Examples of the function keys are explained in the
following table:
Key Function
F1 reserved
F2 Alarm List.
After selection of an alarm system, the Alarm List window is opened, see section
6.11 on page 155.
F3 Main Page.
To display the main page, see section 6.12 on page 158.
F4 Group Display.
Selection of a group display, see section 6.14 on page 160.
F5 Additional Lists.
Select a specific list of alarms, failures, or channel suppression, see section 6.13
on page 159.
F6 Event Log.
Display the Event Log, see section 6.15 on page 161.
F7 Dynamic Graph.
Set up and display of a graphical chart representation of one or various chan-
nels, see section 6.16 on page 169.
F8 Channel Properties.
Display Channel Properties, see section 6.11 on page 155.
F9 Bargraph
Set up and display bargraph representations of channels, see section 6.21 on
page 198.
F10
F11 Stop horn, see section 6.9 on page 154.
F12 Acknowledge current latest alarm, see section 6.9 on page 154.
Table 6-1 SOD function keys
[ENTER] ( )
The [ENTER] key is the general accept key. For example, the [ENTER] key is used to confirm a numeric
value entered. In lists, e.g. of monitoring channels, the [ENTER] key will also open detail information to
a selected list item.
[ESC]
The [ESC] key is a general quit key. When you press [ESC], the current operation is cancelled without
any error message. This means that, e.g., if you press [ESC], while you are prompted for input in a
dialogue, the prompt is cancelled and the SOD continues to operate in the current mode.
144 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

If the [ESC] key is pressed while the SOD displays a list, properties, a pop-up dialogue, etc., then the
respective window which is displayed in the foreground will be closed. If multiple windows are open, you
may have to press [ESC] repeatedly until you reach the main page again.
[NUM LOCK] and Numeric Key Pad

[NUM LOCK] must be active to enter numeric values, else use the numeric keys in the top row, above
QUEWRTY(UIOP) row or press NUM LOCK and then use numeric key pad. Otherwise, the numeric key
pad serves as screen navigation, see labels on PC keyboard and the table below.
Screen Navigation Keys
The following table explains the functions of the navigation keys, which are used to step and page
through lists which might span over multiple screen pages.
Keys Description
[PAGE UP] Use [PAGE UP] and [PAGE DOWN] to page through
[PAGE DOWN] lists like the Alarm List or to step through other dis-
plays.
[HOME] Use [HOME] and [END] to jump to the top (oldest

[END] alarms) of a screen page, or to the bottom (newest
alarms) of the page respectively.
Arrow keys: Depending on the SOD’s mode of operation use the

[ ] [ ] keys [ ] and [ ] to step through the displayed infor-
[ ] [ ] mation line-by-line. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys, e.g. to
move the cursor in a text field.
[TAB] ( ) Use the [TAB] key to move from one field to another in
a dialogue, use [SHIFT]+[TAB] to move in reverse
direction. Use [CTRL]+[TAB] to switch between
tabbed panels of a window.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 145

6.4.3 Shortcuts – Onscreen Function Keys
The shortcuts in form of onscreen function keys are an optional feature which are only implemented in
some SODs, e.g. if the SOD is not equipped with a PC keyboard but with trackball only. An example of
the onscreen function keys is shown in the following figure:
Fig. 6-9 Onscreen function keys
The function keys basically correspond to the PC keyboard function keys, see 6.4.2 on page 143. The
assignment of functions to keys depends on the customisation of the MOS 2200.
6.4.4 Onscreen Keyboard
The onscreen keyboard is an optional feature which is only provided, if the SOD is not equipped with a
PC keyboard but with trackball only, or for safety reasons as a fallback option. If you click on the SAM
Electronics logo in the header of the main screen, the onscreen keyboard is displayed. However, this
depends on customisation. There may be a separate icon for the onscreen keyboard.
Fig. 6-10 Onscreen keyboard
146 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

You can use this keyboard to enter text and numeric values or press function keys, just as you do when
you use the physical PC keyboard. The onscreen keyboard thus emulates the PC keyboard and it can
be used if, for whatever reason, the PC keyboard does not work. Simply click on the buttons to enter the
respective letter or number or activate the respective function of the key.
6.4.5 Navigating Through Lists
If lists are displayed in windows or dialogues which do not fit in the respective display area, then there
are various ways to navigate through lists using:
• [ ] and [ ], or [PAGE UP] and [PAGE DOWN], as well as [HOME] and [END] keys of the keyboard
(if appl., after clicking on the list to give it the focus)
• Scrollbars
• Scroll wheel of the trackball
If required, click on a specific list entry to highlight and select it.
6.4.6 Selecting Items in Lists
To select an individual record, entry, or list item in a list, simply click on it. The respective item is high-
lighted to indicate that it is selected. Depending on the list, you can double-click on the item or press the
[ENTER] key, e.g. to open related detail information, or to activate other possible functions. To select
multiple items in a list, you have the following options:
• Press and hold the [CTRL] key and click on the desired items to select them.
• To select a range of list items, click on the first item of the desired range, press and hold the [SHIFT]
key, and then click on the last item of the desired range. The complete range will then be selected.
In some cases, you can still add more items to the selection by holding the [CTRL] key and clicking
on some more items.
• To select a range of list items, you can also click on the first item, and then press and hold the
[SHIFT] key, while expanding the selection using the [ ] and [ ] keys of the keyboard.
• In some cases, you will be prompted to arrange a list using a special type of dialogue. An example
is shown in the figure below:
Fig. 6-11 Selecting items to arrange a list
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 147

In such a dialogue you have to select items from a source list and move them to a target list in one or
multiple sequential steps using the buttons. "Moving" means that a list item will either be in the list on the
left or in the list on the right, not in both lists. You can select multiple items in the source list (see above)
and then move them to the right, or double-click on individual list items. You can move the complete list
from the source to the target list and vice versa using the All buttons.
If required, you can also adjust the order of the list entries in the target list by selecting entries and then
using the arrow buttons provided to move entries upwards or downwards in the list. Also, in some cases
you can click on a column heading in the lists to sort the list accordingly. The sorting order is then indi-
cated by a small arrow in the column heading. The selection buttons of the example dialogue are
explained in the following table:
Button Description
Add To move selected item(s) in the list on the left (available channels) to the list on
the right (selected channels).
Remove To remove selected item(s) from the list on the right (selected channels).
Blank The Blank button is specific to the Bargraph setup, see section 6.21 on page
198. In the example above, the Blank button serves to insert spaces in the list of
Selected Analog Channels. The spaces result in empty bargraphs in the Bar-
graph display. This is useful to arrange the individual bargraphs on the display
which offers 3 rows with 4 positions each. By inserting a blank, you can e.g. fill
up the first row of bargraphs and then insert the next bargraphs in the second
line. Also, you could arrange the bargraphs column-wise with an empty column
separating bargraphs which belong together.
All > To move all items in the list on the left (available channels) to the list on the right
(selected channels).
< All To remove all items from the list on the right (selected channels), i.e. to clear the
complete selection.
6.4.7 Adjusting Values
In most cases, values are adjusted by selecting or ticking off options using the trackball, or by entering
values in a text field. If required, you have to click on the respective control on screen to give it the focus
before you can adjust values using the keyboard. In some cases, special controls, so-called spin boxes,
are provided to increase or decrease values. The figure blow shows an example of a spin box.
Spin box control

Fig. 6-12 Adjusting a temperature value
When you click on the small arrows and hold the trackball button, then the temperature value in the
example will increase or decrease until you release the button again.
148 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.5 Selecting Monitoring Channels and Devices
6.5 Selecting Monitoring Channels and Devices
In the physical context of the MOS 2200, a device can be equipment like pumps, compressors, valves,
etc. Using the MOS 2200, dvieces can be operated and monitored. For example, a device can be a pump
which can be running or not, or a valve which can output a value like open (1) or closed (0). Within the
MOS 2200, a device is an object which is represented by a Function Block, which serves to control the
functions of the device. The output values of devices can be viewed via the Device Properties. Some
devices can also output an alarm. Alarms of such devices are handled using monitoring channels. Please
note that monitoring channels related to a device are not the actual device. This is important to differen-
tiate, e.g., when selecting Properties in the context menu in mimic diagrams. In case of the devices you
then have to decide whether you wish to view the channel properties of the related monitoring channel
or the device properties of the actual device.
There are several ways to select a monitoring channel and to display the respective details. Wherever
output values or other data of a monitoring channel are displayed, the respective details can be called
up. In the following subsections, the most important of the possible ways to call up channel and device
details are explained.
Lists
In lists of channels, there are various ways to select the channel and open the channel properties. For
example, open the Alarm List and locate the desired entry as described in section 6.11 on page 155. To
open the Channel Properties window (see section 6.18.1):
• Double-click on an entry,
• Click on an entry to highlight it and press [ENTER], or
• Right-click on an entry and select Properties in the context menu
The procedure described also applies to other lists, e.g.:
• Event Log
• Groups Displays
• Additional Lists
• List of Suppressed Channels (Cut-Out lists and Simulated)
Graphical Representations
Many graphical representations of channels provide for functions to display channel properties:
• Right-click on one of the four channel values in the header and select Properties in the context
menu, see section 6.3.1 on page 137.
• Right-click on the current alarm message in the header and select Properties in the context menu,
• Right-click on channel output values or icons in the mimic diagrams and select Properties in the
context menu.
Menu Tree
In the menu tree under Maintenance, you can select Channel Properties or Device properties. The selec-
tion procedure is the same as when using function key [F8], see below.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 149

6.5 Selecting Monitoring Channels and Devices Operating Instructions
Function Key [F8]

To select a monitoring channel using the function keys, proceed as follows:
1. When you press [F8] on the PC keyboard.
You will be prompted to select a monitoring channel:
Fig. 6-13 Selecting a channel for display
2. If you wish to select a device, click on the Device tab:
Fig. 6-14 Selecting a device for display
3. If required, narrow down the list using the Binary and Analog checkboxes.
4. If required, click on the column headings to change the sorting order and step through the list to locate
the desired entry. The arrow in the column heading indicates ascending or descending sorting order
150 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.6 Locating a Channel in the System Context (Find Function)
or the respective column.

5. Select the desired monitoring channel in the list, and click on the Select button.
The Channel Properties window or Device Properties window is displayed showing details on the
selected monitoring channel.
If you know parts of the channel ID, you can also type in the first digits or characters of the channel ID.
The list will switch to the respective position. For example, if you enter "12" the display will switch to
the first entry starting with "12". If you know the channel ID by heart you can even enter it completely.
For descriptions of the Channel Properties window, refer to section 6.18 on page 180. For descriptions
of the Device Properties window, refer to section 6.20 on page 193.
6.6 Locating a Channel in the System Context (Find Function)
Using the Find function you can locate you can locate devices (see also explanation in section 6.5) and
monitoring channels in the overall system of the MOS 2200. Whether a channel or a device is looked up
by the function, depends on the starting point when using the Find function. If you use the Find function
when device properties are displayed, the process will look up the location of the device and display the
respective mimic diagram. If, e.g., the starting point is an alarm message then the alarm is related to a
monitoring channel and the find function will locate the monitoring channel. However, the monitoring
channel and thus the respective alarm message could also be related to a device. In that case the Find
function will lead to the location of both, the device and its monitoring channel.
The Find function will open one of the mimic diagrams showing the physical location of the monitoring
channel within the MOS 2200. The channels are graphically represented in the mimic diagrams so that
you can get a concrete impression of the purpose and system context of a channel. For example, pumps
and valves are represented by standard icons, and sensor values are output at the sensor’s location in
the diagram. In case of an alarm you can easily locate, e.g. a defective component or a system in Alarm
state, see also section 6.28 P r o c e s s i n g A l a r m s U s i n g a S O D on page 228.
The starting point is always a message or other information regarding the monitoring channel or the
device in the
• Alarm List (see section 6.11, will find a monitoring channel)
• Event Log (see section 6.15, will find a monitoring channel)
• Channel Properties dialogue (see section 6.18) or Device Properties dialogue (see section 6.20)
• Header of the display (channel information or alarm message, see section 6.3)
To select the Find function, right-click on the respective entry and select Find, or, if available, click on the
icon of the toolbar. Proceed as described in the following example:
1. Right-click on an entry in the Event Log or in the Alarm List.
Alternatively, you can first double-click on the entry to open the Channel Properties window to view
some more details on the channel, and then click on the icon of the toolbar. The Find dialogue is
displayed with the currently selected monitoring channel ID as default value:
Fig. 6-15 Find dialogue
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 151

6.6 Locating a Channel in the System Context (Find Function) Operating Instructions
2. Click on OK to confirm the default value, or enter a known Channel ID to view a different channel.
The input is not case-sensitive.
If more than one mimic diagram contains the channel, a dialogue is displayed listing the possible
mimic diagrams. Example:
Fig. 6-16
3. Select the desired entry and click OK.

In the example, the channel is located in the context of the Electric Power Plant’s Switchboard, as
shown in the mimic diagram:
Fig. 6-17 Example: channel 90163BO in the mimic diagram
In the figure a right-click on the channel’s icon opened the context menu showing the channel ID. For
more information on the mimic diagrams, refer to section 6.27 on page 222.
152 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.7 Selecting an Alarm System
6.7 Selecting an Alarm System
If you do not use the menu tree to select Alarm Lists specifically for one of the alarm systems, you will
in some cases be prompted to select the respective alarm system in a dialogue:
Fig. 6-18 Selecting an alarm system
Simply click on the desired entry and click on OK or press [ENTER]. If you click on Cancel or press
[ESC], then the process will be aborted.
6.8 Entering Passwords
Some of the SOD functions are password-protected, see also section 5.6 on page 75. In such cases, the
following dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-19 Prompt for level 3 password
In the title bar of the dialogue, the required password level is indicated. In the example, password level
3 is required so that you have to enter the level 3 or 4 password.
NOTE:
The passwords configured during customisation will be handed out to you together with
these operating instructions. Changing passwords is described in section 6.26.2 on page 215.
Changing passwords requires the password of the respective next higher privilege level.
To enter the password, just type it in the text field and press [ENTER] or click on OK. To cancel the
process, press [ESC] or click on Cancel. If you enter an incorrect or invalid password, an error message
will be output, and you have to repeat the input.
NOTE:
If the error message is displayed repeatedly although you are sure you entered the correct
password, it might be that the password was changed. So if in doubt, ask you supervisor for
changed passwords.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 153

6.9 Alarm Acknowledgement Operating Instructions
6.9 Alarm Acknowledgement
Never stop the horn and acknowledge alarms with the only aim to
silence the system. Ensure that alarms are handled properly and thor-
oughly.
The general alarm handling is as described in sections 3.7 on page 45 and 5.17 on page 128 as well as
in 6.28 on page 228. On the SOD to stop buzzers and horns, click on the Stop Horn button ( ) or press
[F11]. However, if the alarm is an All Operators Call, then all alarms have to be acknowledged on the
Watch Station.
If the SOD is placed on a Watch Station location, then it has acknowledge rights for alarms. Click on the
Acknowledge button ( ) or press [F12] to acknowledge alarms. If several new alarms are present, it is
necessary to click on the button or press [F12] repeatedly as you are only allowed to acknowledge one
alarm at a time.
You can also open the Alarm List first, see section 6.11 below. In the Alarm List window, you can then
check the details of the alarms and acknowledge the alarms.
6.10 Deadman Reset
If the SOD is connected to the respective location and if a deadman timer has been set up (see section
5.16 on page 124), you can reset the deadman timer by simply moving the trackballs.
154 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.11 Alarm List [F2]
6.11 Alarm List [F2]
To open the Alarm List, press [F2], or click on the Alarm List button ( ). Select the desired alarm system
in the pop-up window and click on OK or press [ENTER]. Alternatively, you can select the Alarm List for
a specific alarm system directly in the menu tree. The Alarm List is displayed in the data pane:
Fig. 6-20 Alarm List for the Machinery Alarm System
The Alarm List shows all present and unacknowledged alarms. Unacknowledged Alarms are indicated by
a flashing entry in the State column. The alarms are chronologically listed in the Alarm List. The newest
alarms are placed at the bottom of the list.
NOTE:
To view the channel parameters of one of the monitoring channels in the list, double-click on
an entry in the list. See also sections 6.4.5 to 6.5 starting on page 147. The channel parame-
ters window is described in section 6.18 on page 180.
The list includes the following columns:

• ID
The channel ID, see also 3.4 on page 41.
• Description
Text describing the monitoring channel.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 155

6.11 Alarm List [F2] Operating Instructions
• State
The status value of the monitoring channel, see section 6.11.1 A l a r m S t a t u s V a l u e s a n d C o l o r
C o d e s below.
(and possibly the simulation mark "S" see 6.19.3)
• Message
The actual error message of the alarm.
• Value
In case of analog values, the output value of the monitoring channel.
• Unit
In case of analog values, the engineering unit of the monitoring channel’s output value.
• UTC (or LT)
The time at which the error occurred. In the example, the time is displayed as UTC. If the display is
set to Local Time, the heading would be LT. See also 6.26.1 on page 213.
6.11.1 Alarm Status Values and Color Codes
On the SOD, a channel's alarm/event state is represented by a status value shortcut text. The meaning
of the shortcuts is described in section 3.7.1 A l a r m S t a t e s a n d S t a t u s V a l u e s on page 46.
Color code of the alarm status (for priorities, also refer to section 3.7.2 on page 46):
• Green: normal state, no alarm/event
• Red: priority 1 alarm is present
• Magenta: priority 2 alarm is present
• Yellow: priority 3 alarm is present
• White: priority 4 event is present
• Light blue: alarm output is suppressed,
without suppression an alarm (priority 1 to 3) would be present.
Acknowledge status:
When the alarm status flashes, this indicates that the alarm has not been acknowledged.
Color code of the line text:

• Green:
Monitoring channel receives the required data.
• White:
Monitoring channel does not receive the required data
(communication error or device failure).
• Grey:
Entry is outdated. This indicates that the alarm condition is no longer present and that the alarm has
been acknowledged. Such entries are removed from the list, as soon as the display is updated, e.g.
by closing and re-opening the list or using the respective button in the toolbar, see section 6.11.2
below.
• Blue background: This highlights the currently selected event.
156 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.11 Alarm List [F2]
6.11.2 Alarm List Toolbar
At the bottom of the Alarm List window you will find a toolbar with functions to navigate through the list
and, e.g. to view more details. The buttons are explained in the following table:
Button Explanation
Select Dialogue. To open a dialogue to select a different alarm system, see sec-
tion 6.13 on page 159. If the Alarm List displayed was opened using the Addi-
tional List menu item in the menu tree, then you can select a different list type in
the dialogue.
This button serves to refresh the list in order to update the alarms displayed.
Acknowledged alarms which are no longer present will then no longer be dis-
played in the list. This also happens automatically when closing and re-opening
the Alarm List, and when paging through the display.
Acknowledge one alarm.
This button will acknowledge the currently selected (highlighted, blue back-
ground) alarm in the list. However, this is only possible if the SOD is the Watch
Station of the alarm system the unacknowledged alarm belongs to.
If the button is greyed out as in the example on the left, this indicates that the cur-
rent alarm has already been acknowledged or cannot be acknowledged because
the SOD is not located at the Watch Station.
Acknowledge All.
This button will acknowledge all unacknowledged alarms in the list. The same
prerequisites apply as for the acknowledge button for one alarm, see above.
Like [PAGEUP] and [PAGEDOWN] keys on the PC keyboard.
The two buttons serve to page through the Alarm List if it does not fit on one
page.
The record counter indicates the total current number of entries in the Alarm List
and the sequential number of the selected (highlighted) entry.
To print out the channel properties of the selected monitoring channel on the
printer connected to the SOD. If the button is greyed out as in the example, then
no printer is available.
This button is not active. For future use.
Table 6-2 Alarm List Toolbar

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 157

6.12 Main Page (Picture Select) [F3] Operating Instructions
6.12 Main Page (Picture Select) [F3]
The main page is displayed in the basic mode of the SOD. From that page you can select various mimic
diagrams, see section 6.27 on page 222, or Alarm Group representations (e.g. Safety Alarms or Bilge
Alarms) by clicking on the respective items on the page. Alternatively, you can select the respective item
in the menu tree of the Main tab on the left of the display. The available items on the main page depend
on the customisation of the MOS 2200. The figure below shows an example of the main page in which
the main page is titled Picture Select:
Fig. 6-21 Data pane – Example main page (Picture Select)
In the figure above, the data pane displays the main page shows all available mimic diagrams plus a
selection of the alarm groups configured in the customisation process of the MOS 2200. If you click on
an item on the main page, the respective mimic diagram or Alarm Group display will be displayed in the
data pane. Alternatively, you can select the respective items on the different tabs of the menu tree on the
left.
However, the MOS 2200 can also be configured in a manner that instead of the main page a project-
specific mimic window is displayed. In that case, the mimics are selected via the Main tab’s menu tree or
via click-sensitive icons on the main page.
If one of the square buttons in the display is red, then this means that at least on alarm is present which
was generated by one of the monitoring channels. The button flashes, if the alarm has not been acknowl-
edged.
158 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.13 Displaying Additional Lists [F5]
6.13 Displaying Additional Lists [F5]
This function corresponds to the [ADD. LISTS] button of the panels. You can select various lists for each
of the alarm systems. If you press [F5] on the PC keyboard, the Select List Type dialogue is displayed.
Select the desired alarm system from the list and the desired list option, and press [ENTER] or click on
OK. The respective list will be displayed, and its title is displayed in the title bar. Alternatively, you can
also directly select a list from the menu tree under Alarm System. The following lists are available for
each alarm system:
List Description
Suppressed Lists – Simulated Channels List of all channels the output value of which
is currently simulated, see also section 3.8
on page 47.
Suppressed Lists – Automatic Cut-Outs List of all automatic cut-outs, i.e. channels
with automatically suppressed alarms, see
also section 3.8 on page 47.
Suppressed Lists – Manual Cut-Outs List of all manual cut-outs, i.e. channels with
manually suppressed alarms, see also sec-
tion 3.8 on page 47.
Failure Lists – Device Fails List of alarm messages related to defective

equipment in the MOS 2200.
Failure Lists – Sensor Fails List of alarm messages related to defective

sensors in the MOS 2200.
Alarm Lists – Alarm Prio. 1 This is very much the same as the Alarm
List. However, the alarms output are limited
to alarms of priority 1.
Alarm Lists – Alarms Prio. 1+2 This is very much the same as the Alarm
List. However, the alarms output are limited
to alarms of priority 1 and 2.
Alarm Lists – Alarms Prio 1+2+3 Same list as the Alarm List, see section 6.11
on page 155.
Table 6-3 Available list types for each alarm system
NOTE:
In principle, the lists work in the same way as the Alarm List, see section 6.11 on page 155.
In the following, the Manual Cut-Out List is described as an example. The other lists look basically the
same and cna be selected from the tree on the left. The SOD can display channels, the alarms of which
are either automatically suppressed by an external signal such as "Finished With Engine" (Automatic Cut-
Out List) or manually suppressed, e.g. for diagnosis or fault-finding (Manual Cut-Out List).
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 159

6.14 Group Display Operating Instructions
When you select the Manual option under Suppressed Lists in the selection dialogue, the following
window is displayed:
Fig. 6-22 Manual Cut-Out List
In the Manual Cut-Out List window, the SOD displays the channels which are currently manually cut-out,
so that an alarm on the respective channel is suppressed. The channels displayed in the Cut-Out lists
are sorted by Channel ID in ascending order. In the example, the value in the State column (NORM/CA)
is displayed in light blue text color. This indicates that the channel would be in alarm state if the alarm
output were not suppressed.
For each monitoring channel (alarm/event) included in the Cut-Out list, the same information are
displayed as in the Alarm List, see section 6.11 on page 155. The buttons of the toolbar are also the
same as for the Alarm List, see section 6.11.2 A l a r m L i s t T o o l b a r on page 157.
6.14 Group Display
An alarm group is a logical group of related alarm channels. The Group display is a representation of an
Alarm Group in form of a list. To open a Group Display, press [F4]. Select the desired alarm group in the
following dialogue.
Fig. 6-23 Pop-up window to select an alarm group

Click on OK or press [ENTER] to display the respective list. Alternatively, select the desired alarm group
directly in the menu tree.
160 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.15 Event Log
Example:
Fig. 6-24 Group display – Example
The information displayed in the Alarm Group list are basically the same as in the Alarm List, see section
6.11 on page 155. However, in the Group Display, the current status of all monitoring channels is
displayed which belong to the respective alarm group. The channels are assigned to the alarm group(s)
specified under Alarm Groups in the Channel Properties, see section 6.18 on page 180.
Hence, the Group Display serves to provide you with an overview of the monitoring channels of a specific
sub-system or equipment group monitored by the MOS 2200. In the example, the PROPULSION_SHAFT
SYSTEM includes various sensor values, counter readings and so on, which are related to the propulsion
shaft of the ship.
The channels are sorted by channel ID. If the group contains more channels than can be displayed on
one page, then you can page through the channels. There is no limit to the number of channels in a
group. The buttons of the toolbar are the same as for the Alarm List, see section 6.11.2 A l a r m L i s t
T o o l b a r on page 157.
6.15 Event Log
The Event Log is a continuous list of the important events which are recorded when they occur, e.g.
changes from Normal to an alarm status an vice versa, error messages, changes in Watch status,
changes in date and time (Midnight event), etc. See also section 9.2.2 on page 256 describing the printed
form of the Event Log. Alarms are always included in the Event Log. During customisation it is defined
what optional events are recorded in the Event Log. To open the Event Log, press [F6], or click on the
Event Log button ( ). Alternatively, you can select the Event Log directly in the menu tree under Main-
tenance. The Event Log is displayed in the data pane.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 161

6.15 Event Log Operating Instructions
Example:
Fig. 6-25 Event Log
The channels in the log are sorted chronologically. When you open the Event Log, the newest events are
displayed. A double-click on a list entry opens the Channel Properties with details on the respective
channel. In the Event Log, the following is displayed for a channel:
• ID and Description:
The Channel ID and the channel name.
• State:
Channel status for alarm channels, event text for event channels, see also section 6.11.1. However,
there is no color code regarding the alarm status.
• Message
The actual message related to the alarm or event.
• Value and Unit
In case of analog channels, the output value and engineering unit.
162 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

• Unlabelled column (alarm system and priority)

If the event is related to an alarm on a monitoring channel, then the unlabelled column contains one
letter indicating the alarm system and one digit indicating the alarm priority.
For example, if there are three alarm systems Machinery (M), Bridge (B), and Cargo (C) are config-
ured, then
M2 indicates a priority 2 alarm in the Machinery Alarm System and
M- indicates an alarm in the Machinery Alarm System which is no longer present.
• UTC (or LT if Local Time is selected, see section 6.26.1 on page 213):
The time at which the status change occurred. Changes in date are indicated by the MIDNIGHT
event.
6.15.1 Event Log Files
Each active SOD stores almost all data printed on the Event Log on its hard disk. Except are output
suppression (see 6.19.5 on page 191) and the modification of channel properties. For that purpose, a
new file is created on each day, on which such data are generated. These files are permanently stored
on the SOD’s hard disk. Theoretically, files are stored until the hard disk is full. Therefore, we recommend
that you regularly back up the files on external storage media (see section 6.15.4) and then delete the
files from the hard disk (see section 6.15.5).
NOTE:
Only events are stored which occurred while the SOD was switched on. When a SOD is
switched off, then the alarms and events are not buffered in any other system component of
the MOS 2200.
You can archive the log files for long term evaluation, e.g. on a USB stick, see 6.15.4 on page 165.
6.15.2 Event Status Values and Color Codes
For status values, refer to section 6.11.1 on page 156. Please note that the color code of the alarm status
does not apply to the Event Log.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 163

6.15.3 Event Log Toolbar
At the bottom of the Event Log window you will find a toolbar with functions to navigate through the list
and, e.g. to view more details. The buttons are explained in the following table:
Button Explanation
Navigation buttons like [HOME], [PAGEUP], [PAGEDOWN], and

[END] keys on the PC keyboard.
The two buttons in the middle serve to page through the Event Log if
it does not fit on one page. The button on the very left switches to the
top of the list, the button on the right switches the display to the end of
the list.
Select Date.
Filter function to display only events of a specific day. If you click on
this button, a window is opened in which you enter the desired date in
the past. After selecting the date, then "(Not Live)" is displayed in title
bar AND the button (Live) changes it’s setting, see below. Click on
button again to undo the selection of a specific date, so that the
display returns to the latest events again.
Live indicator and selection button.

A toggle switch to indicate and to select the Live status of the Event
(Live state) Log (toggle from Not Live to Live) displaying older events or the latest
(youngest) events. The setting of the button changes,
• When you click on it.
Then older events are displayed
(Not Live state) • When you use the Select Date button ( ) to display
older events, see above.
• When paging though the Event Log using the navigation
buttons to view older events, "(Not Live)" will be displayed
in the title bar.The Live button automatically switches to
"Not Live" position. To display the latest event in the list
again click on the End button of the navigation buttons or
on the Live button. In both cases, the Live button will
return to Live position indicating that the current (latest)
events are displayed
Export Log Data.

To save Event Log files to USB stick, see section 6.15.4 on page 165.
Delete Event Log files.

To delete Event Log files from the hard disk, see section 6.15.5 on
page 167.
Print Event Log files.

To print specific Event Log files, see section 6.15.6 on page 168.
Table 6-4 Event Log toolbar
164 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.15.4 Export Log Data – Saving Event Log Data to USB Stick
Event Log files stored on the hard disk (see section 6.15.1 on page 163) of the SOD can be copied to a
USB stick, e.g. as text file for further evaluation. Proceed as follows:
1. Insert the USB stick at the alarm display.
The USB port is located on the front part of the SOD possibly under a protective plastic cap on the
front frame around the screen. This depends on the actual design of the SOD.
2. To open the Event Log window press [F6], or click on the Event Log button ( ).
3. In the Event Log window, click on the button.

A dialogue is displayed
Fig. 6-26 Export Event Log Files – selecting files
4. On the left of the window all event log files stored on hard disk are listed under Available Event Log
Files, incl. details on the date. Move all files to be exported to the list on the right, see section 6.4.6 on
page 147.
5. To copy the log file(s) as text file, activate the TXT checkbox so that it is ticked off.
TXT is the default, and there are currently no other options.
6. Behind the button the drive designation of the USB stick must be displayed. If required, click on the
button and select the USB stick. A standard Windows folder dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-27 Export Event Log Files – selecting the destination folder
7. In the dialogue, locate and select the desired folder on the USB stick, and click on OK.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 165

The previous dialogue is displayed again:
Fig. 6-28 Export Event Log Files – export options ready selected
8. Click on Export to copy all event log files of the days listed on the right to the USB stick.
9. Before removing the USB stick, it must be logged off (deactivated):
Click on the USB Eject button on the Main tab of the Maintenance window (see 6.26.11 on page 220),
click on the Stop button in the subsequent window, and then in the next dialogue, click on the OK but-
ton.
10. Remove the USB stick and close the open windows.
The files are now stored on the USB stick as text files. Example:
Fig. 6-29 Exported Event Log text file © SAM Electronics GmbH
166 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.15.5 Deleting Event Log Files
The deletion of log files is permanent. Deleted files cannot be restored. Hence, it is not
possible to undo this process.
You can delete Event Log files stored on the hard disk (see section 6.15.1 on page 163) of the SOD, if
they are no longer required, in order to maintain a clear overview. Proceed as follows:
1. In the Event Log window, click on the button.

A dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-30 Selecting Event Log files for deletion
2. On the left of the window which is opened all event log files stored on hard disk are listed under Avail-
able Event Logfiles incl. details on the date. Move the files to be copied to the list on the right, see sec-
tion 6.4.6 on page 147.
3. In order to delete the selected Event Log files immediately (no confirmation required!) and perma-
nently from the hard disk click on Delete.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 167

6.15.6 Printing Event Log Files
If a page printer is connected to the SOD, you can print the Event Log files stored on the hard disk (see
section 6.15.1 on page 163) of the SOD. You can define the time interval and the monitoring channels
the events of which shall be excluded from the printout. Proceed as follows:
1. In the Event Log window click on the button.

The Print Event Log - Filter window is opened:
2. In the Print Event Log - Filter window, under Time Interval [UTC] define the days to be considered, i.e.
the events of which are to be printed.
3. To limit the printout to events of specific monitoring channels activate Selection under Channels.
If you activate the All option, then the events of all monitoring channels will be printed, and the chan-
nel selection step will be skipped.
4. Click on the Next > button.
If you activated Selection under Channels, then you have to select teh desired channels, see next
step. Otherwise, the next step is skipped.
5. In the Select Monitoring channels window which is opened, move all monitoring channels to be
included from the list to the Selected Monitoring Channels list on the right, see section 6.4.6 on page
147.
6. After completing the selection, click on OK.
Only the events of the Selected Monitoring Channels list will be printed.
7. The Print Event Log - Preview window outlines the contents to be printed according to the settings
made.
NOTE:
As in the columns only the beginning of the columns are displayed under UTC only year and
month are visible. However, the complete exact alarm/event date will be printed. Click on the
Print button to start the printing process.
8. Click on Print and on OK in the Windows print dialogue which is opened.

A message is displayed when printing is completed.
If the settings are to be changed first, click on < Back. If monitoring channels were selected before, now
the Print Event Log - Channels window is displayed listing all selected monitoring channels. Click on Edit
to modify the selection, or click on < Back to modify the other settings.
168 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.16 Dynamic Graph (IGSS)
6.16 Dynamic Graph (IGSS)
Dynamic Graphs are an IGSS feature of the SOD. A Dynamic Graph is a graphical display of channel
output values over the time. For analog channels, the channel’s analog value is displayed as a curve.
The curves can be frozen or updated continuously on the SOD’s display. For analysis purposes, it is
possible to save snapshots of curves as files of static graphs. It is also possible to save the graph as
dynamic graph which can be called up again at a later date to display the current values at that time.
There can be predefined Dynamic Graphs which are set up during customisation, or you can set user-
defined Dynamic Graphs at any time according to your needs. The channels can be freely selected. The
time interval between two samples displayed in the curve, as well as the scales in x- and y-direction, the
colors, and further attributes can be adjusted as required.
The following figure shows an example of a user-defined Dynamic Graph:
Fig. 6-31 Dynamic Graph – Example
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 169

6.16 Dynamic Graph (IGSS) Operating Instructions
The Dynamic Graph in the example shows a representation of three monitoring channels which are
related to temperature sensors. As the temperatures are constant in the monitored time interval the
resulting curves are straight lines parallel to the x-axis. In the footer, the current time and the current
values of the monitoring channels are displayed.
The different curves displayed are distinguished by means of different colors. In this case, the colors do
not have the usual meaning as for alarm status values. They shall only serve to illustrate the relation
between the channel name and data, and the graphical representation.
Controlling the Display

Using the context menu and other trackball operations you can adapt the display to your specific needs:
• Rezoom
You can zoom into an area of the graphical representation, when you press and hold the left track-
ball button, and then drag a rectangle around the area to be viewed. When you release the trackball
button, the display is zoomed in, i.e. enlarged accordingly. To reset the display to the original
settings, right-click on the graph display and select Rezoom in the context menu.
• Font
You can change the font, style, and size of the text output in the window using a standard Windows
dialogue.
• Color
You can change the background color of the window using a standard Windows dialogue.
• Edit Parameters
To adjust various parameters of the dynamic graph, select Edit Parameters to open the Define
Graph Parameters dialogue, see 6.16.4 on page 173.
• Show Values List
To view and export values of the displayed curves, see section 6.16.5 E x p o r t V a l u e L i s t t o U S B
S t i c k on page 175.
• Save as Static Graph / Save As Dynamic Graph
• Print Graph
To print the current graph using a standard Windows print dialogue.
The operations of the time position indicator are described in section 6.16.7 on page 176
170 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.16.1 Setting Up User-Defined Dynamic Graphs
Proceed as follows to set up a user-defined Dynamic Graph:

1. Press [F7]. or on the main page’s Graph menu select Create Dynamic Graph or Graph.
Alternatively, using the trackball you can also drag a rectangle over the desired items on a mimic dia-
gram and then press [F7] or select the resppective menu item. In that case, the channels within the
rectangle will be selected, so that you can skip the next steps and continue with step 5.
The following dialogue is displayed, in which you select the desired monitoring channels to be
included in the Dynamic Graph:
Fig. 6-32 Object selection for a Dynamic Graph
2. If required, narrow down the selection of available channels. Above the list on the right, the selection
criteria are displayed.
Object Types
Click on one of the options under Object Type to narrow down the list of channels on the right to get a
more specific overview. For example, if you select the Analog option, only analog channels will be
available for selection in the list on the right. The selection is also reflected in the list heading on the
right. In this dialogue, IGSS provides more options than actually used on the SOD. If you select
Standard Types, then all available types will be listed. The Digital option will display all binary chan-
nels.
Area
Not relevant, use default value.
Template
Not relevant, use default value.
3. Select channels to be included:
In the selection list on the right of the dialogue, double-click on an entry to move it to the list of
Selected Objects, or click on an item to select it and then click on the Add button to move the entry to
the list of Selected Objects. See also section 6.4.6 on page 147.
If the list is still very long you can use the scroll bars to navigate though the list or enter the first digits
of the desired channel ID to jump to a specific position in the list.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 171

4. Click on OK. The Define Graph Period dialogue is opened:
Fig. 6-33 Defining the graph’s time settings
5. Adjust Begin Date and Time for the graph as desired.

End Date and Time are optional.
6. Adjust the Graph Period as desired:
The graph period is the time period which is covered by one screen width.
7. If required, click on Edit, to adjust further parameters, see section 6.16.4 on page 173.
8. Click on OK to open the graph you have just set up.
Click on Cancel to close the dialogue and terminate the complete process without saving any settings.
6.16.2 Viewing User-Defined Static Graphs
The static graph is a snapshot of a graph representing the state at the point in time when it is created.
When you open a static graph at a later date, then it will look exactly the same way as it did when
creating the snapshot. Proceed as follows to view a user-defined static graph:
1. On the Graph menu of the menu bar of the main page select Open Static Graph (to view a snapshot).
A standard Windows file dialogue is displayed.
2. Locate and select the desired file.
3. Click on OK to open the graph.
The Graph is then displayed in the Graph window. It can be adjusted in the way described in section
6.16.4. If you click on Cancel, the process will be aborted.
6.16.3 Viewing User-Defined Dynamic Graphs
When viewing dynamic graphs, the view will be based on the dynamic values recorded in the past or
which are currently recorded. Proceed as follows to view a user-defined dynamic graph:
1. On the Graph menu of the menu bar of the main page select Open Dynamic Graph or Open Static
Graph (to view a snapshot). A standard Windows file dialogue is displayed.
2. Locate and select the desired file. If the dynamic graph has been recorded over multiple days, you can
select a specific day or the current date to view up-to-date information.
3. Click on OK to open the graph.
The Graph is then displayed in the Graph window. It can be adjusted in the way described in section
6.16.4. If you click on Cancel, the process will be aborted.
172 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.16.4 Adjusting Graph Parameters
You can adjust graph parameters, such as colors and scale divisions when
• Setting up user-defined graphs, see section 6.16.1, step 7 on page page 172, or when
• Viewing graphs, see below
Proceed as follows:
1. Right-click anywhere on the Dynamic Graph display, and select Edit Parameters in the context menu.
You can also select Edit Graph in the Graph menu of the menu bar. The Define Graph Parameters
dialogue is opened:
Fig. 6-34 Defining Graph Parameters
2. Adjust the parameters as desired, see below. Click on OK to apply the settings, or click on Cancel to
close the dialogue without making any changes. Fields which are greyed out are read-only fields
which cannot be changed.
The following can be adjusted in the Define Graph Parameters dialogue:
• Source
LOG or BCL
LOG and BCL are the source data formats. This setting defines whether the data source is a log file
format (more precise, max. 96 hours old) or BCL format (historic data).
• Start Precision
The time precision for the start of the graph, whether accurate to the day, hour, etc.
If set to Sec. then the graph starts on the next second, else it starts with the next hour or day.
• Time Resolution
The precision of the curve, i.e. the sampling rate. If set to Automatic in Milliseconds, then the graph
is set to the smallest possible resolution. 1000 means 1 value per second.
• X-divisions
The number of divisions on the X-axis, i.e. the horizontal division of the grid displayed. Deactivate
the Show Details checkbox to suppress the display of details on the X-axis.
• Show Details
To display or hide details on the channels in the header.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 173

• Atom
Atom is the IGSS designation for the smallest unit represented in X-direction.
PV stands for process value, i.e. the output value of an analog channel
ST is the status of binary channels
• Y-max / Y-min
These are the minimum and maximum value of the Y-axis covered by the display, i.e. the vertical
range covered.
• Y-div.
The division of the y-axis. In the example, the value 20 indicates that the Y-axis is divided into 20
segments.
• Y-axis checkbox
If you deactivate the checkbox, then the Y-axis is hidden.
• Wide checkbox
If this checkbox is activated, the lines of the curves will be thicker on the display.
• Smooth checkbox
If this checkbox is activated, the lines of the curves will be based on averages and thus in a rounded
manner preventing hard edges and tips in a curve.
• Patt.
In this list you can select the pattern of the curve’s line in order to differentiate it from the other
curves. For example, this can be useful if graphs are to be printed on monochrome printers.
• Color
In this list you can select the color of the curve’s line in order to differentiate it from the other curves.
• Background Colors
Use these lists to set the background colors of the graph display, i.e. for graph, the surrounding
window, X-axis, etc.
174 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.16.5 Export Value List to USB Stick
You can display the values of the curves in tabular form and export the values as .csv file. Proceed as
follows:
1. Insert the USB stick at the alarm display.
The USB port is located on the front part of the SOD possibly under a protective plastic cap on the
front frame around the screen. This depends on the actual design of the SOD.
2. Right-click on the graph display.
3. In the context menu, select Show Values List.
The values are displayed in a separate pop-up window:
Fig. 6-35 Value list for 3 channels
4. Click on Export as CSV.

5. In the Save As dialogue which is displayed, select the destination folder on the USB stick and the file
name for the export file:
Fig. 6-36 Specifying the export file
6. Click on OK to save the file, or click Cancel to abort the process.

7. Before removing the USB stick, it must be logged off (deactivated):
Click on the USB Eject button on the Main tab of the Maintenance window (see 6.26.11 on page 220),
click on the Stop button in the subsequent window, and then in the next dialogue, click on the OK but-
ton.
8. Remove the USB stick and close the open windows.
You can now copy the file to a different data carrier on a different PC, or open it in other software appli-
cations for further analysis and processing.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 175

6.17 Trend Log (EAD) Operating Instructions
6.16.6 Save As Static Graph Or Dynamic Graph
You can save the current graph as dynamic graph so that you can call up the graph again and again with
the same settings at a later time to monitor the same channels. You can also save the current graph as
a static graph. A static graph is a snapshot of the curves currently displayed. When you open a static
graph at a later date this will be like opening a photograph of a curve scenario of the past. It will always
look the same again. When opening a dynamic graph again, the related monitoring channels will be read
and the curves will be newly written on screen resulting in a completely new, up-to-date image of what
is going on on the channels. Proceed as follows to save a graph to file:
1. Right-click on the graph display.
2. In the context menu, select Save As Static Graph or Save as Dynamic Graph.
3. In the Windows Save As dialogue which is opened, select the destination folder and enter the desired
file name.
4. Click on OK to save the file, or click Cancel to abort the process.
To open the file again, select Open Static Graph or Open Dynamic Graph in the Graph menu on the
menu bar.
6.16.7 Time Position Indicator
The time position indicator represents the current point in time on screen unless the display is frozen.
Drag the indicator to the left to freeze display for a while. Click on X-axis or time scale to restart the
dynamic display. or wait until the display would have reached the right end of the screen, i.e. the time
indicated at the right end of the time scale (last value on the right). Then the graph will return to dynam-
ically updating the display. For example, if last value on X-axis is 15:13:11 then the display will restart on
15:13 and 11 Seconds.
6.17 Trend Log (EAD)
Trend Log functions are only available if IGSS is not running. The Trend Log is one of the graphical EAD
features. It is the graphical representation of a channel’s history. For analog channels, the channel’s
analog value is displayed. The time interval between two samples of the analog value in the Trend Log
is individually specified in customisation (see 2.5 on page 30) for each analog channel. The 100 latest
values sampled are shown. The SOD can display a number of fixed predefined historical trend curve
setups, each including up to six channels. The fixed setups are defined during customisation of the
MOS 2200, and you can select them directly in the menu tree. Setting up user-defined Trend Logs is
explained in the following sections.
176 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.17 Trend Log (EAD)
6.17.1 Setting Up User-Defined Trend Logs
Proceed as follows to set up a user-defined Trend Log:

1. In the menu tree of the MOS 2200 tab, select User under Miscellaneous and Trend Log. The Setup
tab of the Trend Log window is displayed.
2. Under User Defined, click on a free (unlabelled) button in the right column. The button next to this but-
ton will later be used to call up the defined Bargraph display.
3. In the Select Monitoring Channels dialogue move the desired channels to the Selected Monitoring
Channels list on the right, see also section 6.4.6 on page 147. The output values of these channels
will be displayed as Trend Log.
Fig. 6-37 Selecting monitoring channels for a Trend Log
4. Use the arrow buttons or click on the column headings of the list to adjust the sorting order of the
selected channels as desired. In the Trend Log display, the channels will be arranged according to the
order in the Selected Monitoring Channels list.
5. Enter the name of the Trend Log in the Name field. Be sure to enter a meaningful name as it will iden-
tify the Trend Log as label on the respective button on the Setup tab.
6. Click on OK to apply your settings.
The dialogue is closed and the name you entered will now show on the button you used to start the
setup process.
7. Click on the unlabelled button next to the button with the name of the new Trend Log.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 177

6.17 Trend Log (EAD) Operating Instructions
The Trend Log is opened.
Fig. 6-38 Trend Log example
In the graphical representation, the sequence of the output values is shown over the past time. The
display is updated at regular intervals which can be defined by the operator, see below. The last twenty
updates are displayed.
When opening the display, at first the value zero is displayed. The chronological sequence of values will
not be displayed until the first change in output value. Below the graphical representation, the data of the
monitoring channels are displayed, the output values of which are represented. Alarm status and channel
description are output, in case of analog values also the output value and the respective unit.
The different curves displayed are distinguished by means of different colors. In this case, the colors do
not have the usual meaning as for alarm status values. They shall only serve to illustrate the relation
between the channel name and data, and the graphical representation.
In case of binary channel the value 1 on the Y-axis corresponds to the value ON and 0 corresponds to
the value OFF (unless "off" generates an alarm, then vice versa). If several status values are displayed,
then only the changes can be evaluated. In case of the horizontal lines the color does not always corre-
spond to the data fields.
178 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.17 Trend Log (EAD)
6.17.2 Controlling the Trend Log Display
There are various options to adapt the display to your need.

Freezing the Display
You can suppress the update and thus freeze the display. Click on the graphical representation or right-
click on the graphical representation to open the context menu. When the Live option is ticked off, it is
activated and the display is updated. Select the Live option to deactivate it so that the display is frozen.
To reactivate the updated of the display, right-click on the graphical representation and select the Live
option in the context menu to activate it again.
Changing the Frequency of the Update

The frequency of the update is reflected by the scaling on the X-axis. To change the frequency of the
update, right-click on the graphical representation and select Time Division in the context menu. Under
New select the update interval and click on OK.
Zoom
You can zoom into an area of the graphical representation, when you press and hold the left trackball
button, and then drag a rectangle around the area to be viewed. When you release the trackball button,
the display is zoomed in, i.e. enlarged accordingly:
• This results in a frozen display.
• The height of the rectangle has no effect.
To zoom in, you can also right-click on the graphical representation and select Zoom in the context menu.
Rezoom
To reset the display to the original settings after zooming in, right-click on the graph display and select
Rezoom in the context menu.
Y-Axis Label
To adjust the label of the Y-axis for an output value displayed. Place the cursor on the data of the moni-
toring channel, the Y-axis of which shall be labelled according to the output value. Press the left trackball
button, drag the cursor out of the data field, and release the trackball button.
Viewing Channel Properties

To open the related Channel Properties, click on the data field of the respective monitoring channel.
Removing a User-Defined Trend Log

To remove a user-defined Trend Log, click on the button with the respective name on the Setup tab. Now,
you can simply overwrite the existing definitions with the details of a new Trend Log. Or, in the Select
Monitoring Channels dialogue, clear the Name field and click on the <All button to remove all channels
from the Selected Monitoring Channels list. Click on OK. The Trend Log’s button is then unlabelled and
can later be used for a new user-defined Trend Log.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 179

6.18 Displaying Channel Properties [F8] Operating Instructions
6.18 Displaying Channel Properties [F8]
In order to view the details of a monitoring channel you first have to select the respective channel and
then open the Channel Properties window for that channel. See section 6.5 on page 149.
6.18.1 Channel Properties Window
After selecting a channel as described in section 6.5 on page 149, the data associated with the channel
are displayed.
Fig. 6-39 Channel Properties window of an analog monitoring channel
In this window you can use the [PAGE UP] and the [PAGE DOWN] keys on the PC keyboard to step
through the channels defined in the system. According to the ascending alphanumeric sorting order by
Channel IDs, [PAGE UP] will display the previous and the [PAGE DOWN] key will display the next
(higher) channel ID in this window. This makes it easy, e.g., to compare the individual cylinder tempera-
tures of the main engine or to compare parameters of related channels. In the following, the contents of
the Display Channel window are described structured according to the field group headings in the
window. For a description of the toolbar at the bottom of the window, refer to section 6.18.2 on page 185.
180 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.18 Displaying Channel Properties [F8]
Header Lines of the Window (Example: 26024 POD MOTOR THRUST BEARING TEMP)
The line printed in bold typeface contains the Channel ID and the channel’s name. The fields in that area
of the window identify the channel and provide information about the current state of the channel:
• ID
The alphanumeric Channel ID of the channel.
• Description
The channel’s name, a text description.
• State
The current status value of the channel, see section 6.11.1 on page 156.
• Message
The alarm message related to the State.
• Value
The output value of the channel. Empty if it is not an analog channel.
• Unit
The engineering unit of the output value (Value) of the channel. Empty if it is not an analog channel.
• UTC / LT
The time at which the channel entered an event or alarm state. If there is no present alarm on that
channel, then the field is empty.
Depending on the respective system setting, the time is specified in UTC or local time (LT).
Configuration
Under Configuration you will find information on the basic channel configuration, e.g. answers to ques-
tions like: Is it an analog or a binary channel?
• Type
The type of monitoring channel, e.g. binary or analog, see also section 3.3 on page 35.
• Alarm System
The alarm system the channel belongs to.
• Outstation
The field processing device (FPD), the channel belongs to.
• Addr.
The address of the FPD.
Channel Time
• UTC / LT
The last alarm/event date of the channel. Depending on the current system time setting, this is
displayed in UTC or local time (LT).
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 181

•
If you click on this button or double-click on the data displayed, a pop-up window will open in which
you can view the channel time:
Fig. 6-40 Channel Time dialogue
In the Channel Time dialogue, the Alarm/Event date (List) and the change date (Value) of the moni-
toring channel are shown in UTC and local time (LT).
See also 6.26.1 on page 213.
Alarm Groups
A channel can be assigned to various alarm groups:
• No.
The group number of the alarm group the channel belongs to.
• Name
The name of the alarm group the channel belongs to.
•
If you click on this button or double-click on the data displayed, a pop-up window will open in which
you can view the selected alarm groups the monitoring channel is assigned to. To change the
assignment to alarm groups, proceed as described in section 6.19.2 on page 187.
Simulation
• Status
The current simulation status of the channel. See also 3.8 on page 47.
ON: The output value of the channel is simulated by a manually entered value, see description of
field Value below.
OFF: The output value of the channel is not simulated.
• Value
The manually entered value which is used to simulate the output value of the channel.
OFF means that the simulation is inactive.
•
If you click on this button or double-click on the data displayed and enter the required password, a
pop-up window will open in which you can change the simulation status and value of the channel,
182 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Data Log
• Logging Status
This value indicates whether the channel is included in the Datalog or not (=Not included), see
section 9.6 on page 266. As the Datalog is maintained directly on the FPDs, there is no display func-
tion for the Datalog on the SOD but only the print function see section 6.26.8 on page 219.
•
pop-up window will open in which you can change the Logging Status, see section 6.19.4 on page
191.
Channel Parameters
• Limit
Sequential number of the limit value. Up to 3 limits can be defined, e.g. High Limit, High High Limit
and Low Limit.
• Type
The type of limit, e.g. HIGH LIMIT, HIGH HIGH LIMIT, LOW LIMIT, BINARY.
• Message
The message related to an alarm on the channel caused by violating the respective limit.
• Prio.
Priority of an alarm on the channel caused by violating the respective limit.
• Value
The limit value related to the respective limit of the channel. Empty if it is not an analog channel.
• Del. On/Off
Alarm delay. The output value of the channel must be outside the limit at least for the On Delay time
span specified here in order that an alarm is triggered. If the value is within the limits again for at
least the Off Delay time specified here, then the channel returns to Normal status. In the example,
2 seconds are set as On Delay and 1 second as Off Delay.
• M. Cut
The current Manual Cut-Out status of the channel. See also 3.8 on page 47.
OFF: The alarm output of the channel is not suppressed.
ON: The alarm output of the channel is manually suppressed.
• Auto Cut
The current Automatic Cut-Out status of the channel. See also 3.8 on page 47.
OFF: The alarm output of the channel is not suppressed.
ON: The alarm output of the channel is automatically suppressed.
•
pop-up window will open in which you can change the channel parameters, see section 6.19.5 on
page 191.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 183

Channel Calculation (read only)

Under Channel Calculations you are informed about the way the monitoring channel is set up in terms of
calculating the output value.
• Signal
If there is only one entry, then Signal is "MAIN" to indicate that the output value of the channel is the
direct result of the monitoring channel, e.g. a sensor voltage converted into a temperature value. In
case of additional entries, e.g. "SUBTRACT" indicates that a subtraction is carried out to calculate
the output value of this channel. This way a channel could, e.g. output a deviation from an average
of multiple temperature values. For more information on channel types, also refer to section 3.3.4 on
page 39.
• Type
The type of source used as input to the monitoring channel, e.g. a SENSOR INPUT or another MON.
CHANNEL.
• ID/Name
The channel ID and the name of the source channel, source sensor, etc.
• Mod. ID
The ID of the module the monitoring channel belongs to.
• Terminal
The terminal ID the monitoring channel belongs to.
• Range
Value range for analog channels, e.g. +0..+100°C.
184 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.18.2 Channel Properties Toolbar
In the table below, the toolbar of the Channel Properties window is explained:
Button Explanation
Select Dialogue.
To select a different monitoring channel via list dialogue, see section
6.5 on page 149.
Find.
This button opens a search dialogue in which you can enter a known
channel ID and then display the respective mimic diagram. See sec-
tion 6.6 on page 151.
Password Level.
This button is both an indicator and toggle switch. The button opens a
prompt for a password. The activated (pressed) button indicates that
a password has been entered so that password-protected fields can
be edited.
Acknowledge alarm.
This button will acknowledge the alarm of the channel currently dis-
played. However, this is only possible if the SOD is located at the
Watch Station of the alarm system the unacknowledged alarm
belongs to.
If the button is greyed out as in the example on the left, this indicates
that there is no alarm to be acknowledged.
Navigation buttons.
The two buttons in the middle serve to step through the channels.
The button on the very left switches to the first channel, the button on
the right switches the display to the last of the channels.
You can also use the [PAGE UP] and [Page DOWN] keys on the PC
keyboard to step through the individual channels.
Record counter.
The record counter shows the sequential number of the channel cur-
rently displayed, together with the total number of channels defined in
the system. When you use the [PAGE UP] and the [PAGE DOWN]
keys on the PC keyboard to step through the individual channels, the
left number will be increase or decrease, and the details displayed
will be updated accordingly.
Channel notes.
If this feature is activated by customisation, you can click on this but-
ton to open a text window, in which you can enter a note like in a sim-
ple text editor. Existing notes are displayed and can be edited.
Edit Mode.
To change other basic Channel Properties. Click on this button to
change the actual channel definition, see section 6.19.2 on page 186
This function requires a password (level 3).
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 185

6.19 Adjusting Channel Properties Operating Instructions
Button Explanation
abc
To print out the channel properties of the selected monitoring channel
if a printer is connected to the SOD. If the button is greyed out as in
the example, then no printer is available.
Table 6-5 Event Log toolbar
6.19 Adjusting Channel Properties
high value, or by other means suppress alarms, this might prevent
important alarms resulting in damage to equipment and consequential
accidents in operation!
Using the channel properties you can make minor adjustments on the channel properties, such as cut-
out and simulation status, limit values and so on. The adjustments are described in the following sections.
6.19.1 Channel Properties – Password Level Mode
Never use this function to deactivate password prompts permanently.

Be sure to deactivate it as soon as you have finished your work!
If, in a longer working process, you have to use functions repeatedly which are password-protected, you
can deactivate the password prompts using the button in the toolbar. The button is set to activated
state (pressed) when a password has been entered either via the button or when editing channel
properties when, e.g. changing the Logging status in the Channel Properties. Once the password level is
activated you can edit password-protected fields with out having to enter a password again and again
unless a higher password level is required. However, the Password Level has a timer function, it is deac-
tivated automatically after 2 minutes if no further changes are made. This is indicated accordingly by the
button in the toolbar. Proceed as follows:
1. If not done, select a monitoring channel and open the Channel Properties window as described in
section 6.5 on page 149. The same applies in principle to devices.
186 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.19 Adjusting Channel Properties
2. Click on in the toolbar.

4. Now, if you use functions in the Channel Properties window, which would normally require a pass-
word, e.g. editing channel parameters, the password prompt will now be skipped and the respective
dialogues will be displayed immediately when you select the respective functions.
When you have finished your work you can manually deactivate the password level mode by clicking on
in the toolbar again. Otherwise, the timer function will deactivate the mode automatically. The SOD
will return to normal operation, i.e. there will be password prompts again, if you want to edit fields in the
windows.
6.19.2 Change Channel Definition
Never adjust channel settings, if you are not sure about the conse-
quences of the changes! For example, if you set a high temperature limit
to a very high value, this might prevent important alarms resulting in
damage to equipment and consequential accidents in operation!
NOTE:
For definition of spare channels, refer to section 6.26.5 on page 217.
In the Channel Definition window you can adjust various settings of a monitoring channel, such as the
basic assignment to alarm system and alarm groups, as well as input and limit specifications. To open
the Channel Definition Window proceed as follows:
2. In the footer, click on the button and enter the required password.
The Channel Definition window is opened. It consists of the two tabs Main and Input/Limits shown in
figure 6-41 and figure 6-42.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 187

3. In the Channel Definition window you can view and, if required, change specific channel properties:
Fig. 6-41 Channel Definition window – Main
The Main tab of the Channel Definition window includes the following fields:
• Activate (read only)
This checkbox indicates whether the channel is active (ticked off) or not.
• ID (read only)
The channel ID of the channel.
• Name
The text description of the channel. Max length: 30 alphanumeric characters.
Any input is not case-sensitive, alphabetic characters are automatically converted to capitals.
• Type (read only)
The channel type of the channel, e.g. Analog or Binary.
• Alarm System (read only)
The alarm system the channel belongs to.
• Included in Datalog
If the checkbox is ticked off, then the logging status is activated, i.e. the monitoring channel is
included in the Datalog.
• Available Alarm Groups

This list shows all alarm groups of the MOS 2200. You can select alarm groups in order to assign
the channel to them, see Included in Alarm Groups below.
188 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

• Included in Alarm Groups

This list includes all alarm groups the monitoring channel is assigned to. Using the Add and Remove
buttons, you can add groups from the Available Alarm Groups list or remove entries from the list.
Fig. 6-42 Channel Definition window – Input/Limit tab
The Input/Limits tab of the Channel Definition window includes the following fields:
• Input Scaling Block
In this list, you can select the type of main input and the related output of the monitoring channel.
This specifies the type of conversion of an electric current in mA into a temperature or speed. Exam-
ples: Speed 0-15000rpm, 20 mA, Temp 0-70°c, PT100 / 4; Valve Position in %.
• Message Text / Normal State
In this list you can select the predefined message for the channel in case of Normal states, i.e. if
there is no alarm/event present on that channel. This message is output, e.g., in the Channel Prop-
erties window or in the Event list when the channel returns to Normal state.
Alarm Limit 1 - 3
In these field groups you can select the conditions that cause an alarm and specific parameters regarding
the alarm:
• Type:
The trigger type of the alarm. For example, if you select LOW LIMIT, then an alarm will be triggered
if the output value of this monitoring channel falls below the low limit value.
• Message Text
In this list you can select the predefined message for the channel which is output in case of an alarm
of the type specified above. That means, if there is the respective alarm on that channel, this
message is output, e.g., in the Alarm List or in the Channel Properties window.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 189

• Priority
The alarm priority of the alarm specified above.
1 is the highest priority.
• Limit Value
The actual limit value to which channel output values are compared to in order to check whether
output values violate a limit.
• Delay On
Definition of the alarm delay for triggering an alarm. If, e. g. "1" Sec. is set as Delay On for a low
limit alarm, then an alarm will be triggered if the output value of the monitoring channel falls below
the lower limit value for more than 1 second. The alarm triggered will have the priority and message
text defined in the fields above.
• Delay Off
Definition of the alarm delay for returning from an alarm state to Normal. If, e. g. "1" Sec. is set as
Delay Off for a low limit alarm, then the channel will return to Normal state again after an alarm, if
the output value exceeds the lower limit again for more than 1 second.
6.19.3 Adjusting Channel Properties – Simulation Status and Value
Using the simulation function, the output value of a monitoring channels is overwritten by the simulated
value which is manually entered, see section 3.8.3 on page 48. Proceed as follows:
2. Next to the Simulation field group, click on the button and enter the required password. The
Channel Simulation window is displayed:
Fig. 6-43 Channel Simulation window
3. In the Channel Simulation pop-up window click on the ON button under Simulation.
You will then be prompted to enter the value which shall serve to replace the original output value.
4. Enter the simulated output value under Value, and click on the OK button.
If the monitoring channel monitors a status signal, ON or OFF can be entered as value. ON always
means that an event and, if appl., an alarm is simulated.
Now, the output value of this monitoring channel will constantly be the simulation value you just entered
until you deactivate the simulation again. To deactivate the simulation, proceed as describe above but
select OFF in step 3.
190 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.19.4 Adjusting Channel Properties – Logging Status (Datalog)
You can select whether the monitoring channel shall be included in the Datalog (see also section 9.6).
Proceed as follows:
2. Next to the Datalog field group, click on the button and enter the required password.
3. In the pop-up window, adjust the setting as desired.
6.19.5 Adjusting Channel Parameters
You can adjust the settings regarding alarms and limit values under Channel Parameters in the Channel
Properties window. Proceed as described in the following example of an analog channel:
2. Next to the Channel Parameters field group, click on the button of the desired entry and enter the
required password. Up to three entries may be available, each representing one limit of the monitoring
channel. See also descriptions under 6.18.1.
3. In the pop-up window, adjust the setting as described below.
Fig. 6-44 Adjusting a channel limit
Adjusting Channel Parameters – Alarm Delay

Enter the values, or use the spin boxes to set the values.
Delay On
Definition of the alarm delay for triggering an alarm. If, e.g. "1" Sec. is set as Delay On for a low limit
alarm, then an alarm will be triggered if the output value of the monitoring channel falls below the lower
limit value for more than 1 second. The alarm triggered will have the priority and message text defined
in the fields above.
Delay Off
Definition of the alarm delay for returning from an alarm state to Normal. If, e. g. "1" Sec. is set as Delay
Off for a low limit alarm, then the channel will return to Normal state again after an alarm, if the output
value exceeds the lower limit again for more than 1 second.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 191

Adjusting Channel Parameters – Manual Cut-Out

In specific situations it might be useful to suppress the alarm output by specific monitoring channels, e.g.
in order to prevent unnecessary alarms during fault finding and repair of a monitored system. Select the
On option if you wish to suppress the alarm output of this monitoring channel, see also section 3.8 on
page 47.
Adjusting Channel Parameters – Value (Limit Value)

Enter the value, or use the spin box to set the value. The engineering unit the limit of this monitoring
channel is displayed next to the input field.
192 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.20 Displaying Device Properties
6.20 Displaying Device Properties
In order to view the details of a device you first have to select the respective device and then open the
Device Properties window for that device, see section 6.5 on page 149. The window comprises three tabs
which are explained in the following subsections. The toolbar of the Device Properties window is
described in section 6.20.4 on page 196.
6.20.1 Device Properties – Function View Tab
On the Function View tab, the functional details of the device inputs and outputs are listed:
Fig. 6-45 Device Properties – Function View Tab
The toolbar is explained in section 6.20.4 on page 196. The Function View Tab includes the following
fields:
Header Section
• ID
The ID of the device.
• Yard ID
ID for the device. This is defined by the shipyard.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 193

6.20 Displaying Device Properties Operating Instructions
• Description
Text description of the device.
Inputs
• Signal
Here, the name and meaning of interfaces are listed which are required for this device.
• Value
Outputs provided by the system as inputs to this device, e.g. signals of an actual pump, which are
processed as inputs in this device.
• Unit
The engineering unit of the analog values.
• Type
The source type. Definition of the input signal of the function block. SENSOR INPUT is a connection
on a module of the field processor. Serial input comes from an interface. SLS POINT is a calculated
value of the field processor. MON. CHANNEL is a monitoring channel of the field processor.
• ID
Source ID. ID of the outputs provided by the system, which are used as inputs for the device here.
• Name
Source Description. Name of the outputs provided by the system, which are used as inputs for the
device here.
Outputs
• Signal
Here, the name and meaning of outputs are listed which are required for this device.
• Value
Outputs generated by the device as inputs the actual system.
• Unit
• Type
Definition of the output signal of the function block. SENSOR INPUT is a connection on a module of
the field processor. Serial input comes from an interface. SLS POINT and MON. CHANNEL are not
possible here.
• ID
Target ID. ID of the inputs to the system, which are used for the outputs of this device.
• Name
Target Description. Name of the inputs to the system, which are for the outputs of this device.
Interlocks
For some devices, interlocks are defined, e.g. Start Release, Stop Release or External Fail. These are
used to lock the device in case of e.g. failure. The parameters are basically the same as for inputs and
outputs.
194 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.20.2 Device Properties – Terminal View Tab
The Terminal View tab provides details on the relation of the device to the field processing devices:
Fig. 6-46 Device Properties – Terminal View Tab
In addition to the header section and the Signal, Value, Unit, and Type fields (see D e v i c e P r o p e r t i e s –
F u n c t i o n V i e w T a b above), the Terminal View tab includes the following fields:
Inputs / Outputs / Interlocks
Inputs, outputs, and, if available, interlocks have the same fields:
• Outstation
Field processing device. This is the designation of the field processing device (FPD) providing this
piece of information, or which serves to further process the information.
• Addr.
FPD address. Unique address of the field processor in the overall system.
• Mod. ID
Module ID. Specification of the connection module for this input, or for the output respectively.
• Terminal
Terminal designation of the connection on the module of the FPD.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 195

6.20 Displaying Device Properties Operating Instructions
6.20.3 Device Properties – Parameter View Tab
The Parameter View tab provides details on the parameters defined for this device:
Fig. 6-47 Device Properties – Parameter View Tab
In many cases, various delays and durations are listed on this tab, as well as pressure limits, which all
serve to control the device. In addition to the header section (see D e v i c e P r o p e r t i e s – F u n c t i o n V i e w
T a b above), the Parameter View tab includes the following fields:
Standard Parameters
• Name
Parameter name. this column lists the names of all parameters defined for this device.
• Value
Parameter value. The value of the parameters for this device.
• Unit
6.20.4 Device Properties Toolbar
In the table below, the toolbar of the Device Properties window is explained:
Button Explanation
Display other device.

To select a different device via list dialogue, see section 6.5 on page
149.
Password Level.
This button is both an indicator and toggle switch. The button opens a
prompt for a password. The activated (pressed) button indicates that
a password has been entered so that password-protected fields can

be edited.
196 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Button Explanation
abcfffffff
Acknowledge alarm.
This button will acknowledge the alarm of the device currently dis-
played. However, this is only possible if the SOD is located at the
Watch Station of the alarm system the unacknowledged alarm
belongs to.
Navigation buttons.
The two buttons in the middle serve to step through the devices.
Alternatively, you can use the [PAGE UP] and [PAGE DOWN] keys
on the PC keyboard. The button on the very left switches to the first
channel, the button on the right switches the display to the last of the
channels.
The record counter shows the sequential number of the device cur-
rently displayed, together with the total number of devices defined in
the system. When you use the navigation buttons or [PAGE UP] and
[PAGE DOWN] to step through the individual channels, the left
number will be increase or decrease, and the details displayed will be
updated accordingly.
To print out the device properties of the selected device, if a printer is

connected.

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 197

6.21 Bargraph [F9] Operating Instructions
6.21 Bargraph [F9]
The Bargraph window is a graphical representation of up to 12 monitoring channels in form bargraphs.

The bargraphs show the output values in relation to max. and min. limit values. If configured during
customisation (see section 2.5 on page 30), you can select predefined Bargraph displays in the menu
tree. Also, you can set up and define up to 10 user-defined Bargraph displays, see section 6.21.2 on
page 199. The following figure shows an example:
Fig. 6-48 Bargraph with 11 channels
To open the related Channel Properties display, click on a bargraph of a monitoring channel. When you
right-click on the bargraphs, you can select various items in the context menu:
• Properties
Opens the Channel Properties window.
• Acknowledge
To acknowledge an alarm on the respective channel.

• Note
To add a note on the channel.
• Find
To locate the channel in a mimic diagram, see section 6.6 on page 151.
198 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.21 Bargraph [F9]
6.21.1 Selecting Existing Bargraph Displays
To select predefined Bargraph displays select the respective item in the menu tree. To select a user-
defined Bargraph display select User under Bargraph in the menu tree. If required, click on the Setup tab
and then use the respective unlabelled button to open the desired Bargraph display.
6.21.2 Setting Up User-Defined Bargraph Displays
Proceed as follows to set up a user-defined Bargraph display:

1. Select [F9] Bargraph or click on Miscellaneous, Bargraph, User in the menu tree. The Bargraph win-
dow is opened.
2. If required, click on the Setup tab.
3. Under User Defined, click on a free (unlabelled) button in the right column. The button next to this but-
ton will later be used to call up the defined Bargraph display.
4. In the Select Analog channels dialogue move the desired channels to the Selected Analog Channels
list on the right, see also section 6.4.6 on page 147. The output values of these channels will be dis-
played as bargraph.
Fig. 6-49 Selecting channels for Bargraph display
5. Use the arrow buttons or click on the column headings of the list to adjust the sorting order as desired.
In the Bargraph display, the channels will be arranged according to the order in the Selected Analog
Channels list.
6. If required, insert blanks using the Blank button to adjust the distance between the bargraphs and to
arrange them in the rows of the Bargraph display.

7. Enter the name of the Bargraph display in the Name field. Be sure to enter a meaningful name as it
will identify the Bargraph display as label on the respective button on the Setup tab.
8. Click on OK to apply your settings.
The dialogue is closed and the name you entered will now show on the button you used to start the
setup process.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 199

6.22 Journal Operating Instructions
9. Click on the unlabelled button next to the button with the name of the new bargraph.
The Bargraph display is opened.
6.21.3 Removing User-Defined Bargraphs
To remove a user-defined Bargraph, click on the button with the respective name. Now, you can simply
overwrite the existing definitions with the details of a new graph. Or, in the Select Analog Channels
dialogue, clear the Name field and click on the <All button to remove all channels from the Selected
Analog Channels list. Click on OK. The Bargraph’s button is then unlabelled and can later be used for a
new user-defined Bargraph.
6.22 Journal
You can define lists for individual systems or sections monitored, so-called journals. The lists serve to
provide an overview of the operating state at all times. As the lists can be printed and the respective times
can be programmed by the operator, the operating state of these systems or sections can also be logged
by means of such lists, see section 6.22.4 on page 204.
The lists are pages, the aggregation of all pages is the journal. The journal can be divided into groups so
that each page belongs to a group. Complete groups will always be logged, i.e. not individual pages. The
journal can be created, edited, and displayed in the Journal window. The journal is individually created at
each SOD. There is no system-wide availability of the journal.
6.22.1 Creating the Journal and Editing Pages
NOTE:
Edited pages cannot be subsequently assigned to a different group. If, on account of the
number of pages to be edited a division into groups is useful, then therefore at first the
groups must be defined. The sequence in which the groups are later displayed (in the Select
Journal window) depends on the chronological sequence in which the groups are defined.
If the journal shall serve for logging purposes then already at the time of definition of the
groups it must be taken into account that all pages of a group will be printed.
When creating a journal, you have to define groups and edit the pages. Proceed as follows:
1. Select the Journal item under Miscellaneous in the menu tree.
The Select Journal dialogue is displayed.
2. Close the Select Journal dialogue using the Cancel button.
3. Click on the arrow of the button in the footer to open the pop-up menu providing access to all
edit functions to work on the journal. Below the line, all defined groups are listed in the menu.
4. Select New Group, and enter the required password.
In the New Group Name window which is opened, enter the name of the group and click on the OK
button.
5. To insert pages of the group, open the popup-menu of the button, select the entry of the group cre-
ated, and then select New Page in the sub-menu.
200 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.22 Journal
The New Page Name window is displayed.

6. Enter the name of the page and click on the OK button to confirm.
The Select Monitoring channels dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-50 Selecting monitoring channels for a journal
7. In the Select Monitoring channels dialogue, move all monitoring channels, which shall appear on the
page, to the Selected Monitoring channels list on the right. See also section 6.4.6 on page 147.
A maximum of 50 entries in the list on the right is possible.
8. If required, adjust the sorting order of the list on the right, see also section 6.4.6 on page 147.
The order on the page corresponds to the order of the completed list on the right.
9. If required, you can change the name of the page in the Name field.
10. Click on OK to complete the creation process.
To add further pages to the group, repeat steps 5 to 10 above.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 201

6.22.2 Opening an Exisiting Journal Page
To open a page, proceed as follows:

1. Select the Journal item under Miscellaneous in the menu tree.
The Select Journal dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-51 Selecting a journal page
2. Select the desired page and click on OK.

The page is displayed and its title is shown on the title bar of the window.
3. To display a different page, click on the button on the left in the control bar at the bottom.
On each page a maximum of 50 arbitrary monitoring channels can be listed. For each monitoring
channel, the same data are output in the same manner as in the Alarm List or Event Log, see sections
6.11 and 6.15. Exception: You can define the sequence on the page when editing the page.
To display the Channel Properties of a channel in the display, double-click on the desired item in the list.
The buttons in the toolbar are described in the following table:
Button Explanation
Display other journal page.

To select a different page via the Select Journal dialogue.
Acknowledge alarm.
This button will acknowledge the oldest alarm of the channels dis-
played device currently displayed. However, this is only possible if

the SOD is the Watch Station of the alarm system the unacknowl-
edged alarm belongs to.
202 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Button Explanation
Acknowledge All.
fff
This button will acknowledge all unacknowledged alarms in the list.
Edit Mode.
button:
To rename or edit the page currently displayed. When you click on
the button in the toolbar, and enter the required password, the
Select Monitoring Channels window is opened in which you can edit
the page’s name and other settings, see section 6.22.1 on page 200.
button:
To create and edit journals and pages via pop-up menus, see section
6.22.3 on page 203, and to print journals, see section 6.22.4 on page
204.
Define Scheduled Printout.

Delete Page.
Click on this button to delete the page currently displayed. Confirm
the security prompt.
6.22.3 Edit Mode Functions
To access the Edit Mode functions, click on the arrow next to the button in the footer to open the
pop-up menu. The menu items of the pop-up menu are described in the following.
Scheduled Printout
To set up printing of the current Journal group. See section 6.22.4 on page 204.
New Group
When you select New Group in the context menu, you have to enter the required password. In the New
Group Name window which is opened, enter the name of the group and click on the OK button.
NOTE:
Edited pages cannot be subsequently assigned to a different group. If, on account of the
number of pages to be edited a division into groups is useful, then therefore at first the
groups must be defined. The sequence in which the groups are later displayed (in the Select
Journal window) depends on the chronological sequence in which the groups are defined.
If the journal shall serve for logging purposes then already at the time of definition of the
groups it must be taken into account that all pages of a group will be printed.
List of Groups (e.g. "1. Main Engine")
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 203

If you point on one of the group names listed in the pop-up menu, this will open a sub-menu with the
following items:
• Rename (renaming the current group)
In the pop-up menu, place the cursor on the group to be renamed (below the line). Enter the pass-
word to open the New Group Name window in which you enter the new name of the group. Click on
the OK button to confirm the changes.
• Remove (deleting the current group)
When deleting a group, also all pages of the group will be deleted. Enter the password and confirm
the security prompt with Yes.
• Printout
This menu item opens the Printout Schedule dialogue, see 6.22.4 on page 204.
• New Page (Creating and Editing a Page)
• Remove Page (Deleting a Page)
Enter the required password. A window is displayed in which you select the page to be removed.
Click on the OK button or on the respective button in the toolbar, enter the password and confirm
the security prompt. If the page to be deleted is currently open, then it will not actually be removed
until another screen is called up.
Renaming or Editing a Page

To rename or edit a page, display the desired page, click on the button in the toolbar, and enter the
required password. The Select Monitoring Channels window is opened in which you can edit the page’s
name and other settings, see section 6.22.1 on page 200.
Alternatively, open the pop-up menu of the button, select the respective group in the menu to open
the sub-menu, and then select the page you wish to edit. Enter the required password. The Select Moni-
toring Channels window is opened in which you can edit the page’s name and other settings, see section
6.22.1 on page 200.
6.22.4 Printing Journal Pages
The pages can be printed on the printer connected to the SOD. To print a page on demand, open the
page to be printed and press [CTRL]+[P] on the PC keyboard.
For each group it can be defined that all pages are printed on each day
• Within a specified time span in a predefined interval or
• At predefined times
Without changing these settings, printing of individual groups or of all groups can be suppressed. The
following settings are made in the same pop-up menu, in which the editing functions are selected for the
journals, see section 6.22.1 above.
Printing at Predefined Intervals

Proceed as follows to activate printing at predefined intervals:
1. In the pop-up menu of the button, open the sub-menu of the group for which the print settings shall
be programmed.
204 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Alternatively, you can click on the button to open the Printout Schedule dialogue, and skip step 2.
2. In the sub-menu, select Printout and enter the required password.
The Printout Schedule dialogue is opened.
Fig. 6-52 Printout Schedule dialogue
3. Under Entry Display, the current UTC/LT system setting (read only, see section 6.26.1 on page 213) is
shown indicating whether the printing times are according to UTC or the respective Local Time.
4. Activate the Cyclic option and define the interval for daily printing under Start and End. Enter the print
interval under Interval.
If the output shall be printed at the same interval over several days, not only the interval must be divis-
ible by 24 hours, but also a point in time must be entered under End, which is later than the last
planned daily print.
5. If the settings shall become effective immediately, activate the Enable Printout checkbox.
6. Click on the OK button.
Printing at Predefined Times

Proceed as follows to activate printing at predefined times:
1. In the pop-up menu of the button, open the sub-menu of the group for which the print settings shall
be programmed, and select Printout. Alternatively, you can click on the button to open the Printout
Schedule dialogue, see figure 6-52.
2. Activate the Daily Printouts option and click on the Add button.
To correct a point in time entered: select the time an click on Edit.
To delete a time entered: select the time an click on remove Remove.
Another dialogue is opened.
3. Enter the printing time and click on OK. If required, repeat this procedure for other daily times.
4. If the settings shall become effective immediately, activate the Enable Printout checkbox.
5. Click on the OK button.
Suppressing the Print Functions

To suppress and reactivate printouts of individual groups, activate or deactivate the Enable Printout
checkbox, see step 4 above under P r i n t i n g a t P r e d e f i n e d T i m e s . To suppress and reactivate all Journal
printing: in the pop-up menu, adjust the Scheduled Printout option after entering the password.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 205

6.23 Thermonitor Display Operating Instructions
6.23 Thermonitor Display
Depending on the customisation (see section 2.5 on page 30), the MOS 2200 can contain up to 16 ther-
monitors. Thermonitors are combinations of several monitoring channels which serve, e.g., to monitor
exhaust gas temperature, including measurement of actual cylinder temperatures, average temperature
and deviation from average temperature. For further description of the thermonitor function, please refer
to chapter 3 and particularly to section A V E R A G E on page 40.
To display the details of a specific thermonitor select the desired item under Thermonitor in the menu
tree. The selected thermonitor is displayed in the following way:
Fig. 6-53 Thermonitor example with display of exhaust gas temperatures for 5 cylinders.
The buttons of the toolbar have the same functions as in the Channel Properties window. For explana-
tions refer to section 6.18.2 on page 185. The following is displayed in the Thermonitor window:
Header
• Thermonitor ID (channel ID)
• Yard ID
• Description (thermonitor name)
Channel List (on the left)
• Sequential number
206 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.23 Thermonitor Display
• Channel:
Channel ID for the input channels (1 - 16) to the thermonitor. The IDs for the deviation channels are
not displayed
• Abs:
Values of the input channels (1 - 16) to the thermonitor
• Dev:
Deviation values (1-16) from the average
Bargraphs (on the right)
• Bargraph and actual value of the average channel
• Bargraph and actual value of the input channels (1 - 16)
• Bargraph displaying the deviation values of the input channels (1 - 16) from the average
The display range for the bargraphs is defined during customisation (see 2.5 on page 30) of the system.
If less than the maximum number of 16 input channels are used, only the defined channels are shown.
The bargraphs are displayed according to the color scheme in the following table:
Color Status
Red Unacknowledged or alarm
Blue Cut-Out
Green Normal
Yellow question mark "?" Communication failure with the

FPD which contains the channel
Table 6-6 Thermonitor bargraph color code
Basically, the thermonitor is a combined graphical representation of multiple channels. Thus, the toolbar
at the bottom of the window corresponds to the toolbar in the Channel Properties window, see 6.18.2.
When you click on one of the bargraphs or double-click on an entry in Abs. column this will open the
Channel Properties window for the respective monitoring channel.
When you right-click on one of the graphical representations in the window, the context menu offers the
following options:
• Properties
To open the Channel Properties window for the related channel.
• Acknowledge
To acknowledge an alarm on the related channel.
• Note
To add or edit notes on the related channel.
• Find
To display the channel in a mimic diagram, see section 6.6 on page 151.
Equalize and Reset Buttons
If set up during customisation, the window may contain the two buttons Equalize and Reset. If small vari-
ations in a thermonitor are normal due to the nature of the respective system, then you can use the
Equalize button to compensate for such variations in the values so that no alarms are generated. Use the
Reset button to deactivate the Equalize function again.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 207

6.24 Manoeuvre Recorder Log Operating Instructions
6.24 Manoeuvre Recorder Log
The manoeuvre recorder log is the representation of data of specific main engine(s). Representation and
contents are the same as for the printed manoeuvre log, but the selection of data may differ from the
manoeuvre log. Just as the manoeuvre log, the manoeuvre recorder log is completely defined during
customisation 2.5 on page 30 and cannot be modified by operation. For exact specifications of the
contents and events covered, refer to the delivery documents. The manoeuvre recorder log is shown in
the Man.Rec. Log window. To open the log, select the respective item in the menu tree:
Fig. 6-54 Manoeuvre Record Log
On the left of the display, each line contains the current analog output values of max. 10 different moni-
toring channels. As soon as one of the values changes by a specific amount, the respective line is printed
together with all relevant details.
The text on the right of the values refers to the changed value. Further on the right, the time of the change
event is entered. A new day will be indicated by a line with yellow background which is inserted each day
at midnight and which shows the date.
208 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.25 Alarm System Status
6.25 Alarm System Status
The Alarm System Status window provides an overview of the alarm systems and their status regarding
alarms, Watch Station, Duty officer/engineer, and Backup officer/engineer. To open the Alarm System
Status window you can
• Click on one of the buttons in the header of the SOD, see section 6.3.1 on page 137, or
• Select the Alarm System Status item on the menu tree
The Alarm System Status is displayed
Fig. 6-55 Alarm System Status for three alarm systems
For each of the alarm systems configured in the MOS 2200, the details of the Watch Station status (see
also section 3.10 on page 49) and alarm statistics are output. The following is displayed:
• Watch Location
The location of the DAP 2200 panel defined as Watch Station.
• Watch Status
Whether the Watch Station is Attended or Unattended.
• Duty
The duty officer/engineer currently selected for the Watch Station in case of Unattended status.
• Backup
The backup duty of the duty officer/engineer.
• Unack. to Gen. Alm. Time [s]
This is the time in seconds between the moment an alarm rises until an All Operators Call is trig-
gered if the alarm is not acknowledged. In the example, the time is set to 5 minutes or 1 minute
respectively. See also section 3.7 on page 45.
• Alarms
The total number of alarms present on the alarm system.
• Unack. Alarms
The total number of unacknowledged alarms on the alarm system.
• Man. / Auto Suppressions and Simulations
The total number of channels the alarms of which are suppressed by manual/automatic cut-out or
simulation, see section 3.8 on page 47.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 209

6.25 Alarm System Status Operating Instructions
• Device/Sensor Failures
The total number of device and sensor failures, see section 3.7 on page 45 and 6.13 on page 159.
Some of the above details can be adjusted using the window. This is described in the following sections.
6.25.1 Selecting as Watch Station
If the system is configured accordingly, the Watch Station of the alarm system can be transferred to
another alarm station. After the transfer, all display and operation functions, which are only available at
the Watch Station, will no longer be available at the previous station but only at the alarm station, which
now is the Watch Station. During the transfer the privileges of the Watch Station are always "fetched",
i. e, the transfer is always carried out at the station which is to become the Watch Station. Proceed as
follows:
1. Open the Alarm System Status window (see section 6.25).
2. In the Watch Location line, double-click on the current Watch Station of the alarm system for which the
SOD you are currently working on shall become the Watch Station.
A prompt for confirmation "Select as Watch Station?" is displayed.
3. Confirm with Yes.
If the system is configured in a way that the alarm station cannot be set as Watch Station of the selected
alarm system, the message "Location cannot be selected" is displayed. Confirm by selecting OK.
6.25.2 Defining Duty and Backup
If this is configured, then for each alarm system an officer/engineer can be defined as duty and/or a
backup duty. As the bridge is always staffed, the configuration in many cases does not provide for a duty
of the bridge alarm system but only a backup duty. By means of the Duty/Backup setting, it is defined in
what cabins the alarms are output with an acoustic signal. For details refer to section 3.10 on page 49.
Depending on the configuration, the respective settings are made at the respective Watch Station of the
alarm system. Proceed as follows:
2. In the Duty or Backup line double-click on the respective entry of the alarm system to dfine the Duty or
Backup Duty. A window is opened providing a list of possible persons
Fig. 6-56 Selecting a duty person
210 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.25 Alarm System Status
3. Select the desired person under New, or select NONE to indicate that no duty or backup duty shall be
defined. In that case, the acoustic signals in public rooms are deactivated.
4. Click on OK to apply the selection.
The settings are stored and applied accordingly. If the system is configured in a manner that this setting
cannot be made at this alarm station, the message "Not allowed" is displayed. Confirm the message by
selecting OK.
6.25.3 Cabin Assignment – Adjusting Selection Options for Duty and Backup
If configured, you can define the crew members to be displayed in the window opened in step 3 above
and who can thus be selected as Duty or Backup Duty. This way, it is possible to assign the Duty or
Backup Duty option to a specific cabin, e.g. if a cabin is used by different persons over the time. Proceed
as follows:
1. Click on the Cabin Assignment button in the Alarm System Status window in the top right corner of the
table, and enter the required the password. The Cabin Assignment window is opened. The crew mem-
bers (cabins) listed in the table which is opened have been entered in that table by configuration.
2. Double-click on the status you wish to change.
The Select Cabin Status is displayed.
3. Under New, adjust the status by clicking on the Yes or No statuses.
Yes means: can be selected as Duty and Backup Duty.
4. Click on OK to complete the adjustment and to store the changes.
6.25.4 Setting the Attended/Unattended Status of the Watch Station
If while the ship is sailing, the operator wishes to leave the Watch Station, then the operator must set the
Watch Station to Unattended and the bridge needs to acknowledge the request. The prerequisite for
setting the station to Unattended also is that a Duty or Backup Duty is defined. See also section 3.10 on
page 49, To set the Watch Station to Unattended proceed as follows:
1. At the SOD of the Watch Station, open the Alarm System Status window (see section 6.25).
2. In the Watch Status line, double-click on the ATTENDED item of the respective alarm system.
The Select Watch Status dialogue is opened.
3. Select UNATTENDED and click on OK. Another window is displayed showing the status Waiting for
ack.... This means that the request to set the Watch Station to Unattended has been output on the
alarm panel of the bridge alarm station. If instead, a window with the message "Not allowed" is dis-
played, this means that the SOD you are working on is not the Watch Station, and can thus not be set
to Unattended.
4. When the transfer was approved by the bridge, the item in the Alarm System Status window changes
and in the additional window opened, the message "Change accepted" is displayed.
5. Close the additional window by selecting Close.

Now, all alarms, which are (still) acoustically output at the Watch Station, will also be output on the bridge
alarm panel by means of an acoustic signal. To reset the Watch Station to Attended, proceed as
described above but select ATTENDED instead of UNATTENDED.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 211

6.25 Alarm System Status Operating Instructions
6.25.5 Delay Time For All Operators Call (Unack. to Gen. Alm Time)
The All Operators Call is an important function. Do not set the delay time
to a very high value just to suppress unpleasant alarms. This might
result in dangerous situations!
If the time span for the prevention of the All Operators Alarm (see section 3.7 on page 45) is not a fixed
predefined value set during the customisation process, then it can be changed at the SOD of the Watch
Station:
2. In the Unack. to Gen. Alm. Time [s] line, double-click on the entry of the respective alarm system, and
enter the required password.
3. In the window which is opened, set the new value and click on OK.
212 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.26 Maintenance
6.26 Maintenance
Using the Maintenance dialogue, you can adjust various basic settings in the MOS 2200 alarm and moni-
toring system. The menu of the Maintenance dialogue provides various options depending on the type
and configuration of the SOD you are working on.
To open the dialogue, select Maintenance under Maintenance in the menu tree:
Fig. 6-57 Maintenance menu
6.26.1 Adjust Date/Time
time is displayed, e.g. in the header of the SOD display, in the channel details of a monitoring channel
selected in the Alarm List or in the headers of reports. To ensure that the MOS 2200 functions properly
and correctly, both times must be set correctly. In most standard configurations, the MOS 2200 will
receive date and time from the master clock.
NOTE:
A master clock connected is indicated by the fact that an (incorrect) time entered will be auto-
matically corrected after one minute the latest.
If the MOS 2200 is not connected to a master clock, then date and time must be manually entered and
checked at regular intervals. For example, the LT needs to be adjusted, when the ship enters a new time
zone. The required settings for the system time can be adjusted at any SOD using the Time/date
dialogue. Proceed as follows:

1. If required, open the Maintenance dialogue by selecting Maintenance under Maintenance in the menu
tree.
2. On the Main tab, click on the Adjust Date/Time button, and enter the required password.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 213

6.26 Maintenance Operating Instructions
The Time/Date dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-58 Time/Date dialogue
3. Enter or adjust the time values in the Time spin boxes, and select the correct date in the Date fields. If
you attempt to enter invalid time values, these will be rejected. You can enter the local time (LT)
directly or by means of an offset, see next step.
When you edit the time values in the dialogue, your changes are indicated by an asterisk (*) in front of
the respective field group label.
4. To adjust an offset between UTC and LT, use the two buttons provided.
If required, click on the buttons multiple times to adjust the correct value.
In the example above, the buttons are labelled -20 min and + 20 min.
5. Under Display, you can adjust whether the times in lists and dialogues on the SOD are displayed as
UTC or LT. Click on the desired option. The result will be shown, e.g. in the header of the SOD display,
or in the Alarm List.
6. If you have the feeling you made a mistake, you can click on the Reset button to restore the settings
displayed at the time you opened the dialogue. The time is then updated to the current time according
to the original settings.
7. Click OK to confirm and apply the changes or click on Cancel to abort the process without making any
changes.
The time values will now be displayed according to your settings.

214 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.26.2 Change Password
NOTE:
For general information on password-protection, refer to section 5.6 on page 75.
NOTE:
The passwords of level 3 and level 4 can only be changed, if the currently applicable pass-
word of level 4 is known. In order to prevent service action, it must be ensured that author-
ized persons aboard know the current level 4 password.
At least when it becomes known that an unauthorised person knows a password, it should be changed.
You can change passwords on all SODs. Proceed as follows:
tree.
2. In the Maintenance dialogue click on the Change Password button on the Main tab.
The Change Password dialogue is opened:
Fig. 6-59 Change Password dialogue
3. Enter or adjust the level of the password to be changed.

4. In the New Password field, enter the new password.
Any one-digit to six-digit number can be used as password.
Only numeric values are permitted, otherwise an error message is displayed.
For password conventions, refer to section 5.15.8 on page 122.
5. Under Confirm New Password, enter the same password a second time in order to confirm the new
password.
6. Click on OK to save the changes.
You will be prompted to enter the password of the next higher level. If you attempt to change the level
1 password you will prompted to enter the level 2 password for confirmation.
7. Enter the required password or a higher level password and click on OK.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 215

6.26.3 Control Right
NOTE:
The Control Rights function must not be confused with the Watch Station functions, see
sections 3.10 on page 49 and 6.25 on page 209.
The Control Rights function serves to fetch and release the privileges to control devices (remote control)
using the mimic diagrams, see section 6.27 on page 222. This is useful to prevent inadvertent operation
of the pumps and valves represented on the mimic diagrams. To open the Control Rights window select
Control Rights in the menu tree under Maintenance or select Control Right in the Maintenance window
(see section 6.26 on page 213).
Fig. 6-60 Control Rights window of the ECR
In the title bar of the Control Rights window the name of the Watch Station is output for which the rights
can be set. In the example this is the ECR. The setting applies to the group displayed under Machine
Group. The location responsible for control is shown under Location. Hence, in the example, to release
control rights for the Ballast System from the ECR, click on Release.
After releasing the rights, it is no longer possible, e.g. to start a pump or open/close a valve using the
mimic diagrams related to the Ballast System. When clicking on devices, the respective menus are
greyed out, the menu items are deactivated. Please note that the rights are not transferred to a different
location, they are only released.
To undo the release of rights, open the Control Right window again and click on the Take button of the
respective Machine Group. Control of devices like pumps and valves using the menus in the mimic
diagrams is then possible again.
As an alternative to the Control Rights window, you can also use the Control Rights mimic diagram, see
section 6.27.3 on page 226. However, this depends on the configuration of your MOS 2200.
216 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.26.4 Change Ship Name
The name of the ship is output on all printed logs. Changing the name is possible on all SODs. Proceed
as follows to change the ship’s name:
tree.
2. In the Maintenance dialogue click on the Change Ship Name button on the Main tab, and enter the
required password. The current name is displayed as default name.
3. Overwrite the current name to change the name of the ship.
Fig. 6-61 Entering a new ship name
4. Click on OK to save the changes.

The new name will now be on all printed logs.
6.26.5 Activate Spare Channels
Never adjust channel settings, or activate channels if you are not sure
about the consequences of the changes! For example, if you set a high
temperature limit to a very high value, this might prevent important
alarms resulting in damage to equipment and consequential accidents in
operation!
Note:
An activated spare channel only exist in the EAD. It will not be shown in a mimic diagram.
Depending on the customisation of your MOS 2200, spare channels are provided which you can activate
and tailor to your specific needs. Proceed as follows:
tree.
2. In the Maintenance dialogue click on the Spare Channels button on the Main tab in the Maintenance
dialogue.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 217

The Spare Channel List is displayed:
Fig. 6-62 Spare Channel List
3. If required, narrow down the list of channels using the checkboxes and options under Filter.
The criteria are Spare Channels unused / activated, Sensor Type and FPDs (here PLCs).
This is done by checking and unchecking the respective options. If a filter setting is selected having
criteria which are not met by any Spare Channel, the last Spare Channels will remain in the list. How-
ever, these cannot be selected by a trackball click. The value on the right above the list indicates the
number of Spare Channels which meet the filter criteria, i.e. which are included in the list (in the exam-
ple: 14 channels). It is also indicated what channel is currently selected (in the example: the 12th). In
each line of the list, specific properties of a spare channel are displayed. The following properties are
output for each channel (from the left to the right):
• Outstation
Field Processing Device comprising the spare channel.
• PLC#
Address of the FPD comprising the spare channel
• Mod. ID
ID of the module, on which the main input of the spare channels is located.
• Mod. Type
Type of module the spare channel is located on.
• Terminals
The terminal on the respective module.
• Type
Additional source details: the type as shown under Sensor Type in the Spare Channel List window.
• ID
Channel ID of the spare channel.
218 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

• Name
Designation of the spare channel.
4. Adapt the order of the channel list according to your needs.
The channels displayed can be sorted according to the various properties. Clicking once on the
respective field in the header will sort in ascending order, clicking twice will result in descending order.
5. In order to activate a spare channel, select the channel, click on the edit Edit button, and enter the
required password. The Channel Definition window is opened.
6. Activate the Activated checkbox.
7. Adjust the settings of the spare channel as required.
The Channel Definition window is described in section 6.19.2 on page 187.
8. Click on the Finish button to activate the spare channel.
An activated spare channel is handled by the EAD functions like a normal monitoring channel which has
been set up during customisation. Deactivating or changing the properties of a spare channel is possible
in the Channel Definition window, which you can open via the Spare Channels list (see above) or using
the button in the footer of the Channel Properties window, see section 6.19.2 on page 187.
6.26.6 Language
Not available in this version. For future use.
6.26.7 Color Mode
Not available in this version. For future use.
6.26.8 Printout Control
If a printer is connected to the SOD you can trigger the various printouts from the Maintenance window.
In the Maintenance dialogue, click on the Printer Control button on the Main tab in the Maintenance
dialogue. A sub-menu is displayed providing, e.g., the following options:
• Event Log
To print files of the Event Log. Click on the Event Log button, continue as described in section 6.15.6
on page 168.
• Alarm List
To print the Alarm List. If required, select the alarm system, then click on the buttons Next> and
Print.
• Add. List
To print the lists described in section 6.13. Click on the Add.List button. The same window is opened
which appears when opening the Add. Lists dialogue via function key [F5]. Select the list to be
printed as described in the respective section, then click on the buttons Next> and Print.
• Datalog
To print the Datalog. The Datalog contains the current main properties (except the alarm/event date)
all monitoring channels of the selected alarm system, for which the channel property Logging Status
(see section 6.18.1 on page 180) is set to ON.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 219

• Man. Datalog
To print the Manoeuvre Datalog. Click on the Man. Datalog button. The Manoeuvre Datalog contains
the current main properties (except the alarm/event date) of specifically configured monitoring chan-
nels used to monitor the main engine(s).
6.26.9 Printer Setup
The Printer Setup is the standard Windows Printer Setup which is started when you click on the Printer
Setup button. Please refer to the relevant Microsoft Windows documentation.
6.26.10 Notes List
If this feature is activated by customisation, you can enter notes on channels in a simple text editor. Using
the Notes List button on the Main tab of the Maintenance dialogue, you can open the Notes List window.
Select an entry in the list and use the buttons in the window to view, edit, and delete existing notes.
6.26.11 USB Eject
Never remove a USB stick without using the USB Eject procedure described below. Simply
pulling out the USB stick involves the risk of losing data.
Before removing an USB stick from the USB port, it must be deactivated using the standard Windows
procedure for removing hardware, which is accessed via the Maintenance dialogue. Proceed as follows:
tree.
2. In the Maintenance dialogue click on the USB Eject button on the Main tab. The Safely Remove Hard-
ware dialogue is displayed:
Fig. 6-63 Windows dialogue Safely Remove Hardware.
220 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

3. Click on Stop.
4. In the next dialogue, confirm with OK.
If the system still uses the USB stick, a message informs that it is not possible to deactivate the stick.
In that case, close applications which may use the USB stick, or simply wait for a moment until any
data transfer has been completed and then retry the deactivation procedure.
5. Close the Safely Remove Hardware dialogue using the Close button.
6. Remove the USB stick form the USB port.
You can now copy the data on the USB stick to a different storage medium for archiving purposes.
6.26.12 Change Fonts
You can adapt the text output of the GUI according to your preferences. However, please note that the
default settings have been adjusted for optimum readability on the hardware setup supplied. If you select
large font sizes, labels or values displayed might be cut off.
Click on Fonts tab of the Maintenance dialogue and then on the Change button of the respective area. A
standard Windows Fonts dialogue is displayed. You can, e.g., change the font of dialogues and windows
under Form and of Alarm List, Event Log etc. under List. Open a list or window to view the changes. To
reset the system to the original state, click on Default.
6.26.13 Maintenance – Advanced
The Advanced tab of the Maintenance dialogue is not relevant for normal operation but for SAM
personnel during service and repair. However, for example in case of a service call, the information under
Info are required, see section 8.5 A s s i s t a n c e f r o m S A M E l e c t r o n i c s on page 252. The Info button on the
Advanced tab opens the Info window with basic configuration information of the MOS 2200 on three
tabbed panels:
Fig. 6-64 General system information in the Info dialogue
You can select and copy individual lines ([CTRL]+[C] or right-click on an item) and print the information
using the Print button which opens a standard Windows Print dialogue.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 221

6.27 Mimic Diagrams Operating Instructions
6.26.14 Maintenance – System Status
Do not use the Load functions in the System Status window, if you are
not sure about the consequences! This might result in failure of the
MOS 2200 or of parts of it.
To open the System Status window of the MOS 2200, select System Status under Maintenance in tree
menu. This window shows the current status of the FPDs in the MOS 2200. In normal operation, the
System Status is used for information only to see whether all FPDs function properly. The Load functions
are used to load the database on the respective FPD in case of maintenance and troubleshooting.
The System Status window must not be confused with the Alarm System Status window which, e.g.
serves to control the Watch Station status, see section 6.25 on page 209.
6.27 Mimic Diagrams
NOTE:
The available mimic diagrams highly depend on the customisation of your system, particu-
larly regarding the use of IGSS features, see sections 2.5 on page 30 and 6.1 on page 133.
The examples in this chapter serve to illustrate the basic principles of mimic diagrams. For
details regarding the features customised for your system, refer to the delivery documents.
Mimic diagrams are schematic graphical representations of the ship’s systems and sub-systems, for
example the propulsion system, the electrical power plant, or even a representation of the actual
MOS 2200. The mimic diagrams provide an effective and intuitive means to monitor and control such
systems. To open specific mimic diagrams, click on one of the items on the upper part of the main page
(see section 6.12 on page 158), or select a diagram on the Main tab of the menu tree. In the following
sections, some examples of mimic diagrams are explained to illustrate the basic principles.
222 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.27 Mimic Diagrams
6.27.1 Example 1 – LO Transfer System
The following figure shows an example of a lubricating oil transfer system:
Fig. 6-65 Mimic diagram Lub Oil Transfer System
The figure shows various devices, output values of monitoring channels, as well as schematic illustrations
of electrical power generators. Alarm states are indicated by the color code and flashing values or icons
in the same way as described for the Alarm List, e.g. magenta for priority 2 alarms. See also section
6.11.1 on page page 156.
The values and many of the icons displayed are click-sensitive. Click-sensitive elements are indicated by
a roll-over effect which you can see when you move the trackball pointer over the screen elements. Click-
sensitive means that you can open different menus when you right-click or left-click on the respective
element. In some cases, a left-click will open another mimic diagram.
For example, when you left-click on a pump icon, the menu called up could contain the following items
for remote control:
• The ID of the pump (read only)
The ID can be used to look up the respective Device Properties and, if appl, the Channel Properties
of the related monitoring channel.
• Reset
To reset the pump.
• Stop
To stop the pump manually.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 223

• Start
To start the pump manually.
When you left-click on a value, there may be items for
• HA (High Alarm) indicating the respective limit,
• LA (Low Alarm) indicating the respective limits, and
• PV indicating the current process value.
• SP (Set Point), to set a reference value.
When you click on, e.g. a density value, then you can use the item PV to set the actual value if the
density has changed. When you right-click on the pump icon, the menu called up will contain the following
items to display additional information:
• The ID of the pump (read only)
The ID can be used to look up the respective Device Properties and, if appl, the Channel Properties
of the related monitoring channel.
• Properties
To call up properties. In a dialogue, you will be asked whether to display the Device Properties or
related Monitoring Channel Properties of the pump.
• Find
This is the Find function to locate the pump in the mimic diagrams, see section 6.6 on page 151.
224 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.27.2 Example 2 – MCS Configuration
In many installations there will be a mimic diagram showing the configuration of the MOS 2200. In the
example, it is found under Monitoring and Control Systems on the main page and called MCS Overview:
Fig. 6-66 Mimic diagram of the MOS 2200
The mimic diagram of the system configuration provides an overview of the MOS 2200 and its main
elements:
• FPDs
• Panels
• SODs
• Printers
• Network connections
From the overview you have access to information regarding the equipment using the context menus.
Also, you have access to further details on mimic diagrams of the individual FPDs.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 225

6.27.3 Example 3 – Control Rights
NOTE:
The Control Rights function must not be confused with the Watch Station functions, see
sections 3.10 on page 49 and 6.25 on page 209.
The Control Rights function serves to fetch and release the privileges to control devices (remote control)
using the mimic diagrams, see section 6.27 on page 222. This is useful to prevent inadvertent operation
of the pumps and valves represented on the mimic diagrams. If the Control Rights mimic diagram is avail-
able in your MOS 2200 depends on the customisation. To open the Control Rights diagram select the
Control Rights mimic diagram on the main page. In the following example, the mimic diagram serves to
display and adjust the control rights for the two sub-systems Ballast System and Anchor Wash System:
Fig. 6-67 Mimic diagram of control rights
Using the Select buttons, you can transfer the control rights to the Watch Station indicted in the heading
of the respective column. The selected Watch Station the control rights have been transferred to will then
be displayed in the Actual CTRL Location column. The Watch Station with the control rights is able, e.g.
to start pumps and operate valves in the respective sub-system.
As an alternative to the mimic diagram described you can also use the Control Rights function described
in section 6.26.3 on page 216. However, this depends on the configuration of your MOS 2200.
226 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

6.27.4 Printing Mimic Diagrams
To view the Print Preview and then print mimic diagrams or the complete screen contents proceed as
follows:
1. Open the desired mimic diagram.
2. On the file menu, select Print Preview and then Window or Screen depending on whether you wish to
print the respective window or the complete screen:
Fig. 6-68 Print Preview of a complete screen
3. Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons to check the preview.
4. Click on Print.
The preview window is closed and a standard Windows print dialogue is opened.
5. Adjust the settings in the print dialogue as desired, and click on OK to start the printing process.
To open the Windows print dialogue immediately, select File, Print and then Window or Screen. Adjust
the settings in the Windows print dialogue and click on OK to start the printing process.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 227

6.28 Processing Alarms Using a SOD Operating Instructions
6.28 Processing Alarms Using a SOD
This section describes an example of the general alarm handling procedure using a SOD. For more infor-
mation on alarms and alarm handling, refer to the introductory chapters (particularly section 3.7) and to
section 5.17 P r o c e s s i n g A l a r m s (panel operation) on page 128.
Please note that the descriptions of the alarm processing measures only
cover the steps in the context of the MOS 2200. For information
regarding remedial action in the systems which triggered an alarm.
Please refer to the documentation of the respective systems. Remedial
action regarding MOS 2200 system alarms is described in section 8.3 on
page 235.
Scenario: An alarm occurs in one of the alarm systems, e.g. a machinery alarm. The responsible Watch
Station (ECR) has the Attended WS status and operates in Basic mode. On the WS panel, the Alarm
LED is on and the buzzer sounds. On the SOD located at the Watch Station the buzzer icon and the
alarm message in the header flash. Depending on the configuration, additional signals like rotating lights
or external horns are on.
Proceed as follows to process the alarm described above:
1. Stop Horn
On the SOD of the Watch Station, click on the key.
See sections 6.9 A l a r m A c k n o w l e d g e m e n t on page 154 and
Check the number of messages and the message output in the header on the SOD in order to get a
first impression of what has happened.
See section 6.3.1 H e a d e r on page 137.
3. Acknowledge alarm
Click on the Alarm Acknowledge ( ) icon in the header to acknowledge the alarm, or right-click on
the message in the header and select Acknowledge in the context menu. You can also first open the
Alarm List (see next step) and acknowledge the alarm(s) there.
If you fail to acknowledge the alarm, this will result in an All Operators Call after a specified time.
See sections 6.9 A l a r m A c k n o w l e d g e m e n t on page 154 and
4. View details
Open the Alarm List (see section 6.11 on page 155) by clicking on the icon in the header.
In the Alarm List, double-click on the message of the alarm to open the Channel Properties, see sec-
tion 6.18 D i s p l a y i n g C h a n n e l P r o p e r t i e s [ F 8 ] on page 180.
If appl., used the Find function to locate the respective monitoring channel or device in the mimic dia-
grams, see section 6.6 L o c a t i n g a C h a n n e l i n t h e S y s t e m C o n t e x t ( F i n d F u n c t i o n ) on page 151.
Regarding MOS 2200 system alarms, please refer to section 8.3 on page 235.
5. Manual Cut-Out?
228 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 6.28 Processing Alarms Using a SOD
page 47, and 6.19 A d j u s t i n g C h a n n e l P r o p e r t i e s on page 186.
6. Remedy
If the alarm is due to a system alarm, please refer to chapter 8 Tr o u b l e s h o o t i n g a n d R e p a i r on page
7. Verify result
View the Alarm List, and if required the mimic diagram channel parameters of the relevant monitoring
channel to see if the monitoring channel and its values have returned to a normal state.
If required, specifically monitor the related channels in the header, see section 6.3.1 and in particular
M o n i t o r i n g C h a n n e l O u t p u t Va l u e s on page 138. You can also set up a dynamic graph (or Trend Log
or Bar Graph) continuously to monitor the output values of the relevant monitoring channels, see sec-
tion 6.16 D y n a m i c G r a p h ( I G S S ) on page 169.
9. Close all windows which are no longer required to return to the basic mode of the SOD.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 229

6.28 Processing Alarms Using a SOD Operating Instructions
230 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 7 Cleaning & Maintenance
Operating Instructions 7.1 Cleaning
7 Cleaning & Maintenance
Always observe the safety measures explained in section

1.6 on page 13.
Only authorized persons are allowed to carry out maintenance work!
Please read this chapter before carrying out any cleaning and maintenance work! It informs you about
the aspects to be taken into account with respect to cleaning and maintenance. The MOS 2200 panels
and field processing devices (FPDs), and System Operating Devices (SOD) require low maintenance
effort in operation. However, please observe the hints in the following sections to ensure long and trouble-
free operation.
7.1 Cleaning
Do not splash water or cleaning agents directly on the components of

the MOS 2200. This may result in electric shock, fire or short-circuits.
As a very general rule, keep your workplace clean and tidy, it helps preventing accidents! Ensure unob-
structed access to all panels, FPDs, and SODs (PC-stations) in order to enable instant response to
alarms!
7.1.1 Operator Panels
Never use solvents, alkaline agents or agents containing acid or scouring particles. Take
great care not to scratch the surface of the foil in the area of the LCD display, as this would
impair the readability. Also, do not apply excessive pressure when cleaning, in order not to
damage LCD and membrane keys.
The panels are equipped with a front of foil. They are IP44 designs. Depending on the ambient condi-
tions, e.g. dust etc., clean the panels at regular intervals using a clean dry or slightly damp soft cloth.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 231

7 Cleaning & Maintenance MOS/MCS 2200
7.1.2 FPDs

Depending on the ambient conditions, e.g. dust etc., clean the housings of the FPDs at regular intervals
using a clean dry or slightly damp soft cloth. Also, use a vacuum cleaner or a damp cloth to clean the
proximity of the equipment.
The cabinets are sealed in a manner that no dirt or dust will enter the cabinets. Hence, inside cleaning
of the cabinets is not required.
7.1.3 TFT Monitors
TFT-LCD monitors have sensitive surfaces. Take great care not to scratch the surface and do
not apply excessive pressure when cleaning the monitors.
To clean the surface of TFT-LCD screens, use a slightly damp soft cloth and wipe the monitor clean.
Never use solvents, alkaline agents or agents containing acid or scouring particles. Alternatively, you can
use screen cleaning wipes which are explicitly suitable for TFT-LCD monitors.
7.1.4 SOD Housings and Periphery
Depending on the ambient conditions, e.g. dust etc., clean the housings of the SODs at regular intervals
using a clean dry soft cloth. Also, use a vacuum cleaner or a damp cloth to clean the proximity of the
equipment.
7.2 Maintenance
The operator panels (DAP 2200, LOP), SODs, and the FDPs require very low maintenance effort. We
recommend the following checks to ensure troublefree operation of the MOS 2200.
Lamp Test
We highly recommend that you carry out the Lamp Test on all panels at regular intervals to ensure that
all LEDs and other indications of the panels function properly. See 5.15.5 on page 121.
UPS Systems
The storage batteries of the UPS systems must be checked at regular intervals. Refer to the relevant
documentation.
232 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 8 Troubleshooting and Repair
Operating Instructions 8.1 Fault Detection and Troubleshooting – General
8 Troubleshooting and Repair


1.6 on page 13.
Please note that this chapter only deals with the system alarms which
refer to the functioning of the actual MOS 2200. The alarms displayed,
e.g. in the Alarm List indicate problems in the respective systems moni-
tored MOS 2200. Troubleshooting procedures for the individual systems
are described in the documentation of the respective systems and not in
the MOS 2200 operating instructions.
This chapter contains guidelines for actions that can be taken in case the MOS 2200 does not function
properly. You will find examples of error messages (system alarms), and instructions regarding spare part
exchange.
8.1 Fault Detection and Troubleshooting – General
The MOS 2200 is self-testing. This means that the system continuously tests its hardware and software.
If a defect is detected it is reported accordingly, using a monitoring channel. Any fault detected will cause
an alarm which is announced like any other alarm, as long as despite the fault, alarms can be output at
all. The Fault LED on panels indicates a communication problem between the panel and the panel net.
For recommendations on what to do in case any malfunction occurs, refer to the section 8.3 below. If a
defect is detected due to a hardware component failure, the correct replacement module must be chosen.
Please follow the procedures described in section 8.4 on page 242. In case you cannot remedy a problem
with the aid of the instructions in this chapter, section 8.5 on page 252 explains how to get assistance
from SAM Electronics.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 233

8 Troubleshooting and Repair MOS/MCS 2200
8.2 Faults and Redundant Systems Operating Instructions
8.2 Faults and Redundant Systems
The MOS 2200 is a redundant system design, see chapter 2. This section explains the principles that
must be taken into account in this context in order to ensure proper functioning of the MOS 2200.
Both, master and reserve systems need to be in an operable state. If one

of the systems fails it must be repaired as soon as possible. If a defec-
tive master or reserve system is not repaired, there is no additional fall-
back system in case of problems in the other system. The functioning of
both redundant systems is the prerequisite for overall safe operation of
the MOS 2200.
8.2.1 Master and Reserve Fault Messages
Failures in the master system are indicated by SEG M ERR messages, failures in the reserve system
(stand-by master) are indicated by SEG R ERR messages.
SEG M ERR
In case of a SEG M ERR message, there is a failure in the respective master system, i.e. specific equip-
ment or functions are no longer available. In such cases, the related reserve system must be activated,
see instructions in section 8.2.2 below.
SEG R ERR
If the reserve system fails, this does not have any effect on the running master system. This is indicated
by a SEG R ERR error. However, such errors must be corrected in a timely manner so that both master
and reserve system are operable.
8.2.2 Switching from Master to Reserve System
The principle of switching from a master to a reserve system is described in the following example: Let
us assume that the Duty Alarm System of the MOS 2200 (ECR panel, bridge panel, and accommodation
panels) is handled by the Duty Alarm System Master which is located in FPD7 of the MOS 2200. If this
Duty Alarm System Master fails, then you can shift this function to the reserve system, the Duty Alarm
System Stand-By Master, which is located in FPD8. Proceed as follows:
1. Deactivate Duty Alarm System Master in FPD7:
Set a jumper between X1.1 and X2.1 on DEM 401 module A0751 in cabinet FPD7.
The name of this measuring point is "SUPER1".
2. Activate the Duty Alarm System Stand-by Master in FPD8:
Set a jumper between X1.1 and X2.1 on DEM 401 module A0851 in cabinet FPD8.
After having connected the jumper, the Duty Alarm System Stand-by Master will start working. How-
ever, the startup may take some minutes because the Stand-By Master needs to collect all present
alarms.
3. Repair the Duty Alarm System Master.

4. After repair of the Duty Alarm System Master, remove the two jumpers on the DEM 401 modules in
FPD8 and FPD7.
The Duty Alarm System Master will then be active again and handle the Duty System.
234 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 8.3 System Alarms
For the respective locations of the modules in your specific installation, refer to the order and delivery
documents.
8.3 System Alarms
When a failure or defect is detected in the MOS 2200, this causes one of the following system alarms:
• Printer error
• FPD communication error
• Panel communication error
• FPD hardware error
• FPD database error
• SOD error
NOTE:
Please note that regarding the hardware errors, individual alarms can be defined (see 2.5 on
page 30) for each hardware module in the MOS/MCS 2200, i.e. operator panel, I/O module,
printer, SOD, etc.
NOTE:
To locate specific modules or other components, please refer to the relevant drawings in the
delivery documents.
In addition to the system alarms, in most cases an error message will be directed to the printer, if
possible. The error message gives more detailed information on the nature of the defect. Please refer to
the order and delivery documents of your MOS 2200 for error messages and their meaning.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 235

8.3 System Alarms Operating Instructions
8.3.1 Printer Error
Example: MASTER: PRINT ERR

In the examples, the first error message indicates that the communication between printer 1 and master
FPD is interrupted. For information on printer time-out, also refer to section 3.14.4 on page 58. The
following table shows causes for printer error alarms and the respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
The power to the printer is switched off, Ensure that the mains supply is connected properly
mains supply is disconnected. and that the printer is switched on.
A fuse in the mains supply system is Locate and replace the fuse.
broken.
The printer status is "offline". Set printer to "online" status using the respective
button.
The communication cable to the printer Switch off the printer, re-connect the communica-
is disconnected. tion cable to the printer, and switch on the printer
again.
The SIO module controlling the printer The SIO module located in the cabinet of the
is faulty. selected master FPD (or standby master) must be
replaced. Please follow the procedure for spare part
exchange, see 8.4.4 on page 248.
Table 8-1 Troubleshooting – printer
Printer Error Output on Panel

If for a list to be printed, no printer has been selected, the a Printer Not Ready message will be displayed
on the panel: PRINTER NOT READY or REPORT NOT ASSIGNED.
Assign the printer as described under P r i n t e r C o n f i g u r a t i o n – [ S 3 ] C h o o s e P r i n t e r on page 112.
236 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

8.3.2 FPD – FPD Communication Error
FPD to FPD communication errors can have various reasons. It might be that the problem is located
either on the master FPD or on the slave FPD. If both FPDs output a communication error message, then
both FPDs are able to send an error message, and the problem is probably located in the communication
path between the two FPDs. In the following you will find two examples for error messages which will
illustrate the principle.
Example 1: MASTER: ALARM NET TO PCMS 1
This alarm will occur in case of communication failure between the selected master FPD (see chapter 2)
and the slave FPDs. In the example, the communication to slave FPD no. 1 is interrupted. The following
table shows alarm causes and the respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
No 24Vdc power supply to the slave Ensure that the 24 Vdc power is connected properly
FPD. and that the power is switched on.
A fuse is broken. Replace the fuse, see section 8.4.3 on page 246.
The CPU of the slave FPD is defective. Replace the respective CPU.
The communication cable between the Re-connect the communication cable.

FPDs is disconnected.
The SIO module controlling the com- Replace the SIO module located in the cabinet of
munication network in the slave FPD is the slave FPD. Please follow the instructions for
defective. spare part exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
munication network in the master FPD the master FPD. Please follow the instructions for
is faulty. spare part exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
Table 8-2 Troubleshooting – FPD communication error
Example 2: PCMS 1: ALARM NET

This alarm will occur in case of communication failure between a slave FPD and the selected master FPD
(see chapter 2). In the example, the communication to slave FPD no. 1 is interrupted. The following table
shows alarm causes and the respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
No 24Vdc power supply to the master Ensure that the 24 Vdc power is connected properly
FPD. and that the power is switched on.
A fuse is broken. Replace the fuse, see section 8.4.3 on page 246.
The CPU of the master FPD is defec- Replace the respective CPU.
tive.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 237

Cause Remedy

FPDs is disconnected.
munication network in the master FPD the master FPD. Please follow the instructions for
is defective. spare part exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
munication network in the slave is the slave FPD. Please follow the instructions for
faulty. spare part exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
If both message types (example 1 and 2) are present, then it must be assumed that both master and
slave FPD are ok and that the fault is in the communication path between them (cable connections etc.).
If only one of the two message types is present, then the problem is likely to be in the FPD which does
not output an error message.
238 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

8.3.3 Panel Communication Error
If a panel is still operating (24 V present) and the communication to the FPD is lost the panel will trigger
a local alarm. In that case the problem is located on the communication path between FPD and panel.
The FAULT LED of the panel flashes and the LCD displays:
----- NETWORK TIME-OUT -----

----- CONNECTION LOST. -----
Fig. 8-1 Panel communication failure indication on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation
In the following you will find an example of an error message which will occur in case of a communication
error regarding the communication to a panel.
Example: MASTER: TO CHIEF
In the example it is assumed that the connection from the master FPD to the cabin panel in the chief
engineer’s cabin is interrupted, i.e. this alarm will occur in case of communication failure between the
selected master FPD and one or more of the alarm panels.
The table below shows alarm causes and the respective remedial action. The procedures for trouble-
shooting also apply, if a Local Operator Panel - LOP is defective. Please note that the LOPs are
connected to the FPDs through individual communication lines.
Cause Remedy
The MOS 2200 has just been powered Wait until the system’s start-up procedures have
up. The display shows "NETWORK been completed.
TIME-OUT – CONNECTION LOST".
This alarm will always occur, when the
MOS 2200 is started.
No 24Vdc power. Ensure that the 24 Vdc power is connected properly

(see explanation under E x a m p l e : M A S - to the panel and that the power is switched on.
T E R : T O C H I E F above)
A fuse is broken on the panel or on the Replace the fuse, see section 8.4.1 on page 243, or
SIO module. 8.4.3 on page 246.

panel(s) and the FPD is disconnected.
The SIO module or the ZM411 module Replace the SIO module located in the cabinet of
controlling the panel communication the FPD. Please follow the instructions for spare
network in the FPD is defective. part exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
Table 8-3 Troubleshooting – panel communication error
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 239

8.3.4 FPD Hardware Error
Example: MODULE A0120 (SIM401) ERROR

This alarm will occur in case of a failure in the input/output system of the FPD. In the example, the
module with the ID A0120 (SIM 401) is defective. The following table shows alarm causes and the
respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
An I/O module placed in the cabinet of Replace the respective I/O module. Please follow
the FPD is faulty. This will cause the the procedure for spare part exchange. Please fol-
alarm channels connected to the I/O low the instructions for spare part exchange in sec-
module to enter the alarm status. tion 8.4.4 on page 248.
A flat cable connecting the I/O module Replace and/or re-connect the connection cable.
is disconnected or faulty. This will
cause the alarm channels connected to
the I/O module to enter the alarm sta-
tus.
Table 8-4 Troubleshooting – FPD hardware error
8.3.5 FPD Database Error
Example: PMCS3: DATA BASE STATUS

This alarm will occur in case of a failure in the database of the FPDs. One alarm will be available for each
individual FPD. The following table shows alarm causes and the respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
The data in the database are faulty. Load the database of the respective FPD, see sec-
tion 6.26.14 on page 222.
The Flash memory circuits containing Replace the respective FPD CPU.
the database are faulty.
Table 8-5 Troubleshooting – FPD database error

240 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

8.3.6 SOD Communication Error (PC-Stations)
Example: COMM. TO SOD3

This alarm will occur in case of communication failure between the FPDs and a SOD (PC-station). If a
SOD is operating and the communication to the FPD lost, the SOD will trigger a local alarm. The following
table shows alarm causes and the respective remedial action:
Cause Remedy
The SOD is switched off. Start the SOD, see section 6.2.3 on page 135.
The power to the SOD is switched off. Ensure that the mains supply is connected properly
and that the power is switched on.
A fuse is broken, e.g. in the 230 V sup- Replace the fuse.

ply to the SOD.
The UPS for the SOD is defective. Check UPS documentation.

SOD and the FPDs is disconnected.
A fuse on the SIO module, to which the Replace the respective fuse. See 8.4.3 on page
SOD is connected, is broken. 246.
munication network in the FPD is faulty. FPD. Please follow the instructions for spare part
exchange in section 8.4.4 on page 248.
The net-cable interface board inside Replace the interface board which is located inside
the System Processing Unit of the SOD the System Processing Unit of the SOD.
is faulty.
Table 8-6 Troubleshooting – SOD error

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 241

8.4 Replacing Parts and Modules Operating Instructions
8.4 Replacing Parts and Modules

1.6 on page 13.
As general rule, NEVER remove or replace any part with the power on!
NOTE:
Refer to the list of spares to be kept in stock aboard, which is handed out as a separate docu-
ment.
This section explains how to replace defective parts and modules. It is assumed that the respective
defective part has been identified. For layout drawings, including jumper settings for the different modules
and connection boards used in the MOS 2200, please refer to the overview drawings included in the
delivery documents. As a general rule, the jumper settings (if any) on the new part must be the same as
on the defective part which is replaced. After replacement, please clarify with SAM Electronics whether it
is necessary to send the defective component to SAM Electronics for repair.
The spare part exchange procedures cover the following main parts:
• Fuses of panels and modules, see section 8.4.1 and the subsequent sections below.
• DAP 2200 and LOP exchange
For example, this could be the case if a panel is defective or if the Lamp Test, see section 5.15.5
on page 121, reveals that LEDs or other indications do not function properly.
• I/O module exchange, see section 8.4.4 on page 248.
• Printer exchange, see section 8.4.5 on page 249.
242 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 8.4 Replacing Parts and Modules
8.4.1 Replacing Fuses of DAP 2200s and LOPs
Proceed as follows to replace a fuse of a panel:

1. Provide access to the rear of the panel:
You might have to remove covers and loosen the clamping mechanism holding the panel in place:
Fig. 8-2 Panel clamping mechanism
2. If required pull out the panel of its console so that you have access to the rear.
On the rear locate the broken fuse:
Fuse under plastic cap

Fig. 8-3 Fuse on the rear of a panel
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 243

3. Remove the plastic cover from the fuse holder by pulling it off.
4. Pull out the fuse from the holder.
5. Check to see if the contacts show corrosion or other damage.
If required clean the contacts.
6. Check the rating on the respective label to ensure that you have selected the a correct fuse.
7. Insert the new fuse.
8. Re-install the plastic cap.
9. Mount the panel in its location.
10. Test the panel, incl. Lamp Test function, see section 5.15.5 on page 121.
8.4.2 Replacing an Alarm Panel

The exchange procedure applies to the following types of panels:

• Duty Alarm Panel Bridge/ECR
• Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation
• Local Operator Panel, LOP
244 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Proceed as follows to replace a panel:

1. Observe the safety measures described in section 1.6 on page 13 and particularly the disconnecting
procedures in section 1.6.5.
2. Provide access to the rear of the panel:
You might have to remove covers and loosen the clamping mechanism holding the panel in place:
Fig. 8-4 Panel clamping mechanism
3. Pull out the panel of its console so that you have access to the rear.
4. Record the position of the individual cables, before loosening the screw of the terminals so that the
correct position of each cable is clear. If plug-in type connectors are used, the positions are fixed.
5. Disconnect all cable connections.
Fig. 8-5 Cable connections on the rear of a panel

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 245

6. On the new panel, set the switch address setting (DIP switches) exactly as on the defective panel.
The switches are located on the rear of the panel.
DIP switch settings
Fig. 8-6 DIP switch settings on the rear of a panel
7. Connect the cables to the new panel exactly as on the old panel.
8. Install the panel in its installation location.
9. Connect the 24Vdc power supply to the panel.
The panel will load the required data from the database.
10. Test the panel, incl. Lamp Test function, see 5.15.5 on page 121.
8.4.3 Replacing Fuses on IFM Modules

Proceed as follows to replace a fuse of an IFM module:

1. Open the door of the cabinet and locate the broken fuse on the module.
246 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

If required, refer to the layout drawings included in the delivery documents.
Fuse under cap
Fig. 8-7 Fuse on a module
2. Using a finger nail or a small screw driver, carefully pull out the cap holding the fuse:
Fig. 8-8 Removing the fuse
3. Pull out the fuse from the holder.

Fig. 8-9 Fuse in holder
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 247

4. Check to see if the contacts show corrosion or other damage.

If required clean the contacts.
5. Check the rating of the fuse to ensure that you have selected the a correct fuse.
6. Insert the new fuse.
7. Re-install the fuse with the plastic cap.
8.4.4 Replacing an I/O Module

The exchange procedure applies to the following types of I/O modules in the cabinet of the FPD:
• Analog Input module, AI module
• Digital Input/Output module, DI/DO module
• Serial Input/Output module, SIO module
To replace an I/O module, proceed as follows:
Fig. 8-10 Replacing an I/O module
248 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

1. Disconnect the 24Vdc power supply from the FPD.

The two power LEDs at the front plate of the FPD CPU must not light.
2. Disconnect the flat cable.
3. Remove the I/O module from the cabinet.
4. Set the jumper setting (if any) on the new I/O module exactly as on the defective I/O module.
Please note that the SIO module contains EPROM circuits which on the new module must be identical
to the ones on the defective module.
5. Install the new module in the cabinet.
6. Connect the flat cable.
7. Connect the 24Vdc power supply to the FPD.
8.4.5 Replacing a Printer
To replace faulty a printer, proceed as follows:

1. Disconnect the printer from the mains power supply.
2. Disconnect the power supply cable and the communication cable from the printer.
3. The DIP switch settings on the new printer must be exactly the same as on the faulty printer. The
switches are located under the printer head. To be able to check the DIP switch settings of the faulty
printer, remove the plastic cover from the printer to access the ribbon cartridge and the printer head.
Danger of Burns!
If the printer has been operated before replacing it, the printer head may
be hot. If required, allow some time for cool-down before proceeding.
The figure below shows an example of a common dot matrix printer:

Fig. 8-11 Dot matrix printer with cover removed
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 249

4. Check and keep in mind (for later re-installation) the position of the ribbon, and pull out the ribbon car-
tridge to the top.
5. Using the fingers, carefully push the printer head to the side:
Fig. 8-12 Moving the printer head
6. To access the DIP switches, remove the plastic cover as indicated in the figure:
Fig. 8-13 Opening the DIP switch cover
7. Remove the printer from its physical location.

8. On the new printer, repeat steps 3 to 6.
250 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

9. Set the DIP switch settings on the new printer exactly as on the faulty printer.
The following figure shows an example, the setting on your printer will not necessarily be the same as
in the figure:
Fig. 8-14 DIP switches under the printer head
10. Re-install the cover on the DIP switches.

11. Re-install the cartridge. Make sure, the ribbon is in place, i.e. between the printer head’s face and the
ribbon guide.
12. Place the new printer in its physical location.
13. Connect the communication cable to the printer.
14. Connect the power supply to the printer.
15. Perform the printer’s self-test and make a test printout of a list.
The new printer is now ready for operation.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 251

8.5 Assistance from SAM Electronics Operating Instructions
8.5 Assistance from SAM Electronics
SAM Electronics can provide the assistance for your MOS 2200. However, the SAM Electronics service
personnel need certain details in order to be able to process your inquiry. Thus, when reporting a suspect
fault in the MOS 2200, you will be asked for the following details:
1. Ship’s name and location.

2. Software version used, see 5.15.2 on page page 117.
3. If at sea, then the intended destination, as well as estimated time of arrival (ETA) and estimated time
of departure (ETD)
4. Details of the nature of the problem:
- System affected
- LED indications
- Error Messages
- Fault description (a short description but as precisely as possible)
- Description of circumstances (on what occasion did the fault occur?)
5. Details regarding the system alarms and error codes printed
6. Contact details of the communication routes to the vessel, i.e. vessel's agent in port of call, vessel's
telex / telephone number via satellite etc.
These details will help the SAM Electronics service personnel in providing the required assistance as
quickly as possible. You can contact SAM Electronics, or Lyngsø Marine A/S, respectively via the
following means:
SAM Electronics:
Customer Support Center
Phone: + 49 (0) 18 03 00 85 53
Fax: + 49 (0) 18 03 00 85 54
E-mail: shipservice@sam-electronics.de
Lyngsø Marine A/S:

Customer Support Center
Phone: + 45 45 166200 / -217
Fax: + 45 45 166262
E-mail: service@lyngsoe.com
8.6 Layout Drawings
For layout drawings, please refer to the overview drawings included in the delivery documents.
252 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 9 Printer List Formats (FPD)
Operating Instructions 9.1 General Layout
9 Printer List Formats (FPD)
This chapter contains a description of the format and layout of the available printer reports of the
MOS 2200. Please note that the layouts described here refer to the printouts using a line printer
connected to a FPD or SOD. However, on an SOD, a page printer might be connected which is used for
printing of the lists available on the SOD, see the resepctive description of printing features (toolbar) in
the sub-sections of chapter 6. Even if the contents of the lists are basically the same, the page printer
layouts will slighlty vary from the layouts described in this chapter.
Report Types
The following reports can be printed:
• Alarm/Event Log, see 9.2 on page 255
• Alarm List Report, see 9.3 on page 263
• Cut-Out List and Simulated Channels Report, see 9.4 on page 264
• Sensor and Device Fail lists
see 9.5 on page 265
• Alarm System Report
see 9.8 on page 272
• Report Status Report
see 9.9 on page 273
• Extended and compressed Datalog, see 9.6 on page 266
If your system includes multiple alarm systems, all reports except the Report Status report will cover only
one alarm system. The following sections of this chapter describe the reports in detail.
9.1 General Layout
A report consists of one or several pages numbered sequentially starting from 1. On top of a page you
will find a report/page header. The header is followed by the contents of the report, i.e. a number of lines
listing the relevant details. The last line on the last page of the reports except for the Alarm/Event Logs
is an "End of report" phrase. All the pages of a report are consecutive except for the Alarm/Event Logs.
Printing of an Alarm/Event Log may be interrupted by printing other types of reports, see 9.2 on page 255.
9.1.1 Header
A header of a page consists of

• Identification line showing the ship’s name, the name of the report, date, time and the page number
• Alarm system line, general information line including, e.g. the number of present alarms
• A solid line separating the header from the rest of the page (the contents)
• In case of some reports an extra line in the header describing each column in the report
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 253

9 Printer List Formats (FPD) MOS/MCS 2200
9.1 General Layout Operating Instructions
9.1.1.1 Identification Line
The first line, the identification line in the header consists of:
• Ship’s Name
This is the ship’s name as it was entered in the system during customisation (see 2.5 on page 30).
The name can consist of up to 20 characters. If the actual name is longer, only an abbreviated name
is printed.
• Report Name, and if appl., priority
The report name can consist of up to 24 characters.
• Date & Time
The entry for date/time of the report can consist of up to 14 characters.
It is printed in the format: YY-MM-DD HH.MM
Date and time represent the ship’s system time, see also section 5.15.3 on page 117.
It is also specified whether the time is output as UTC or Local Time.
• Page No.
The sequential page number is output in the format: {nnnnn}, range: 1 to 99999.
Each print-out of a report begins with page 1. The Alarm/Event Logs start on page 1 on every new
day, i.e. every time the date advances. Also when the system starts up or when the setup of the
Alarm/Event Logs is changed the logs will restart from page 1.
Layout
Ship’s Name Report Name Date & Time Page no.
Example
M/S Dora Alarm/Event Log Priority:ALL UTC 07-01-23 09.43 Page 22
9.1.1.2 Alarm System Line
The alarm system line contains:

• Al. Sys.
This is the name and ID of the respective alarm system, see also section 3.6 on page 42.
• Total number of alarms (number of Cut-Outs in Cut-Out List Reports)
A number of the format: {nnnnn}. Range: 1 to 99999.
• On Duty Person
This is the name or the role of the respective person as it was entered in the system during custom-
isation (see 2.5 on page 30). The entry can consist of up to 14 characters. If the actual name is
longer, only an abbreviated name is printed. In case no duty is defined then "NONE" is printed.
• Backup Person
This is the name or the role of the person selected as Backup Duty. The name is output as it was
entered in the system during customisation (see 2.5 on page 30). It can consist of up to 14 charac-
ters. If the actual name is longer, only an abbreviated name is printed. In case no backup is selected,
then "NONE" is printed.
• Watch (Watch Station)
The location and the status of the Watch Station. It can be "ATTENDED" or "UNATTENDED".
254 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.2 Alarm/Event Log Report
Layout
Al.Sys. No.of alarms On duty person Backup person WS WS stat.
Alarms: < 5 > On duty: < 14 > Backup: < 14 > <3> < 10 >
Layout of Cut-Out List Reports

Al.Sys No.of cut_outs On duty person Backup person WS WS stat.
Cut-outs: < 4> On duty: < 14 > Backup: < 14 > <3> < 10 >
Example
MACH. ALM SYS (M) Alarms: 12 On duty: 2ND ENGINEER Backup: NONE ECR ATTENDED
9.1.2 Contents
Each page of a report contains a number of individual entries with the same layout. There is always one
entry per line, and a full page contains 60 lines. The entries are described later in this chapter, where the
different types of reports are explained.
A " - " in a field indicates that the value has no meaning, e.g. a low alarm limit for a binary channel,
or it indicates that the value is not available.
9.1.3 Termination
The last line on the last page of the Alarm List Report, the Cut-Out List Report and the Datalog is always
an the phrase:
"End of Report"
9.2 Alarm/Event Log Report
The Alarm/Event Log is a report with, in principle, an infinite number of pages on which all of the impor-
tant events are printed when they occur. When the MOS 2200 starts up, the headers of the Alarm/Event
Logs are printed on the assigned printer. The first entry in the log is a system start message entry logging
date and time of the start-up.
In order to achieve optimum utilization of the printers, other reports can be printed on the same printer
as described in the panel operating instructions in chapter 5.14 on page 106. Such an interrupting report
will start on a new page. If the current page of the Alarm/Event Log was not full when it was interrupted
the following phrase will be printed as the last line of the page, before the interrupting report is printed on
a new page:
*** Rest of page is intentionally left blank ***
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 255

9.2 Alarm/Event Log Report Operating Instructions
During print-out of an interrupting report, the events to be entered in the Alarm/Event Log are held in an
internal buffer. Before a new report can interrupt any pending events for the Alarm/Event Log are auto-
matically printed on a new page of the log.
In very rare cases, some entries in the log are lost due to internal buffer overflow or printer failure. In
such cases the following phrase is printed in the log at the position where the respective entries are
missing:
*** PRINTER RECOVERED: Events may be missing ***
The phrase is enclosed by empty lines. The pages of the Alarm/Event Reports are sequentially
numbered. They restart from page 1 when the date advances.
9.2.1 Header
The header consists of a general header line, an alarm system information line, a solid line as header
termination, and a line describing the alarm channel entries of the report.
Example
M/S Dora Alarm/Event Log Priority:ALL UTC 07-01-23 09:43 Page 6
MACH. ALM SYS (M) Alarms: 12 On duty: 1ST ENGINEER Backup: NONE Watch: ECR / ATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID Description State Message Value Unit Date Time
9.2.2 Contents
Depending on customistion (see 2.5 on page 30), only events of priority 1-3 (actual alarms) or also events
of priority 4 are included in the Alarm/Event Log. The following events can be registered:
1. Changes in Alarm status, changing from Normal to Alarm and vice versa
2. Changed event channel status
3. Channels entering and exiting Cut-Out status
4. System and configuration error messages
5. Entering and exiting privileged modes, i.e. when the operator has entered a password to access a
password-protected function or mode
6. Change of duty officers/engineers, Watch Station selection, and Unattended Watch Station status
Whether or not the events 1 - 3 are to be recorded, is specified during the channel definition (see 2.5 on
page 30). Whenever one of the events 1 - 3 in the above list is followed by or preceded by one of the
other events (4 - 6) an empty line is printed in between. The entries of the individual events are described
in the following sub-sections.
9.2.2.1 Logging of Alarm Channel Status Change
The alarm channel status values are explained under 3.7.1 A l a r m S t a t e s a n d S t a t u s V a l u e s . The transi-
tion between any two of the status values causes the new status to be logged with one exception:
256 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

NOTE
It can be specified in the channel setup (customisation) that entering and leaving the ACUT
status shall not be logged. The purpose of disabling logging of the change from and to ACUT
status is to prevent unnecessary logging of all transitions. As a consequence of that setup,
the actual status of a channel may be NORM although the last log entry says ACUT.
If an analog channel is in alarm, because a value exceeds the high alarm limit or falls below the low alarm
limit, then the respective limit (the passed limit) is printed too.
The log entry includes the following details:
• Chan. ID
The channel ID of the channel, 8 alphanumeric characters.
• Channel description
Text description of the channel of max. 30 characters length.
• State
The new status the channel switched to, a shortcut text.
• Message
The error message text, 9 characters.
• Value
The actual value of the channel in the format: {nnnnnn.}
• Passed Limit
The limit which the actual value violated, i.e. the value exceeded or fell below that limit. Format:
{nnnnnn.}
• Unit
The measuring value of the unit. Max. length: 6 characters. In the example below, the unit is degree
Celsius.
• Al
Alarm system. The letters "M" and "B" in the example below indicate that specific alarm systems are
included, a Machinery Alarm System (M) and a Bridge Alarm System (B). The letters used for the
alarm systems depend on the customisation of the MOS 2200.
• Time
The time of the status change in the format: HH:MM:SS
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 257

Layout
ID Description State Message Value Unit Al Date Time

< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 9 > < 7 > <6 > <1> <8> <8>
Example
123456 MAIN ENGINE FUEL OIL TEMP. HIGH HIGH ALM 85.7 DEG.C M 07-03-23 18:00:02
123456 RADAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ALM COMM. ERR - B 07-03-23 18:11:22
234578 TELEGRAPH POWER FAILURE ALM COMM. ERR - M 07-03-23 18:22:02
345789 MAIN ENGINE LUB. OIL PRESS. FAIL SENS FAIL - M 07-03-23 18:33:02
9.2.2.2 Logging of Event Channel Status Change
Whenever an event channel changes its status, the new status is logged, provided that the log is speci-
fied in the setup of the channel. Three status values exist:
• Two status values which indicate that a monitored system is active or not and that this is represented
by specific status values, e.g. RUNNING / STOPPED, which depend on the type of system moni-
tored
• One status value (FAIL) which indicates a sensor failure
• ID
• Channel Status
The new status of the respective channel. The Sensor Error status is indicated by the text "FAIL". In
that status it will also be in alarm, although it is an event channel.
• Time
The time of the status change in the format: HH:MM:SS
Layout
ID Description Channel status Date Time
< 8 > < 30 > < 16 > < 8 > < 8 >
Example
012345 Motor status STOPPED 07-03-23 18:07:02

012345 Motor status RUNNING 07-03-23 18:07:02
012345 Motor status FAIL 07-03-23 18:08:02
258 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

9.2.2.3 Logging of Cut-Outs
When entering and exiting the Cut-Out status, this is handled just like any other change in the status of
a channel. If specified in the channel setup, changes between the NORM status and the ACUT status
are not logged. Changes to and from the Manual Cut-Out status can also be logged.
NOTE
It can be specified in the channel setup (customisation) that entering and leaving the ACUT
status shall not be logged. The purpose of disabling logging of the change from and to ACUT
status is to prevent unnecessary logging of all transitions. As a consequence of that setup,
the actual status of a channel may be NORM although the last log entry says ACUT.
Layout
For a layout description refer to 9.2.2.1 on page 256.
passed
Chan.id. Channel description stat value limit unit time
< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 7 > < 7 > < 6 > < 8 >
Example
123456 MAIN ENGINE FUEL OIL PRESSURE MCUT 1.20 - BAR 18:11:22
123457 BOILER CIRC. WATER PRESSURE ACUT - - 18:30:03
9.2.2.4 Logging of System and Configuration Error Messages
Error messages are logged with the corresponding date and time. They are output in all Alarm/Event
Logs of the system. For a list of the error codes, please refer to chapter 8.3 S y s t e m A l a r m s . The log entry
includes the following details:
• Describing text
A text description of the respective error of max. 60 characters length.
• Date
The date on which the error occurred. Format: YY-MM-DD
• Time
The time at which the error occurred. Format: HH:MM:SS
Layout
Describing text date time
< 60 > < 8 > < 8 >
Examples
Error 8:( var 1, var 2) EVT Gamma: 3 07-12-25 18:00:03

Warning 11:( var 1, var 2) EVT Gamma: 4 07-12-25 19:00:04
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 259

9.2.2.5 Logging of Privileged Mode Access
These messages are generated when entering and leaving privileged modes and they are output in the
Alarm/Event Logs of the system. The log entry includes the following details:
• Describing text
A text description of the respective change of max. 60 characters length.
• Date
The date on which the privileged mode was accessed/exited. Format: YY-MM-DD
• Time
The time at which the privileged mode was accessed/exited. Format: HH:MM:SS
Layout
Describing text Date Time
< 60 > < 8 > < 8 >
Examples
Access privileged level 1 on Gamma 3 07-12-25 18:00:02
Access privileged level 2 on panel 1 07-12-25 18:00:22
Access privileged level 3 on Gamma 3. 07-12-25 18:00:22
Access privileged level 4 on panel 1 07-12-25 18:00:42
9.2.2.6 Logging of Duty and Watch Change
These message are generated in case of status changes regarding duty officer/engineer and Watch
Station / bridge stand-by, and they are output in the Alarm/Event Logs of the system. The log entry
includes the following details:
• Person on duty
Text describing the person on duty, max. 14 characters length. "NONE" indicates that no Duty is
selected.
• Al.syst.id
A number ranging between 1 and 4. This is the ID number of the respective alarm system, see also
• Date
The date on which the privileged mode was accessed/exited. Format: YY-MM-DD
• Time
The time at which the privileged mode was accessed/exited. Format: HH:MM:SS
260 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Layout
Person on duty. Al.syst.id. date time

ON DUTY: < 14 > 1 < 8 > < 8 >
Status Al.syst.id. date time

Unmanned Watch Station/Bridge stand-by < > 1 < 8 > < 8 >
Examples
ON DUTY: 3RD ENGINEER 07-12-25 18:02:02
ON DUTY: NONE 07-12-25 23:03:02
Unmanned Watch Station/Bridge stand-by SELECTED. 07-12-26 18:02:02

Unmanned Watch Station/Bridge stand-by DESELECTED 07-12-26 23.02.02
9.2.2.7 Logging of Change of System Time and Date
Changes in system date and time are output in all Alarm/Event Logs of the system. The log entry includes
the following details:
• Describing text
A fixed text description of the respective change.
• Old Date & Time
The old date & time in the format: YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
• New Date & Time
The new date & time set, in the format: YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
Layout
Describing text Old date & time New date & time
< 36 > < 17 > < 17 >
Example
Time/date changed from 07-03-25 19:00:00 to 07-03-25 18:00:02

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 261

9.2.2.8 Logging of System Start-Up Time
When the MOS 2200 is started, the respective start-up time is output in all Alarm/Event Logs of the
system. The log entry includes the following details:
• Describing text
A fixed text description of the respective change.
• Date
The date on which the system was started. Format: YY-MM-DD
• Time
The time at which the system was started. Format: HH:MM:SS
Layout
Describing text date time

< 60 > < 8 > < 8 >
Example
System started at 07-12-25 18:00:02
9.2.3 Termination
The Alarm/Event Log does not have an end. Printing of the log may be interrupted by printing of other
reports. If a page of the log is not full when the log is interrupted, the following phrase is printed as termi-
nation of the page:
*** Rest of page intentionally left blank ***
When printing of any other report is completed, the Alarm/Event Log will be continued on a new page.
262 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.3 Alarm List Report
9.3 Alarm List Report
The Alarm List Report is a printed copy of the Alarm List. It contains all present and unacknowledged
alarms of the alarm system. You can run the Alarm List reports from a DAP 2200 or they are printed at
predetermined time intervals as described in section 5.14.3 on page 109.
9.3.1 Header
Example
M/S Dora Alarm List Priority:ALL UTC 07-01-23 09:43 Page 6
MACH. ALM SYS (M) Alarms: 12 On duty: 2ND ENGINEER Backup: NONE Watch: ECR / ATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3.2 Contents
The actual contents of an Alarm List report correspond to the contents of the Alarm List for the selected
alarm system at the moment when the printing process starts. However, the report contains more infor-
mation about the channels than the Alarm List. The order of the alarms in the report is the same as in
the Alarm List.
If an analog channel is in alarm because a value exceeds the high alarm limit or falls below the low alarm
limit, then the respective limit (the passed limit) is printed next to the value of the channel.
Layout
In the first position an unacknowledged alarm is indicated by an asterisk (*).
For a complete layout description refer to 9.2.2.1 on page 256.

*< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 9 > < 7 > <6 > <1> <8> <8>
Example
*123456 MAIN ENGINE FUEL OIL TEMP. HIGH HIGH ALM 85.7 DEG.C M 07-03-23 18:00:02
*123456 RADAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ALM COMM. ERR - B 07-03-23 18:11:22
*234578 TELEGRAPH POWER FAILURE ALM COMM. ERR - M 07-03-23 18:22:02
9.3.3 Termination
The report is terminated by the phrase:
*** End of Report ***"
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 263

9.4 Cut-Out List and Simulated List Reports Operating Instructions
9.4 Cut-Out List and Simulated List Reports
The Cut-Out List and Simulated List reports are a printed copy of the corresponding list of suppressed
channels. In addition to the list of simulated channels, two Cut-Out Lists are available, one containing the
channels in automatic Cut-Out and one containing the channels manually cut-out by the operator. You
can run the reports from a DAP 2200 (WS and bridge), or it runs automatically at predetermined time
intervals as described in section 5.14.3 on page 109.
In the following, the Manual Cut-Out List is described as example for the three list reports.
9.4.1 Header
In the header of this report, the total number automatic Cut-Outs or manual Cut-Outs respectively is
output. The other details are the same as in the other types of lists.
Example
M/S Dora Man. Cutout List Priority: All UTC 07-03-23 09:43 Page 1
M Cut-outs: 3 On duty: NONE Backup: NONE WATCH: ECR I /ATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ident. Channel description Stat. Value Unit Time
9.4.2 Contents
The actual contents of a Cut-Out List report correspond to the contents of the Cut-Out List at the moment
when the printing process starts. The channels presented in the lists are sorted according to their channel
identifier.
The Cut-Out List report contains more information about the channels than the Cut-Out List. For example,
if an analog channel is in alarm because a value exceeds the high alarm limit or falls below the low alarm
limit, then the respective limit (the passed limit) is printed next to the value of the channel as if it was not
in a Cut-Out status. For a complete layout description refer to 9.2.2.1 on page 256.
Layout
ID Channel description Stat. Message Value Unit (Al.Sys) Date Time
< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 9 > < 7 > < 6 > < 8 > < 8 >
Example
4110342A MOT BOW THR AFT SPEED NORM NORMAL 222 rpm (M1) 07-03-20 08:21:14
9.4.3 Termination
The report is terminated by the following phrase:
"End of Report"
264 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.5 Device and Sensor Fail Lists
9.5 Device and Sensor Fail Lists
The Device and Sensor Fail Lists are a printed copy of the corresponding lists displayed via the [ADD.
LISTS] key. You can run the reports from a DAP 2200 (WS and bridge), or it runs automatically at prede-
termined time intervals as described in section 5.14.3 on page 109.
In the following, the Sensor Fail List is described as example for the three list reports.
9.5.1 Header
Example (Sensor Fail List)

M/S Dora Sensor Fail List Priority:ALL UTC 07-01-23 09:43 Page 1
MACH. ALM SYS (M) Fails: 12 On duty: NONE Backup: NONE Watch: ECR I /ATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.5.2 Contents
The actual contents of the Device Fail and Sensor Fail lists correspond to the contents of the respective
list for the selected alarm system at the moment when the printing process starts. However, the report
contains more information about the channels than the Alarm List. The order of the alarms in the report
is the same as in the list on the LCD.
Layout

< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 9 > < 7 > <6 > <1> <8> <8>
Example (Sensor Fail List)
44102101 GEN CF LUB OIL PRESS INLET FAIL SENS FAIL -2.5 bar (M1) 07-03-20 07:44:16
44102102 GEN CF LUB OIL TEMP INLET FAIL SENS FAIL -54 °C (M1) 07-03-20 07:44:16
44102114 GEN CF HT WATER PRESS INLET FAIL SENS FAIL -1.5 bar (M1) 07-03-20 07:44:17
9.5.3 Termination
*** End of Report ***"
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 265

9.6 Datalog Report Operating Instructions
9.6 Datalog Report
The Datalog is a report on channels showing their current status and value. All of the channel types can
be included in the Datalog, both binary and analog. The inclusion of a channel in the Datalog is controlled
by the the respective channel parameter (Include in Datalog), see section 5.10 and particularly section
5.10.6 starting on page 82.
The Datalog can be printed in two different layouts: extended mode and compressed mode. Selecting the
modes is described in section 5.14.3 on page 109. In compressed mode, only the channel identification,
the value, and the engineering unit are printed for analog channels, and for binary channels the status is
logged. In extended mode more information about the channel is shown by using a whole printer line per
channel. In extended mode there is one line per alarm channel. The following details are printed:
• Asterisk (*) if there is an unacknowledged alarm on the channel.
• Channel identifier
• Channel status
• Channel value, if relevant
• High and low alarm limits, if relevant
• Engineering unit, if relevant.
In compressed mode, only the identification, the value, and the engineering unit are printed for analog
channels. For binary and event channels only the status is printed. You can run the Datalog from a
DAP 2200 (WS and bridge) or it runs automatically at predetermined time intervals as described in
section 5.14.3 on page 109.
9.6.1 Header
Example in Extended Mode
M/S Dora Datalog: Extended Priotrity: ALL UTC 07-01-27 12:16 Page 1
MACH. ALM SYS Alarms: 12 On duty: 2ND ENGINEER Backup: NONE Watch: ECR/UNATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Example in Compressed Mode
M/S Dora Datalog: Compressed Priotrity: ALL UTC 07-01-27 12:16 Page 1
MACH. ALM SYS Alarms: 12 On duty: 2ND ENGINEER Backup: NONE Watch: ECR/UNATTENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.6.2 Contents
Three different layouts are used when the channels are logged. The analog channel layout is used for:
• Analog Alarm/Indication Channel
• Average Channel
266 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.6 Datalog Report
The binary channel layout is used for:

• Binary Alarm Channel.
The event channel layout is used for:
• Binary Event Channel.
• Analog Event Channel.
9.6.2.1 Extended Mode Layouts
Layout of an Analog Channel
Low High
ID Channel description Stat. Value Limit Limit Unit
< 8 > < 30 > <4 > < 7 > < 7 > < 7 > < 6 >

• Asterisk (*) if there is an unacknowledged alarm.
This is printed in the first position of the line.
• ID
• Stat
• Value
• Low Limit
The lower permitted limit of the value in the format: {nnnnnn.}
• High Limit
The upper permitted limit of the value in the format: {nnnnnn.}
• Unit
Celsius.
Examples of an Analog Channel
123456 Analog alarm channel descript. NORM 4.12 1.50 6.00 BAR
*123457 Analog alarm channel descript. LOW 0.46 1.50 6.00 BAR
123457 Analog alarm channel descript. FAIL 1.50 6.00 BAR
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 267

Layout of a Binary Channel
ID Channel description Stat.

< 8 > < 30 > <4 >

• ID
• Stat
Example of a Binary Channel
123458 Binary Alarm channel descript. ALM - - - -
Layout of an Event Channel
ID Channel description Status

< 8 > < 30 > < 16 >

• ID
• Status
Text description of the current status of max. 16 characters length.
Example of an Event Channel
123459 Event Channel Description Motor running

268 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.6 Datalog Report
9.6.2.2 Compressed Mode Layouts
The compressed datalog is a two-column layout.
Layout of an Analog Channel
ID Value Unit ID Value Unit

< 8 > < 7 > < 6 > < 8 > < 7 > < 6 >

• ID
• Value
• Unit
Celsius.
Example of an Analog Channel
123456 0.0001 Bar 222222 76.2 DEG.C 222223 FAIL
Layout of a Binary Channel
ID Status ID Status
< 8 > <4 > < 8 > <4 >

• Ident.
• Status
Example of a Binary Channel

123453 ALM 123451 NORM
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 269

Layout of an Event Channel
ID Status ID Status
< 8 > < 16 > < 8 > < 16 >

• Ident.
• Status
Text description of the current status of max. 16 characters length.
Example of an Event Channel
323450 Motor running 323451 Stopped
9.6.3 Termination
"End of Report"
270 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.7 Changed Monitoring Channel List
9.7 Changed Monitoring Channel List
The Changed Monitoring Channel list details the channel parameters of monitoring channels the param-
eters of which have been changed, see section 5.14.7 on page 114.
9.7.1 Header
In the header of this report, the name of the ship, the report name, and the date and time are printed.
Example
M/S Dora Ch. Change Setup UTC 07-03-23 09:43 Page 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.7.2 Contents
The Changed monitoring Channel list includes all parameters of the channels (see also table in section
5.10.4 on page 84) which have been changed. The channels presented in the lists are sorted according
to their channel identifier. The individual channels are separated by a line.
Layout
ID Description
< 8 > < >
------------------------------------------------------
Examples
4410212x GEN CF EXH GAS TEMP AVERAGE Alarm System: MACH. ALM SYS Groups: - - - -
Normal Message Text:NORMAL In Datalog: NO Auto Cut-Out: -
Limit 1: Mes. Text:ACTIVE LOW LIMIT: 200 °C Prio: 4 DELAY ON/OFF: 1/ 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4410222x GEN CF EXH GAS TEMP AVERAGE Alarm System: MACH. ALM SYS Groups: - - - -
Normal Message Text:NORMAL In Datalog: NO Auto Cut-Out: -
Limit 1: Mes. Text:ACTIVE LOW LIMIT: 200 °C Prio 4 DELAY ON/OFF: 1/ 1
9.7.3 Termination
"End of Report"
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 271

9.8 Alm. Sys Report Operating Instructions
9.8 Alm. Sys Report
The Alarm System Report contains a summary of the channel parameters for all monitoring channels of
the selected alarm system.
9.8.1 Header
Example
M/S Dora Channel Setup UTC 07-03-23 09:43 Page 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.8.2 Contents
The Alarm System Report is a summary of the channel parameters (see also table in section 5.10.4 on
page 84). The channels presented in the lists are sorted according to their channel identifier. The indi-
vidual channels are separated by a line.
Layout
ID Description
< 8 > < >
------------------------------------------------------
Examples
67201110 MPC PS OVERSPEED BINARY Alarm System: MACH. ALM SYS Groups: 01 - - 88
***************** LINK TO CHANNEL DIS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
67201115 MPC PS OVERTEMP WARM AIR BINARY Alarm System: MACH. ALM SYS Groups: - - - -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.8.3 Termination

"End of Report"
272 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 9.9 Report Status (Report Setup)
9.9 Report Status (Report Setup)
The Report Setup report is an overview of the printing configuration detailing the printer used for a report,
as well as autoprint settings.
9.9.1 Header
Example
M/S Dora Report Setup UTC 07-03-23 09:00 Page 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Report Name Priority Alarm System Printer Start Time Interval Timed Printout Format
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.9.2 Contents
The Report Setup report lists the printer selection and autoprint settings made using the Maintenance
functions of the panels, see 5.14.3 on page 109.
Layout
Report Name Priority Alarm System Printer Start Time Interval Timed Printout Format
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples
Alarm/Event LOG ALL MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - - General

Alarm List All MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - Disabled -
Alarm List 1 MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - Disabled -
Alarm List 1+2 MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - Disabled -
Sensor Fail List All MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - Disabled -
...
Datalog ALL MACH. ALM SYS 1 - - - Expanded
Manoeuvre Log All - Not Conn.- - Disabled General
9.9.3 Termination
"End of Report"
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 273

9.9 Report Status (Report Setup) Operating Instructions
274 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 10 Quick Reference – Functional Modes and Menus of Panels
Operating Instructions 10.1 [DIMMER]
10 Quick Reference – Functional Modes and Menus of Panels
In this chapter you will find an overview of the functional modes and menus of the DAP 2200 and LOP
panel types. A sub-section is provided for each of the keys on the panels and. Cross-references will guide
you to the relevant descriptions of the functions. For a list of the available function keys, refer to section
5.3.6 on page 70.
10.1 [DIMMER]
When you press the [DIMMER] key, the following options are available:
Selection Selection Selection Selection Result /
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Comment
[S1] Adjust setting using See section 5.2.1 on page 67.
LCD Display arrow keys
View Angle arrow keys
LED Display arrow keys
[S4] Adjust setting using Only available on DAP 2200
Background arrow keys Bridge.
10.2 [ALARM LIST]
When you press the [ALARM LIST] key, you will be prompted to select the alarm system, if multiple alarm
systems are defined. Up to 4 alarm systems are possible, see The following table shows an example:
[S1] Navigate through list. The respective Alarm List is dis-
Mach Alm Sys played immediately.
Bridge Alm Sys played immediately.
Cargo Alm Sys played immediately.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 275

10 Quick Reference – Functional Modes and Menus of Panels MOS/MCS 2200
10.3 [ADD. LISTS] Operating Instructions
10.3 [ADD. LISTS]
The functional modes behind the [ADD. LISTS] button are different for DAP 2200s and LOPs.
10.3.1 [ADD. LISTS] on DAP 2200 (not LOP)
When you press the [ADD. LISTS] key on a DAP 2200, the following options are available:
[S1] [S1] Simulated Use softkeys to The respective list is displayed
Suppressed [S2] Manual Cutout select the desired immediately.
[S3] Auto-Cutout alarm system. See section 5.9.1 on page 79.
[S2] [S1] Sensor Fail Use softkeys to The respective list is displayed
Fail [S2] Device Fail select the desired immediately.
alarm system. See section 5.9.2 on page 80.
[S3] [S1] Prio 1 Alarms Use softkeys to The respective list is displayed
Alarms [S2] Prio 1+2 Alarms select the desired immediately.
[S3] All Alarms alarm system. See section 5.9.3 on page 81.
10.3.2 [ADD. LISTS] on LOP
When you press the [ADD. LISTS] key on a LOP, you first have to select whether the desired list shall
be displayed for the Local PLC or for the Entire System, see 5.9 on page 79. After that, the options are
the same as on other panels:
[S1] [S1] [S1] Simulated Use softkeys to The selection in level 1 will nar-
Local PLC Suppressed [S2] Manual Cutout select the desired row down or widen the selection
[S2] [S3] Auto-Cutout alarm system. of entries to be listed.
Entire System
The respective list is displayed
immediately.
[S2] [S1] Sensor Fail Use softkeys to The respective list is displayed
Fail [S2] Device Fail select the desired immediately.
alarm system. See section 5.9.2 on page 80.
[S3] [S1] Prio 1 Alarms Use softkeys to The respective list is displayed
Alarms [S2] Prio 1+2 Alarms select the desired immediately.
[S3] All Alarms alarm system. See section 5.9.3 on page 81.
276 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 10.4 [DISPLAY CHANNEL] and [ADJUST CHANNEL]
10.4 [DISPLAY CHANNEL] and [ADJUST CHANNEL]
Use [DISPLAY CHANNEL] to display the channel parameters of a monitoring channel, and use [ADJUST
CHANNEL] to change parameters of the selected monitoring channel.
10.4.1 [DISPLAY CHANNEL]
NOTE:
Remember that you can also press the [DISPLAY CHANNEL] key when you display the alarm
or status of the desired monitoring channels in the Alarm List, Cut-Out List, etc. to call up the
channel parameters of that channel directly.
When you press the [DISPLAY CHANNEL] key to display and change the channel parameters of a moni-
toring channel, the following options are available:
[S1] Step through list and
Step All press [ENT].
[S2] Step through list of If required, press The channel parameters for the
Step Analog analog channels and [ADJUST CHAN- selected monitoring channel are
press [ENT]. NEL] to change displayed.
selected parameters.
[S3] Enter User ID of the See 10.4.2 below. See section 5.10 on page 82.
User ID desired monitoring
channel.
10.4.2 [ADJUST CHANNEL] (WS or LOP)
On the Watch Station or the related LOP, you can press [ADJUST CHANNEL] to change parameters of
a monitoring channel. Before you can do so, you have to display the respective channel, see 10.4.1
above.
high value, this might prevent important alarms resulting in damage to
equipment an consequential accidents in operation!
The function works as follows:

Enter the required Use arrow keys to Enter or select the Only some of the channel
password. select the desired desired value and parameters can be changed,
parameter, and press [ENT]. see
press [ENT].
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 277

10.5 [WATCH] Operating Instructions
10.5 [WATCH]
When you press the [WATCH] key, the available options depend on the panel on which you press the
key.
10.5.1 [WATCH] on the Watch Station
When you press the [WATCH] key on the Watch Station, the following options are available:
Use softkeys to select [S1] Same function as pressing
the desired alarm sys- Quit [ESC]. This will exit the function
tem. without making any changes.
[S2] This will make this panel the
Select as WS Watch Station for the selected
alarm system, see 5.11.1 on
page 92.
10.5.2 [WATCH] on the Requesting Panel (Select Unattended)
When you press the [WATCH] key to request the Unattended status for the Watch Station, then the
following options are available:
Use softkeys to select [S1] Same function as pressing
the desired alarm sys- Quit [ESC]. This will exit the function
tem. without making any changes.
[S2] [S1] The status of the Watch Station
Select Unatt Quit will change accordingly, see
5.11.2 on page 93.
If the current status This will cancel the
is already Unat- process.
tended, then this
option will be Select
Att.
10.5.3 [WATCH] on the Acknowledging Panel

When you press the [WATCH] key on the panel, on which the watch selection shall be acknowledged,
then the following options are available:
[S1] The status of the Watch Station
Reject Change will not change, see 5.11.2 on
page 93.
278 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 10.6 [DUTY]

[S2] The status of the Watch Station
Accept Change will change accordingly, see
5.11.2 on page 93.
10.6 [DUTY]
The available functions when pressing the [DUTY] key depend on the panel you are working on, as well
as on the configuration.
10.6.1 [DUTY] on a Cabin Panel
Cabin panel in Panel mode:

[S1] Panel Setup Select alarm system [S1] Quit
[S2] Panel Public Panel will behave like a public
panel. See also next table for
panel in Public Room Panel
mode.
See also section 5.12.1 on

page 96.
[S2] System Status [S1]
Deadman Status See also section 5.12.1 on
[S2] page 96.
ALM SYS Status
Cabin panel in Public Room Panel mode (see above):

[S1] Panel Setup [S1] Quit
[S2] Buzzer Bip S2: to toggle between beep and

continuous sound.
[S3] Panel Mode [S1] Quit

[S2] Panel Cabin S2: to reset the panel to Cabin
Panel mode.

page 96.
[S2] System Status [S1] S1 & S2:
Deadman Status to display status information
[S2] See also section 5.12.1 on
ALM SYS Status page 96.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 279

10.6 [DUTY] Operating Instructions
10.6.2 [DUTY] on a Public Room Panel

[S1] Panel Setup [S1] Quit
[S2] Buzzer Bip S2: to toggle between beep and

continuous sound.

page 97.
[S2] System Status [S1] Select deadman or

Deadman Status alarm system S1 & S2:
[S2] to display status information
ALM SYS Status
10.6.3 [DUTY] on a Bridge / WS Panel

[S2] System Status [S1] Select deadman sys- To display status information
Deadman Status tem or alarm system
[S2]
ALM SYS Status
[S3] Duty Select [S1] No Duty Officer [S1] Stop Select S1: cancel Options on level 2 highly depend
[S2] Chief [S2] Ackn Select S2: acknowledge on the MOS 2200 configuration.
[S3] 2nd Eng. selection directly
[S4 3rd Eng. from that panel. See also 5.12.5 on page 98.
[S4] Backup Select [S1] [S1] Stop Select S1: cancel Options on level 2 highly depend
[S2] 1st. Off. [S2] Ackn Select S2: acknowledge on the MOS 2200 configuration.
[S3] 2nd. Off. selection directly
from that panel. See also 5.12.5 on page 98.
[DUTY] on the cabin panel of the selected duty/backup:

[ENT] To accept the selection.
280 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 10.7 [ASSIST CALL]
10.7 [ASSIST CALL]
The available Assist Call functions depend on whether you work on the calling panel or on a called panel.
10.7.1 [ASSIST CALL] on the Calling Panel
When you press the [ASSIST CALL] key on the panel to call a crew member or a group of crew members
for help, then the available options depend on the system configuration (see section 2.5 on page 30) and
on the current location. For example, when you are in the chief engineer’s cabin, there will be no option
to call the chief engineer for assistance. The following table shows an example:
[S1] Call to all crew members, see
Call to All 5.13.2 on page 104.
[S2] Call to all engineers, see 5.13.2
All Engineers Press [ENT] to can- on page 104.
[S3] cel or complete the Call to all officers, see 5.13.2 on
All Officers call. page 104.
[S4] More [S1] Chief Call to a specific crew member,
[S2] 2nd Eng. see 5.13.1 on page 103.
[S3] 3rd Eng.
[S4] More [S1] Captain
[S2] 1st Off.
[S3] 2nd Off.
[S4] More
S4 = return to level 1
10.7.2 [ASSIST CALL] on a Called Panel
When you press the [ASSIST CALL] key on a panel which receives an assist call, then the following
options are available:
Press [ENT] to Depending on the type of call at
acknowledge the call. least the buzzer stops, see 5.13
on page 103.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 281

10.8 [PRINTER CONTROL] Operating Instructions
10.8 [PRINTER CONTROL]
When you press the [PRINTER CONTROL] key, the following options to print lists are available,
depending on the configuration of the MOS 2200:
[S1] Alarm List Use softkeys to See also 5.14.1 on page 107.
select the desired
alarm system.
[S2] Add. List [S1] Suppressed [S1] Simulated See also 5.14.2 on page 107.
[S2] Manual Cutout
[S3] Auto-Cutout
Use softkeys to
select the desired
[S2] Fail [S1] Sensor Fail alarm system.
[S2] Device Fail
[S3] Alarms [S1] Prio 1 Alarms

[S2] Prio 1+2 alarms
[S3] All Alarms
[S2] Printer Config Enter the required [S1] Datalog Format [S1] Compressed Datalog Format: Select the
See 5.14.3 on page password. And use softkeys to [S2] Extended desired degree of detail for the
109. select the desired datalog.
alarm system. See also 9.6 on page 266.
[S2] Auto Print [S1] Alarm List Auto Print: For the report
[S2] Add. List selected in level 4, select a
[S3] Datalog report using the softkeys and
And use softkeys to then enter start time and interval
select the desired of printing for the respective list.
alarm system. The available reports depend on
[S4] More the MOS 2200 configuration.
[S3] Choose Printer [S1] Alarm List Choose Printer: For the report
selected in level 4, select Printer
1 or Printer 2, or select Print Dis-
[S2] Add. List able using the softkeys. Print
Disable will suppress printing of
the respective report.
[S3] Datalog The available reports depend on
the MOS 2200 configuration.
[S4] More, and then

[S1]
Manoeuv. Alm. Log
[S2] ...
[S4] Cancel Print Use softkeys to Cancel Print: The printing proc-
select the respective ess is aborted.
printer.
282 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 10.8 [PRINTER CONTROL]

([PRINTER CON- [S1] S1: print the
TROL] continued) Manoeuv Datalog Manoeuvre Datalog
immediately
[S4] More [S2] Select Channel Select channel: This is not part
of the current software release.
[S3] Datalog Use softkeys to

select the desired
alarm system.
[S4] More [S1] S1 and S2: use

Changed Mon. Ch. softkeys to select the
[S2] desired alarm sys-
ALM. Sys Report tem.
[S3]
Report Status
[S4] More S4 = return to level 1
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 283

10.9 [MAINTENANCE] Operating Instructions
10.9 [MAINTENANCE]
In this functional mode you can adjust various settings of the MOS 2200. Most of the functions are pass-
word-protected, and some functions are available to SAM Electronics personnel only.
[S1] Local time and UTC are dis-
Display Time played.
[S2] Version information are dis-
Version Control played, see 5.15.2 on page 117.
[S3] [S1] Set UTC [S1] Set Time Enter the value.
Set Time [S2] Set Date Enter the value.
[S2] Set LT [S1] Set Time Enter the desired off-

set.
Time +/- 60 depends on setting
[S2] Zone Adjust Enter value. made using Zone Adjust, see
5.15.4 on page 118.
[S3] Time +60 S3 and S4:
[S4] Time -60 [S1] Quit
[S2] Accept
[S4] More: All LEDs and indications light up,
[S1] Lamp Test Press [ESC] to stop the buzzer sounds, see 5.15.5
the test. on page 121.
[S2] Select UTC/LT [S1] Quit If UTC was the current selection,
[S2] UTC then S2 is "LT", see 5.15.6 on
page 121.
[S3] Commiss Mode Commiss Mode is for SAM Elec-

tronics personnel only.
[S4] More [S1]

Change PW LEV 1 Enter required pass- See 5.15.8 C h a n g i n g P a s s w o r d s
[S2] word, then enter the on page 122.
Change PW LEV 2 new password twice.
[S3]
Change PW LEV 3
[S4] More
[S1] Enter required pass-

Change PW LEV 4 word, then enter the
new password twice.
[S2] S2 & S3:

System PW LEV For SAM Electronics
[S3] personnel only.
Watchdog TST
[S4] [S1] Store Setup S1 = Setup stored immediately

More [S4] More S4 = return to level 1.
284 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 10.10 [DEADMAN]
10.10 [DEADMAN]
When you press the [DEADMAN] key, the following options are available:
[S1] Unfit Mach. [S1] Start Press key to reset S1: Deadman timer is started
[S2] Unfit Bridge timer.
[S4] Adjust time S4: set the deadman timer
See 5.16 on page 124.

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 285

10.10 [DEADMAN] Operating Instructions
286 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 11 SOD Quick Reference – Menu Tree and Menu Bar Items
Operating Instructions 11.1 Menu Tree – MOS 2200 Tab
11 SOD Quick Reference – Menu Tree and Menu Bar Items
In this chapter you will find an overview of the important items of the menu tree.
11.1 Menu Tree – MOS 2200 Tab
On the MOS 2200 Tab you have access to the various functions and windows of the MOS 2200. Follow
the links provided to refer to detailed information.
See 6.7 S e l e c t i n g a n A l a r m S y s t e m on page 153
See 6.11 A l a r m L i s t [ F 2 ] on page 155.
To display various Alarm Lists and other lists, see

6.13 D i s p l a y i n g A d d i t i o n a l L i s t s [ F 5 ] on page 159.
To display Alarm Group lists,

see 6.14 G r o u p D i s p l a y on page 160
See 6.25 A l a r m S y s t e m S t a t u s on page 209.
See 6.26 M a i n t e n a n c e on page 213.

See 6.15 E v e n t L o g on page 161.
See 6.26.14 on page 222.
See 6.18 and 6.19 starting from page 180.
See 6.21 B a r g r a p h [ F 9 ] on page 198.
See 6.22 J o u r n a l on page 200.
See 6.23 T h e r m o n i t o r D i s p l a y on page 206.

810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 287

11 SOD Quick Reference – Menu Tree and Menu Bar Items MOS/MCS 2200
11.2 Menu Tree – Main Tab Operating Instructions
11.2 Menu Tree – Main Tab
Via the Main Tab you have access to various mimic diagrams configured for your MOS 2200. You can
also select the diagrams using the main page (Picture Select).
To select mimic diagrams,

see 6.27 M i m i c D i a g r a m s on page 222
See 6.27.3 E x a m p l e 3 – C o n t r o l R i g h t s on page 226
To display an overview of your MOS 2200,

see 6.27.2 E x a m p l e 2 – M C S C o n f i g u r a t i o n on page
225.
288 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS)
11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS)
The menu bar of main page and mimic diagrams are based on IGSS, see section 6.1 on page 133. The
menu design of your actual depends on customisation. Refer to section 2.5 on page 30 and to the
delivery documents. In the following sections, the menu items of a standard installation are described.
Fig. 11-1 Menu bar – example
11.3.1 File Menu
The File menu provides the following items:

• Print Preview
To open the Print Preview and to print mimic diagrams, see section 6.27.4 on page 227.
Sub-menus:
o Window
o Screen
• Print Preview
To print mimic diagrams, see section 6.27.4 on page 227.
Sub-menus:
o Window
o Screen
• Exit
To shut down the SOD, see section 6.2.2 on page 135.
11.3.2 Edit Menu
The Edit menu provides the following items:

• Object Properties (Alt+Enter)
The menu item is only active when an object of a mimic diagram has the focus (click on it).
The dialogue opened after entering a password is an IGSS dialogue. Refer to the IGSS documen-
tation.
• Open by Name (Ctrl+E)
To open the Object Browser, an IGSS dialogue from which you can access the various display
windows of the SOD. Refer to the IGSS documentation
• Acknowledge Alarm
To acknowledge an alarm.
The menu item is only active when an object in alarm state has the focus (click on it) in the mimic
diagram.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 289

11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS) Operating Instructions
11.3.3 View Menu
The View menu has the following items:

• UTC Date/Time
• Time Zone
• Show Object Edge
• Show ToolTips
If this menu option is ticked off, then tooltips are displayed when you move the trackball pointer over
an object on screen.
11.3.4 Area Menu
IGSS can handle multiple so-called areas of a controlled system. However, on the SOD, only "Main" is
implemented. Hence, the only the menu item Main entry is available and ticked off. When you select the
menu item Main, then the main page is displayed.
11.3.5 Diagram Menu
Depending on the customisation (see 2.5 on page 30), the Diagram menu has, e.g. the following items
to call up lists and windows:
• Alarm List
See 6.11 A l a r m L i s t [ F 2 ] on page 155.
• Additional List
Various alarm lists, simulations, cut-outs, see 6.13 D i s p l a y i n g A d d i t i o n a l L i s t s [ F 5 ] on page 159.
• Alarm Group Display
Alarm status lists regarding specific alarm groups, see 6.14 G r o u p D i s p l a y on page 160.
• Maintenance
See 6.26 M a i n t e n a n c e on page 213.
• Alarm System Status
To display and change the Watch Station status, duty officer/engineer and so on, see 6.25 A l a r m
S y s t e m S t a t u s on page 209.
• Event Log
See 6.15 E v e n t L o g on page 161.
• Bargraph
To display Bargraphs and set up user-defined Bargraphs of selected monitoring channels, see 6.21
B a r g r a p h [ F 9 ] on page 198.
• PLC Overview
6.26.14 M a i n t e n a n c e – S y s t e m S t a t u s on page 222
• Channel Properties
See 6.18 and 6.19 starting from page 180.
290 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Operating Instructions 11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS)
• Device Properties
• Picture Select
To select the main page, same as Main Page button in header.
• Journal
See 6.22 J o u r n a l on page 200.
11.3.6 Graph Menu
The Graph menu has the following items to open or set up dynamic and static graphs:
• Create Dynamic Graph
To set up a dynamic graph, see section 6.16.1 on page 171.
• Open Dynamic Graph
To open and view a user-defined dynamic graph, see section 6.16.2 on page 172.
• Open Static Graph
To open and view a user-defined static graph, see section 6.16.2 on page 172.
• Edit Graph
To adjust settings of the user-defined graph currently displayed, see section 6.16.4 on page 173.
• Graph
To set up a dynamic graph, see section 6.16.1 on page 171.
11.3.7 Window Menu
The Window menu has the following items:

• All windows opened in the Data Pane are listed on the Window menu.
The window currently displayed is ticked off.
Select one of the items to switch to the respective window
• Close
This item will close the window currently displayed (the one ticked off).
Even the main page (Picture Select) can be closed. However, this can be called up again via the
Main tab of the menu tree.
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 291

11.3 Menu Bar (IGSS) Operating Instructions
292 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 12 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
12 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
In the following you will find a number of common questions regarding the MOS 2200 alarm and moni-
toring system. The cross references will lead you to the answers.
Help! How do I get support from other crew members?

You can use the Assist Call function to call an officer/engineer for help.
See 5.13 A s s i s t C a l l ( D A P 2 2 0 0 , L O P ) on page 103.
Help! How can I contact SAM Electronics?

For contact details, refer to 8.5 A s s i s t a n c e f r o m S A M E l e c t r o n i c s on page 252.
Who is the current duty officer/engineer or backup officer/engineer?

See 5.12 D u t y ( n o t L O P ) on page 95 and in particular section 5.12.3. Regarding SOD operation, refer to
What alarm system does the current alarm belong to?

Check the channel parameters of the respective monitoring channel, see example in section 5.17.2 on
page 129, in particular step 2. Regarding SOD operation, refer to section 6.11 on page 155.
Where is the Watch Station?

Which panel is defined as Watch Station? See section 5.12.3 on page 97. Regarding SOD operation,
refer to section 6.25 on page 209.
For how long will an alarm be listed in the Alarm List?

As long as the condition causing the alarm is still present, the alarm will be listed in the Alarm List. When
the condition causing the alarm is no longer present, and if the alarm has been acknowledged, the alarm
will be removed from the list. See also 3.7.1 A l a r m S t a t e s a n d S t a t u s V a l u e s on page 46.
Forgot password?
In case you forgot a password, it is possible to define a new password.
See section 5.15.8 C h a n g i n g P a s s w o r d s on page 122. Regarding SOD operation, refer to section 6.26.2
on page 215.
Lost in space – where am I in the menu?

As you work your way through the menus of the MOS 2200 panels when becoming familiar with the
system, it might happen that you feel lost at a certain point as some menus have several menu levels.
In most cases, the function you are using is indicated on the LCD and/or by a LED on the panel. If this
does not help, you can always return to Basic mode by repeatedly pressing [ESC].
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 293

12 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) MOS/MCS 2200
What is the current temperature of a cylinder or what are the values of other monitoring channels?
How can I compare values of different monitoring channels?
How do I look up channel parameters of a monitoring channel?
To look up, e.g. the current cylinder temperature, you have to select the respective monitoring channel
and then display the channel parameters. Proceed as described in section 5.10 on page 82 and particu-
larly refer to 5.10.4 on page 84. Regarding SOD operation, refer to section 6.23 on page 206.
What is the current system time?

What if the ship enters a new time zone?
See section 5.15.3 S e t T i m e ( U T C ) on page 117. On the SOD, the current time is shown in the header
of the display.
Cut-Out – suppressing undesired alarms: How do I cut out a specific monitoring channel?
You have to view and then set the respective channel parameter, i.e. activate the Manual Cut-Out, see
section 5.10 on page 82. Regarding SOD operation, refer to section 6.19 on page 186.
Where is a channel located in the MOS 2200?

You can locate a monitoring channel in the context of the MOS 2200 using the Find function which then
displays the channel on a mimic diagram, see section 6.6 on page 151.
Where am I on the ship?

Press the [DUTY] key on the accommodation panel at hand, and then select [S2] Display Status. Use the
[ ] and [ ] keys to step through the display. Among other, the LCD displays the name of the panel loca-
tion.
On the SOD my PC keyboard input has no effect – What can I do?

Maybe the field or dialogue in which you want to enter data does not have the focus, see section 6.4.2
on page 143. It might also help to decide to use the trackball or even the onscreen keyboard, see 6.4.4
on page 146.
294 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS/MCS 2200 13 List of Figures
13 List of Figures
Fig. 2-1 The MOS 2200 in its overall system environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Fig. 2-2 MOS 2200 system architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fig. 2-3 Stand-Alone alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 2-4 Basic alarm system for unattended machinery area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fig. 2-5 Extended alarm system for unattended machinery area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fig. 3-1 Logic conditions for binary channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fig. 3-2 Logic conditions for analog channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fig. 4-1 Example of a panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Fig. 4-2 Panel keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 4-3 Continuous buzzer sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 4-4 Buzzer pattern – on/off sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 4-5 Buzzer sound – short single sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fig. 5-1 Select dimmer function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fig. 5-2 Adjusting the LCD intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fig. 5-3 Softkeys on a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 5-4 Example menu path of a functional mode – Dimmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fig. 5-5 Selecting an alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fig. 5-6 Selecting an alarm system – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fig. 5-7 Alarm List – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fig. 5-8 Entering a password on a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 5-9 Error message after of incorrect password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Fig. 5-10 Alarms displayed in Basic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 5-11 Alarm List displayed on a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 5-12 Add. Lists – selecting a list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 5-13 Add. Lists – selecting a list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 5-14 Automatic Cut-Out List – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 5-15 Device Fail list – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 5-16 Prio 1 Alarm list – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 5-17 Display Channel mode on a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 5-18 Display Channel mode on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 5-19 Stepping through the channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fig. 5-20 Selecting a channel for display when 3 alarms are displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Fig. 5-21 Selected channel showing details on an alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Fig. 5-22 Adjust Channel – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Fig. 5-23 Entering a new parameter value – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Fig. 5-24 Adjust Channel – Manual Cut-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Fig. 5-25 Setting the Cut-Out parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Fig. 5-26 Adjust Channel – Manual Cut-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Fig. 5-27 Setting the Simulation parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Fig. 5-28 Setting the Simulation value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Fig. 5-29 Adjust Channel – Simulation is On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Fig. 5-30 Simulated output value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Fig. 5-31 Selecting the DAP 2200 as Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Fig. 5-32 Selecting between Attended/Unattended Watch Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fig. 5-33 Status change requested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fig. 5-34 Accepting a status change (bridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fig. 5-35 WS status change acknowledged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Fig. 5-36 Acknowledging WS status change rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Fig. 5-37 Cancelling WS status change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Fig. 5-38 Selecting Duty (Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fig. 5-39 Selecting Duty (DAP 2200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fig. 5-40 Selecting a panel setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 5-41 Resetting a panel setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 5-42 Resetting a panel setup to cabin panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 5-43 Display status on Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Fig. 5-46 Display deadman status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fig. 5-47 Selecting a duty officer/engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fig. 5-48 Duty request on the WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fig. 5-49 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – acknowledge prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fig. 5-50 Duty selection acknowledged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 295

13 List of Figures MOS/MCS 2200
Fig. 5-51 Duty request on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation not inolved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fig. 5-52 Selecting a backup officer/engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Fig. 5-53 Backup request on the WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Fig. 5-54 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation – Backup Select function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Fig. 5-55 Backup selection acknowledged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Fig. 5-56 Backup request on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation not involved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Fig. 5-57 Calling for assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Fig. 5-58 Assist Call initiated from a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Fig. 5-59 Assist Call display in the cabin of the called person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Fig. 5-60 Acknowledged Assist Call on a DAP 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Fig. 5-61 Assist call in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Fig. 5-64 Printer control – display 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Fig. 5-65 Selecting a cut-out list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Fig. 5-66 Printer configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Fig. 5-67 Selecting the datalog format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Fig. 5-68 Adjusting the Auto Print timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Fig. 5-69 Example of selection between adjustment of the start time or interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Fig. 5-70 Setting the Auto Print start time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Fig. 5-71 Setting the Auto Print interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Fig. 5-72 Printer Select function – display 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Fig. 5-73 Selecting the printer for a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Fig. 5-74 Version information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Fig. 5-75 Setting the UTC time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fig. 5-76 Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fig. 5-77 Setting time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fig. 5-78 Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fig. 5-79 Local Time menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fig. 5-80 Adding 60 minutes to the Local Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Fig. 5-81 Zone Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Fig. 5-82 Changing the zone adjust value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Fig. 5-83 Local Time menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Fig. 5-84 Toggling between UTC and LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Fig. 5-85 Level 2 password prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Fig. 5-86 Changing the level 1 password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Fig. 5-87 Selecting a deadman alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fig. 5-88 Deadman systems status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fig. 5-89 Deadman time prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fig. 5-90 Deadman system status on a two-line LCD of a LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Fig. 5-91 Deadman systems status – On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Fig. 6-1 Example of a SOD main screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fig. 6-2 Header of the main screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fig. 6-3 Machinery alarm system status information in header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fig. 6-4 Cylinder exhaust gas output temperatures in header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fig. 6-5 Data pane – Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fig. 6-6 Two examples of the menu tree with expanded menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fig. 6-7 Menu bar – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Fig. 6-8 Function keys on the PC keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Fig. 6-9 Onscreen function keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fig. 6-10 Onscreen keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fig. 6-11 Selecting items to arrange a list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Fig. 6-12 Adjusting a temperature value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Fig. 6-13 Selecting a channel for display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Fig. 6-14 Selecting a device for display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Fig. 6-15 Find dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Fig. 6-16 ......................................................................... 152
Fig. 6-17 Example: channel 90163BO in the mimic diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fig. 6-18 Selecting an alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Fig. 6-19 Prompt for level 3 password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Fig. 6-20 Alarm List for the Machinery Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Fig. 6-21 Data pane – Example main page (Picture Select) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fig. 6-22 Manual Cut-Out List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fig. 6-23 Pop-up window to select an alarm group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fig. 6-24 Group display – Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Fig. 6-25 Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
296 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

Fig. 6-26 Export Event Log Files – selecting files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Fig. 6-27 Export Event Log Files – selecting the destination folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fig. 6-28 Export Event Log Files – export options ready selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fig. 6-29 Exported Event Log text file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fig. 6-30 Selecting Event Log files for deletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fig. 6-31 Dynamic Graph – Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fig. 6-32 Object selection for a Dynamic Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Fig. 6-33 Defining the graph’s time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fig. 6-34 Defining Graph Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Fig. 6-35 Value list for 3 channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fig. 6-36 Specifying the export file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fig. 6-37 Selecting monitoring channels for a Trend Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fig. 6-38 Trend Log example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Fig. 6-39 Channel Properties window of an analog monitoring channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Fig. 6-40 Channel Time dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Fig. 6-41 Channel Definition window – Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Fig. 6-42 Channel Definition window – Input/Limit tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Fig. 6-43 Channel Simulation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Fig. 6-44 Adjusting a channel limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Fig. 6-45 Device Properties – Function View Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Fig. 6-46 Device Properties – Terminal View Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Fig. 6-47 Device Properties – Parameter View Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Fig. 6-48 Bargraph with 11 channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Fig. 6-49 Selecting channels for Bargraph display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Fig. 6-50 Selecting monitoring channels for a journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Fig. 6-51 Selecting a journal page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Fig. 6-52 Printout Schedule dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fig. 6-53 Thermonitor example with display of exhaust gas temperatures for 5 cylinders. . . . . . . . . . 206
Fig. 6-54 Manoeuvre Record Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Fig. 6-55 Alarm System Status for three alarm systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Fig. 6-56 Selecting a duty person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Fig. 6-57 Maintenance menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Fig. 6-58 Time/Date dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Fig. 6-59 Change Password dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fig. 6-60 Control Rights window of the ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Fig. 6-61 Entering a new ship name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Fig. 6-62 Spare Channel List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Fig. 6-63 Windows dialogue Safely Remove Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Fig. 6-64 General system information in the Info dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Fig. 6-65 Mimic diagram Lub Oil Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Fig. 6-66 Mimic diagram of the MOS 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Fig. 6-67 Mimic diagram of control rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fig. 6-68 Print Preview of a complete screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Fig. 8-1 Panel communication failure indication on a Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation . . . . . . . . . 239
Fig. 8-2 Panel clamping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Fig. 8-3 Fuse on the rear of a panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Fig. 8-4 Panel clamping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Fig. 8-5 Cable connections on the rear of a panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Fig. 8-6 DIP switch settings on the rear of a panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fig. 8-7 Fuse on a module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fig. 8-8 Removing the fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fig. 8-9 Fuse in holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fig. 8-10 Replacing an I/O module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Fig. 8-11 Dot matrix printer with cover removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fig. 8-12 Moving the printer head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fig. 8-13 Opening the DIP switch cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fig. 8-14 DIP switches under the printer head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Fig. 11-1 Menu bar – example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
297 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

298 810.000.525 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS 2200 Index
Index
Keys and Symbols accident prevention 14

Accommodation Alarm System 19, 49
ACKN ALARM 55
[←] 70, 145 acknowledged alarm 46
[→] 70, 145 acknowledged alarm group 49
[↑] 70, 145 acknowledgement 45
[↓] 70, 145 acronyms, list of 23
[▲] 70 activate spare channels (SOD) 217
[►] 70 Add (SOD) 148
[▼] 70 ADD. LIST 71
[◄] 70 Add. List, printing 107
[ACKN ALARM] 55 ADD. LISTS 79
[ADD. LIST] 71 Add. Lists (SOD) 159
[ADD. LISTS] 79 Additional Lists (SOD) 159
[ADJUST CHANNEL] 71, 87 ADJUST CHANNEL 71, 87
[ALARM ACKN] 70 adjust date/time (SOD) 213
[ALARM LIST] 71, 78 adjusting channel properties (SOD) 186
[ASSIST CALL] 71, 103 Adjusting Values (SOD) 148
[DEADMAN] 71, 124, 126 alarm
[DIMMER] 64, 67 acknowledged 46
[DISPLAY CHANNEL] 71, 82 acknowledging 45
[DUTY] 71, 95 All Operators Call 47, 52
[END] 145 always announced on bridge 54
[ENT] 69 announcement 31, 45, 54
[ESC] 69 Cut-Out 47
[HOME] 145 deadman 56
[MAINTENANCE] 71, 116 defective sensor 47
[PAGE DOWN] 145 detection 31
[PAGE UP] 145 disabling 47
[PRINTER CONTROL] 71, 106 groups 48
[S1] to [S4] softkeys 69 log 56
[STOP HORN] 54, 55, 70 logging 31
[WATCH] 71, 92 Normal status 46
* (asterisk) 77, 78 notification of 31
number of alarms 77, 78
priority 47
rank 47
Numerics sensor failure 47
serial interface 58
states 46
5 min. alarm 20, 52 suppressing 47
supressing 47
timer 56
unacknowledged 46, 49
A
undesired 47
ALARM ACKN 70
AAP 23 alarm acknowledgement (SOD) 154
abbreviations, list of 23 alarm announcement 19, 54
abort printing 109 alarm channel 35
ACC 23 alarm channel, select 82
alarm delay (SOD) 191
815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 299

Index MOS/MCS 2200
Alarm Detection 19 analog event channel with hysteresis 35

alarm display 53 announcement 45
alarm group announcement of alarms 31
acknowledged 49 AOS 23
status 49 AP 23
alarm group assignment (SOD) 182, 188 application example MOS2200 27
alarm group display (SOD) 160 archiving Event Log files (SOD) 165
Alarm Group LEDs 63 arrow keys 70
alarm groups 19, 48 ASSIST CALL 71
alarm handling (SOD) 154, 228 Assist Call 20, 56, 103
alarm lamps 53 assist call
Alarm LED 54, 63 acknowledge 104
Alarm Limit (SOD) 189 cancel 105
alarm limits 88 stop 105
ALARM LIST 71 assistance from SAM Electronics 252
Alarm List 19, 56, 78 asterisk 77, 78
printing 107 Attended Watch Station 93
Alarm List (SOD) 155 Attended WS 128, 228
Alarm List Report 263 Attended/Unattended Status (SOD) 211
Alarm List toolbar 157 authorised persons 13
Alarm Log 56 Auto Cut-Out (SOD) 209
Alarm Panel 19 Auto Print 110
alarm panel Automatic Alarm Cut-Out 48
replace 245 Automatic Cut-Out List 47, 79, 80
alarm printer 26 Automatic Cut-Out List (SOD) 159
alarm priorities 46 average channel 35, 40
alarm priority 46
alarm ranking 46
alarm states 46
B
alarm status values (SOD) 156
alarm status,detection 31
alarm suppression 88
B (Bridge alarms) 77
Alarm System Report 115
backlight intensity 67
alarm system status information (SOD) 138
backlight, of a panel 67
Alarm System Status window (SOD) 209
backup
alarm systems
acknowledge request 101
select 74
select 100
Alarm/Event Log 255
Backup (SOD) 209, 210
alarm/event trigger function 19
backup engineer 51
alarms
Backup Navigator Call 20
handling 128
backup of Event Log files (SOD) 165
measures to be taken 128
backup officer 42, 51
processing 128
backup officer, who is 293
algebraic sign 61
bakup officer, selecting 100
All ( 148
BAP 23
All > 148
Bargraph (SOD)
All Engineers Call 20, 52
remove user-defined Bargraph 200
All Navigators Call 20
Bargraph window (SOD) 198
All Operators Call 20, 47, 50, 52, 130

Basic mode 77
All Operators Call (SOD) 212
binary alarm channel 35
alphanumeric values
binary channel 37
entering 72
binary event channel 35
analog alarm channel 35, 36
binoculars icon (SOD) 151
analog channel 39
Blank (SOD) 148
analog event channel 35
blank page 255
300 815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS 2200 Index
bridge 51 chn id 41
bridge alarm system 49 cleaning 231
bridge standby 42 clear text output 59
brightness 67 color code of alarms (SOD) 156
buffer 58 Color Mode (SOD) 219
busy signal 58 COMM. TO... 241
buzzer 32, 53, 54, 59, 63 components 26
buzzer functions 54 compressed mode 266
buzzer patterns 63 concepts 19
configuration 30
Configuration Database 20
CONNECTION LOST 239
C
contacting SAM Electronics 252
contrast 67
Control Rights (SOD) 216, 226
C (Cargo alarms) 77
Control Rights mimic diagram (SOD) 226
Cabin Assignment 211
controls 59, 62
cabin panel 51, 60
[ALARM ACKN] 70
calling crew members for assistance, see Assist Call
[STOP HORN] 70
calling engineers, see Assist Call
cursor and select keys 69
cancel printing 109
function keys 70
Cargo Control Room 23, 50
controls (SOD) 148
CCR 23, 50
conventions, in this manual 17
CCR panel 60
conventions, typographical 17
change fonts (SOD) 221
creating a journal (SOD) 200
change password 116, 122
creating Dynamic Graphs (SOD) 171
change password (SOD) 215
cursor keys 69
Change Ship Name (SOD) 217
curves (SOD) 169
Changed Monitoring Channel list 114, 271
customisation 20, 30
channel 32
Cut-Out 20, 47, 88, 294
analog 39
automatic 48
average 35, 40
manual 47
binary 37
Cut-Out (SOD) 192
constant 34
Cut-Out List 56, 79
hardware 32
Cut-Out List report 264
input 33
Cut-Out Lists 113
output 33
Cut-Out lists 79
physical 32
cut-out lists (SOD) 159
software 32
cut-outs (SOD) 159
Channel Definition window (SOD) 187
channel ID 41
channel name 42
channel notes (SOD) 220 D
channel number 41
channel parameters
adjusting 87 DAP 23
changing 87 DAP 2200 21, 23, 26, 44, 50, 60
viewing 84 data acquisition 20, 31
channel parameters (SOD) 180 DATA BASE STATUS 240
Channel Properties (SOD) 180 data pane (SOD) 139

channel properties (SOD) 186 database error 240
Channel Properties toolbar (SOD) 185 Datalog 56, 114, 183, 266
channel text 41 compressed mode 266
channel types 32 extended mode 266
channel, select 82 Datalog (SOD) 188, 191
channels (SOD) 149 Datalog format 110
815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 301

Index MOS/MCS 2200
date acknowledge request 99

displaying 117 select 95
entering 73 Duty (SOD) 209, 210
set 116 Duty Alarm Panel 21, 23, 26
setting 117 Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation 50, 52, 60, 61
date format 73 Duty Alarm Panel Bridge 50, 60
DEADMAN 71, 124, 126 Duty Alarm Panel ECR 60
Deadman Alarm 21 duty call 52, 129
deadman alarm 56, 124 duty engineeer 42
acknowledge 126 duty engineer 51
reset timer 126 Duty Engineer Call 21
setting up 124 Duty LED 51, 63
status 126 duty officer 42, 51, 52
deadman reset 127 Duty Officer Call 21
deadman system 42 duty officer, selecting 98
deadman timer 126 duty officer, who is 293
decimal places 61 dynamic graph (SOD) 176
decimal point 61 Dynamic Graphs (SOD) 169
defective sensor 47
Defining Graph Parameters (SOD) 173
definitions 19
E
delay (SOD) 191
delay, channel parameter 88
deleting Event Log files (SOD) 167
EAD 23, 26, 134
detection of alarm status 31
ECR 23, 50
device 149
ECR panel 60
Device Fail 46
electrical shocks 14, 232, 233, 243, 244, 246, 248
Device Fail (SOD) 210
electrocution 14, 232, 233, 243, 244, 246, 248
device fail list 79, 80
END 145
Device Fail list (SOD) 159
End of Report 255
Device Properties (SOD) 193
Engine Control Room 23
Device Properties toolbar (SOD) 196
engine room panel 60
DIMMER 64, 67
Engineer Fitness Check 21
disabling alarms 47
ENT 69
disconnecting procedures 14
entering passwords (SOD) 153
display
Equalize 207
numeric values 61
error detection 233
display (LCD) 59, 61
ESC 69
backlight 67
event channel 35, 36
value range 61
Event Log 56
DISPLAY CHANNEL 71, 82
Event Log (SOD) 161
display date 117
Event Log files (SOD) 163
display deadman status 98
events
display duty status 97, 98
log 56
display time 117
logging 31
display time & date 116
Events may be missing 256
drawings, of panels 64
export graph values (SOD) 175
DUTY 71, 95
Extended Alarm Display 23, 26, 134
Duty
extended mode 266
deadman status 98
Panel Setup 96, 97
select 98
system status 97, 98
duty 130
302 815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS 2200 Index
F hardware channel 32
hardware errors 235
header, main screen (SOD) 137
FAQ 293 help from other crew members, see Assist Call
fault detection 233 help from SAM Electronics 252
fault finding 233 help, see Assist Call
FAULT LED 239 HOME 145
Fault LED 233 horn 32, 59
field processing device 21, 23, 33
filtering 21
Find channel (SOD) 151 I
Fire Alarm 132
fitness check 21, 22
Flash memory error 240 I/O module
Fonts (SOD) 221 replace 248
forgot password 293 I/O module, defective 240
format ID
date 73 channel ID 41
numeric values 61 IGSS 23, 134
time 73 indications 59
format, reports 253 input 32
FPD 23 input channel 33
FPD 2200 21, 26, 33 Interactive Graphics Supervision System 23, 134
FPD communication error 235 interface, to external applications 58
FPD database error 235
FPD hardware error 235, 240
fractional digits, see decimal places
freeze Trend Log (SOD) 179 J
frequently asked questions 293
function keys 70
function keys (SOD) 143 Journal (SOD)
function keys, onscreen (SOD) 146 creating 200
functionality, of the MOS2200 31 Edit mode 203
fuses Journal toolbar (SOD) 202
replace 243 journals (SOD) 200
G K
gathering raw data 31 keyboard operation (SOD) 143

getting help, see Assist Call keyboard, onscreen (SOD) 146
GOS 23 keypad 62
graphical representations (SOD) 222 keys 62
Graphical User Interface 23 [ALARM ACKN] 70
Graphics Operator Station 23 [ENT] 69
Group Display (SOD) 160 [ESC] 69
GUI 23, 136 [S1] to [S4] 69
[STOP HORN] 70
cursor keys 69
function keys 70
H menu navigation 69
mode keys 70
select keys 69
handling alarms 128 softkeys 69
815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 303

Index MOS/MCS 2200
L LT 118
password change 122
set time & date 116
lamp test 116, 121 time 117
Language (SOD) 219 UTC 116
layout drawings 64 Version Control 116, 117
LCD 23, 61 maintenance 231
brightness 67 Maintenance dialogue 213
contrast 67 malfunction 233
view angle 67 Manoeuvre Datalog 113
LED 23, 63 Manoeuvre Datalog format 110
LEDs Manoeuvre Recorder (SOD) 208
brightness 67 manual Alarm Cut-Out 47
limit value (SOD) 189, 192 Manual Cut-Out 88, 294
limit values (SOD) 183 Manual Cut-Out (SOD) 192, 209
list items (SOD) 147 Manual Cut-Out List 47, 80
list of supressed channels (SOD) 159 Manual Cut-Out List (SOD) 159
lists Manual Cut-Outs 79
device fail 79, 80 MASTER
navigation in 70 ALARM NET TO... 237
scrolling 70 PRINT ERR 236
sensor fail 79, 80 TO... 239
stepping through 70 master clock 213
live parts 14 MCS Overview (SOD) 225
Local Operator Panel 21, 23, 26, 60, 61 menu bar (SOD) 141, 287
Local Time 23, 118 menu navigation 69
local time 118, 213 menu tree (SOD) 136, 140, 287
locating monitoring channels (SOD) 151 mimic diagram, locate channel (SOD) 151
log mimic diagrams (SOD) 222
formats 253 MMI 23
layouts 253 MODULE A0... 240
log printer 26 Monitoring Channel 22
logging status (SOD) 191 monitoring channel 32, 34
LOP 23, 26, 44, 60, 61 monitoring channel details 82
LT 23, 118, 213 monitoring channel types 35
LT (local time) 116 monitoring channels
LT/UTC, toggle 121 simulate 89
monitoring channels (SOD) 149
MOS2200
main functionality 31
M MOS2200 configuration (SOD) 225
M (Machinery alarms) 77
main components 26 N
main page (SOD) 139, 158
MAINTENANCE 71
MAintenance navigating through lists (SOD) 147
navigation in lists 70
local time 118

UTC 117 navigation, in menus 69
Maintenance 116 Navigator Fitness Check 22
change password 122 NETWORK TIME-OUT 239
display time & date 116 Normal 46
lamp test 116, 121 normal 30
Local Time 116 Notes List (SOD) 220
notification system 22
304 815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS 2200 Index
numeric values 61 entering 75

forgot 293
input 75
rules 123
O
password (SOD)
change 215
Password Level mode (SOD) 186
onscreen function keys (SOD) 146
password protection 59, 75
onscreen keyboard (SOD) 146
password-protection (SOD) 153, 215
operator panels 30, 59
PC 23
Operator Workstation 23
PC keyboard operation (SOD) 143
output channel 33
PCMS 1
Outstation (SOD) 195
... 237
outstation, see FPD 2200
PC-Stations 133
OWS 23
phone number, of SAM Electronics 252
physical channel 32
Picture Select (SOD) 158
P plain text output 59
power off 58
prevention of accidents 14
PAGE DOWN 145 Print Preview (SOD) 227
PAGE UP 145 printer 56
panel 30 alarm 26
panel communication error 235, 239 buffer 58
panel controls 62 busy signal 58
panel display 59 configuration 109
panel location 97 error 236
Panel Setup, Duty 96, 97 failure 58
panels 44 log 26
backlight 67 logs 56
basic layout 59 missing connection 58
Basic mode 77 paper out 58
bridge 60 power off 58
cabin panel 60 ready signal 58
CCR 60 replace 249
controls 59, 62 report formats 253
DAP 2200 60 reports 57
display 59 requirements 57
Duty Alarm Panel Accommodation 60 time-out 58
Duty Alarm Panel Bridge 60 printer configuration 109
Duty Alarm Panel ECR 60 Auto Print timers 109
ECR 60 cancel printing 109
engine room 60 choose printer 109
layout drawings 64 Datalog format 109
Local Operator Panel 60 disable automatic printing 113
LOP 60 print disable 113
numeric values 61 printer assignment 109
public rooms 60 select printer 109
types of 60 PRINTER CONTROL 71

value range 61 Printer Control 106
paper out 58 Printer Control (SOD) 219
parameters, of monitoring channels 82 printer error 235, 236
password 75 PRINTER NOT READY 236
change 116, 122 PRINTER RECOVERED 256
conventions 123 Printer Setup (SOD) 220
815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 305

Index MOS/MCS 2200
Printing ready signal 58

Add. List 107 redundancy 26, 234
Suppressed (Cut-Out) 107 redundant systems 26, 234
printing 56, 106 Remove 148
abort 109 Remove (SOD) 148
Alarm List 282 repair 233
Alarm Lists 107 replacing
Alarm System Report 115 alarm panel 245
automatic cut-outs 107 I/O module 248
cancel 109 modules 242
Changed Monitoring Channel list 114 printer 249
configure Datalog format 282 replacing fuses 243
Cut-Out Lists 113 report
cut-out lists 107 formats 253
Datalog 114 header 253
Device Fail List 107 layouts 253
interval 111 printing 106
Manoeuvre Datalog 113 termination 255
manual cut-outs 107 REPORT NOT ASSIGNED 236
priority 1 alarms 107 Report Status 115
priority 1+2 alarms 107 reports 57, 253
Report Status 115 requirements
Sensor Fail List 107 printer 57
simulated channels 107 Reset 207
suppressed monitoring channels 107 Rest of page... 255
printing Event Log files (SOD) 168
printing journal pages (SOD) 204
printing mimic diagrams (SOD) 227
S
Prio. 1 list (SOD) 159
priorities
alarm 46
S1 to S4 softkeys 69
priority 1 alarm list 79, 81
Safely Remove Hardware (SOD) 221
priority 1+2 alarm list 79, 81
safety 13
priority, of alarms 46, 47
cleaning and maintenance 231
privileges 59, 75
safety inspection 15
processing alarms 128
SAM Electronics
processing alarms (SOD) 154, 228
assistance from 252
protected functions 75
phone number 252
public room 51
save graph values to USB stick (SOD) 175
public room panel 60
Saving Event Log Data to USB Stick (SOD) 165
public room panels 52
SCADA 134
PV (SOD) 174
scope of the manual 11
screen layout 133, 136
selcting alarm systems (SOD) 153
Q select keys 69
Selectable Watch Station 50
selecting list items (SOD) 147
qualification of personnel 13 selecting monitoring channel (SOD) 149
sensor 32, 34
Sensor Fail 46
Sensor Fail (SOD) 210
R
sensor fail list 79, 80
Sensor Fail list (SOD) 159
sensor failure 47, 49
R (Reefer alarms) 77
serial interface 58
306 815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

MOS 2200 Index
set date 117 switching on the system 66

set time 117 switching on/off (SOD) 134
set time & date 116 system alarms 235
set up deadman alarm 124 system configuration 30
setting up Dynamic Graphs (SOD) 171 System Operating Device 23, 29, 133
setting up Trend Logs 177 System Operating Devices 26
setting up user-defined bargraphs (SOD) 199 System Status (SOD) 222
setup, system setup 30 system test 233
Ship Name (SOD) 217 system time, current 294
shutdown 65 system time, display 117
shutdown (SOD) 134, 135
sign, algebraic (+/-) 61
signal validity failure 49
T
simulated channels 79
simulated monitoring channels 79
simulation 89
technical concepts 19
simulation (SOD) 182, 190
technical terms 19
Simulations (SOD) 209
termination 255
SOD 23, 26, 29, 133
terms 19
testing panels 116, 121
Datalog (SOD) 183
Thermonitor 22
deadman reset 127
Reset 207
header 137
Thermonitors (SOD) 206
main screen header 137
Therrmonitor
menu tree 136
Equalize 207
screen layout 133, 136
time
shutdown 134, 135
displaying 117
startup 134
entering 73
switching off 135
Local Time 118
switching on/off 134
LT 118
SOD error 235
setting 117
softkeys 69
UTC 117
software channel 32
time delay, channel parameter 88
Spare Channel List (SOD) 218
time format 73
spare channels (SOD) 217
time position indicator (SOD) 176
spin box (SOD) 148
time zone, entering a new 294
ST (SOD) 174
time, set 116
stand-alone system 27
time-out 58
standard 30
timer function 56
startup 65
toggle UTC/LT 121
startup (SOD) 134
tooltips (SOD) 141
states, alarm 46
trackball operation (SOD) 142
static graph (SOD) 176
transducer 34
status
Trend Log (SOD) 176
alarm group 49
troubleshooting 233
status information (SOD) 138
FPD communication error 237
Stell Network 23
FPD hardware error 240
STL 23
Gamma database error 240
STOP HORN 54, 55, 70

panel communication error 239
Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition 134
printer 236
Suppressed (Cut-Outs) 79
repair 242
suppressed lists (SOD) 159
SOD error 241
suppressing alarms 47
typographical conventions 17
simulation 89
switching off the system 66
815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07) 307

Index MOS/MCS 2200
U Watch Status (SOD) 209

WS 23, 51
attended 51
UMA 23 unattended 51
UMS, see UMA
Unack. to Gen. Alm Time (SOD) 212
Unack. to Gen. Alm. Time (SOD) 209 Y
unacknowledged 46
unacknowledged alarm 46, 49
unattended machinery area Yard ID (SOD) 193
Unattended Status (SOD) 211
Unattended Watch Station 50, 55, 93
Unattended WS 42, 55
undesired alarms 47
Uninterrupted Power Supply 23
Universal Time Coordinated 23, 116, 213
unmanned machinery area, see unattended machinery
area
Unmanned Watch Station, see Unattended Watch Sta-
tion
UPS 23
USB Eject (SOD) 220
USB stick, remove (SOD) 220
user privileges 75
UTC 23, 116, 117, 213
UTC/LT, toggle 121
validty of the manual 11

value range 61
value resolution 61
Version Control 116, 117
version information 116, 117
view angle 67
warning system, see Notification System

WATCH 71, 92
Watch Location 209
Watch Station 22, 42, 51
Attended 93
attended 51
physical location 97
select as 92
Unattended 93
unattended 51
where is the WS? 97
Watch Station (SOD) 210
308 815.000 406 / 1.0 – (2009-07)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
N0.1/N0.2 DGPS
SELECTOR SW.
W/H CHART SPACE 1 0 2
,_,_,00~
NAV Data Distribution Box No.1
SAM 9512 80271259810
[Q)RESET
t t 0 - AUTOSELECT
JP2..::l JP1..::l 2-N0.2 DGPS
(A+B - RS422, A+C - RS232)
0
CHI
[ill B
B
L-------------b~i----------~
gl :21 I I
~I
z.,
~I
z on I
1 1
L---ID6M
AITS1 ___________ _
(2401) To Echosounder/ RS 422/ 2x2x0.75
~.1::1 i I
1 L----------msfi
1 AITS1 ________ _ (4G01) To GYRO COMPASS/ RS 422/ 2x2x0.75
c !
.......
~
i L-----------~~------------
c
fi3
a:: fi3
a::
L-----------------------~ITSJ __ _
en
g"'
11.. 11..
g
d ~
L---------------------N~27 ___________ _
:z :z
-;;;-
~ ~ W/H CHART SPACE
NAV Data Distribution Box No.2
SAM 9512 80271259810
[Q) RESET D
D t t
JP2..:J JP1..::l
(A+B - RS422, A+C - RS232)
,..,...
z
i5
.s
"'c I
=e0 1
I
nffmoiiJ:
u I ATTS2
u L---------NT~6--------------------~
"
B
L-~lrn-------- (4601) To Weather fox/ RS 422 E
Free Spare Outputs
0
E c
c
IlL I
0
'il
B
ea.
.c
0
~
"" ~ iI
iI,..___
L"=: ___ J
F ---- • Shipyard supply cable F
Sl:xEngine
4
VESSEL:
M/T "NAVIGARE PARS"
CABLE LIST FOR

BALCLOR BC-1500 BWMS
INSTALLATION
NDME-2145PS-E-010
Naval DME
Myronos Street 5, 17456 Alimos
Athens, Greece
Phone: +30 210 96 14 491
Sheet: 1/3
M/T NAVIGARE PARS BALCLOR BWMS-CABLE LIST SHIPYARD SUPPLY
Number TAG SOURCE DESTINATION CABLE DESIGNATION CORES LENGTH (m) REMARKS Ref. Drawing
1 SEQ07A1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Rectifier Enclosure (EQ07) TTYCS-4 4x2x0,75mm2 40 SBK210020/21
2 PEQ07A1 Main Switchboard (MSB) Rectifier Enclosure (EQ07) TPYC-95 3x95mm2 50 SBK210020/21
3 PEQ2501 Main Switchboard (MSB) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-16 3x16mm2 60 SBK210020/21
4 PEQ03A1 Rectifier Enclosure (EQ07) EDU 1500 SPYC-70 1x70mm2 30 7 Cables will be routed SBK210020/21
5 PEQ03A2 Rectifier Enclosure (EQ07) EDU 1500 SPYC-70 1x70mm2 30 7 Cables will be routed SBK210020/21
6 PEQ2502 Rectifier Enclosure (EQ07) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 35 SBK210020/21
7 PEQ0801 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 30 SBK210020/21
8 SEQ2501 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) MPYC-7 7x1,0mm2 30 SBK210020/21
9 SEQ2502 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm2 30 SBK210020/21
10 SEQ22A2 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box MPYC-7 7x1,0mm2 29 SBK210020/21
11 SEQ22A1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box TTYCS-14 14x2x0,75mm2 29 SBK210020/21
12 PEQ22A1 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 25 SBK210020/21
13 SHS0101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Hydrogen Sensor (HS01) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 20 SBK210020/21
14 SPV201 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Pneumatic Regulating Butterfly Valve (PV201) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 20 SBK210020/21
15 PEQ22A3 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Emergency SwitchBoard (ESB) Accomodation Deck A TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 50 SBK210020/21
16 SPV401 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Pneumatic Regulating Butterfly Valve (PV401) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 29 SBK210020/21
17 SEQ2302 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Neutralization Unit ANU (EQ23) Control Box MPYC-7 7x1,0mm2 40 SBK210020/21
18 SEQ2301 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Neutralization Unit ANU (EQ23) Control Box TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm2 37 SBK210020/21
19 PEQ2301 Neutralization Unit ANU (EQ23) Control Box Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 36 SBK210020/21
20 PEQ21A2 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) MPYC-7 7x1,0mm2 40 SBK210020/21
21 SEQ21A1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm2 40 SBK210020/21
22 PEQ21A1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 40 SBK210020/21
23 SEQ01A1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Auto Back Flushing Filter 01 Junction Box (AFU JB) TTYCS-4 4x2x0,75mm2 27 SBK210020/21
24 PEQ01A1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Auto Back Flushing Filter 01 Junction Box (AFU JB) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 20 SBK210020/21
25 SPV0011 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Pneumatic Regulating Butterfly Valve (PV001) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 20 SBK210020/21
26 PPV1011 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Pneumatic Regulating O/C Valve (PV101) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 30 SBK210020/21
27 SPV1011 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-1) Pneumatic Regulating O/C Valve (PV101) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 30 SBK210020/21
28 PEQ21B2 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) MPYC-7 7x1,0mm2 36 SBK210020/21
29 SEQ21B1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm2 37 SBK210020/21
30 PEQ21B1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 20 SBK210020/21
31 SEQ01B1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Auto Back Flushing Filter 02 Junction Box (AFU JB) TTYCS-4 4x2x0,75mm2 20 SBK210020/21
32 PEQ01B1 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Auto Back Flushing Filter 02 Junction Box (AFU JB) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 20 SBK210020/21
33 SPV0021 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Pneumatic Regulating Butterfly Valve (PV002) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 28 SBK210020/21
34 PPV1021 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Pneumatic Regulating O/C Valve (PV102) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 25 SBK210020/21
35 SPV1021 Filter Control Cabinet (EQ21-2) Pneumatic Regulating O/C Valve (PV102) TTYCS-1Q 1x4x0,75mm2 25 SBK210020/21
36 PTR0301 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) TRO Analyzer 03 (TR03) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 90 SBK210020/21
UPPER DECK
39 STR0101 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) TRO Analyzer 01 (TR01) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 30 SBK210020/21
40 STR0301 TRO Analyzer 03 (TR03) TRO Analyzer 02 (TR02) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 38 UPPER DECK SBK210020/21
41 STR0201 TRO Analyzer 02 (TR02) TRO Analyzer 01 (TR01) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 85 SBK210020/21
42 PTR0202 TRO Analyzer 01 (TR01) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 36 SBK210020/21
43 PFT0101 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Flowmeter (FT01A) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 40 SBK210020/21
44 SFT0101 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Flowmeter (FT01A) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 40 SBK210020/21
45 SFT0102 Flowmeter (FT01A) Flowmeter (FT01B) Exi 2x0,5mm2 Maker's supply / Shipyard installation
46 SFT0103 Flowmeter (FT01A) Flowmeter (FT01B) Unknown 3x1,5mm2 Maker's supply / Shipyard installation
47 SEQ2401 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Remote Control Box (EQ24) TTYCS-10 10x2x0,75mm2 66 SBK210020/21
48 PEQ2401 Remote Control Box (EQ24) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 66 SBK210020/21
49 SGPS001 Remote Control Box (EQ24) GPS Buffer Device at Wheelhouse TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 80 SBK210020/21
50 PEQ02A1 Sludge Pump (EQ02-1) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 28 SBK210020/21
51 PEQ02B1 Sludge Pump (EQ02-2) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 32 SBK210020/21
52 PEQ04A1 Booster Pump (EQ04-1) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-2,5 3x2,5mm2 37 SBK210020/21
53 PEQ14A1 Dosing Pump (EQ14) Motor Control Cabinet (EQ25) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 30 SBK210020/21
54 PPMS001 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Main Switchboard (MSB) TTYCS-4 4x2x0,75mm2 47 SBK210020/21
55 PALARM1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) LYNGO GAMMA OUTSATION 2 (ENGINE ROOM) MPYC-4 4x1,0mm2 32 SBK210020/21
56 PFAN001 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Main Switchboard (MSB) MPYC-4 4x1,0mm2 47 SBK210020/21
57 PPUMP01 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Added Ballast Pump 1 Starter Panel (Engine Room) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm2 36 SBK210020/21
58 PPUMP02 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Added Ballast Pump 2 Starter Panel (Engine Room) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm2 36 SBK210020/21
59 PPUMP03 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) FRAMO CARGO CONSOLE (Cargo Control Room) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm2 60 SBK210020/21
60 PPUMP04 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) FRAMO CARGO CONSOLE (Cargo Control Room) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm2 60 SBK210020/21
2 FIRE. BILGE & G/S PUMP No1
61 PPUMP05 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Main Switchboard (MSB) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 47 SBK210020/21
RUN SIGNAL
FIRE. BILGE & G/S PUMP No2
62 PPUMP06 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Main Switchboard (MSB) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm2 47 SBK210020/21
RUN SIGNAL
63 SLAN001 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) BUSINESS NETWORK SWITCH AT WHEELHOUSE NETWORK 4x2x24awg 89 FTP CAT5E SBK210020/21
2
64 SVALVE1 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) Valve Remote Enclosure at (Foam Room) TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm 80 VLV FULL SHUT SBK210020/21
2
65 SVALVE2 System Control Cabinet (EQ08) E/R Valve Signal Junction Box TTYCS-7 7x2x0,75mm 40 SBK210020/21
2
66 PBW12 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box Valve Remote Enclosure at (Foam Room) MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 90 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
2
67 PBW11 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box New Valve BW-11 MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 50 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
2
68 PBW10 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box New Valve BW-10 MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 50 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
2
69 PBG17 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box Limit Switch on Existing Valve BG17 MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 30 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
2
70 PBG20 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box Limit Switch on Existing Valve BG20 MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 35 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
2
71 PBG81 E/R Valve Signal Junction Box Limit Switch on new Valve BG81 MPYC-2 2x1,0mm 35 VLV FULL ON SBK210020/21
M/T NAVIGARE PARS TWO ADDED BALLAST PUMPS FOR BALCLOR BWMS-CABLE LIST SHIPYARD SUPPLY
71 SPBP1-BWMS-01 Main Switchboard (MSB) Added Ballast Pump 1 Starter Panel (Engine Room) TPYC-95 3x95mm2 70 NDME-2145PS-E-002
72 SPBP2-BWMS-01 Main Switchboard (MSB) Added Ballast Pump 2 Starter Panel (Engine Room) TPYC-95 3x95mm2 70 NDME-2145PS-E-002
73 SPBP1-BWMS-02 Added Ballast Pump 1 Starter Panel (Engine Room) Electric Motor of Ballast Pump 1 TPYC-35 3x35mm2 25 NDME-2145PS-E-002
75 SPBP1-BWMS-04 Added Ballast Pump 1 Starter Panel (Engine Room) Cargo Control Room Repeater MPYC-12 12x1,0mm2 60 NDME-2145PS-E-002
76 SPBP1-BWMS-05 Added Ballast Pump 1 Starter Panel (Engine Room) Engine Control Console Indicators MPYC-5 5x1,0mm2 50 NDME-2145PS-E-002
79 SPBP2-BWMS-04 Added Ballast Pump 2 Starter Panel (Engine Room) Cargo Control Room Repeater MPYC-12 12x1,0mm2 60 NDME-2145PS-E-002
80 SPBP2-BWMS-05 Added Ballast Pump 2 Starter Panel (Engine Room) Engine Control Console Indicators MPYC-5 5x1,0mm2 50 NDME-2145PS-E-002
M/T NAVIGARE PARS M.G.P.S. ADDED FOR BALCLOR BWMS-CABLE LIST SHIPYARD SUPPLY
81 MGPS-CP-P01 New M.G.P.S. Control Panel Main Switchboard (MSB) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 70 NDME-2145PS-E-002
82 MGPS-AMS-D01 New M.G.P.S. Control Panel LYNGO GAMMA OUTSATION 2 (ENGINE ROOM) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 50 NDME-2145PS-E-002
83 MGPS-JB-P02 New M.G.P.S. Control Panel M.G.P.S. Junction Box TPYC-4 3x4mm2 15 NDME-2145PS-E-003
84 MGPS-CU1-P01 M.G.P.S. Junction Box Copper Anode SPY-2,5 1x2,5mm2 15 Maker's supply / Shipyard installation
85 MGPS-AL1-P01 M.G.P.S. Junction Box Aluminium Anode SPY-2,5 1x2,5mm2 15 Maker's supply / Shipyard installation
86 MGPS-JB-P03 M.G.P.S. Junction Box Earth point GN/YE 6 1x6mm2 3 Maker's supply / Shipyard installation
EQUIPMENT AND CABLES FOR BWMS THAT WILL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MAKER
87 PEQ05A1 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Blower A (EQ05A) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
2
88 PEQ05B1 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Blower B (EQ05B) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm Supply and installation by the maker
2
89 SPT2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Pressure Sensor (PS21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm Supply and installation by the maker
90 SAP2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Air Pressure Switch (AP21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
91 STT2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Temperature Sensor (TT21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
92 SHS2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Hydrogen Sensor (HS21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
93 SCS2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Chlorine Sensor (CS21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
94 SCM2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Conductivity Meter (CM21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
95 SLT2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Liquid Level Meter (LS21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
96 SEQ0301 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Electrolyzer (EQ03) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
97 SEQ0302 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Electrolyzer (EQ03) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
2
98 PFT2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Flowmeter (FT21) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm Supply and installation by the maker
99 SFT2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Flowmeter (FT21) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
100 PSV2101 EDU1500 (EQ22) Junction Box Solenoid Valve (SV201) DPYC-1,5 2x1,5mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
101 PEQ09A1 Neutralization Unit (EQ23) Control Box Metering Pump A (EQ-09A) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
102 PEQ09B1 Neutralization Unit (EQ23) Control Box Metering Pump B (EQ-09B) TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
103 PEQ1101 Neutralization Unit (EQ23) Control Box Blender Motor TPYC-1,5 3x1,5mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
104 SLS3101 Neutralization Unit (EQ23) Control Box Liquid Level Meter 31 (LS31) TTYCS-1 1x2x0,75mm2 Supply and installation by the maker
CABLES REGARDING BWMS INSTALLATION THEIREXACT TYPE, CORE NUMEBER AND DISTANCE WILL BE CALCULATED DURING DRY-DOCKING
2
105 RVALVE1 Ballast MIMIC plate on Cargo Control Console Valve Remote Enclosure at (Foam Room) MPYC-24 24x1,0mm 35 NDME-2145PS-E-006
HYDRAULIC VALVE MAKER WILL
PROVIDE YOU WITH THE
EXACT TYPE OF CABLES WHICH
106 RVALVE2 Ballast MIMIC plate on Cargo Control Console Valve Remote Enclosure at (Foam Room) MPYC-24 24x1,0mm2 35
MUST BE USED FOR THIS
NDME-2145PS-E-006
CONNECTIONS.
Sheet: 2/3
NOTES
1) SHIPYARD must provide the appropriate cable marking for all the cables of the above list and including the cables that are Maker's scope of supply.
2) In the below table you will find the total length of each cable type for the BWMS installation.
M/T NAVIGARE PARS BWMS-CABLE LIST TOTAL LENGTH BY CABLE DESIGNATION SHIPYARD SUPPLY
Number CORES CABLE DESIGNATION TOTAL LENGTH
1 10x2x0,75mm2 TTYCS-10 66
2 12x1,0mm2 MPYC-12 120
3 14x2x0,75mm2 TTYCS-14 29
4 1x2x0,75mm2 TTYCS-1 273
5 1x4x0,75mm2 TTYCS-1Q 172
6 1x70mm2 SPYC-70 420
7 2x1,0mm2 MPYC-2 576
8 2x1,5mm2 DPYC-1,5 472
9 3x1,5mm2 TPYC-1,5 371
10 3x16mm2 TPYC-16 60
11 3x2,5mm2 TPYC-2,5 37
12 4x1,0mm2 MPYC-4 79
13 4x2x0,75mm2 TTYCS-4 134
14 4x2x24AWG NETWORK 89
15 5x1,0mm2 MPYC-5 100
16 7x1,0mm2 MPYC-7 175
17 7x2x0,75mm2 TTYCS-7 264
18 3x95mm2 TPYC-95 190
19 3x35mm2 TPYC-35 100
20 3x4mm2 TPYC-4 15
Sheet: 3/3
2
心
4
PLAN HISTORY J
昧／ DATE 标记／REV.No. 说明／ DESCRIPTION 备注／REMARK
2021.07.01 2.0
2021.09.15 3.0 修砍了阀号
A 1 2021.09.1 6 3.1 添加了bav38, 39 IA
B
B
BolClor® BALLAS丁 WA丁ER MANAGEMEN丁 SYS丁EM
SBK210020 — 21: Novigore Poctor /Pars
BC — 1500x 1
I
c
c
s
CS.SC
中国船舶
责岛双．喘悔详环境工程膜．份有『［公司
SunRui Morine Environment Engineering Co., Ltd
BalClor®压载水管理系统项目
A 因w □ F □ 阶段／STAGE
BalClo和ALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT SYSYTEM PROJECT
批准Approved
D
睬Reviewed
2021-09-15
标串Standard
2021-09-15
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM

校对Checked
2021-09-15
设计 Designed 图 DWG NO S k210020 1

2021-09-15
I ＼张 t | : / 笫张 g
原本 Version 3.1 比例Scale 1 To a I e I
2021-09-15
A4 297X210 1
1
2 | �
|
³
2EX-2
R4500 R15
00
BWTS MAKER NOTE: LEADING TO OPEN DECK AT LEAST 2 METERS ABOVE DECK. R3000
AT LEAST 4.5 METERS HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM VENTILATION INLETS,
OPENING TO ACCOMMODATION AND SERVICE SPACES.
EDU-BC1500 AIR PIPE

VENT HEAD WITH FLAME SCREEN
ZONE 1
NDME-2145PS-E-011
M/T "NAVIGARE PARS"
LEGEND: SCALE: CLASS:
ZONE 2
NAVAL - DME TITLE:
Myronos 5, Alimos 17456 Greece 1/50 L.R.
: HAZARDOUS ZONE 1 Phone: +30 2109614491
M.Phone: +306973232516 ARR'T OF ELEC. EQUIP'T SIZE:
web: www.naval-dme.com UPPER - DECK A1
: HAZARDOUS ZONE 2 (UPDATED WITH BWTS) DRAWN: I.K.
CLIENT. CHECKED: T.C.
: 4.5 METERS RADIUS INDICATION BY ACCEPTING AND USING THIS DOCUMENT, THE RECIPIENT AGREES TO
ACCORDING TO BWTS MAKER NOTE THAT WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION NECESSARY TO EVALUATE SUCH DATE: 10/09/2021
1 /1 DATE: 10/09/2021
2EX-2
R4500 R15
0 0
BWTS MAKER NOTE: LEADING TO OPEN DECK AT LEAST 2 METERS ABOVE DECK. R3000
AT LEAST 4.5 METERS HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM VENTILATION INLETS,
OPENING TO ACCOMMODATION AND SERVICE SPACES.
EDU-BC1500 AIR PIPE

VENT HEAD WITH FLAME SCREEN
ZONE 1 NDME-2145PS-E-012
LEGEND: M/T "NAVIGARE PARS"
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

: HAZARDOUS ZONE 1
Phone: +30 2109614491
web: www.naval-dme.com A - DECK A1
: HAZARDOUS ZONE 2
(UPDATED WITH BWTS) DRAWN: I.K.
ZONE 2 INCORPORATES CALCULATIONS BASED ON DATA AVAILABLE FROM THE
: 4.5 METERS RADIUS INDICATION CLIENT. CHECKED: T.C.
ACCORDING TO BWTS MAKER NOTE PROTECT ITS CONTENTS FROM FURTHER DISSEMINATION, (OTHER THAN
1 /1 DATE: 10/09/2021
BWTS TR03 ANALYZER
EXPLOSION PROOF
EX RATING: Ex px IIC T4
ENCLOSURE RATING: IP56
DECK SHELTER 1
DECK SHELTER 2
BWTS TR02 ANALYZER

EXPLOSION PROOF
EX RATING: Ex px IIC T4
ENCLOSURE RATING: IP56
NDME-2145PS-E-013
M/T "NAVIGARE PARS"
SCALE: CLASS:
NAVAL - DME TITLE:

Phone: +30 2109614491
web: www.naval-dme.com EXPOSED WEATHER DECK & A1
ON DECK (UPDATED WITH DRAWN: I.K.
NAVAL-DME. THIS DOCUMENT IS PREPARED FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT AND BWTS) DATE: 10/09/2021
CLIENT. CHECKED: T.C.
1 /1 DATE: 10/09/2021

NAVIGARE PARS Electrical Specification

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NAVIGARE PARS Electrical Specification

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

M/T ATLANTIC WIND

VESSEL NAME: M/T NAVIGARE PARS

PROJECT No: NDME-2145PS-ES

DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION PAGE

Table 1: Vessel details & particulars

3. BWM SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

Table 1: List of Electrical Equipment for BWMS retrofit.

BWMS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 1/2

BWMS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 2/2

4. BWMS POWER SUPPLY

• BWMS Rectifier EQ07.

M/T NAVIGARE PARS Main Switchboard consists of 9 Panels (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Main Switchboard at Engine Control Room

M/T NAVIGARE PARS 220VAC Feeder Panel (Figure 2).

Figure 2 AC220V Feeder Panel at Engine Control Room

Figure 3 AC440V Feeder Panel of the EM'CY switchboard at A' Deck

4.2 440VAC Power Supply

Figure 4 MSB's panel 6 No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel.

Table 2. NEW BREAKERS SPECIFICATION

Datasheet of the new Breakers could be found in (Appendix D).

Figure 5 MSB's panel 7 No.2 AC440V Feeder Panel.

Table 3. NEW BREAKER SPECIFICATION

Datasheet of the new Breakers could be found in (Appendix D).

Figure 6 ESB’s panel 2 AC440V Feeder Panel at Emergency Room A’ Deck

Reference is made to (Appendix E) – NDME-2145PS-E-004 MT NAVIGARE PARS E-31-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

4.3 220VAC Power Supply

Figure 7 Individual AC220V Feeder Panel at ECR

Maker’s Contact Details:

4.41 Output Signals

4.42 Modification on PMS unit

Figure 8 BWMS Breaker on No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL.

4.5 Vessel’s Power Analysis Table

5.2 Starter Panels of the two new Ballast Pumps

Use the provided final configuration drawings:

Figure 9 Position of the new Starter Panels at the Engine Room

5.3 Cargo Control Room Repeater

Figure 10 Position of CCRR Repeater at the Cargo Control Room.

5.4 Indicators on Engine Control Console.

5.5 FRAMO Existing Hydraulic Pumps

Figure 11 FRAMO Cargo Control Console at CCR

5.6 No.1 & No.2 Fire BILGE&G/S pumps.

6.2 Manually Operated Existing Valves

Figure 12 Manually operated globe valves.

6.3 Vessel’s Existing Hydraulic Remote Operated Valve System

Figure 13 Solenoid Valve Rack at the Foam Room

Table 3. Valves monitored by the BWMS

Figure 14 Solenoid Valve Rack interior

6.4 New Manually operated Valves

Table 4. New Manually Operated Valves monitored by the BWMS

BW11 GEAR HANDWHEEL BUTTERFLY DN 300 SBK210020/21

6.5 New Remote operated Valves

6.6 Ballast Mimic Plate

Figure 15 Cargo Control Console at CCR

7. ALARM & MONITORING SYSTEM AMS

7.2 Input to AMS

Figure 16 Exterior and Interior of Gamma No.2 Outstation

Figure 17 MGPS components location

Reference is made to:

9. GPS Connection to BWMS

(Appendix N) DGPS No.2 wiring diagram.

Figure 18 Device 57 is No.2 DGPS junction box.

Figure 19 Example photo of SAM 9512

10. REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES ON UPPER & A’ DECK